About Us

Victoria Pynchon

I mediate and arbitrate complex commercial disputes, the former with ADR Services, Inc. in Century City and the latter with...

She Mediates

ADR Services, Inc.

She Negotiates

She Negotiates

The 33 cent wage and income gap is unacceptable and unnecessary. So is the cliché glass ceiling. Bottom line, our...

When You're Ready to Seriously Negotiate that 10-Year Case, Read 50 Blog Posts that Will Make You a Better Negotiator

Over at B-School today, you'll find a collection of blog posts that will give you an entire semester's worth of negotiation knowledge, training and (if you practice) experience. Don't miss it. Excerpt below and link here.

Learning to be a great negotiator is a skill that will serve you in a variety of situations. Whether you're buying a car, setting a salary, or in an international business deal, negotiation skills are essential to getting what you want. These blog posts share tips, strategies, and more for becoming a better negotiator.

Ladies and gentlemen, start your settlement engines. Your clients will repay you with more work than you can handle!

Victoria Pynchon Named Southern California Best Lawyer 2011

jpgbestlawyerslogo.jpgJPGBESTLAWYERS.tif

The Week at ForbesWoman

We've had a busy week over at ForbesWoman in articles and blog posts covering:

The Davos World Economic Forum

The paucity of women at the Davos Economic Forum despite how rich the ones who attended are as described in this post by Forbes staff writer Louisa Kroll, The Richest Women at Davos.

Women's Davos Wardrobe Dilemmas covered by Moira Forbes as an unfortunate but still critical factor for the display of power necessary to be a player at the World Economic Forum.

A photo gallery of the executive conferences women CEOs love best.

The Continued Assault on the Glass Ceiling

Aman Singh's post on Why So Many Top Women Don't Make it to Executive Leadership.

Jenna Goudreau's Jobs Outlook:Careers Headed for the Trash Pile


Continue Reading

Gekko the Great and the Smell of Napalm in the Morning

One of my early mentors instructed me that "any yutz with ears can win a case on the merits ~ a truly great lawyer wins on procedure."

Still, when the New York Post crows Judge tosses Michael Douglas' ex-wife's bid for 'Wall Street' money and proclaims Gekko the Great wins again, I'm expecting actual victory, not the following:

Manhattan Supreme Court Judge Matthew Cooper ruled that a New York court was not the proper venue for the suit by Diandra Douglas. He dismissed her complaint on that narrow jurisdictional ground, without ruling on the merits of the case.

 

Diandra, 52, now has the option of re-launching the action in California, or of appealing Cooper's decision.

 

Her lawyer, Nancy Chemtob, said, "We respectfully disagree with the decision, and intend to appeal. Both parties are residents of New York, and the case should be decided here."

This is a litigator's victory, one of those battles won where you're counting on the price exacted by the sheer expense of fighting you.  You're feeling like a King of the Universe.  You will grind them down until they beg to dismiss their own law suit.

 

But then they appeal the jurisdictional ruling?  Really?  Instead of simply re-filing in California?

 

Victory like this recalls Robert Duvall's great Apocalypse Now speech ending with the immortal line . . . I love the smell of napalm in the morning . . . it smells like . . . vic'try.



 

"You Park Like an Asshole" ~ How Not to Commence Negotiations

book.jpgPriming Legal Negotiations is the winner of this week's Golden Asshole Award. /*  An autographed copy of A is for Asshole, the Grownups' ABCs of Conflict Resolution will be winging its way to author Carrie Sperling, Executive Director of the Arizona Justice Project today!  Excerpt below.  Full article at the link.  

Thanks to the Legal Writing Prof Blog for the head's up.

As I left for work one crisp, sunny April morning, I spotted a five-by-seven printed form on my car’s front windshield. The form’s message proclaimed, in large, bold letters, “youparklikeanasshole.” The form had a checklist of infractions like “two spots, one car,” “that’s a compact?” and “over the painted lines.”The bottom of the printed form said,

Parking is far too limited in our overcrowded streets and parking lots, and you happened to park like an asshole. Go to the above web site to see why someone else thought you parked like an asshole. Don’t be too offended, we all do it one time or another—it just so happens you got caught.

My next-door neighbor, who evidently put the note on my car, listed my infraction as “other” with a follow-up explanation written by hand: “You are parking too close to my garage. It’s hard for me to pull my truck in.” I studied the note for a few moments. I felt my heart start to pound and my whole body became uncomfortably warm. I wadded the note and tossed it. I was angry. When I arrived at work twenty minutes later, I was still angry. I told my co-workers about the note.

They all agreed with me; it was rude and inappropriate.

When I returned home that evening, I visited with neighbors who were not complaining about my parking. I showed them the note, now crumpled and dirty. They, too, became angry. One neighbor suggested exacting revenge on the note’s author by letting the air out of his tires. Another neighbor excitedly suggested something involving Crisco. Although I am a trained mediator, I became giddy about the prospect of getting even.

Perhaps it was a moment of self reflection that led me to question why I was even thinking of revenge. But that written demand evoked intense emotions in me and in my neighbors. We did not care about investigating appropriate responses or attempting to resolve the problem; we wanted to make my neighbor pay for his rude behavior. Instead of encouraging me to change my behavior in the way my neighbor requested, the note had an entirely different effect. The written demand prompted me to make my neighbor regret placing that note on my windshield.

This incident led me to question the legal demand letters lawyers write. I wondered if demand letters often evoke similar negative emotional reactions in their recipients. And, if so, do those emotions influence the recipients’ behaviors in ways that hinder settlement?

I'll be providing a template for a negotiation request letter later today.

And all kidding aside, this article should be required reading for every legal writing class in every law school in the country!

Cross-posted at The ABCs of Conflict Resolution Blog.

__________________

*/  The Golden Asshole Award is given once a month to the individual making the greatest contribution to reducing assholishness in the profession.

How to get a raise in 2011 (the bullet point outline with a special note for women)

  • UNCOUPLE YOUR PRESENT VALUE FROM WHAT YOU MADE LAST YEAR
    • your present compensation serves as a powerful anchor of your value to your employer's advantage
    • the following suggestions are a way of re-anchoring that value so that your starting point is greater than what you made this year
    •  recalibrate your value according to what you are worth in your employer's hands, i.e., what does your employer save or make based upon the work you do (this may require research on your part)
    • use that value in setting your desired compensation (also include the cost to your employer of replacing irreplaceable you)
  • ASK DIAGNOSTIC QUESTIONS
    • begin asking your employer and superiors diagnostic questions (questions designed to learn what your employer needs, desires and prefers and what your employer is most concerned about in regard to the continued profitability of his/her business)
      • "how's business" is a great open ended diagnostic question that does not assume the answer
      • more specific questions include "what does the company need to accomplish in the first quarter of 2011 to meet its financial goals?"; "what are the company's first quarter financial goals?" "what do you see as the primary obstacles to achieving those goals?" "what do you see as the primary drivers of success in reaching those goals" etc. etc.
      • don't ask these questions impromptu; write them down as a way of brainstorming the most powerful questions and those that would be easiest to ask

Continue Reading

WLALA President Angela Haskins Begins Her Term By Creating an ADR Section

Congratulations are in order to attorney Angela Haskins who is not only being installed as the President of the Women Lawyers Association of Los Angeles this Thursday evening, but who has had the wisdom to create a section for women in ADR ~ an idea whose time has come.

Angela was profiled in the Daily Journal today here.  As that profile noted,

Drawing on her years of experience in alternate dispute resolution, [Angela] is creating a section on women in ADR. The association has many ADR professionals in its membership, she noted, but this will be the first time it has had a section dedicated to women who have made great inroads into what had become a male-dominated practice.

Haskins also will keep a eye on addressing the changing dynamics affecting women lawyers. Two years ago, she said, WLALA President Kathy Forester of Munger, Tolles & Olson created a joint task force for women, focusing on how to make partner, stay partner and to make that be an important part of their career.

I'll be chairing the ADR Committee this year.  As part of Angela's Empowerment theme, the ADR Committee's activities will be highlighting its own "Women Do Refer" initiative ~ details here and at WLALA's web page here soon.

CONGRATULATIONS TO ANGELA!

diversity in the amlaw100? who are we kidding?

Most law firms state their commitment to diversity and inclusivity, prominently featuring on their diversity pages the pathetically few women and minorities in positions of genuine economic power in the firm.  Are they walking the talk?  Let me count the ways.

O'Melveny & Myers ~ We attract, retain, and promote people of all backgrounds, regardless of gender, race, ethnicity, national origin, sexual orientation, age, religion, disability, or any other group characteristics.

201 male partners and 21 women ~ 10%.  In the legal realm, you win awards for this.

O’Melveny & Myers LLP has been named to The American Lawyer’s 2010 A-List, which recognizes the nation’s most elite law firms for stellar performance in the areas of revenue generation, pro bono commitment, associate satisfaction, and diversity representation.  This is the Firm’s third consecutive year on the list of 20 firms judged best at balancing the practice of law with their obligations to the profession.

I don't mean to pick on O'Melveny.  It's representative of the whole.  Any AmLaw100 law firm that would like to crow about its great track record in retaining and promoting women and minorities, please do drop by with your results and suggestions to your peers for improvements in these figures that the smartest guys in the room just can't seem to be capable of figuring out.  

Today, Forbes Corporate Social Responsibility Blog is commencing a series on how a serious commitment to diversity results in improved bottom line performance.  I commend that series to the attention of the real powers that be inside AmLaw 100 law firms and they cannot be found in the Diversity Programs, of that I can assure you.  Here's the intro to the McDonald's diversity program series:

How does a company that serves 56 million customers a day across 118 countries become a leader in diversity hiring and retention? According to the inclusion and diversity team at McDonald’s, it takes a combination of knowing how to leverage a multicultural customer base, a C-suite-led commitment to talent management, and academic-style learning labs.

If you're a woman, like me, we have our own garden to tend.  We leave the Fortune 50 and the AmLaw100 out of discouragement.  But part of that discouragement is born of our own diminished expectations and failures to build serious rain-making activities into our daily practices along with our failures to demand assignments to the types of cases where partners are made.

If your law firm or corporation does not have a serious diversity program, click your ruby slippers three times, say "there's no place like the board room," take the She Negotiates signature course, and kick a little butt. 

Remember, as Gloria Steinem said, "the truth shall set you free, but first, it will piss you off."

Cross-posted at She Negotiates.

An Open Letter to Women ADR Professionals to Join Us at the WLALA Gala on September 16

Dear Fabulous Women Neutrals of Los Angeles:

One last time!! before the door closes on the opportunity to have your picture in the WLALA Tribute book and to share two tables with your fellow neutrals at the WLALA annual Installation Dinner and Gala. 

I have three more places at the table and on that ad.  I need your check for $175 and a .jpg by Friday to put you in it!  Please, let's show WLALA how eager we are to cross-refer business.

This is a particularly good year to join us as we begin the first WLALA ADR initiative in its nearly 100 year history.

ONE HUNDRED YEARS! of women lawyers - way past time to reach and firmly occupy the higher reaches of the profession.  We've been graduating from the nation's law schools in nearly equal numbers with men for more than 20 years.  My own U.C. law school class (King Hall, '80) was 50% women thirty years ago.

The ADR pipeline is full of competent -- indeed glorious -- women.  Yet the statistics at the top remain grim.

Chopped Liver?

Why is your ADR practice not everything that Tony Piazza's or Eric Green's or even Steve Cerveris' is?  Research shows that both men and women have negative implicit attitudes toward women in leadership and authority positionsThe good news is that women are slightly less pre-disposed than are men to picture a man in a suit when they're looking for access to money and power.  I've had at least half a dozen women commercial litigators look straight at me and say "I don't know any women mediators."

Huh????

Followed by, "well their names are never on the lists [circulated in my firm]."

Women, with their slightly reduced inability to "see" women in authority positions, are our foot in the door. And the new WLALA ADR Committee is our opportunity to open that door wide.

As a member of the CPR-led Joint Task Force on Diversity, I have heard the verdict of JAMS and the AAA.  "The market has spoken.  Commercial lawyers just don't hire women and minorities."

What????

We're advocates, for goodness sakes.  When we come into town we have to register our skills of persuasion with local law enforcement authorities.  We're change agents, opinion makers, powerful holders of the keys to the kingdom. 

And the market has spoken? 


We make the market!


This year's ADR Committee is dedicated to closing the gaping void between men and women neutrals.  We're not going to ask for special treatment, picket the LASC's ADR office, pass new laws or burn our ADR certificates, Super Lawyer plaques, Ivy League diplomas, or our bras (not at this age!)

We're going to market like no one has ever marketed before and we're going to do so as a group so that we don't each hesitate, as we women tend to do, to promote ourselves and our services.


2010 and 2011 will be the years in which top women will refer to other top women.  2010 and 2011 will be the years in which we close the income gap not only between men and women neutrals but between men and women lawyers (its 40% at the top).  2010 and 2011 will be the years in which we make a market younger women lawyers will be entering in the next decade and the one after that -- one in which they'll flourish after they grow weary of fighting over interrogatory objections and e-discovery.

How?

Marketing.  Proctor and Gamble does  not say, "well, the market doesn't want a new improved laundry detergent."  P&G asks "how?" not "can we?"  And it certainly never says "we give up, the market has spoken."

We're putting our first stake in the ground on September 16 at the  WLALA Gala.  There's no event more important for women neutrals to attend this year. 

Our current attendees will appear in two full-page ads in the Tribute Book and two color flyers to be distributed at the dinner. 

To date those women are Eleanor Barr, Joan Kessler, Lynne Bassis, Katherine Edwards, Laurel Kaufer, Linda Klibanow, Denise Madigan, Stephanie Maloney, Deborah Rothman, Jan Frankel Schau, Gretchen Taylor, Caroline Vincent, Diane Wayne, Linda Bulmash, Lisa Gates (my She Negotiates business partner), Kathy Balin, and Erica Bristol. 

We need three more women neutrals to fill table two.  If you want to sit at another table, ask a woman litigator to change places with you while whispering "cross-refer" in her ear.  The key is that you'll be there to network.  You'll show your support to WLALA by showing up and WLALA women (among the most entrepreneurial in the Bar) will see your beautiful face and panel affiliation or business name in the  Tribute Book while enduring the inevitably tedious speeches at these events. 

Do you want to double your income by 2012?  If we've lasted this long in a profession that was solidly male when so many of us were in high school, we can close this gap by coming together and just doing it.

And if the $175 is too steep a price during these recessionary times or if you'll be out of town or otherwise engaged on the 16th of September, please let me know that you want to be a member of the new WLALA Committee by return email.

Our first event will be an afternoon on arbitration in October with CPR CEO Kathy Bryan and other powerful women attorneys, GC's and CEO's who arbitrate, either as advocates, as clients or as arbitrators.  The panel will be moderated by complex-commercial AAA arbitrator Deborah Rothman.

Shock me!  Let's fill Table Three!!

I look forward to hearing from you and to kicking the last pitiful shards out of that darn glass ceiling.

Best,

Vickie

Victoria Pynchon, Esq., Incoming Chair, WLALA ADR Committee
ADR Services, Inc. and She Negotiates Consulting and Training

Virtual Property, Virtual Litigation and Real Resolution

I continue to bark at the moon.

Here's a piece I missed in April on real litigation filed over virtual property in Second Life.

Architect David Denton spends much of his time on a lush tropical island, where he experiments with cutting-edge building designs and creates spaces for artists to showcase their work.

Never mind that the island only exists in the virtual-reality world of Second Life, a popular online venue where people interact via digital avatars. Denton, 62, said he purchased the island for about $700 — real money, not virtual cash — from its former owner, and considers it his property.

Here's the thought this article triggers.  If 90% of all litigation involving people (I'll skip corporate litigation and litigation brought to vindicate rights such as that declaring Prop 8 unconstitutional) will end with a retired Judge telling the people that litigation is too expensive and a jury trial too uncertain for them to bear, why don't we just litigate virtually (with Linden dollars!) giving the parties the experience of litigation that will eventually drive them to settlement?

I'm sure some smart programmer can come up with an algorithm for most personal disputes, including both factual templates and the application of simple legal principles.  A "ticker" could keep track of the dollars your virtual attorney is billing on your law suit's screen everyday.  Continuances, discovery motions, pre-trial proceedings and depositions could all be simulated.

Then the parties return from the virtual life of Second Life Litigation and sit down in the old fashioned way to negotiate a resolution to their dispute or, if necessary, hire a village elder trained in conflict resolution, sometimes called a mediator, to help them do so.

If Your Client Wants ACTION (and whose doesn't) Try CPR's Model Economical Litigation Agreement

 

CPR's Model Economical Litigation Agreement (ELA)
Reducing Civil Litigation Costs with a Litigation Prenup


What is an ELA? An ELA is a hybrid of civil litigation and arbitration, where parties agree to use finite, defined and proportional discovery procedures in lieu of conventional discovery. CPR's new model agreement includes a mandatory pre-litigation dispute resolution section, as well as fee-shifting in discovery disputes decided by an ELA arbitrator.

Why should I use an ELA? Companies that use the ELA can significantly reduce the cost of litigation.  Also, by shifting disputes out of arbitration -- where there are no appellate rights to litigation -- you allow the common law to keep pace with changing technology.

How do I use the ELA? Companies can incorporate the model agreement by reference into contracts with partners, suppliers and other B2B customers at the start of a business relationship. 

The Goddess of Discovery Arrives in the Blogosphere

A criminal defense lawyer I know used to ask me "just exactly what is it that you 'litigators' do everyday anyway?'"

What we do, my friend, is discovery.  

Discovery. 

Saying that discovery is part of litigation practice is like talking about the wet part of the ocean.

How do you know when you're finally finished with legal practice?  When do the heavens open up and angels descend with the news that you've finally done enough and may now go and do that which you truly love? 

It's usually a discovery moment.

For one of my former law partners, it came on the heels of a five page meet and confer letter.  Single spaced.  When my friend's secretary came into her office with the written response, the expression on her face ranged between shock and amusement. 

"You're not really going to send this, are you?"

"Yes, I am.  Let me sign it."

"No no no no no no no.  I can't let you do this."

"Yes you can.  Let me sign it."

"Pleeeezzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz."

"Sign."

Here's the response that struck fear into the heart of an overworked legal secretary: 

Whatever.

And yes.  She sent it.

For those of you who have not yet reached the promised land of Discovery Whatever, I've got very very very good news for you.

The Discovery Referee Speaks!  And she is a Goddess.  Goddess Kathy Gallo to be exact.

Yesterday's post reminds us what we ought to know intuitively during our first deposition - the Court Reporter is the Goddess of the Deposition (my own stories of first encounters with the Sphinx of the Transcript are here)

Continue Reading

Let the Kagan Games Begin: Whitepapers from SCOTUS Blog

(pictured:  the bread and circuses part)

Thanks to the SCOTUS Blog for the following resources on the upcoming Kagan hearings.  Follow SCOTUS Blog all week for commentary. 

Why should negotiators be interested in the composition of the Supreme Court?  Because the freedom to negotiate requires a strong rule of law culture.  And because everything we negotiate assumes the enforcement of certain agreements and non-enforcement of others, of particular interest to negotiators and ADR practitioners - arbitration agreements

SCOTUS whitepapers below:

Diversity Hiring

Abortion

Diversity on the Court

Gays in the Military

Corporate Rights (Citizen's United)

Conservatives

Executive Power

Kagan's Qualifications to Serve

 

 

 

 

Are You a Negotiator or a Bureaucrat? Clients Care

I'm lifting the entirety of Ken Adams' post The Connection Between Contract Drafting and Negotiation, along with the insightful comments to it.

The contract man!  Put his blog in your newsreader and pick up his Manual of Style for Contract Drafting today.  Today's post and comments follow.

I thought it worthwhile to scoop from the comments to my recent post on deal risk an exchange I had with Vickie Pynchon of the Settle It Now Negotiation Blog regarding the connection between drafting a contract and negotiating it.

Here’s the relevant part of Vickie’s comment:

I’ve been devising a negotiation class for transactional lawyers with a transactional attorney/negotiation professor in Northern California. I was surprised to hear him say that most transactional lawyers don’t possess negotiation skills—I always thought of them as the negotiation go-to guys. My new business partner says “no, they’re ‘write the deal up avoid risk’ guys.” That put transactional practice in an entirely different light. Do you think, Ken, that transactional attorneys would be better contract drafters if they were more involved in the negotiations leading to the deals they memorialize (or criticize)?

Continue Reading

Non-news of the week with an exclamation point: GC's should negotiate their legal fees

Wow!  Does any general counsel in the land truly not know this?  Here's the law.com headline - with emphasis, mind you, as if gold had been discovered in them thar hills.

EUREKA!!

'Enormous' Bargaining Chip: Survey Shows Law Firms Charging Clients Different Rates — for the Same Work!

Law firms' corporate clients are not created equal, if billing rates are any indication.

Firms are charging different hourly rates to different clients for doing similar work, according to an analysis of more than $4 billion in law firm billings that will be released in September.

Differences in billing rates are just some of the preliminary findings in the "Real Rate Report" by CT TyMetrix and The Corporate Executive Board. The report examines billing from more than 4,000 law firms, 50,000 individual billers, and 18.9 million invoice items from 2007 to 2009.

The data was collected from CT TyMetrix's clients. Law firms and corporate legal departments have been using the company's web-based financial and e-commerce software to handle ebilling and matter management for more than 10 years. About $30 billion in legal invoices have flowed through the company's systems, said Julie Peck, vice president of corporate strategy and market development at CT TyMetrix.

And the results of the report, once released, will be aimed at helping general counsel make better decisions about how and where to spend their money. The findings will be broken down by several factors, including geography, law firm size, staffing, and the types of matters handled.

"It will give general counsel an enormous amount of bargaining power," Peck said.

Read more of this is this is news to you here!

Plaintiff and Defense Malpractice Counsel are Playing a Different Game than Their Clients

Insight from the academics at Concurring Opinions' post on PERCEPTIONS IN LITIGATION AND MEDIATION: LAWYERS, DEFENDANTS, PLAINTIFFS AND GENDERED PARTIES (Cambridge University Press, New York, 2009. Post by  Tamara Relis. Image from Legal Blog Watch.

[P]laintiffs’ articulations of their litigation objectives rarely correlated with legal actors’ perceptions.

In fact, a regular and conspicuous occurrence was the failure to mention financial compensation as an objective at all unless probed (occurring in 65% of interviews).

Instead, what plaintiffs recurrently repeatedly was a lexicon of non-fiscal, extra-legal objectives for litigation. The issue of ‘principle’ was prominent for plaintiffs as revealed in the various objectives they passionately spoke about. ‘It’s not about the money’ was a recurrent theme throughout. Many of the comments concerned dignity and respect after the injury, inability to be heard, refusal to listen, dismissal and victim blaming.

Moreover, plaintiffs’ extra-legal objectives did not appear to be affected by the passage of time, as there were no marked disparities in the way plaintiffs spoke of why they sued and what they wanted from the civil justice system as between plaintiffs who had commenced litigation three to four months earlier (interviewed subsequent to court-mandatory mediations) and claimants who had been litigating for several years (interviewed after voluntary mediations of cases already on trial lists).

Here are the results from the question:  what are your aims in mediation?

The disparity in mediation aims of plaintiffs and plaintiff lawyers revealed important differences in what each planned for mediation in terms of how to resolve the same case.  Other than wanting settlement, the mediation objectives of plaintiffs and plaintiffs’ lawyers were diverse in all categories. For instance, though some plaintiff lawyers noted their clients wanted defendants to admit fault (37%), regardless of feasibility not a single one sought this at mediation. In comparison, virtually all plaintiffs (94%) sought fault admissions at mediation. Similarly, plaintiff lawyers never mentioned wanting to hear defendants’ explanations of the disputed incidents. Again this was something that most plaintiffs desired (71%). Finally, as compared with the bulk of claimants (88%) who sought apologies at mediation, only a minority (32%) of plaintiff lawyers did (though almost half remarked that apologies were important for their clients).

For more charts, data and analysis, see the incredibly useful post over at Concurring Opinions here.

 

Kagan and the Magic Number Three

More important than her religious background (Jewish) her Ivy League Credentials (Harvard) her progressive, liberal or conservative Democrat political leanings, is the prospect that Kagan's addition to the Supreme Court will result in the magic number of three women on the United States Supreme Court. 

Why is three the magic number?

Recent studies have shown that it takes three women corporate board members to avoid the deliterious effects of group think on corporate decision making - my own supposition on the question "why three" being that one or two women easily risk falling into male group-think.  This isn't male bashing, by the way. I assume three men on an otherwise all woman's board would have a similar performance enhancing effect.  

Continue Reading

Mothers Day Issue of Blawg Review #263 is Up and Running at the She Negotiates Blog

We’re celebrating Mothers Day by posting Blawg Review #263 at the She Negotiates Blog for one obvious and some not so obvious reasons.  The obvious reason is the word “She.”  The not-so-obvious reasons are:  (1) Mother’s Day was a peace and reconciliation movement before it was a holiday; and, (2) peace exists only when we have the political will to seek and the negotiation tools achieve the resolution of conflict.

In addition to the main post, we've also posted Blawg Review #263 on our She Networks, She Succeeds, She Transforms and She Resolves pages (up at the top of the blog).

Negotiating Civility: An Idea Whose Time Has Come

I was at a meeting of settlement officers for the U.S. District Court (Central District of California) last week when someone complained of a proposed rule change that attorneys would "game the system."  I said (snarkily) "is there any other way?" 

An early mentor told me:  anyone can win on the merits - it takes a great lawyer to win on procedure. 

That was the least of it.  Here are some other words of wisdom handed directly down to me from lawyers past:

you don't get paid to settle; you get paid to win

if the other side wants it, you don't; if you can't see how it will hurt you now, you haven't thought enough about it yet

we don't give extensions of time, period, ever; we make them regret the day they sued our clients (or defended theirs) 

come back with your sword or on it

make her cry (pre-deposition instruction about opposing counsel; I did; came back and said "don't ever ask me to do that again")

bury them in paper

bury it [the smoking gun document] in paper

object, object, object - the other side has to meet and confer anyway

I solicit more of this litigation oral tradition from my readers. 

Of course we "game" the system. Isn't that what our clients pay us to do?  To walk up to the line of wrong-doing; stop just short of it; and, make them regret the day . . . . Has it changed?  Here's what the State Bar of California would like litigators and their clients to do:  be civil.

RESOLUTION OF [_____________________________]
APPROVING AND ADOPTING CALIFORNIA ATTORNEY
GUIDELINES OF CIVILITY AND PROFESSIONALISM
RECITALS


A. As officers of the court with responsibilities to the administration of justice, attorneys have an obligation to be professional with clients, other parties and counsel, the courts and the public. This obligation includes civility, professional integrity, personal dignity, candor, diligence, respect, courtesy, and cooperation, all of which are essential to the fair administration of justice and conflict resolution.


B. Civility and professionalism have been affected by a number of factors, as a result of which there is a need for attorneys to recommit themselves to the principles of civility and professionalism.


C. On July 20, 2007, the Board of Governors of the State Bar of California adopted California Attorney Guidelines of Civility and Professionalism.


D. The Board of Directors of [________________] are of the unanimous opinion that the Guidelines will be of significant assistance in encouraging members of [________________] to continue to enhance their reputation and commitment to civility and professionalism.


RESOLUTION


The Board of Directors of [________________] hereby approves and endorses the California Attorney Guidelines of Civility and Professionalism and recommends that all members of [________________] commit to and agree to be guided by such
Guidelines.


Dated: _______________
[________________________]
By: _____________________
California

The full California State Bar "Civility Toolbox" here.

Resources on Women and Negotiation in Honor of Women's History Month

I'm sure you've noticed that we're celebrating negotiating women here this month in honor of International Women's Day and National Women's History Month.  Other than tomorrow night's free negotiating women teleseminar with super coach Lisa Gates, I'm celebrating by posting in one place all of my articles on negotiating women.

The Power of Beauty

Nature gives you the face you have at 20; it is up to you to merit the face you have at 50. -- Coco Chanel A local judge who has four beautiful young law students working for him this summer...

Tips from Forbes & a Word with Women: Negotiate Your First Salary

If you're entering the job market, you'll want to check out Forbes' Magazine's Tips for Negotiating Your First Salary. If you do not negotiate your first salary, you stand to lose half a million dollars over...

Ask for It: How Women Can Use the Power of Negotiation to Get What They Really Want

I didn't realize until I got onto the plane out of Seattle that Linda Babcock and Sara Laschever -- our morning plenary session speakers (Women Don't Ask: Negotiation and the Gender Divide) -- have written a new book -- Ask...

Negotiating Your Mid-Life Career Crisis with Career Coach Lisa Gates

Practicing law, particularly litigation, is often frustrating, sometimes humiliating, and frequently simply dispiriting. On the other hand, the practice of law can be thrilling, intellectually stimulating, challenging, absorbing, and a darn good way to make a good living. When you...

Is Hillary Negotiating Her Withdrawal? So Says Cokie

From Women on the Web's Conversation Today Cokie Roberts: 'Hillary Is Negotiating Her Withdrawal' with Lesley Stahl Q&A with ABC News correspondent Cokie Roberts. Excerpt below: LESLEY: Let’s talk about Hillary. I’m wondering, how do you explain..

Must Read for All Women Negotiating Law Firm Life

Below is my review in The Complete Lawyer of Lauren Stiller Rikleen's must-read book Ending the Gauntlet: Removing Barriers to Women's Success in the Law. Concluding paragraph: At bottom, this book calls for management practices that will benefit all attorneys...

Clinton Speaks on 88th Anniversary of Women's Suffrage

(Right, women protesting, 1912. My own grandmother was 12 years old at the time this photo was taken. By the time she was old enough to vote in 1921, she could vote) Why women's voting rights and Hillary Clinton's DNC...

Negotiating Women at ForbesWoman

If you're a certain age, you'll remember women's magazines as mostly "Can This Marriage Be Saved" (The Ladies Home Journal to which PWNSC members Cathy Scott's and Cordelia Mendoza's mother was always submitting articles) or 101 Things to do with...

Negotiating Against the Grain of Gender

Yesterday, we talked about the different negotiation styles of men and women. Today, we're going to explore how men can benefit from learning women-speak and women can benefit from learning man-talk. All of the data relied upon and excerpted below...

Negotiation 101: Gender War or Gender Peace and Prosperity?

Although I am indisputably a "woman lawyer," I have never thought of myself in those terms. I'm a lawyer. And I'm a woman. I'm also a writer, a step-mother, a wife, a daughter, a river rafter, and an aficionado of...

Negotiating Women on New Day Talk Radio Easter Sunday Noon

(and, yes, I am not only old enough to remember the "Second Wave" Women's Movement, I took a quite serious role in it, first as an unpaid volunteer and later through the federal government's "Program for Local Service" at...

Negotiating Women: 5th and Final Part

Thanks again to Vicki Flaugher of SmartWomanGuides.com for inviting me to have this conversation with her about ways in which women can and do maximize their bargaining power. And yes we do talk about negotiating the purchase of an automobile...

Negotiating Women Part III

This segment of my interview with Vicki Flaughter is primarily about why women don't negotiate - to their substantial economic detriment - (see Women Don't Ask Here) and what they can do about it....

Negotiating Women Part II

In part two of Vicki Flaugher's interview with me, we discuss ways in which women can comfortably respond to aggressive zero-sum distributive bargainers and negotiate better business deals using their natural strengths. I'd like to once again thank Vicki Flaugher...

Negotiating Women: Never Negotiate Out of Fear, But Never Fear to Negotiate --

Video below is part I of an interview on negotiation challenges, strategies and tactics for women with Vicki Flaugher, founder of SmartWoman Guides. The full audio of the video is here along with Ms. Flaugher's kind comments about our conversation....

Negotiating Women: Free Teleseminar at Craving Balance

How to Negotiate Anything: Free Intro Thursday, Mar 18, '10 8pm EST Some researchers say that women's failure to negotiate working conditions, salary or other compensation--along with their hesitancy to seek what they're worth when they do negotiate--is one of...

Women Bloggers Proclaim National Women's History Month

Whereas American women of every race, class, and ethnic background have made historic contributions to the growth and strength of our Nation in countless recorded and unrecorded ways; Whereas American women have played and continue to play a critical...

Update on Gender Diversity in the Judiciary and in ADR

When I posted Negotiating Gender: Why So Few Women Neutrals? I had not yet found a source for the statistical representation of women neutrals on the American Arbitration Association Panel. I've now located an article on the AAA website from...

Negotiating Gender: Why So Few Women Neutrals?

Although most of the major providers of alternative dispute resolution services tout their commitment to diversity in the ranks of their neutrals, the coloration of nearly all ADR panels continues to be white; the nationalities European; and the gender male....

Women, Negotiation and the Persistent Wage Gap

Thanks to Ed. at Blawg Review for passing along this (somewhat rambling but well worth watching) lecture at Stanford University by Deborah Kolb, the Deloitte Ellen Gabriel Professor for Women and Leadership at the Simmons College School of Management....

 

Free Twitter Negotiation Seminar on Never Again Doing It Free

You know all the statistics about women's failure to negotiate their first salaries, their car purchases, their raises, their rates, and their price points.  If you don't, run over to Lisa Gates Craving Balance Blog right now for the straight skinny on women and negotiation (Why Women Must Negotiate Now than Ever Before).

What both Lisa and I are finding with our women clients (women are Lisa's market and my quarter-market) is that they're always doing stuff for free!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!  Let's not waste our time analyzing why we do this.  Let's just stop doing it.  

Run on over to the Commercial ADR Blog right now to see - yes - Lisa's and my free Twitter negotiation seminar where I take Lisa through a very short negotiation role play to help her negotiate a price for her services rather than simply saying "yes."

Negotiating Gender: The Old White Men Speak

And they do so in favor of diversity.  See commercial arbitrator and mediator F. Peter Phillips' November 2006 National Law Journal article:  ADR Continental Drift:  It remains a while, male game.  I promised prescriptions for change and here are a few sent to me by Peter Phillips this morning.  Peter was, as I am now, a member of the CPR Diversity Committee.

Once again, based upon my personal experience and that of tens of thousands of other women in commercial legal practice I continue to believe that until we are fairly represented on commercial ADR panels, both arbitration and mediation, we cannot expect significant change.  This may happen as a matter of the natural "aging" process of the field.  The ADR field looks now exactly like the legal field looked to me when I entered it in 1980.  Not surprising given the fact that ADR is historically a "retirement" field.  That is already changing, to beneficial effect.

For the adventuresome, Peter's pro-active recommendations below. I highly recommend, by the way, that you follow Peter's Business Conflict Blog.  It's one of the best out there.

(screen shot of google search for our local legal rag's "top 50 neutrals)

â–  What if the country’s leading law firms—from which so many of our leading mediators and arbitrators emerge—had an incentive to encourage more diverse members of the firm to enter this field?

â–  What if a benchmark survey were conducted to determine how often law firms suggest mediation to their clients; how often mediation is in fact tried; and how often diverse mediators are proposed to clients by outside lawyers and ADR provider organizations?

â–  What if the property casualty insurance industry, as the largest consumer of legal services and of ADR services, conveyed its expectation that the firms that insurers pay for, when they propose mediators and arbitrators, will be expected to propose diverse individuals?

â–  What if influential national ADR organizations combined forces to better reflect their corporate and legal constituents, and meet their customers’ expectations, by sharing information on excellent women and minorities who are not now on their lists, but should be?

â–  What if initiatives were undertaken to encourage particularly promising women, younger people and minorities from firms to attend ADR colloquia, seminars and other events in order to network, learn and advance their visibility and recognition among the ADR community, as well as to contribute diverse views and perspectives?

â–  What if a mentor program were designed and funded, pursuant to which younger female and minority attorneys could “shadow” established mediators and arbitrators (whether or not they are women or minorities) and establish skills and reputations thereby?

â–  What if corporations and law firms intentionally engaged younger mediators who are women and minorities in smaller matters, so that those professionals would gain experience as neutrals and be better positioned for the larger cases?

â–  What if scholarships were established to enable young people to be trained as mediators and arbitrators, with the expectation that a person thus trained would be skilled not only as a neutral, but more generally as a negotiator and client representative in settlement?

â–  What if a very “early pipeline” were begun, and ADR institutions worked with Street Law Inc. (www.streetlaw.com), a national program that trains high school students in legal issues, or a similar organization to provide materials and information for children to become interested in ADR as a profession?

It is perplexing that this one aspect of the legal profession—a field that is otherwise so robust, so progressive and so creative—lags behind so miserably in satisfying client expectations for diverse practitioners. But there is no indication that it must be so. And with diligence, creativity and practical action, it will not long be so.

Here are more diversity resources from CPR.

Motion to Compel Lunch: Granted

 

Thanks to Roger Wood at the Association Law and Other Musings Blog for passing along the Order for Lunch issued by the Maricopa County Superior Court (.pdf) excerpted below.  Roger generously shared this truly glorious Order (and supporting opinion that you can read in the .pdf) over at Construction Law Musings today in response to my Guest Post there ("How to Get Sued"). 

Thanks Roger!  This didn't just make my day; it made my year!

 

 Plaintiff’s Motion to Compel Acceptance of Lunch Invitation

The Court has rarely seen a motion with more merit. The motion will be granted.

The Court has searched in vain in the Arizona Rules of Civil Procedure and cases, as well as the leading treatises on federal and Arizona procedure, to find specific support for Plaintiff’s motion. Finding none, the Court concludes that motions of this type are so clearly within the inherent powers of the Court and have been so routinely granted that they are non-controversial and require no precedential support.

The writers support the concept. Conversation has been called “the socializing instrument par excellence” (Jose Ortega y Gasset, Invertebrate Spain) and “one of the greatest pleasures in life” (Somerset Maugham, The Moon and Sixpence). John Dryden referred to“Sweet discourse, the banquet of the mind” (The Flower and the Leaf).

Plaintiff’s counsel extended a lunch invitation to Defendant’s counsel “to have a discussion regarding discovery and other matters.” Plaintiff’s counsel offered to “pay for lunch.”  Defendant’s counsel failed to respond until the motion was filed.

Defendant’s counsel distrusts Plaintiff’s counsel’s motives and fears that Plaintiff’s counsel’s purpose is to persuade Defendant’s counsel of the lack of merit in the defense case.

The Court has no doubt of Defendant’s counsel’s ability to withstand Plaintiff’s counsel’s blandishments and to respond sally for sally and barb for barb. Defendant’s counsel now makes what may be an illusory acceptance of Plaintiff’s counsel’s invitation by saying, “We would love to have lunch at Ruth’s Chris with/on . . .” Plaintiff’s counsel. 1
___________
1 Everyone knows that Ruth’s Chris, while open for dinner, is not open for lunch. This   is a matter of which the Court may take judicial notice.

Read on by clicking on the .pdf above.

And how could I resist adding the "will you go to lunch!" scene from David Mamet's Glengarry Glen Ross.

Do Attorneys' "Get in the Way" of Mediator Assisted Negotiations?

The not so secret opinion among mediators is that attorneys make settlement more difficult.  Just as lawyers are heard to say that "litigation would be great if it just weren't for the clients" (a "problem" only class action plaintiffs' lawyers have actually resolved), mediators  tend to say "mediation would great if it weren't for the lawyers."

Esteeming the rule of law in America as I do (especially in the recent era of its greatest peril) I have never seen lawyers as a problem in facilitating settlement of the lawsuits they have been eating, drinking, sleeping and, dating for years longer than I've spent reading their briefs and engaging in some pre-mediation telephone discussions.  

I can't say lawyers are a problem because:  (1) they're my job; and, (2) they're "my people" in the "tribal" sense.  A few bad apples aside, lawyers are among the hardest working, most ethical, creative, multi-talented professionals I know.  And they are pretty much solely responsible for fighting the battle, on every common weekday, to preserve the rule of law as a bulwark against tyranny on the right and anarchy on the left.

It was therefore no surprise to see a recent Harvard Negotiation Journal article (thanks to Don Philbin of the Disputing Blog and his indispensable ADR Toolbox) that one group of academics has asked whether attorneys have a Negative Impact . . . on Mediation Outcomes.

Let's start with this particularly widespread canard from the article:

Attorneys may delay the settlement of a dispute through mediation for financial reasons. For example, the payment of professional fees on the basis of hours worked could motivate the attorney to delay the settlement of the dispute to increase the number of hours billed to the client  (citations omitted).  Such non financial reasons as a desire to build or preserve a reputation for “hardball negotiating” in highly publicized cases could also motivate an attorney to delay settlement of the dispute [which the authors don't mention often results in a far better outcome for the client].   In addition, attorneys’ (or their clients’) commitment to or belief in their case based on questions of justice or other principles [which are worth, in my opinion, greater attention that purely monetary outcomes] could also delay settlement until “defending the principle becomes too costly” (citation omitted). Finally, attorneys may wish to justify both their role and their fees with unnecessary interactions./1

Are we mendacious, self-serving, parasites of the "justice system," feathering our own comfortable nests as we attempt to preserve the "outdated" notion that the justice system is capable of delivering justice? I don't believe so, but let's not get all anecdotal about these questions when we have cold, hard statistics within reach.  What were the results of this study on the way in which attorneys might "get in the way of" a successful mediation?

Here's the bottom line assessment (please read the article yourself to draw your own conclusions).

The empirical data we collected in this study indicate that the presence of an attorney in a mediation does not significantly affect the settlement rate, the time needed to reach an agreement, the perceived fairness of the process, the parties’ level of satisfaction with the agreement, or the parties’ level of trust that the agreement will be honored. These results indicate that attorneys have much less impact than is claimed by those mediators who do not welcome their involvement in the mediation process.

Nevertheless, the results also demonstrate that the presence of an attorney does affect mediation outcomes in at least two ways: by reducing the parties’ level of satisfaction with the mediator’s performance and by reducing the level of reconciliation between parties.

So the Myth Busters of this study conclude that attorneys:

  1. don't "significantly affect the settlement rate" /2
  2. don't significantly affect "the perceived fairness of the process";
  3. don't significantly affect "the parties' level of satisfaction with the agreement; and,
  4. don't significantly affect the "parties' level of trust that the agreement will be honored."

This is the subjective viewpoint of the litigants, mind you, in a dynamic where the mediator often openly attributes the success of the mediation to the clients' attorney - an observation which is more deeply true than most mediators would care to admit with all their white horse hi-ho silver, magic bullet off-to the-rescue enthusiasm.

What did litigants report to the authors of this article?  They indicated that attorneys adversely affected mediation outcomes in two ways:  (1)  they reduced the parties' "level of satisfaction with the mediator's performance"; and, (2) they "reduced the level of reconciliation between the parties."

Of all of the purported effects of attorneys' presence at mediation - without whom, it must be noted, the parties would not likely be induced to sit down and mediate at all -- the only significant perceived difference is the failure of the mediation process to reconcile the parties - something in which the legal system has little to no interest.

Please read the article for proposed solutions to the reconciliation issue.  As to the remainder of the study's findings, I have this to say:

  1. whenever two or more people are gathered together, the dynamics of the group more profoundly affect the outcome than do the contributions of any individual member of the group.  Our "reality," especially as it appears in a group setting, is "co-created."  See the New York Times must-read article on the Psychology of Terrorism and Retail Marketing at Google Books (the latter noting that because people live in a social world which is co-created in social interaction with others . . . . [they] can be thought of as both products and producers of the social world."  Id. at 218.)
  2. try as you may, you will never be able to untangle the threads that create the intricate tapestry of a settlement; every member contributes something invaluable without which the precise result could not possibly have been achieved. 
  3. who is therefore responsible for the good and who responsible for the purportedly bad results of mediation?  That's easy:  EVERYONE IS.

That being the case, we are all responsible for our outcomes - whether our contribution is "negative," i.e., resisting settlement, for instance, or "positive," i.e., problem solving the reasons given by Mr. Negative that the case simply can't settle on terms acceptable to all.  Remember your University philosophy class? Thesis, Antithesis, Synthesis.  We need people willing to state the negative to problem solve it positively.  The relationships cause the outcome, not one member of a group unless that member is a tyrant with loyal troops at his command. 

If you'll allow me a literary reference that justifies my own collegiate career and says far more eloquently than I ever could why we're all accountable, I first give you one of my favorite authors, Paul Auster (who you may remember as the screenwriter of the movie Smoke).

The world can never be assumed to exist.  It comes into being only in the act of moving towards it.  Ese est percipii.  Nothing can be taken for granted:  we do not find  ourselves in the midst of an already established world, we do not, as if by preordained birthright, automatically take possession of our surroundings.  Each moment,each thing, must be earned, wrested away from the confusion of inert matter, by a steadiness of gaze, a purity of perception so intense that the effort, in itself, takes on the value of a religious act.  The slate has  been wiped clean. It is up to [us] to write [our] own book. Paul Auster, The Decisive Moment from The Art of Hunger.

The second excerpt I will leave for your thoughtful consideration is by the greatest scholar of comparative religions to ever inhabit the planet - Joseph Campbell (skip the intro with the new age music).

Schopenhauer, in his splendid essay called "On an Apparent Intention in the Fate of the Individual," points out that when you reach an advanced age and look back over your lifetime, it can seem to have had a consistent order and plan, as though composed by some novelist. Events that when they occurred had seemed accidental and of little moment turn out to have been indispensable factors in the composition of a consistent plot. So who composed that plot? Schopenhauer suggests that just as your dreams are composed by an aspect of yourself of which your consciousness is unaware, so, too, your whole life is composed by the will within you. And just as people whom you will have met apparently by mere chance became leading agents in the structuring of your life, so, too, will you have served unknowingly as an agent, giving meaning to the lives of others, The whole thing gears together like one big symphony, with everything unconsciously structuring everything else. And Schopenhauer concludes that it is as though our lives were the features of the one great dream of a single dreamer in which all the dream characters dream, too; so that everything links to everything else, moved by the one will to life which is the universal will in nature.

It’s a magnificent idea – an idea that appears in India in the mythic image of the Net of Indra, which is a net of gems, where at every crossing of one thread over another there is a gem reflecting all the other reflective gems. Everything arises in mutual relation to everything else, so you can’t blame anybody for anything. It is even as though there were a single intention behind it all, which always makes some kind of sense, though none of us knows what the sense might be, or has lived the life that he quite intended.

Joseph Campbell - The Power of Myth, with Bill Moyers, as quoted in Derek Parrott's Blog.

Lawyers, mediators, clients, experts, consultants, legal assistants, and, yes, even your spouse with whom you consulted before today's mediation, every one of them is part of the "net of gems, where at every crossing of one thread over another there is a gem reflecting all the other reflective gems [so that] [e]verything arises in mutual relation to everything else, so you can't blame anybody for anything" and, by the  way, we can't credit credit nor bear all the responsibility for anything.  We are all capable.  We are all accountable.  And we all contribute something to the whole.

So we can stop pretending to be better than we are now.  We can all put down the burden and shame of our own entirely human fallibility; the myth that we ever do anything without the contribution of others; and, the pretense that we don't behave as badly, or as well, as other people do.  We're part of the team.  We're in it together.  Isn't that good news for the New Year?

And to give you a treat from having gotten this far, a scene that is all about seeing, from Paul Auster's Smoke.

____________________

1/ I'd be interested, of course, in what the authors consider to be "unnecessary interactions."

2/ This is a particularly interesting finding since mediators have also been found not to improve the settlement rate but only greater party satisfaction in several studies.

 

Don't Leave Money on the Table or Pay Too Much for that Release this Year


 

Don Philbin, the author of this must-read article (click on the image for the .pdf) on the reasons you walk away from negotiations fearing you've either left money on the table or paid too much for what you receive in exchange, is an attorney-mediator, negotiation consultant and trainer, and arbitrator. 

Don has resolved disputes and crafted deals for more than 20 years as a commercial litigator, general counsel and president of communications and technology-related companies.  Don has mediated hundreds of matters in a wide variety of substantive areas and serves as an arbitrator on several panels. He is an adjunct professor at the Straus Institute for Dispute Resolution at Pepperdine Law School, Chair of the ABA Dispute Resolution Section’s Negotiation Committee, and a member of the ADR Section Council of the State Bar of Texas.

Don is listed in The Best Lawyers in America (Dispute Resolution), The Best Lawyers in San Antonio, and the Bar Register of Preeminent Lawyers.

Don's ADR Toolbox where this article can also be found is an indispensable resource for all attorneys negotiating the settlement of a lawsuit or a business deal (wait a minute!  the negotiation of a settlement is a business deal!)

And, it's not inconsequential that Don is one of the nicest guys I know.  If you're going to spend a day or a week or a month with a mediator or an arbitrator, you deserve not only the brightest, most wise and best prepared arbitrator or mediator, you also deserve to have a little fun in the process because . . . you know . . . the money simply isn't worth the unhappiness that comes when dealing with . . . . the other sort too often.

Happy new year (dispute) resolutions!

Got a new iPhone for the holidays? give yourself lawbox for the new year!

LawBox for iPhone.

Carry your codes; the New York Times; ABA feeds; and, your favorite law blogs in your pocket along with the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure and Evidence. Not only is all of this free, if you're a legal blogger, you're highly likely to see your own blog here (copyright violation? perhaps but LawBox links to my negotiation blog after the first paragraph so it's just another way for lawyers to be introduced to my blog, which is fine with me).

If you want the essential codes from your own State (mine, the Cal. Rules of Civil Procedure; the Evidence Code; and, the Civil Code) you'll have to pay 99 cents for each. Imagine yourself saying to the Judge - "if you'll allow it, your Honor, I'm sure I can answer your question if I can just consult the Civil Code on my iPhone"!

I often wish I had these Codes when mediating a case, particularly when we're writing up the settlement agreement and I want to make sure "deal points" are enforceable if the parties resist my strong recommendation that we draw the complete agreement up then and there. See Evid. Code section 1123 and Code of Civil Procedure 664.6; I can get them for you in just a second; they're on my iPhone!

For a kid who spent her early years Shepardizing by the book (red hardbound; yellow paper supplement; red paper supplement & newsprint supplement) having the LawBox and Lexis/Nexis Shepardizing on my iPhone is sort of like watching John Glenn launched into space on the television in the elementary school cafeteria. Sooooooooo cooooooooolllllllllll.

But seriously, I like the layout; the ease of access; the way in which the legal blogs are categorized; and, most of all, the fact that I can turn to the law or news I want without typing something into google, WestLaw or Lexis/Nexis.

Check it out!

Merging the IP ADR Blog with New Commercial ADR Blog

I’m migrating the IP ADR Blog to a new Blog Home called Commercial ADR – Business Solutions to Justice Problems.  I’ll continue to post articles to the Settle It Now Negotiation Blog on matters of general interest to negotiators, including litigators who negotiate the settlement of lawsuits.

After three years of negotiation and general ADR blogging, I feel the need to narrow my Negotiation Blog posts and expand my IP ADR Blog posts to the type of work that consumed the vast bulk of my 25-year litigation and trial career – general commercial litigation.


Continue Reading

What's Gratitude Got to Do with It?

(may I offer you a second helping of Jimmy Choo shoes with your turkey?)

Before sharing Brian Solis' succinct and brilliant post the Benevolent Acts of Reciprocity and Recognition and Highlights from the Research Project on Gratitude and Thankfulness (excerpt below) I want to once again make a few remarks about what we all seek to achieve with rights and remedies (particularly in the post-scarcity society in which we too often forget we live):

  1. we want rights because we are genetically programmed and culturally conditioned to be fair (remember the Capuchin monkeys who, trained to work for "money" staged a sit-down strike when others doing the same work were compensated at five times the rate as their under compensated fellows);
  2. rights are meant to guarantee us equal treatment in the distribution of public benefits and resources; and, equal access to public and private accommodations;
  3. remedies are meant to restore private and public resources to those who have been deprived of them because some one; group; organization or governmental entity has broken one or more rules by which we have chosen to govern ourselves; and,
  4. money is a means to an end, not an end in itself and each of us desires money for the same reasons - control of our own destiny (power; self expression); access to the benefits of the social contract (1. Freedom of speech and expression 2. Freedom of religion 3. Freedom from want 4. Freedom from fear); security against an uncertain future (access to medical services and a mimimal standard of living if we become unable to care for ourselves); meaningful occupation; the opportunity to be of unique service to our fellows; love; and, joy (monetary sub-goals such as a pair of Jimmy Choo shoes are also simply a [misguided] means to achieve these ends).

I have been taken to task for being "touchy-feely" or "new age" or of insufficient value to my "market" because I say these things repeatedly in public.  My "market," I'm told, would rather be right than happy; would rather someone lose so that they can win; and, believe the only thing anyone wants is money.

I don't believe it and I am committed to holding this space as a place-marker for my "people" who are suffering.  Which people are those?  Litigators. 

The challenge of this and every year:  How do we even begin to introduce the concept that we can more easily, efficiently and effectively satisfy the true interests of our fellows-in-the-social-condition than we can satisfy one individual's demand for preeminence over another? 

On our least divisive, most-inclusive and thoroughly secular holiday of Thanksgiving, we can begin to alleviate the suffering caused by zero-sum games with gratitude -- the benefits of which are being studied by a team of researchers at my legal alma mater, U.C. Davis.

Gratitude is the “forgotten factor” in happiness research. We are engaged in a long-term research project designed to create and disseminate a large body of novel scientific data on the nature of gratitude, its causes, and its potential consequences for human health and well-being. Scientists are latecomers to the concept of gratitude. Religions and philosophies have long embraced gratitude as an indispensable manifestation of virtue, and an integral component of health, wholeness, and well-being. Through conducting highly focused, cutting-edge studies on the nature of gratitude, its causes, and its consequences, we hope to shed important scientific light on this important concept. This document is intended to provide a brief, introductory overview of the major findings to date of the research project. For further information, please contact Robert Emmons. This project is supported by a grant from the John Templeton Foundation.

We are engaged in two main lines of inquiry at the present time: (1) developing methods to cultivate gratitude in daily life and assess gratitude’s effect on well-being, and (2) developing a measure to reliably assess individual differences in dispositional gratefulness.

Gratitude Interventions and Psychological and Physical Well-Being

* In an experimental comparison, those who kept gratitude journals on a weekly basis exercised more regularly, reported fewer physical symptoms, felt better about their lives as a whole, and were more optimistic about the upcoming week compared to those who recorded hassles or neutral life events (Emmons & McCullough, 2003).

* A related benefit was observed in the realm of personal goal attainment: Participants who kept gratitude lists were more likely to have made progress toward important personal goals (academic, interpersonal and health-based) over a two-month period compared to subjects in the other experimental conditions.

* A daily gratitude intervention (self-guided exercises) with young adults resulted in higher reported levels of the positive states of alertness, enthusiasm, determination, attentiveness and energy compared to a focus on hassles or a downward social comparison (ways in which participants thought they were better off than others). There was no difference in levels of unpleasant emotions reported in the three groups.

* Participants in the daily gratitude condition were more likely to report having helped someone with a personal problem or having offered emotional support to another, relative to the hassles or social comparison condition.

* In a sample of adults with neuromuscular disease, a 21-day gratitude intervention resulted in greater amounts of high energy positive moods, a greater sense of feeling connected to others, more optimistic ratings of one’s life, and better sleep duration and sleep quality, relative to a control group.

* Children who practice grateful thinking have more positive attitudes toward school and their families (Froh, Sefick, & Emmons, 2008).

There's more at the link!

Happy Thanksgiving.

Mediators and Industry Knowledge, Game Theory and Understanding Conflict

Check out the range of opinions among litigators' clients on this still-hot topic in mediation circles over at the Business Conflict Blog (quickly becoming one of the most indispensable commercial mediation blogs on the web):  Should Mediators Be Expert in the Field of the Dispute?  Excerpt below.

Patrick Deane of Nestlé is senior counsel to the largest food company in the world, and the disputes he runs into involve distributors, retailers, suppliers and consumers in every part of the globe.  His ideal mediator combines logic and intuition; a concern for detail; and the knack of an epatheic listener.  He noted that commercial disputes — even financial ones — are seldom dry, but instead involve personalities, risk of loss of face, and other human attributes just as much as more personal claims do.  The question of subject-matter expertise was of little importance to Deane, compared to these essential qualities in a mediator who must be expert in a process that, at heart, is aimed at cost effectiveness.  “A lack of industry expertise has never caused a failure of the mediation process.

I must admit that when Tim Hughes (@vaconstruction) -- he of the Virginia Real Estate, Land Use and Construction Law blog and an avid ADR watcher -- tipped me off to this post, I read the question as asking whether mediators should be experts in the "field" of conflict - rather than in the industry in which the disputants are involved.

Here's my opinion (as if you didn't already know).  As Colin Powell says, the most important knowledge to have in international negotiations is the other guy's decision cycle.  I imagine the great predictor, the political scientist and Hoover Institute Fellow  Bruce Bueno de Mesquitas would say something along the same lines (see TED lecture below).  See also the NYT piece, Can Game Theory Predict When Iran Will Get the Bomb?

What is the "other guy's" decision cycle?  It is comprised of every interest he must satisfy and every person he is accountable to for the foreseeable (and probable unintended) consequences of that decision.  Personal injury attorneys turned mediators are well acquainted with the decision cycles of both Plaintiff and Defense counsel as well as with the interests, needs, and desires of injured Plaintiffs, on the one hand, and insurance adjusters and their supervisors on the other.  Employment attorneys turned mediators are also deeply knowledgeable about the decision cycles of counsel on both sides of the table (one usually specializing in employees and the other in employers) as well as with the interests, needs and desires of terminated, demoted, or harassed employees on the one hand and of employers - both large and small - who often feel as if the Plaintiff is little better than a highway robber.  Judges turned mediators are better acquainted than anyone else of the decision cycles of juries -- a jury verdict being the alternative to a negotiated resolution.

(Chart from Cultivating Piece)

You knew I'd come to my own "specialty" knowledge.  Some of it is industry specific -- insurance and  financial institutions, for instance, and the garment, manufacturing, health care, commercial real estate, construction, and technology industries.  Though my experience in these fields adds some value to my commercial mediation practice, what I'm most skilled at is knowing the decision cycles of commercial litigators and their business clients.  I understand, for instance, the clients' reporting relationships; the metrics against which their performance and that of their corporate superiors are measured; the impact of SEC reporting requirements in "bet the company" litigation; and, the effect settlements in nine or ten figures might have on upcoming plans for mergers or acquisitions. 

I can read a financial statement. 

At a minimum, I can ask the questions necessary to obtain the knowledge required to ascertain the interests that must be satisfied by both parties to transform the litigation into an opportunity to make a business deal.  And I know how to make the commercial clients happy with their attorneys' final resolution of the business problem burdened with the justice issue that brought the case into court in the first instance.

I am also schooled in the "field" of conflict resolution.  I understand at depth the cognitive biases --  universal tendencies in the way we think -- that inhibit rational decision making.  I know how conflict escalates and, more importantly, how it can be deescalated.  I understand the role emotion plays in decision making (particularly the emotion most common among business litigation clients - anger);  the gentle (and not so gentle) art of persuasion and, perhaps most importantly, the optimal negotiation strategies and tactics for the business problem at hand.

And, I know in the knuckles of my spine what keeps commercial litigators awake at night, worrying about the next strategic, tactical, legal or extra-legal move to make; how to explain to the client that the case has suddenly gone south; and, how to deliver that bad news to the client in a way he or she can hear it and successfully report it to the GC, the CEO, the Board of Directors or e ven the shareholders. 

I know this sounds like a lot of boastful self-promotion (it is).  Please don't take my word for it.  Anyone charged with finding, retaining and hiring a mediator to assist the parties in resolving a piece of hard-fought, sophisticated, complex commercial litigation would do well to check with his or her peers on any mediator's boastful self-appraisals.

This is what I recall of mediator-hunting, however.  I'd send out a list to my colleagues.  I'd invariably get back opinions that were all over the board.  He/she is great with clients but usually ends up splitting the baby in half.  He/she talks too much and listens too little.  He/she marginalized the client and made me look bad.  He/she charges $15,000 per day and is one of the go-to mediators for this type of case but I was unimpressed, as was the client.  This guy/gal can settle anything.  Brilliant.  Magical.  

So what's a beleaguered litigator to do?  Ask people you respect both inside and outside your law firm.  Ask how the mediator handles the "process dimensions" of the mediation.  Does he/she simply carry numbers and rationales back and forth between separate caucus rooms.  Can she give bad news to both sides.  Can he go beyond positional, zero-sum bargaining and into interest-based negotiated resolutions?  Is the client happy with the result and with the process?  After you've done this basic research, call the mediator yourself and ask him/her about the way in which she/he might handle the mediation of the particular matter you need to have resolved.   You should not only have the best information possible in making your choice, you should get a fair amount of terrific free advice and external brain-storming along the way.

I really just meant to cite the Business Conflict Blog and get back to revising The ABC's of Conflict Resolution - my second draft due on October 30.

So what's my answer to the question whether the mediator should have industry knowledge?  That answer lies, as most legal problems do, in the gray zone.  Industry knowledge helps.  But every commercial litigator knows that we can learn any industry if we have a basic understanding of how commercial enterprises work.  That's what I know -- commercial litigation -- and it is the reason I don't mediate personal injury or employment disputes with anyone below the rank of senior executive.  I don't know the right questions to ask and I don't know -- at depth -- the parties' or counsel's decision cycles. 

I can learn, but if you called me for a personal injury or employment mediator, I wouldn't recommend myself - I'd recommend someone like Janet Fields or Nikki Tolt at Judicate West (personal injury) or Deborah Rothman, Jay McCauley or Lisa Klerman at their own mediation shops (employment). 

For commercial mediation, I'd recommend the usual suspects (including, of course, myself) and Jeff Kichaven, Eric Green, Jay and Deborah, Ralph Williams (at ADR Services, Inc.), George Calkins and Jerry Kurland at JAMS (complex construction litigation); Les Weinstein (IP, particularly as an arbitrator); Mike Young (Judicate West and Alston + Bird); and, John Leo Wagner (Judicate West). 

I know I've left a lot of fine mediators out of this list but these are the ones who immediately spring to mind because I either have personal experience as a client or co-mediator or I have it on the authority of my husband, Stephen N. Goldberg, formerly at Heller and now at Dickstein Shapiro (author of the Catastrophic Insurance Coverage blog).

Enough!  Off to the real brains at hand -- Bruce Bueno de Mesquita at TED.

Blawg Review #234

Sociologist Elise Boulding has said that we live in a “200 year present,” a “social space which reaches into the past and into the future” -- a space in which “we can move around directly in our own lives and indirectly by touching the lives of the young and old around us.” Miall, Ramsbotham and Woodhouse, Contemporary Conflict Resolution.

What does the 200-year present have to do with conflict resolution week?  It reminds us that new forms never really completely replace the old ones.  We continue to employ every technique we've ever used to suppress, avoid, deny, resolve, transform, or transcend conflict, including force (violent and non-violent such as injunctions subject of a Trial Warrior Blog post this week); thievery (the Trade Secrets Blog); shaming (which Scott Greenfield does to bloggers "looking for fights and dumb as dirt" and which Volokh suggests we do to health insurers); bullying (solutions to which appear at the Citizen Media Law Project); torture (still with us at the Crim Prof Blog); cheating (Make Yourself Better with Their Secrets at Concretely Ambiguous) ingratiation (at the Law School Expert); persuasive argumentation; appeal to third party authority; bargaining; communication; and, problem solving (The Tao of Advice at the Business of Creativity). 

Whichever dispute resolution mechanism you use, it should be much improved if you take up  juggling (as reported this week at Idealawg).

Transformative conflict resolution of the type covered by New York City police officer, Jeff Thompson at Enjoy Mediation, requires accountability (by lawyers, for instance, to the principle of justice at Law21); recognition (at JD Bliss); apology, amends, reconciliation (at Opinio Juris); power with (negotiation and cooperation at the Ohio Family Law Blog) instead of power over (at the Election Law Blog); and, interests rather than rights (at the Gay Couples Law Blog).

No brand of law-giver or enforcer has ever entirely left the scene.  Cops, negotiators, mediators (on the international scene at the Business Conflict Blog); conciliators, arbitrators, trial attorneys (marking tattoos as exhibits over at LawComix), corporate lawyers, legislators  (fomenting a Franken Amendment at the ADR Prof Blawg); judges (whether elected or appointed at Legally Unbound), and, juries (who might be biased at SCOTUS Blog). 

And of course the gadflies (wolf protection lawsuits anyone? at  Point of Law). 

Win, lose, settle, enjoin (at Charon QC) or simply give up (6 Ways We Gave Up Our Privacy at CSO Security and Risk).  We regulate crime and prescribe punishment (Polanski at Sentencing Law and Policy and The End of an Era at Defending People). 

We wage war (at Prawfs Blog) and seek peace (at the Delaware Employment Law Blog) as conflict inevitably erupts over Obama's (embarrassing) peace prize (at Balkinization).

And, lest we forget our primary purpose, we bend our efforts toward justice (which, according to BLT is not necessarily available to card-carrying members of the ACLU).

My own personal 200-year present spans the life of my maternal grandparents who were nine years old in 1909, and that of my step-children’s children, who (assuming they procreate on a reasonable schedule) should be ninety-five'ish in 2109

My grandfather, born in 1900, witnessed the birth of electricity, saw the first automobile roll off an assembly line [2] and stood awestruck in a cornfield as one of mankind’s first airplanes took flight. [3]  Although we've progressed from bi-planes to jets and rockets (some of which may someday be green) we still fly balloons of the type first launched in 1783 -- both Goodyear Blimps and the backyard variety, covered this week by Legal Blog Watch as Law and More

asked here whether the shiny, flying, silver Jiffy Pop-looking craft tethered in the backyard of Richard Heene was an "attractive nuisance" under the law.

Grandpa's first war was, well, the First and his second was the Second,[4]  as if there'd never been any wars before the Great One. By the time I was born, mid-century, we'd fought the war to end all wars twice and knew we'd never survive a third

My imagined grandchildren, [6] born sometime between today and 2014, will not be strangers to any of my grandfather’s technologies. Despite the advent of compact fluorescent light bulbs, the early lives of my step-children's children will likely pass under the glow of the same incandescent lights that brightened granddad’s one-room school house. They will be transported to school in cars with internal combustion engines, learn the same alphabet from the same cardboard and paper books (as well as from the "e" variety) [7] and play many of the same games [8]  he did – hop scotch, jump rope and ring-around the rosy. 

Change will etch itself into the lives of my grandchildren as surely as it did my own, my parents' and my grandparents'.  Hybrids will give way to fully electric (and perhaps hemp-powered) [9] vehicles (effective or defective) and though electricity will continue to be  generated by hydroelectric dams, wind farms and nuclear power plants, some new and unimaginable source of power will surely push back the nights of my grand children's children. [10]

Law, politics, society and culture also exist in the 200-year present of conflict resolution.  [11] In my personal 200-year span, the law seems to have changed the most profoundly. Was it the law first and culture later?  Or do they weave our future together?

The first U.S. woman lawyer, Myra Bradwell, was admitted to practice a mere ten years before my grandmother was born. Mrs. Bradwell’s legal career was the subject of one of the sorriest U.S. Supreme Court decisions ever handed down, in which the Court opined,

The civil law as well as nature itself, has always recognized a wide difference in the respective spheres and destinies of man and woman. Man is, or should be, woman’s protector and defender.  The natural and proper timidity and delicacy which belongs to the female sex evidently unfits it for many of the occupations of civil life. The constitution of the family organization, which is founded in the divine ordinance, as well as in the nature of things, indicates the domestic sphere as that which properly belongs to the domain and functions of womanhood. The harmony, not to say the identity, of interests and views which belong, or should belong, to the family institution is repugnant to the idea for a woman adopting a distinct and independent career from that of her husband … for these reasons I think that the laws of Illinois now complained of are not obnoxious to the charge of any abridging any of the privileges and immunities of cities of the United States.

[12]

Another nineteen years would pass after Bradwell began her practice before she (and my nineteen year old grandmother) were guaranteed the right to vote. [13] And another 30 years would pass after my women's movement -- the Second Wave -- before we'd have our own  business magazine -   ForbesWoman (my part in it here).  And let us not forget that despite the 20th Century's great civil rights achievements, when America catches a cold, black America gets pneumonia.  See e.g. Problems All Around for Blacks in Big Law at Being a Black Lawyer.

My grandparents', parents' and step-children's 20th Century was dominated by genocide [14] on a scale and a technological precision unimaginable to our earlier forebears.  Mid-century brought with it the threat of nuclear annihilation but also liberated millions of people enslaved by colonialism.  We cured polio in my own lifetime with both "dead" and "live" vaccines (neither of them counterfeit) - a singular moment in scientific history during which no one took ownership of the cure and no one tried to stop others from seeking another, a problem Patently O addressed this week in Reverse Payments.

Whether god or satan, heaven or hell, war or peace "won" the twentieth century, the world's greatest peace-making body was created during it -- the United Nations.  And here in the U.S., the “living room war,” Viet Nam, coupled with the largest generation of adolescents ever to grace American society, ended the forcible induction of young men into the military[15]

With the recent discovery of our earliest ancestor, Ardi, our biological and social lives exist in a 4.4 million year now. Our physical bodies “evolve” in the womb along the same lines as did our species and, once born, we carry with us our earliest organs. [16] Most critical of these to conflict escalation and avoidance is our “fight-flight” mechanism – the amygdala.[17] And the most pertinent biological agents to promote the collaborative resolution of conflict are our “mirror neurons” which

 provide a powerful biological foundation for the evolution of culture . . . absorb[ing] it directly, with each generation teaching the next by social sharing, imitation and observation.

 [18]

As “exquisitely social creatures,” our “survival depends on understanding the actions, intentions and emotions of others.” Id. That our misunderstandings and cognitive biases -- mentioned by Volokh on Paternalism and Michael Carbone on reactive devaluation at Mediation Strategies this week -- threaten our survival as a species is undeniable (cf. Lawyers Must Survive or Face Extinction at the Lawyerist)

How we’ve manage to survive despite our tendency to misread one another’s actions, intentions and emotions, is often the subject of those who advise us how to choose and move juries -- here -- Anne Reed at Deliberations (explaining why "they" don't see things like "we" do here); and, the Jury Room (explaining why pain hurts more intensely when we believe it's been intentionally inflicted here). 

The Most Effective Conflict Resolution Technology is the Oldest

One of our true original gangsters, Al Capone, is reported to have said that “you can get much further with a kind word and a gun than you can with a kind word alone” and one of our greatest Presidents, Theodore Roosevelt said “speak softly and carry a big stick.”

Capone and Roosevelt didn't know it, but they were talking about the most effective (and most ancient) form of conflict resolution – tit for tat. In 1980, political Scientist Robert Axelrod asked game theory experts to submit computer programs designed to prevail in a game that provided the highest reward to cooperating pairs -- the famous Prisoner's Dilemma. (See also Max Kennerly's excellent post on Game Theory and Medical Malpractice Settlements at the Philadelphia Litigation and Trial Blog).

The winner of Axelrod's competition was a program named tit for tat.  Tit for tat was programmed to cooperate [19]  with its first encounter with any other programmed player.  It  rewarded cooperation with cooperation (just as networking will reward the savvy lawyer over at Chuck Newton's Ride the Third Wave) and punished non-cooperation with retaliation. Because Tit for Tat retaliated in the face of non-cooperation (just as a former employee did according to Hell Hath No Fury at Chicago Law Blogger) it was never repeatedly victimized. And because Tit for Tat “forgave” non-cooperators upon their return to cooperative game playing (as some believe Mr. Polanski should be forgiven over at the Marquette U. Law School Faculty Blog) it never got locked into mutually costly chains of mutual betrayal. [20]

As Robert Wright, author of The Moral Animal explained, had Tit for Tat been tossed into the game with 50 steadfast non-cooperators, there would have been a 49-way tie for first place. But none of the players' programs failed to cooperate in at least some circumstances, leaving Tit for Tat the clear victor.  According to Wright, humans, like the programs in Axelrod's competition, are evolutionarily “designed” to cooperate under at least some circumstances. The engine and benefit of cooperation is present in our neurochemistry.  When scientists observed the brain activity of volunteers playing the Prisoner’s Dilemma game, for instance, they found that the participants' “reward circuits” were activated and their impulsive "me first" circuits inhibited when they cooperated. Cooperation, retaliation, forgiveness and a return to cooperation. Tit for Tat. 

Laws and Lawyers

First and most importantly, I suppose, are the social media signs that you're "tweeting" like a lawyer over at the Social Media Law Student Blog.  Why first or important?  Know thyself.  Everything else follows that.

We don't "dis" lawyers here at the Negotiation Blog.  We simply remind ourselves that our primary purpose is the promotion of justice, with a stable societal order closely behind.  Most people don't understand, for instance, that Shakespeare's famous the first thing we do, let's kill all the lawyers was not an insult.  In King Henry IV, Act IV, Scene II, Shakespeare's sentiment was not his own, but that of a revolutionary who wished to destroy the social order.

The historic "present" of laws and lawyers is in the thousands, not simply the hundreds, of years. Hammurabi (make of his choice for the memorialization of his laws what you will) was the sixth king of Babylon, remembered for creating -- in his own name (and likeness?) - the first written and systematic legal code. 

These laws provided for a mix of physical punishment - 60 lashes with an ox hide whip - ‘measure for measure’ awards (still with us in the form of lethal injection as covered by The StandDown Texas Project) – eye for eye, bone fracture for bone fracture – and monetary compensation – 20 shekels for tooth injuries – (preserved by workplace injury awards such as those discussed at the Workers Compensation Blog) depended not only upon the type of injury, but the social classes involved in the loss, i.e., ‘measure for measure’ sanctions were specified for losses among the upper classes while monetary awards were required for losses caused to and by commoners (reminding us that disrespect still too often turns on social status or "outsider" classification as discussed at Balkinization this week).  [23] 

For the wrongful killing of another, for instance, the victim’s kin were paid according to the social status of the deceased party. Thus the ‘man price’ for killing a peasant was 200 shillings and that for a nobleman 1200 shillings. Payments were not, however, tailored to the loss, but fixed according to types of affront, a distinction we continue to make when we punish intentional torts more severely than negligent ones.  [24]>

Criminal law and civil, it all comes down to a process that is "due" (a topic covered in a blistering post about tea-partiers and other "protectors" of the Constitution at the Criminal Jurisdiction Law Blog) and a set of guidelines against which we can exercise some small degree of control over our own commercial and personal futures (like those subject of Delays Not "Party Time, Excellent" for Subcontractor at the Construction Contract Review).

Lawyers, litigators and trial lawyers are too often demonized by the ADR community as if you could get someone to sit down to negotiate without first pointing the gun of litigation at their heads; I salute you (and myself, for that matter!) for bringing us all to the bargaining table.  See Steve Mehta's recent post at Mediation Matters, Factors When Peace Makes Sense for a note that touches upon the symbiotic relationship between litigation and mediation, litigators and mediators.

I shouldn't cite single legal blogs twice, but I cannot resist this quote of Scott Greenfield's on another pundit's view of the future lawyers have in store for them, i.e., 

shucking oysters for a living if we don't accept a future of lawyers being piece workers in factories, sending our work off to Bangalore in pdf files and complementing people on their choice of forms at Legal Zoom.

Legal Rebels:  the Sky is Falling at Simple JusticeCharon QC also weighs in on the ABA Legal Rebels project here.

Arbitration

Which came first? Public civil trials or private arbitrations? You’ll be surprised, I’ll wager, to hear that arbitration was one of the earliest forms of dispute resolution, practiced by the juris consults of the Roman Empire. Roman arbitration predates the adversarial system of common law by more than a thousand years. [25]

Ah, the glory of Rome! The juris consulti were (like too many mediators) amateurs who dabbled in dispute resolution, raising the question whether they (and we) should be certified or regulated as Diane Levin asks at The Mediation Channel this week.  The Roman hobbyists gave legal opinions (responsa) to all comers (a practice known as publice respondere). They also served the needs of Roman judges and governors would routinely consult with advisory panels of jurisconsults before rendering decisions. Thus, the Romans – god bless them! - were the first to have a class of people who spent their days thinking about legal problems (an activity some readers will recall Ralph Nader calling "mental gymnastics in an iron cage").

18th Century Dispute Resolution Technology:  The (Inevitably Polarizing) Adversarial System

It was Buckminster Fuller who famously opined that the "significant problems we face cannot be solved at the same level of thinking we were at when we created them."  If you keep this aphorism in mind for the remainder of this post, you'll likely have some extraordinarily innovative comments to make in the comment section below.

As the Law Guru wiki reminds us, we can trace the adversarial system to the "medieval mode of trial by combat, in which some litigants were allowed a champion to represent them."  We owe our present day adversarialism, however, to the common law's use of the jury - the power of argumentation replacing the power of the sword.

The Act abolishing the infamous Star Chamber in 1641 also granted every "freeman" the right to trial by "lawful judgment of his peers" or by the "law of the land" before the Crown could "take[] or imprison[]" him or "disseis[e] [him] of his freehold or liberties, or free customs."  Nor could he any longer be "outlawed or exciled or otherwise destroyed."  Nor could the King "pass upon him or condemn him." 

English colonies like our own adopted the jury trial system and we, of course, enshrined that system in the Fifth, Sixth, and Seventh Amendments.  Whether this 17th century dispute resolution technology can be fine-tuned to keep abreast of 21st century dispute creation technology (particularly in the quickly moving area of intellectual property) remains one of the pressing questions of legal and ADR policy and practice, particularly in a week in which a Superior Court verbally punished the lawyers before it for filing The Most Oppressive Motion Ever Presented (see the Laconic Law Blog).  The motion? 

Defendants['] . . . motion for summary judgment/summary adjudication, seeking adjudication of 44 issues, most of which were not proper subjects of adjudication.  Defendants’ separate statement was 196 pages long, setting forth hundreds of facts, many of them not material—as defendants’ own papers conceded.  And the moving papers concluded with a request for judicial notice of 174 pages.  All told, defendants’ moving papers were 1056 pages.

Id. (and ouch!)  On a less Dickensian note (think Bleak House) take a look at the IP Maximizer's post on IP litigation not being smart source of revenue for inventors

Mediator, author and activist, Ken Cloke, suggests that interest-based resolutions to conflict must replace power and rights based resolutions if we expect to create a future in which justice prevails.  As Ken wrote in Conflict Revolution:

Approaching evil and injustice from an interest-based perspective means listening to the deeper truths that gave rise to them, extending compassion even to those who were responsible for evils or injustices, and seeking not merely to replace one evil or injustice with another, but to reduce their attractiveness by designing outcomes, processes, and relationships that encourage adversaries to work collaboratively to satisfy their interests.

Evil and injustice can therefore be considered byproducts of reliance on power or rights, and failures or refusals to learn and evolve.

All political systems generate chronic conflicts that reveal their internal weaknesses, external pressures, and demands for evolutionary change. Power- and rights-based systems are adversarial and unstable, and therefore avoid, deny, resist, and defend themselves against change. As a result, they suppress conflicts or treat them as purely interpersonal, leaving insiders less informed and able to adapt, and outsiders feeling they were treated unjustly and contemplating evil in response.

As pressures to change increase, these systems must either adapt, or turn reactionary and take a punitive, retaliatory attitude toward those seeking to promote change, delaying their own evolution. Only interest-based systems are fully able to seek out their weaknesses, proactively evolve, transform conflicts into sources of learning, and celebrate those who brought them to their attention.

These are the words I leave with the readers of Blawg Review #234 because they are the ones that informed my personal and professional transformation from a legal career based on rights and remedies to one based upon interests and consensus. 

Whatever my own personal 200-year present was, is and will be, it is pointed in the direction of peace with justice, with an enormous and probably unwarranted optimism best expressed by the man after whom my law school was namedMartin Luther King, Jr.  - the arc of history is long, but it bends toward justice.

Blawg Review has information about next week's host, and instructions how to get your blawg posts reviewed in upcoming issues. Next week's host, Counsel to Counsel, will devote its round-up of the week's best legal posts to the Great Recession.



[1]             See the WSJ Law Blog’s post on the evolving law on gay marriage this week – Procreat[ion] Not Required.

[2]             Alas, there will always be lemons over at the Texas Lemon Law Blog (save those repair invoices!)

[3]             See Ruth Bader Ginsberg Hospitalized at the Volokh Conspiracy, reporting on Ginsberg’s fall from the seat of an airplane before take-off.

[4]             See the Law History Blog on Brewer’s Why America Fights.

[6]             Grandchildren who will not, I hope, have to deal with my Alzheimers, the perils of which are described at the Slutsky Elder Law and Estate Planning Blog.

[7]             Though, of course, e-books will be read side-by-side with hard copy as paper and cardboard eventually goes the way of Colonial era hornbooks. See Downloadable e-Books Change the Face of Brick and Mortar Libraries at the Law Librarian Blog.

[8]              Those games will, of course, exist side by side the video variety, many of which are recommended as Tools for Special Needs Students and Educators at the Adjunct Law Prof Blog this week.

[9]               See Hemp and Audacity at the U.S. Ag and Food Law Policy Blog.

[12]             Alas there’s still a gender gap as described this week at Ms. JD.

[13]             Voting rights are still a matter of concern today, of course. See Judge Says Virginia Violated Rights of Overseas Voters at the Blog of Legal Times.

[14]             See Rachel Anderson’s Law Blog on the scope of immunity for foreign officials that Anderson believes may have important implications for Plaintiffs seeking recompense for genocide.

[15]             One generation wants out and the other wants in. See Don’t Ask, Don’t Tell, Don’t Teach at Sexual Orientation and the Law Blog.

[16]             Earlier scientific theory posited that each human embryo (see Embryo Mix-Up at the Proud Parenting Blog) passes through a progression of abbreviated stages that resemble the main evolutionary stages of its ancestors, i.e., that the fertilized egg starts as a single cell (just like our first living evolutionary ancestor); as the egg repeatedly divides it develops into an embryo with a segmented arrangement (the “worm” stage); these segments develop into vertebrae, muscles and something that sort of looks like gills (the “fish” stage); limb buds develop with paddle-like hands and feet, and there appears to be a “tail” (the “amphibian” stage); and, by the eighth week of development, most organs are nearly complete, the limbs develop fingers and toes, and the “tail” disappears (the human stage). It turns out that this one-to-one correlation was too simplistic, but it remains safe to say that our biological development still passes through several stages that “recapitulate” the evolution of our species.

[17]          The amygdala is a region of the brain that permits the formation and storage of memories associated with emotional events. It permits us to “read” the emotional responses of our fellows and is thought to facilitated our ability to form relationships and live and work in groups. It is also the source of our “fight or flight” response to danger.

[18] In Cells that Read Minds, New York Times Science writer Sandra Blakeslee explained:

Studies show that some mirror neurons fire when a person reaches for a glass or watches someone else reach for a glass; others fire when the person puts the glass down and still others fire when the person reaches for a toothbrush and so on. They respond when someone kicks a ball, sees a ball being kicked, hears a ball being kicked and says or hears the word "kick."

 “When you see me perform an action - such as picking up a baseball - you automatically simulate the action in your own brain,” said Dr. Marco Iacoboni, a neuroscientist at the University of California, Los Angeles, who studies mirror neurons. ”Circuits in your brain, which we do not yet entirely understand, inhibit you from moving while you simulate,” he said. ”But you understand my action because you have in your brain a template for that action based on your own movements. “

[20]             Check out the post on the Betrayal of Corporate Clients at the Investment Fraud Lawyer Blog.

[21]             Wrongful death compensation over at the Product Liability Law Blog.

[22]             Looking toward the future, the Neuroethics and the Law Blog predicts that in the “experiential future, we will have better technologies to measure physical pain, pain relief, and emotional distress. These technologies should not only change tort law and related compensation schemes but should also change our assessments of criminal blameworthiness and punishment severity” here.

[23]             This week Beck and Herrmann at the Drug and Device Law Blog note that “shame works wonders” in their post on the Free Speech Challenges to the FDA.

[24]             Intentionally left blank.

[25]             ADR professionals are often heard critics of the adversarial system, as can be seen over at the Australian Dispute Resolvers Blog where author Chris Whitelaw (really??) quotes the Journal of Law and Medicine as follows:

The adversarial system of medical negligence fails to satisfy the main aims of tort law, those being equitable compensation of plaintiffs, correction of mistakes and deterrence of negligence. Instead doctors experience litigation as a punishment and, in order to avoid exposure to the system, have resorted not to corrective or educational measures but to defensive medicine, a practice which the evidence indicates both decreases patient autonomy and increases iatrogenic injury.

 (Iatrogenic, by the way, is a fancy term for “we have know idea whatsoever what the source of this ailment is). Chris is looking for comments so run on over there if you’ve been thinking about medical malpractice litigation during the marathon American health care debates.

 

Negotiating Jury Verdicts: Apologies Work with Twelve People Good and True

A big thank you to local mediator Steve Mehta for

Apology Infuences Jury Verdicts, New Study Finds excerpted below and click here for full post.

By Steven G. MehtaSteve Mehta

A big question in trial for lawyers to consider is whether to apologize for their client’s “alleged” conduct.  Many lawyers are reluctant to do so under the theory that it could lead to a greater chance of liability being imposed on them.  Recent research sheds light on this issue.

According to researchers at George Mason University and Oklahoma State University apologizing to a jury may lead more favorable results. The results of the study will be available in a the journal Contemporary Accounting Research.

Assistant accounting professors Rick Warne of Mason and Robert Cornell of OSU found that apologizing can result in lower frequencies of negligence verdicts in cases when compared to a control group receiving no apology or remedial message. The researchers hypothesized that apologies allow the accused wrongdoer to express sorrow or regret about a situation without admitting guilt. Alternatively, a first-person justification allows the accused to indicate the appropriateness of decisions given the information available when decisions were made.

“We found that apologies reduce the jurors’ need to assign blame to the [wrongdoer] for any negative outcomes to the client,” says Warne. “It also appears that an apology “influences the jurors impression that the auditor’s actions were reasonable and in accordance with professional standards.”

Continue reading here.

 

The Annual ADR Issue of the Advocate is Out and Online

The Advocate - the Journal of Consumers Attorneys Organizations of Southern California publishes an annual ADR issue every year and this year's issue is a goldmine of mediation strategy and tactics.

From preparation to closing, some of L.A.'s most prominent mediators reveal the secrets of getting the best deal available for your clients. 

Read former CAALA Trial Lawyer of the year Sandy Gage's article on Getting the Best Results in Mediation and AIM founder, mediator and trainer Lee Jay Berman's Twelve Ways to Make Your Mediator Work Harder for You.

JAMS mediator Alex Polsky reveals the secrets to Negotiating Like the Pros, while ADR's Ralph Williams counsels readers on the many ways to avoid the Top Ten Mediation Disasters.

Mediator Phyllis Pollack who blogs and writes for the Federal Bar Association's Resolver also has a dynamite article here - Preparing for Mediation, Something to Ponder.

Another top mediate.com blogger and mediator Steve Mehta reveals Why Some Cases Don't Settle and Others Do while Judicate West Executive Vice President of Business Development Rosemarie Chiusano writes about Top Neutral Qualities from one of the best sources on mediator excellence -- the ADR service provider.

My ADR Services, Inc. colleagues Jan Schau, Michael Diliberto, Joan Kessler (the brains behind the entire issue!) and Leonard Levy round out the issue with Telling Lies, Telling Secrets (Schau); Opening Offers:  Who's on First (Diliberto); The Defense Reveals Mistakes that Could Cost Your Client Money; and Kessler's incisive executive summary of them all.

Finally, former defense attorney and Judicate West mediator Jack Daniels, honored for his ethics and fairness by COAC outlines the 10 necessary steps to mediation success.

Oh, yes, I'm here too with one of my mediation narratives, We Tell Ourselves Stories in Order to Live.

The online Advocate can be read like a magazine, complete with turning pages.  It's a pretty cool online journal format in addition to being a great contribution to the growing literature on best mediation practices. 

Dive in!  The water is warm and the natives are friendly.

Sure We Can Compromise, But Can We Negotiate Justice?

The following is the conclusion of an excellent post on the recent Pfizer-Justice Department settlement noting that it met "the People's" justice interests better than a judgment could have.  The full article, Settlement and Justice for All by Robert C. Bordone & Matthew J. Smith** can be found here at the Harvard Negotiation Law Review.

 More than honoring principles a court might champion, the negotiated settlement with Pfizer allows the Justice Department to secure commitments from Pfizer that would have been unlikely in a court verdict. In addition to the enormous cash payment, the settlement agreement allows for closer monitoring of Pfizer by Justice Department officials in the years ahead, ensuring corporate accountability and providing an extra measure of protection for consumers. As part of the deal, Pfizer entered into a Corporate Integrity Agreement with the Office of Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services and will be required to maintain a corporate compliance program for the next five years. While a judge might choose to retain judicial oversight in a particular case, federal courts typically lack the expertise or resources to provide the kind of enforcement needed to ensure a systemic and long-term remedy in a technical or highly specialized case such as this.

The Pfizer settlement represents the best kind of transparent, efficient, and wise government law enforcement. It holds Pfizer wholly accountable for its actions, sends a strong and clear message to the public that corporate malfeasance will not be tolerated, provides for ongoing enforcement, and it does it all at a fraction of the cost of trial. While many cases should proceed to trial for reasons of precedent and public policy, negotiated settlement – when approached with wisdom and aplomb – can be a most efficient and effective means of law enforcement.

For my own posts and mediation, negotiation and justice, see Delivering Justice in Community Mediation, Negotiating Justice:  Anchoring, Bias, Dad and Sotomayor, and Do Interest-Based Negotiation and Mediation Trade Justice for Harmony?

Thanks to Don Philbin for being one of the best navigators of quality in the ADRosphere!  "Friend" him on Facebook here.

________________

**/ Robert C. Bordone is the Thaddeus R. Beal Clinical Professor of Law at Harvard Law School and Director of the Harvard Negotiation and Mediation Clinical Program. Matthew J. Smith is a Lecturer on Law at Harvard Law School and a Clinical Fellow at the Harvard Negotiation and Mediation Clinical Program

 

 

 

Yet Another Path to Attorney Malpractice in Mediation Proceedings: Coerce Your Own Client

Because the vast majority of my litigation and mediation clients were and are corporate entities or highly successful entrepreneurs, executives or managers, I was and am rarely in a position to coerce a client into doing something it didn't want to do. 

As a mediator, however, I hear stories.  

Some of the stories I hear are told by disgruntled individuals who feel as if they were coerced by their own counsel into settling their litigation during a mediationOthers have reported that they felt ganged up on by their attorney and the mediator.  Some have complained that they were unduly pressured to stay in the mediation process long after they were too tired or hungry to think clearly. 

These stories are troubling to any mediator who values the good reputation of the mediation process itself.  They should also disturb attorney mediation advocates.

Is it below the standard of care for an attorney to subtly (or not so subtly) pressure his or her client to settle litigation?  Under certain circumstances, I think it is.  Here's the bad news.  If a litigant is unhappy with the outcome of mediation, he or she is far more likely to bring a complaint (or lawsuit) against his or her own attorney.

In a 2006 article in the Ohio  Journal on Dispute Resolution TAKE IT OR LEAVE IT. LUMP IT OR GRIEVE IT: DESIGNING MEDIATOR COMPLAINT SYSTEMS THAT PROTECT MEDIATORS, UNHAPPY PARTIES, ATTORNEYS, COURTS, THE PROCESS, AND THE FIELD  Paula M. Young, Assistant Professor at the Appalachian School of Law cites Mel Rubin on "settle and sue" cases which Rubin suggests are on the rise among clients unhappy with the outcome of a mediation.  Rubin "also suggests that if a client is unhappy with the outcome of mediation, he or she is more likely to sue his or her attorney for malpractice. Id.

What might actionable attorney mediation malpractice look like?  Young cites the example of one woman who told the following story:

I refused to sign several times. My attorney then began yelling at me to “shut-up and sign the damn thing” I wasn't allowed to leave until it was signed . . . . The words, “NO I can't sign this,” fell on deaf ears. I was so unfamiliar with the process of it all and what it meant and what the outcome entailed.

Young has a systemic solution for problems like these:  procedural "justice" during the mediation itself and grievance procedures for dissatisfied litigants.  She writes:

To the extent the procedural justice research indicates that parties who perceive they have received procedural justice in mediation also perceive that the negotiated outcome in mediation is fair, we would expect that these parties are not likely to later sue their attorneys for malpractice. Even when the client has little trust in his or her attorney, a mediation process that enhances procedural justice allows the party to assess directly whether he or she feels exploited or mistreated in the process.

Even if the mediation process itself lacks procedural justice and the client accordingly remains dissatisfied and suspicious, a well-designed grievance system, emphasizing procedural justice from the client's perspective, may give the client the reassurances he or she needs. A client who suspects collusion between his or her lawyer and the neutral could seek the informed opinion of the regulatory body, without ever having to file a legal malpractice law suit.

Remember that we tend to stumble and fail when we're Hungry, Angry, Lonely (marginalized) or Tired (HALT) and so do our clients.  When I notice litigants flagging or attorneys losing their tempers, I suggest a walk around the block, a nutrition break (not eating more cookies) and, in extreme cases (someone becomes ill during the course of the session) reconvening at a later date.  Remember how powerful and all-knowing you appear to be to your clients and what a strange and frightening land the "justice system" is for those who are encountering it for the first time.  

There's no better defense to professional negligence actions that the quality of your relationship with your clients.  Keep channels of communication open.  Demand that your adversary and the mediator treat your client with respect.  At the first sign that a mediator is exercising undue influence on your client, say something, just as you would if opposing counsel were harassing your witness at a deposition.  Follow these dictates and you'll rarely if ever be worrying about calling your insurance carrier.
 


Another Malpractice Trap for the Unwary Mediation Advocate: Draft Your Own Confidentiality Agreement

As every mediation advocate must know by now, the California Supreme Court has locked down mediation confidences from attack at every turn.  There can be no implied waiver of Evidence Code section 1119's protections and you cannot be estopped to assert it (Simmons v. Ghaderi) (.pdf of the opinion here). 

Your client may have been coerced into signing off on the agreement; may not have understood what she was signing; or her assent could have been induced by your opponent's material misrepresentations of fact.  Your client's insurance carrier may be guilty of actionable bad faith during the course of the mediation.  Too bad.  The mediation proceeding is given greater protection than given to penitents in a confessional.

But you can inadvertently expressly waive the protections of mediation confidentiality if you've carelessly crafted your own confidentiality agreement.

California's Second District Court of Appeal held in Thottam (.pdf of opinion here) that a party's confidentiality agreement did just that -- waived the protection -- permitting one party to introduce an otherwise inadmissible draft agreement into evidence for the purpose of enforcing an otherwise unenforceable mediated settlement agreement.

As the Court in Thottam held, Section 1123(c)'s requirement that all parties to a mediated settlement agreement "expressly agree in writing . . . to its disclosure," may be satisfied by terms contained in a writing other than the alleged settlement agreement itself, including a writing executed before a settlement agreement has purportedly been entered into.  Because the "draft agreement" at issue in Thottam did not contain 1123's "magic" enforcement language and because the term sheet drawn up during the mediation was not sufficiently certain to enforce in any event, one party to the subject probate proceeding objected to its introduction into evidence and to the admission of testimony concerning otherwise confidential statements made during the mediation.

Had there been no confidentiality agreement, the issue would have been controlled by Evidence Code sections 1115 et seq.; the "agreement" would have been excluded from evidence as non-compliant with section 1123; and, no evidence of statements made during the mediation would have been admitted into evidence. 

Here's the danger of drafting your own confidentiality agreements in an attempt to expand the scope of mediation confidentiality.  

According to the appellate court opinion, because the parties expanded the scope of confidentiality beyond that provided by the statute, the exception to the protection ("except as may be necessary to enforce any agreements from the Meeting") was broader than the enforcement exception contained in section 1123.  As one blogger cogently put it at the time, "the big print giveth and the small print taketh away."

I think it's safe to say that this result was pretty much completely unpredictable and that it was within the standard of care for counsel to expand the protections contained in section 1119  (for an example of the problems created by its relatively narrow confines, see mediator Debra Healy's comments and my response about the scope of mediation confidentiality in an earlier post in this series).

Post-Thottam, however, counsel must be extremely careful in drafting confidentiality agreements lest they inadvertently take away the protections the legislature created and the Supreme Court has so assiduously enforced.

In short, don't get fancy.  Just stick with the language of section 1119

Yet Another Way to Commit Malpractice: Draft an Unenforceable Arbitration Clause

Before I begin to get hate mail from attorneys about this series, let me say that it is meant to sound the alarm, raise red flags, and make attorneys overly cautious so that our clients wouldn't even ever think of suing us for malpractice.  

I don't mean to suggest here that drafting an arbitration clause a Court refuses to enforce or to apply to a given claim constitutes malpractice.  The way the Courts are dealing with arbitration clauses these days, it's probably not outside the standard of care to fail to satisfy their passing fancies on scope and unconscionability.  

I do, however, WANT TO DISCOURAGE ALL LAWYERS FROM USING BOILER PLATE ARBITRATION CLAUSES which is why I'm alerting you to yesterday's opinion by the Fifth Circuit Court of Appeal refusing to apply Halliburton's employment arbitration provision to a sexual assault claim. 

Here's the clause. 

 You understand that the Dispute Resolution Program requires, as its last step, that any and all claims that you might have against Employer related to your employment . . . must be submitted to binding arbitration instead of to the court system.

Pretty broad, but not, according to Jones v. Halliburton, broad enough to include a sexual assault claim that occurred in worker housing.  With one Justice dissenting, the Court was careful to limit is opinion strictly to the facts of the case before it.  Here's the holding: 

The one consensus emerging from [our] analysis is that it is fact-specific, and concerns an issue about which courts disagree. When deciding whether a claim falls within the scope of an arbitration agreement, courts “focus on factual allegations in the complaint rather than the legal causes of action asserted”. Waste Mgmt., Inc. v. Residuos Industriales Multiquim, S.A. de C.V., 372 F.3d 339, 344 (5th Cir. 2004) .Here, the allegations are as follows: (1) Jones was sexually assaulted by several Halliburton/KBR employees in her bedroom, after-hours, (2) while she was offduty, (3) following a social gathering outside of her barracks, (4) which was some distance from where she worked, (5) at which social gathering several co-workers had been drinking (which, notably, at the time was only allowed in “non-work” spaces).

                                         *                     *                   *

Under these circumstances, the outer limits of the “related to” language of the arbitration provision have been tested, and breached. Halliburton/KBR essentially asks this court to read the arbitration provision so broadly as to encompass any claim related to Jones’ employer, or any incident that happened during her employment, but that is not the language of the contract. We do not hold that, as a matter of law, sexual-assault allegations can never “relate to” someone’s employment. For this action, however, Jones’ allegations do not “touch matters” related to her employment, let alone have a “significant relationship” to her employment contract.

N.B.  Review the case law; forecast the types of claims that might be made against your client.  Tell the client there's no way you can provide it with any absolute assurances that the arbitration clause will be enforceable in every given situation.  Say that in writing.  Do your best.  Maintain a great working relationship with your clients and you'll be fine.  Just fine.

Hat tip to Pop Tort for the head's up on this case!

More Ways to Commit Legal Malpractice as a Mediation Advocate

If you didn't already understand how to protect your mediated settlement agreement from challenge, you do now.

But wait a minute!  Is that what you want?  

What if your client entered into the agreement only because its opponent made a material misstatement of fact?  What if one of your co-defendants challenges your settlement agreement as not having been made in good faith, thus exposing your client to potential liability for indemnity or contribution?  Can you win the "good faith settlement" motion without the testimony of the participants in the mediation?  

In a comment on yesterday's post, Los Angeles mediator Joe Markowitz noted that:

Parties are entitled to walk out of a mediation with a whole range of outcomes, from a completed settlement agreement, to a term sheet, to an oral understanding, to a promise to think over the other side's last offer, to a promise to see the other side in court! As long as both sides understand what they are getting at the conclusion of the mediation session, there should be no basis for a malpractice claim for any of these outcomes. If the parties choose to use a term sheet with no language in it indicating that they have settled their case, they just need to understand that any party can renege on the deal after the mediation. In some cases, that may be what the parties want, to give them some time to think the whole thing over

Joe's comments put the emphasis in mediation advocacy back where it belongs -- on the fully informed assent of the parties and on the strategic plans of litigation counsel.  

So here's yet another way to commit legal malpractice as a mediation advocate:  don't fully understand the implications of mediation confidentiality on the final resolution of your client's dispute.  I'll just bullet point ways to protect yourself and your client below and ask others to chime in with their recommendations:

  • if your client is relying upon the veracity of its opponent's representation in entering into the deal, write that representation into the agreement or deal points, i.e., "Party A and Party B both understand that Party A is entering into this agreement based upon the following representation/s: ....................................  "  Then you can include any other language that makes sense in the context of the agreement.  You can provide that Party B's production of documents confirming its representations to Party A is a condition precedent to Party A's obligations under the settlement agreement.  If your client simply needs protection down the line in the event FACT X proves to be untrue, you can include a liquidated damage clause in the agreement or provide for an expedited means of resolving any dispute resulting from the falsity of FACT X ; or, you could provide that the falsity of FACT X will render the settlement agreement null and void; 
  • you could avoid the problems created by the strict enforcement of mediation confidentiality  by agreeing with your opponent (in writing!) that the neutral-facilitated settlement negotiation is not a mediation to be governed by Evidence Code section 1115 et seq. but a settlement conference governed by Evidence Code section 1152 et seq.  This option would be a useful one to a defendant who is settling the action separately from co-defendants who might bring a motion challenging the good faith of your settlement.  
  • Less drastically, you could simply include in your settlement agreement a provision by which the parties agree that the mediation confidentiality protections as codified in section 1119 will not apply in the event a co-defendant challenges the good faith of the settlement.  Remember that the mediator is considered incompetent to testify so that your waiver of mediation confidentiality in the event testimony is needed to oppose a challenge to the good faith of your settlement may not permit the mediator to testify at the hearing (or to offer a declaration in opposition to the motion) as well he or she -- a neutral party -- shouldn't.

You're a litigator.  There are probably hundreds of ways to skin this particular cat.  The keys are knowing and understanding the law of mediation confidentiality and thinking through all of the implications it might have on your clients' rights or interests down the line.  That's what we litigators do and we shouldn't abandon those strategic considerations just because we believe we're settling this case for good and it will never come back to haunt us or our clients again.

Remember, you are in control of the process.  If you don't like mediation confidentiality, tailor a confidentiality agreement to suit your circumstances.  You will, of course, have to "sell" your proposal to your opponent.  The  best time to do that might well be at the end of the mediation rather than at its commencement.  By that time, your opponent is pretty darn committed to the resolution of the lawsuit.  His client is already planning on ways he can more profitably spend his time and money other than on further litigation, attorneys' fees, and court costs.  The plaintiff is, I guarantee you, already spending the settlement monies or planning the celebration back at the office and wondering whether this might lead to the promotion he or she has been waiting for.

Yet another way to commit legal malpractice (and how to avoid it) tomorrow!

 

Call Your Carrier? Because of Negligent ADR Advocacy? YOU BETCHA!

That's not a summons and complaint for malpractice, is it?  Because of something you didn't know about ADR advocacy? 

C'mon!  ADR is all about avoiding litigation, not creating it, right?  The good news is that there hasn't yet been an ADR malpractice suit of note.  The bad news is, I see ADR negligence at least once a month and am holding my breath against the day lawsuits began a'poppin. 

To help you avoid ADR malpractice, here is just one of ten pitfalls to be covered in this series that can make you a malpractice magnet for disgruntled clients. 

  1. write up a "term" sheet reflecting your mediated settlement agreement without including the "magic language" of Evidence Code section 1123
    1. absent this language, a party with buyer's remorse can resist the enforcement of a "term sheet" if he feels he was was coerced into signing it; entered into it based upon a misrepresentation of material fact made during the mediation; or, that it simply does not accurately reflect the terms the parties' orally agreed upon during the mediation
    2. use the magic language of Evidence Code section 1123 and your "term sheet" should be enforced and your client's bargaining partner precluded from introducing into evidence (pursuant to section 1119) any statement made by anyone during the course of the mediation, including allegedly coercive, misleading, or, fraudulent statements of fact allegedly inducing his consent.
    3. as Orange County mediator William J. Caplan points out in his lively 2005 article, The Quick Brown Lawyer Jumped Over the Mediation Traps, the "magic words" are “admissible,” “enforceable,” “binding,” and “subject to disclosure.”
    4. the cure (from Caplan again) is the following "belt and suspenders" clause:

The parties intend this Agreement to be admissible, binding and enforceable, and subject to disclosure within the meaning of those terms in California Evidence Code § 1123 (a), (b) and (c), and this Agreement is expressly not privileged from disclosure under California Evidence Code § 1119. In addition, if the formal Settlement and Mutual Release Agreement contemplated hereinabove is [e.g., not executed within ten (10) days of the date of this Agreement] this Agreement may be enforced by motion under California Civil Code § 664.6 and the court shall retain jurisdiction over this Agreement until performance in full of the settlement terms herein.

Below is an Orange County Superior Court form that satisfies the requirements of section 664.6 (providing an expedited enforcement mechanism for the settlement agreement) but which fails to recite all of the magic words including admissible, enforceable, and subject to disclosureSo please don't trust any form other than your own!!  Even forms issued by the Courts. The fact that you are entitled to an expedited hearing under 664.6 to enforce your mediated settlement agreement does not mean that you will be permitted to enforce the agreement against your opponent's will.


SB-66 Stipulation For Settlement (CCP 664.6) - California

Of course the best way to avoid claims arising from buyer's remorse is to create a durable settlement that all parties will want to enforce.  That means avoiding agreements that your client enters into when he or she is hungry, angry, lonely (i.e., sidelined) or tired (HALT).  It also includes agreements that feel coerced by an overly aggressive mediator preying on the weaker of the two (or three or four) parties.  And yes, Virginia, there is always a more vulnerable party; all mediators recognize who that is; and, too many mediators make a beeline for that party's soft under-belly.

Another way to avoid challenges to the mediated settlement agreement include:

  • bringing a fillable template settlement agreement (and these days, also a Stipulation for the Entry of Judgment in the event of default on a payment plan) that is a complete, final and binding agreement that contains the "magic language" of section 1123 that all parties execute before they leave the mediation session (no matter how tired everyone is and how much everybody wants to just go home and deal with the inevitable nit-picking over the relatively inconsequential terms of the agreement tomorrow). 
  • not letting your fear that the "details" might blow up the "deal" you've spent so many hours negotiating.  You know how these deals go off the rails the following morning when your opponent begins to nit pick terms, often as a face-saving mechanism.  Let the mediator help you close the deal right there and now, assisting the parties in resolving the minor terms that can blow up in your face if left until tomorrow.

And speaking of tomorrow, I'll have Tip No. 2 for avoiding malpractice litigation arising from mediated settlement agreements.  Stay tuned!

For more posts on confidentiality in both California state and 9th Circuit district courts, click here.

Diplomatic Engagement to Settle Your Commercial Litigation

Today's New York Times Op-Ed piece on "diplomatic engagement" (Terms of Engagement) as a strategy for "chang[ing] [Iran's] perception of its own interests and realistic options and, hence, to modify its policies and its behavior," offers good strategic negotiation lessons for mediators and mediation advocates alike.  As Crocker explains:

[E]ach case of engagement has common elements. Engagement is a process, not a destination. It involves exerting pressure, by raising questions and hypothetical possibilities, and by probing the other country’s assumptions and thinking. Above all, it involves testing how far the other country might be willing to go. Properly understood, the diplomacy of engagement means raising questions that the other country may wish to avoid or be politically unable to answer. It places the ball in the other country’s court.

Litigation is an extremely good way to "exert[] pressure," on your negotiation partner by burdening it with the costs of  waging the adversarial contest.  The litigation itself not only "rais[es] questions and hypothetical possibilities" but through the process of discovery, it also "probes [the opponent's] assumptions and thinking" and "test[s] how far [your opponent] might be willing to go" to achieve victory.

Parties disappointed with mediation and mediators are usually dissatisfied with the mediator's inability to engage in the final step of "engagement diplomacy" -- "raising questions that the [opponent] may use to avoid or be [positionally] unable to answer."  A good mediator is unafraid to raise those difficult questions with each side of a dispute.  But raising those difficult questions is not enough.  A good mediator must also be able to deliver bad news to the parties in such a way that the parties are able to hear it. 

If the goal of the negotiators -- the attorneys -- is to "change the[ir] [opponent's] perception of its own interests and realistic options and, hence, to modify its policies and its behavior," the negotiators and their clients must be prepared to:

  • reveal to the mediator
    • hidden constraints preventing them from modifying their demand or offer; and,
    • hidden interests that must be served in order to justify any such modification
  • candidly acknowledge (in separate caucus)
    • the weaknesses of their position; and,
    • any constraints on their client's willingness and ability to put their convictions to the test of a jury verdict or judgment by the court
  • help the mediator help their clients understand that most litigation is based upon differing subjective experiences of the same "objective" series of events so that no one must admit that the other side is "right" and their own side is "wrong"

An example of the lengths to which people will go to be "right" is unfortunately provided to us today by the obituary of the first anti-abortion advocate to be shot and killed for his beliefs.  The slain activist spent years protesting outside the car dealership owned by Tony Young, who explained how the protests finally ended (from Slain Abortion Opponent Loved the Controversy)

Mr. Young said that after about three years of protesting outside his dealership, Mr. Pouillon came in and offered a truce. “ ‘Tony,’ ” Mr. Young said the exchange began, “if you would just agree that I’m right on my beliefs, I’ll stop.’

“I just told him, ‘Sure, Jim, you’re right,’ ” Mr. Young said, chuckling. After that, he said, Mr. Pouillon moved on.

Although few cases could so easily turn on the dime of a semi-sincere acknowledgement that the other side is "right," most attorneys would be surprised by how much value can be generated by acknowledging that the other side's version of the facts or the law is not crazy, evil, bizarre, intellectually dishonest or asserted in bad faith.  See The Biggest Lie in the Business:  It's Only About Money.  As I noted there:

The social scientists who study these things say that the way in which we respond to adversity "often reflects the fact that [our] prestige or status has been threatened more than the fact that [our] purchasing power has been diminished." Miller, Disrespect and the Experience of Injustice, Annual Review of Psychology (2002). In other words, the corporate C.E.O., like any other kid on the block, will retaliate when he feels he has been disrespected.

Conversely, research shows that business people are reluctant to recommend legal action if they believe that they and their company have been treated respectfully. 

By the same token that business people are reluctant to recommend legal action if they believe their company has been treated respectfully, they are often far more willing to settle litigation if they believe their positions have been heard and acknowledged as having been made in good faith.  For those headed toward settlement discussions or mediation, Crocker has good advice:

[B]y far the greatest risk of [diplomatic] engagement is that it may succeed.  If we succeed in changing the position of the other [side's] decision-makers, we then must decide whether we will take yes for an answer and reciprocate their moves with steps of our own.  If talk is fruitful, a negotiation will begin about taking reciprocal steps down a jointly defined road.  Engagement diplomacy forces us to make choices.

If litigators and their clients are aligned in the interest of settling litigation, they must prepare themselves to take "yes for an answer" by having in place a strategy of engagement that will permit them to reciprocate the other side's moves with steps of their own.  A good mediator should be capable of bringing all parties to the on-ramp of the road that counsel and their commercial clients are well-placed to and highly skilled at jointly defining.    

Negotiating the Recession with Lawyer Connection

Connecting for Job Help

By Barbara Rose

Gwynne Monahan is not a lawyer, but she knows what it’s like to lose a job. So the Twitter thread she spotted in May about lawyer layoffs caught her attention. “Wondering why laid-off attorneys don’t band together and start a new law firm,” a lawyer tweeted.

Attorney Victoria Pynchon asked if someone would use Ning, the social networking platform, to start a site where lawyers could help one another weather the downturn. Monahan jumped on the idea because she wanted to learn Ning. Ten minutes later, she tweeted, “@vpynchon asked if anyone wanted to create a Ning site, and so I did, and here it is: Lawyer Connection.”

And so was born one of the newest of the networking sites that are proliferating in a de­pressed economy amid a social media explosion. Within a month, Lawyer Connection had grown to 49 members (and counting) from California to New York. They range from unemployed to established attorneys of all stripes, including lawyers with nontraditional careers. The site features job leads, events, members’ blog feeds and discussion forums. Pynchon was actively recruiting experienced attorneys for a mentoring forum in June. “Now is the time for every­body to be supporting everybody else,” says Pynchon, a mediator of complex commercial litigation for ADR Services Inc. in Los Angeles and author of the Settle It Now Negotiation Blog.

“The idea of putting together seasoned attorneys with young people who are experiencing the harshness of failure for the first time in their lives is an idea whose time has come,” she adds. “Especially lawyers who went to good schools and expected to have careers in big firms. I don’t think they’ve seen themselves as someone who may need to hang out a shingle and practice law in a downturn.”

Continue reading here (scroll down to second article)

Come join us at Lawyer Connectionwhether you are a seasoned legal professional with decades of experience to share with your younger colleagues or you are a young, new or laid off attorney searching for guidance.

The network is what we make of it together.

Is Starting an ADR Practice to Weather the Recession Like Choosing a Niche in Bobbleheads?

This month's ABA Magazine suggests that an ADR practice might provide attorneys with a recession-proof (or downturn-friendly) practice:

On ABAJournal.com, readers were asked to name some of the lesser-mentioned practices where an attorney might find refuge from this recessionary storm. Here are some of your suggestions.

ALTERNATIVE DISPUTE RESOLUTION

Cash-strapped corporations of all sizes, private individuals and others are seeking to avoid litiga­tion costs and procure the services of neutral parties to resolve business-to-business, consumer and family conflicts. That’s been a boon to third-party nego­tiators in the areas of arbitration, mediation, nego­tiation, collaborative law and other practices that fall under the broad umbrella of alternative dispute resolution.

Read on here and while you're at it, check out the sidebar by scrolling to the bottom of the page to see how a tweet started a legal network-- Lawyer Connection!

Cartoon by the brilliant Charles Fincher whose blog you can read here.

Now anyone who knows me just the littlest tiny bit knows that I'll recommend mediation as a career to anyone, anytime who is on fire to mediate.  As a fall-back, however, let me give a word to the wise:  it's 70% marketing and 30% paying work during a good year.  If you don't have a book of business already or very strong ties in your own legal community, don't go imagining that you'll be welcomed by open-armed attorneys looking to hire you to help them settle their cases right out of the box.  And even if you are well- and highly-place in the community, your former colleagues look for places to hide after you hang out your ADR-shingle. 

"Oh no!  That's Bob!  Now that he's a mediator, he's always bugging me to hire him and I've got 20 other old friends who are in just the same boat."

First of all, you have to disappear for a little while, learn your trade, re-create yourself as someone other than a fellow lawyer to begin getting steady work as a mediator.  And you prove yourself case by case, day by day, lawyer by lawyer, client by client for a year or two before any really decent word of mouth begins to spread about your talent, your persistence, your dedication, your ability to inspire trust and your patient unraveling of the strings of discord in which all parties are entangled when they arrive at your door expecting you to get three to ten years of litigation straightened out on a single sunny summer afternoon.

And though arbitration is a great field for dedicated and hard-working lawyers going gray, it too has a long start-up period while you learn the field and garner sufficient trust in the community that you're now an even-handed neutral rather than a fire-breathing advocate for your clients.  In fact, being an aggressive litigator in a specialty all but disqualifies you in the minds of many to serve as an arbitrator because, the thinking goes, you must be biased in favor of the industries that used to pay you your living.  I know.  I am about as neutral as a former "bet the company" insurance coverage attorney can be -- seeing as how I'm married to the loyal opposition.  Still, many coverage lawyers worry that I'll naturally be inclined toward the insurance industry whose interests I represented in (primarily) environmental insurance coverage cases.

Were I entering the ADR field today (which is crowded in Southern California but there is always room for another star) I would both arbitrate and mediate for a couple of years while I continued practicing law and then make the jump (because you must cut the cord on practice to be truly successful) when I felt I had a good enough stream of ADR income to support myself without going into debt.

That's my two cents worth.  Anyone else in the ADR blog posse want to chime in?

 

Mediators' Proposals: the Good, the Bad and the Ugly

At the close of the year, our good friend John DeGroote at Settlement Perspectives asked whether mediators' proposals had lost their utility.  Now that parties "know the mediator's proposal is coming," he wrote,

savvy negotiators angle for an advantageous impasse rather than a settlement. Compromise is no longer the goal of the mediation exercise; instead it becomes a play to the “neutral,” whose power to craft the mediation proposal will make her the real decisionmaker:

  • In cases where the mediator’s proposal will be based on who will pay what, the parties — or worse yet, one party — will spend valuable time and effort constructing an impasse when, in the absence of a mediator’s proposal as a fallback, he might have actually achieved a compromise settlement; or

  • In cases where the mediator’s proposal will be based on the value of the case, no one has an incentive to be candid with the mediator — so positions become more important than interests; or

  • In cases where the parties aren’t sure what will drive the mediator’s proposal, they dig into their positions and hope for impasse — with the most likely result being a mediator’s proposal predicated on those positions.

Just yesterday, a prominent local IP litigator, trial lawyer and deal-maker Robert J. Rose of Sheldon Mak Rose & Anderson graced the IP ADR Blog with a guest post on the utility of mediators' proposals here.  As Rose notes:

A reluctant plaintiff will make a large jump if the money is really “on the table.”  Defendants will come up with money they otherwise deny having, if it means that the case is really over.  It also eliminates reactive devaluation.

For those who skipped social psychology in college, reactive devaluation is what every lawyer is taught in the first year of practice, if not earlier.  "If the other side wants it," said my first mentor, "you don't, even if it seems like a good idea to you."  With that admonition ringing in the ears of every litigator, the need for mediators is obvious.  Given the dangers cited by DeGroote, however, the mediator's proposal may now be simply another way to "game" the mediator. 

I have two short stories to illustrate the reason I re-direct the parties to bracketing when they ask me to make a mediator's proposal. But first, let me explain that I am one of those mediators who used my "proposal" option to put a number on the table I thought both parties would accept even though it would be a stretch for both of them.  I usually tested these assumptions in separate caucuses by asking each side "if they came down to $X would you come up to $Y."  When the numbers didn't overlap, I'd gauge how much pain there might be for both parties to bridge the gap, along with other entirely subjective opinions such as:

  • how invested each side was in walking away with a settlement that day
  • how firm each side was in their assertion that they would not go below or above a certain number
  • whether either attorney needed help in bringing a little more reality to their clients before the parties would be ready to accept a proposal by the mediator; and,
  • how much "street cred" I'd developed with the parties personally so that they'd accept my estimate of the settlement price-point even if they wouldn't accept their own attorney's advice /*

The first time I felt manipulated into making a mediator's proposal that wasn't the best both parties could do occurred at the close of a particularly fractious commercial mediation. In the presumed Zone of Potential Agreement , my proposal was high on the side of the Plaintiff because I felt that the defendant had more "give" than did Plaintiff's counsel. 

I made my proposal and both sides accepted.  When I walked into the defense caucus to tell counsel that he had a deal, however, I was met with a burst of laughter, the clapping of hands and the following statement:  "I was prepared to take less; that's a great deal.  Thanks so much."

Everyone Lies to the Mediator

That was the hardest lesson I'd had to date in the truism that EVERYONE lies to the mediator.  You do not get to lie to the mediator twice, however, so I caution anyone who's feeling that she put one over on the mediator either to keep it to herself or never to hire that mediator again.

Still, I took a lesson from the attorney's merriment.  I realized immediately that he was not the only, nor the first, attorney to manipulate me.   He was simply the only one to let me know it.  I don't like being manipulated.  But that's what litigators are trained to do.  We call it "persuasion."  Still, I didn't like the look of my mediator's finger prints on that settlement, one that now appeared unduly influenced by my credulity.  

So that's reason no. 1 -- an extremely strong reason no. 1 - why I don't' like to make mediator's proposals and why counsel might ask themselves whether they want to continue asking for them.

"If We'd Wanted a Third Party to Decide, We Would Have Arbitrated This Case"

The quote above is from an attorney who represented one of the parties in the largest and most sophisticated commercial case I've mediated to date. We were at the end of day two and the parties -- who had traveled great distances to meet in a neutral city -- were nowhere near a landing point.  I was a sufficiently experienced mediator to land the case, but new enough to feel as if I'd run out of options when I suggested making a mediator's proposal.  

"I didn't hire you to have a third party make my decision for me," said counsel.  "If you want to get the parties closer together, why don't you suggest a bracket?" (for a explanation of bracketing, see my colleague Ralph Williams' article Introducing Deal Points - the Basics.)

I'd used brackets as a means of testing the parties' true distance before that day ("if he went to $X would you come down to $Y?") but I'd never made a mediator's proposal that was a bracket, i.e., "I suggest that the defendant put $X on the table if plaintiff will reduce its demand to $Y."

Although we didn't settle the case that day with a bracket (it took four full months of follow-up telephone negotiations to do that) I took counsel's point to heart.  The parties don't hire me to make a decision for them.  They're much happier when they get to make the decision themselves.  Even though the parties do decide whether to accept the mediator's proposal, it hasn't come to them as the result of their own hard work.  That being the case, the agreement reached is far less durable (subject to failure based upon nit-picking deal points after the agreement has been reached in principle) and far less satisfying than one achieved without the mediator's thumb on the scale.

I decided to stop making mediators' proposals more than two years ago.  In all that time, however, I've never refused to make one.  Rather, I've suggested alternative ways of achieving resolution, at least one of more of which settled the case in every case where the parties asked for a mediator's proposal.  

I'd like to hear thoughts on these points -- manipulation and party satisfaction -- from my litigator readers as well as my mediator readers.

More mediator thoughts on mediator proposals here:  The Mediator's Proposal at Mediation Meditations.

________________

*  I say this with the following caveat:  I would never attempt to influence clients to do something other than what their attorneys advise.  From time to time, however, the attorney needs to make the mediator the "bad cop" in the negotiation so that the client will not feel as if the attorney is no longer fighting for his interests.  I only play "bad cop" with the attorney's advice and consent.  My job is to get the settlement concluded making the attorneys look good, not bad.

Negotiating Unity: Gettysburg, Rhetoric and Poetry

Gettysburg (this presentation begins cynically but ends with the spoken words of Lincoln) We hear a lot of talk these days about rhetoric and whether people are able to follow through on it, deliver "the goods", stay true to the rule.  We live in a cynical age and diminish rhetoric as if it were all just a slick sales presentation and we its potentially gullible consumers.

My generation and perhaps every generation that followed was weaned on a distrust of words.  But a nation of laws is premised on words, some of which have taken us more than 200 years to put into action  -- that nation "conceived in liberty and dedicated to the proposition that all men are created equal."

Negotiators use words too, when they aren't flailing their arms, packing their briefcases in a show of temper or scowling in disapproval at their bargaining partners' intractability.  In fact, using our words is the great achievement of civilization to date:  forming and professing beliefs, organizing support or opposition, voting, and, in the justice business -- making opening statements, eliciting testimony, submitting documentary evidence, making closing arguments, seeking jury instructions and, at long last, receiving the written verdict of the justice system's intestinal tract -- the decision of 12 men and women good and true.

I believed in words from the first, sitting on my grandmother's capacious lap, following her finger under each printed rune, hearing Genesis from the King James version and attending to Longfellow's tear-jerking narrative poem Evangeline from the safety of her presence, the sound of her voice, the lamplight that encircled us, the arms that held me firm.   From my beginning, words meant love, which is likely the reason I am a writer, a poet, the editor of a literary journal, a literature major and later a law student and lawyer, for whom words had become not simply the way to express human connection, but a means of exercising power and resolving conflict if not precisely ever looking for or ascertaining the "truth," trembling naked in its hiding place.  We still need poetry for that -- the truth. 

I lost poetry in law school and later in practice - the pleasure of words for their own sake and in the service of love - the love spoken in word-breath to a child on her grandmother's lap. In law school and later, they'd become implements of analysis and then weapons to bring my adversaries to their knees.  It rarely worked like that -- victory -- righteous and right, but still I soldiered on.

I found the poetry inside of me again, my grandmother's heritage, in UCLA's creative writing extension program where I first studied under one of the most lyrical memoirists of our time - Bernard Cooper.  He reassured me that my words were still good after two decades of legal practice.  I could justly take pride in my sentences and paragraphs and the courage it takes to express one's own idiosyncratic  imagination.  But Bernard warned me that "anyone can write a great paragraph.  Putting those paragraphs together like Frankenstein working on the monster of his novel or memoir, that's a quite different discipline, with the emphasis on work, not talent."

So I wrote a little, published here and there and finally decided to simply publish the literature of others here.  I did not, finally possess the lonely discipline of the long-distance writer.  But it is enough to have added a few words to the river of poetry Mary Oliver says we are swimming in the minute we open a collection and begin to read the broken lines within. 

Below are the words that open Evangeline.  The closing lines of  this long, sentimental poem, brought tears to my grandmother's eyes - shocking! for one who had never seen her cry before and never would again, even as she lay thin and wasting in a nursing home, bone cancer taking her away from me far too soon.  But she left me this (and lives on in me because of its expression). 

THIS is the forest primeval. The murmuring pines and the hemlocks,
Bearded with moss, and in garments green, indistinct in the twilight
Stand like Druids of eld, with voices sad and prophetic
Stand like harpers hoar, with beards that rest on their bosoms.

AS Donald Hall, that famous contemporary poet, reminds us, when we read poetry aloud, we are physically expressing the pleasure of being human.

Poems, Hall tells us, (.pdf)

are pleasure first, bodily pleasure, a deliciousness of the senses. Mostly, poems end by saying something (even the unsayable) but they start as the body's joy, like making love. Sometimes a poem remains a small pleasing sensation:

Bah, bah, black sheep,
Have you any wool?
Yes, sir. Yes, sir.
Three bags full.

Maybe these words once referred to taxation, but we hear them now without being
tempted to paraphrase. Instead,we chew on them, taste them, and dance to them.
This banquet or ballet starts in the crib, before arithmetic or thought. Everyone
was once an infant who took mouth pleasure in gurgle and shriek, accompanied
by muscle joy as our small limbs clenched and unclenched.


Poetry starts from the crib; a thousand years later, John Donne makes lovers into compasses, T. S. Eliot contemplates the still point of the turning world, and Elizabeth Bishop remembers sitting as a child in the dentist's waiting room; but if these poets did not retain the mouth pleasure of a baby's autistic utterance—pleasure in vowels on the tongue, pleasure in changes of volume and pause: Bah, bah, black sheep—we would not hear their meditations and urgencies.

The body  is poetry's door; the sounds of words—throbbing in legs and arms; rich in the mouth—let us into the house.

When we speak to one another - when we listen - when we attend to the words and their feeling - we are moved in the direction of another, toward the collective good.  It just works like that.  We are infants first, disappointed and suspicious adults only later.  I do not advocate letting down our guard in the presence of those who seek to deceive us.  I recommend only being open to those we know are speaking the truth of our species, the truth we can feel when another human being puts aside the words of discord and blame, stops making "demands" and speaks in the voice of another creature on the planet making meaning:  a voice that will always urge us toward unity, liberty, generosity, accountability, forgiveness and reconciliation.

Those are the words that set men and women free.

Deal or No Deal: Improving the Odds of Successful Mediation

Need CLE Credits? Mark your calendars!

The American Bar Association Section of Litigation will hold a live teleconference and webcast on July 14, 2009 titled “Deal or No Deal: Improving the Odds of Successful Mediation.” Reinsurance and Insurance expert Katherine Billingham from KB ReSolutions, Inc. and Randall Kiser from DecisionSet will present at the event. Randall’s article Lets Not Make a Deal: An Empirical Study of Decision Making in Unsuccessful Settlement Negotiations was featured recently in the New York Times.

Donald R. Philbin, Jr., friend of this blog and adjunct professor at Pepperdine’s Straus Institute for Dispute Resolution will also speak at the event. Here are two excellent  papers written by Don:  The One Minute Manager Prepares for Mediation: A Multidisciplinary Approach to Negotiation Preparation published in the Harvard Negotiation Law Review and  Deal or No Deal? or Perhaps a Better Deal? The Impact of Improved Information published by CPR.

Find out more about the event here.

The Insulting Opening Offer

Does it ever serve a purpose?

One extremely good answer to the question whether an insulting first offer ever has a purpose can be found at Steve Mehta's Mediation Matters Blog Taking Escalates More than Giving.

In this example from Entourage, Terrence's insult is reciprocated by Ari in conflict escalation (as Steve predicts) and Ari's eventual victory as demonstrated by my longer post about this episode, Negotiation from a Position of Weakness, Hollywood-Style.

Sotomayor and Women's Organizations

Women in the United States Judiciary

2009 State Court Judges in the US:

  • 4,325 women of 16,950 total
  • 26% women

2008 Federal Court Judges

  • 47 of 164 active judges on the thirteen federal courts of appeal are male (29%).
  • 25% of United States district (or trial) court judges were women in 2008.

Women in Corporate America

  • In November 2002, women represent 15.7% of the corporate officers in America’s 500 largest companies. These percentages are up from 12.5% in 2000 and 8.7% in 1995.
  • In April 2002, there were six female CEOs in the Fortune 500 and a total of eleven in the Fortune 1000.
  • The number of women corporate officers:  2,140 out of 13,673.
  • The number of women corporate officers:  2,140 out of 13,673. T
  • Almost 95% or 2,141 of the top earning corporate officers are men, compared to only 188 or 5.2% of women top earners in the Fortune 500.

Earnings on the Dollar Compared to Men

  • Asian/other women: 67 cents
  • White women: 59 cents
  • African American women: 57 cents
  • Hispanic women: 48 cents

Family

  • Women managers are more likely to be single parents than male managers.
  • Women managers who are unmarried and have children under 18: 22 percent African-American, 15 percent Hispanic, 8 percent White, and 5 percent Asian/other women.

Women Lawyers

 JOIN THE PROFESSIONAL WOMEN'S NETWORK OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA TODAY!  We're "on the ground" locally and online nationally.  Building business one relationship at a time.

Update on the $4.1 Billion Arbitration Award Confirmed as Judgment by Los Angeles Superior Court

Here's a copy of the Judgment Confirming Final Arbitration Award.

Comment later.  In the meantime, Money Money Money from Cabaret.

 

Mediation without the Hammer of Litigation?

Worth reading from last week's Mediator blah blah blog (the Lord Chief Justice arms himself with a hammer); just in case you missed it or didn't download the .pdf as I just did this morning.  Thanks Geoff!

Let us take a blank sheet of paper and imagine that we are trying to create a system which would provide a satisfactory means of resolving civil disputes, bearing in mind, without being over dramatic, that in the end, it becomes almost inevitable that some civil disputes will end up in criminal activity. I do not think I am exaggerating.

A few years ago I was taught a lesson by a very intelligent young woman in one of our County Courts. We were talking of the cost – the exorbitant cost as it was then - of taking proceedings for very small sums of money. She explained to me that the cost of just starting the proceedings would represent her children’s shoes – she thought this a disproportionate cost. She knew areas of the City where her husband could go and find someone who would throw a few bricks through a window for £50 – no doubt she was right. And, perhaps, that would be more effective, she suggested than a judgment and getting back the compensation. A little self-help could end up with a brick being used against an individual and a few bricks being thrown back in return.

In short, a civilised community has to provide a system which means that those in dispute can refer to an independent tribunal for a decision. It is a further requirement that the system should actually exist and be capable of being used. If court fees are disproportionate or if legal fees are disproportionate the system is not open to those who cannot afford its processes.

My experience in practice at the bar was that some of my clients wanted their disputes sorted out. They had tried to sort them out before they got to the stage of seeing a solicitor and going to counsel. Others of my clients, or should I say, it was always my opponent’s clients who were unreasonable, didn’t want to sort the dispute out at all. There were all sorts of reasons. One is that very human characteristic sometimes but not always an attribute, the indomitable bloody mindedness of the bull dog.

So that on your sheet of paper the system which we are creating has to cater for both those who wish to settle and those who do not. If both sides want to sort out their dispute, and they have tried and failed, being sensible people, their next step would not be to come to lawyers, but to go and ask someone they trust to try and sort out their dispute, to see where there are points of disagreement and points of agreement. Let’s give it a name. Why not call it “mediation”? A successful mediation is a wonderful outcome. But with the best will in the world, it may not always happen. So you have to have a formal system.

You also have to have a formal system when one side or other to the dispute simply has no intention of sorting it out save in court and at the end of a protracted and expensive court proceeding. That is more troublesome. That may be the party with pots of money trying to squeeze the party with modest means away from the court process. That may mean that the party with real merit in his or her case is deprived of the proceeds of litigation for many years to the advantage of the intransigent party. It may be that the intransigent party is entirely justified and believes that there is no form of mediation which would be acceptable either to it or indeed in the end to the other side.

Now time and time again, in practice as a barrister and now as a judge, I have been perfectly well aware that if only the parties had come together at an early stage, long before they saw their counsel, long before they got to the door of the court, they could have resolved their dispute at a fraction of the cost and without the emotional expenditure and commitment of time and energy required by the litigation. One of the ways I used to try to persuade clients to settle was to remind them of a Chinese curse – “may you be involved in a litigation in which you are in the right.”

One vivid memory is a boundary dispute, or rather a dispute over a garden. My opponent and I turned up at the County Court armed with an abundance of authorities because we had to address limitation periods, laches, injunctive relief, indeed just about every facet of civil justice. In the end we negotiated a settlement in which he and I, not the judge, went to the land and armed not with books but with hammers and stakes literally pegged out the property into equal halves. The case was settled. In truth my opponent and I had acted as mediators. How much better for everyone if the mediation had happened much earlier.

Can we just take a long term view? Every few years, or about every ten years, there is a great hullabaloo about the cost of civil litigation. Arbitration, after all, is a system of avoiding the court process. Do you remember when employment tribunals began? These were to be informal meetings at which the opposing parties would put their cases to a tribunal, almost a form of palm tree justice.

Consider now how much more complicated and expensive the processes have become.
I do urge the Council to recognise this danger. The mediation process, could, unless danger is recognised and addressed, particularly if it is part of the court process, may eventually, and quite unintentionally, and by unforeseen accretion become increasingly formalised and procedural. It really must not eventually become just one more part of the expensive process that all of us are trying to avoid.

Negotiating with Difficult People for Lawyers

Negotiation Training Now!!

Negotiating the Recession with a Legal Mutual Aid Society

If you're worried about your law job becoming -- as they say in Britain - "redundant" or if you've already been laid off due to the recession, join Lawyer Connection which was born today as the result of a twitter conversation I had with Gwynne Monahan (who you can follow @econwriter).

Here's an exploration of what a mutual aid group is from the viewpoint of a social worker -- which speaks to me because I lived through my first husband's MSW in Social Work studies before he lived through my Law School experience (an eventual relationship-killer). 


Visit Lawyer Connection

From Andrew Cicchetti's Mutual Aid Based Group Work blog:

Mutual aid as group work technology can be understood as an exchange of help wherein the group member is both the provider as well as the recipient of help in service of achieving common group and individual goals (Borkman, 1999; Gitterman, 2006; Lieberman, 1983; Northen & Kurland, 2001; Schwartz, 1961; Shulman, 2006, Steinberg, 2004; Toseland & Siporin, 1986). The rationale for cultivating mutual aid in the group encounter is premised on mutual aid's resonance with humanistic values (Glassman, 2002) and the following propositions: 1) members have strengths, opinions, perspectives, information, and experiences that can be drawn upon to help others in the group; 2) helping others helps the helper, a concept known as the helper-therapy principle (Reissman, 1965) which has been empirically validated (Roberts et al, 1999); and 3) some types of help, such as confrontation, are better received when emanating from a peer rather than the worker (Shulman, 2006). Mutual aid transactions that occur amongst and between members stimulate cognitive and behavioral processes and yield therapeutic, supportive and empowering benefits for the members (Breton, 1990;Northen & Kurland, 2001; Shulman, 1986, 2006).

Obviously, we're not pursuing the therapeutic benefits of a mutual aid society as social worker Cicchetti is.  Having been a member of such a group (a community-based women's credit union in the early 1970's for instance) I can say that the experience is not only economically, but also personally, enriching.

Let's not wait for the economy to improve.  Let's start improving it TODAY.  We are the change we want to see in the world. 

JOIN US!!

How Summer Associates Fail from David Mills' Brilliant "Courtoons"

Hat tip to

Virginia Construction Lawyer Christopher Hill

for introducing us to the extremely multi-talented

federal appellate attorney David Mills

.

Dealing with "Jerks" - Tit for Tat in an Email World

I'm re-posting below an article published in both the Los Angeles and the San Francisco Daily Journals (the local legal rags) about the dangers inherent in email communication.  I do so because I had several complaints about the use of abusive email by in-house counsel last week at my negotiation training as well as in my twitter network from attorneys exasperated with combative emailers who refuse to take telephone calls (see post about conflict avoidance here)

My advice?  Use the tried and true tit-for-tat strategy:  retaliate for uncooperative conduct and be quick to forgive as soon as your bargaining partners bring themselves back into line.  The advice I gave on twitter (@vpynchon) this morning was simple and pointed:  tell opposing counsel that you will program your email system to automatically delete all of their emails until they pick up the telephone and give you the courtesy of a return call.

Below, my Daily Journal article on the Dangers of Using Email During Litigation.

 

This story occurs in the spring of 2001, in a hotel room in Toronto, at 3 a.m., the morning of a deposition I've been preparing to take of an aging petrochemical engineer.

2001 is a  year I'd dreamed of since elementary school.  But the technological changes predicted in the science fiction of my childhood and adolescence are nothing like the "hi-tech" I'm living with now.  

There are no one-man jets cruising the skies; no robots running my errands or cooking my dinner; no tele-transportation; and, on the political scene (it's not yet 9/11) no Big Brother

My personal 2001 "future" is mostly about my instantaneous access to information and "real time" communication via the "killer app" -- email -- telegraphic, spontaneous, unnuanced, and about to get me in a great deal of trouble.  (See Vanity Fair's must-read oral history of the internet here.)  

There's an associate back in Los Angeles, you see, the quality of whose work and the strength of whose dedication to the case at hand is in alarming decline.  More troubling, his work is deteriorating at the same time I'm taking old fashioned passenger jets from province to province to take the testimony of as many witnesses still living who know how 500+ toxic waste sites got that way in the first place.    

Did I say it's 3 a.m.?  The associate I'm thinking about failed to get me the outline I need for tomorrow's deposition on time -- or at all.  The "hard copies" that were supposed to be waiting for me when I arrived at the hotel have gone missing.  I'm tired.  I'm hungry.  I'm lonely.  And I'm angry. 

Worst of all, I'm composing an email to my  associate about my considerable disappointment in his recent performance.  There is a moment, a split second, in which my finger hovers over the "send" button while a rational voice in my head says "no."  Then I push "send."

Email Makes Settlement More Difficult  

More and more often when I'm meeting counsel on the morning of a mediation, they're also meeting one another for the first time.  In fact, they often have not even previously spoken to one another unless they've met in Court ("good morning, counsel") or in depositions (eyes averted; objections made).  Increasingly, by far the vast percentage of their communications have taken place via email.  

And that's a problem. 

Conflict Escalation

There's no question that litigation escalates whatever conflict existed when our client first walks in our door.  We don't, after all, make requests.  We issue demands.  We don't seek concessions.  We insist upon them.  We don't make inquiries.  We require responses.  And we're not such great listeners.  Rather, we impatiently tap our feet in Court, waiting for counsel to finish his argument (which we've heard dozens of times before) so we can press our case.

Are these bad things?  Not necessarily.  So long as we understand what we're doing and the likely results our conduct will have, escalation is not necessarily worse than maintaining a steady state or even deescalating conflict.  

The problem for most of us is that we don't know what we're doing and we don't understand the breadth and depth of the likely repercussions.  

In Conflict Escalation: Dispute Exacerbating Elements of E-Mail Communication, author Raymond A. Friedman of the Owen Graduate School of Management at Vanderbilt University quotes conflict specialists Rubin, Pruitt and Kim on the difficulties caused by escalation tactics and strategy.  According to Rubin, et al., escalation is 

"an increase in the intensity of a conflict as a whole.”  Escalation is important . . . because when conflict escalates it “is intensified in ways that are sometimes exceedingly difficult to undo.”  One reason why escalated conflicts are so hard to undo is that when more aggressive tactics are used by one side they are often mirrored by the other side, producing a vicious cycle.

Email, Friedman argues, unnecessarily, and often drastically, escalates conflict in ways none of us fully appreciate.  Unlike conversation -- in person or by telephone -- we are not

physically present with others, can’t see their faces or hear their voices, and can’t give or get immediate responses. The lack of contextual clues . . . impose high “understanding costs” on participants in e-mail interactions, making it harder to successfully ground the interaction. . . . /*  [T]the inability to carefully time actions and reactions . . . makes communication less precise.  

E-mail Not Only Lacks Social Clues, it is "Profoundly A-Social." 

Sitting in my Toronto hotel room at 3 a.m., reviewing online documents for tomorrow's deposition and now "penning" an email to my errant associate, I am, argues Friedman, not simply making communication more difficult, I have become "profoundly asocial" as my associate will also likely be when he reviews my email the following day.  "E-mails," writes Friedman,

are typically received and written while the writer is in isolation, staring at a computer screen – perhaps for hours at a time, so that awareness of the humanness of the counterpart may be diminished.

As evidence, Friedman cites research in which subjects played the "prisoner's dilemma" game against a computer.  Not only did the gamers act asocially in this context, "many continued to act asocially even when told that they were now playing with people (through the computer)."

E-mail, Friedman concludes, "often occurs in a context devoid of awareness of human sensibilities."

The Precise Difficulties Caused by E-Mail Communications?

Use of aggressive tactics. If e-mail communication encourages the use of more aggressive tactics during a dispute, or makes a counterpart’s tactics appear more aggressive, then escalation will be triggered.

Changes in view of other. Escalation is more likely if e-mail causes negative changes in psychological processes (e.g., perceptions and attitudes) towards the other, such as (1) seeing the other as unfair, (2) lessening empathy toward them, (3) increasing deindividuation and anonymity, or (4) or seeing the other as immoral.

Weakened interpersonal bonds. If e-mail weakens social bonds with the other, then escalation is more likely (e.g., due to reduced inhibitions for aggression).

Problems are difficult to resolve. If the communication limitations of e-mail (e.g., asynchrony deficits) make problems more difficult to solve, conflict may be escalated as frustrated disputants move from mild to more aggressive strategies to achieve their goals.

As a result, says Friedman, there are "higher rates of escalation when disputes are managed via e-mail than via face-to-face communication or other relatively rich media . . . such as telephone conversations." /**

Back in Los Angeles the Following Day

You knew this story was not going to have a happy ending.  What a cranky, tired, stressed partner types into her computer at 3 a.m. and what a fully awake associate reads with his morning coffee the following day are, as Friedman stresses, two quite different things.  And though I've rarely had a face-to-face disagreement with a colleague that cannot be mended by further communication, apologies, explanations and the like, this particular communication caused a rift that I was unable to heal.

This experience from several years ago, coupled with my recent mediation experiences, makes me want to advise, exhort, plead, beseech, entreat and pray that you commence every litigation with a telephone call rather than a "demand" letter or email.  And that you continue to communicate with opposing counsel by telephone or, even more radically, in person over a meal, throughout the litigation to make sure channels of communication are as open and clear as possible.

The difficulties saved will not only benefit your personal life (reduce stress, increase fellow-feeling and the like) but will benefit your client as well -- in case efficiencies and better settlements all around.     

 

______________________

*/  "Grounding" is the process 

by which two parties in an interaction achieve a shared sense of understanding about a communication and a shared sense of participation in the conversation. Grounding is important because “speech is evanescent...so Alan must try to speak only when he thinks Barbara is attending to, hearing, and trying to understand what he is saying, and she must guide him by giving evidence that she is doing just this."

** /  There's much more to be learned from this article, but these highlights should tell you whether further reading is in your interest or worth your time. 

Neutrals Richard DeWitt and Jerome Landau Talk About Lawyers as Community Leaders

Richard DeWitt is a member of the American Arbitration Association's National Roster of Neutrals serving on its large, complex case panel, its commercial, employment and technology panels and its panel of Mediators. He is also a Member of the FINRA Dispute Resolution Board of Arbitrators and serves on the National Arbitration Forum's Panel of Neutrals and the CDRS Panel of Neutrals. He is a Florida Supreme Court Certificated Arbitrator and Florida Supreme Court Certified Circuit Civil Court Mediator. 

Since the 1970s Jerome Landau has been a professional Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) specialist, particularly in the fields of arbitration, mediation and group facilitations. He is also an author on these subjects and presents interactive educational workshops trainings for ADR specialists as well as other professionals. His expertise as an ADR professional has been regularly recognized through his professional certifications from various organizations and prestigious panels such as the American Arbitration Association, the U.S. District Court, the international Association for Conflict Resolution ("ACR"), U.S. Arbitration & Mediation panel and service on the American Arbitration Association's Commercial Advisory Panel.

Jerome has twice been invited to present workshops at the United Nations where he was described as "bringing techniques for conflict resolution to those endeavoring to bring peace to the world." He is also a contributor of articles to "ACResolutions", an international magazine serving dispute resolution professionals, and formerly served on its editorial board.

California Courts May Not Require Parties to "Negotiate in Good Faith"

Although a California Court may properly sanction a non-party insurance carrier who possesses the authority to settle litigation for its failure to participate in a mandatory settlement conference, there is no statutory (nor inherent) authority given the Court to sanction the carrier or a party for its purported failure to negotiate in "good faith."  As the Court in Vidrio v. Hernandez (2d DCA) explained today:

In sum, even were we to agree with the trial court's assessment of the conduct of counsel and the [insurance] adjuster, the failure to increase a settlement offer or to otherwise participate meaningfully in settlement negotiations violates no rule of court and is not a proper basis for an award of sanctions.11 (See, e.g., Triplett v. Farmers Ins. Exchange (1994) 24 Cal.App.4th 1415, 1424 [“[w]e eschew any notion that a court may effectively force an unwilling party to settle by raising the specter of a post hoc determination that failure to do so will be evidence of failure to participate in good faith”]; Sigala v. Anaheim City School Dist., supra, 15 Cal.App.4th at p. 669 [“„[a] court may not compel a litigant to settle a case, but it may direct him to engage personally in settlement negotiations, provided the conditions for such negotiations are otherwise reasonable‟”].) [Defendant] filed an appropriate settlement conference statement; her lawyer and Mercury [the insurance carrier] attended the conference and participated in it. While the trial court‟s frustration at the parties‟ lack of movement is understandable, no more was required.
 

In particular, the Court of Appeal, held that the Court was not at liberty to "judge" whether the defendant and its carrier "should have" offered more than had previously been offered at a mediation either because the case was "worth" more or because the offer was so low in light of the attorneys fees and costs that would likely be incurred at trial.

I believe most mediators would approve of this ruling, even though it applies only to settlement conferences and not to mediations, the latter of which is protected from the Court's inquiry by Evidence Code section 1119.  Whether or not a mediator, a settlement judge, a party or a trial judge believes a defendant "should" offer more or a plaintiff "should" accept less by way of settlement, should not form the basis of an award of sanctions.  Not only would such a rule decrease citizens' trust and respect for the Courts, whose job it presumably is to provide a forum in which litigated disputes may be tried, such a rule would impermissibly chill the parties' Constitutional right to a jury trial.  

 

Settling Lawsuits: Money is the Instrument but Justice is the Issue

As every lawyer knows and most students of high school geometry must learn in mastering "proofs," the answer often comes first, the rationale later.  I used to say, "I'm a litigator, I can rationalize anything."  As a mediator, my rationalizations have turned from the way in which facts can be shoe-horned into causes of action or affirmative defenses to the way in which harm arising from a dispute (including, most assuredly, the moral harm of injustice) can be monetized.

Now David Brooks in the New York Times (which appears to have disabled the "copy" function/1) tells us that philosophy has been sacrificed on the alter of emotion in his column The End of Philosophy

As Brooks explains, reasoning comes after moral judgment and "is often guided by the emotions that preceded it."  The good news is that those emotions are not merely competitive.  Brooks again:

Like bees, humans have long lived or died based on their ability to divide labor, help each other, and stand together in the face of common threats.  Many of our moral emotions and intuitions reflect that history.  We don't just care about our individual rights, or even the rights of other individuals.   We also care about loyalty, respect, traditions, religions.  We are all the descendents of successful cooperators.

My mediation experience teaches me that the "soft" arts of influence, empathy, community-building, and prejudice reduction, are as important (and often more important) to the successful (i.e., satisfying) resolution of a lawsuit than our prized ability to parse the evidence,  rationalize away the bad and privilege the good to sell our "proof" to judge or jury.

Most importantly, I find that when attorneys' clients leave a mediation with the belief that a certain rough justice has been obtained, they are more satisfied with the outcome, and with their attorneys' representation of their interests, than they might have been had they left with 10% more change jingling in their pockets.

The experts who study mediation tell us that "neutrals" don't make the difference between settling or not settling.  The cases will settle with or without us.  The difference mediators make is not settlement, but  client satisfaction.  Satisfied clients are  an absolute necessity for a successful legal practice at any time.  In these hard times, legal practices may fail in the absence of resolutions addressing the justice issues your client sought out a lawyer to resolve in the first place.

Money is the instrument.  But justice is the issue.

 

 

 

 

_____________

1/  More about this at IP ADR later today.

 

Negotiating Emotion (and Client Development) with Arnie Herz at Legal Sanity

(image by the great Charles Fincher at LawComix)

Thanks first to LexBlog for giving yesterday's post here a shout-out but more importantly, thanks to LexBlog for giving Arnie Herz' post at Legal Sanity Why lawyers should get emotional with clients coverage in the same daily compilation of LexBlog client posts, a tremendous resource I highly recommend you include on your news reader.

You'll see from my lengthy comment there that Arnie is singing my song about the law and emotion and in particular, the fact that we cannot make decisions without emotion something every trial lawyer, negotiator, mediator and sales person knows down to the knuckles of their spine.  Excerpt from Legal Sanity below.

Here are two facts:

  • There’s a client service deficit in the law.

  • Lawyers tend to regard emotions – their own and other people’s – as irrelevant to their work.

At first glance, these two facts seem unrelated. But they’re actually closely (even intimately) connected. 

Some time back, I posted on the interplay of emotions and client service in this new era of customer control. I linked to a ClickZ article citing a (then) new book by Dan Hill called Emotionomics: Winning Hearts and Minds. Launching from the premise that humans are primarily emotional decision-makers, the book discusses how emotions factor into our business opportunities in the marketplace and workplace. 

Picking up on this point from a slightly different angle, in a recent post, designer and marketing mentor Peleg Top says, Go ahead, get emotional. Top notes that, in marketing (and, I’d add, in providing) our services, “an effective way to generate action is to tell a compelling story, one that hits your customer’s emotions.” Suggesting that most service providers miss this mark, he observes . . .

For the remainder of Arnie's great post, click here.  And here's another great link on the same topic from Cutting Edge Law - the illicit relationship of lawyers and emotion.

More on the effective use of emotion in the negotiation of settlements soon.

 

The Godfather of Collaborative Law Talks about Litigation and its Discontents

Discouraged by the adversarial process?  Looking for lawyers who will handle your commercial dispute without going to "war" with all the expense and collateral damage that involves?

This excellent talk by Webb has been viewed 202 times, while "Drunk Lawyer" below has been viewed by nearly 300,000 people.  It's not surprising that drunken trial lawyers are far more entertaining than some old guy talking about attorneys bringing potluck to negotiate the resolution of a lawsuit. 

The question is this:  Do you want to pay for the entertainment of conflict or resolve it and move on with your plans to create a profitable future for your company and its employees.

"Drunk Lawyer" is, after all, free on YouTube!

Thanks to Cutting Edge Law for gathering together the Stu Webb and other videos on the revolution in legal practice that's being fomented right around the corner -- just about the time the BigLaw model fails along with dinosaurs like General Motors.

You didn't hear it here first.  But you will hear it here often.

This is the fourth video of this painful encounter on YouTube but it's the one in which the attorney is asked to "blow" a breathalyzer for the Court.

 

 

Getting Your Opponent to the Bargaining Table without Appearing Weak

Transparency Will Eliminate Unnecessary Wariness Between Parties (.pdf)

from the April 1, 2009 Daily Journal

 
 

FORUM COLUMN

By Victoria Pynchon

As a mediator, the question I hear most frequently from lawyers is "How do I convince my opponent to sit down and negotiate without losing my competitive advantage?"

Believe it or not, the answer is transparency.

If you can remember way back to last July, when firms like Microsoft and Yahoo were still engaging in business as usual, you might recall that a merger fell apart because Yahoo was acting "weird." At least that's what Microsoft's chief executive, Steve Ballmer, told the Wall Street Journal.

"We had an offer out that was a 100 percent premium on the operating business of the company and there wasn't a serious price negotiation ... until three months later. It was a little ... weird."

Lawyers know that three months rushes by in the blink of an eye. The board of directors meets. It seeks an analysis from the mergers and acquisitions people, who consult with outside counsel's antitrust department, which renders a decision but whose members first have to chat with the tax guys. Then there are the IP people with whom to discuss license agreements and, of course, the managers in the human resources department, who may or may not have advice about executive parachutes - platinum, golden or brass.

And yet the Yahoo-Microsoft merger fell apart because Microsoft felt that Yahoo's delay was "weird."

Let's go back to what every trial lawyer knows. In the absence of information, people make stuff up. Weird stuff.

And the stories we tell ourselves about our uncommunicative commercial partners do not include one where the other guy is laboring day and night to fulfill our fondest desires. No. In the absence of information, we weave elaborate conspiracy theories in which our opponents are scheming to fleece us of our rights, obstruct our prospective economic advantage and turn our world upside down.

Your dentist can tell you what your opponent wants to be told. A fully illustrated pre-game outline of the upcoming procedure that goes something like this "First I'll put a little numbing cream on your gum. That way the shot of Novocain won't hurt too much. Then I'll drill," she'd say, holding the fearful appliance up and switching it on. "It may sound louder in your mouth than it does here in my hand, but I'll only have it on for about five minutes, after which ... etc., etc."

So how do you get your opponent to the bargaining table without sounding weak?

You say "Listen, Ted, I know both our clients believe their cases are as good as gold but after an initial round of discovery, it's my practice to call a timeout to discuss settlement."

Pause.

"How does that sound to you?"

Ted says it sounds all right. Which it does. Because Ted's got three incredibly acrimonious cases in his practice right now. Last year, one of his adversaries served an ex parte application with three bankers boxes of exhibits the day before Christmas. At 4:59 p.m.  And she scheduled the hearing for hearing on the day after Christmas. Sure, the judge would deny it, but Ted couldn't assume anything. He worked 15 hours on Christmas Day.

So it sounds good to Ted.

More important to your own litigation plan, your opponent has just agreed to come to the bargaining table, even though the actual meeting won't be held for several months. When the appointed hour arrives, you will not have to ask for a settlement conference at a time when it might show weakness on your part. It's part of the plan.

For the remainder of the article, click here.

Pursuing a Divide and Conquer Negotiation Strategy? Don't Miss New California Case Law on Good Faith Settlement Findings

Challenges to good faith settlements that cut off the rights of non-settling defendants to seek indemnification and contribution from settling defendants are nearly always doomed to failure.  Trial courts are understandably eager to clear their dockets and there's no docket-clean-up pitcher like the first defendant to settle.  Deny the motion and bring a settled defendant and his trial-ready resources back in to the litigation when the first defendant-domino has just successfully toppled over?   Not likely, my friend. Not in the trial court at any rate.

These motions are so difficult to oppose that I've seen a target defendant threaten a marginal player (my client) with sanctions just for challenging the target's very low six-figure settlement in an eight-figure antitrust action.

It looks like low value settlements got just a little bit harder to defend yesterday when the Second District Court of Appeal reversed a trial court's good faith settlement finding in  Long Beach Memorial Medical Center v. Superior Court (Conners).

Best quotation:  "The hospital contends that the physicians‟ $200,000 settlement -- representing 2 percent of plaintiffs‟ $10 million damages estimate -- was so far out of the “ballpark” it was not even in the parking lot."  With a first runner-up to "If section 877.6 is to serve the ends of justice, it must prevent a party from purchasing protection from its indemnification obligation at bargain-basement prices."

The Court of Appeal relied upon the following "facts" in finding that the trial court abused its considerable discretion in granting a good faith motion to defendant physicians in light of defendant hospital's opposition.

  • payment of $200,000 in settlement for a $10 million claim, which the appellate court found to be "wholly disproportionate."  As the Court opined "[e]ven a slight probability of liability on [the settling doctor's] part would warrant a contribution more significant than 2 percent."
  •  the "evidence" supporting the court's finding that the settling physician's probable fault was "not de minimis,"  which appears to have been based upon Plaintiff's attorney's fault analysis (not generally known for its unbiased nature) and the physicians' counsel's candid (?) suggestion that his clients' contribution to a global settlement might be in the range of $1.5 million;
  • the availability of $2 million in coverage, which "militated against a good faith determination" because the settlement constituted only 10% of available policy limits [carrier alert here!];
  • the non-settling Hospital's contention that the physicians and their attorneys engaged in "bad faith tactics" during two mediation sessions -- a factor the appellate court acknowledged it was barred by mediation confidentiality from considering -- but which it neatly avoided by concentrating on post-mediation negotiations; /*
  • the timing of the physicians' settlement offer, which suggested to the appellate court that their "reason for entering into the settlement with plaintiffs was to cut off the hospital's . . .  right to indemnity from the physicians" (I thought that was a legitimate reason to settle litigation but see the Court's citation to Mattco Forge, stating that when a defendant  “enters into a disproportionately low settlement with the plaintiff solely to obtain immunity from the cross-complaint, the inference that the settlement was not made in good faith is difficult to avoid.” Mattco, supra (emphasis added); and,
  • a consideration I've never seen defeat a good faith motion before - that a settlment "dictated by the tactical advantage of removing a deep-pocket defendant . . . is not made in 'good faith' consideration of the relevant liability of all parties. . . ." (leading to the question whether we're now required to consider the interests of clients other than our own in entering into a settlement agreement on a contested claim)

If this case isn't depublished (an unfortunate California practice) or taken up for review, it will bear re-reading and deeper thinking about the stategy and tactics of breaking away from the mob to cut a separate deal beneficial to one's own client without "consider[ing] . . the relevant liability of all parties . . . "

Comments welcome!!

 

________________

*/  This is a good place to note the importance of either indicating in the parties' post-mediation written negotiations that the mediation is continuing (hence the communications remain absolutely protected) or that the mediation has concluded (hence bringing those post-mediation settlement negotiations outside the scope of the strictly enforced mediation confidentiality restrictions).

A trial lawyer, a mediator and a jury consultant walk into a bar . . . .

 . . . and they're all talking about the same thing!  How do you put the "clothes," the drama, the pathos, the dimensionalty and texture back into the sterile legal cause of action we litigators have been working on for months, years, even decades.

There are no professions whose success depends quite so much on the coherence and authenticity of story, narrative.  The gun that appears in the first act.  The man who must be lying dead on the stage as the curtain closes.  The way everything leads to one unexpected and yet repeatedly foreshadowed conclusion.

To this mutual quest for telling the persuasive truth of the parties' lived experience comes a new jury blog:  Things that make you go hmmmmm from the Jury Impact people here in Southern California.  Back in the day, I worked with CEO Chris St. Hilaire on a quarter billion dollar antitrust and unfair competition case.  I've worked with others such as the rightly famous Don Vinson of Litigation Sciences, the first person to introduce me to jury work as Madison Avenue advertising.  The Jury Impact people are that good.

Add their new blog to your news reader.

Talking of Madison Avenue, here's Mad Men's best ad pitch -  Nostalgia:  the pain from an old wound and the product that takes us to a place where we ache to go again.

Before You're Ready to Negotiate the Best Settlement Possible, You Need to Prepare the Best Case Possible

Learn, refine, perfect your deposition skills at Solo Practice University's The Art of the Deposition here!

   

Asking Open-Ended Questions with the President and his Secretary of State.

 For the remainder of this series, as well as short lectures and demonstrations that will make you one of the best examiners, cross-examiners, defenders and users of depositions at trial and in pre-trial motions, sign up for The Art of the Deposition at Solo Practice University today!

Negotiating Disclosure: How to Get Beyond "Yes" and "No" in Your Deposition Practice

Sweating out your first deposition?  Wish you were doing a better job on your tenth?  Fed up with well-coached witnesses?  Want to learn everything the witness knows without an agony of effort?

 

Take my course at Solo Practice University.

These guys are still practicing.  

Mediators! What Your Clients May REALLY Be Thinking

I'm attaching a Policyholders Guide to Mediation not because it's particularly useful in regard to the strategy and tactics necessary to be a successful mediation advocate, but to share with my fellow mediators just how low an opinion many litigators have of us.

Notice on page 2 (Mediation Downsides) the following:

  • mediator may inappropriately discourage/scare the policyholder to force a settlement
  • mediator may "tell insurance company things you ask them to keep secret" (!!!)
  • mediator may have a financial stake in keeping the insurance company happy

Thanks to policyholder counsel extraordinaire Stephen Goldberg of Dickstein Shapiro for passing this along to me.

 

Unemployed Lawyers, Solo Practice University, the Last Time the Baby Boom Was Poor, and the Gig Economy


We need an open source solution to lawyer unemployment.  If I had time for a post this morning, I'd write a great creative plea for an open source solution to lawyer unemployment.  It's all right here in my head this morning.  But I don't have time so here are my random thoughts with a plea to send me ideas and links, either by way of the comments section or via email.

Here goes:

the gig economy.

Solo Practice University.

the last time the baby boom was poor, it was also:

  • entrepreneurial:  candles, belts, "head" shops, collectives, free schools, credit unions based on affiliation (i.e., the Women's Federal Credit Union at a time when we still couldn't get credit cards in our own names); crash pads; food co-ops; the Diggers; "alternative" social service agencies funded by grants and existing federal program assistance (i.e., Vista volunteers; federal revenue sharing funds); "free" press . . . . more from my baby boomer readers please
  • inventive - this category probably entirely overlaps with the first one
  • largely unemployed or under-employed while pursuing greater interests
  • expert at navigating federal benefits for medical services and dietary needs (food stamps)
  • unashamed to:
    • ask friends for help
    • use local, state and federal benefits for the poor, knowing that we would eventually pay these back in taxes over a lifetime
    • shop at Army-Navy stores
  • generous with our resources; "yes you can"
    • "crash at my pad"
    • borrow a little "bread"
    • have dinner at my place
    • join my collective ("network")
    • work at the co-op
    • send your kids to our free school
    • get a loan from our credit union
  • industrious
    • all this generosity meant that people who could do did
    • those who were good at getting grants got them
    • those with medical skills shared them
    • those with organizational skills organized
    • those with contacts shared them
  • socially conscious
    • we didn't envy those with more than us or look down on those with less than us
    • we tapped the rich (please can you contribute) and provided services to the poor
    • if we didn't like the way the government was doing something, we didn't just protest (a thousand documentaries on the sixties to the contrary) we got up in the morning and formed an alternative to the governmental or existing societal organizations that we believed were not serving the needs of ourselves and our communities 
    • we believed we were part of a tribe and we were loyal to it and to one another
  • very very young
    • we made a lot of mistakes (think:  Jane Fonda:  Hanoi)
    • we were ridiculously overly optimistic about our own ability to change the world
    • we were overly pessimistic about the good of the society we were born into
    • we were arrogant
    • we were brave
    • we were not risk averse
    • were were opininated
    • we were fractious

OK.  So now we're here.  What are WE going to DO about it???????

Thoughts

  1. no lawyer should be "unemployed" PERIOD
  2. the "gig" economy:  several streams of income
  3. F--k the "experts"
  4. the law isn't keeping up with the problems lawyers are experts at solving
  5. the adversarial system - 18th century dispute resolution technology - is not fast or flexible enough to efficiently and effectively solve 21st century conflicts ("conflict": a struggle over scarce resources and/or a struggle to impose control over the standards, values, rules, etc. of the society)
  6. when the times get weird, the weird turn pro
  7. find a way to help markets in need creative solutions to "legal" problems so they don't have to SUE THEIR MARKET (NEWSPAPERS) /1
  8. think like an entrepreneur not like an employee
    1. did I mention Solo Practice University?  it's not just for solo practitioners; it's for the new wave of lawyers whose task is to re-structure the system so that it works for all of us
    2. you did it when you were, oh, 16, 20, 25, 30 . . . do it now
  9. Network!!!

More later.  I have a gig.

_______________

1/  "Who reads newspapers, mom?"

     "Bloggers, honey."

Negotiating Law Firm Layoffs: the Series and Its Links

I do have ONE more post on the "negotiated" resolution of law firm layoffs, using "negotiation" in its broadest sense as in this definition at the online American Heritage Dictionary online.

INTRANSITIVE VERB: To confer with another or others in order to come to terms or reach an agreement: “It is difficult to negotiate where neither will trust” (Samuel Johnson).
TRANSITIVE VERB: 1. To arrange or settle by discussion and mutual agreement: negotiate a contract. 2a. To transfer title to or ownership of (a promissory note, for example) to another party by delivery or by delivery and endorsement in return for value received. b. To sell or discount (assets or securities, for example). 3a. To succeed in going over or coping with: negotiate a sharp curve. b. To succeed in accomplishing or managing: negotiate a difficult musical passage.
ETYMOLOGY:

Latin negtir, negtit-, to transact business, from negtium, business : neg-, not; see ne in Appendix I + tium, leisure.

 

 

First, a directory to the series on this blog:

Negotiating Unemployment:  Hope for Laid Off Lawyers

Negotiating Law Firm Layoffs:  the Two Professions

Negotiating Law Firm Layoffs:  You Can't Save Your Face and Your Ass at the Same Time

Negotiating Law Firm Layoffs:  Property, Power and Prestige

Negotiating Law Firm Layoffs:  My Part in It

Negotiating Law Firm Layoffs:  Crash and Recovery

Negotiating Law Firm Layoffs:  Good Fortune and Bad

Negotiating Law Firm Layoffs:  the Narrative of Mediation

Negotiating Law Firm Layoffs:  Wisdom from the Trenches

This series has been picked up by the following notable online publications:

Legal Blog Watch by Bob Ambrogi (thanks again Bob) Layoff Lessons from One Who's Been There

Laid Off?  Might Be Time to Fly Solo at the AmLaw Daily

Helpful Links

(coming soon)

 

 

 

Negotiating Law Firm Layoffs: Wisdom from the Trenches

Because I litigated the meaning of contracts for more than twenty years, Ken Adams' contract drafting blog is a guilty pleasure. 

Ken's not a confessional blogger like I am.  He's an expert; a teacher; and, a scholar.  But the recession seems to have put more than one seasoned attorney in a mind to share the winding career path that can -- if we're lucky -- lead to a passionate engagement with our occupation. 

Here's an excerpt of Ken's excellent post Law, the Working Life and Innovation.  I highly recommend the entire post to any lawyer wondering what to do with his/her law degree other than what he/she is doing now.

At law firms throughout the land, lawyers are pondering what’s in store for them. Here’s what I suggest:

If you’re a zealous law-firm type, then you’ll likely survive the current bloodletting, or at least find a welcome somehere. And if, like me, you’re clearly unsuited to law-firm life, you have no choice but to reinvent yourself.

A more tricky choice faces those at law firms who have no great appetite for the work but can tolerate it and have performed well enough not to be culled, at least thus far. If that applies to you, you may be inclined to stick with the devil you know.

I had no choice but to make the leap. I set about making myself an expert in a topic that I found fascinating, then I devised new solutions to meet an evident need. Engaging in that sort of innovation has given me a new lease on life. If you’re passionate about what you do, you’ll not only derive vastly greater satisfaction from your work. You’ll also be more energetic, more creative, and better equipped to win others over to your cause, whatever it might be. As a result, you’ll be more likely to weather any economic storm.

So whether your job is currently safe or whether you’re one of the casualties, you might want to consider your own potential for innovation, within the law-firm world or elsewhere. The legal profession is a vast, varied, and ever-changing ecosystem. It should offer plenty of underexploited niches for those with enough energy and imagination.

I’m not suggesting that innovation comes easily. It’s beyond the reach of most, and even those with the appetite can expect to travel a rocky road and be stalked by failure. But it can provide great rewards. And given that the U.S. is falling behind on too many fronts, innovation isn’t simply a matter of individual opportunity, but also of civic duty.

Continue reading here.

Thanks Ken!  You'll never know how many lives your post will change.

Negotiating Law Firm Layoffs: the Narrative of Mediation

For more than a week, I have been narrating a story of loss from the 1992 recession and my own recovery from that loss (or, more precisely, those losses).  Had my narrative been a legal one, I would have been required to analyze my rights (if any) against the blameworthy and the remedies available to me according to the character of the blameworthy act and the nature of my loss.

As Professor Robert Rubinson has written in Client Counseling, Mediation and Client Narratives of Dispute Resolution, every legal narrative

starts, with [a] Steady State [the "Status Quo"] and the Trouble that upsets [it]: The world is in order. People are acting towards each other as they should, or at least no one is straying too far from the norm. And then . . . something happens. One party claims that another party did something to generate disorder, to make the world out of joint. In other words, Trouble disrupts the Steady State.

My story - at least the surface of it - was one of a (1) successful legal career (2) disrupted by the (3) Recession.  A bad legal narrative because you can't sue the economy (at least not yet). 

Rights and Remedies

If I'd wanted to assert a legal right and claim a legal remedy, I would have been required to survey the scene to locate someone whose activities were:  (1) wrongful; and, (2) a substantial factor causing my termination.  You might recall that I was told that my layoff had nothing to do with my performance and was solely caused by economic conditions firm-, industry-, state- and nation-wide.  This was kind of the firm to say to me but it  couldn't have been strictly true.  Although I wasn't among the first group of layoffs, I was in the second.  Third and fourth rounds would follow.  Some people, however, would not be laid off at all. 

So though the recession was the immediate cause of my layoff, there had to be others, many of them "rightful" but some of them possibly wrongful. In fact, more than a few of my colleagues suggested (for reasons I will not recount here) that I had a "pretty good cause of action" against the firm.  

The litigation story always assumes one party was wronged and the other was a wrongdoer.  It also assumes that one party's factual account of events is accurate ("right") and the other party's is inaccurate ("wrong").  As Professor Rubinson explains, litigation is a search for the "real source of Trouble."  Furthermore, 

[t]he assumption that one party is right and one party is wrong is not open to question; litigation is based on a shared norm among all participants (litigants, judge, jury) that only one of the litigants is right about "what happened." Since there is only one true source of Trouble, parties expend Efforts to demonstrate to the finder of fact that their story is the "right" one.

The parties are successful and the adversarial system is justified when

the judge (or jury) decides that the origins of Trouble are as [one] party claims [and judge or jury] Restores the Steady State by granting relief to the party whose version of Trouble is the right one.

I may well have had a colorable or tenable or "fair" or "good" or even "excellent" legal story that would have justified using the adversarial system in an effort to regain what I had lost -- money and benefits. But I haven't told a legal story this past week, I've told a mediation story.

The Working Parts of the Mediation Narrative

Though "mediation as settlement conference," has long been part of the legal "story" in which the search for "right" and "wrong" remains paramount, as a true alternative to the adversarial process, mediation,

rejects the idea that "what happened" is a unitary or stable "truth" to be found "out there."

Instead, a primary - if not the primary - thrust of mediation is that conflict resolution entails some recognition on the part of disputants that "what happened" is informed by perspective [requiring the disputants to] "begin to acknowledge another view of the situation," or [help the disputants understand that] two [good faith but] contending perceptions coexist" . . .

According to Rubinson,

the Story of Litigation [assumes] that conflict [itself is] a breach of the norms of conduct. . . [I]n mediation, conflict is a norm of conduct, a necessary byproduct of humans having distinct experiences and personalities and needs. Conflict is thus not necessarily a disruption of the moral order, and, indeed, can sometimes be productive . . . 

The mediation narrative, says Rubinson, is set in the present, rather than the past, a present in which the parties engage in a cooperative effort to resolve the conflict in a way that meets the current needs and desires of the parties instead of "restoring" them to a state they enjoyed in the past.  This story, says Rubinson, "does not generate a binary moral universe that divides the good from the bad, but, rather a universe that values collaborative striving to achieve common ground and resolution."

Mediation accomplishes this goal by

embracing the notion that perceptions of the world (including perceptions of the actions of others) are unstable, thus enabling parties to appreciate alternative perspectives as a way to promote resolution of conflict. .  .

In the story of mediation, the "Trouble" and its "Cause" are not capable of being "discovered" and not worth the effort to "prove."  Though the Mediation Story rejects portrayals of one "side" as the "victim" and the other as "oppressor," it commences with both parties characterizing the other as the cause of their distress.  Instead of determining which party is to "blame" however, the mediation story requires the parties acknowledge one another's contradictory experiences as authentic; asks each of them to take responsibility for whatever part their own conduct might have contributed to the "Trouble" and resolves with an agreement in which the parties' present and future desires and needs are sufficiently satisfied for each to believe the resolution reached is the best they can, in good faith, do. 

These are the broad strokes.  The specific ways in which the mediation story can be accomplished (and its benefits and limitations) tomorrow.  The roles of interest-based and competitive negotiation in the mediation story later this week.

Negotiating Law Firm Layoffs: Good Fortune and Bad

Here's a Sunday morning homily to get this tale through fifteen years of sobriety and the career; love, marriage; and family that came with it.  It's also meant to give a little hope to the recently laid off.

There was an old farmer who lived in a shtetl in Poland.  This was before the First World War.  One day, the farmer's only horse broke through the fence and ran away. Without the horse, the farmer couldn't plow his fields.  The loss was an unfathomable catastrophe.  The farmer's neighbors came and did what they could but no one had an "extra" horse. "Such bad luck!" they exclaimed. 

"We'll see," said the farmer sagely.  "We'll see."  And the neighbors went away beginning to doubt the man's sanity.

The very next day the horse came back followed by two new wild horses that the farmer "broke."  He was able to triple his output and became one of the leading men in town.  His neighbors were amazed. 

"What good luck you have," they said, with a mixture of genuine happiness for their neighbor's good fortune and envy that it seemed to come to him so easily. 

"We'll see," the farmer responded, "but thank you very much for your good wishes."

The following year, one of the wild horses bucked while the farmer's son was riding it, breaking his leg so badly that he would never walk without a cane.

The neighbors brought food and flowers and bemoaned their neighbor's ill fortune.  A disabled son was a worse fate than a lost horse.  Once again, the farmer's fortunes diminished and the neighbors greeted him with expressions of the greatest sympathy.  "What terrible luck," they'd say and the farmer would once again respond,

"We'll see." 

A few months later, a military brigade marched through the village on the way to war, drafting all the young men for the army.  The farmer's son greeted them walking with a cane and they spat at his father.

"This young man is worthless!" they exclaimed.  "Not even good to be a foot soldier" and went their way.

"Such good luck!" said the neighbors.

"We'll see."  

A Career in the Law

Here's the problem with a small firm handling big cases.   Sometimes you win them.  And that's what happened with the case I worked on from '94 to '96.  A few months after our victory and happy celebrations, my employer walked into my office and said "I can only make payroll for two more weeks."

Fortunately, I still had friends handling the environmental insurance coverage cases I'd worked on before my misfortune landed me in Westwood.  A "catastrophe" akin to the farmer's loss of his horse.  So I returned to a BigLaw practice in a mid-size law firm where I spent the remainder of my legal career; where I met my husband; and, where I hired a brilliant young attorney who also happened to be mediating cases in the Los Angeles Superior Court.  The '92 recession also gave me literature and poetry back in the form of a writers' group of - yup - fifteen years; my literary journal; and, probably, this blog and my other writing.  Finally, it delivered me to me my genuine bliss:  a career in mediation.

Before I leave the topic of good fortune and bad, let me add only this:  I practiced law for fourteen years in various states of insobriety and have worked as a lawyer and then a mediator and arbitrator for fifteen years sober.  Whatever "the fates" had in store for me, my ability to maximize good fortune and ride out the bad, was both easier and better, when I was awake

The calamity of the 1992 recession was the greatest gift life had ever presented to me. 

Tomorrow, what I promised yesterday:  what any of this has to do with negotiation and mediation.


Negotiating Law Firm Layoffs: Crash and Recovery

The Life

It is 1994 and this is the view out the window of the house I am renting in Echo Park

At some point during this year, I moved from the basement of this house (tricked out as a college dorm room studio) to the small one-bedroom upstairs because my friend and roommate fell in love; married and left me in her Echo Park bungalow for an extremely reasonable rent.   I'd lost my condo to foreclosure and my credit cards to bankruptcy. 

I can see my 30-day "chip" in this photo, hanging from the black lamp in the corner.  The longest thirty days of my life. 

Listen, we all have something to recover from - if we're very lucky.  This was my recovery house.

I was working in Westwood, going to my writing classes and spending a lot of time in rooms like this.

There were no blogs in 1994 so I was writing a lot of letters, like this one:

I was at a loss late this afternoon, after all the company was gone and my obligations fulfilled. That restless, listless, nowhere feeling that usually precedes panic or despair.

Fortunately, the dusk and the sweet scent of the night blooming jasmine drew me outside, where, without a thought, I fell to my knees and started weeding the garden. Stooping and kneeling and breathing and weeding and moving and stooping and kneeling and breathing, repeating to myself, like a mantra, "this is enough, this is enough, this is enough. I don't need to achieve or become or produce anything more than this. This tending, this caretaking, of what is directly before me, is enough."

Pulling each tall, spindly, red-rooted weed with its wicked serrated leaves, out of the rock path leading to the compost heap, away from the rosebushes, clear of the artichoke plot, off the dirt-packed steps curving down by the bare wisteria vines, my finger-tips touching the cool damp soil around the stem of each one, pulling it slowly until I feel the tug of the earth give way and the dirt fall from the weed's feathery white roots, clearing first this patch of garden and then that one, the green piles of limp weeds growing as I move about the yard, knowing I can't do it all today, thinking I'll just clear one more area before the sun goes down, until a clean, blue strip of the horizon turns pink and magenta, vermillion and then blue-black, the lights of the city come up in the valley below me and the garden turns dark and rustling in the warm breeze.

At some time during this work, my head stopped yammering about how I should be doing something else, something more productive -- starting a new story or planning some activity that will start my new life. I just let that cranky, complaining voice yammer on while I continued to move and breathe and stoop and kneel and weed and pray, "I am doing your work, God. I am tending your garden," until a new voice said, "just as the dusk and the jasmine drew me effortlessly out into the yard to pull these weeds, I will move toward the next story and the next plan and the next activity, when it is time, when it is right, when it is effortless."

Move, stoop, kneel, breathe, pull, pray . . .

I wrote the first short story I'd written in more than twenty years during this time (Dangerous Places) and it would later be published in an online journal named Kudzu, which appears to have gone out of business just this year.  I was also writing poetry, some of which would later be published in Poet Lore, The Ledge, Kalliope, and Transformation, A Journal of Literature, Ideas & the Arts.  I also published one literary non-fiction piece in the Southern New Hampshire University Journal.  Eventually, I'd become part of Law Professor James Elkins lawyer-poet project, Strangers to Us All:  Contemporary Lawyer Poets.

In 2004, I celebrated ten years of sobriety and founded the r.kv.r.y. quarterly literary journal which I continue to edit to this day (and of which I am very proud)

The Law

I was recruited in '94 to come back to BigLaw and for the first time ever had the courage and conviction to refuse.  I had time - precious time - and enough money to suit my newly reduced needs.  My life and my heart were full.  I was, frankly, afraid to return.  I had too much to lose.

Eventually, however, I did return, working on larger and more sophisticated cases than I ever had before.  Still, something continued to be missing.

Next:  Mediation and why any of this matters to negotiation.

 

Negotiating Law Firm Layoffs: My Part in It

(right, Joshua Tree, California, 1992; I'm pretty sure the statute of limitations on this misdemeanor has expired)

To go in the dark with a

light is to know the light

to know the dark, go dark.

Go without sight, and find

that the dark, too, blooms

and sings and is travelled

by dark feet and dark wings.

American Poet, Wendell Berry

Here's the thing about the recession of 1992.  It was my life that collided with it, not someone else's.  There were many lawyers in my practice group of my "vintage" who also had no book of business.  A substantial majority of them found AmLaw200 life-rafts.  They were hired by other AmLaw200 or 100 firms.  Or they formed small, specialized practice groups, took a chunk of the firm's business with them and hung out their own boutique shingles.

I was not among them.  As you'll recall, I landed in a three-man commercial litigation practice in Westwood.  The shock of this transition jarred me awake enough to begin taking writing classes at UCLA.  I didn't have as much money as I used to.  But I did have time.  And as Thoreau famously wrote - The cost of a thing is the amount of [your] life which is required to be exchanged for it, immediately or in the long run.  I was learning the cost of the first twelve years of my life as a lawyer.

The MCLE Substance Abuse Self-Study Course (with credit for California lawyers)

I was lucky.  I had what people call a "high bottom."  I'd just lost my place in the AmLaw200, not my license to practice law.  Others are not so lucky.  As of July, 2005, "42 percent of the State Bar Court’s active caseload involves attorneys with chemical dependency or mental health issues." (California Bar Journal, July 2005, A Heavy Caseload of Addiction.)

In 2003, an estimated 19.5 million Americans (8.2 percent) age 12 or older had used illicit drugs during the month prior to the survey interview.  Marijuana was the most commonly used illicit drug (14.6 million past month users, 75.2 percent of illicit drug users).

No lawyer in practice for any period of time will be surprised to read in a recent post in the blog Women and Substance Abuse that drug and alcohol abuse is twice as likely among attorneys compared to the general population.

Frank Galvin: I changed my life today, what did you do?
Laura Fischer: I changed my room at the hotel.
Frank Galvin: Why did you do that?
Laura Fischer: TV didn't work.

February 8, 1994, a Work Day Like Any Other

I've been with this small firm for more than a year and I'm liking it.  My employer handles cases far more sophisticated than I'd expected and opposing counsel are often from the AmLaw100.  I like that because the quality of lawyering is high and I get to be the underdog.  Because of my 1800-hour requirement, I've been able to take three different fiction writing seminars at UCLA and have assembled a new group of friends who are as passionate about literature as I am.  I'm feeling returned, restored to myself.  And I'm enjoying practice because it doesn't totally dominate my life.

I have a hearing this morning in our most important case - a motion for judgment in a lawsuit brought by an HMO against the hospital at which it once practiced.  I've prepared the papers and the oral argument, which is taking place in our conference room before a AAA panel of arbitrators, including the expert who provided the legal punditry on the OJ Simpson case for the E! channel (it will always be Hollywood here).  Smart guy.  Best hearing officer I've ever had the pleasure to appear before.

I'm ready for the hearing but I'm feeling a little . . . dizzy.  And I'm shaking a lot -- too much to punch the right numbers on the telephone in the office to call my doctor to see what in the heck might be physically wrong with me.  I did stop drinking and smoking three days earlier but I am not an alcoholic so I can't imagine my present state has anything to do with that.  Why am I not an alcoholic?

  • I  never drink in the morning, unless, of course, it's brunch, in which case my drinks come with fruit and festive decorations.  Drinks at brunch are one of the four major food groups for goodness sakes.
  • I only drink Chardonnay.  Good Chardonnay.  I'm particular about this and about the cost of the wine I buy at the Sun Bee Food and Liquor Mart just down the street on the Sunset Strip. I make a point of never paying less than $10 a bottle.
  • I'm employed! and I'm functioning at a pretty high level.  I'm a good attorney and I never ever  drink or smoke anything other than tobacco on the job.
  • I drink only after five (weekends excluded, of course, for festive brunch concoctions)
  • calling myself an "alcoholic" would be overly dramatic, hysterical even; really, I'd just become a little bit dependent on a drink at the end of the working day (didn't everyone drink at the end of the day?) and I'd decided to lay off for awhile to see if it made any difference in my life
  • I'd quit drinking three days before primarily to help me give up a two-pack a day cigarette habit.  I couldn't drink without smoking.  Cigarettes were the problem, not alcohol.
  • I'd seen alcoholics before.  My best friend's father was an alcoholic.  He sat in a darkened room watching television and drinking all day.  He'd tried that antabuse medication - the medicine that makes you violently ill if you drink.  But he always drank anyway.  He was an alcoholic.

Nope.  No alcoholic here.  And I managed to get through that hearing with flying colors.  Then I went to see my internal medicine guy.

Tomorrow:  recovery.

(remember to get your 1-hour substance abuse credits above!)

And for the "worried well" here's a comparison of BigLaw severance packages from Above the Law.  Thanks to @brucecarton in my twitter network for the head's up.  Read his Securities Docket here and follow him on twitter.

 

Negotiating Law Firm Layoffs: Property, Power and Prestige

I'd always told myself  I was not interested in or affected by the trappings and perquisites of high-end law firm life.  But those benefits - first class travel; upscale hotels in world-class cities; and, the deference of maître d's, personal trainers and the like  - tends to skew one's view of one's place in the world.

So though I'd just been an associate, I had tasted the rewards of property and prestige.  And I represented people with a load of worldly power.  By the time I was laid off in 1992,  I'd managed to acquire the illusion of what more spiritually minded people tell me are the three primary obstacles to ordinary happiness:  property, power and prestige.

And man, do I need a drink at the end of the day because here come two horsemen of the apocalypse.  

Foreclosure and Bankruptcy.

Then there was my personal life.  Just as the career was cratering, my  post-divorce, mid-life European motorcycle-riding, Morrissey-listening, unemployed artist boyfriend, packed up his canvasses, paint brushes and acrylics and moved back to Holland.

That Lit Major Thing that You Do What You Do to Me

I have said on far more than one occasion that law school is the default career-path for the liberal arts major.  We were philosophy, political science, literature, sociology, and drama majors. If we'd had the guts (or talent we wished we had) we'd be singing, dancing, acting or writing for a living.  But we weren't.  We were lawyers.  Which meant, among other things, that we had precious little time for anything other than the law.

But here's the thing about calamity.  It tends to wake you up.  

I was talking on the telephone to a friend, bemoaning my newly single state, when it occurred to me for the first time in my life that I'd married and partnered with artists because I wasn't doing my own art.  And though my financial circumstances were greatly reduced, so were my job obligations.  I was billing 1800 hours a year instead of 2100-2300.  I had time, motive and opportunity to commit the crime of art again.  I was working in Westwood, just a few blocks from UCLA.  I called their Extension office.  I enrolled in a fiction writing class.

Tomorrow:  sobriety.  

Negotiating Law Firm Lay Offs: You Can't Save Your Face and Your Ass at the Same Time

When last we left the damsel in distress, she'd been laid off by an AmLaw200 firm and employed by a three-man outfit in Westwood.  They promised to clean up her office, but right now it was a storage room with a desk.  Used computer equipment, wire and cords were strewn about the floor; boxes of redwelds from cases long since settled or tried were precariously stacked one upon the other; while new and used demonstrative exhibits leaned against all four of the black scuffed beige walls. 

Just the facts.

  • I'm making exactly one-half the income I previously made
  • my new firm provides me with health insurance, but no other benefits
  • I don't have access to Westlaw or Lexis, but am provided with a set of  3 and a half inch disks that contain California cases and Witkin
  • I don't really have a secretary - there are two but they are "taken" - if I ask nice, once in awhile one or the other of them will do me an administrative favor, like format a pleading.  

(cartoon by the brilliant Charles Fincher of LawComix.com)

Although I continue to practice general commercial litigation, everything about my practice seems slightly off. Like in that Ray Bradbury story (A Sound of Thunder) where wealthy game hunters go back in time to bag themselves a dinosaur only to return to a subtly skewed "present."  One pulls the wings of a prehistoric butterfly from the sole of his shoe.  The butterfly effect.

I make telephone calls to opposing counsel and am treated with less respect than I had previously been accorded.  I make court appearances.  The Judges are no longer slightly deferential.  They do not ask after any of my locally famous partners.  My new clients are rougher around the edges.  More "street smart," less polite.  There are no paralegals; no "IT" guy; no word processing department; no embossed business cards. 

Then there's my boss.  My boss hums when he eats.  If he walks into a room, the furnishings fall into greater degree of disorder as if to accomodate themselves to his style, which is aggressively messy.  

I drive home one late summer evening and tote up my bills.  The housing market has crashed and my condo is underwater.  I owe the homeowners' association five grand - then a considerable sum.  I cannot pay the HOA and my house payment as well.  I have other bills.  I'd just returned from rafting rivers through Costa Rican rainforests when I was laid off.  I'd been too busy to keep track of my expenses.  

It seems that I have, finally and quite irrevocably, failed.

Tomorrow:  a New Life

Negotiating Law Firm Lay Offs: the Two Professions

When last we left Pauline on the train tracks, it was 1992 and she was being laid off by a law firm that paid her AmLaw100 salary and benefits.  Oh right.  That's me.

Network, network, network

I hadn't consciously built a professional network in 1992, but was fortunate that it had more or less been created for me.  I'd been handling environmental insurance coverage cases in the 8- to 9-figure range for a major international insurance carrier.  That carrier generally issued first level excess coverage to the Fortune 500 companies who claimed that their insurance carriers were obliged to defend and indemnify them for toxic cleanup actions.  Because those companies sued all their carriers both up and across the coverage profile, we litigated the cases in groups.  Joint Defense Groups.

The lawyers in the Joint Defense Groups worked together, strategized together, traveled to depositions together, and often settled cases together.  We appeared in Court together, argued motions together, worked on appeals and writs together, and played together as well.

So I turned for employment assistance to my friends and colleagues in the Joint Defense Group.  You'll remember that I was a twelfth year associate with no book of business, i.e., I had a marketing fool (myself) for a client (myself).  

I was not in demand at the level of practice I'd been working at.  Nevertheless, I had a lot of contacts in the Los Angeles legal community, who in turn had contacts.  As a result, I was unemployed for fewer months than my severance pay lasted.

But . . . . .

. . . I was about to cross the divide from one legal profession to another . . .

The peak on the right represents . . . law school graduates [who] joined . . .  commercial law firms. They are earning [between] $125,000 - $150,000 + per annum as they start [their careers]. . . . This peak, furthermore, is moving inexorably to the right in response to increased demand by these firms for premier entry level talent . . .

The peak on the left is a different matter. It represents all . . . law school graduates who are following career paths other than the top tier commercial law firms. They peak [around]  $35,000 to $40,000 compensation per annum[;] [r]oughly $100,000 a year less than their peers on the right!

From Rob Millard's Adventure of Strategy, America's Two Legal Professions, 24 September 2007.

Tomorrow, from tall buildings with sleek interiors to a storage room in a three man law firm. 

Negotiating Unemployment: Hope for Laid Off Lawyers

The last recession is vivid in my own mind because an AmLaw200 /1 law firm laid me off in the Spring of 1992 - a year after the recession's "official" end in March of 1991.  As the U.S. government's Monthly Labor Review Online explains in The 1990-91 recession, the "end" of the recession wasn't much noticed by the labor market which

  • continued to deteriorate long after other economic indicators began to improve and the official ending date of the recession was chosen. 
  • resulted in job losses for white-collar workers in general, and workers in the finance, insurance, and real estate industry in greater numbers than at any time in the past 
  • created many more unemployed workers who would not be rehired when the economy improved than experienced in downturns.

Those, of course, are just the statistics and no lawyer laid off by AmLaw firms in the past few months is much interested in yesterday.  They are rightly focused upon today and tomorrow.  /2  That's the focus of this piece -- today and tomorrow -- even though my 1992 "today and tomorrow" took place more than a decade ago.

Success or Failure

I teach a lot. Sometimes in law schools, sometimes in law firm settings, sometimes for the National Institute of Trial Advocacy, and sometimes in business schools.  The young people I teach are understandably concerned with one of life's "big" questions: 

WILL I BE SUCCESSFUL?   

My answer -- "sometimes" -- may sound glib, but it's one of the few pieces of genuine wisdom I have to offer from the tail end of the legal career path.  Sometimes you will be successful and sometimes you will fail.  Sometimes your failure will be wholly circumstantial and out of your control - layoffs because of national and international economic calamity, for instance.  Sometimes your success will come because you were in the right place at the right time.  And sometimes it will be the result of persistence, hard work, talent, skill and courage.  Usually, success and failure will be a combination of all of these factors. 

So begins my cautionary and hopeful tale.

The fall from a very high perch

The years 1989 through 1992 were among the most "successful" of my legal career if you measure success the way attorneys in the higher echelons of the profession tend to do - by the complexity and size of the cases I was handling; the prominence - both monetarily and reputationally -- of my clients; the parties opponent; and, opposing legal counsel; and, my salary - then pegged to an AmLaw 100 standard.

I was really busy and not paying that much attention to the economy.  I'd just bought my first ever sports car.  New.  Hot.  Turbo-charged.  And I'd been living in a newly acquired condominium just below the Sunset Strip for less than a year.  I was single and travelling a lot.  My colleagues were high-flyers and I slip-streamed behind them.  I was also . . well . . drinking a lot.  See Wikipedia, Early 1990s recession ("Like all recessions, the one of the late 1980s and early 1990s had a profound impact on society. Rates of alcoholism and drug abuse increased, as did rates of depression.")

People were being laid off but I knew their fates were tied to performance rather than the contracting economy.  My father, god rest his soul, had the following to say when I told him how much money I was making:

"I'm worried about you."

"Why?"

"Because you now have so far to fall."

Lay Off

The managing partner was a "buddy" of mine.  You know the type.  More than a colleague and less than a friend.  A member of the posse our practice group formed in the firm.  We'd biked 50 miles from Rosarita to Ensenada together.  Drank together.  Danced together.  Talked about who was interested in who together.  The male lawyers in the group had created a quite public "impunity" list of the  women lawyers they could sleep with "without impunity."  Everyone thought it was funny.

So, like I said.  I wasn't paying attention.

The managing partner took me to lunch.  We had a couple of drinks.  He told me the firm was laying me off.  I felt like I'd been punched in the stomach.  Tears welled up in my eyes.  I had trouble catching my breath.  The firm would pay me three months severence.  They'd hire me a head-hunter.  I could use the office or leave as I chose.  It didn't have anything to do with my performance.  

I was a twelfth year associate with no book of business.  I was making a lot of money with liberal bonuses, and tremendous benefits.  And I was pretty much spending all of it every month.  The new car and the new condo.  An expense-account life-style I'd taken on when not on a business trip.  An attitude.

Sound familiar to anyone?  Next post, unemployment.   

_______________________

1/  Although the AmLaw 200 did not come into existence until 1999, the firm that laid me off in the Spring of 1992 would likely have been a member.  Most pertinent to this story, that firm was paying its associates AmLaw100 salaries.

2/  According to Law Shucks Layoff Tracker As of February 13, 2009, there have been over 4,376 layoffs since January 1, 2008. There have been 2,614 in calendar 2009 - 1,071 in February alone.

Don't Skimp on Negotiation Skills in the Downturn

I've scaled my MCLE way back this year, including any continuing education that requires travel unless, of course, it's something I'm speaking at to continue growing my business.  Some MCLE courses, however, stay on my radar -- particularly those that don't require me to leave the office and that teach me skills to help me thrive in hard times.  This IP settlement webinar is one of those continuing education courses I'd attend unless I thought I was already the best settlement attorney I could be.  So seriously consider joining me and Chicago-IP lawyer extraordinaire R. David Donoghue of Holland + Knight for Hard Times? Learn How to Negotiate the Best IP Litigation Resolution

ADR in IP Litigation from ALI-ABA

Wednesday February 18, 2009 from 1:00-2:00 pm EST

Why Attend?

In a difficult economy, intellectual property protection and assertion is more important than ever. The combined stressors of a poor fiscal climate and shrinking legal budgets place a significant strain on any business dependent upon IP assets. as companies face difficult economic decisions, it is increasingly difficult to fit the expense and extended uncertainty of copyright, patent and trademark litigation into a forward looking business plan. This one-hour seminar explores the use of alternative dispute resolution as a means of protecting intellectual property and business activity, while minimizing the expense and devotion of time related to traditional IP litigation.

What You Will Learn

This program examines how to move an IP dispute toward alternative dispute resolution; best practices for controlling the expense and length of the process; and best practices for successful alternative dispute resolution. Whether you are an experienced IP practitioner or simply one grappling with IP issues in your general commercial practice, knowing how to offer your clients a wide array of ADR options might make the difference between a practice that survives and one that thrives. The seminar will cover the following topics:

How to choose between litigation and ADR.

  • The most successful strategies for guiding your dispute into the best ADR forum at the most productive time.
  • The five basic rules of “distributive” or “fixed sum” bargaining that will give you the “edge” in all future settlement negotiations.
  • The five ways to “expand the fixed sum pie” by exploring and exploiting the client interests underlying your own and your opponents’ legal positions.
  • The Ten Mediation/Settlement Conference Traps for the Unwary.

Invest just 60 minutes at your home or office to learn about alternative dispute resolution in the IP field from this duo of experts. This audio program comes to you live on Wednesday, February 18, 2009, 1:00-2:00 pm EST, via your phone or your computer. Materials corresponding to the course may be downloaded or viewed online.

Lawsuit-Proof Your Business to Cut Costs in Downturn

Lawsuits arise from a process social psychologists call "naming, blaming and claiming."  I broke my toe last week (youch!)  when I was talking to my husband from another room and walking into a closet to hang up my jacket.  Jammed it on the door frame, once again engaging in the risk-courting activity of walking and talking at the same time.

If I were mentally ill, I suppose I could go so far as to name my husband as the source of my own lumpish carelessness; blame him for my injury; and, claim some sort of recompense beyond his willingness to kiss my toe to "make it all better."

"Well, I guess that doorway was just too narrow," my husband the litigator joked.  "I suppose you could sue the architect."

Much litigation flows from incidents nearly as foolish as this.  If you'd like to see a collection of such outrages, you likely already know where to go -- Walter Olson's Overlawyered where suits against McDonalds for obesity and the like can regularly be found.  Today's entry, about the alcoholic who sued Marriotts "after falling over a stairway while plowed" is a prime example.

Naming, blaming and claiming (as well as the litigation that flows from this process) will always be with us.  But if you have some degree of communication with the people likely to name and blame you before making a legal claim against you, an understanding of the social psychology behind that process may well help you understand and deal with the problem "on the ground," i.e., short of suit.

Today, I'm directing you to Attributing Blame — from the Baseball Diamond to the War on Terror as a good primer on the process and its underlying cause -- Fundamental Attribution Error.  Link courtesy of @JuryVox who any litigator or dispute resolver should be following on Twitter along with @annereed.

Whenever we witness something harmful or unexpected, we humans look to make attributions of causation, responsibility, and blame. Social psychologists have been studying the way we make those attributions for the last half century. Part of that research, known as attribution theory, focuses on how we draw inferences about how much control people exert over their behavior: the more control they appear to exert, the more we hold them responsible or blameworthy for the consequences of their actions. To assess control, we draw inferences about, among other things, whether the person acted volitionally or intentionally and about the person’s motivation. When we think an injurer acted intentionally and maliciously we attribute blame — which is accompanied by a desire to punish the injurer and to compensate the victim.

This naive psychology of blame attributions is fairly automatic and depends on more or less instantaneous impressions. And although our attributions result from inferences of, among other things, intent and motive, we are hampered by the fact that we cannot directly access someone else’s motives or intentions (in fact, we’re not very good at ascertaining our own). And, often, the individuals who we are judging have an interest in presenting themselves as innocent — regardless of the truth of the matter. In making attributions about another person’s harm-causing actions, therefore, we are often forced to rely on imperfect external cues. Conflict between individuals and groups often emerges precisely because attributional ambiguity leads to divergent interpretations and reactions. What a victim might perceive as outrageous, an injurer might construe as merely unfortunate or even richly deserved. The legal system is caught up in these attributional contests every day. For instance, most of tort law — in doctrine and in practice — is devoted to the question of resolving competing attributional accounts for the same personal injury.

Continue reading at the linked headline above.  My most popular article on this process - Conspiracy Theories and Granfalloons can be found here.

Pre-Trial Discovery Decreases Likelihood of Settlement

From the Department of Counter-Intution we learn that our general assumption about pre-trial discovery -- that the open exchange of information will help align the expectations of disputants and increase efficiency by facilitating settlement /1 -- is probably inaccurate.

In When Ignorance is Bliss:  Information, Fairness, and Bargaining Efficiency, George Loewenstein, Department of Social and Decision Sciences and Don A. Moore, Graduate School of Industrial Administration, at Carnegie Mellon University, tell us that when "information . . . is complex or ambiguous enough to allow for different interpretations" by opposing counsel,

[s]elf-serving interpretations of fairness encourage biased estimations of the probability of prevailing in court and lead people to hold out too long, fight too hard, and settle too slowly.

Simply put, because we interpret incoming information as confirming -- and often strengthening -  our existing views, the "convergence" of adversarial views pre-trial discovery proponents hoped for, does not occur.  Rather, discovery tends to increase the parties' belief in the rectitude of their analysis, thereby proportionally decreasing the potential for settlement.  As Loewenstein and Moore explained:

In studies examining the self-serving bias, the magnitude of the bias was an extremely strong predictor of impasse, and two different manipulations that eliminated the bias led to close to 100 percent settlement compared to an impasse rate of about 25 percent in the absence of such debiasing.

The full article is well worth reading even though much of it is burdened with academese.

Because we attorneys pride ourselves on being able to "see the other side," here's an article entitled Confirmation Bias in Complex Analyses about a study in which intelligence analysts were provided with an analytic tool to help them overcome confirmation bias.  The tool -- Analysis of Competing Hypotheses -- was an

hypothesis testing matrix,” where the rows represent the evidence, the columns the hypotheses under consideration, and the cells the extent to which each piece of evidence is consistent or inconsistent with each hypothesis. The goals of the ACH matrix [were meant] to overcome the memory limitations affecting one’s ability to keep multiple data and hypotheses in mind, and to break the tendency to focus on developing a single coherent story for explaining the evidence—a tendency which [other researchers] hypothesized create[d] predecision distortions (and presumably the confirmation bias).

ACH [was] hypothesized to offset confirmation bias by ensuring that analysts actively rate evidence against multiple hypotheses and reminding analysts to focus on disconfirming evidence.

Absent the template, the process sounds a lot like that we attorneys use to test our theories and evaluate those of our opponents'.  Alas ACH provided the least amount to help to those study participants with professional analytic experience.  As the authors report, "ACH had no impact at all" on the professional analysts' tendency to give greater weight to the evidence that supported their theories and less to that which disconfirmed them.

What to do?  I'll attempt to find an answer before writing my next post.

______________________

Loewenstein and Moore quote Richard Posner on this expectation as follows: 

a full exchange of information…is likely to facilitate settlement by enabling each party to form a more accurate, and generally therefore a more convergent, estimate of the likely outcome of the case.

Richard A. Posner (1986:525) Economic Analysis of Law (3rd ed. Little, Brown 1986)

Diagnosis and Cure for BigLaw Layoffs? Revisiting the Gauntlet

Below, an excerpt from my article, Revisiting the Gauntlet In Monday's Los Angeles Daily Journal (subscription required)

According to statistics being updated monthly at the "Law Shucks" Layoff Tracker  10 national law firms have each axed between 50 and 270 lawyers since the first of January. During that same time, half a dozen others have laid off between 25 and 50 working attorneys. Bloggers and legal pundits who have been predicting the demise of "Big Firm" practice for years have been reporting these numbers (along with last year's collapse of giants such as Heller Ehrman) with ill-concealed delight.

As the recession and its effect on legal practice deepens, it is time to revisit Lauren Stiller Rikleen's 2006 indictment of law firm management practices, "Ending the Gauntlet - Removing Barriers to Women's Success in the Law." Rikleen, the executive director of the Bowditch Institute for Women's Success and equity partner at Bowditch & Dewey, suggests that women lawyers are the canaries in the mine shaft of modern legal practice - sending unintended early warning signals to management of the threat its present inefficiencies pose to the entire enterprise.

"Ending the Gauntlet" was and is meant to counter the widespread belief that women leave BigLaw in outsized numbers because they "don't want to work as hard" or "are more dedicated to their families" than their male counterparts.

Statistics tell the tale. In 2005, two full generations after women entered the profession in droves, the Massachusetts Bar Association reported that while 32 percent of its male members earned in excess of $150,000 per year, only 12 percent of its women did so. Women were not only under-represented at the higher levels of compensation, they were also over-represented at the lower, with 75 percent reporting earnings of less than $101,000 per year compared with 47 percent of the men. Three-thousand miles away, in Washington state, a 2001 survey of private law firm compensation by gender showed that 77 percent of the highest earners (the top 25 percent) were men while 62 percent of the lowest earners (the bottom 25 percent) were women. Even more troubling, a 2004 nationwide study reported that the overall gap in earnings between male and female attorneys was 60 cents on the dollar, worse than in the workforce generally [this 2005 Forbes article says 69 cents].

Subscribers to the Daily Journal can continue reading here.  I'll post the full story after the DJ article runs.

For those following the unemployment statistics, take a look at this very scary chart or go to the extended entry.

 

Continue Reading

The Most Efficient Conflict Resolution is Prevention: Avoiding Suit During Era of Massive Lay-offs

The British call layoffs "redundancies."    I prefer the American term - layoff -  because it focuses on the employer's need in times of economic stress ("I can no longer afford to pay you and so must lay you off) to the British locution which focuses on the employee's presumed inefficiency ("because your work is being performed (better?) by others, you have become redundant.")

Why the attention to semantics?  Because in times of massive law firm layoffs (see Law Shucks Lay-off Tracker here) you don't want today's efficiency become tomorrow's crushing legal liability. 

Lawyer Layoff Paranoia by the brilliant Charles Fincher at LawComix.com.

So how do you avoid the looming threat of litigation by laid off employees?  According to researchers, you terminate graciously, honestly, with expressed respect and compassion, and, if possible, with offers to help the laid off employee find work and replace critical benefits such as health insurance. 

Why do terminated employees bring suit?  It's not, as I'm always saying, just about the money. 

Researchers have found, for instance, that:

  • Feelings of unfair, insensitive treatment at the time of termination had nearly twice the effect of the next most potent factor in bringing suit.
  • Blame was not strongly related to the claiming process 
  • There is some, but slight, support for the proposition that certain groups -- women and minorities - are especially likely to sue
  • Perceptions of poor on-the-job treatment motivate lawsuits as much or more than an individual's belief in his or her ability to prevail in litigation
  • the shorter the notice of termination, the greater the likelihood of suit

Finally, and most importantly for law firm management, the best predictor of a former employee's willingness to file claims for wrongful termination was highly educated respondents.

Researchers have also catalogued the most common on-the-job experiences that lead to litigation, including most prominently,

  • negative experiences with supervisors;
  • the belief that processes used by the supervisor are unfair.
  • violations of procedural justice (the perceived fairness of the procedures by which outcomes are determined)
  • perceived violations of equity and distributive justice  (the perceived fairness of outcomes)
  • perceived violations of interactional justice  (the perceived fairness of the nuances of interpersonal treatment)
  • survivors' attitudes toward their organization are strongly associated with their beliefs about the fairness of the manner in which their companies laid off other workers
     

"Blaming and claiming" activity (lodging grievances; seeking relief from the EEOC; retaining legal counsel to file suit) is strongly correlated with the manner in which employees are terminated.

Why?

Because Termination Causes Employees to Reevaluate Fairness in Working Conditions.  And you do not want to give employees the opportunity to reevaluate those conditions in light of their last employment experience - termination - unless that experience is positive.

The researchers have found that:

  • people react strongly to nuances of treatment and style at the time of termination
  • the quality of dismissal affects people’s decision to bring suit as much as termination itself.
  • a fair, honest, and dignified termination should substantially reduce the temptation to retaliate through litigation.

The experts therefore recommend that employers:

  •  treat their laid-off or fired employees with compassion and respect at the time of termination
  • give several weeks advance warning to all laid-off or fired employees
  • provide terminated employees with help in finding new employment
  • give terminated employees honest accounts for the cause of their termination
  • provide transitional alumni status to terminated employees when possible
  • provide symbols of positive regard to terminated employees such as letters of reference, departure gifts or parties
  • offer counseling services to terminated employees to ease the psychological shock of employment termination

According to a recent ABA Journal article entitled One Lawyer Layoff Saves an Average of $250,000 also notes that:

  • some of the savings from layoffs is initially eaten up by severance payments
  • at least one firm chairman indicated that the firm pays about $7 million in severance for every $10 million saved in compensation
  • another firm chairman estimated that it takes about nine months before any savings are realized by lawyer layoffs.

If law firms don't want these savings to start bleeding red ink, they'd do well to study "naming, claiming and blaming" behaviors of terminated employees and to implement processes and procedures to reduce the potential for litigation flowing from these cost-saving measures.

For further reading, see my own Power Point Presentation from which most of the above statistics were taken here and the article from which most of that information was derived:  The Winding Road from Employee to Complainant here.

Litigation, Negotiation, Mediation, Oh My! The CharonQC Podcast

It's the British, of course, who we have to thank for the common law, the adversarial system of justice and that most lyrical denunciation of lawyers' passionate pursuit of legal procedure, Bleak House.  Charon QC is a serial podcaster, writer and producer of the satiric online soap opera West London Man, founder of the largest private law school in Great Britain, and all around QC about town.

My postcast interview with the great QC is here and his own is below.

Podcast 94: US lawyer Victoria Pynchon on ADR, mediation and settlement in the USA

Today I am talking to Victoria Pynchon, a US lawyer based in Los Angeles, California. She was a commercial litigator and trial attorney for 24 years before shifting her practice from representing clients in court to helping lawyers settle lawsuits hat involve greater risk, expense or time than their clients wish to expend. She this work through Judicate West Dispute Resolution Services, serves as a private judge (arbitrator) for the American Arbitration Association, is an adjunct professor at Pepperdine University and blogs at IP ADR and Settle it now. Interestingly Vickie also acts as a sherpa for Blawg Review the international rolling carnival of law bloggers and is on Twitter.

So who is Charon QC?  Let him tell you himself in this Podcast Interview at Family Lore, the blog of British family law attorney John Bolch.  To get an even better idea of Charon QC and the many reasons to read his blog, I give you his own introduction to himself at Charon QC the Blawg.

“Charon QC” is a lawyer, after a fashion, but is not a practitioner. He has taught law for many years - and, to his surprise, still enjoys law; although he enjoys other academic interests as well. Law is fascinating more in the human interest than the letter, but compared to literature, science or philosophy, it does not engage the mind in quite the same way. He awarded himself the title QC when the Lord Chancellor suspended the award for real lawyers. Now, as no-one can instruct him in any matter, or would wish to, he is free to comment as he wishes on matters which catch his attention. He is, of course, a figment of a febrile imagination . He drinks Rioja - in fact he will drink any red wine, smokes Silk cut, reads all the newspapers (3 Tabloids 4 broadsheets…most days) , has a passion for motorbikes and sips espressos three time a day - ordering two each time. He sleeps for 4 hours a night - but that is his problem. He gets up and starts work (sometimes, it has to be said… writing a blog post) between 3.30 - 4.00 every morning…

He is also a habitue of The Bollo and The Swan in Chiswick/Acton - and some other well known bars in London. When he finds a meal he enjoys - he eats it every day until he can no longer face eating it again. At breakfast, he always has one egg, two slices of toast, two slices of bacon, some baked beans, two espressos, a glass of tap water and an undisclosed number of Silk Cut cigarettes - and always starts eating the egg first… on a bit of buttered toast; turning the plate around so the egg is conveniently on the right hand side of the plate. He did not know he did this until it was pointed out to him by several friends. Breakfast takes approximately 35 minutes and is often taken while reading his tabloid of choice and The Indie… and then it is but a short motorbike ride back to his Staterooms where the day can begin. Breakfast is at 7.00 and more often than not Charon sits at a table outside - even in very cold weather - so he can keep an eye on the world as it goes by. He can also smoke outside without offending other early risers.

Negotiating Litigation: First You Have to Win

I play squash.

I learned to play the game when living in New York and continued to play at U.C. Davis (Law School) which had both regulation courts and racquets to lend. 

At a time when racquetball courts were being constructed with the speed of social media sites, I continued playing squash for pretty much one reason:  I'm a woman and just about any (mostly male) colleague I played with could beat me out of sheer physical strength.  Though both games require strength,  squash requires finesse and strategy more. 

How did I get my legal colleagues off the racquetball court and into my game of  squash?  Simple.  I told them I had no chance of beating them in their game (flattery, ingratiation, a "contentious" dispute resolution tactic) but that I was confident I could beat them at mine (challenge or "threat," also a "contentious" tactic).

So what do I mean when I say you have to "win" your litigation before you can settle it?  I mean you need to get your adversary playing on your court and actually win a few rounds.  You can shake your stick and fulminate and threaten, but unless you're capable of actually winning, your adversary's Best Alternative to a Negotiated Agreement (his BATNA) is beating the pants off you at trial or watching you fold like a lawn chair on the courthouse steps.  

In most litigation, the first chance you have to prove your trial skills is in a deposition.  Yes, you want to obtain information and that's pretty easily done so long as you remember to ask reporter questions (who, what why, when, where and how).  You shouldn't, however, stop there.  Show opposing counsel that you can also theory test and undermine his witness' credibility on a few points, without giving away your entire game plan.

Whether you win by smashing the ball deep into your adversary's court or by aiming it oh so close to the "tell," letting it softly roll to the floor while your adversary is panting by the back wall, you must win on strength or skill or finesse (whichever you're best at) before you're entitled to "win" by way of settlement.  

That being the case, I give you the first of a three-part series on how to lose the game at deposition, a challenge to get you thinking about "winning" it there.

From Illinois Trial Practice

 15 Ways to Ruin a Deposition (Part 1 of 3)

In this series of posts, I'll dig into the archives of The Trial Practice Tips Weblog and highlight some of my prior posts about depositions. Although you can see all of these post in this weblog's deposition category, I thought I'd try to reorganize some of them in a new way.  

I'll begin with the first five ways a lawyer can ruin a deposition. I've been guilty of all of them at one time or another--

1. Deposing someone who doesn't need to be deposed at all. Unnecessary depositions are a waste of time and money. See this post: "Not Every Witness Need to Be Deposed." 

2. Failing to investigate the witness online. Just a few minutes of Internet research can turn up lots of things about a witness you didn't know before.  Here's a post about that: "Deposition Tip: In Preparing for a Witness, Always Check the Web."

3. Trying to wing it. Maybe you're so good that your only preparation is getting to the deposition on time. Sound foolish? It is. See this post: "The Dangers of Winging It in Depositions."

4. Neglecting the preliminary questions. Those cookie-cutter questions lawyers ask at the beginning of a deposition have a purpose. Don't skip the "you know you're under oath"-type questions, but don't turn them into a speech either. Here are two posts that make these points: "Those Preliminary Deposition Questions: What's Their Purpose?" and "Those Preliminary Deposition Questions: Don't Make a Speech."

5. Assuming the witness is telling you the truth. As human beings, we're conditioned to believe what people say. I feel like I am, at least. That's why I'm constantly making this mistake, even though I wrote this post: "Practice Tip: "Assume Your Deposition Witness Is Lying."


Negotiating Law Firm Survival with the Complete Lawyer

Savvy Lawyers Value Their Human Capital by Victoria Pynchon and Gini Nelson at The Complete Lawyer.

These are hard times and none of us is immune. I’ve been here before. In the early 1990s, my law firm announced we would ride out the economic crisis by henceforth buying legal pads without our firm name embossed on the binding. Layoffs of partners, associates and staff quickly followed. Some caught life rafts to other law firms; some were not so lucky. Those who stepped on others going up the compensation ladder were not treated well on their way back down. The water was cold and filled with sharks.

Read full article here.

Other great articles in this month's issue of The Complete Lawyer:

How Will You Thrive in an Uncertain Economy by by Sandee Magliozzi and Susan Beneville

Solos Have Unique Advantages During Harsh Economic Times by the indefigitable Susan Cartier Liebel

Your Firm's Future is Tied to Your Referral Sources by Shawn McNalis

. . . and much much more!

While you're on the topic, read The Top Five Reasons Why Clients Leave and How You Can Prevent It by Jeffrey Miller and Jill Kohn.

 

 

When Negotiation Fails, Do You Flip a Coin? Grab a Random Stranger?

Wheat and Chaff: Juries and Litigation

Let me tell you a short story.

A senior in-house lawyer is meeting with the CEO to talk about a problem the in-house lawyer had been asked to solve.  The in-house lawyer describes how his efforts at negotiation had failed, so he had taken steps to find a random person off the street so that person could resolve the problem for the in-house lawyer.  The CEO looked at the in-house lawyer like he was out of his mind.  The in-house lawyer, now worried by the CEO's reaction, asked if the CEO would feel better if he instead chose 12 people randomly from off the street.  The CEO fired the in-house lawyer.

Does anybody think the CEO is crazy?  Me either.  But let's rerun the story with three extra sentences.

For remainder of story, run right over to Patrick J. Lamb's blog, In Search of Perfect Client Service.

Knowing that a bench or jury trial is the only Better Alternative to a Negotiated Agreement (BATNA) what's a concerned CEO to do?  No, I'm not going to say "hire a mediator."  I'm going to say this.  Hire a litigator who understands and is skilled at interest-based bargaining.  The mediator, after all, is your last option.  You need an attorney who maximizes the potential for the best negotiated resolution possible at every major turning point in the litigation.  If you've hired a hot-head litigation firm, that's good.  There's absolutely nothing wrong with playing hardball.  Just make sure you also have available the litigation marital counselor -- at least one attorney in the hardball lawfirm, or settlement counsel outside of it, who is able to call a cease-fire and bring the parties to the negotiation table.

I like what Patrick J. Lamb has to say in his blog and in his bio.  He's got big firm background and 21st century thinking.  If I were looking for a business litigator/dispute resolver/efficiency machine, it's to people like Patrick I would go.

Also, see today's post at the IP ADR Blog about patent infringement jury trials and what you don't know about what your jury is thinking can hurt you.

 

TweetIt from HubSpot

Devil in the Details: the Deal, the Whole Deal and Nothing But the Deal

It's getting very late in hour eleven of the mediation and everyone is tired and cranky.  We've agreed upon:

  • the total sum of the settlement;
  • the period of time over which the settlement will be paid;
  • the Stipulated Judgment in the event of default; and,
  • the amount of the Stipulated Judgment (far more than the agreed upon settlement sum).

We could put these terms in a skeletal settlement agreement right now; include the "magic language" from Evidence Code section 1123 that will permit enforcement of the mediated agreement; and, let everyone get on the road, onto a plane and into bed.

Because these parties couldn't agree on what year it is, however, no one balks at my suggestion that we write up the entire deal -- settlement agreement with mutual general releases; the Stipulation for the Entry of Judgment; and, the proposed Stipulated Judgment itself.

The first problem is everyone's failure to bring a form Settlement Agreement and Mutual Release, let alone one that included enforceable terms for the entry of a Stipulated Judgment in event of default.   

ADVICE???  Carry these documents on a "flash" or "jump" drive whenever you're going to a settlement conference or mediation.  Heck, carry them with you to the first day of trial where you might be startled to learn that your adversary is prepared to settle the case right now!

Fortunately, I had access to my own files which contained detailed forms for everything we needed, forms I offered to counsel as guides. I did so only with the express understanding that I did not recommend my own forms as adequate, complete or enforceable.  

I'm just the mediator, not the legal representative of the deal in loco parentis.

It's a good thing we made the effort to fully document the deal because it threatened to fall apart over all of the following terms:

  • the dismissal of ancillary proceedings
  • forbearance from inducing future actions by non-parties
  • liquidated damage clauses for the breach of certain critical deal points
  • indemnification for future actions if induced by certain of the parties

Each of these items required separate negotiation and compromise and as to each I helped the parties calculate the degree of possible misbehavior by their adversaries and the protections that might "fit" the probable harm.  I do not believe the parties would have been able to resolve these terms (as well as others too confidential to mention) without third party assistance.  One was so difficult to predict both the series of possible events and potential remedies that we provided for arbitration of that term alone in the event of alleged default.

When we all finally left the building at one in the morning, we had fully completed paperwork, signed by all parties in hand. 

And yes, I was the only one present who could type.

 

Devil in the Details: Sticker Term Shock

The anger, suspicion and ill will that has characterized the first eight hours of this mutli-party, eight-figure antitrust mediation is about to heightened as I deliver Defendants' terms:  they will pay the settlement agreed upon in six equal yearly installments over three full years without any security to back it up.

Are you wondering what your mediator is thinking at times like this?

Aaaarrrrggggghhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh!!!!!!!!!!!

That "thought" is momentary, however, like the cry you squelch when the trial judge does something like, say, grant the other side's motion to disqualify your expert witness during the second week of trial. 

I don't have a plan, but I do have ideas.  Just as my suggestion that we use a bracketed offer to break impasse had eventually done just that, I'm already thinking of ways that the parties' most intractable and conflicting positions might move them toward agreement.

"They can wait," defense counsel is saying, "or they can try the case in February and see if they can collect it," to which a principal adds,  "this puts them on our side for a change.  If we make the money we believe we can, they'll benefit too."

"I thought you said you knew you could," I say, laying groundwork for the contingency ahead. 

"Yes, absolutely.  We know we can."

Back in the Plaintiffs' caucus room, the parties and their counsel aren't simply angry; they're flabbergasted.

"They sand-bagged us," says Plaintiffs' counsel.  "We'll report this to the Judge.  They didn't come here in good faith.  They're deliberately wasting our time."  

After some calming discussion about why the cash-poor defense would deliberately pay their own attorney and one-half of my daily fee in bad faith . . . a question to which no answer ever eventuated . . . Plaintiffs and their counsel begin to confidently predict the defense's inability to make a single installment payment.  Plaintiffs believe the defendants have resources - secreted away somewhere - but will never use them to settle this case.

When the temperature of the room has diminished to that of the sun's surface rather than its core, I ask about the possibility of a stipulated judgment in the event of default. 

"In a sum you hope the jury will award you at trial," I proffer.  "If you're right; if they have no intention, nor any ability, to pay even the first installment, you'll be in the same position on default that you'd be in if you prevailed at trial.  And if they're capable of paying, they're much more likely to do so if the alternative is a mutl-million dollar judgment against them."

Though the total sum of the Stipulated Judgment is the main topic of discussion over the following two hours, the parties' insistent conflicting predictions for the future make it all but inevitable they will eventually reach agreement.  If the defense never pays, the Plaintiffs will have their judgment more or less immediately, without the burden of proving it up.  And if the defendants are good for their word that they can service the "debt" the settlement agreement creates, they never have to worry about this potential judgment becoming a reality. 

The Stipulated Judgment as Contingency Contract

As Professor Leigh Thompson of the Kellogg School of Management, Northwestern University, writes in The Mind and Heart of the Negotiator, the contingencies built into the parties' agreement (and the Stipulated Judgment providing for its enforcement) permit them to use their differences to reach agreement - betting on their own predictions for the future and protecting themselves against their worst fears about the other.  As Professor Thompson instructs:

Often, a major obstacle to reaching negotiated agreements concerns negotiators' beliefs about some future event or outcome.  Impasses often result from conflicting beliefs that are difficult to surmount, especially when each side is confident about the accuracy of his or her prediction and consequently uspicious of the other side's forecasts.  Often, compromise is not a viable solution, and each party may be reluctant to change his or her point of view.

Fortunately, contingent contracts can provide a way out of the mire.  With a contingency . . . differences of opinion among negotiators concerning future events do not have to be bridged; they become the core of the agreement. . . . [Parties] can bet on the future rather than argue about it.

Here, the agreement calling for a Stipulated Judgment of sufficient size to deter default, allowed the parties to:

  1. bet on rather than argue about their different forecasts for the future;
  2. manage their decision-making biases (overconfidence and egocentrism) by building them into the settlement agreement itself;
  3. solve the trust problem by creating a contingency (judgment) against the unknown ability of the defendants to perform
  4. diagnose the other side's honesty by "daring" him to bet on his own predictions
  5. reduce risk through sharing the upside gain (defendant will pay) and the potential loss (defendant will default)
  6. increase defendants' incentive to perform at or above contractually specified levels.

See The Mind and Heart of the Negotiator, The Six Benefits of Contingency Contracts, Box 8-2.

There's more, however.  The parties agree to the Stipulated Judgment in principle and sum during hour eleven and we've got three more hours to go.

Stay tuned!

 

The Devil in the Details: When Do You First Talk Terms?

As you'll recall, we're in hour nine of the mediation.  The parties have finally agreed to settle the antitrust litigation the Court ordered them to mediate ("we won't settle; we'll only be here for an hour"). 

Defense counsel wants to write up the "deal points" and make a quick getaway.  Before she does so, we have the following conversation.

"We'll need three years to pay it."

I fake calm.

"Your security?" I ask, my mind racing to the other room where an already unhappy set of plaintiffs are sitting.

"We don't have security.  I told you my clients are broke.  I also told you we'd need terms but you didn't want to talk about them."

This is true.  From hour one the defense insisted they'd need to pay over time and the Plaintiffs wanted to know what terms the defense was thinking of.  Throughout the day I'd told them both the same thing:  "let's see if we can agree on a number before we start talking terms."

I have reasons for this.  They are as follows:

  • once people have agreed upon a number, it's far more difficult for them to walk away from a deal; the Plaintiffs have already begun to think about what the money will mean to them and the defense has begun to imagine life without the litigation;
  • people are risk averse.  So long as there is no (or only minimal) money on the table, it's easy to refuse to engage in the often difficult process of readjusting their expectations and compromising their desires.  When there's enough money on the table to make both parties want to settle, walking away involves loss.  

This is often the trickiest part of the mediation.  The three-year time table and absence of security is, I know, enough to blow up this deal.  I'm going to take heat from the Plaintiffs' side, for resisting their efforts to learn the Defendants' terms before they spent an entire day agreeing upon the price.  I don't, however, regret my decision.  If these terms cause the negotiation to break down now, they certainly would have done so in hour one.

How I help the parties negotiate what is poised to become a rancorous impasse in the next post.

 

You've Settled? With a Term Sheet? The Devil in the Details

It's 8 p.m. and you've just spent nine straight hours negotiating the settlement of complex commercial litigation with multiple parties that was filed before George Bush first took office.  The case has been up on appeal twice and is now scheudled for trial in February.  All defendants but the final three standing have settled.   Three of the principals have flown in from out of state and two of the attorneys have driven a few hundred miles to Los Angeles from their home towns. 

"Let's just write up the deal points," says Lawyer No. 1, yawning.  "We can write up the full agreement over the long weekend."

Lawyer No. 2 turns to me and says "Judicate West has a form, right?  Let's use that."

Before we go further, let me give you the complete, verbatim language of the online skeletal Judicate West form.

Date:_________________

Stipulation for Settlement


    VS.                           

IT IS HEREBY STIPULATED by and between the parties through the respective counsel or representative of each that the above-referenced case has been settled according to the terms memorialized herein below.  This document is binding on the parties and is admissible in court pursuant to Evidence code section 1123 and enforceable by motion of any party hereto pursuant to CCP section 664.6.                                                                                   

In order to facilitate the above specified terms of settlement, the parties further agree that on or before the          day of          they will execute or change the following:

  • Settlement / Release Agreement   Prepared by _____plaintiff_____defendant

  • Request for Dismissal     Prepared by _____plaintiff_____defendant

Other____________________________________________________________

All relevant parties must sign below.  Copies are acceptable in lieu of originals.

I know.  You didn't expect the case to settle.  At least that's what I've been hearing you all tell me since hour one of the mediation.  But now we're in hour nine and the basic deal points have been reached.  It's January 15.  Trial is in 30 days.  You have all the parties present and the mediator who has by now sussed out the BS; developed a good working relationship with all sides of the dispute; knows how hard the parties worked to get here; and, is unlikely to let the "devil" in the details sink the settlement ship.

What do you do?

My own answers in next post.



The Forthright Negotiator "Rule" and Creative Ambiguity at Adams Drafting

Anyone who's been living in outer Mongolia for the past couple of years should head on over to Adams Drafting straight away.  Why?  Because once you negotiate the best deal you can, you have to write it up on the best terms you can.  Hence the need -- yes need -- for Adams' Drafting.

Today Ken Adams addresses a "rule" that one Court has dubbed "Forthright Negotiator" and the rest of us have always understood to be . . . well . . . the law, i.e., that one's subjective intent can be used to interpret an ambiguous contract term so long as that intent has been objectively manifested.

This gives Ken Adams an opportunity to address the question whether it's ever beneficial to purposely include ambiguity in your contracts -- a question I'd answer after nearly a quarter century of contract litigation practice with this -- sure, if you'd like to put my husband's and my grandchildren through prep school and college.  Otherwise, not so much.

But don't take it from me.  Go see what the master of contract drafting says.

NOW!

Do You Need to Understand Your Legal Rights to Serve Your Interests?

Daily Journal Newswire Articles
www.dailyjournal.com
© 2009 The Daily Journal Corporation. All rights reserved.


 
FORUM (FORUM & FOCUS)  •  Jan. 08, 2009
Every Case Is a Winding Road

FORUM COLUMN

By Victoria Pynchon

I have a confession to make. I am about to become embroiled in litigation. Though I preach the religion of negotiated resolution, I've nevertheless hired litigation counsel to assert my rights and pursue my remedies.

This is one of those moments when the rubber of our ideology meets the road of personal circumstance, the moment we are called upon to decide to walk our talk or take the more familiar road.

For more than 30 years - first as paralegal, then as a law student and finally as a commercial litigator - I'd been swimming in the waters of legal rights and remedies. The adversarial ocean had become so familiar a habitat that it rarely occurred to me that I was under the surface. One day toward the end of my first year of mediation practice, a much more experienced friend hooked me by the cheek and threw me on the deck of his ship, where I was gasping for air.

He'd asked me to co-mediate a will contest without the benefit on my clergy - lawyers with experience in the field. The "fish out of water" conversation that ensued went something like this:

Joe Mediator: "The family doesn't want to hire a lawyer. They just want to mediate."

Vickie: "But I know absolutely nothing about wills, trusts and estates. The parties need to talk to a lawyer first to learn their rights and remedies."

Joe: "You still don't get it, do you?"

Vickie: "Get what?"

Joe: "It's not about rights and remedies. It's about interests."

Vickie: "But how can they evaluate their interests without knowing their rights and remedies?"

Joe: "Because they're not interested in what the law says - they want to do what they believe is right for them as a family under the circumstances."

These people wanted to resolve a legal dispute without knowing their legal rights? Were they nuts? I understood "interests" - they were all the rage in ADR circles - the desires, fears and needs of the parties that drove them to take legal positions. Sometimes those interests were non-economic - the need for revenge, the desire to be personally accountable, the fear of failure, the hope for forgiveness and reconciliation. Others, though economic, could not be remedied by way of damages - better access to foreign markets, for instance, or wider distribution chains; the acquisition of better manufacturing processes; or, the retention of executives with "pull" in Washington. But all of those matters were secondary to legal rights and remedies, weren't they? You had to know what your rights were.

To read entire article, click here.

Here's a .pdf of the article taken from the "hard copy" of the paper.

 

You Can't Obtain a Favorable Settlement if You're Not a Formidable Adversary

The lowest level, most critical, most easily learned (you can even use a cheat sheet!) and most shockingly ignored skill is authenticating documents and bringing them within the available exceptions to the hearsay rule.

As we wade ever deeper into the waters of electronic discovery, E-Commerce Law provides us with the Internet Evidence Series below.

Internet Evidence

Part I:  Authentication

Part II:  Hearsay

Part III:  Hearsay Exceptions

Read it.  Learn it.  Use it. Prosper.

Thanks Jonathan!

Los Angeles Attorneys Needed as Mock Trial Judges Martin Luther King, Jr. Weekend

Dear Colleagues:

On behalf of the UCLA Mock Trial Program and the UCLA Anderson School of
Management, I am inviting you to volunteer as a trial judge or scoring
judge at the 2009 UCLA Mock Trial Invitational Competition on Martin
Luther King weekend, January 17-19, 2009. The trials will be at UCLA Law
School and the UCLA Anderson School. This year’s case involves a civil
defamation case where a political candidate was wrongfully accused of
murder by a national news network. The case has both civil and criminal
law aspects. No prior trial experience is necessary to serve as
volunteer judge.

You'll see college students present Openings, Closings, Direct & Cross
Examinations. Trial judges will rule on objections and introduction of
exhibits, while scoring judges will rate the students' performances.
Some of the top teams in the nation will compete, and most of the
California colleges will be there (UCLA, USC, UCI, Cal, Stanford, etc.)

I have attached a Word file containing detailed information about the
3-day event. You can volunteer on Saturday, Sunday and/or Monday (Jan.
17, 18, 19). If any of you can volunteer to judge for one or more of
these rounds we would be very grateful. Parking and meals will be
included! Please e-mail or call Associate Dean Gonzalo Freixes of the
UCLA Anderson School (faculty advisor for the UCLA Mock Trial teams) if
you can help us out at gonzalo.freixes@anderson.ucla.edu or
310-794-6640. Thanks for your consideration and Happy Holidays.

-Gonzalo

Gonzalo Freixes, Associate Dean
Office of Professional MBA Programs
The Anderson School at UCLA
110 Westwood Plaza, Suite A101f
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1481
gonzalo.freixes@anderson.ucla.edu
Phone: (310) 794-6640
FAX: (310) 825-3165

It's Not About the Money; It's About Justice

I'd stop flogging this dead horse if I didn't have to weekly convince litigants of their own enduring human tendency to prefer relative well-being over absolute material possessions.

This week, that "news" is brought to you by the New York Times to explain why a surprising number of us have not been made terribly unhappy as our financial fortunes decline.  As Op-Ed contributor Sonja Lyubomirsky (of The How of Happiness: A Scientific Approach to Getting the Life You Want) observes today:

the economists David Hemenway and Sara Solnick demonstrated in a study at Harvard, many people would prefer to receive an annual salary of $50,000 when others are making $25,000 than to earn $100,000 a year when others are making $200,000.

Why? Because we "care more about social comparison, status and rank than about the absolute value of our bank accounts or reputations."  In other words, we're more concerned with justice (fairness) than we are about the money.  Which is why our clients have sought out our help with their personal, financial and commercial problems -- because we're in the justice business.  When we understand this, the negotiation of financial settlements becomes a whole lot easier because there are many more ways to deliver justice than by throwing money at it.  

Read the full (short) article Why We’re Still Happy here.

 

 

For Your Attorney Holiday Book Gift List: Conflict Revolution

e-Bleak House: Twitter "Tweets" Discoverable

From E-discovery implications of Twitter at Lawyers USA

The social networking site Twitter.com allows users just 140 characters to describe what the user is up to – a post known as a "tweet."

But lawyers advising clients on e-discovery or using Twitter themselves need to realize that tweets are discoverable.

"Twitter posts are like any other electronically stored information," explained Douglas E. Winter, a partner at Bryan Cave in Washington, D.C. and head of the firm's Electronic Discovery unit. "They are discoverable and should therefore be approached with all appropriate caution."The increasing popularity of Twitter has made electronic discovery even more complicated.

Litigators!  Remember, you and your opponent(s) have a choice. It's not only in arbitration that you can make your own law, but by way of stipulated case management orders cooperatively crafted with an eye toward relative cost and likely benefit (ask me for a template!)

I don't need to tell you that clients are cutting back in 2009.  The litigation practice that thrives will be the most efficient and effective dispute resolution vehicle on the road.

And now, for your moment of zen - Charlie Dickens.

Jarndyce and Jarndyce drones on. This scarecrow of a suit has, in course of time, become so complicated that no man alive knows what it means. The parties to it understand it least, but it has been observed that no two Chancery lawyers can talk about it for five minutes without coming to a total disagreement as to all the premises. Innumerable children have been born into the cause; innumerable young people have married into it; innumerable old people have died out of it. Scores of persons have deliriously found themselves made parties in Jarndyce and Jarndyce without knowing how or why; whole families have inherited legendary hatreds with the suit. The little plaintiff or defendant who was promised a new rocking-horse when Jarndyce and Jarndyce should be settled has grown up, possessed himself of a real horse, and trotted away into the other world. Fair wards of court have faded into mothers and grandmothers; a long procession of Chancellors has come in and gone out; the legion of bills in the suit have been transformed into mere bills of mortality; there are not three Jarndyces left upon the earth perhaps since old Tom Jarndyce in despair blew his brains out at a coffee-house in Chancery Lane; but Jarndyce and Jarndyce still drags its dreary length before the court, perennially hopeless.

Jarndyce and Jarndyce has passed into a joke. That is the only good that has ever come of it. It has been death to many, but it is a joke in the profession. Every master in Chancery has had a reference out of it. Every Chancellor was "in it," for somebody or other, when he was counsel at the bar. Good things have been said about it by blue-nosed, bulbous-shoed old benchers in select port- wine committee after dinner in hall. Articled clerks have been in the habit of fleshing their legal wit upon it. The last Lord Chancellor handled it neatly, when, correcting Mr. Blowers, the eminent silk gown who said that such a thing might happen when the sky rained potatoes, he observed, "or when we get through Jarndyce and Jarndyce, Mr. Blowers"--a pleasantry that particularly tickled the maces, bags, and purses.

How many people out of the suit Jarndyce and Jarndyce has stretched forth its unwholesome hand to spoil and corrupt would be a very wide question. From the master upon whose impaling files reams of dusty warrants in Jarndyce and Jarndyce have grimly writhed into many shapes, down to the copying-clerk in the Six Clerks' Office who has copied his tens of thousands of Chancery folio-pages under that eternal heading, no man's nature has been made better by it. In trickery, evasion, procrastination, spoliation, botheration, under false pretences of all sorts, there are influences that can never come to good. The very solicitors' boys who have kept the wretched suitors at bay, by protesting time out of mind that Mr. Chizzle, Mizzle, or otherwise was particularly engaged and had appointments until dinner, may have got an extra moral twist and shuffle into themselves out of Jarndyce and Jarndyce. The receiver in the cause has acquired a goodly sum of money by it but has acquired too a distrust of his own mother and a contempt for his own kind. Chizzle, Mizzle, and otherwise have lapsed into a habit of vaguely promising themselves that they will look into that outstanding little matter and see what can be done for Drizzle--who was not well used--when Jarndyce and Jarndyce shall be got out of the office. Shirking and sharking in all their many varieties have been sown broadcast by the ill-fated cause; and even those who have contemplated its history from the outermost circle of such evil have been insensibly tempted into a loose way of letting bad things alone to take their own bad course, and a loose belief that if the world go wrong it was in some off-hand manner never meant to go right.

Thus, in the midst of the mud and at the heart of the fog, sits the Lord High Chancellor in his High Court of Chancery.

 

 

Arbitration and E-Discovery: Make Up Your Own #^%@ Law!

The National Law Journal's annoying practice of making its "best" content available only with a secret decoder ring forged in the fire of subscription dollars, nevertheless did not stop me from access to an intriguing article about arbitration's "e-discovery conundrum" (here for people with the secret code).

In Arbitration's e-Discovery Conundrum (thank you Mr. Thrifty for the copy) the author contends that:

. . . as litigation discovery techniques have become more prevalent in arbitration, arbitration has become just as time-consuming, expensive and burdensome. Without the benefit of an appeal process for the losing party, the primary remaining benefit for binding arbitration -- privacy -- is often outweighed by the other negative factors.

Parties and their litigation counsel have pointed to runaway discovery as one major reason why they have abandoned arbitration in favor of mediation in the United States and even internationally.

So how can "the long-recognized benefits of arbitration -- speed and cost savings -- be restored?"

(top:  is this what any of us went to law school for? Flowchart from Integreon)

The author recommends that the process must "address the needs and interests that led them to arbitration in the first place: to balance the need to discover those documents reasonably necessary for a party to prove its case with the cost, burden and time involved in producing such documents, while taking into account the need for fundamental fairness and to avoid surprise and trial by ambush."

Here's where reformers fail to get the direction the law is moving in.  It's not about finding a process that fits your needs - it's about creating the process that is tailor-made for your one and only completely unique and unrepeatable dispute.

The beauty of arbitration is not what it is.  It is what it can be.  The beauty of arbitration is that it allows you to make up your own $%#@^ law and procedure.  It restores control of the process to you.

What, you say?  Your opponent and you can't agree?  This is no longer a good enough reason, particularly because I do not see many attorneys making the effort to craft discovery and case management plans that reasonably addresses the parties' actual need for every document that someone marginally involved in the dispute might have once breathed upon.

I know whereof I speak.

The solution?  Sit down, for goodness sake, with your adversary, for as many days as it takes, to reach agreement about what each side actually needs.  Leave your huffing and your puffing, your posturing and your adversarial chops at the conference room door.  There will be plenty of time for all of that after the only people who actually understand the dispute -- YOU -- agree upon the type of process necessary to resolve it as efficiently and effectively as possible.

The law firms that do this will survive the recession. 

To Arbitrate or Not Arbitrate Securities Fraud, That is the Question

FINRA Securities Arbitration or Class Action Lawsuits?

A common question asked by investment fraud victims is whether they should partake in a class action lawsuit of a securities arbitration claim. Often, investors are presented with a choice of either partaking in a class action lawsuit or FINRA arbitration action. As a general rule of thumb, investors are better off avoiding class action lawsuits. The recovery rate in class action lawsuits tend to be paltry. Please realize this is not always the case but it is very common.

The main reasons for why FINRA securities arbitration actions are typically better than class action lawsuits for investors include the following reasons…

Continue reading here.

By the way, I'm not expressing any opinion on this issue at the moment.  Just pointing you to one lawyer's view.

The Mediator's Proposal: An Idea Whose Times Has Passed?

Are mediators being hook-winked by clients who create artificial impasses for the purpose of procuring a favorable mediator's proposal?  Does the mediator's recommendation carry so much weight that the parties are subject to a manipulated mediator's proffer?  Does the mediator become just a tool of a party bent on flim-flam?   Or is all distributive bargaining flim-flam?

Check out John DeGroote's in-house point of view over at Settlement Perspectives and leave a comment.  I've already left two there myself.

I understand some lawyers are settling all their cases with mediators' proposals.  Why is that?  Are they savvier than their colleagues?  Or do they just need the authority of the mediator to "sell" settlement to their clients?

Jump in here or over at John's place.  Whether you're a mediator, a litigator, or a client, we'd both appreciate your fresh ideas. 

Face-to-Face Conversations Powerful Resolution Tool

From this coming Monday's Forum Column in the Los Angeles Daily Journal (byline V. Pynchon):

 

Psychologists tell us that we are not only "meaning making" beings, but that we are all born conspiracy theorists. Viewing a field of nonsensical, unrelated data, we naturally begin to "connect the dots" - to organize the information into a coherent, and often compelling, narrative.

Pattern making or conspiracy theorizing is a human survival mechanism. We have never been the fastest or the biggest creatures on the planet. We don't have the sharpest teeth or blend in all that well with the scenery. Our soft, easily punctured skin is not covered with a protective shell. In a pinch, we can't take a running leap and fly away from land-bound carnivores who might make us their prey.

We are, however, the canniest creatures on the planet. To avoid the tiger who made lunch of our best comrade, we surveyed the scene and committed the pattern of otherwise unrelated details to memory. Five banyan trees, a narrow stream, and, a pile of rubble left by a recent avalanche means "there are tigers here."

Couple this with Fundamental Attribution Error and you have all of the ingredients necessary to blame inadvertently caused harm on elaborate conspiracies cooked up by our untrustworthy companions - Fundamental Attribution Error being our universal tendency to over-emphasize the role of others' negative personality traits to explain why harm befell us.

So it is with our legal adversaries. Once the channels of communication have been severed by the filing of a lawsuit, attorneys and clients alike begin to make up "what really happened" based on predispositions, scattered conversations, faulty memories and scraps of documentation.

 

Continue reading Monday's Daily Journal Forum Column here.

 

No Review of Discretionary Stay by Arbitrator

Thanks LACBA for the daily case reports!


Trial court lacked authority to review discretionary, prehearing order by arbitrator, who imposed stay on arbitration of dispute concerning uninsured motorist policy until plaintiff--who was driving on work-related business in company car provided by employer when rear ended--pursued workers’ compensation benefits in light of Insurance Code Sec. 11580.2.

Briggs v. Resolution Remedies

Negotiating the Power of Consistency with ADR Services and LACBA's Linda Bulmash

Friend and colleague Los Angeles attorney-mediator Linda Bulmash of ADR Services, Inc. advises  us to be consistent in negotiating the resolution of litigation in this month's LACBA negotiation tip.

The Power of Consistency in Negotiation and Mediation
 
When a person makes a public commitment to a course of behavior, the human psyche will push them to follow through with their commitment. For instance we break New Years resolutions because we seldom share them with others and usually do not write them down.

An interesting phenomenon occurs when the commitment is made public or a person pro-actively takes the first step to follow through with a course of action. An interesting research study found that although people are often unsure of their choice of the winning horse at a racetrack, they become much more confident of their choice once they place their bet. They are driven to consistency once they make a public commitment to a course of action.

Therefore experienced negotiators and mediators focus on getting people to publicly verbalize and/or write down each small commitment to follow a certain course of action (e.g. buy a car or resolve a dispute) knowing that once done publicly, it is highly likely that they will believe this is the best choice and will find a way to attain the object of their commitment.

Thanks, as always, for the great advice Linda!  And if you're looking for a local neutral, check out Lucie Baron's dynamite list of L.A. mediators here!

A Single Ray of Resolution Optimism in the Darkest Movie in American Film History

Must read:  Embracing Conflict's analysis of Dueling Banjoes in Deliverance written by  Niel Denny, a Collaborative family solicitor working in the South West of England who is a member of my twitter network here: @nieldenny.

Excerpt and video below but a reading of the entire post is a must for anyone looking for reasons to believe that we can reach one another across political, cultural, religious, social and economic divides.

The music develops by a process of answer and call. One of them plays a riff, or a short section of music, which is then followed by the other. They react to one another responding to and developing upon the riff they have just heard. By doing so they produce this amazing music in a memorable scene that is part of cinema folklore.

It represents a rare moment of optimism in what is an otherwise unbearably dark, oppressive film.

In the process of exchanging these riffs the protagonists are effectively collaborating. They are communicating. We can see their riffs as an analogy for talking. The riffs work where the spoken word does not. Drew and the Banjo boy clearly develop and enjoy a relationship while they are playing.

Negotiating Women: Never Negotiate Out of Fear, But Never Fear to Negotiate --

Video below is part I of an interview on negotiation challenges, strategies and tactics for women with

Vicki Flaugher, founder of SmartWoman GuidesThe full audio of the video is here along with Ms. Flaugher's kind comments about our conversation.   Ms. Flaugher describes her site resources as follows:

If you’re a beginning female entrepreneur or a women who is thinking about starting in business for herself, you have found your tribe. You have arrived at a safe place to talk about business. Especially if you are 35-55 years old, you are going to love this site because that’s a magic age time. You really discover who you are during those years and finally decide to do what you love instead of just what you’re “supposed” to do. The spirit of that revelation and all the promise it holds is why this site was created.

Now, Part I of Negotiating Women!

"Never Fear to Negotiate" from JFK's Inaugural Address with video here.

So let us begin anew -- remembering on both sides that civility is not a sign of weakness, and sincerity is always subject to proof. Let us never negotiate out of fear, but let us never fear to negotiate. Let both sides explore what problems unite us instead of belaboring those problems which divide us.

Let both sides, for the first time, formulate serious and precise proposals for the inspection and control of arms, and bring the absolute power to destroy other nations under the absolute control of all nations.

Let both sides seek to invoke the wonders of science instead of its terrors. Together let us explore the stars, conquer the deserts, eradicate disease, tap the ocean depths, and encourage the arts and commerce.

Let both sides unite to heed, in all corners of the earth, the command of Isaiah -- to "undo the heavy burdens, and [to] let the oppressed go free."

And, if a beachhead of cooperation may push back the jungle of suspicion, let both sides join in creating a new endeavor -- not a new balance of power, but a new world of law -- where the strong are just, and the weak secure, and the peace preserved.

All this will not be finished in the first one hundred days. Nor will it be finished in the first one thousand days; nor in the life of this Administration; nor even perhaps in our lifetime on this planet. But let us begin.

 

How We Tell the Tale Determines How We Resolve the Problem

People who are joined together by a dispute -- which includes everyone engaged in litigation and their attorneys -- are suffering more than most from a universal cognitive bias known as fundamental attribution error.  FAE is one of the ways we explain our troubles to one another. 

If we have suffered misfortune and are able to attribute our loss to the actions of another, we will universally attribute the series of events resulting in our loss to the bad intentions or evil character of the person we lawyers call "the defendant." 

If we are the defendant, we will universally attribute the series of events resulting in the injured party's loss to the circumstances causing Plaintiff's harm (or, of course, to the Plaintiff's evil intentions). 

The attribution of harm primarily to character or motive on the part of the victim and primarily to circumstance on the part of the accused is fundamental because it is hard-wired into the way we think.  It is an attribution error because it attributes effect to a particular type of cause.  It is error because all human activity and the inevitable conflicts that arise from it

"take[s] place not only between individuals, but in a context, culture and environment; surrounded by social, economic, and political forces; inside a group or organization; contained by a system and structure; among a diverse community of people at a particular moment in time and history; on a stage; against a backdrop; in a setting or milieu."

See Ken Cloke's Conflict Revolution (this from the Introduction) here and my review of it at The Complete Lawyer here.

In other words, all events, conflicts, injuries, and benefits, all causes and effects are determined both by human actors and by circumstance.  We are the cause and the effect of everything that surrounds us and everything that we surround.

How does this knowledge help us resolve our disputes and why does the way we tell our stories hold the key to resolving them?   I could give you more explanations from the field of social psychology or I could simply tell you a story.  In this case, I tell the story of a book of stories written by Malcolm Gladwell who writes about the stories we tell ourselves and one another about success. Gladwell, we're told, introduces us to Bill Gates as

a young computer programmer from Seattle whose brilliance and ambition outshine the brilliance and ambition of the thousands of other young programmers. But then Gladwell takes us back to Seattle, and we discover that Gates’s high school happened to have a computer club when almost no other high schools did. He then lucked into the opportunity to use the computers at the University of Washington, for hours on end. By the time he turned 20, he had spent well more than 10,000 hours as a programmer.

At the end of this revisionist tale, Gladwell asks Gates himself how many other teenagers in the world had as much experience as he had by the early 1970s. “If there were 50 in the world, I’d be stunned,” Gates says. “I had a better exposure to software development at a young age than I think anyone did in that period of time, and all because of an incredibly lucky series of events.” Gates’s talent and drive were surely unusual. But Gladwell suggests that his opportunities may have been even more so.  

Continue reading the NYT Sunday Book Review of Gladwell's new book, Outliers, here.

More on using dual narratives to help you settle litigation tomorrow (or later this afternoon)

Negotiating Potential Liability at Holiday Parties

Planning on partying like its 1999 to boast morale in your law firm?  Check out tips offered by Morrison & Foester in  Holiday Parties: Morale Boost but Employer Beware back in December of 1999, advice that is as timely today as it was then.  And remember, there's no conflict management strategy better than conflict prevention.  Here then are MoFo's excellent tips, which is just a small excerpt of the good advice to be found on the link above.

 

What Can Employers Do?

Short of assuming the role of "Grinch" and canceling the holiday party, what can employers do to protect themselves from liability for sexual harassing conduct during holiday parties?

First, employers should make sure that they have a comprehensive, written sexual harassment policy in place, including sexual harassment training in the workplace. Employers might also re-circulate the sexual harassment policy prior to the holiday party, or send a memo to employees reminding employees to act responsibly at the party and expressing a zero tolerance for harassing behavior.

Second, if the budget permits, employers could invite employees to bring their spouse, significant other, or guest. Although such an invitation will not rule out incidents of sexual harassment, it may reduce the likelihood of such incidents occurring, as employees may tend to act more responsibly and in a less flirtatious manner towards each other if they bring a spouse or special friend to the party.

Third, employers should monitor closely any employees who have a history of harassing behavior, or who have been involved in complaints of sexual harassment. If such an employee is observed engaging in any inappropriate behavior, he or she should be asked to leave the party immediately, and the employer should apply appropriate discipline upon the employee's return to work.

Finally, employers receiving any complaints regarding inappropriate behavior at the holiday party should treat such complaints seriously and should take prompt, effective steps to address the complaints. This includes interviewing the alleged harasser and harassee, talking to potential witnesses, and administering appropriate discipline if inappropriate behavior is found to have occurred. By taking prompt, remedial action to address complaints of harassment, employers can reduce and in some cases altogether eliminate liability for sexual harassment.

Thottam Confidentiality: Just Follow the Statute; Don't Get Fancy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From the Los Angeles Daily Journal

November 21, 2008

CONFIDENTIALITY QUESTION HEADED BACK TO TRIAL COURT  By Greg Katz

LOS ANGELES - The state Supreme Court has denied review of an appellate decision that had become a cause celebre for mediators concerned about confidentiality precedents.

Instead, the case will head back for a new trial that includes a dispute over whether a hand-drawn chart, created in a probate mediation and initialed dozens of times by the parties, should have been admissible as evidence.

 A trial court had said that it was not, but the 2nd District Court of Appeal overturned the decision, saying it was in effect a settlement agreement and admissible under Evidence Code Section 1123(c). Thottam v. Thottam, B196933 and B196934 (Cal App. 2nd Dist., filed Sept. 3, 2008).

Many mediators expressed concern that the appellate ruling hurts mediation confidentiality by making draft documents admissible, and the case drew amicus letters from pro-ADR lobbying group California Dispute Resolution Council and others.

But the high court Wednesday denied review. 

Tyna Orren, who won the appeal for Los Angeles-based attorney and political activist Peter Thottam, said she was happy but unsurprised that the court didn't take up the case. 

"The reason mediators don't need to be concerned is that the opinion now tells them precisely what they need to do to avoid what happened in Thottam. Nobody should sign anything which leaves an opening for anything to be divulged," she said.

The 2nd District panel reasoned that the document appeared to be a settlement agreement, and that the parties had signed a premediation agreement allowing for the admissibility of mediation evidence that supported any agreements reached. That qualified the document for an exception in mediation confidentiality statutes.

"Whether or not the document contained all necessary details for enforcement, it certainly contained adequate manifestation of mutual consent to material terms which were capable of being made certain," making it a settlement agreement, Presiding Justice Norman L. Epstein wrote for the unanimous panel.

Justices Thomas L. Wilhite Jr. and Steven C. Suzukawa joined in the opinion.

Beverly Hills-based mediator Victoria Pynchon, who closely followed the case, said it was more about interpretation of the mediation agreement than about confidentiality, that the Supreme Court has vigorously defended the state's confidentiality laws in the past.

Attorneys should rely strictly on those laws when drafting mediation agreements, she said. "Just quote the statute or refer to the statute. Don't get fancy."

Stephen L. Kaplan of Laguna Niguel's Hicks, Mims, Kaplan & Burns, who had petitioned for review, said he was disappointed but expected that the new trial would go in favor of his clients, as the first one had.

The only difference: "There'll be one more piece of evidence," Kaplan said.

greg_katz@dailyjournal.com

Blog Bites Bar ; Goes to Court

See the Complaint here.

h/t to @taxgirl

As the ABA Journal explains:

A law firm contends new Louisiana lawyer advertising rules slated to take effect in April will restrict its right to comment on Twitter, Facebook, online bulletin boards and blogs.

The Wolfe Law Group filed a federal suit today challenging the rules, claiming they would subject each of the firm’s online posts to an evaluation and a $175 fee, according to a press release. The construction law firm says in the suit that its own blog may qualify for an exemption for law firm websites, but its comments on other blogs would not.

The firm claims the rules would restrict its First Amendment right to speak freely about its trade. To make its point, the law firm has launched a blog called Blogging is Speaking.

Sometimes your business or professional negotiation has to take place in Court.  This is an example.

Survive with the Fittest Lawyers on Evolution Day with Blawg Review # 187

Leave it to a legal marketing blog -- Lawyer Casting - to choose Evolution Day for its first entry into the BlawgReviewOSphere.  As blogger Joshua Fruchter explains in Blawg Review #187, because the anniversary of Charles Darwin's publication of The Origin of Species on November 24, 1859 is inextricably intertwined with the idea that only the fittest survive, Evolution Day should be celebrated with advice for survival.  And so it is.

For those of us who toil the legal fields, Fruchter suggests a range of survival options including

There's advice for law firms here as well, so crawl on out of the loser gene pool and make your way over to Blawg Review # 187.  The survival of the legal species might just well depend upon it!

Note that Eric Turkewitz at the New York Personal Injury Law Blog  will host Blawg Review #188.  Anyone interested in participating in future blog carnivals should take a look at Blawg Review, which has information about next week's host and instructions on how to get your blawg posts reviewed in upcoming issues.

Finally, in true celebration of Evolution Day, take a look at some of the most enduring misconceptions about Darwin's paradigm breaking theory here, including the fact -- noted by Fruchter -- that Darwin did not originate the phrase "survival of the fittest."

________________

*/ Pepper Hamilton is podcasting??????  A short but vivid season of my legal career was served as a Pepper associate back in the late '80s (Alum Network here) when this grand old Philadelphia law firm turned 100 at which time it was still using quill pens - at least in the Philly office.  In the Los Angeles office, we associates routinely gathered in the library (yes! with books) and were required to share the one Lexis/Nexis research station which we were forbidden to use except in the most dire circumstances and with pre-approval.

 

 

Negotiation/Mediation Terms of Art

I have recently been asked by several lawyers to write a few posts on mediation and negotiation terminology not only because some attorneys are unfamiliar with these terms, but also because different mediators and negotiators use them to mean different things. 

Mediators, lawyers and negotiators who read this post are invited to add, correct, object, or suggest further refinements and to add their thoughts on further strategic and tactical uses and perils of the impasse-busters we discuss today - the bracketed offer and the mediator's proposal.

And because my readers may find this post as dry as bones, I once again offer the X-rated "Negotiation Table" as pretty #%$@ true and funny  (think Ari Gold). 

Bracketed Offer:  Party A makes an offer to bargain in the zone he wishes to see the negotiation move to.  This is often used when neither party wishes to step up to the line of probable impasse and it can also be used to re-anchor the bargaining zone.  Quite simply, Party A offers to bargain in the range of, say, $2 million and $3 million.  He offers to put $2 million on the table if party B is willing to put $3 million on the table, i.e., "I'll offer to pay you $2 million if you'll offer to accept $3 million to dismiss your suit."

If party B does not accept the bracket, party A will not be "stuck" with having actually placed $2 million on the table when the next exchange of offers and counter-offers begins.

Responding to a Bracketed Offer:  Party B can:  1.  respond with a counter-bracket, i.e., I'll make an offer to accept $3.5 million in settlement if you'll put $2.5 million on the table; or, 2.  refuse the bracket and ask for an unbracketed counter.

Mediator's Proposal: 

The basics:  the mediator chooses a number for the parties, making an "offer" to settle for, say $2.3 million which the parties are free to accept or reject.  It is a double-blind "offer."  If either party rejects the "offer" neither party knows whether the other accepted or rejected.  Acceptances are communicated only if both parties accept, in which case they have a deal.

The circumstances:  The parties should seek a mediator's proposal only when they have reached a hard impasse.  A hard impasse exists when both parties have actually put their true bottom line on the table or their next to the bottom line and they see no hope of it closing the deal.

The purpose:  Both parties believe they could convince their principal  to accept a deal that is more than they wanted to pay or less than they wanted to accept, but they cannot convince their principals to put $X on the table or accept $Y.  They hope to use the authority of the mediator to sell the deal to their principals.  If they are the principals, they are willing to settle for a number lower or greater than planned but not willing to close the bargaining session having made such a concession, which would have the effect of setting the floor or establishing the ceiling of all future bargaining sessions.

The Mediator's number:  I do not know whether there is a general practice among mediators about how they choose the number proffered.  When parties ask me to make a mediator's proposal (I rarely recommend one in the first instance) I explain my practice as follows:  When I make a proposal I am not acting as a non-binding arbitrator or early neutral evaluator.  In other words, my proposal is not a reflection of the value of the case.  The number I propose will be a number that I believe the Plaintiff is likely to accept and the Defendant is likely to pay.

In rare instances, the parties wish to continue bargaining in the event a mediator's proposal is not accepted by both parties.  I have permitted this in a few circumstances after explaining to the negotiating parties that it often causes resentment on the other side because they feel as if the party who wishes to continue negotiating is unfairly attempting to use the mediator's number as a new bench-mark from which to bargain. 

I highly recommend against continued bargaining after the rejection of a mediator's proposal on the day of the mediation.  It should serve as a hard stop because the parties respond to it as an ultimatum.  That's part of its power.  Take it or leave it. 

Just as you would not continue bargaining after indicating that you were putting your last dollar on the table, you should not continue bargaining (during that session) after the mediator has, in effect, put both parties' anticipated bottom lines on the table for them.

 

 

Are Women Better Mediators Than Men?

First she's all about the election and now she's back to post-mid-Century America's gender wars?  Say it ain't so, Vickie!

These are just statistics from an extremely limited sample that tells more about this particular program in this particular place concerning the particular types of cases being mediated than they are about the relative abilities of male and female mediators.

I'm unaware, however, of any controlled studies on gender differences in mediation results.  I do know that there's a gender imbalance in the profession and have had panel administrators acknowledge on the QT that even when they're choosing mediators or settlement officers pro bono lawyers tend to choose men most of the time.  

So for women struggling in the profession, here's your moment of zen.

Examining the graphical representation of mediator gender and settlement rates, one can see that there are male mediators who settle cases at higher than average rates, as well as female mediators who settle cases are lower than average rates. Nevertheless, it appears that most of the popular mediators who settle cases at higher than average rates are women, while the majority of popular mediators who settle cases at lower than average rates are men.

Some may object to this “battle of the sexes” analysis on the grounds that men and women should be treated as equals. Based on our data, however, male and female mediators are not statistically equal with respect to the rate at which they settle cases. Whether this “good” or “bad” is more a matter of philosophy than statistics.

In her book In a Different Voice, Carol Gilligan described how men and women think about moral conflicts differently. Her research suggests that men tend to consider conflict in terms of rights while women generally view conflicts in terms of dynamic relationships. Accordingly, a “female” approach to conflict resolution may be better suited to the process of facilitating mediated settlements than a “male” approach to conflict.

For a colored chart and remainder of post, see Correlation of Mediator Gender to Settlement Rate at Practical Dispute Resolution here.

When I think of my own experience as a neutral for the past four years and compare it to my experience as an attorney in the first four years of my practice 1980-1984, I can only say that it is somewhat similar.

What made the difference in the years that followed?  Women flooding the profession.  As women litigators and bench officers begin to retire, I suspect that we'll begin to see greater use of women neutrals.  And no, I do not believe that the paucity of women on commercial mediation panels nor what I believe to be their greater struggle to build a thriving practice there is based upon conscious sexism.

Like the tendency to prefer judges over attorney mediators (a preference I believe to be waning) I believe that the sub-conscious preference for male over female mediators arises from a continuing misunderstanding among members of the bar about what settles cases.  Too many attorneys continue to believe that they need a mediator who can overpower the will of their adversary.  And if you're looking for raw power (particularly the power of authority) in American commerce and law, you will naturally choose the judge over the attorney and the man over the woman.

I haven't written about this in the past because it is a topic that tends to divide people and it is not my intention to start a tiny gender war in the tiny world of mediation.

But when these statistics started pouring into my in-box, I couldn't ignore the topic any longer.

Please feel free to comment.

Sqaundering Legal Talent from Jordan Furlong

The management of the Obama campaign among the lowest level operatives (i.e., me making cold calls and walking precincts) reminded me of the way in which every organization squanders its resources.

I forgive the Obama campaign its trespasses because it was run by a dedicated, exhausted, physically ill cadre of poorly paid tweens -- tweens in this case being young people in that awkward period between University and real life or University and graduate school (listen to This American Life's spot-on audio-documentary on College Voter Registration Drives here).  In any event, the Field Organizers whose goal it was to make X number of telephone calls and knock on Y number of doors were young and inexperienced in using human resources of any kind other than perhaps the counter-staff at the local McDonalds.

So it was that during the course of the last days of the campaign in Henderson Nevada that I met a growing number of 40+ volunteers who had given up going to the campaign office after walking precincts because its management style was anti-Obama -- top down, inflexible, and numbers rather than people-driven.  Two of the three campaign buzzwords -- inspire and empower -- were lost in the tumult of real life.

Law firms, unlike local political campaign offices, are presumably being run by mature adult professionals who understand that which Obama Field Organizers could not.

If it takes 1,000 phone calls to recruit a single volunteer (or lavish summer programs; sky-high salaries; and, signing bonuses for first year associates) it's best to treat that volunteer or freshly minted lawyer like the valuable commodity they are.  When the local campaign head or firm manager rages out of his office and browbeats his human resources into (temporary) submission, he might as well be keying his own new Bugatti Veyron.

I won't repeat most of what Jordan Furlong has written in his terrific post The Perils of Squandering Talent (a must read ) but I will give you his bottom line:

the legal profession [may be] at risk of becoming the North American automobile industry, about to be hammered by market forces we never prepared for[.] Are our clients, fed up with the cost of tapping our traditional resource, ready to cast about for alternative sources of legal talent? And does your firm in any way foreshadow General Motors, a well-known name poised to collapse from short-term thinking and a failure to give customers what they want?

Why is a negotiation blog put to the task of examining the well being of the profession as a whole?  Because the negotiated resolution of disputes requires innovative, value-creating "out of the box" thinking as does the health of our profession in the 21st Century.  That's why I've begun a new post category - Outside the Box - so that we can continue exploring those issues critical to our survival as legal professionals.

 

 

Learn Deposition Skills (and Much More!) at Solo Practice Universityâ„¢

Faculty @ SPU

It's official!  I've joined the faculty of Solo Practice University™

Huh?

I don't see that University in any tier of the U.S. News and World Report's Law School Rankings!  And if it's not ranked for goodness sakes, does it even exist?

Yes, Virginia, a school for legal practitioners does exist "as certainly as love and generosity and devotion exist, and you know that they abound and give to your life its highest beauty and joy."

O.K.,Solo Practice University™ is not Santa Claus but it comes pretty darn close.

Solo Practice University™ is a revolutionary new web-based educational community that picks up where your legal education left off.

Learn from some of the most progressive lawyers, marketing pros, technology consultants and legal business giants how to:

* Plan, build and grow your private practice
* Differentiate yourself from the competition
* Attract and engage new clients more easily

… and much more. They just can’t teach you that in law school.

Need to transform your marketing strategy in these troubled economic times?  You can learn  not just how to blog your way into your desired market, but how to leverage what you love into how much you make from Blawgfather and SPU Professor Grant Griffiths.

Wondering whether to put rocket fuel into your networking vehicle by adding online social media?  You couldn't find a better teacher than SPU Professor Toby Bloomberg who has over 15-years of traditional strategic marketing experience and four years with social media through her company Bloomberg Marketing/Diva Marketing.

Are your clients peppering you with questions you can't answer about their rights and remedies in Cyberspace?  Then it is Christmas, Hannukah and Kawanza all rolled up into one. Brett is a patent attorney and frequent national speaker on internet and intellectual property law. Professor Brett Trout is teaching a course on intellectual property in cyberspace.

Whether your presence in Cyberspace is solo or in connection with a group practice, let SPU Professor Stephanie L. Kimbo help you hang out your virtual shingle. 

Don't yet know your way around the courtroom?  Thinking of adding criminal defense to your practice as a growth industry in troubled economic times?  Need to ask questions of a seasoned trial attorney that would make you feel inadequate to ask of your supervising attorney in the PD's office?  There's no better winter holiday gift than SPU Professor Scott Greenfield's semester-long course “The Practice of Criminal Defense - The Road to Perdition.”

Still waiting to take that first deposition?  Taking your 20th and can't stop worrying that the Court Reporter thinks you're just a tiny bit pathetic?  Don't know how to deal with obstreperous opposing counsel?  Afraid to run a line of killer cross-examination to re-position your case for summary judgment or settlement?  Wish you'd gotten the expert to admit that he'd consider the moon to be green cheese if his attorney had told him to assume it? (yes my partner did). 

Then you'll want to sign up for my Deposition Skills course based upon the NITA techniques I've taught for more than a dozen years and my own OJT during a 25-year commercial legal practice.

Let your real legal education begin at Solo Practice University™

 

 

Solo Practice University™

Because All Great Negotiations Are Performance Art

Bob Dylan on Creativity
View SlideShare presentation or Upload your own. (tags: dylan bob)
. . . with thanks to @guykawasaki for tweeting the dylan slide show!

How to Lose an Argument from Awake at the Wheel

 Jonathan Fields.Awake@the Wheel gives us 7 critical mistakes to avoid when trying to persuade someone to your point of view.  Excerpt below: Jonathan's full post is a must read and can be accessed by clicking on the link above.

  1. Don’t Attack - When you verbally attack either a person or their point of view, you immediately raise their defensive shields. . . .
  2. Don’t fail to acknowledge and validate another person’s right to believe what they believe - You may want them to emerge from the conversation with a different opinion, but their experience in life has led them to the point of view they hold today. . . .
  3. Don’t fail to anticipate and address objections - People feel a strong need to act and speak in a way that is consistent with their prior actions and statements. . . .
  4. Don’t skip building rapport, trust, credibility - Often, especially when people have strongly held convictions, they’ll launch into an argument in support of those convictions, before allowing the person on the other side of the conversation to (a) get comfortable with who they are, (b) build rapport and likeability, which is a tremendous aid in the effort to persuade, and (c) establish enough credibility in an area to allow the other person to feel comfortable deferring to your knowledge base. Take the time to establish these elements in the conversation BEFORE launching into your campaign . . . .
  5. Don’t forget to to adequate research - Be informed and prepared with the latest, most relevant information . . . .
  6. Don’t shut yourself down to being persuaded yourself - This may surprise you, we’re not always right. . . . .
  7. Don’t say don’t - By now, you may have realized that by simply removing the word “don’t” from each of these points, you’d end up with seven things to “do,” rather than 7 mistakes to avoid. . . . .

Rock on!

 

Obama's Persuasive Oratory for Your Next Court Appearance

Simply great post on Obama's oratory from About.com thanks to Grammar Girl in my Twitter network.  Excerpt below from Barack Obama's Secret for Stirring a Crowd:

Oh sure, this may look as easy as one, two, three, but the truth is it takes more than a flag-draped stage and a run of tricolons to turn an ordinary speech into great oratory. Also helpful is the occasional series of four--a tetracolon ("democracy, liberty, opportunity, and unyielding hope")--along with effective repetition, a bit of alliteration, and a few conventional metaphors. The insistent use of the first-person plural ("we," "us," and "our") invites identification. And the right combination of anaphora ("It's the answer") and epiphora ("Yes we can") can lift a crowd off its feet and land a speech in the history books.

But that's not all. About 2,000 years ago, Cicero taught us that what makes or breaks a speech is effective delivery, which includes the qualities of dignity and grace:

All these parts of oratory succeed according as they are delivered. Delivery . . . has the sole and supreme power in oratory; without it, a speaker of the highest mental capacity can be held in no esteem; while one of moderate abilities, with this qualification, may surpass even those of the highest talent.
(De Oratore)

So to the list of Obama's persuasive skills add standing tall, speaking forcefully, and exuding confidence.

Oh, and one last thing. Especially in troubled and uncertain times, it never hurts to extend the promise of change, the prospect of hope, and the reminder that we're all in this together.

And if you haven't yet seen this hilarious video about 20-somethings' malaise post-election, click on play immediately!

 

Twitter Micro-Blog on What Negotiation Skills Lawyers Most Need

Brian Herrington
brianherrington @vpynchon Patience. In terms of listening & allowing process to play out.
 
     
Brooks Schuelke
 
 
 
 
bschuelke @vpynchon maybe not negotiation skill, but figuring out what client really wants/needs 
 
 
 
 
 

 
SCartierLiebel
 
SCartierLiebel @vpynchon Knowing when to listen. Letting people put a period on the end of their sentence. Letting people tell their story.

 
 
Rob Rutkowski
 
 
RobRutkowski @vpynchon You can't memorize preparation. You must still learn everything you can about the other side and the subject matter of the deal. 
 
 
 
 
Russell Thomas
3rddeadline @vpynchon not a lawyer, but: relationship/client management and business development should be on the list. 

 

 

Trial Skills, Deposition Skills and IP Negotiation Skills Programs

Here are my upcoming speaking and teaching engagements in November and January!

I'm baaacccckkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk!!!!!!!!!!


Judicate West Neutral and IP ADR Mediator and Blogger Victoria Pynchon.

Coach/Instructor, National Institute of Trial Advocacy: Building Trial Skills
Location: Loyola Law School Los Angeles
City: Los Angeles, CA
Dates: 1/2/2009 - 1/8/2009
Director: Williams, Gary C.

This is a week-long intensive program for new and/or experienced attorneys who need to learn/brush up on their basic trial skills.  If you can take the time, your entire practice will benefit from the experience.


BrightTALK Intellectual Property Summit here! on November 11, 2008 Webcast Free

Negotiating a Settlement in IP Litigation

   12:00 pm
   Presenting Victoria Pynchon, Judicate West, CPR, Settle It Now, IP ADR Blog

And coming soon!  Deposition Skills Training (NITA techniques) at Solo Practice University!!

 

Faculty @ SPU

The Toughest Negotiation - Time to Build Your Practice

By Guest Blogger Renée Barrett aka AAARenee 

One of my favorite movie quotes is from Angelica Houston’s character in Ever After. As the wicked stepmother, she declares to her favorite daughter

Darling, nothing is final until you're dead, and even then, I'm sure God negotiates.

Although I cannot speak to the question whether God negotiates, I have found the first part of the formulation to hold quite true. I have learned that if I am persistent, passionate, and willing to see my challenges and opportunities from a variety of angles, I am usually able to find a creative solution to a problem and identify common ground with someone with whom I have a dispute.

Whether it’s getting a customer service agent to empathize with my situation, haggling to pay wholesale instead of retail, or building consensus amongst a range of strong personalities, there is always a way to state your case and persuade your audience to see the world through your eyes. 

There is one challenge that I have discovered to be most daunting for professionals to negotiate -- the management of their time. 

Time is our most precious nonrenewable resource and as such, we put a premium on it. We attempt to prioritize and guarantee a return on our investment. Often we are left feeling that an activity was either not worth our time or took so much time that we were unable to sustain the task's momentum.

Between work and life, we struggle to find balance and sanity.

My work with attorneys -- helping them to build their practices; assisting them in overcoming their own internalized judgments about marketing and business development -- requires me to help them re-negotiate the way in which they allocate their time.

I empathize.  It is a daunting task to find a comfortable balance between one's professional and personal lives when you are forced to measure it out in six minute increments.  Despite many attempts to eliminate or modify the present system by which we value legal word -- the billable hour remains the entrenched and painful lens through which a lawyer's daily practice is viewed. Given this historic approach, it’s no wonder than that Web 2.0 activities (blogging, online social networking, & wikis) are met with such resistance.

 

While it is true that there is no one size fits all solution for growing a legal practice,  there is one excellent way to refocus the discussion.

I've never worked with an attorney who didn't agree that the practice of law is a relationship-driven business. Relationships take time to develop and require nurturing, both of which can be streamlined with Web 2.0 tools. If used correctly, there are numerous opportunities online to have a "deep dive" conversation - one in which attorneys can quickly learn a potential client's business, current needs, and future risks.

When someone is in pain, there are opportunities to help them find a solution and be of value. Relationships that would take years to develop offline can accelerate faster online because -- for better or worse -- the internet encourages candor.

 

If you are struggling with how to do more with less in these tough economic times then reconsider making a small investment of your time in the mostly free Web 2.0 resources.  

The sense of community, collaboration and reciprocity that exists in online social networks can quickly translate into marketing opportunities that are speedily turned into new engagements. If you contribute positively and regularly to the online conversations at Q&As (LinkedIn), subject matter listserv forums, blogs, and, most recently, twitter, you are highly likely to improve your "know, like and trust" stock.  

In the end, professionals who are able to renegotiate their time priorities to set aside a few hours a week to invest in online-relationship-building, will be rewarded many times over by the ease with which your network can be immediately deployed for your benefit or that of your clients. 

If you find Web 2.0 daunting, ask a tech-savvy professional friend to advise you or, better yet, give me a call!

Renée Barrett is a business development & marketing consultant, specializing in change management, professional development, branding, social networking, and client relationship management.

Negotiating a Conflict-Resolved Workplace

Want a horror story for Halloween?

Remember that Heller Ehrman collapse?  Seems that you don't get COBRA benefits if the health plan your former employer maintained is kaput because it has gone out of business.

Now think, pending surgery, no health insurance, pre-existing condition. 

Why do I lead a post about resolving work-place conflict with bankruptcy and tragedy?  Because no 100-year old AmLaw100 firm fails so spectacularly without having made some conflict resolution mistakes.

Can you eliminate conflict in the law firm?  Hellllloooooooooooooooo???????????  We're lawyers who Anne Reed at Deliberations this morning reminds us have been characterized as . . . well . . . sharks with

skin that is tough and rough -- covered with thousands of tiny hard teeth call denticles that abrade any passerby made of softer stuff. Lawyers are also thick-skinned. Easily identified by their humorlessness and abrasive personalities, they are the bane of many social gatherings.

Ouch!

What to do?  Apologize when your "denticles" abrade passersby, but more importantly, ask yourself the most important Bob Sutton-inspired organizational wellness question noted over at The Non-Billable Hour this morning:

 What Happens When People Make a Mistake?

 

 

Is Law Becoming a Clerical Function? Email and its Discontents

Over at the Mimosa Systems Blog, we get some good advice about in-house eDiscovery management.  What does this have to do with conflict resolution?  Some of our smartest, most well-educated, highly compensated, creative and dynamic conflict resolution specialists -- litigators -- are in imminent danger of becoming clerical workers.  Listen folks, it's e-Bleak House out there!.

Someone must be capable of providing a turn-key solution for attorneys who spend far too great a portion of their days filing e-mail into the right group folders.  I get these complaints both from my 35-year litigator husband and first-year litigator step-son, both of whose hourly rates would blow the top of your head off.  Think about it.  Clients are paying them to spend no small amount of time filing.

Though the below post does not address that particular issue, it does recommend ways to manage and control the new business-scourge of email management in-house.  Check it out.

More Lawsuits = Need for In-house eDiscovery Infrastructure

A recent New York Times article discusses how today’s financial crisis sets up a probable boom in lawsuits. Investors feel wronged by banks and financial advisors.

The creators of some of these risky investment vehicles spoke publicly of how financially sound the vehicles were while (stupidly) emailing each other about how concerned they actually were. (It still amazes me what people will put in an email - completely oblivious to just how discoverable what they write is).

What’s a company to do? First, realize that keeping the data around is not the risk. What do I mean? I spent the last week listening to lawyers talk about wanting to get rid of data as quickly as possible, when what they should want to do is better manage that information so they can find what they need as quickly and cheaply as possible.

Obama and the Politics of Despair

There's nothing like getting a new Harpers in the mail to upset my idealistic dreams of a new America flourishing under an Obama administration.  Here's the opening November '08 Harpers slap-in-the-face for dreamy liberals like me:

After eight years of catastrophic Republican misrule—in the midst of economic crisis and rising unemployment, in a nation plagued by ruinous energy costs and inflation, bank failures, and staggering public and private corruption—an eloquent, charismatic, intelligent Democratic candidate was locked in a statistical tie with a doddering old hack whose primary argument for his claim to the most powerful office on earth is that he was shot down over Vietnam and tortured for five years. Indeed, this remained the case even after McCain demonstrated beyond all doubt, in his impetuous selection of a ludicrously unsuitable vice- presidential candidate, that he lacked the good judgment that is the primary qualification for the job. If the Democratic Party loses this election, then it should forever concede the presidency.

Ouch!  I read this magazine for the same reason I watch Fox News.  To upset my own comfortable ideologies.  That's the trouble with us liberals -- we're always fretting about being fair, when, according to Harper's Roger Hodge we're just a big bunch of conflict-avoidant pussies.  

Conflict in politics is not a metaphor, and as with any fight, the audience is likely to get involved. That is the essence of politics. A campaign that decides in advance that voters are tired of negative campaigning, that they are sick of partisan attacks and will respond only to positive messages, has stupidly left the field of battle. The people who truly dislike political combat are presumably among the 95 million who do not vote. Senator Barack Obama, a sophisticated and intelligent man with sophisticated and intelligent advisers, promises to change Washington, to eliminate the tone of partisan rancor, to foster a new spirit of brotherhood and cooperation. Poor lamb, he wishes to lie down with lions. But the Kingdom has not come.

The answer? 

Attack!!

Unfortunately, the sovereign voter can do little, on his own, to remedy the situation, especially if he happens not to live in Florida or Ohio. Yes, he can make a campaign contribution, a slightly more effective form of voting, but unless the Obama campaign decides to wage a more creative and destructive war, casting monetary ballots remains an empty gesture. (Of course one can also join the battle personally, perhaps by repeating the rumors about John McCain’s Alz heimer’s meds or the Sarah Palin sex tape.) Ultimately, we return to the problem of political will, to the Democratic Party, to the commitment of its party bosses to prevail, finally, in this election.

We can hope for change, that the Republicans will make some fatal error, or that Obama’s party will fight hard enough to persuade a decisive number of “low information” voters that John McCain is not only a liar but a menace to our children’s future. Recent precedents, however, are not encouraging. The Republican Party lied its way through eight years of criminal misrule while Democrats mostly just cowered in a back room. Now, faced with a clumsy deception about whether Sarah Palin sought an earmark for a small town in Alaska, Obama exclaims, “Come on! I mean, words mean something, you can’t just make stuff up.” Oh, yes, Barack, we can.

In the same issue that suggests we dirty our hands by calling John McCain a liar and the Bush administration's "misrule" criminal, we read that Obama is a detached blank screen upon which voters can project any quality they like (or dislike) because . . . well . . . his mother was lonely and so is he:

Obama wants to believe in the common good as a way of providing a fullness to experience that avoids the slide into nihilism. But sometimes I don’tknow if he knows what belief is and what it would be to hold such a belief. It all seems so distant and opaque. The persistent presence of the mother’s dilemma—the sense of loneliness,doubt, and abandonment—seems palpable and ineliminable. We must believe, but we can’t believe. Perhaps this is the tragedy that some of us see in Obama: a change we can believe in and the crushing realization that nothing will change.

See The American Void by Simon Critchley

This is usually the point at which my own McCain-supporting mother breaks in with "honey, you know, you can think too much."  And after years, decades really, of finding this refrain irritating, I finally agree with her about the thinking part if not about her taste in Presidential candidates.

Like the Obama caricatured in this month's Harpers as an ineffective dreamer as intent on replacing his deceased mother's lack of faith with liberal-Christian-do-gooding as Oliver Stone suggests "W" was intent on finally pleasing Daddy, I simply choose to have faith in the stated values of the Democratic party.  I continue to believe that over time, we can do better as a nation through consensus and problem-solving, collaboration and compromise, than we can by adopting the tactics of the world's strong-arm leaders and disciples of discord. 

The Good News

Assuming that the guy I think Obama is -- highly educated, articulate, and idealistically dedicated to serving the common welfare -- actually exist on the political scene (and I will not give up this faith any more readily that others would renounce their own religions) I believe them to be riding the bow-wave of transformation.  I have staked my professional life on this faith in my fellows' ability to work toward the common good, abandoning the extremely lucrative practice of legal battle in exchange for the far less financially rewarding practice of collaborative negotiated conflict resolution. 

Who are the real cowards here and who the heroes?  People who refuse to negotiate face-to-face "without pre-condition" ("we won't discuss settlement unless they're willing to put $10 million on the table first") and without the protection of several layers of legal counsel?  Or those who are willing to test the rectitude of their "position" by sitting across a table with their opponent to frankly discuss their mutual role in whatever commercial or personal catastrophe flowed from the intersection at which their (mis)fortunes collided? 

The social psychologists tell us that we live on the razor's edge of individual survival (me, me, me, me, me) and the collective good.  It is our great challenge as a species to live that which we cannot refuse to understand -- "we" cannot drill a hole in "their" side of the boat without sinking all of us.

So I will continue to brave reading Harpers (which discourages me) and risk the challenge to my world view of Fox News commentary (which so often enrages me) on the off-chance that my religion -- tolerance; compassion; collective effort; empathy and the like, has more staying power than the religion of hate; discord; and, denial. 

And I will also continue to believe that none of us could ever possibly be right.  

Only that we could potentially be happy.

Ending on a positive gaping void note with Hugh McLeod's greatest to date contribution to humanity:  How to Be CreativeYou can catch him on Twitter here.

 

 

Hope, Safety and Innovation

The first thing we mediators are taught (after digesting the imperative to "be conscious") is that people in conflict need to be in an atmosphere of hope and safety to be able to:  (1)  recognize the point of view of another; (2) be accountable for his/her own "part" in the dispute; and, (3) generate creative solutions to bust past impasse.

This is the reason one of the post categories over at the IP ADR Blog is "Innovate, Don't Litigate," which is the dispute resolution mantra of Sun Microsystems CEO Jonathan Schwartz.

That said,  I am happy to link my readers to The Financial Crisis' Silver Lining over at Harvard Business Publications.

Perhaps the good times are in fact dead. And certainly someone thinking of forming the umpteenth "Web 2.0-widget-to-grab-audience-and-find-advertisers" ought to pause to think whether they really have some kind of defined competitive advantage that can translate into a sustainable business.

But real customers continue to face real problems. And as always, innovators who figure out different ways to solve those problems--and make money doing so--will have opportunities to create new growth businesses. In fact, the creative destruction unleashed by a crisis always opens up opportunities for innovation.

As a simple example, consider a New York based startup called On Deck Capital, Inc. As described in Monday's Wall Street Journal, the company loans money to small businesses. Instead of relying on individual loan officers to pour over episodic financial information and make decisions, the company has an algorithmic approach that uses software to analyze a company's day-to-day activities in a non-obtrusive way to assess credit worthiness. Its loans feature higher interest rates than loans from most banks, but lower than alternative sources.

The company launched in May, and has already distributed $10 million in loans. It has suffered very few defaults. The current credit crisis and hesitancy of many banks to loan to even the best-run small businesses creates substantial opportunity for On Deck to extend its model.

Llssez le bon temps roulez!

Blawg Review # 181 Celebrates International Conflict Resolution Day

It's effective, it's efficient and it's client-centered.  Just what we need to weather the financial storm.

 What?  The mediated resolution of litigated cases. 

Nobody blogs it better than Diane Levin at the Mediation Channel, who hosts Blawg Review # 181 in celebration of International Conflict Resolution Day.   BR's anonymous Ed. recently had these kind and grateful  words for Diane:

We'd like to take this opportunity to thank Diane for her many contributions to Blawg Review, having now hosted four outstanding presentations -- #43, #94, #130 and #181. Behind the scenes, in her role as a Blawg Review Sherpa, Diane has made contributions to many other issues of Blawg Review, too. So, speaking for myself and all the other Blawg Review hosts she's helped along the way, we'd like to say thanks a bunch and give you this extra little bit of link love to show our heartfelt appreciation.

Tomorrow I'll start my day by reading, and giving my own readers a head's up on what looks to be one of the best Blawg Reviews of the year by the best ADR blogger ever.

Anyone working up the nerve to host, click here. Lesser mortals can submit their week's best post by taking a look at the submission guidelines here. Next week Blawg Review  will appear at ..

 

Preaching to the Perverted.

(totally unrelated photo; just getting my iPhone photos from Paris in the mix)

But what a Blawg Review Diane has given us.  Thank goodness it's Columbus Day or I'd be short-changing my actual work-work by reading #181 half the day and its links the other half of the day.  And don't expect Diane to limit herself to mediation.  Most of us are also lawyers, after all, so she also covers the best legal posts of the week on the topic of the law, legal practice, life as lawyers -- the "whole catastrophe" as Zorba said. 

Geoff Sharp is spot on in urging you to read Blawg Review #181.  It could be malpractice not to do so!!

Brilliant Diane!  Thanks.


 

 

Helping Employees Help You Help Them

Earlier this week I was asked the following question by a concerned General Counsel:  how can we help our employees grapple with on-the-job justice issues without leading them to believe that our proposed solutions are untrustworthy.  

The problem, as eloquently described by a lengthy email posing the question, is one that all employers face, large and small.  For this GC to have thought that mediators might make a difference is particularly heartening on a day when mediator Justin Patten was reporting that mediators are the furthest thing in a UK company's mind when dealing with conflict.  

(above, the work of the brilliant Hugh McLeod)

To understand the depth of the problem posed, I'm providing you with the full email sent to me:   

Victoria:

I just read your blog post of September 15, 2008 regarding Peter Murray's article (which I have not read yet). I was having a discussion today with my Director of Human Resources, and raise a related issue.

Our company spends an inordinate amount of time explaining disability, workers comp and federal employment law to employees who misunderstand what their rights are, or do not give us the right information to help them get the help they need.

Of course, we are the big bad employer, so any information we give them is suspect. I have considered hiring a social worker as a case manager/advocate for these people, but that position would just be interpreted as another tool of the evil employer out to keep them out of work/make them go back to work in violation of their best interests, so it would be a waste.

We would LOVE if there was an independent agency that would assign a case worker, not to work as an attorney for the employees, but as an advocate to help them understand their rights and access the system correctly. I would gladly pay to fund this service.

Then I realized, if the employer, or a group of employers, funded this employee advocacy agency, employees would think the advocates were biased toward the employers and were just in a sham relationship to deprive them of their rights to serve the interest of the employer.

Now, I do not believe this would be the case. I trust in the professionalism and ethics of mediators, but I do believe that uneducated and single users would form that opinion. Professor Murray's opinion reinforces that conclusion, even though at first glance, he would seem to be "educated."

But, is bigger government the answer. My experience with the EEOC is that they want employers to do MORE than is required by law. We have had success with mediators after complaints are filed, but my goal is to get the employees what they need when they need it, not have a mediator help us fix it after time has run out.

What are your thoughts on this?

The Problem as Cognitive Bias

I've highlighted the sections of the GC's email that raise the problem of reactive devaluation -- our tendency to devalue and resist anything our "opponent" offers to us.  Most attorneys were taught reactive devaluation as first year associates -- "if opposing counsel wants it, you don't." 

As the linked article -- Reactive Devaluation in Negotiation and Conflict Resolution -- notes:

One can be led to conclude that any proposal offered by the “other side”—
especially if that other side has long been perceived as an enemy—must be
to our side’s disadvantage, or else it would not have been offered. Such an
inferential process, however, assumes a perfect opposition of interests, or in
other words, a true "zero-Sum" game, when such is rarely the case in real-
world negotiations between parties whose needs, goals, and opportunities
are inevitably complex and varied.

Combatting Reactive Devaluation in the Workforce

Cognitive biases such as reactive devaluation are not random artifacts of an irrelevant evolutionary past.  They are built-in protections against deception by our friends as well as by our adversaries.  There is only one lasting protection against this bias -- to engage in clear communication with your work force on a daily basis concerning the mutual and complementary interests of employer and employee; to express your belief in your interdependence in word and deed, i.e., by engaging in dialogue and activities demonstrating  benevolent intent; and to willingly listen to one another's complaints, understanding that one man's benevolence is another's bondage. 

As recent legal news touching too close to home (the Heller dissolution) bears out, the workplace will not work if the middle or the bottom collapse.  If human resources are your greatest capital asset, attend to the wisdom of Adam Smith Esq. on Heller's recent failure:

"Our assets go down in the elevator every night."

Take that bromide seriously.

You must give people a persuasive reason to come back "home" every Monday morning.they go down the elevator every night and must have a good reason to come "home" the next day. 

Asking Diagnostic Questions and Using Transformative Mediation Methods

I repeatedly tell my clients what I've learned from the academics who teach negotiation strategy and tactics at elite business schools throughout the country -- 93% of all negotiators fail to ask their bargaining partners diagnostic questions the answers to which would dramatically improve the benefits of the bargain to everyone. 

What's a diagnostic question?  One that would reveal our bargaining partners' needs, desires, priorities, preferences and motivations.  I'm no employment expert, but I have participated in the management of law firm personnel as a partner and have been managed by others throughout my professional life.  As a full-time mediator for more than four years, I have also asked hundreds if not thousands of diagnostic questions to help litigation adversaries understand one another's motivations, to reframe those motivations as non-threatening, or, at a minimum, the result of ordinary human fallibility, and to explore the parties' mutual and complementary interests. I also remind my parties and myself as often as possible that you cannot drill a hole in the other guy's side of the boat without making your own side sink to the bottom of the lake as well.

As the transformative mediators who have been most successful in workplace disputes tell us, our job is to assist the parties in moving from fear and powerlessness to accountability and mutual recognition of the interests of the other.

Empowerment, according to [the fathers of the transformative paradigm] Bush and Folger, means enabling the parties to define their own issues and to seek solutions on their own. Recognition means enabling the parties to see and understand the other person's point of view--to understand how they define the problem and why they seek the solution that they do.

(Seeing and understanding, it should be noted, do not constitute agreement with those views.)

Often, empowerment and recognition pave the way for a mutually agreeable settlement, but that is only a secondary effect. The primary goal of transformative medition is to foster the parties' empowerment and recognition, thereby enabling them to approach their current problem, as well as later problems, with a stronger, yet more open view. This approach, according to Bush and Folger, avoids the problem of mediator directiveness which so often occurs in problem-solving mediation, putting responsibility for all outcomes squarely on the disputants.

Rights and Remedies vs. Interests

It's not surprising that employees just don't seem to "get" the legal rights and remedies company HR departments keep trying to explain to them.  They don't make any sense absent legal training.  

People who are not lawyers simply don't understand why there is a legal remedy for one type of injustice but none for another that feels just as unfair.  Let's take our patchwork of Constitutional protections for employees.  As an life-long ACLU member, I'd be the last to denigrate them.  But we have to understand that we've created a "fair" workplace for only some of our citizens, not all of them. 

Women, people over 40, under-represented minorities and the like, can take the square peg of their unfair work treatment and cram it into the round hole of a viable cause of action.  If an employee does not want to cry "gender discrimination" even though she's being treated badly on the job, or if he has no bundle of legal rights to assert, there is no remedy for a termination that feels (yes, feels) wrongful.  Remember, it took us lawyers quite some time for the legal worldview to "click" and we were immersed in it, drilled in it and eager to learn it.  Employees just want someone to listen to their problem and to help them resolve it.  They don't want to know the wage-hour laws, the need to exhaust administrative remedies with the EEOC and the like.  

Employees and employers have people problems with justice issues, not legal problems with "irrelevant" emotional responses that get in the way of resolution. 

Expressed emotion is the key, not the lock. 

It is we -- the lawyers -- who legalize and monetize injustice, shutting our clients down when they try to explain what the problem really is because it's irrelevant to the legal solution.

If you're old enough to remember the lingering moment in United States history when our educational institutions went from white, on the one hand, to multi-hued, on the other, you'll know intimately how you deal with reactive devaluation.  You get to know one another.  Do this and Kaneesha is not "black" or "African American" but a well-known acquaintance or dear friend.  The same is true for employers and employees.  Create activities in which (alleged) oppressor and (purported) oppressed come together to engage in mutually productive (Habitat for Humanity springs to mind) and mutually enjoyable (basketball?  girls nights out?) activities.  At the holiday party, don't relegate the "underlings" to their own table.  Walk your talk.  Destroy the hierarchy everywhere except where it's actually necessary to get work done. 

I can't describe the benefits of interest-based resolutions over rights-based solutions any better than does my mentor and friend, Ken Cloke, in his brilliant new book -- Conflict Revolution.

[r]ights-based processes . . . generate winners and losers, undermine relationships, and result in collateral damage, . . . Since rights rely on rules, change is discouraged, though not prevented, and conflicts are settled rather than prevented or resolved.

This is not easy work. As a mediator, I know how elusive Cloke’s “outcomes” can be

--  outcomes [in which] both sides win and no one loses, when former adversaries en-
gage in meaningful dialogue and reach satisfying agreements, and when power is exercised with and for each other by jointly solving common problems.

I have, I am afraid, given my GC a problem rather than a solution.  More accurately, I've suggested an altered way of looking at the problem without a great deal of detail about crafting a solution.  Not only could people better versed in employee relations write books on this topic, they have.  Therefore, I'm asking my good ADR blogging buddies to please chime in here for you.

Diane LevinGeoff SharpBlaine DonaisOmbuds Blog? John DeGrooteNancy HudginsStephanie West Allen Gini NelsonTammy Lenski?

 

 

 

Ken Adams -- That's Conflict PREVENTION and Resolution

My only regret about leaving legal practice when I did is that I did so before Ken Adams started the AdamsDrafting Blog.  Now he's made me doubly regretful, having published A Manual of Style for Contract Drafting, Second Edition.  See the ABA Q&A with Adams here.

One of the panels that uses my services is the International Institute for Conflict Prevention and Resolution ("CPR").  No other ADR panel I'm aware of preaches PREVENTION the way CPR does. 

The best means of preventing conflict from ripening into a dispute?  Clear communication.  And the best way to make sure your business deal is durable?  Clear contract drafting.

I've got Ken's book on my nightstand (did anyone ever SAY I wasn't geeky?).  You should have it on your desk and more importantly, open and in your hand even when writing confirming letters.  It's full of great dispute prevention strategies and tactics. 

Blawg Review #178 Celebrates One Web Day

If you believe that law blogging is not only informative and entertaining, but capable of transforming our lives, our society, our culture and our legal system as well, run don't walk over to Peter Black's Freedom to Differ which not only rocks, it twitters, on One Web Day.  Surely this will be the BlawgReview of the year!

. . . .one recurring theme on this blog has always been a recognition of the value in a strong and free internet.  Therefore it is an honour to be able to host Blawg Review on Monday September 22, 2008, which is One Web Day 2008.  One Web Day was founded three years ago by Professor Susan Crawford from the University of Michigan, and she describes it as an "Earth Day for the internet".  The One Web Day website describes the day in the following terms:

The idea behind OneWebDay is to focus attention on a key internet value (this year, online participation in democracy), focus attention on local internet concerns (connectivity, censorship, individual skills), and create a global constituency that cares about protecting and defending the internet.  So, think of OneWebDay as an environmental movement for the Internet ecosystem. It’s a platform for people to educate and activate others about issues that are important for the Internet’s future.

If you'd like to host BlawgReview or submit to it, click here.  All future BlawgReview hosts please note -- THE BAR HAS BEEN RAISED!

Private Means for Public Justice? Professor Murray Responds

After generously commenting on my own comments to his article on the Privitization of Justice (any chance I can get permission to publish it here Professor?), Harvard Law School Professor Peter Murray left a comment which I've decided to bring "upstairs." 

Murray assures me he is no "enemy" of mediation, reminding me that behind every accusation (mine) is a cry for help (mine) which I sometimes think this entire blog-effort consists of.  In Jerry McGuire's words, help me help you.  Professor Murray has graciously offered to do so by joining the (soon to be formed) steering committee of the LegalTED Conference about which you'll all see much more after the election. 

Professor Murray's comment below.

Ms. Pynchon's comments on my article on privatization of civil justice are right on. Of course the situation is nuanced. Mediation is an excellent technique to facilitate settlement of many, perhaps a majority, of the disputes which end up in the civil courts. My point is that having this service provided by private professionals rather than public servants increases the likelihood of economic influences playing a larger role than they would in a purely public institution. And mediated results, while providing some attributes that litigants cannot obtain in public judgments, does not provide others, namely a kind of vindication and creation of public norms to govern others.

I would be delighted to join a Steering Committee to set up a conference on these issues.

Let the conversation continue!

 

Law in Motion at KobreGuide

Are you spending too much time surfing channels or cruising YouTube for quality documentary film? 

Absent my NetFlix picks, I'd be wailing 600 channels and there's NOTHING to see!

Now there's KobreGuide with its own law channel here.

The Guide takes its name from its publisher and editor  Ken Kobré whose textbook (right) has been  widest-selling text on photojournalism in the world for nearly thirty years.  

I'd be excited about this new way to find quality moving journalism on the 'net whether or not my good friend journalist-mediator Jerry Lazar wasn't serving as Editorial Director -- a guy with some of the best instincts for quality journalism in the country.  Here's how the Kobre Guide describes itself:

This project is an antidote to comprehensive Web video portals, such as YouTube and MetaCafe... We're focusing instead on handpicked, high-quality documentary-style journalism that is being produced primarily by major media outlets -- and frustratingly difficult for consumers to find...

We're a "curated" site (to use the latest buzzword, now that "edited" seems to have lost favor), which means that we're relying on discerning eyes and ears of people like YOU (and not search engines or web bots) to help alert and point us to the creme de la creme ...

We've already located scores of prizeworthy multimedia gems to showcase at launch, and now we're soliciting input from smart folks like you, who are in a position to know about and share the good stuff out there...

Criteria? ... Think "60 Minutes" TV newsmagazine-style journalism (NOT daily news or event coverage) -- but geared for the Web... Mainly video, but also compelling audio-slideshows, or a hybrid thereof...

In short: True (nonfiction) journalism Web multimedia stories of the highest professional quality...

Potential for Treble Damages Adds Weight to Settlement Demands for Bad Faith

The following important update on the recovery of bad faith treble damages from the lawyers at  Edwards, Angell, Palmer & Dodge

California Federal Court: Insured Plaintiff Can Seek Treble Punitive Damages For Insurer’s Alleged Bad Faith

The U.S. District Court for the Central District of California recently denied a motion to strike and allowed a plaintiff to pursue treble punitive damages against his insurer for the insurer’s alleged bad faith. Novick v. UNUM Life Insurance Co. of America, C.A. No. 08-02830-DDP-PJW (Aug. 7, 2008).

The insurer issued a long term disability benefits policy to the plaintiff in 1976, providing benefits should the plaintiff become totally disabled due to an accident sustained during the course of his career as a surgeon. In June 1992, the plaintiff filed a disability claim with his insurer after sustaining a spinal injury that allegedly prevented him from performing surgery. The insurer initially paid benefits to the plaintiff, but discontinued making the benefits payments on January 18, 2007. Shortly thereafter, the plaintiff filed suit against its insurer alleging breach of contact and breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing.

In his complaint, plaintiff seeks punitive damages pursuant to California Civil Code §3294, which allows an award of punitive damages for conduct that constitutes malice, fraud or oppression. The plaintiff also seeks treble punitive damages pursuant to California Civil Code §3345, which provides for an award of treble damages “in actions brought by, on behalf of, or for the benefit of senior citizens or disabled persons . . . to redress unfair and deceptive acts or practices or unfair methods of competition . . . [when] a trier of fact is authorized by statute to impose either a fine, or a civil penalty or other penalty, or any other remedy for the purpose or effect of which is to punish or deter . . . .”

The insurer argued that §3345 does not provide for the trebling of damages for insurance bad faith claims. The court reviewed the legislative intent behind the statute and determined that the legislature did not intend for the statute to be limited to actions that specifically mention unfair business practices. The court noted that, as bad faith claims redress unfair practices, §3345 applies to insurance bad faith claims. Accordingly, as the plaintiff alleges that the insurer acted in bad faith, the court held that the plaintiff is entitled to pursue his request for treble punitive damages.

Full text of opinion here.

John DeGroote's Settlement Perspective is the Great New Kid on the Block

John DeGroote of Settlement Perspectives soon to appear at Mediate.com Featured Blogs.  The missing link between mediators and litigators. 

The client!!

Now we just need a blogging claims adjuster and we can bring peace to the Middle East.

Below are John's impressive credentials.  We meant to meet for a "quick" cup of coffee.  We talked negotiation strategy and tactics for nearly three hours.

As I review websites I often wonder about the experiences of the authors and the biases they bring, so I feel I should disclose mine for those who want to know more. I have been fortunate to work with two “hands on” in-house legal teams, with settlement negotiations handled primarily by employed lawyers rather than their law firms. I am also lucky to have practiced in law firms with true trial lawyers who generated genuine negotiating leverage whether settlement was their objective or not. Through these experiences I have settled cases threatened, pending or mediated in about 20 states - from Montana to Florida and from New Hampshire to California - and have managed the resolution of disputes around the world. Working with and against some very good lawyers and employing some of the truly legendary mediators, I feel fortunate to have seen a real cross-section of styles and approaches. In almost all of these cases I have had the opportunity to work behind closed doors with the people who really decide when cases settle - CEOs, CFOs, General Counsel, COOs, individual plaintiffs, insurers, board members, auditors, and more.

More on Mediation's Corruption of Justice

I note today that yesterday's post was . . . . well . . . a little snippy.  

Now that I've managed to get my hands on a copy of Professor Murray's article on the privitization of justice (which I'll post as soon as someone gives me permission to do so) I have a few more observations that are more nuanced than my first reaction.

First, I note that much of Professor Murray's article focuses on arbitration agreements that are forced down the throats of consumers -- an injustice that is so far removed from one that might arise in a mediated settlement conference that I'd like to address it separately on another day.  

Second, I am not without criticism of court-annexed mediation practices -- those criticisms populate this blog in great number.  Nor am I naive or inexperienced enough to pretend that mediators do not effect party decisions even when they are represented by attorneys who are presumably mediation- and mediator-savvy.     

Nevertheless, re-reading Professor Murray's criticisms of mediation this morning, I am once again stuck by the number of untested assumptions upon which he bases his pretty radical suggestion that mediated settlement agreements be vetted by judicial officers. The major and minor premises of Professor Murray's accusation that mediation corrupts justice include the following:

  • there is only one set of "powerful repeat players" -- insurance companies -- who choose and use the services of mediators;
  • the other set of repeat players -- plaintiffs' personal injury and employment counsel -- are more or less universally poorly equipped to either influence the mediator or to protect their clients from mediator bias;
  • the easily influenced plaintiffs' bar, if not protected from mediator bias, will counsel their clients to voluntarily enter into sub-optimal settlement agreements that favor the interests of insurance carriers over those of their own clients';
  • there is such a thing as an "objectively bad settlement" that a judicial officer would be  equipped to detect and remedy; 
  • money paid to a "neutral" is the only pernicious influence on dispute outcome, as opposed to, say, racial, nationality, gender, and/or any other socio-economic differences between a judicial officer and a litigant or between the jury and a litigant; and,
  • judicial officers are not subject to the influence of the repeat attorney-players who appear before them and socialize with them at Bar Association and other events.

Of all of the assumptions requiring testing before we impose a supervisory judiciary upon mediators, the premise that an objective, measureably "reasonable" settlement of any dispute exists is the one that most requires addressing.  

Because I could write a book on this topic, let me just highlight some of the factors that would make third-party vetting of mediated settlement agreements difficult to impossible. 

  • money is not the only reason people file suit nor the only basis for their decision to settle it;
  • whether the litigation at issue is a $2500 slip and fall action between a local grocery store and its customer; or a billion dollar insurance coverage dispute between an insurance carrier and an oil company, the people and commercial players involved are at least as -- if not more -- concerned with injustices that the law does not address as they are with those that it can address;
  • though mediated settlement agreements are partially based upon the cost of further litigation and trial, on the one hand, and the probability of victory times the potential jury verdict on the other hand, they are also based on party needs, desires and fears that have nothing whatsoever to do with legal causes of action such as:
    • a corporation's fear that it will not be able to overcome jury bias against commercial enterprises, particularly if that enterprise is engaged in providing liability and/or property damage insurance to its customers;
    • the fear of individuals that they will not be able to overcome jury bias against any marker of their marginalization from the dominant culture such as color, gender, nationality, sexuality or religion;
    • the desire that one's opponent acknowledge responsibility for the role he/she/it played in the events giving rise to the dispute and for the actions taken to resolve it, many of which further inflame the parties' experience of injustice; 
    • party desires for revenge; and,
    • party tendencies to "read" and "spin" the dispute in a way that is favorable to him/her/it in all particulars -- misperceptions that are often corrected in the course of joint sessions between the parties who actually experienced the injury-causing event.

Examples of ways in which parties are able to resolve conflict in the context of their highly individual interests rather than the little buckets of rights and remedies into which we pour the facts of their dispute?

  • a physician gives his consent to settle a malpractice action when he realizes that the Plaintiff is not attempting to "hold him up" but genuinely experienced the breast examination he gave her as an assault;
  • the creditor agrees to settle for pennies on the dollar when convinced by evidence proffered during a confidential mediation session that the debtor would be bankrupted by any payment in excess of the offer (evidence not discoverable in litigation because it is not "relevant" to the causes of action alleged);
  • garment manufacturers settle acrimonious copyright infringement litigation after their counsel allow them to have a confidential mediation conversation which cannot be used in court against them during which they learn that they have more in common -- and more ways to advantage one another economically -- than they have to fight about;
  • claims adjuster is brought to tears -- and seeks greater settlement authority -- by a father's frank confession in a confidential mediation conversation of the guilt he carries for the loss of his child in an automobile accident caused by the  high speed blow-out of an allegedly defective tire; and,
  • family members not only settle their lawsuit but reconcile after years of self-imposed exile when they realize the "family" asset they've been fighting over is worth less to them than their love for one another. 

What I'd like Professor Murray and everyone who reads his article to understand is that we all share this justice problem.  The adjudication system is not working well for the people it was designed to serve.  The ADR options we've put in place to smooth out the rough edges of 18th century adversarial theory and practice are themselves insufficient to efficiently and fairly resolve 21st century conflicts.      

That's why I'm calling for a LegalTED Conference.  And if Professor Murray will forgive the snippiness of yesterday's post, I'd like him to be one of the members of  the Steering Committee.

Negotiating Justice: Are Mediators Corrupting the Legal System?

Check out Geoff Sharp's review of Harvard Law School Professor Peter Murray's article The Privatization of Civil Justice recently published in the summer issue of Judicature magazine.  

The bottom line? 

  1. because mediators are people we must naturally place our own self-interest above that of the people we serve; and,
  2. because insurance companies are ADR "repeat players," we mediators will naturally favor them because . . . you got it . . .we can't help but serve our own selfish economic interests.

(below:  the Harvard Law School diploma that will be earned Professor Murray's students before they go on to serve the justice needs of "the people" against the corporate interests we mediators are presumably serving) 

Granted, I haven't read the entire article because it is apparently in Professor Murray's economic self-interest to publish his condemnation of mediators in a journal we can't read without subscribing to it (yes, thanks, Professor, I'd love a .pdf of the article so I can share it with my readers).  

If I could induce the good Professor into a dialogue with the mediation community, I'd start with these questions:  

  1. do you know that the non-repeat plaintiffs who you assume are victims of my bias  are represented by competent attorneys who are as much repeat players in litigation as are insurance carriers;
  2. do you know that both repeat-player attorneys in the type of litigation your article concerns (personal injury and employment) choose the mediator who will assist them in negotiating settlement;
  3. do you know that JAMS -- who you single out for opproprium -- is not in the personal injury  business, but rather provides mediators to well-heeled, repeat-player corporate disputants who cannot be shoe-horned into any easy victim-victimizer role;  
  4. do you have any data suggesting that mediators can and do exercise such a great degree of systematic undue influence on personal injury and employment plaintiffs' attorneys that they voluntarily enter into settlement agreements that favor their opponent;
  5. do you have any comparative data suggesting that the more well-heeled repeat player -- the dastardly insurance carriers -- will achieve more just results for their clients before a jury than they would have by negotiating a settlement agreement with the assistance of the (presumably dastardly) mediator; and, finally,
  6. have you ever actually represented either half of this particular justice coin in litigation; tried any case to a jury; lost any case to a pre-trial ruling; or settled any case with the assistance of a mediator?

 

18th Century Technology; 21st Century Problems

LegalTED, coming soon to a conflict near you.

In the meantime, I'm off to one of my two favorite cities in the entire world:  Manhattan.  In the meantime, I leave you in the capable hands of Albert Einstein.

Any fool can make things bigger, more complex, and more violent. It takes a touch of genius - and a lot of courage - to move in the opposite direction.

Anyone who has never made a mistake has never tried anything new.

Concern for man and his fate must always form the chief interest of all technical endeavors. Never forget this in the midst of your diagrams and equations.

Everything should be as simple as it is, but not simpler. 


God may be subtle, but he isn't plain mean. 

I've no special talent. I am only passionately curious.
 

And here, from BNet, How to Solve a Problem:
 


1. Pretend you know what to do; maybe you do.

2. Think of impractical ideas; they lead you to practical ones.

3. Come up with illogical ideas; they may lead you to logical ones.

4. Come up with wrong answers; they may lead you to right ones. In fact, come up with the stupid, foolish, and absurd answers. They may lead to the smart, feasible ones.

5. Turn the situation into a metaphor: What if it were a sports game? An elevator? A
cowboy movie? A vacation?

6. Break the rules; as Von Oech says, "You can't solve today's problems with yesterday's solutions. "

7. Play "what if. " Pretend you're a wizard. What if things could be any way you can
imagine?

S. When you find the right answer, look for another one. It may be better than the first.

9. Consider how someone in another profession or field would approach this situation.  What would an architect do? An actress? A farmer?

10. Ask the question differently. What if the problem isn't what you think it is?

An Idea Whose Time Has Come: A Legal TED Conference

A lessee of commercial office space complains that the common areas are not being properly maintained. The local high school has just banned Catcher in the Rye. Again.  A prestigious law firm fires a first year associate because he refuses to remove his new “tongue stud.” These seemingly disparate disputes have one quite obvious but ill understood characteristic in common – they are all examples of unresolved conflicts that have ripened into discrete disputes.

Pretend for a moment that you never went to law school.  I know.  It's hard.  But give it a shot.

Lawyers (those other people who went to law school) are are trained to understand, manage and remedy all disputes, no matter however different they might be, in a single, highly controlled manner.  

To help their clients deal with the problems mentioned here, lawyers will read the lease; research the latest Supreme Court rulings ("Fuck the draft"); and, study the statutes. Once they understand the facts that are relevant to the law, they “think like lawyers.”

How do they do that?  "Think" like lawyers?

First, they subject the facts and the law to as much scrutiny as any idea can bear before it disintegrates into the dust of first principles. They create a chronology of events, highlighting and tailoring the "story" of the conflict that "fits" the available "causes of action" giving rise to "rights" in their client, obligations in their "opponent" and remedies for the harm suffered.  

This "legal" dispute was once about a relationship between people.   Now it is an "actionable" claim in an extremely controlled process in which one of the parties will "win." 

That, of course, rarely happens because the legal system has become too expensive and the law too uncertain for most people to risk what used to be it's goal -- a jury trial.  

Lawyers recognize frivolous or baseless or "defendable" claims by observing just how uncomfortably the “facts” sit inside their opponent's “causes of action.” When called upon to justify their entitlement to get their client's claim before a jury (demurrers, motions for judgment on the pleadings, summary judgment motions, non-suits) the Plaintiff's attorneys can and will simply change the way the story is told.  They make the facts fit the law.  There's nothing wrong with that.  That's their job.  If the facts won't "fit" the law, lawyers apply themselves to the law's creative expansion. 

What attorneys do not learn in law school is how and why conflict develops into a dispute and then predictably evolves, usually getting more acrimonious and difficult to resolve.

My friends who are lawyers (I never went to law school, remember? and neither did you) tell me that they know how to escalate conflict but not how to de-escalate it.  They also tell me that they see a lot of injustice.  Sometimes the injustice arises because the laws themselves are unjust.  Sometimes the tragic and unfair consequences of human interactions just don't have any legal remedy.  And sometimes the legal process itself makes disputes worse -- more protracted, frustrating and expensive -- rather than better.  

In common law countries, like ours, where the law is forged in the fire of conflict, shouldn't attorneys be taught not only how to "win the case" but also how to dampen the flame?  Most litigators I know would respond with a resounding "no!"   

Conflict resolution that is not "handled" as litigation or arbitration is for some other professional to deal with.  Therapists come to mind.  Don't they help the parties deal with that most uncontrollable aspect of any dispute -- something not only lawyers but the law itself exclude from the legal action?

 Feelings.  Not just sad or mad feelings.  But the type of feelings that make teenagers shoot other teenagers on the streets of Los Angeles.  Feelings of loss, tragically unfair outcomes, powerlessness, rage and despair.

The purpose of this post and the new thread that it is meant to begin?  To start something radical.

If you're not aware of what I'm about to tell you, you should be.

Once a year, 1000 people are invited to the TED Conference in Monterey, California, to exchange something of incalculable value: their ideas. TED's mission statement is as simple as it gets:  

TED is devoted to giving millions of knowledge-seekers around the globe direct access to the world's greatest thinkers and teachers.

You can cruise the jaw-dropping results here.

(image links to the Photography site of Lars Kirchhoff)

I was just talking to a friend over coffee the other day about how we're using 18th Century technology (the jury trial) to solve 21st Century problems.  

Here's the idea.  A legal TED Conference. 

If you'll look at what TED accomplishes, you'll know what I don't mean.  I don't mean a conference to trot out any new/old "ADR" ideas -- mediate this, arbitrate that, create new rules and forms for the lawyers to use. 

No.

I mean creating the highest level think tank we can to first envision and then implement a dispute resolution technology that incorporates what we've learned since we first enshrined the jury trial in our Constitution more than 200 years ago.

I have one man in mind -- Larry Lessig.  But surely there are others.  The first step would be to suggest names for the coordinating committee.

Why do I think of TED?  Because what it envisions cannot be accomplished.  It cannot even be envisioned.  It's a fool's errand.  One I'd be willing to spend the rest of my own life working on.

Would anyone care to join me?

Negotiate Sobriety with the Labor Day Edition of Blawg Review # 175 at Austin DWI Lawyer

If you've never been asked to perform a field sobriety test, raise your hand.  That's what I thought.  Only Ken Adams whose Dilbert post was one of my week's favorites.

And for the three of you who have not yet seen this video of why not to come to court drunk and how not to respond to the Judge's questions in an intoxicated state, see this hilarious video. 

 

The rest of us -- most of us - by the grace of whatever Higher Power we invoke in our darker moments - have not needed the services of Jamie Spencer at the Austin DWI Lawyer Blog, host of the Labor Day Edition of Blawg Review #175.

This week, Jamie brings us, among other great posts of last week:

Res Ipsa's tutorial on FirefoxJordan Furlong’s radical suggestion that non-lawyers (ever heard of a "non-physician"?) can do a lot of good legal work without putting the rest of us out of work; Dan Hull's recommendation that first and second year associates be paid in experience rather than dollars (make law school one year and you're on Dan);  Lawrence Taylor's frightening image of cops with needles;  our sister blog's coverage of the recent FBI Blogger arrest and tips on negotiating with the FBI when they're on your doorstep; Susan Crawford's thoughts on nondiscriminatory Internet accessRandazza's trip down baby-boom lane in a "Fuck the Draft" leather jacket (yes, Gen X and Y, we'll be happy to receive your thank you notes for abolishing the draft now); Mark Hermann's post on enjoining a drug companies to give patients access to unapproved, experimental drugs; and much, much more. 

Check Blawg Review for submission guidelines to host Legal Literacy, a blog I've never visited but will now add to my Google reader as a good source for material on its topic -- building bridges between business and the law.  

Finally, my best field sobriety test anecdote from the police report:

Police officer:  Please recite the alphabet backwards.

Driver: (laughing)  Are you kidding?  I can't even do that when I'm sober!

Here's the web page for The Other Bar for any attorney who believes he or she may have just a tiny problem, perhaps a small issue, with drugs or alcohol.  There's no day quite like the day you finally realize that there's a single, relatively simple solution to an enormous number of personal and professional problems.

Step One:  We admitted we were powerless over alcohol—that our lives had become unmanageable.

What Can You Do if Someone Breaches a Mediation Confidentiality Agreement?

(image from and links to HOA Issues Solved in Five Steps)

I've recently been covering mediation confidentiality from an attorney's point of view.  Because my statistics page reminds me that clients also read this blog, I sometimes direct posts to the people with the problem -- clients.  

This morning I notice that someone landed on my site seeking an answer to this question:

What can you do if your HOA Board member breaks the mediation confidentiality agreement.

The lawyerlike answer to this question is  -- "it depends upon what the agreement says." 

But let's assume the question is covered by California law.  

The Scope and Effect of Mediation Confidentiality in the Hands of Clients

Nearly every mediator begins every mediation session by explaining how and why information exchanged in mediations is confidential.  I know from my community mediation work that the people usually want to know something lawyers rarely ask -- whether they'll be able to discuss what happened in the mediation with friends or family.

In the absence of a more restrictive agreement among the parties, under California law today, the answer is "yes, they can."

What's confidential?  The California Evidence Code (section 1119) says that everythng said or done during a mediation is confidential   

But what does "confidential" mean?  .

Under the California Evidence Code, statements made in a mediation are 

  • not admissible in evidence; and,
  • cannot be "discovered," i.e., you cannot be compelled to disclose those communications in answers to interrogatories, in deposition testimony and the like. 

Those are the only restrictions on the disclosure of confidences exchanged in a mediation held in California in the absence of a more restrictive agreement. Unless a California court broadens the scope of mediation confidentiality, an HOA Board Member who runs around the complex or neighborhood talking about who said what during a mediation is not "breaking" (breaching) the California's protections for mediation confidences.  

The Parties Can and Do, However, Agree to Limit the Communication of Mediation Confidences to the Participants in the Mediation.

A contract is an agreement that creates private law governing the parties' relationship with one another.  If you enter into a Confidentiality Agreement in mediation, you should understand that you are creating obligations that bind you as well as rights that protect you.  A google search turned up Confidentiality Agreements that provide remedies for their breach.  This one for instance provides two poential consequences for breach: 

  1. any party to the agreement is entitled to ask the court to stop (enjoin) any other party from disclosing confidential communications; and,
  2. the party who wrongfully discloses mediation confidences will be liable in damages (including the expense hiring attorneys) for any damages caused by his or her breach of the confidentiality agreement.  

The California-based ADR Services has a similar term in its Confidentiality Agreement (here). 

Failure to obey an Injunction can be enforced by contempt, but this remedy is expensive, would require multiple trips to the courthouse, is difficult to obtain and would not likely make up for the harm caused by disclosure.  The second remedy - damages -- would require you to file a lawsuit and your monetary losses are highly unlikely to be worth the expense of litigation.

Here's another Confidentiality Agreement that expressly incorporates the  provisions of the California Evidence Code.  This agreement prevents the parties from:

disclos[ing confidential information] to anyone [who is] not involved in any existing litigation, or any litigation that may arise, concerning the subject matter of this mediation session . . . . 

The term "involved in . . . litigation . . . concerning the subject matter of this mediation" is broad and ill-defined. All homeowners might be said to be "involved in" the litigation subject of the mediation.  If you read the contract language broadly, you might convince your HOA Board member that talking about the medaition around the condominium complex or in the neighborhood violates the Confidentiality Agreement.

There's nothing in this agreement, however, that states what the consequences of breach might be.  Nevertheless, if you suffered monetary harm as the result of the breach, you might well be able to file suit for damages in a breach of contract action.  Off the top of my head, I can't think of any harm that might flow from the Board Member's indiscretions that would cause sufficient economic harm to justify the cost of a lawsuit.

The commercial ADR panel on which I serve, Judicate West, makes a form Confidentiality Agreement available to the parties (here) which merely restates the controlling principles of confidentiality law in the State of California.  In light of the recent Thottam opinion in California, I would hesitate before asking parties to sign any agreement that:

  1. expands the scope of confidentiality beyond that provided by the Evidence Code, while at the same time,
  2. carves out an exception for the enforcement of the agreement.

For my analysis of that opinion and the problems it creates for mediators drafting confidentiality agreements, click here and here.  

 

Negotiating Cognitive Biases at the OC Bar Ass'n ADR Meeting on September 4

Orange County Bar Association Alternative Dispute Resolution Section Meeting Reminder

Thursday, September 4, 2008
Noon to 1:30 p.m.
Wyndham Hotel
3350 Avenue of the Arts, Costa Mesa

Speaker:

Victoria Pynchon
Attorney at Law, Mediator
Author of the Settle It Now Negotiation Blog
Judicate West
 

Using and Losing Cognitive Biases to Win Your Next Negotiation

  • How common biases prevent us from influencing others, interfere with case analysis, and confound attempts to learn true needs of others
  • Learn how to identify specific biases to negotiate better deals for clients

For more information or to register:  Call FastFax at (949) 440-6700, x4 and request document 2279.   Register ONLINE using the OCBA’s online calendar at OCBar.org
 

California Courts Let You Have it Your Way: Arbitrate and Appeal the Award

(while we're walking down memory lane anyway, "Have It Your Way" from 1976) 

When I ask litigators why they don't choose arbitration over litigation before unpredictable judges in a crowded court, their answer invariably is "because I can't appeal the ruling."   We cling to appellate review even though we appeal fewer cases than we try -- which is a very small percentage of our case load as it is. 

Not surprising, however, we litigators, as Max Kennerly recently noted, tend to be risk-averse, not risk-embracing (h/t Blawg Review # 174).  To give up that one last chance for our client to be vindicated and for us to be triumphant is generally just too much for us. 

Now we can have our arbitration cake and and follow it up with appellate ice cream.  Yesterday, the California Supreme Court in Cable Connection, Inc. v. DirecTV  held that arbitrating parties' agreement to seek appellate review of legal errors is enforceable in California State Courts despite its uneforceability in federal court.  As the Supreme Court explained:

On the first question, the United States Supreme Court has held that the Federal Arbitration Act (FAA; 9 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.) does not permit the parties to expand the scope of review by agreement. (Hall Street Associates, L.L.C. v. Mattel, Inc. (2008) __ U.S. __ [128 S.Ct. 1396, 1404-1405] (Hall Street).)

However, the high court went on to say that federal law does not preclude “more searching review based on authority outside the [federal] statute,” including “state statutory or common law.” (Id. at p. __ [128 S.Ct. at p. 1406].) In Moncharsh v. Heily & Blase (1992) 3 Cal.4th 1 (Moncharsh), this court reviewed the history of the California Arbitration Act (CAA; Code Civ. Proc., § 1280 et seq.).

We adhere to our holding in Moncharsh, recognizing that contractual limitations may  alter the usual scope of review.

The California rule is that the parties may obtain judicial review of the merits by express agreement. There is a statutory as well as a contractual basis for this rule; one of the grounds for review of an arbitration award is that “[t]he arbitrators  exceeded their powers.”  (§§ 1286.2, subd. (a)(4), 1286.6, subd. (b).)

Here, the parties agreed that “[t]he arbitrators shall not have the power to commit errors of law or legal reasoning, and the award may be vacated or corrected on appeal to a court of competent jurisdiction for any such error.” This contract provision is enforceable under state law, and we reverse the contrary ruling of the Court of Appeal.

Don't Like Mediation Confidentiality? Hold a Settlement Conference Instead

 

 

AUGUST 25, 2008 | FORUM

If You Know the Case Law, Litigation Doesn't Have to be Robotic

By Victoria Pynchon 

Here in California, there's no stronger rule of confidentiality than that applied to a mediation. It cannot be impliedly waived like most privileges, including the near-sacred attorney-client privilege. Simmons v. Ghaderi, 2008 DJDAR 11107. You cannot be estopped from relying on it. Eisendrath v. Superior Court, 109 Cal.App.4th 351 (2003). And if you want your mediated settlement agreement enforced, you must strictly comply with the requirements of Evidence Code Section 1123. Fair v. Bakhtiari, 40 Cal.4th 189 (2006).

Insurance policy-holder counsel Kirk Pasich of Dickstein Shapiro has criticized nearly all recent interpretations of mediation confidentiality by the California Supreme Court on the ground that they permit insurance carriers to use mediation proceedings to engage in acts of bad faith.

"Why should a carrier get a license to act in bad faith in mediation," Pasich asked, adding, "Cases settled, and still settle, in mandatory settlement conferences without that same shield. I don't think a process should exist that encourages, rather than discourages, a party from acting in bad faith."

Why, indeed?

If you do not understand the differences between settlement conferences and mediations, you are not alone. My informal surveys indicate that litigators believe there's no difference whatsoever between the two and few mediators are able to distinguish between them despite their training in the field. Nor have California's courts been of any real assistance.

What's in a name? Here, plenty. The application of California's Rules of Evidence to mediations has such significant potential economic consequences that mediator and litigator malpractice actions are surely looming on the horizon.

What type of misbehavior can occur in a mediation? Here are just a few examples: One party can make a misrepresentation of material fact on which the other relies in entering into a settlement agreement; as Pasich notes, an insurance carrier can act in bad faith; one mediating party could tortiously interfere with a third party's contract or prospective economic advantage; or the mediating parties can enter into a collusive settlement agreement, depriving the settling parties' co-defendants from learning facts necessary to challenge the settlement in a "good faith" hearing.

Even if all parties have expressed complete agreement during the mediation, which they then memorialize in a term sheet, absent strict compliance with the requirements of Evidence Code Section 1123, no evidence probative of that agreement will be admissible in a California court.
If the mediating parties are engaged in a settlement conference, none of this potentially bad behavior would be protected.

Given the potentially significant adverse economic consequences that can flow from a mediation, California's courts have clarified the differences between the two procedures, right?

Not so much.

If you have a DJ subscription, continue reading here.


 


Enforcement of Mediated Settlement Agreements in California - Get more Legal Forms

Settlement Unicorn Appears in Malpractice Mediation!

If you've been following the conversation between Settle It Now and Max Kennerly's Philadelphia Litigation and Trial Blog, you'll know that a "settlement unicorn" is composed of "two hostile parties on the verge of a lawsuit [who] get lawyers, almost file suit, and then, through deft representation, settle their differences peacefully and move on." 

I believe in Unicorns and Max doesn't so I've promised to keep my eyes open for appearances of that storied creature.  Previously, I have reported the Unicorn's appearance here (community mediation; potential lawsuit, no lawyers); here (litigation + lawyers who send the parties to community mediation); and, here (litigation + lawyers + clients who seek mediation without lawyers to resolve dispute).  

Today, I have a story of the Unicorn visiting the mediation room in a litigated case -- a case of the type that my (new) friend Max Kennerly suggests will not attract that shy beast because: 

The parties to a lawsuit do not have intertwined interests: they have directly adverse interests. Unless there's some possibility of a future relationship, the defendant doesn't want to resolve the conflict: they want the plaintiff to drop their frivolous claim. In their mind, their best alternative to a negotiated agreement ("BATNA") is for the plaintiff to crawl in a hole and die.

[My Comment:  the "intertwined interests" all parties to litigation have is the litigation itself with its attendant cost, delay, and, uncertainty, not to mention the discomfort "ordinary" people experience when plunged into the foreign environment occupied by attorneys with their strange "causes of action" and "affirmative defenses," their demurrers and JNOV's; their res ipsas and, most importantly, their view that only facts pertaining to a "cause of action" or "affirmative defense" are relevant to the injustice suffered by their clients.] 

[T]he plaintiff usually prefers imposing a conflict on the defendant (who the plaintiff believes cast the first stone) in pursuit of justice, an imposition they will only relieve for at least "full" compensation. . . .

The problem is that most parties don't consider their claims to be assets; the problem isn't that there's emotional baggage around the economic understanding, it's that the parties interpret their dispute as fundamentally non-economic.

[My Comment:  I've said before that all litigation is "fundamentally non-economic" -- it's about justice.  Though Max is one of the few practicing litigators who agrees with me, he does not believe in the existence of my solution -- a settlement conference or mediation conducted in joint session].

Hence a Mediation Unicorn with litigation and attorneys prior to any meaningful discovery.

I'm talking to a plastic surgeon whose artistry not only went unappreciated, but which gave rise to a lawsuit for battery and malpractice. 

The plaintiff is a model and an actor.  The surgery, she claims, left permanent scaring on her nose.  Her opening demand is $500,000.  I am trying to persuade the physician, his attorney, and the claims adjuster, not to walk out.  The plaintiff's deposition has been taken and the doctor's is scheduled for the following week.  No experts have been retained.  

The parties have made the rare effort to settle the case early in the litigation.

This is what the defense thinks about the opening demand in response to their good faith participation in an early mediation:  

%&*#%*#%@& and %&^@(% and *&$)*#! 

I am suggesting to the defense in separate caucus that they allow me to conduct a joint session in which the parties can talk about the surgery, the scarring and their post-surgical communications.  I explain that the Plaintiff is more angry than acquisitive.  She believes that the doctor disrespected her when she complained about the scarring. 

He denied that I had a scar.  He was rude and dismissive.  He disrespected me.  He had no bedside manner.  

She is one of the few personal injury plaintiffs who comes right out and says what so many plantiffs feel.  

I want him to suffer.  My attorney says he has to report any settlement in excess of $30,000 to the Medical Board.  I want to make him do that.  I want him to suffer as I have.  It's not about the money.  It's about accountability.  I want him to be accountable.   

The parties resist a joint session and we spend two hours negotiating in the strato- and nano-spheres.  $10,000.  $490,000.  $12,500.  $475,000. 

"We're getting nowhere," says Plaintiffs counsel.  "Tell them we're leaving." 

"The case will never settle.  This is a waste of time for my doctor and my claims examiner.  Tell them we're leaving. The case will never settle.  It simply won't settle.  The case cannot settle." 

Click Your Heels Three Times and Say "There's No Place Like Home."

Attorneys are fond of saying that all mediators do is "keep them in the room."  They might be right, but the difference is the room I keep them in.  It's a mediation room, not a conference room or a deposition room or a courtroom.  It's a room in which I ask the doctor if the feeling he has is something akin to a fish being hooked, pulled up out of the water and thrown onto the deck of someone's boat, gasping.  He cracks a smile for the first time that morning.

It's a room in which I say there must have been a miscommunication, a misunderstanding.  It's a room in which I say to the defense that the Plaintiff feels angry and disrespected.  It's a room in which I caution the Plaintiff that the physician is from a different culture than her own -- one where a doctor does not express empathy but only certainty in his skill and expertise. 

The claims adjuster asks me if I'd been able to see the Plaintiff's scar from where I was sitting -- across a conference room table.  I admit that I could not.  I acknowledge what is patent in the defense room -- the Plaintiff is blindingly beautiful.  A jury is unlikely to award her much in the way of damages.  I have said as much to the Plaintiff.  But she is angry and wants a pound of flesh.

I have another mediation in the afternoon.  I tell the defense we have fifteen more minutes.  The claims adjuster keeps repeating "the case will not settle, the case will not settle, the case will not settle." I take this to mean that the defense very much wants to settle the case. 

"If someone repeats something over and over again," my mentor Ken Cloke taught me, "that is the key to the resolution."  While that might be so, I haven't yet found a way to use that key to open any door.  But it is not really my case to settle.  It's my job to keep them in the room.

"I Want to See the Scar," says the claims examiner.

I wish I could take credit for the following but I cannot.  The Plaintiff's attorney says "why don't they go to the ladies room where my client can show Ms. Y the scar and together they can look at it."

I hear the click of the Unicorn's hooves in the hallway.  The plaintiff's attorney is male.  I don't believe he knows what he's suggesting.  He wants to send two women into one of the safest and most congenial, soul-bonding rooms in all of God's creation -- the women's room.

know the case will settle.

We are finally in joint session.  The claims examiner says, "I want to tell you that I now see the scar.  I'm sorry I denied it.  We'd like to offer you $X to settle the case."

Did $X settle the case?  No.  But $X + $Y settled the case ten minutes later.

And just around the corner, you could see the shadow of the settlement unicorn rear up on its hind legs in celebration.

Seven Ways to Improve Your Working Relationships

Thanks to Kevin's Remarkable Learning Blog (a fellow Forbes Blog Network member) for his  Seven Steps for Mending Broken Business Relationships

Each of the seven steps can help litigators de-escalate the conflict inherent in litigation before all-important settlement negotiations, whether they are conducted with the assistance of a third party neutral or not. 

One or more of them might also help ease tension in the law firm -- a very tense place these days given the recession, lay-off's, the de-equitization of partners and the shedding of non-productive practice groups or of those that might conflict with the law firm your firm is about to merge with. 

It's a rough time.  Let's all be a little more careful of our social capital there. 

We're going to need it.

Decide. The first step is you must decide that you want to improve the relationship. The precursor to this step is recognition - recognizing that the relationship needs improving - but the heart of this is the decision that this relationship matters enough for you to make the effort required to improve it. Without this decision, nothing else matters.

Forgive or let it go. If you feel the other person has done something to cause the rift or break-down, you must either forgive them or let go of your issues with it. Without this step, the steps that follow may help some, but will be limited in their success.

Take ownership. Recognize your role in the relationship, and take ownership and responsibility for it. Yes, deciding and forgiving are accountability actions; but being clear that regardless of the situation you have played a role in the change to the relationship is critical to your success in repairing any damage. Otherwise you are only blaming the other person - which cripples your chance for improvement.

Make your intention clear. Once you have decided to take actions to improve the relationship, your behaviors will change. Take the time to explain your decision and your intention to improve the relationship. Let the other person know that both the situation and the person matter to you, and you want a better relationship. This cements your commitment and communicates your intention to the other person.

Assume positive intent. While I have long believed this concept in a variety of situations, a colleague recently expressed it this way and it makes the idea completely clear. Assume the other person was - and is - acting in good faith. Will you be wrong sometimes? Perhaps. But by starting from this assumption you will immediately change your perception and therefore your behaviors toward that person.

Listen more. We all know how important listening is and how good it makes us feel when we are truly being listened to. Grant that gift to the other person. Listen intently, carefully and actively. Not only will you understand them (and their perspective) better, but they will trust you more and the relationship will build from their perspective.

Make an effort. Deciding is one thing. Doing is quite another. If you want better relationships, you must make the effort - it will seldom, if ever, happen automatically.

For the full post (well worth reading) click here.

The Los Angeles Mediation Community Welcomes Judge Alexander Williams, III

Judge Alexander Williams' retirement from the bench and entry into private neutral practice with ADR Services is good news for the legal community.  I co-mediated dozens of cases with the Judge while I was earning my LL.M from the Straus Institute and have spent many hours discussing the nuances of mediation practice with him.  Once known for his temper (and the bow tie he appears to have forgotten to wear in the photo at right)  the Judge has learned the rewards of patience. 

Always one of the Los Angeles Superior Court's most charming and articulate bench officers, Williams is now also among the most calm and canny settlement officers available in a town fairly crawling with mediators.  Couple his bench strength with an Ivy League intelligence and unusual depth of knowledge of mediation theory and practice, and you have one of the new go-to guys on the block.

An excerpt from the Daily Journal's article on Judge Williams below with a link if you're a subscriber to read the entire article.

Retired Judge's New Mantra: 'Deal or Ordeal'

By Greg Katz

LOS ANGELES - Superior Court Judge Alexander H. Williams III is about to take his first job ever in the private sector. He will step down from the bench Sept. 15 and join Century City's ADR Services as a mediator.

Williams started his law career in the U.S. Navy's Judge Advocate General's Corps in 1969, worked as an assistant U.S. attorney from 1975 to 1984, and then was appointed to the bench by Gov. George Deukmejian.

Even earlier than that, he worked briefly as a police officer in his native Virginia.

"My very first day on the job, I wrecked a police car on a railroad track," a catastrophe that made the front page of a local newspaper, he said with a laugh.

His dispute resolution career isn't likely to be a trainwreck, though.

Once known for his fiery temper - "I used to be a judge beating up on parties," he told the Daily Journal in 2004 - Williams long since has reversed that reputation.

After studying mediation at Pepperdine University's Straus Institute for Dispute Resolution 10 years ago, Williams began to settle nearly all the cases in his courtroom. His skill and advocacy for dispute resolution won him the Southern California Mediation Association's Peacemaker of the Year award in 2003.

To continue reading, click here.

Trap for the Unwary in Appointment of Referees

In some cases -- complex construction litigation comes to mind -- fees for a referee can be one of the most substantial costs of litigation.  Yesterday, the Fifth District California Court of Appeal held that a stipulated judicial reference agreement under CCP 638 precludes recovery of prevailing party's fifty percent share of the referee's fees as an item of costs if the parties have agreed in the reference stipulation to split the referee fees.

Solution?  Include in your agreement a provision indicating that the prevailing party in the litigation will be entitled to recover its half of the referee's fees.

See Carr Business Enterprises, Inc. v. City of Chowchilla with gratitude to the Met News for briefing these cases for us and to LACBA for putting them in our in-box every evening.



 

California Litigators -- How to Control Your Own Settlement Conference Destiny

Check out today's post at the IP ADR Blog on the Supreme Court's mediation confidentiality decisions and ways to protect your client from the resulting pitfalls -- Malpractice Alert:  Is it a Settlement Conference or a Mediation

Why you should care about the answer and what you can do to protect your client and yourself.

Daily Journal ADR Articles -- Updated Regularly

This page can always be found under Links to the left. 

Drug and Device Law Blog Achieves Enlightenment

The guys at Drug and Device Law Blog in Random Thoughts on Randomness have gone stark raving sane.  Please send medical assistance.  Western medicine.  With their stats, this could turn into a pandemic.

We admit it: We're as crazy as the next guy.

Heck -- given that we spend nights and weekends feeding this blog, there's a pretty strong argument that we're crazier than the next guy.

We fret about whether each and every one of the ten million documents has been reviewed and coded correctly, and we change commas into dashes -- and back again -- in footnote nine on page thirty of the brief.

We believe that our clients are more likely to win if we do our jobs right, and we devote an awful lot of energy to that cause.

And then the system kicks in.

Courts make utterly unpredictable procedural rulings that dramatically change the value of our cases. The MDL Panel, for example, may decide to consolidate a set of cases in a jurisdiction that previously had nothing to do with the litigation -- like sending Breast Implants to Alabama or Albuterol to Wyoming -- and all of a sudden an unanticipated body of local appellate law governs your federal issues, and your cases are either won or lost for reasons beyond your control. (See In re Korean Airlines, 829 F.2d 1171 (D.C. Cir. 1987).)

Or you tee up a legal issue in front of a judge, and you can't predict the result, because the cases are breaking fifty/fifty in that area. The judge might grant summary judgment, or he might deny it. Or, as happened in Tucker v. SmithKline Beecham recently, he might grant the motion in September and reconsider the following July. Your lawyering skills presumably had nothing to do with it.

One judge grants a Daubert motion, holding that the evidence linking Accutane to inflammatory bowel disease is junk science, inadmissible in a court of law. But, a couple of weeks earlier, a New Jersey jury had awarded millions of dollars of damages based on that same evidence.

One judge holds that a claim accrued on the day the plaintiff was diagnosed with a disease, and another holds that the identical claim -- on identical facts -- didn't accrue until the plaintiff "discovered" his claim based on press coverage or an article in the scientific literature. The statute of limitations bars the first claim; the second one goes forward.

You're a hero or a goat, and you had nothing to do with it.

One judge holds that the warnings on your client's product are adequate as a matter of law. Another holds that the question of adequacy is one of fact, to be decided by a jury.

One jury then finds in your client's favor, but a second jury -- looking at precisely the same warnings -- finds the opposite.

We're not complaining about this, really.

They're our lives, after all, and we picked this profession, and it can be awfully exciting and challenging and, yes, fun.

But doesn't it sometimes feel a tad random?

More to the point, our system sinks tens of millions of dollars into massive discovery to ensure that every last fact is known -- presumably in pursuit of an accurate result. But those carefully honed inputs then yield results that are both unpredictable and flatly inconsistent with each other (which means that at least one was wrong).

If the system ultimately values cases wildly inconsistently, just why does society invest massive resources into trying to ensure accuracy? Aren't there better things to do with our collective wealth?

But we digress.

We have to go back to scrutinizing the footnotes in all of the drug and device precedents, to pry out of them every last ounce of utility for our clients.

If we didn't, then a brief might not be perfect, and we might be more likely to lose.

The Trouble with Thottam: Mediation Confidentiality At Risk

UPDATE:  See the analysis of Thottam at May it Please the Court, noting that the "big print giveth and the small print taketh away."

Before further discussing the problems created by the Thottam holding, I'm providing a "brief" of the case about which I ranted and raved earlier here today.  

  • THE FACTS
    • A mediation confidentiality agreement entered into by the parties in Thottam provided that “all matters discussed, agreed to, admitted to, or resulting from ... [the mediation meeting]...
      • "shall be kept confidential and not disclosed to any outside person . . . ;
      • "shall not be used in any current or future litigation between us (except as may be necessary to enforce any agreements resulting from the Meeting), and,
      • "shall be considered privileged and, as a settlement conference, non-admissible under the California Evidence Code in any current or future litigation between us.”  
    • One of the parties contended that a chart drawn up and signed by the parties during the mediation, 
      • was sufficiently certain to be enforced according to its terms; and,
      • was admissble into evidence under section 1123(c) despite its failure to satisfy any of 1123(c)'s requirements.
    • THE RULES:
      • Evidence Code section 1123(c) provides that a "written settlement agreement prepared in the course of, or pursuant to, a mediation, is not made inadmissible, or protected from disclosure . . . if
        • "the agreement is signed by the settling parties and any of the following conditions are satisfied . . .
        • "(c) all parties to the agreement expressly agree in writing . . . to its disclosure."Id. (emphasis added).
    • PROCEEDINGS IN THE TRIAL COURT
      • Without finding that the settlement "chart" constituted a "written settlement agreement" under section 1123, the Thottam trial court required one of the parties to testify about otherwise confidential mediation communications because the Confidentiality Agreement required the disclosure of mediation confidences "necessary to enforce any agreements resulting from the [mediation.]"
      • Apparently before Elizabeth could testify, the civil action to enforce the alleged settlement agreement was consolidated with other proceedings in the Probate Court,
      • at the trial of the consolidated matters, the Probate Judge refused to accept the settlement chart into evidence because it did not comply with the provisions of section 1123(c).
    • THE APPELLATE DECISION
      • the appellate court reversed the Probate Court's decision.
    • THE HOLDINGS
      • Section 1123(c)'s requirement that all parties to a mediated settlement agreement "expressly agree in writing . . . to its disclosure,"
        • may be satisfied by terms contained in a writing other than the alleged settlement agreement itself; and,
        • may be satisfied by terms contained in a writing executed before any alleged settlement agreement has purportedly been entered into.
      • Here, the Confidentiality Agreement satisfied those requirements; and,
      • The skeletal written settlement chart was enforceable because its material terms were, or could be made, certain. 
    • RATIONALE
      • Because the proceeding in which Appellant attempted to introduce the alleged settlement agreement was an action "to enforce what he claims is a settlement agreement reached in mediation," and,
      • the parties carved out of the Confidentiality Agreement any discussions that were "necessary to enforce any agreements resulting from the [mediation]"
      • the Confidentiality Agreement satisfied the requirements of section 1123(c); and,
      • the skeletal Settlement Chart was therefore admissible in evidence under that subsection.

This opinion threatens to blow a hole in sections 1119 and 1123 large enough to obliterate their protections -- protections that have been repeatedly enforced to the letter of the law by the Supreme Court in its fairly recent Fair v. Bahktiari opinion -- holding that parties to a mediated settlement agreement must include in it an express provision that they intend to be bound thereby -- and Simmons v. Ghaderi  in which the Court held that parties cannot impliedly waive confidentiality nor be estopped from asserting it.

Most Confidentiality Agreements I've seen (and used) naturally carve out an exception for the enforcement of a settlement agreement.  If you sign such an agreement after Thottam, you risk the enforcement of a non-1123-compliant "settlement agreement" and risk being required to disclose otherwise confidential mediation communications on the sole ground that one of the parties alleges that the opposition entered into an enforceable settlement agreement during the mediation.    

Were I attempting to resist the disclosure of mediation confidences my adversary claimed should be fair game under Thottam, I'd contend that the Thottam Confidentiality agreement, and hence its carve-out, was unusually broad and that the Court's holding should therefore be read narrowly and limited to its facts.  

As California lawyers know, the Second Appellate District has jurisdiction over matters litigated in the Los Angeles Superior Court.  It is therefore particularly important to take a look at the impact this decision might have upon matters mediated by the neutrals on that Court's pro bono or party pay panels.  All such parties are required to sign a Confidentiality Agreement that protects from disclosure all mediation-related "written" and "oral communication[s] made by any party, attorney, neutral, or other participant in any ADR session" except  "written settlement agreement[s] reached as a result of this ADR proceeding in an action to enforce that settlement."

Under Thottam, a colorable argument could be made that the mandatory Superior Court Agreement's confidentiality "carve-out" should be treated as either:

  • an express agreement by the parties to waive confidentiality for the purpose of enforcing "written settlement agreement[s]" even if they do not satisfy the requirements of section 1123(c); and/or,
  • a part of the alleged settlement agreement so that the two agreements together (confidentiality carve-out + non-compliant settlement agreement) satisfy the requirements of section 1123(c).

What to do?  Don't sign any Confidentiality agreement that could possibly be interpreted in a manner similar to the one subject of Thottam unless you want to risk the disclosure of mediation confidences arising from a writing that does not comply with section 1123(c).    

You can certainly refuse to sign the Superior Court's agreement in light of the Thottam holding.  I don't know as a matter of Court policy whether that limits parties' ability to use the Court's pro bono or party pay mediators. 

I'd have to say that this case puts confidences made in mediation sessions controlled by the Superior Court's Confidentiality Agreement at risk whenever one party is contending that the other entered into an agreement pursuant to a signed term sheet.

New Case on Enforcing Mediated Settlement Agreements Muddies the Waters Again

The new Estate of Thottham case on the enforcement of mediated settlement agreements is troublesome because

  • it appears to contravene the holding of the Supreme Court in Fair v. Bahktiari (full opinion here)
  • it turns upon the interpretation of one ambiguous sentence in the parties' confidentiality agreement which I'm almost certain was not meant to create an exception to (or satisfy the requirements of) Evidence Code section 1123(c)
  • it shows a remarkable persistence in the trial and appellate courts of the desire to enforce term sheets in non-compliance with the Evidence Code, privileging finality over the the parties' reasonable expectations that all the proclamations about confidentiality will be honored.  
  • it creates uncertainty in the law, making it difficult for attorneys to guide their clients before, during and after mediation proceedings.

This is a ripe area for malpractice actions -- binding parties to agreements they later claim were not reached.  The Supreme Court keeps saying -- we mean what we say (Simmons v. Ghaderi) -- no exceptions to the requirements of 1123(c).  Nevertheless, the trial and appellate courts find enforcing skeletal mediation term sheets (this one was a chart) nearly irrisistable.  They just can't seem to get their minds around the idea that the point of mediation -- a non-legal process -- is to create a durable agreement that the parties all want to enforce.

If a mediated agreement were a consumer contract, there'd be a cooling down period during which the "buyers" could re-think a decision made in the heat of the moment with mediators and attorneys leaning on them to settle or else . . . . you know . . . whatever the parade of horribles is.   

Are parties bullied into settlement by mediators and even by their counsel?  Let's look again at the definition of bullying:  the repeated and deliberate abuse of power by one person or group of people over another person or group.

I'm not suggesting that mediators and attorneys know they are abusing the power of their position and authority to "persuade" the parties to accept a settlement that leaves the taste of injustice in their mouths.  We just sometimes forget how much power we possess and how overwhelming our importuning can feel to someone unfamiliar with the legal system.  Think about how helpless you feel trying to communicate with someone who speaks another language.

I've observed mediations in which the mediator -- repeatedly and, it can only be said, deliberately -- abuses his or her authority to gain the consent of parties who are clearly not comfortable with settling their case on the terms proposed and are certainly not satisified with the "deal."

Keep 'em in the room; wear them out; highlight their fears; diminish their hopes and then, when they're at their weakest, put a pen in their hand, ask them to sign and then elevate that signed agreement above all else because what we're after here is efficiency, brother, not justice -- a term too many mediators feel forced to put in quotes.  "Justice."  As if it could possibly be anything other than a cynical joke.

OK.  I misused this post to rant.

I'm going to come back and "brief" this case for you next, highlighting the traps for the unwary and commenting on the form agreement used by the Los Angeles Superior Court ADR panel -- a form that is now mandatory.

HEAD'S UP FOR THE NEXT POST NEW LAW STUDENTS -- THIS IS WHY IT'S IMPORTANT TO LEARN HOW TO DE-CONSTRUCT A LEGAL DECISION AND TEASE OUT THE HOLDING FROM THE RATIONALE, THE RULES AND THE DICTA

This Met News report, accurate as it is, doesn't do justice to the traps and troubles lurking here.

Evidence Code Sec. 1123(c)'s exception to mediation confidentiality--providing that a written settlement agreement prepared in mediation is not made inadmissible or protected from disclosure if signed by parties, and all parties expressly agree in writing to disclosure--applied in appellant's civil action to enforce chart prepared during mediation and signed by all parties which appellant claimed was a settlement agreement because estate beneficiaries, in agreement to mediate dispute over distribution of assets, agreed all matters discussed or agreed to in mediation would be kept confidential and not used in any litigation among them "except as may be necessary to enforce any agreements resulting from" mediation, and because chart--setting forth material terms which were sufficiently certain to provide a basis for determining what obligations to which parties had agreed--was a "settlement agreement."

Estate of Thottam - filed August 13, 2008, Second District, Div. Four Cite as 2008 SOS 4917
 

Demonizing the Opposition

O.K., I can't resist giving you one more cartoon from Fincher's new blog.  He calls this one:  Fundamentally Similar Arguments

Competitive Position-Based Negotiation Tactics from the California Lawyer

(right, more fabulous Fincher)

Thanks to mediator Tom Matychowiak for alerting me to "Managing Expectations in Mediation," by Dan L. Stanford (under "Expert Advice" in this month's California Lawyer).  

Tom noted that while most of the article addresses the management of client and adversary expectations, it concludes with these paragraphs:

Once you know who the mediator will be, always contact him or her and try to meet in advance of the mediation. If that is not possible, have a pre-mediation telephone conference. Focus only on the strengths of your case: If you represent a plaintiff, talk about the clear liability evidence, significant damages, your client's expectations of a big award, problems with the credibility of the defendant, and your willingness to try the case. Set the bar high. If you represent a defendant, focus on the strengths of your defense, including technical defenses, any persuasive evidence, and any credibility issues the plaintiff might have. Set the bar low. From both perspectives, provide the mediator with everything that serves your interests. [emphasis in the original]

At the mediation, continue this effort and work even harder at it. If the other side convinces the mediator that you will accept a lesser result than advertised, your chance of success will plummet (and you may end up facing a very unhappy client). On the other hand, if you convince the mediator that your adversary is willing to give more to settle than is on the table, you may well be on the way to having a successful outcome and a satisfied client.

Comments?

$50 million in insurance limits exhausted before a trial date is even set?

Read about it at theD&O Diary here.

 

BTW Blogger Kevin M. LaCroix, an attorney and a partner in OakBridge Insurance Services, Beachwood, Ohio, writes the most amazingly cogent and exhaustive analyses of insurance coverage issues I've seen anywhere on the internet. 

You might want to add him to your newsreader.

Mediator Meltdown and Dancing in the Streets

There's now a genuine reason for summertime dancing in the streets.  Charles Fincher of Law Comix has started a new blog here!!

 

Today's ADR offering below:

Why hasn’t the American Lawyer syndicated Fincher’s work for a nice little bundle of cash?

Hey!! AmLaw Editor!! Are you seeing these cartoons? Are you hearing the laughter in the hallways breaking the stress of daily practice? Are you understanding how many more pairs of eyes Fincher's work will deliver to you and your advertisers?  

Maybe you need to see this one:

Maybe Fincher just won't let his work appear there?  Or is he holding out for syndication in the New York Times?  The Wall Street Journal?  My small reader pool LOVES these and now they can subscribe via RSS feed over at the LawComix Blog

Thanks Charles!

 

Joint Sessions and Unicorn Settlements

Max Kennerly over at Litigation and Trial has graciously and profusely responded to our call for comments about the road-blocks to achieving optimal negotiated resolutions to litigated disputes.

Because Max and I are straining toward the same goal every litigant does when the burdens of a lawsuit begin to outweigh its anticipated benefits, I'm going to include my readers in the conversation.

Our Interests are Adverse, Not Mutual or Intertwined

Max suggests that the hypothetical "business school" negotiated resolution doesn't provide litigators with much guidance in resolving litigated disputes because the buyer-seller-mutual-or-intertwined-interest template cannot be comfortably laid over a conflict between parties whose interests are entirely adverse.  As Max explains:  

The parties to a lawsuit do not have intertwined interests: they have directly adverse interests. Unless there's some possibility of a future relationship, the defendant doesn't want to resolve the conflict: they want the plaintiff to drop their frivolous claim. In their mind, their best alternative to a negotiated agreement ("BATNA") is for the plaintiff to crawl in a hole and die.

Same with the plaintiff. Unlike buyers and sellers, who usually don't get much joy out of their 'conflict' as a conflict, the plaintiff usually prefers imposing a conflict on the defendant (who the plaintiff believes cast the first stone) in pursuit of justice, an imposition they will only relieve for at least "full"  compensation. 

The problem is that most parties don't consider their claims to be assets; the problem isn't that there's emotional baggage around the economic understanding, it's that the parties interpret their dispute as fundamentally non-economic. 

Before moving on to adverse/intertwined/mutual interests, I want to emphasize that what the parties "interpret . . . as fundamentally non-economic" is the key to the settlement of litigated disputes -- not a roadblock. 

Nor can the feelings that accompany litigation be called  "emotional baggage" unless we interpret the desire for justice as pathology. 

This hunger for justice is so fundamental to our social relationships that even  primate relatives like  capuchin monkeys will deprive themselves of food if they sense it is being distributed unfairly.  In capuchin monkey land, injustice appears to consist of being required to do five times more work to "earn" the same benefits as another.  

People seek out lawyers rather than therapists to resolve the emotional issues that accompany conflict -- because they believe themselves to be victims of  injustice and lawyers are in the justice business.  Our clients have not simply suffered an injury (tripped over their own feet) but have a wrong (stumbled over a trip wire placed in their path by a malicious or careless actor).  We can explain until we're blue in the face that money is the only remedy the law can provide.  Our clients will continue to seek justice and will not easily settle for money alone.  

"The Unicorn Settlement"

Max asks that I acquaint him with the Unicorn -- the state "where two hostile parties on the verge of a lawsuit get lawyers, almost file suit, and then, through deft representation, settle their differences peacefully and move on" Unicorns. Excluding business disputes where the parties have an existing and potentially mutually beneficial on-going relationship, this type of settlement, says Max, is a myth.  He explains:

I entered the law expecting The Unicorn to be rare but real; by this point, I have been trained by defense lawyers not to bother to check for it. I still usually do, throwing out what I think is a perfectly reasonable offer early on, which is routinely ignored or dismissed by a letter that gratuitously refers to my claims as baseless, frivolous, or made in bad faith.

So that's my biggest question to you: how do you suggest I get defendants, prior to the courthouse steps, to even enter the mindset that there's a valid claim and mediation / settlement should be considered? Reframed in words closer to your post: what can I do to (a) get the joint session to happen and (b) ensure everyone's in the right mindset?

The Conditions in Which Unicorns Flourish

When I started practice -- in 1980 -- I did so in a small community -- Sacramento -- where everyone was a "repeat player" with everyone else.  Perhaps more importantly, you could file a suit in year one and try it to a jury in year two.  Not only defense counsel, but insurance adjusters, knew which plaintiffs' attorneys would try cases and which would not.  They also knew which ones could persuade a jury to bring back a hefty award.    

Though I only handled personal injury litigation for my first two years of practice (after which I changed firms and moved on to commercial litigation) I saw dozens of "unicorns" in my first few months of practice.  As the junior-most attorney in a small P.I. practice, I settled hundreds of cases without ever filing a lawsuit -- on the telephone with insurance adjusters.  (A really, really good reason to leave PI practice, but that's another story). 

I settled these cases in the world of "three times specials" at a time when and in a place where everyone knew one another and used a common metric to evaluate potential liability and damages.  In that environment, Unicorns flourished.

Unicorn Hunting in the 21st Century

Max isn't asking me to shoot ducks in a barrell here.  He's asking me to deliver the holy grail of mediation -- how to convene an early settlement conference in which the parties (and their attorneys) are united in a desire to settle litigation without protracted discovery or pre-trial procedural wrangling.  

I hate to keep leaving my readers on the edge of a satisfactory resolution, but I DO have work to do and will return to this -- and Max's further observations -- soon, really soon.  Stay tuned.  And join the conversation by leaving your own comments here.

Face-to-Face: Emotion in Conflict Resolution

We've been having a blog-versation about joint sessions this past week thanks to attorney Gavin Craig, workplace conflict mediation trainer Guy Harris (see also An Attitude of Curiosity - continued) and Pennsylvania litigator and blogger Max Kennerly.

Kennerly says:

sometimes I don't want to discuss the case. Sometimes either we're at the end of the road or you're not even on our road, and I'm not going to humor you and your insufficient offers and your attempt to use social influence on me. Indeed, many of my best offers come after cancelling settlement conferences before they happen.

Just something to keep in mind. Every trick you know is a trick that can be played on you and/or your client.

While Craig recalls a mediation in which a joint session hardened the parties' positions as follows:

The mediator decided at the last minute that it would be nice to see if we could all meet and agree in a joint session.

In his defense, he had the advantage of reviewing the positions of both parties in their submittals. There was no warning that the mediator was going to try to help the parties come to an agreement in a joint session.

What I remember most was my client getting so incensed by the positions of the other party in the joint session. Unfortunately my client hardened his position – not helpful in mediation – and apparently the other party did the same. I think the theory about eye-to-eye meeting and negotiations is absolutely correct.

The problem is that parties bring so much emotion into a settlement discussion that I think they need to stay separate from the people creating the emotion before they can calmly assess the best course of action.

What interests me most about Craig's comment is this:

I think the theory about eye-to-eye meeting and negotiations is absolutely correct. The problem is that parties bring so much emotion into a settlement discussion that I think they need to stay separate from the people creating the emotion before they can calmly assess the best course of action.

I'm going to be writing about this conversation all week and invite others to please comment.

Right now, I'd like anyone interested in the resolution of conflict close to home (the neighbors; the  PTA President; the woman sitting in the cubicle next to you stripping laquer from her nails with industrial strength polish remover; the entire HR department; your boss, etc.) to read It Took a Villain to Save Our Marriage in the Style section of this Sunday's New York Times.

Here's the "money shot" for anyone who has ever mediated neighborhood disputes in a community mediation center as I do pro bono.

Then while the rest of the block kissed goodnight, I stomped down the street in the dark to Blocker’s house and pounded on his door.

He opened it, shirtless and calm; it unnerved me. I’m sure I looked crazed. I felt my face puff up. “Stop taking our signs!” I said.

There was a shift. It was he who had the advantage now — I was on his porch, and drunk.

But Blocker didn’t say anything mean. He didn’t seem angry, as he should have been, that I had bothered him late at night; he didn’t threaten to call the police. We stood close, inches away. There was an intimacy in our strange hate.

“I didn’t take them,” he said. “Seriously. The city picks them up sometimes. I know where they put them. I could check if you want.”

No, I didn’t want. But I thanked him, and walked home both shaken and comforted, and thinking Anthony would kill me if he knew I had crossed enemy lines like that, alone. I didn’t tell him.

There was one more encounter. Blocker drove by me in his car. He slowed and rolled down his window, and instead of grunting or sneering, he said, “Did you find your signs?”

“No. I didn’t look.”

We exchanged a few more words — about the weather, his dogs — but it was quick. He drove off, and a few weeks later we moved.

A trained and skilled mediator would take advantage of these two fleeting moments of concern on the part of "Blocker" who is the bully in this story with a heart-rending conclusion. 

Read it?

Now assume that these people -- all three of them and maybe a few additional neighbors as well -- belong to a homeowners' association with the power to fine the HOA "outlaw," making the fines a lien against his property.  Now its a legal dispute.

Ask yourself, what do the parties' legal positions have to do with the resolution of the conflict?

Leave your thoughts here -- down in the comments section -- and I'll be back soon to discuss the New York Times conflict resolution hypothetical based not only on my experience mediating the resolution of litigated commercial disputes, but also based on my pro bono community mediation experience and on the studies that earned me an LL.M that's purportedly not worth the paper its printed on (a judgment that could be just as easily applied to my Bachelors Degree in English Literature were it not for its transmogrification into a ticket to practice law).

Bonus Question:  do we really want to dedicate our lives to the satisfactory resolution of conflict -- which is what the law, after all, is all about -- or would we rather, like the author of It Took A Villain, take the pleasure to be had in the state of high dudgeon, self-righteousness, and passionate engagement with someone who is an easy target to blame for our own unhappy life circumstances?

Double Bonus Question for Lawyers Practicing in Los Angeles:  Would you let the Los Angeles Superior Court choose your trial attorney or your marriage and family counselor from a panel of people who have had 28 hours of training in their "professional" field of practice just because the first three hours are free?  

Joint Sessions and Settlement -- Trick or Treat?

In the actual news (the New York Times) are the results of a new study finding that

most . . . plaintiffs who decided to pass up a settlement offer and went to trial ended up getting less money than if they had taken that offer . . . 

Plaintiffs, however, are not the only ones who made the "wrong" decision -- defendants were mistaken in 24% of the cases.  Defense errors, however, were far more costly. 

getting it wrong cost plaintiffs . . . about $43,000 . . . For defendants, who were less often wrong about going to trial, the cost was . . . . $1.1 million.  

What to do?

It's no answer to say " take the last best settlement offer,"  though one party or the other will 80 to 90 percent of the time and often on the courthouse steps, i.e., at the point of a gun when decision-making is at its most flawed. 

Nor, I must concede, is the answer simply mediation, which is, after all, pretty much a pig in a poke.  Why?  Because mediation practice ranges all the way from

  • a retired judge bullying an "injured, situationally-weakened client with no negotiation skills" (cf. Max Kennerly's recent post at  the Litigation and Trial Blog) or disrespecting a marginalized defendant (cf. Dr. Ghaderi)  
  • to a mediator who knows only how to repeat "trial is expensive and the result uncertain"
  • to a settlement officer who does nothing more than shuttle numbers back and forth between two rooms
  • to a "transformative" mediator who allows the parties free reign to "vent" their "feelings" without helping them get a grip on the very real and serious consequences of the negotiated resolution that has been proposed to them.  

A friend of mine who is a psychoanalyst once told me that patients get better in therapy despite their analysts' "technique."  It's the relationship that's curative, she told me.  A patient in need will find the water of healing in the desert of a therapist's theory.  If the same can be said of mediation -- that it's the relationship that's curative -- the question that naturally arises is whose relationship?  

Why the disputants of course, which is why I recommend joint sessions.  Not stylized adversarial position-based, chest-thumping, shoe-banging joint sessions ("we will bury you") but interest-based, inquisitive, collaborative, reality-testing mediator-and-attorney directed negotiation sessions. 

Before talking about joint sessions, however, let's look at the problem every litigator faces when advising his/her client whether to accept, make, or reject a settlement offer.  

The Problem in Bullet-Points

  • we can't predict the future (darn)
  • we think so much like lawyers that we've fogotten how to talk to juries like normal people (cf. Gerry Spence)
  • too few of us get to try enough cases to be any good at predicting results based on experience
  • we're subject to all the cognitive biases every other human being is, including,
    • self-serving bias -- the tendency to evaluate ambiguous information in a way that "fits" our existing view of the world
    • egocentric bias --  recalling the past in a self-serving manner
    • hind-sight bias -- filtering memory of past events through present knowledge
    • bias blind spot -- the tendency not to compensate for our biases 
    • optimism bias — the systematic tendency to be over-optimistic about the outcome of planned actions
    • overconfidence effect -- when we say we're 99% certain, we're wrong 40% of the time
    •  fundamental attribution error -- the tendency to over-emphasize personality-based explanations for behaviors observed in others while under-emphasizing the role and power of situational influences and reversing this error when the behavior at issue is our own.
    • Just-world phenomenon — the tendency for people to believe that the world is "just" and therefore people "get what they deserve"
  • We get so stuck in our positions that we fail to ask diagnostic questions that have been proven to result in significantly better negotiated outcomes for both parties.
  • We're so averse to leaving money on the table that we walk away from negotiations without having learned that our respective "bottom lines" actually overlap

Joint Sessions

My friend Judge Alexander Williams -- the soon to retire full-time settlement Judge in the downtown Los Angeles Superior Court -- has the following poster hanging in his jury room.

The surface is what the lawyers know.

The depth and breath; the texture and particularity; the details of the dispute and the desire for justice that exists on both sides, is known only to the litigants.  And they haven't (and won't) tell you what they know or want.

Why you should never leave a mediation or settlement conference without letting a skilled mediator facilitate a joint session in which the litigants can explore their joint interests and conflicting goals will be the subject of my next post.

See also Nuts and Boalts (You Had Me at Your Initial Offer) which directs us to Prospect Theory as a good explanation for our settlement errors.

Negotiating Influence: How to Help Your Opponents Change Their Minds

I have alot more to say about this but for the moment am simply linking you to an article at Cognitive daily demonstrating the known fact that you are far more likely to persuade another if you are making eye contact with him.  

And still opposing parties resist sitting in the same room with one another when attempting to settle litigation!

There is a considerable body of research showing that eye contact is a key component of social interaction. Not only are people more aroused when they are looked at directly, but if you consistently look at the person you speak to, you will have much more social influence over that person than you would if you averted your gaze.

For full article, click here.


Neutrality, NFL Referees, Federal Judges and Mediators

I'm just back from a Judicate West retreat where we discussed the legal, practical and ethical issues of "neutrality."  So it is with no small amount of interest that I read Concurring Opinions provocative post I Trust NFL Officials More than I Do Federal Judges (h/t Quizlaw).  

Here's what Erik Lillquist has to say about the NFL official/federal judge comparative neutrality quotient:

My motivation for the title of the post is that I think NFL officials are actually better than judges on a number of these scores. For instance, NFL officials do not have the repeat-player problem. Furthermore, NFL officials are graded on all their calls, from every game, ensuring that the same calls are being made in all situations (and these days, they have to contend with the possibility of instant replay review on every call). And unlike federal judges and (to a certain extent) major league umpires, NFL officials are subject to the real possibility of termination for poor performance, something that cannot happen to Article III judges and rarely happens with major league umpires. As this LA Times article notes, between 2004 and 2007, there was actually more new Supreme Court justices than new (full-time, I assume) major league baseball umpires. In the NFL, on the other hand, turnover is more common. Because being a NFL official is so relentlessly competitive, the result is that (I think) NFL officials are more likely to get the call right than your typical judge (or umpire). 

To say neutrality is not precisely defined in mediation theory and practice is a vast understatement.    Consider these definitions of neutrality as reported in a "Knowledge Base Essay" on Neutrality at Beyond Intractability.

According to experienced mediator Robert Benjamin, neutral mediators:

  • will not intervene in the substance of the dispute;
  • are indifferent to clients' welfare;
  • have no relationship with the parties outside of the mediation;
  • will not attempt to alter perceived power balance differences;
  • are disinterested in the outcome; and
  • are unconcerned with the impact of the settlement on unrepresented parties. 

In contrast, Kevin Gibson, Leigh Thompson, and Max Bazerman (1996) identify three distinct conceptions of neutrality.

  • Neutrality as impartiality, which holds that the mediator should be free of bias and should set aside his or her opinions, feelings, and agendas.
  • Neutrality as equidistance, which focuses on the idea that mediators should try to give equal consideration to each side.
  • Neutrality as a practice in discourse. Mediators are supposed to shape problems in ways that give all speakers a chance to tell their story in a way that does not contribute to their own de-legitimization or marginalization.
  • The mediator gives each side a chance to talk about their positions and concerns, and then reframes these issues in a more neutral way so that parties are more likely to listen to and understand the other side's viewpoint. 
  • Then the mediator helps the parties to explore settlement options and to move toward a solution that all can agree on. Neutrality means that the mediator who facilitates this discussion should not have an interest in advancing the goals and positions of any party involved.

Similarly, Rachel Field (2000) points out that the term 'neutrality' encompasses "issues such as

  • a lack of interest in the outcome of the dispute,
  • a lack of bias towards one of the parties,
  • a lack of prior knowledge of the dispute and/or the parties,
  • the absence of the mediator making a judgment about the parties and their dispute, and
  • the idea that the mediator will be fair and even-handed." 

Thoughts from our readers?

It's Never Just About Money: The Wilson Sonsini Settlement

Big or small, litigation is never just about money.  Nor is settlement just about the strength of the parties legal positions or even the relevant facts.  Here, as reported by the Wall Street Journal Law Blog in Is It a Settlement? Wilson Pays Brocade to be Released From Backdating, its also about relationship and cooperation and respect.  Who knew?

So why would the S[pecial Litigation Committee] release [Wilson Sonsini] and Larry Sonsini? The SLC wrote that it weighed the opinion of a legal ethics expert as well as testimony and documents related to Sonsini and the firm’s roles at Brocade. It also listened to Sonsini and his firm’s “contentions that Brocade employees misled WSGR about stock-option grants” and that the firm had negotiated a good settlement with the SEC and helped avoid DOJ action against Brocade. The committee also considered the firm’s longstanding relationship with Brocade and the firm’s “willingness” to help the company resolve any “outstanding questions” about the backdating.

For the entire WSJ Law Blog post, click here.

Below -- Annie Lennox' Money Can't Buy It -- with a little Demi Moore Striptease for our gentlemen readers' mid-week enjoyment (with apologies to the puritanical and those who simply can't abide Demi Moore).

The IP Executive Summary of Blawg Review # 171

There's been some salacious commentary (such as WAC's Like a Vixen) about Blawg Review # 171.  I just want to say to anyone who missed the sexual revolution -- on either side of the generation gap -- we're sorry to have started it all.  We just never really left high school.

We've also heard some complaints that the most recent Blawg Review is just too darn long.  In honor of our sister blog and those attorneys who are still billing 2400 hours/year, we give you the IP Executive Summary of the Virgin Blawg Review #171 below. 

Isaac Newton.  The Straight Dope thinks the virginity of this octogenerian scientist and mathematician is less surprising that the fact that the math gene somehow keeps perpetuating itself.   We consecrate Newton's virginity to this week's best IP and IT posts.  William ("I am virginal") Patry is asking questions about the government's engagement in copyright infringement  but it is  Patry's final blog post that we celebrate as a true virginal moment.  Pause here.  

My late mother, aleha ha-shalom, told me repeatedly that I had a religious obligation to learn every day, and I have honored her memory by doing exactly that. Learning also involves changing how you think about things; it doesn't only mean reinforcing the existing views you already have. In this respect, Second Circuit Judge Pierre Leval once said that the best way to know you have a mind is to change it, and I have tried to live by that wisdom too. There are positions I have taken in the past I no longer hold, and some that I continue to hold. I have tried to be honest with myself: if you are not genuinely honest with yourself, you can't learn, and if you worry about what others think of you, you will be living their version of your life and not yours.

Other IP bloggers have, of course, reflected on Patry's Final Blog Words here and here

Back in the worldly word, Patently O -- which promiscuously shares itself with millions of readers every year -- turns its pen over to David McGowan who discusses why we should not interpret the recent Quanta decision too broadly Lou Michels suggests we be the masters of our own domains, using the the recent San Francisco IT fiasco as a cautionary tale -- don't let a single person have control of all the keys to your kingdom.

 

We've heard tell that reading your iPhone has replaced the cigarette for post-coital bliss, in which case you'll be glad to hear Brett Trout at BlawgIT suggest that you might soon be watching television from that device.  Protection, protection, protection.  In a software license, boilerplate integration and non-reliance terms might not insulate a firm from claims based upon its salesfolks "over"promises.  Elsewhere, at least one IP Blogger wonders whether blog content licensing might be dying for lack of buyers? (people pay for Blog content while I give it away for free?????)

The IP Dispute of the Week, of course, is Hasbro's suit against Rajat and Jayant Agarwalla for their Facebook hit Scrabulous.  Scrabble itself was invented during the Depression by Alfred Mosher Butts, an out-of-work architect.  How did he do it?  As the New York Times explained in its review of Steve Fastis book, Word Freak (Zo. Qi. Doh. Hoo. Qursh) Scrabble's inventor assumed that the game would work best if the game letters  "appear[ed] in the same frequency as in the language itself."  So he

counted letters in The New York Times, The New York Herald Tribune and The Saturday Evening Post to calculate letter frequencies for various word lengths. Playing the game with his wife, Nina, and experimenting as he went along, Butts carefully worked out the size of the playing grid (225 squares, or 15 by 15), the number of tiles (100), point values for the letters, the placement of double- and triple-score squares, the distribution of vowels and consonants, and so on.

In response to the Hasbro lawsuit Ron Coleman at Likelihood of Confusion asks "How Many Points is Infringement?" -- one of those rare legal questions that actually has an answer rather than 20 more questions.     

If Player 1 opens with "fringe" (double word) for 24 points; Player 2 follows by slapping an "i" on the triple word score followed by an "n" for "infringe" and 33 points; and, Player 1 responds with "ment" for 19 points, the combined score for "infringement" is 75 points. Our readers can do the math and moves on "trademark" and copyright." 

On the matter of greater moment --  Will the ax fall on Scrabulous -- Jonathan Zittrain at The Future of the Internet answers his own question in the affirmative based on the name alone, opining that by calling it "rainbows and buttercups” instead of “Scrabulous” there’d be little claim of brand confusion but noting the "residual claim that the Scrabulous game board infringes the copyright held in the Scrabble game board."  More on Scrabulous and its replacement with Word Scraper at the Video Game Law Blog here. (Mr. Thrifty's and my first game of Word Scraper here!) 

Has anyone recently said God bless the best IP aggregator in the universe -- the IP Think Tank's Global Week in Review?  This week IPTT points to the following posts on the Hasbro Scrabble debacle -- (Spicy IP), (Techdirt), (The Trademark Blog), (Out-Law), (Law360).  While we're talking IP aggregation, check out Patent Baristas' regular Friday IP Round-up.  All around aggregators include Anne Reed's (Deliberations) reading list and Kevin O'Keefe's LexMonitor.

Both Geoff Sharp and I picked up 8 impediments to settling patent cases on appeal (a desire for "justice" is not an impediment but a means to settlement).  While we're taking an ADR angle, Virtually Blind's post Second Life Lawsuit Avoided; Law is Cool's Love, Actionable; and,    Slashdot's recommend reading of the week (The Pragmatic CSO) are all well worth a look.  

Slashdot also reminds us that IP prevention is worth a pound of IP litigation with the post WB Took Pains to "Delay" Pirating of the Dark Knight as follows: 

"a new studio tactic [is] not to prevent piracy, but to delay it . . . Warner Bros. executives said [they] prevent[ed] camcorded copies of the reported $180-million [Dark Knight] film from reaching Internet file-sharing sites for about 38 hours. Although that doesn't sound like much progress, it was enough time to keep bootleg DVDs off the streets as the film racked up a record-breaking $158.4 million on opening weekend. .  . The success of an anti-piracy campaign is measured in the number of hours it buys before the digital dam breaks.'"

If you're sufficiently virginal to believe in magic, check out the Law and Magic Law Blog's announcement of the dismissal of a defamation lawsuit against Magic Mag as protected opinion while Ernie the Attorney has at least one more make to make your iPhone magic here.

Meanwhile, the Legal Talk Network gathers together bloggers and co-hosts, J. Craig Williams and Bob Ambrogi to welcome Attorney Kevin A. Thompson from the firm Davis McGrath LLC, and Lauren Gelman, Executive Director of Stanford Law School's Center for Internet and Society to discuss Viacom's suit against Google's YouTube for the violation of its copyrights in a $1 billion lawsuit.

Because I used to type patent applications for Uniroyal (IBM Selectric - 5 carbon copies) I get a sweet whiff of nostalgia from Wiki Patents -- like this one -- Flexible Row Redundancy System 7404113 -- a row redundancy system is provided for replacing faulty wordlines of a memory array having a plurality of banks. The row redundancy system includes a remote fuse bay storing at least one faulty address corresponding to a faulty wordline of the memory array . . . .  Another available data base for the engineering-attorney crowd is the subject of  Securing Innovations post IBM Technical Disclosures' Prior Art Data BaseConcurring Opinions covers IP in the News this weekPeter Zura's 271 Patent Blog considers a patent that was a "Colossal Waste of Time" and  IP Kat curls up with Small and Sole.  

Next week, the Blawg Review will be hosted by the Ohio Employer's Law Blog which we expect will be far more respectful of BR's readers' political, religious and sexual sensitivities than this one was.  Thanks for letting us play.  And a very, very, very good night!

Slow Down -- Trial Lawyer Practicing Tranquility Nearby

ImageChef.com - Custom comment codes for MySpace, Hi5, Friendster and more

Check out Underdog's Blog post Practicing non-anger if you're feeling stressed and cranky.   Because there's a riot of unruly pre-school children residing inside of me, I too center myself as often as possible by remembering that everything is internconnected.  Here's what DUI attorney Jon Katz does to keep himself from boiling over.  

One approach I try to use in staying consistently calm and not angry is in focusing on how everyone ultimately is interconnected. Those who reach such a view from a deeply-held religious perspective -- which I do not, still remaining an agnostic who is into Judaism and Buddhism nonetheless -- might have an easier time sticking to the view than I do.

In any event, the more we see that we are interconnected, the less we will be tempted to cause disharmony to others and the more we will want to help everyone rise as we rise, and not to try to pull them into a ditch even if we find ourselves in one.

Read the remainder of the post here.

I was just telling Mr. Thrifty over the dinner dishes that my life as a litigator got far far better when one of my biggest and most enduring pieces of litigation was assigned to Judge Carolyn Kuhl over at the Complex Court here in Los Angeles.  She set such an even-tempered example that opposing counsel and I aspired to live up to it.  We wanted to please her.  Everything got better after that.  

That led me to think about the way Judges' ill tempers effects their dockets.  The Judge bats the attorneys around the courtroom like cat toys and they begin to behave like caged animals on an electrified grid.  The attorneys behave badly and that irritates the Judge who demeans and belittles them.  The attorneys then demean and belittle each other and everyone is trapped in the vicious cycle. 

Maybe if Judges realized that they have this effect on attorneys, they'd adjust their own attitudes and see the attorney wrangling before them chill out a little.

Thanks for the wise words, Jon.

Negotiating Bankruptcy

My favorite local bankruptcy mediators

Ben Siegel of Buchalter (left)

former bankruptcy judge Herb Katz (right)

Bankruptcy mediation catches on nationwide

A decade ago, there were only a handful of mediation programs in bankruptcy courts.

Long associated with family law disputes, mediation programs were slow to catch on in complex business litigation, including bankruptcy cases.

But that's changing.

More than two-thirds of the 90 bankruptcy courts have mediation available, according to Robert Niemic, senior attorney at the Federal Judicial Center. Even more offer some other form of alternative dispute resolution, such as judicial settlement conferences.

In the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Central District of California, more than 3,800 cases have been referred to mediation since 1995. About 64 percent of those cases were resolved through settlements.

To keep costs down, the first day of mediation is free. Parties choose from a list of 200 attorneys and non-attorneys, such as accountants and financial experts, who volunteer as mediators.

Chief Bankruptcy Court Judge Barry Russell, who launched the mediation program in 1995, said that most cases settle in a day, producing major cost savings for both the court and the parties involved.

For full article, click here.

Change Your Definition of Winning?

Change your definition of “winning” to include the business perspective. “Winning for the business” may not mean victory in a trial but preserving management time and protecting the business’s reputation and brand.  From Early Case Assessment from Seagate Services.

Seagate is selling an e-discovery product (reason number one for leaving commercial litigation now -- e-discovery).  But the quote above nails my own attitude toward resolving complex commercial disputes.

Negotiating Revenge

Who negotiates revenge? 

Lawyers, of course. 

In the criminal law, the negotiation ends either in a plea bargain or the Best Alternative to it -- trial.

Most civil lawyers don't think about revenge much.  When settling a case, however, they should understand their clients' desire for vengence if they want to break past the psychological impasse to giving up the ultimate reward in a society based upon the law -- vindication of a party's  position and punishment of the opposition by way of a jury verdict.

Today, the New York Times -- in Calculating Economics of an Eye for an Eye by Patricia Cohen -- brings us a better way to understand the primal need for vengence which, it seems, is based not only on our "human nature" but also on our acculturation and personal experience. 

Even Dr. Melfi wants revenge in a world where the "justice system is %$^#'ed up."

 

The good news for countries clinging to the rule of law (as we are despite the recent assaults upon it) is as follows:

vengeful feelings are stronger in countries with low levels of income and education, a weak rule of law and those who recently experienced a war or are ethnically or linguistically fragmented. Anthropologists tend to believe that vengeful feelings were useful in binding a family or group together in early human society. They were protective devices before states were established and did the job of punishing wrongdoers.

Check out the full article here.  H/T to Marginal Revolution here.

Blawg Review 170 Negotiates Simple Justice

My friend, Joe Mockus, a criminal defense attorney in the San Francisco Bay area, once asked me, "just what is it that you do all day long?"   I know what Joe did.  He had at least one hundred court appearances a day and once in awhile tried a major felony case.  He was negotiating while I was writing stake-in-the-heart summary judgment motions in cases with 2 million documents coded in the Phillipines.  I took a lot of depositions and, if I was very very very lucky, I got to try a case to a jury once every five to ten years.

If you're a civil litigator like me (read:  "not really a trial attorney") and you haven't thought of criminal law since your first year of law school (it has something to do with a man jumping out a 20 story window and then being shot by an angry mistress from the 10th floor, right?  Cf. Magnolia below) then amble on over to Scott Greenfield's Simple Justice for a satisfying look at the world criminal lawyers inhabit every day.

And next week, we'll be hosting the Blawg Review over at the IP ADR Blog.  Which reminds me, this is likely the first and only post on this blog you'll get this week!

Habeas corpus actus reus corpus delicti crimen falsi crimen innominatum crimem laesae maiestatis de minimis non curat lex.



The Magnolia criminal law bar exam question half-way through this opening to the darkest comedy of the 20th Century, Magnolia.

Don't Know How to Tell Your Client It's About to Be Fined $25K a Day?

This may be the biggest break-down in attorney-client communication in the history of litigation.  Because this public statement by Allstate about its former attorney would be highly defamatory if not true, I'm taking Allstate at its word here.   

Allstate claimed that it had not deliberately flouted Manners’ orders. Rather, it said, its now-former attorney — then with the firm of Wallace, Saunders, Austin, Brown & Enochs — had failed to respond to discovery requests.

Allstate said it was appalled when it learned last year that it was being threatened with contempt.

“Allstate litigates hundreds of bad faith cases each year,” Allstate stated in court documents. “And it responds to discovery requests — just like the ones in this case — in many of them. There is no reason in the world for Allstate not to participate in discovery — particularly in this case, where there is an underlying judgment of $1 million.”

Allstate said it “immediately removed” the attorney from the case and retained new counsel.

Read the article about the lifting of the daily $25,000 contempt sanctions against Allstate in the wake of its settlement of the bad faith action in which they were imposed here.

The answer to the question "how to break bad news to my client" can be found at any of the links below.  Most of these links are for health care professionals, who have to break bad news to their patients and their families far more often than we have to tell our clients that something went terribly awry.  Put that at the top of your attorney gratitude list.

The Breaking Bad News Web Site

Breaking Bad News by Telephone

A Framework for Breaking Bad News  (anyone who read my Negotiating Life's End series knows that my father's physician could have used this excellent framework for delivering bad medical news to a patient's family)

Another excellent British source on breaking bad news listing the following traps for the unwary (partial list):

  • Do not avoid seeing the [client] or leave them anxiously waiting for news. Sometimes anticipation can be worse than even the worst reality.
  • Treat others as you would wish to be treated yourself.
  • Get the facts before you start.
  • Make sure you will not be disturbed. If necessary switch off phones or bleeps.
  • Be factual but sympathetic. Always be empathetic however you may feel personally.
  • Give time for the information to sink in and the opportunity to ask questions before moving on. Do not seem rushed.
  • If the [client] does not seem able to take any more be prepared to end the consultation and to take it up again later.
  • Look for all the cues, verbal or others. , , , Perhaps they would like you to speak to someone else or to have someone with them for the next meeting.
  • Never say that nothing can be done or the [client] will lose all hope.
  • Whilst trying to be positive never lose track of the fact that this is a serious and potentially fatal [reverse in the litigation].  Be optimistic but do not promise success or anything else that may not be delivered.

Employer Did Not Waive Right to Arbitrate by Telling Employee His Election to Arbitrate Was Premature

Not an earth-shaking opinion from the Ninth Circuit but a good one to keep around the next time you want to claim -- or resist a claim of -- waiver.  Thanks to the Met News for summarizing these opinions on a daily basis and to LACBA for putting them into my email box every night. 

What on earth would we do without them?

Where employment-related dispute arose between employer and employee who had executed employment agreement containing a mandatory arbitration clause, and employee wrote letter requesting arbitration to which employer responded by telling employee that it did not consider his claim ripe for arbitration, district court's order—after employee's termination—denying employer's motion to compel arbitration on ground that employer previously breached its agreement and waived right to arbitrate disputes was error because employee did not properly initiate arbitration under agreement's terms; district court improperly concluded employer waived arbitration where it was debatable whether employer acted inconsistently with right to arbitrate, employer initiated arbitration immediately upon learning of suit, and employer's actions did not prejudice employee.

Cox v. Ocean View Hotel Corporation - filed July 23, 2008

Can You Say What You're Writing to Opposing Counsel Face-to-Face? Would you Want to?

Thanks to David R. Donoghue at the Chicago IP Litigation Blog for picking up my recent Daily Journal article on the Dangers of Email in Litigation and running with it in A Call for Face-to-Face Communication in Litigation.  As David comments:

It is no surprise that increased aggression in a naturally aggressive proceeding has negative consequences. For example, parties that often meet for the first time at a mediation or settlement conference arrive not trusting or respecting each other, making resolution much more difficult. Pynchon suggested a somewhat radical solution to the email problem -- live meetings with opposing counsel. She suggested that you routinely have live meetings with opposing counsel throughout the course of a litigation, including perhaps even doing some meetings over a meal. The face-to-face contact would generate the trust and respect needed to resolve issues that always arise during a litigation. I have always advocated live meetings with co-counsel in a multi-party litigation. Email communications (or even conference calls) tend to get out of hand and the parties tend not to pay enough attention to others' positions. I am going to expand that practice to opposing counsel.

One other thought, that I do not know if Pynchon will agree with. Those who still avoid email and continue using letters as a main communication means are not off the hook. I started practicing when letters, not emails, were how you communicated with opposing counsel. Those letters tended to be far more aggressive than the attorneys were in a live conversation. And I suspect people tended to read extra aggression into the letters they received. I do not know if aggression is stronger in emails than letters, but the same problem exists whether you hit send, hit print or use a pen to write to opposing counsel.

Looking for help with your communication skills?  Though directed at teachers, here is a list of Six Ways to Improve Non-Verbal Communication Skills that will assist lawyers and their clients in resolving conflict face-to-face. 

 

And then the juror applauded . . . .

Thanks to Anne Reed at Deliberations for following California case law on juror misconduct and bias.  I won't steal her thunder -- click here for What is the Sound of One Juror Clapping?

I will, however, provide the appellate court's comment on human fallability -- a recognition we all need to carry into any settlement conference or mediation with us.  Vast conspiracies are the rare one-off.  As Al Gore once said -- we think we can evacuate the planet but not New Orleans?  It's our human capacity for error coupled with our human tendency to search the field for someone to blame that accounts for most unresolved conflict.  Here's the local Met News article on the opinion and the appellate opinion itself (from our own Second District here in Los Angeles): 

"The jury system is fundamentally human, which is both a strength and a weakness. . . . Jurors are not automatons. They are imbued with human frailities as well as virtues. If the system is to function at all, we must tolerate a certain amount of imperfection short of actual bias. To demand theoretical perfection from every juror during the course of a trial is unrealistic."

Enforcing Mediated Settlement Agreements Post-Simmons v. Ghaderi

Update:  there's a good discussion of the holding and rationale at the Complex Litigator -- Simmons v. Ghaderi: mediation privilege trumps allegation of oral settlement agreement here.

I'm re-posting this "how to" now that Simmons v. Ghaderi has been decided.  You no longer have even a fighting chance of enforcing a mediated settlement agreement that fails to comply with the Code.  So here's the procedure, as recommended by my and Deborah Rothman's article in the Daily Journal in November 2006 -- Take Steps to Ensure that Mediated Settlement Agreements Can Be Enforced. 

Assuming your client insists on orally memorializing the settlement reached in mediation, you must comply strictly with Evidence Code Sections 1118 and 1124. An oral agreement reached during a mediation can be proven and enforced only if (1) its terms are recited to a court reporter or recorded by a sound device in the presence of all parties and the mediator, (2) the parties expressly agree to those terms on the record, (3) the recording is reduced to writing and signed within 72 hours of its recordation and (4) all parties to the agreement expressly agree in a writing, in the sound recording or in the reported record that the signed written transcript may be disclosed.

Th[e] procedure for enforcing an oral settlement is so technical and cumbersome . . . (counsel and mediators rarely have court reporters standing by or tape recorders in their breast pockets), that we recommend against it.

We instead suggest that the parties document all settlements in writing, even if the writing contains only skeletal deal terms and even if someone has to begin drafting it at 2 a.m. The agreement should provide that the parties intend it to be enforceable or binding and that all parties expressly agree in writing to its disclosure. . . . If an action is pending between the parties, the memorandum of understanding should be made enforceable under Code of Civil Procedure Section 664.6.

See also the Supreme Court's decision in Fair v. Bhaktiari, interpreting the phrase "words to that effect" in section 1123(b) as requiring a written mediated settlement agreement to "directly express the parties’ agreement to be bound by the document they sign."

Almost right will not do.  You must strictly comply with these provisions or your mediated settlement agreement will not be enforceable.

Simmons v. Ghaderi: When the Legislature Said Mediation Was Confidential, It Meant What it Said

Today, the Supreme Court handed down a unanimous ruling in the long-awaited Simmons v. Ghaderi case about which I've commented on many occasions -- both on the importance of the confidentiality laws the Supreme Court held were air-tight today and on the process itself as a common example of a failed mediation proceeding.

Highlights from the opinion:

  • "The Legislature chose to promote mediation by ensuring confidentiality rather than adopt a scheme to ensure good behavior in the mediation and litigation process."
  • [T]he legislative history of the mediation confidentiality statutes as a whole reflects a desire that section 1115 et seq. be strictly followed in the interest of efficiency. By laying down clear rules, the Legislature intended to reduce litigation over the admissibility and disclosure of evidence regarding settlements and communications that occur during mediation. (citation omitted).  Allowing courts to craft judicial exceptions to the statutory rules would run counter to that intent."
  • In Foxgate,  we reasoned we "were bound to respect the Legislature’s policy choice to protect mediation confidentiality rather than create a procedure that encouraged good faith participation in mediation. Thus, we held that evidence of a party’s bad faith during the mediation may not be admitted or considered." 

Here's the appellate decision that was reversed on nearly every ground raised in Justice Aldrich's compellingly well-reasoned dissent.

Here are our previous commentaries:

Take Steps to Ensure Mediation Agreements Can Be Enforced (co-authored by local arbitrator and mediator Deborah Rothman, first published in the Daily Journal)

You Say Waiver, I Say Estoppel, Let's Call the Whole Thing Wrong -- Another Look at Simmons v. Ghaderi  

If I Settle, It Will Mean that I Killed Her -- Anatomy of a Failed Medical Malpractice Mediation, at the National Institute for Advanced Conflict Resolution

Here's a veiw that opposes my own -- Kirk Pasich Replies:  the Mediation Privilege and Bad Faith Carrier Conduct.

Summer Associate Advisory: The Staff Knows More Than You Do

The Wall Street Journal Law Blog (Don't Wear Flip-Flops and Other Advice for Summer Associates) points us to a valuable new site for young associates (and would-be associates) -- The Hiring Partner's Office.   Whether or not this anonymous blog is posted by a hiring partner or a savvy summer associate makes little difference to the quality of the advice provided.  Check out Top Ten Things that Annoy Your Hiring Partner, one of which recognizes what most summer associates don't yet know -- the power in the firm as far as you're concerned, rests with people you might be naive enough to believe are "beneath" you. 

Number three on the list of what not to do this summer is --     

Being rude to support staff. If you say thank you to everyone who helps you, you would be amazed at how the staff will respond. Support staff work hard to help make you and the firm look good to clients and other third parties. DO NOT treat them like doormats. DO treat them with respect and show your appreciation.

Why do we mention this in a negotiation law blog?  Because you need to know who the secret stakeholders are when you are attempting to resolve any conflict or broker any deal.  They are not who they appear to be. 

And, head's up!!  "Your" secretary has been "practicing law" for decades.  S/he knows the judges, the court reporters, the clerks at the courthouse and the pecking order in the law firm.  S/he also knows where the bodies are buried.

Be nice.  Be teachable.  Learn.  Thrive.

Even if They're Just Hoops to Jump Through ADR Clauses are Worth Getting Right

Bob Hunt over at Realty Times has a nice consumer-friendly article entitled Californa Court Holds That Mediation Provision "Means What It Says".  /*

As Hunt writes, 

The standard residential purchase contract in California is produced by the California Association of Realtors® (CAR). It contains two sections that are easy to overlook or to take as “boilerplate”, but that can be very important if things go awry between the parties. One of those sections deals with attorney fees, providing that, in the event of any proceeding between buyer and seller, the prevailing party shall be entitled to attorney fees and costs from the non-prevailing party. The attorney fee section contains an exception, however, and that exception is spelled out in the portion of the contract referring to mediation. There it is said that, if either party initiates an action “without first attempting to resolve the matter through mediation, or refuses to mediate after a request has been made, then that party shall not be entitled to recover attorney fees… .” [my emphasis] /*

When Mr. Thrifty and I purchased our house in '02, we were presented with one of these form contracts.  I'm a lazy form contract signator myself.  Negotiation training or not, I generally assume these contracts are "take it or leave it" and I sign them accordingly.  /**

Not Mr. Thrifty.

"What's the procedure?"  I recall him pressing our real estate agent.    "When is the demand for mediation supposed to be made and how are the parties supposed to conduct it and what happens if the parties can't reach agreement on the mediator to conduct the process?"

He was having none of it. 

"I'm crossing it out," he said, as blue ink flowed over the mediation provision and our agent let out of small gasp of dismay.

By that time, everyone was so "bought in" to the sale, that Mr. Thrifty's effort to strike  the form language prevailed.  No mediation necessary in this household!

Beware of Form Contract Language

As Bob Hunt explains, the Lange Court gave the back of its hand to the contention that it was "too difficult" to make the required demand for mediation.  

“If the [sellers] could be found and served with a lawsuit by mail, they could have been sent a mediation demand by mail[,]” [held the Court]  All that the plaintiff had to do was attempt to mediate before he filed suit; and he didn't. Quoting a related case, the court noted that the mediation provision “means what it says and will be enforced.” 

Though it's not surprising to find bare bones ADR provisions in industry form contracts -- bones so bear that their meaning must be litigated -- defeating the purpose of the summary proceedings provided for -- it is surprising to find attorneys continuing to paste form contract language into their client's negotiated agreements.  This is particularly troublesome when what's at stake -- the attorneys' fees -- makes the difference between bringing litigation or not or settling litigation or not.

If it's worth putting a clause into your contract, it's worth spending the time to imagine what might happen if circumstances triggering that clause arise.  If you're practicing in a firm with both transactional and litigation attorneys, I highly recommend that the wordsmiths run the "standard" ADR, attorney fee, choice of law, and venue provisions by the litigators who have undoubtedly already tested these provisions in the fire of conflict.  You won't be sorry you did.       

_______________________

*/  The case -- Lange v. Schilling -- was originally ordered not not to be published.  Had that Order stood, the case would not create precedent under California law.  As the reader of the linked opinion can see, however, it was subsequently ordered published and can be cited as authority. 

**/  The form contract language at issue reads as follows:

Buyer and Seller agree to mediate any dispute or claim arising between them out of this Agreement, or any resulting transaction, before resorting to arbitration or court action. . . . If, for any dispute or claim to which this paragraph applies, any party commences an action without first attempting to resolve the matter through mediation, or refuses to mediate after a request has been made, then that party shall not be entitled to recover attorney fees, even if they would otherwise be available to that party in any such action.

Are Discovery and Pre-Trial Victories the Only Big Game in the Litigation Hunt?

The quote below (though unduly harsh)  points to a problem we've had in the AmLaw 200 since most cases became too big to try. 

I'm coming back to this, promise. 

Now I'm just linking to John Wade's (as always brilliant) article -- Judicial Decision Making in Australia -- that quotes it.

“Because litigators rarely win or lose cases, they derive job satisfaction by recasting minor discovery disputes as titanic struggles. Younger lawyers, convinced that their future careers may hinge on how tough they seem while conducting discovery, may conclude that it is more important to look and sound ferocious than to act co-operatively, even if all that huffing and puffing does not help (and sometimes harms) their cases. While unpleasant at first, nastiness, like chewing tobacco, becomes a habit… Without guidance as to appropriate conduct from their elders, either at the firm or at the bench, it is easy for young lawyers not only to stay mired in contumacious, morally immature conduct, but to actually enjoy it.”  D Yablon, “Stupid Lawyer Tricks: An Essay on Discovery Abuse” (1996) 96 Columbia Law Rev 1618.

 

Mediator Geoff Sharp Up Close and Personal (with Vickie Pynchon tagging along)

DAILY JOURNAL NEWSWIRE ARTICLE
http://www.dailyjournal.com
© 2008 The Daily Journal Corporation.
All rights reserved.
-------------------------------------------

June 23, 2008

POPULAR ADR BLOGGER GETS SOME FACE TIME IN LOS ANGELES
By Greg Katz
Daily Journal Staff Writer 

SANTA MONICA - Nearly everybody in the Southern California mediation community knows the face of mediator Geoff Sharp but not too many have met him.

That's because the New Zealand-based mediator's scruffy mug sits atop his popular ADR blog, Mediator Blah ... Blah ..., at mediatorblahblah.blogspot.com.

Sitting down for coffee at a beachfront hotel with Los Angeles mediator and fellow ADR blogger Victoria Pynchon, Sharp said his blog is what got him his ticket for this trip to Southern California.

He was in town at the request of the Pepperdine University School of Law, giving a lecture at the Straus Institute for Dispute Resolution's annual summer dispute resolution conference last week.

"For someone like me to get to Pepperdine - why would you ask a farm boy like me?" Sharp said, laughing. "The blog's the only way that I talk to these people."

Sharp's witty and concise blog helps chart the course of the online mediation conversation. There are about 150 ADR blogs worldwide, according to one blogger, and many of them link back to Sharp's.

He blogs a potpourri of ADR links, anecdotes and opinions on a wide range of mediation topics, most of them relevant to both local and international audiences.

In one recent post, he chided some "lazy" neutrals who have given parties the impression that mediation is "a process where you show up at a downtown building but never speak to, or even meet, the room full of people with whom you have your problem and whose cooperation you require to solve it."

In another post, Sharp described a mediation in which a lawyer asked him to calculate the hypotenuse of a right triangle.

Sharp said he initially was worried that he couldn't do it.

"But I am pleased to report dear reader, that I was equal to the task," he wrote.

Sharp also broaches sensitive subjects, writing at length about how difficult it is for mediators to build their practices.

But whether the difficulties of mediation are financial or mathematical, he wouldn't think about going back to litigating.

In the late 1990s, Sharp left his litigation practice at Bell Gully, a large New Zealand law firm, to start mediating.

Sharp is now a member of the advanced mediation panels for both of New Zealand's widely recognized mediation training organizations, LEADR and the Arbitration and Mediation Institute of New Zealand.

He also is consulting with the International Mediation Institute on its proposed mediator qualifications standards. Mediator standards are a frequent subject of his blog posts, as well.

He said he relishes the freedom he gained from leaving a big firm, though mediating often proves lonely.

"If you ask why [mediators] blog, it's because we're so solitary," Sharp said.

Becoming an ADR blogger, he said, was like making friends "on the same block in a new town," even though most other bloggers are in other countries.

Sharp said that blogging about mediations, with their strict confidentiality rules, can be complicated.

At first, he would post about specific events in mediations, such as one lawyer who wore his Bluetooth headset throughout a mediation, even when he "went to the john," Sharp said.

Was it blinking?" Pynchon chimed in.

But now, with a wider audience, Sharp focuses on the more philosophical and legal issues in mediation. When he wants to tell a particular story, he embellishes the events that happened in mediation so no one feels their confidential conduct is being publicized.

"I haven't let the facts get in the way of a good story," says the disclaimer on his blog.

Pynchon, who writes the popular ADR blog Settle It Now, at negotiationlawblog.com, said that even when bloggers are careful, mediator blogs can disturb parties. One party recently came to Pynchon asking whether a post referred to that party's case.

It didn't.

Another post, about the California Supreme Court mediation confidentiality case, Simmons v. Ghaderi, provoked the defendant to call Pynchon personally.

"It's like having a cartoon character come to life," Pynchon said of being contacted by someone she only knew through reading briefs and opinions. Simmons v. Ghaderi, 143 Cal.App.4th 410 49 Cal.Rptr.3d 342 (2006).

But despite the occasional hassle, blogging has become a way of life for the two mediators.
"For me, blogging and dispute resolution rest on the same principles: collaboration and reciprocity," Pynchon said.

Sharp nodded his agreement.

"I don't do this profit," he said with a smile. "I do it for ego."

The Comforts of Litigation

I am writing an appellate brief.  I do this from time to time to keep my hand in the game.  I also do it because . . . . .  well, it's a heckuva lot easier to make money as a lawyer than it is to make money as a mediator.

Just saying.

Not only that.  Litigation is a heckuva lot more comfortable than mediation. 

Why?

  • I'm right

          Alone in my office with Lexis/Nexis, Westlaw, and the cold appellate record I am right about my client's position, its version of the facts, and its read of the law.  I've read the other side's arguments and they're . . . wrong, wrong wrong.  They mis-state the factual record, cite irrelevant case law, construe the contract contrary to its plain meaning and misapply its provisions under their own recitation of the facts.  They elide, evade, fail to answer the hard questions, and mislead the court.    

  • I'm on the side of truth, justice and the American way 

          I'm not only right.  I'm righteously right.  With this brief, I will correct every injustice my client has suffered, justify every humiliation I have suffered at the hands of the trial judge, vindicate myself for all of the times my client has doubted my first [perfectly right and righteous] evaluation of the merits of its case.  For this moment, as I sit at my computer alone, I live in a country and work in a system in which compromise is not necessary; loss need never be suffered; my client can be made "whole."

  • The chaos of community is orderly and predictable 

          There is precedent for this messy business problem.  The courts have laid out the grid.  All I have to do is meet the 3 tests, satisfy the 4 conditions, perch the right facts on each of the 5 prongs, prove the elements of my rectitude.  All of my versions of the facts being true, true, true, there is only one right and predictable outcome possible.  It is the one I have always said was right.  Chaos will be vanquished.  Order restored.  

  • I do not have to suffer loss

          Until the last appeal has been made to the highest court in the land, neither I nor my client need suffer loss.  We do not need to experience injustice; make an effort to make peace with our neighbors; accept the possibility that our memories are spotty; our analysis subject to criticism; our behavior less than laudatory; our reverses irreversible. 

  • As long as I am writing this brief, the world conforms to my vision.

          As long as I am writing, I am not only potentially victorious, I live in a world of my own choosing, that conforms to my sense of the way things ought to be.  The characters in my world are good or evil.  There is no middle ground.  They are telling the truth or they are lying.  They live their lives by right principle or they are scoundrels whose evil deeds will surely be their undoing.  

  • I am innocent again

          As long as this appeal lasts, I am a child again.  It is 1962 and I am in the fifth grade.  The Lone Ranger will always ride to the rescue. I do not yet have to worry about Tonto's place in the social and economic order of the day.  The cattle rustlers will be punished.  The hard working ranchers' goods will be returned.  Honor will be vindicated.  The bandits will be put behind bars or buried in their graves.  

 A fiery horse with the speed of light, a cloud of dust and a hearty "Hi Ho Silver!" The Lone Ranger.  With his faithful Indian companion Tonto, the daring and resourceful masked rider of the plains, led the fight for law and order in the early west. Return with us now to those thrilling days of yesteryear. The Lone Ranger rides again!

Insurers with Potential Coverage Must Personally Attend Mediation Sessions

Head's up insurance carriers and their counsel!

Noting the benefits of appellate mediation and the desirability of participants attending in person, a California appellate court warned insurers in Campagnone v. Enjoyable Pools & Spas that even the potential of coverage requires a representative with full settlement authority to attend court-ordered appellate mediations in person, unless excused in writing by the mediator. Further, the court warned parties and counsel that they may also face sanctions if they fail to notify insurers with potential coverage about appellate mediations. The court noted that California’s strict mediation confidentiality provisions prevent mediators from disclosing whether anyone fails to attend, but that an aggrieved party may do so in seeking sanctions from the court. The court withheld sanctions in this case only because no previous opinion had spelled out these requirements, even though the insurer was only liable for amounts in excess of $3 million and the judgment in the trial court was $2.4 million.

Campagnone v. Enjoyable Pools & Spas, No. C055050 (Cal. App.3d Dist., May 30, 2008)


Thanks to Keith Seat Mediation Newsletter for the case.

And thanks to arbitrator and mediator extraordinaire Deborah Rothman for passing this along to me.  (speaking of gender politics, Deborah graduated with the first class of women to be admitted to Yale University)

Dispute Resolution by Old White Men: Gender Prejudice Sinks Abriration Award

O.K., the subject line was meant to shock you and to draw criticism for what I will admit is my greatest unresolved prejudicial default -- that white men over 65 who didn't participate in the  American cultural revolution of the late nineteen sixties and early 1970's did not and will never "get it." 

The Court opinion that triggered the headline and the recollections below is here.  The "executive summary" is as follows:  One of three arbitrators who cast the deciding vote on a plastic surgery malpractice case

  • failed to disclose that he'd been censured while on the bench for making "sexually suggestive remarks to and asked sexually explicit questions of female staff members; referred to a staff member using crude and demeaning names and descriptions and an ethnic slur; referred to a fellow jurist’s physical attributes in a demeaning manner; and mailed a sexually suggestive postcard to a staff member addressed to her at the courthouse.” 
  • The majority arbitrators deciding the malpractice case stated that the female claimant was not credible because the "severity of the symptoms to which she testified went beyond what she described to her doctors, adding, “This claimant has had five prior facial surgeries.”
  • Similarly, in summarizing the claimant's expert’s testimony, these arbitrators noted, “One thing probably everyone can agree upon, after five facial surgeries, [claimant] could have done without a sixth one.”

Back to My Own History as Descriptive of --  But No Excuse for -- My Own Biases

We all have biases that we hide from others and some that we successfully hide from ourselves.  

We live, I'm told, in a 200 year present.  That means that my early life affects your life today.  After all, I'm an old white woman, about whom you may well have biases.  If I sit on your arbitration panel, you're going to want to understand those biases.  That's why I'm giving you a bullet-pointed history of what the world was like when I was forming my essential character at 17 years of age in 1969.

  • the "want-ads" in the classified section of every major newspaper in American were categorized by gender -- "help wanted - women" and "help wanted - men"
  • in my senior year in high school, my entire class took "preference aptitude" tests to give us an idea of what our future careers might look like -- the girls were given "pink" tests and the boys "blue" tests -- had I shown an aptitude for, say, math (and no I didn't) I would have been steered into nursing; my male friends into "medicine" as physicians.
  • women were subject of explicit ridicule in magazine and newspaper cartoons -- we were airheads, bimbos, bad drivers, harpies or -- the "new" stereotype -- communist-longhair-folk-singing-America-hating-hippie-riot-inciting-"girls" who were alternately "men hating" or -- an old phrase -- "of easy virtue."

  • it wasn't until the 1970's, when I was in college and already planning a career teaching English (after all, nursing required math-skills) that the idea of a career in the law for women as anything other than a secretary began to seem possible.
  • when I was in high school
  • when I  was practicing law (these all from the early '80s)
    • a partner for whom I worked told me that women weren't permitted at the local "men's only" club because "we don't want our wives there."
    • a Judge required me to identify myself as Mrs. or Miss and when I said I didn't think it necessary to identify myself by my marital status, asked "what are you some kind of [women's] libber?" (yes, I lost the motion)
    • I was advised by the few women attorneys senior to me not to get pregnant until after I made partner
    • secretaries were allowed to refuse to be assigned to a woman attorney
    • the first woman to make partner at my law firm was quite openly referred to as "the first muff partner" by her colleagues 
    • on the other hand, when a client said (of my assignment to its case) that the company did not want to be represented by a "girl," my partner told the client "then you don't want this firm representing you because she's the best associate I have"

I promise to work on my prejudices.  And I advise anyone who is about to appear before any dispute resolver -- be that person male, female, white, black, young or old, GOOGLE THEM FIRST!

Arbitrating? Be Careful Out There

(find Rolling Stones American Flag sticker -- image right - here)

Thanks to the National Arbitration Forum for passing this nugget along from a Texas Appellate Court -- nullifying the American Rule on attorneys fees in arbitration proceedings permitting the arbitrator to award "just and equitable relief."

Arbitration Rules Provided Legal Basis for Attorney Fees Award By Authorizing Arbitrator to Grant Any "Just and Equitable" Relief

Providian Bancorp Services v. Thomas, No. 08-07-00246-CV, 2008 WL 2058524 (Tex. Ct. App. May 15, 2008)  

Where the rules of arbitration authorize the arbitrator to grant any "just and equitable" relief, the arbitrator may award attorney fees without any other contractual or statutory basis for the award, according to the Texas Court of Appeals. In light of the Court's holding, if parties select arbitration rules that permit any "just and equitable" relief, they are effectively opting out of the American Rule, which provides that parties are responsible for their own attorney fees in the absence of any contractual or statutory basis for shifting such fees.

In Providian Bancorp Services v. Thomas, No. 08-07-00246-CV, 2008 WL 2058524 (Tex. Ct. App. May 15, 2008), Thomas sued Providian, her former employer, for discrimination and assault and battery. Providian moved to compel arbitration pursuant to an arbitration agreement between the parties . . . continue reading here . . . .

A Works Progress Administration Act for Mediators?

California mediators, listen up!  Your legislature is working for you (and for the AAA).   

Thanks to the Institue for Conflict Management Blog (h/t to Diane Levin) for hipping us to Senate Bill 1642 requiring public entities to mediate  3rd-party claims relating to a public works contract if the claimant demands that mediation be pursued.  The guts of the proposal below: 

In the event there is any portion of a claim that remains unresolved, the party who submitted the claim, at its discretion, may demand mediation with the parties mutually agreeing to a mediator within 30 days from the date of the demand for mediation. If the parties are not able to mutually agree on a mediator, the parties shall utilize the American Arbitration Association to assist in the selection of a mediator.

(4) If any portion of the claim remains unsettled after mediation, the contractor and the local agency, charter city, or charter county shall submit the dispute to binding arbitration, and shall follow the same procedure for selecting an arbitrator as set forth in paragraph (2) for the selection of a mediator.

(5) Failure by the local agency, charter city, or charter county to respond to a claim within the time periods set forth in this subdivision shall result in the claim deemed being approved in its entirety, and shall be processed for payment within five days from the expiration of the time period in which the local agency, charter city, or charter county is required to act. Failure by the contractor to respond to a claim from the public entity, charter city, or charter county within the time periods prescribed in this subdivision shall result in the claim being denied. The parties may extend the time period for response by mutual agreement.

(6) If either party is required to initiate a civil action in which to enforce the rights provided under this section, the prevailing party shall be entitled to its reasonable attorney fees
and costs.

$29 Million P.I. Arbitration Award: the Mystery Here: Why Did the Plaintiffs Want to Avoid a Jury Trial?

(RIGHT:  ARBITRATOR PRATT)

See this article from the Fresno Bee -- $29 million awarded in fatal Kings Co. apartment fire --Couple and 3 children died as relatives watched the inferno (excerpts below). 

In one of the largest wrongful death judgments in Kings County history, relatives of a young couple and three children who died in a devastating apartment fire won $29 million Tuesday.

Derik Faubion and his fiancée, Michell Mattison, both 19, perished in the fire at the Northgate Apartments along with their 2-month-old daughter, Hayden Allison Faubion. Two siblings of Mattison -- Lexus May Bisnar, 4, and her brother Ariel Nel Bisnar, 2 -- also died.

Retired Judge Daniel Pratt, acting as an arbitrator in the case, ruled Lemoore Real Estate and Property Management was negligent in maintenance of the 23-unit apartment complex at 226 E. Hazelwood Drive.

A key piece of evidence was a letter from the property management firm to tenants that stated "smoke detectors are not in place in most units." The letter was written six months before the fatal fire, court records show. . . .

Both sides agreed to let Kings County Superior Court Judge Thomas DeSantos assign the case to an arbitrator to avoid a jury trial. DeSantos chose Pratt, a retired judge in Southern California.

Pratt ruled in favor of the plaintiffs after hearing one day of testimony from Lemoore residents, firefighters and investigators. Pratt also viewed photographs of the plaintiffs who cried as they stood helpless outside the burning units. . . . 

"This is one of the saddest cases I have ever seen," said Marderosian, who has been practicing law since 1977. "It not only shocked the city, but wiped out the next generation of two families."

Hat Tip to Lawyers USA.

ADR Column The Human Factor Takes Flight at The Complete Lawyer

In the last three issues of The Complete Lawyer (see the LACBA issue here!) Stephanie West Allen, Diane Levin, Gini Nelson and I have been tuning up our conflict resolution violins.  In this issue's The Human Factor column, the four of us once again share our TCL space to talk (ever so briefly) about the ways in which conflict resolution techniques can help lawyers achieve that elusive goal of a blanced work-life.

Gini Nelson calls conflict avoidance (one of my favorite techniques in "real life") "deferred relationship maintenance,"  which nails this way of handling our personal lives on the head.  Read all about it here.

Diane Levin (here) addresses the problems none of us like to talk about -- dysfunctional workplaces, noting that

Our ability to connect with others, gain their trust, influence and motivate them is the social lubricant that makes businesses thrive. In fact, Dan Hull, an attorney I admire for his focus on client service, once wrote, "Treat each co-worker like he or she is your best client." He's right—nurture relationships for a healthier law firm.

Stephanie West Allen (here) our resident brain science afficianado (see Brains on Purpose) notes that

Our brain likes to be fuel efficient; by discerning patterns, it saves energy. It studies the situations at hand, whether they are protracted mediations, playful exchanges with a partner, or steely verbal duels with opposing counsel, to see if they resemble a situation it has seen in the past. We then base our judgments on that unconscious notion of past—but we are not always fully aware of the present. Yesterday's solutions do not always fit today’s problems.

If you read this blog on a regular basis, my contribution to this issue -- Let's Start Talking About What We Genuinely Value -- will sound pretty darn familiar; here's 'the problem" at its source -- click here for at least one solution.

According to the Global Rich List, AmLaw 100 associates are among the top .01% richest people in the world. Mid-level AmLaw partners are in the top .001% and beyond that the GRL stops counting. Though of course we do not.

If a comparison of our salaries with these galactic levels of compensation make us unhappy, it is unlikely that the following knowledge will make us happy—three billion people live on less than $2 and 1.3 billion on less than $1 per day. Why does this knowledge leave us untouched? Because we don’t compare ourselves to the rest of the world. We compare ourselves to the guy sitting in the office next to us.

So how did we—some of the smartest, richest, most creative, energetic and best educated people in the world—get so unhappy about money? I personally blame it on the American Lawyer even though, like drug dealers and the paparazzi, legal journalists wouldn’t be concentrating on profits per partner unless we were all so avid to know them.

Beginning with the next issue of The Complete Lawyer we'll be taking turns writing the column.  If you like what any of us have to say about ADR's value in your work and life, stay tuned!  There will be much, much more!

The rest of the issue is also well worth reading.  The focus is on EXIT STRATEGIES -- a topic not reserved for those contemplating retirement (though our interests are addressed here as well).  This is one profession where people start talking about exit stragies around the second week of the first year of law school.  So check it out!

Don't Send that Email; Pass Me the Pliers!

This story occurs in the spring of 2001, in a hotel room in Toronto, at 3 a.m., the morning of a deposition I've been preparing to take of an aging petrochemical engineer.

2001 is a  year I'd dreamed of since elementary school.  But the technological changes predicted in the science fiction of my childhood and adolescence are nothing like the "hi-tech" I'm living with now.  

 There are no one-man jets cruising the skies; no robots running my errands or cooking my dinner; no tele-transportation; and, on the political scene (it's not yet 9/11) no Big Brother

My personal 2001 "future" is mostly about my instantaneous access to information and "real time" communication via the "killer app" -- email -- telegraphic, spontaneous, unnuanced, and about to get me in a great deal of trouble.  (See Vanity Fair's must-read oral history of the internet here.)  

There's an associate back in Los Angeles, you see, the quality of whose work and the strength of whose dedication to the case at hand is in alarming decline.  More troubling, his work is deteriorating at the same time I'm taking old fashioned passenger jets from province to province to take the testimony of as many witnesses still living who know how 500+ toxic waste sites got that way in the first place.    

Did I say it's 3 a.m.?  The associate I'm thinking about failed to get me the outline I need for tomorrow's deposition on time -- or at all.  The "hard copies" that were supposed to be waiting for me when I arrived at the hotel have gone missing.  I'm tired.  I'm hungry.  I'm lonely.  And I'm angry. 

Worst of all, I'm composing an email to my  associate about my considerable disappointment in his recent performance.  There is a moment, a split second, in which my finger hovers over the "send" button while a rational voice in my head says "no."  Then I push "send."

Email Makes Settlement More Difficult  

More and more often when I'm meeting counsel on the morning of a mediation, they're also meeting one another for the first time.  In fact, they often have not even previously spoken to one another unless they've met in Court ("good morning, counsel") or in depositions (eyes averted; objections made).  Increasingly, by far the vast percentage of their communications have taken place via email.  

And that's a problem. 

Conflict Escalation

There's no question that litigation escalates whatever conflict existed when our client first walks in our door.  We don't, after all, make requests.  We issue demands.  We don't seek concessions.  We insist upon them.  We don't make inquiries.  We require responses.  And we're not such great listeners.  Rather, we impatiently tap our feet in Court, waiting for counsel to finish his argument (which we've heard dozens of times before) so we can press our case.

Are these bad things?  Not necessarily.  So long as we understand what we're doing and the likely results our conduct will have, escalation is not necessarily worse than maintaining a steady state or even deescalating conflict.  

The problem for most of us is that we don't know what we're doing and we don't understand the breadth and depth of the likely repercussions.  

In Conflict Escalation: Dispute Exacerbating Elements of E-Mail Communication, author Raymond A. Friedman of the Owen Graduate School of Management at Vanderbilt University quotes conflict specialists Rubin, Pruitt and Kim on the difficulties caused by escalation tactics and strategy.  According to Rubin, et al., escalation is 

"an increase in the intensity of a conflict as a whole.”  Escalation is important . . . because when conflict escalates it “is intensified in ways that are sometimes exceedingly difficult to undo.”  One reason why escalated conflicts are so hard to undo is that when more aggressive tactics are used by one side they are often mirrored by the other side, producing a vicious cycle.

Email, Friedman argues, unnecessarily, and often drastically, escalates conflict in ways none of us fully appreciate.  Unlike conversation -- in person or by telephone -- we are not

physically present with others, can’t see their faces or hear their voices, and can’t give or get immediate responses. The lack of contextual clues . . . impose high “understanding costs” on participants in e-mail interactions, making it harder to successfully ground the interaction. . . . /*  [T]the inability to carefully time actions and reactions . . . makes communication less precise.  

E-mail Not Only Lacks Social Clues, it is "Profoundly A-Social." 

Sitting in my Toronto hotel room at 3 a.m., reviewing online documents for tomorrow's deposition and now "penning" an email to my errant associate, I am, argues Friedman, not simply making communication more difficult, I have become "profoundly asocial" as my associate will also likely be when he reviews my email the following day.  "E-mails," writes Friedman,

are typically received and written while the writer is in isolation, staring at a computer screen – perhaps for hours at a time, so that awareness of the humanness of the counterpart may be diminished.

As evidence, Friedman cites research in which subjects played the "prisoner's dilemma" game against a computer.  Not only did the gamers act asocially in this context, "many continued to act asocially even when told that they were now playing with people (through the computer)."

E-mail, Friedman concludes, "often occurs in a context devoid of awareness of human sensibilities."

The Precise Difficulties Caused by E-Mail Communications?

Use of aggressive tactics. If e-mail communication encourages the use of more aggressive tactics during a dispute, or makes a counterpart’s tactics appear more aggressive, then escalation will be triggered.

Changes in view of other. Escalation is more likely if e-mail causes negative changes in psychological processes (e.g., perceptions and attitudes) towards the other, such as (1) seeing the other as unfair, (2) lessening empathy toward them, (3) increasing deindividuation and anonymity, or (4) or seeing the other as immoral.

Weakened interpersonal bonds. If e-mail weakens social bonds with the other, then escalation is more likely (e.g., due to reduced inhibitions for aggression).

Problems are difficult to resolve. If the communication limitations of e-mail (e.g., asynchrony deficits) make problems more difficult to solve, conflict may be escalated as frustrated disputants move from mild to more aggressive strategies to achieve their goals.

As a result, says Friedman, there are "higher rates of escalation when disputes are managed via e-mail than via face-to-face communication or other relatively rich media . . . such as telephone conversations." /**

Back in Los Angeles the Following Day

You knew this story was not going to have a happy ending.  What a cranky, tired, stressed partner types into her computer at 3 a.m. and what a fully awake associate reads with his morning coffee the following day are, as Friedman stresses, two quite different things.  And though I've rarely had a face-to-face disagreement with a colleague that cannot be mended by further communication, apologies, explanations and the like, this particular communication caused a rift that I was unable to heal.

This experience from several years ago, coupled with my recent mediation experiences, makes me want to advise, exhort, plead, beseech, entreat and pray that you commence every litigation with a telephone call rather than a "demand" letter or email.  And that you continue to communicate with opposing counsel by telephone or, even more radically, in person over a meal, throughout the litigation to make sure channels of communication are as open and clear as possible.

The difficulties saved will not only benefit your personal life (reduce stress, increase fellow-feeling and the like) but will benefit your client as well -- in case efficiencies and better settlements all around.     

 

______________________

*/  "Grounding" is the process 

by which two parties in an interaction achieve a shared sense of understanding about a communication and a shared sense of participation in the conversation. Grounding is important because “speech is evanescent...so Alan must try to speak only when he thinks Barbara is attending to, hearing, and trying to understand what he is saying, and she must guide him by giving evidence that she is doing just this."

** /  There's much more to be learned from this article, but these highlights should tell you whether further reading is in your interest or worth your time.  

The title?  The Firesign Theater here.

Negotiating Medical Liens on Settlement

This just in from the Met News for California practitioners. 

Where minor entered a settlement agreement with a third party tortfeasor by and through a guardian ad litem, and court made an allocation of the medical expenses portion of the settlement in the order approving plaintiff’s compromise, trial court did not err in rejecting plaintiff's later motion to reduce the amount of Medi-Cal lien against settlement proceeds by the same percentage that the settlement bore to the overall value of plaintiff’s case. 

Espericuenta v. Shewry - filed July 1, 2008, Second District, Div. Two Cite as 2008 SOS 3901

Question:  how do you determine the "overall value" of the plaintiff's case in order to reduce the lien by the same percentage that the settlement bears to that value?  Declaration by the Plaintiff's attorney?  Anyone who's actually read this case, do let my readers know! 

 

In a Down Economy, Drive "Iffy" Cases into ADR

See What About Clients' Post At What Price Glory here; excerpt below.

In a down American economy, litigation tends to increase. More suits are filed. And in my view clients and their plaintiff's lawyers file more questionable suits, i.e., ranging from Rule 11 violations and frivolous to iffy and wasteful. Employee and business nuisance cases are a big chunk of those filings.

A good arbitration panel or mediator will cut to the quality of the suit and its likelihood of success quicker than even the best American judges, who often feel obligated to give bad and iffy cases a wide berth. And good judges understand the problems of the business community and the utility of arbitration and mediation.

Get jurists on your side in your attempt to drive iffy cases into ADR.

Happens all the time; the parties come together to mediate their dispute and find that they haven't really understood their differences or the areas of agreement . 

"Your client didn't care about the first shipment of goods?"

"No, it was the second that was the problem."

"What was wrong with the second?"

"They were plaster of Paris."

"What are you claiming as damages .. .. . "

Etc., etc.

Forget ADR.  Pick up the telephone and talk to opposing counsel. 

Negotiating with Alpha Centaurians

(right, our ancestor, built for fighting)

In How to bargain with aliens, Marginal Revolution asks its readers the following questions:

 Let's say you meet up with an alien race and you need to bargain with them by radio or some other method of signaling. You don't have any other information other than your knowledge of human beings. What traits should you think are overrepresented in humans, relative to what a rerun of evolution can be expected to produce in an intelligent being? Would you expect them to be more or less benevolent than humans?  Should it matter if they have demonstrated superior technology? Should such achievement make you think they are more or less cooperative toward "outsiders"?

I suspect that all of these questions are meant to lead to the conclusion that "people" from more advanced civiliations would naturally be more peaceful, less aggressive and more cooperative with one another than we are. 

Why?  Because scientific and technological advancement occurs more quickly and is less prone to error if researchers are collaborating with rather than trying to "scoop" one another..

And the traits that are "overrepresented" in human beings?  Aggression of course.  As reported last year in MSNBC's Technology and Science column:

Even though [our primate forbears the] ustralopiths walked upright on the ground, they retained short legs for 2 million years for the same reason squatness helped out other great apes—for male-male combat. With the advantage in combat, short-legged primates would likely be victorious and gain access to females. That meant passing their genetic traits, like shortness, to offspring.

Could intelligent human beings have evolved without aggression?  Certainly. 

Chimps vs. Bonobos.

Over at theIP ADR Blog, */ we quoted author Nicolas Wade's 2003 comparison between the aggressive, violent, male-dominated, territory defending style of the chimpanzees with the gentler ways of the bonobos as follows:

researchers Male[] and female[] [chimpanzees] do not associate in families but in separate hierarchies. Males make females defer to them, with violence whenever necessary, and every female is subordinate to every male.

A female chimp advertises her fertile period with a visible swelling and is then so pestered by males that she may get to eat only at night. . . .

Though bonobos are almost as aggressive as chimps, they have developed a potent reconciliation technique -- the use of sex on any and all occasions, between all ages and sexes, to abate tension and make nice.

Assuming the common ancestor of people and chimps had social behavior that was essentially chimplike, how much of that behavior has been inherited by people? The unusual behavioral suite of male kin bonding and lethal territorial aggression may look as if it has been inherited with little change. Among the Yanomamo, a South American tribe, the number of males who die from aggression is about 30 percent, the identical rate found among Gombe chimps.

Dr. Wrangham said the consistent pattern of aggression seen at all the chimp sites suggests that male chimps have ''a strong emotional disposition'' to be aroused by the sight of strange males, to form coalitions against enemies, to be sensitive to balances of power and to be attracted to hunting. The same disposition could have been inherited down the human lineage.

Turns out Freud was right.  Aggression is all about sex.  But it's also about tool-making (i.e., weaponry).  So we have evolved to be competitive and collaborative.  Tool making to ease our work-load and to kill our "enemies."  So far, our advances continue to outpace our many attempts to destroy ourselves.

What might have worked for the advancement of other civiliations?  If all possible worlds exist, as physicists claim, other worlds may well have developed life in some way other than evolutionarily.  Maybe by intelligent design!  There's simply no telling.  I would, however, speculate that a species taste for its members blood must be balanced by affiliative instincts and activities or its development would be cut short by species-cide.

The take-away for negotiators who are strangers in a strange land?

Learn how to communicate with the aliens.  Ask them questions concerning their needs, interests and desires.  Tell them about your own.  Put down your weapons and back slowly away.

Anyone who is as fascinated by these questions as I am, read this post from Such is Life about whether or not we'd "see" aliens if they arrived on our shores.  Answer?  Not likely.  

______________________

*/ And, no, the accompanying photo there is not from Judge Kosinzski's stash.

Decision Made - Let the Rationalizing Begin

Thanks to Slashdot for picking up an item from the Wall Street Journal -- Get Out of Your Way -- showing that we make up our minds 10 seconds before we let ourselves know it.

Experiments with the usual brood of university undergraduates (read about them here) revealed that

our best reasons for some choices we make are understood only by our cells. The findings lend credence to researchers who argue that many important decisions may be best made by going with our gut -- not by thinking about them too much.

Trial lawyers know this, right?  Anne Reed?  You there?

Mom always said I thought too much.  And Dutch researchers are proving her right (another one for you, mom!)

Dutch researchers . . . recently found that people struggling to make relatively complicated consumer choices -- which car to buy, apartment to rent or vacation to take -- appeared to make sounder decisions when they were distracted and unable to focus consciously on the problem.

Moreover, the more factors to be considered in a decision, the more likely the unconscious brain handled it all better, they reported in the peer-reviewed journal Science in 2006. "The idea that conscious deliberation before making a decision is always good is simply one of those illusions consciousness creates for us," Dr. Dijksterhuis said.

Here's another lesson I learned nearly thirty years ago in law school that the researchers are only now proving -- you just have to feed your brain the information and then, literally or figuratively go to sleep.  Start writing and you will write your way into the solution that your brain already knew.

(I also used this technique preparing the depositions of technical expert witnesses -- petrochemical engineers, statisticians and the like)

The Take Away for Negotiators?

Prepare.  Ask questions.  Have a firm bottom line (or, better yet, fool yourself into believing your bottom line is less or more than it already is). 

Then rock and roll! 

The more you negotiate (try it at your local retail store) the better your mind will become at improvising the moves necessary -- in the commpletely unpredictable present -- to get what your brain already knows you really want.

Scorched Earth and the Elimination of Zealous Advocacy

I've been talking a lot about joint sessions recently, as have mediator-bloggers Chris Annunziata (In Further Praise of the Joint Session); and, Geoff Sharp (The Legal Community has Learned to Accept Low Functioning Mediation). 

My most recent post on this issue stressed the need to de-demonize one's opponent in order to free everyone up to creatively participate in a joint session in which defensiveness and posturing are not the orders of the day.

Listen, the parties have already demonized one another by the time they bring their dispute to an attorney.  Once the lawyers take over and the parties stop communicating with one another, it's the interaction between the attorneys that exacerbates the already existing sense of distrust and betrayal. 

The default rationale for "take  no prisoners" and "give no quarter" litigation may have its source in the Professional Rules of Conduct we are all required to follow -- particularly the admonition that we "zealously represent our clients within the bounds of the law."  See JAMS commercial mediator Jeff Kichaven's article Zealous Advocacy, Mediation, and the Tangled Pursuit of the "Win."

Now, several states are trying to improve lawyer-to-lawyer relationships by eliminating the term "zealous representation" from their Codes of Conduct and replacing it with terms like "honest," "effective" and "honorable."

My immediate response to changes in language is that they make no difference.  Then I remember how changing "Mrs." and "Miss" to "Ms." and taking the "man" out of fire, police and mail, changed career aspirations for generations of women. 

So I'll ask my readers. Do you think the removal of the term "zealous advocacy" will have an effect on  the practice of law?


For the complete Lawyers USA article on these changes, click here.

How Can We See Eye to Eye When Perception is 90% Memory?

According to writer and surgeon Atul Gawande's recent article The Itch, the way the pepper tree in my back yard appears from my bedroom window may be as much as ninety percent memory and only ten percent "data."   As Gawande writes: 

Given simply the transmissions along the optic nerve from the light entering the eye one would not be able to reconstruct the three-dimensionality, or the distance, or the detail of the bark -- attributes that we perceive instantly. 

In other words, perception is not merely reception.  "Objective reality" is just the brain's "best guess" about what the eyes observe, the ears hear and the fingers touch.

(image:  Phantom Limb #2 by Lynn Hershman

"The images in our mind," Gawande explains, "are extraordinarily rich."

We can tell if something is liquid or solid, heavy or light, dead or alive. But the information we work from is poor -- a distorted, two-dimensional transmission with entire spots missing. So the mind fills in most of the picture. You can get a sense of this from brain-anatomy studies. If visual sensations were primarily received rather than constructed by the brain, you'd expect that most of the fibres going to the brain's primary visual cortex would come from the retina. Instead, scientists have found that only twenty per cent do; eighty per cent come downward from regions of the brain governing functions like memory. Richard Gregory, a prominent British neuropsychologist, estimates that visual perception is more than ninety per cent memory and less than ten per cent sensory nerve signals.

Gawande doesn't explain how we manage to agree on anything with such impoverished perceptual abilities and richly imagined constructs of "objective reality."   I suspect that our insatiable urge to tell one another stories is the primary way we create the collective memories that allow us to agree upon such simple "facts" as "the apple is red and somewhat round," if not necessarily that "the blue Kia entered the intersection after the traffic light turned red."  

What strikes me about Gawande's article is not so much the pure science described there, but the way in which opposing parties in litigation resemble "phantom limbs" and joint sessions the mirrors used by physicians to treat the pain "felt" in them.       

Recent research demonstrates that amputees' phantom limb pain can be reduced or eliminated by "fooling" the brain into believing that the missing limb is "well."  When researchers asked amputees to put their surviving arm through a hole in the side of a box with a mirror inside and to then move "both" arms, 

[t]he patients had the sense that they had two arms again. Even though they knew it was an illusion, it provided immediate relief. People who for years had been unable to unclench their phantom fist suddenly felt their hand open; phantom arms in painfully contorted positions could relax. With daily use of the mirror box over weeks, patients sensed their phantom limbs actually shrink into their stumps and, in several instances, completely vanish. . . .

. . . here’s what the new theory suggests is going on: when your arm is amputated, nerve transmissions are shut off, and the brain’s best guess often seems to be that the arm is still there, but paralyzed, or clenched, or beginning to cramp up. Things can stay like this for years. The mirror box, however, provides the brain with new visual input—however illusory—suggesting motion in the absent arm. The brain has to incorporate the new information into its sensory map of what’s happening. Therefore, it guesses again, and the pain goes away.     

Litigation separates the parties from one another as radically as an amputation, often under circumstances where the law suit is all they have in common.  Like amputees, the parties cannot massage the missing muscle, scratch the irritating itch, or ease the frustrating pain.           

When physicians give their patients mirrors and instruct them to move their one remaining arm in concert with its physically re-imagined partner, they conduct a silent concert of healing.  With "new" information (hey! there's my other arm and it's not all cramped up!) the brain readjusts and stops sending false signals.  The muscle relaxes.  The itch is scratched.  The pain is relieved.  

Joint sessions can be used as mirrors to make missing disputants appear again./*  The mediator -- who is trained in this art -- creates an environment (the "box") in which the parties are able to adjust the mis-impressions and correct the mis-communications that make the conflict so difficult to resolve. After a brief period of discomfort and incoordination, the disputants begin to tell their stories of injustice in concert, spontaneously harmonizing the points on which there is little disagreement and resolving those parts of the tale where the greatest differences lie. 

Those parts of the story that have grown wildly distorted in the absence of any corrective influence, are shrunk back to their appropriate size.  Freed from the tyranny of their phantom "others,"  the parties begin to work collaboratively to solve the problem that they now understand is mutual.  

Though this is surely metaphor, the process is not just theory.  When parties consent to a joint session orchestrated by the mediator in collaboration with their attorneys, this type of reconciliation happens more often than not.  

Don't, however, confuse this joint session with those in which attorneys  give one another presentations proving their entitlement to victory as if there were a phantom "decider"  -- a missing arbitrator or judge -- somewhere behind a curtain.  These are the type of "joint sessions" that have given joint sessions a bad name because counsel well know their opponents' "positions"and the parties tend to become less rather than more amenable to settlement when their opponents' point of view is once again argued to them -- this time in quarters that are far too close for most lawyers, let alone their clients. 

We'll keep exploring this issue.  For now, more of the Gawande article below.  

A new scientific understanding of perception has emerged in the past few decades, and it has overturned classical, centuries-long beliefs about how our brains work—though it has apparently not penetrated the medical world yet. The old understanding of perception is what neuroscientists call “the naïve view,” and it is the view that most people, in or out of medicine, still have. We’re inclined to think that people normally perceive things in the world directly. We believe that the hardness of a rock, the coldness of an ice cube, the itchiness of a sweater are picked up by our nerve endings, transmitted through the spinal cord like a message through a wire, and decoded by the brain. . . .

[There are] some serious flaws in the direct-perception theory—in the notion that when we see, hear, or feel we are just taking in the sights, sounds, and textures of the world. For one thing, it cannot explain how we experience things that seem physically real but aren’t: sensations of itching that arise from nothing more than itchy thoughts; dreams that can seem indistinguishable from reality; phantom sensations that amputees have in their missing limbs. And, the more we examine the actual nerve transmissions we receive from the world outside, the more inadequate they seem.

Our assumption had been that the sensory data we receive from our eyes, ears, nose, fingers, and so on contain all the information that we need for perception, and that perception must work something like a radio. It’s hard to conceive that a Boston Symphony Orchestra concert is in a radio wave. But it is. So you might think that it’s the same with the signals we receive—that if you hooked up someone’s nerves to a monitor you could watch what the person is experiencing as if it were a television show.

Yet, as scientists set about analyzing the signals, they found them to be radically impoverished  . . .

________________________

*/   I don't know if any of this relates to mirror neurons, but I am certainly led to think about them.  See Stephanie West Allen's post Mirror Neurons, Some Resources here.  Whenever I see the word "mirror" I'm also always moved to think of my friend, the artist and mediator Dorit Cypis.  For more on her work, click here.

Collaborative Negotiation from Gini Nelson and Professor John Lande with Comment from Your California Mediator

Gini Nelson of Engaging Conflicts ran a six-part series recently on "Adding Cooperative Practice to the ADR Toolkit."  Her final part in this series -- linked supra -- is the final entry of Guest Blogger Law Professor John Lande’s posts.  Linked here is his article The Promise and Perils of Collaborative Law -- which is also linked in Gini's blog with her comments here.

Before you run over to Gini's site to read Lande's excellent post or his great article, I'd like to simply bullet-point some observations based upon my four-years of full-time mediation and arbitration practice.

  • when I co-arbitrate with some of the best commercial arbitrators in the business -- these are Ivy League lawyers with many decades of experience representing Fortune 50 Companies in AmLaw 100 Law Firms, the ultimate decision changes many times during the course of deliberations and almost always could go either way.
  • having spent a considerable time in the Los Angeles Complex Court as an experienced commercial litigator "externing" for credit to earn my LL.M in '06, I can tell you that the deliberations in chambers of these highly respected jurists is not much different that those in which I have engaged when sitting on an arbitration panel

The take away?  No matter who is hearing your case, your chances of winning are 50-50.  Flip a coin.  Think this doesn't apply to you?  I have arbitrated cases being handled by the top ten law firms in the country.  I have seen those same type of firms litigate and try cases in the Complex Court.  It's 50-50 friends.

Below -- observations on how you and your mediator can be "happy together."  (And the Turtles from 1967 so that you can have a little musical accompaniment to this post) 

Observations of End-Game Litigation from a Mediator's and Settlement Consultant's Perspective.

Despite years of inquiry and the review of millions of documents, sophisticated parties (Fortune 50) represented by dynamite law firms (AmLaw 50) haven't yet learned the most fundamental information about the following matters -- most of which are more important to the settlement of the case than the cost-detriment-benefit-position-driven-chance-of-victory settlement posture:

  • what are the hidden interests that your opponent must satisfy before accepting a settlement that is below the number he once told his client should never under any circumstances be accepted?
  • what are the hidden constraints upon your opponent's authority that must be removed before he can pay more money than he once told his client should never under any circumstances be paid?
  • why was this litigation initiated in the first instance?
  • who gave the litigation the "green light"?
  • what are the probable consequences to the continued financial security of the person who gave the litigation the "green light" in the first place or who has authorized the defense bills for the last 5, 10, or 15 years?
  • is the person who green-lighted the litigation in the first place still employed by your client?
  • what are the probable consequences to the financial well-being of the corporation who must pay more than it wishes to pay or accept less than it wishes to recover?
  • Who is the most frightened person in the room, i.e., whose hide might be sacrificed if the litigation settles for more/less than predicted, or, often worse, actually goes to trial.

There are so many of these settlement-driving and -inhibiting questions that only my own personal time contraints -- I must start my day's work -- make me stop listing them.  

Let me conclude with this however.  Never underestimate your client's reluctance to settle the case on terms that seem unjust to it.  This is the most important function a mediator can play on the day of settlement -- explaining justice issues to the clients and helping the clients de-demonize their opponent -- which occurs most easily in JOINT SESSION yet which most litigators would rather have their teeth drilled than attend.

O.K. I can't conclude without saying this.  If you have the courage to try a case, you possess the cajones to participate in at least one joint session to help the parties come to terms with the justice issues -- which are often driven by the conclusion, affirmed over and over again in the course of the litigation, that their opponent is an evil, mendacious, grasping, greedy, malicious, duplicious lying liar with his pants on fire.  

This is almost never true.  The parties on both sides almost always possess equal parts of good and bad, just like the rest of us. 

Let your parties re-adjust their perception of "the enemy" in joint session.  I can almost guarantee you that a conversation will ensue in which the parties spontaneously tell each other what interests they really need to satisfy to settle and what constraints they are really working under.  And I don't guarantee a lot of things. 

Why can't I do this for the parties?

Because often neither side will disclose these matters to me because they don't trust that I won't use that information to help settle the case and because the parties won't believe what I say about their opposition in the first place (obviously, they've pulled the wool over my eyes). 

"How do you know he's not lying?"  is a question mediators are asked on a regular basis.  My answer is "I have no idea."  But if you let your client talk to the opposition -- with any constraints, restrictions and control you wish to retain -- which I can orchestrate for you -- your client will be able to elicit the details that give any story a ring of truth (or falsity) while at the same time watching the body language that constitutes between 60 and 80% of all communication.

Would you try a case without 80% of the information you need?  Of course not!  And yet you're content to avoid a joint session when that session could provide you with between 60 and 80% more information than you had when you arrived on the morning of the mediation or settlement conference?

Suspend your disbelief in the mediator ("who-will-do-anything-to-settle-the-case") for just a couple of minutes.  Remember that we're in possession of confidential information we cannot divulge to you.  

Take our lead.  And if you don't trust us to do so, for heaven's sake find a mediator you can trust!

Lawyers Do It: Negotiate Collaboration

Check out When Collaborative Law Makes Sense in the most recent issue of the American Bar Association Journal

Collaboration may be most amenable in areas where there is a need for ongoing relationships, like dissolving marriages that produced children, said Pauline Noe of Cambridge, a past president of the Massachusetts Collaborative Law Council. Noe suggested that discovery is often more fruitful in collaborations than in litigation, since collaboration requires full, prompt, honest and open disclosure of all relevant information, and vigorous good faith negotiation with full participation of all parties in an open forum.

Taking the long view as I'm now prone to do (by virtue of age and the fact that I generally only see litigation's end game) I continue to say that we're all involved in on-going relationships -- not just those people whose disputes are more personal than commercial.

As Joseph Campbell, the great student of world mythology taught us:

Schopenhauer, in his splendid essay called "On an Apparent Intention in the Fate of the Individual," points out that when you reach an advanced age and look back over your lifetime, it can seem to have had a consistent order and plan, as though composed by some novelist. Events that when they occurred had seemed accidental and of little moment turn out to have been indispensable factors in the composition of a consistent plot. So who composed that plot? Schopenhauer suggests that just as your dreams are composed by an aspect of yourself of which your consciousness is unaware, so, too, your whole life is composed by the will within you. And just as people whom you will have met apparently by mere chance became leading agents in the structuring of your life, so, too, will you have served unknowingly as an agent, giving meaning to the lives of others, The whole thing gears together like one big symphony, with everything unconsciously structuring everything else. And Schopenhauer concludes that it is as though our lives were the features of the one great dream of a single dreamer in which all the dream characters dream, too; so that everything links to everything else, moved by the one will to life which is the universal will in nature.

It’s a magnificent idea – an idea that appears in India in the mythic image of the Net of Indra, which is a net of gems, where at every crossing of one thread over another there is a gem reflecting all the other reflective gems. Everything arises in mutual relation to everything else, so you can’t blame anybody for anything. It is even as though there were a single intention behind it all, which always makes some kind of sense, though none of us knows what the sense might be, or has lived the life that he quite intended.

A classic example of combative litigation -- YOU ARE NOT THE BOSS OF ME!



The Right to Trial By Jury and Mediation as Its Alternative

There is no principle I hold more dear than the rule of law.  I've written before about some critics' contention that our own government has turned away from the rule of law here.  Some of those  critics go so far as to accuse our government of waging war on the rule of law -- calling its strategy "lawfare."

I've also written before about critcisms levelled against ADR practices as threats to the principle that all men, women, and institutions will be judged by the same gender-blind, color-blind, nationality-blind, disability-blind (etc.) rules of law

There are those who believe that mediation -- which is practiced without rules, best practices or even a common theoretical basis --  permits mediators -- who are primarily over-40 white men -- to unfairly pressure litigants to settle their lawsuits against their better judgment.  There are further charges that mediation re-injects favortism and prejudice back into a system that spent most of the latter half of the 20th century ridding itself of.  

I take these criticisms very very seriously, repeating throughout any mediation session my opening assertion that my role is to present the parties with choices and to faciliate a settlement if they believe it may be better alternative to continued litigation, not to hustle them away from their right to a jury trial.  

I would be far more successful in being "neutral" about proceeding to a jury trial if there were an easier, less costly, and speedier way to bring a dispute before a jury.  We have, lamentably, permitted our cherished rule of law to become so procedurally encrusted that it sometimes seems like no option at all -- at least not an option available to all but the wealthy or those represented by lawyers willing to accept a contingent fee.

All of this troubles me.  I invite comment at the same time that I provide the thoughts of some of our greatest statesmen and jurists about the right to trial by jury.      

George Washington

"There was not a member of the Constitutional Convention who had the least objection to what is contended for by the advocates for a Bill of Rights and trial by jury." (1788)

John Adams 


"Representative government and trial by jury are the heart and lungs of liberty. Without them we have no other fortification against being ridden like horses, fleeced like sheep, worked like cattle and fed and clothed like swine and hounds." (1774)

Thomas Jefferson 

"I consider trial by jury as the only anchor ever yet imagined by man, by which a government can be held to the principles of its constitution." (1788)

"Trial by jury is part of that bright constellation which has gone before us and guided our steps through an age of revolution and reformation." (1801)

"The wisdom of our sages and the blood of our heroes has been devoted to the attainment of trial by jury. It should be the creed of our political faith." (1801)

James Madison 
"Trial by jury in civil cases is as essential to secure the liberty of the people as any one of the pre-existent rights of nature." (1789)

John Quincy Adams 

"The struggle for American independence was for chartered rights, for English liberties, for trial by jury, habeas corpus and Magna Carta." (1839)

Patrick Henry of Virginia [Patriot who said "Give me liberty or give me death!"]
"Trial by jury is the best appendage of freedom by which our ancestors have secured their lives and property. I hope we shall never be induced to part with that excellent mode of trial." (1788)

Alexander Hamilton 

"The friends and adversaries of the plan of the convention, if they agree in nothing else, concur at least in the value they set upon the trial by jury; the former regard it as a valuable safeguard to liberty; the latter represent it as the very palladium of free government." (1788)

Daniel Webster

"The protection of life and property, habeas corpus, trial by jury, the right of an open trial, these are principles of public liberty existing in the best form in the republican institutions of this country." (1848)

Judge Stephen Reinhardt 

"Our constitutional right to trial by jury does not turn on the political mood of the moment, the outcome of cost/benefit analyses or the results of economic or fiscal calculations. There is no price tag on the continued existence of the civil jury system, or any other constitutionally-provided right." (1986)

David Hume 

"Trial by jury is the best institution calculated for the preservation of liberty and the administration of justice that was ever devised by the wit of man." (1762)

Judge William Bryant [First African-American federal district court judge in D.C]

"If it weren't for lawyers, I'd still be three-fifths of a man." (2004)

Justice William O. Douglas

"The Massachusetts Body of Liberties was a new Magna Carta. It contained many of the seeds of the civil liberties which today distinguish us from the totalitarian systems, including the right to trial by jury." (1954)

Justice Hugo Black

"Our duty to preserve the Seventh Amendment is a matter of high Constitutional importance. The founders of our country thought that trial by civil jury was an essential bulwark of civil liberty and it must be scrupulously safeguarded." (1939, 1943)

Justice Ward Hunt

"Twelve jurors know more of the common affairs of life than does one man, and they can draw wiser and safer conclusions than a single judge." (1873)

Quotations excerpted from In Defense of Trial by Jury: Vols. I and II by the American Jury Trial Foundation (1993) and copied verbatim and in their entirety from the web site of the American Association of Justice (i.e., the American Trial Lawyers Association).

Why You Shouldn't Squeeze the Last Nickel Out of a Deal

The cost of a thing is the amount of life that you must exchange for it -- now or in the long run (Thoreau)

  • if you have an on-going relationship -- even as limited as a note payable -- squeezing the last nickel out of the deal may impair your bargaining partner's ability to perform 
  • what goes up, must come down, i.e., squeezing out the last nickel creates enemies who  none of us can afford when times are good, let alone when times are bad 
  • taking advantage of another's weaknesses tears at the social fabric
  • it makes us all more watchful and less productive
  • it doesn't actually feel good to line your pockets with the misery of others
  • sometimes the downtrodden rise up -- every couple of centuries or so, creating an entirely new order -- the generous man and woman will not be on the wrong side of that revolution
  • global warming -- think about it -- the order will change as will the countries who will be asking for favors
  • you reap what you sow (I'm pretty sure I learned this in Sunday School)
  • social relations do not exist "out there" -- they are co-created by one person's relationship with every other person -- the society you inhabit is the one you create -- if you don't want your neighbor taking your last dime, don't take his
  • collaborative effort results in greater progress than individual activity -- if you decrease trust, you impede advancement in business, the arts and science

Readers!  Can I count on you to give us all more reasons?

How Did You Become a Lawyer, Ms. Pynchon? I Owe It All to Dad

You know, I've been reading the Daily Journal my entire legal career.  I never gave much thought to the men and women whose job it is to report the daily legal news.  Now I have.

There's a reporter at the DJ named Noah Barron who not only reported my dad's passing, but talked on the telephone with me for more than an hour at a time when I really needed to talk about my dad to someone who makes his living being curious about people's personal lives.  It made a huge difference in my experience of my father's passing.

You see.  We make these differences in one another's lives all the time.  We just usually fail to acknowledge one another for it

So I want to thank Noah for the article carrying his by-line published in the DJ today.  

And I want to thank Dad for following his own best advice from our river rafting adventures:  keep your oar in the water (for balance) and paddle through your fear.  I would never have had the courage to go to law school were it not for the example he set -- which you can read about in Noah's fine article below. 

DAILY JOURNAL NEWSWIRE ARTICLE
© 2008 The Daily Journal Corporation.
All rights reserved.
-------------------------------------------

June 17, 2008

JURIST FOUGHT FOR GAY RIGHTS BEFORE IT WAS POPULAR
By Noah Barron
Daily Journal Staff Writer
This article appears on Page 2

LOS ANGELES - Superior Court Commissioner Donald W. Pike was a self-made millionaire, a self-taught thinker who went to law school but never college, an adventurer and a legal pioneer who broke ground on gay marriage rights three decades before it was fashionable. He died in his Los Angeles home on his 84th birthday on June 9 from complications from Parkinson's disease.

Back in 1982, the Daily Journal profiled Pike, setting down in print many of the stories that came to form the man: his impoverished beginnings in Nebraska, the fifth of nine children, his family's "Grapes of Wrath"-esque exodus to California and his early jobs as a child of 14 working as a farm laborer.

Before he was appointed commissioner to the Los Angeles County Superior Court bench, he was a milkman, an insurance salesman, a merchant marine in World War II and a lawyer, and then in his 60s became a millionaire through his real estate investments.

"I am ridiculously proud of my father," Pike's daughter, Victoria Pike Pynchon, said. "He took every opportunity to improve his station in life and improve the future of his children. But he didn't accomplish these things alone. No one does."

Pike's marriage collapsed in 1962 and he moved from Los Angeles to Sacramento to start a new life.

Later, presiding over domestic cases in Los Angeles, he would say that his failed marriage gave him special insight into family woes.

"Having had two marriages helps me understand family law," he said in a 1982 Daily Journal profile.

Pynchon said she was deeply hurt when Pike left home but reconnected with him as an adult, becoming a lawyer herself and watching him on the bench. She said he sometimes grew emotional during custody battles.

"He would call a recess whenever he was going to burst into tears," she said. In describing his leaving his family, Pike said, "I was terribly guilty."

Pike was 35 before he earned his high school equivalency. When he set out to start over in his 30s, he visited a a psychologist whose IQ test told him for the first time that he was intelligent.

"I thought the rich were smart and the poor were dumb," he said in a 1982 interview.

"He lived in fear of poverty," his daughter said.

Pike wasted no time, passing a college equivalency test offered by the State Bar and then attending McGeorge School of Law by night while delivering Dad's Root Beer by day, sending support checks home all the while. He passed the Bar Exam on his first attempt.

Gary Pike, the commissioner's nephew, said that while Pike was practicing civil law, he drafted contracts for gay men and women that emulated the rights of married couples.

The work reflected a legal sensibility decades ahead of its time, Gary Pike said.

Retired Los Angeles County Superior Court Judge Eli Chernow worked with Pike when Pike was a commissioner, from 1973 to the mid-1990s.

"He was a good friend and great colleague. He left a big hole when he left the bench," Chernow said.

Pike is survived by his wife, Juanita; his two daughters Sharon Lawrence and Victoria Pynchon; and two grandchildren. Four of his nine siblings are still alive, Oscar, Lois, Dorothy and Kenneth Pike.

Private memorial services will be held in Pynchon's Los Angeles home. Instead of flowers, the family asks donations be made in Pike's memory to the Alliance for Children's Rights at http://www.kids-alliance.org

noah_barron@dailyjournal.com

Raising Settlement Monies and Avoiding Malpractice

Here I am again hectoring litigators about their obligations to determine whether or not their clients have insurance, to decide whether that insurance might cover the claim or suit against them; and, make a timely demand for coverage, particularly under E& O claims made policies.

Professionals and business people hesitate before tendering "claims" to their insurance carrier because the no. 1 response to conflict is denial.  This is particularly true where a professional's or business person's competence has been called into question.  You don't want to admit that you might have committed malpractice to yourself let alone to your insurance carrier.

This is a particular problem for professionals because Errors and Omissions insurance generally requires claims to be both made and reported during the policy period.  Often, litigators don't see clients until after they've been sued and clients generally don't get sued unless there's a previous demand letter (i.e., a claim). 

So what's the very first thing litigation counsel must do?  Get a copy of the E&O policy and the first demand letter.  Tender the defense and indemnity of the action to the carrier immediately.

You might get a little fudge room by reporting the claim when suit is filed, but if your insured doesn't report the claim in its application for coverage the following year, the carrier will deny coverage on the ground of non-disclosure.

Come to think of it -- transactional attorneys should remind their clients of their obligations to report claims when made, no matter how feeble the claim may look.  Take a look at yesterday's ruling on what constitutes a claim with thanks to the Met News for the summary and LACBA for the daily email summaries.

Where policy defined a "claim" as a written demand for civil damages or other relief commenced by the insured’s receipt of such demand, a letter from a third-party claimant’s attorney to insured informing insured that the third-party claimant had been subjected to discrimination and received a right-to-sue letter and suggesting a settlement constituted a claim. Although the letter did not expressly demand payment or refer to any specific amount, the meaning was clear that, absent some form of negotiated compensation, the claimant would sue. Where policy stated that all claims arising from the same events or series of related facts could be deemed a single claim, and third-party claimant filed litigation authorized by the right-to-sue notice mentioned in the letter, the lawsuit was part of the same claim as the letter under the policy. Where insured did not notify insurer of the claim until after the lawsuit was filed, insurer’s notification was untimely, and insurer was not required to tender a defense.

Westrec Marina Management, Inc. v. Arrowood Indemnity Company - filed June 16, 2008, Second District, Div. Three, Cite as 2008 SOS 3511, Full text http://www.metnews.com/sos.cgi?0608%2FB195047.

 

Negotiating Conflict Denial and Avoidance with Geoff Sharp and Joe McMahon

I'm tempted to just import Geoff Sharp's entire post on joint session vs. separate caucus mediation or, as Joe McMahon positions the split in current mediation practice in Moving Mediation Back to Its Historic Roots, "dialogue-based" v. "separation-based" practice.

That seems silly when I can simply link you to Geoff's post The Legal Community Has Learned to Accept Low Functioning Mediation.  

I will give you a few excerpts, though, both Geoff's own thoughts and those of McMahon quoted by him (thanks to our mutual friend Stephanie West Allen at Idealawg).

If denial and avoidance are thought to be the most universal responses to conflict, it is important to consider whether separation-based mediation merely plays into and enables such a response to conflict. If so, it is time to evaluate whether mediation and facilitation were really intended to provide support for such denial...

Support for the market model of mediation ("the market knows what it needs and what it needs is the settlement conference") is claimed in the high settlement rates in commercial settlement conferences. However, a high percentage of civil cases always have settled, even long before mediation was in vogue...

McMahon asks of mediators; 'are you fully satisfied with the quality of dialogue among conflicting parties in the mediations in which you participate?'

What a wonderful question! In my case however, only occasionally.

As McMahon says, 'By broadly considering conflict and mediation, it may be possible... to move these processes back toward their historic roots—that being processes based on parties telling their stories in face-to-face dialogue aided by a mediator who can guide them to more effective communications.'

And though it is, as Geoff says, about the "timbre and tone of resolution," it is also about obtaining more satisfactory resolutions -- resolutions that not only satisfy more party needs, interests and desires but which invariably leave less value lying unused on the table when all parties leave the room.  

I'll grill Geoff about this over dinner tomorrow night and get back to you on all of this.

My own previous posts on joint sessions below:

Small Talk and Separate Caucuses.  Excerpt:

Here, then, is the weakness of shuttle negotiation. The parties' attention is fixated on money. A fixation that neuroscientists tell us makes us ungenerous and anti-social -- the worst possible context for a successful settlement.

The next time you're facing a difficult negotiation or mediation, remember the salutary effect of small talk in helping yourself and your opponent focus on the commercial and human situation that has brought you to the table so that you can more easily resolve the business and the people problem at the heart of the litigation.

Negotiating Justice in Community Mediation.  Excerpt:

Whether justice and fairness are, at some level, hard-wired into us (see Brain reacts to fairness as it does to money and chocolate) or culturally controlled, it seems that Rawls' conception of "justice and fairness" based upon reasonableness and enlightened self-interest might flow more or less naturally from a mediated dispute resolution forum where the parties, rather than the mediator, are in control.

Long Live the Death of the Reasonable Man

Emotions in litigation -- and at the negotiation table -- often run extremely high. It is for this reason that so many lawyers want to avoid joint sessions altogether and conduct their entire bargaining session in separate caucus with a "shuttle" mediator.

What I can tell you from three years of full-time mediation practice, however, is this -- when business people -- properly coached -- are finally willing to sit down and speak to one another, to explain their circumstances rather than their legal and factual position -- cases get settled rather quickly. (See Geoff Sharp's In Praise of Joint Sessions here)

Why?

Because they have more in common with one another -- including most particularly the dispute -- than with anyone else.



Negotiating Settlement after Filing a 998 Offer or Demand

If you serve a 998 offer on the Plaintiff, say $5,000, and Plaintiff's judgment is reduced to zero after set-off for settlements, is the Defendant entitled to recover the costs permitted by 998 if the judgment against it is reduced to zero after the court deducts from the jury verdict the amount of pre-trial settlements paid by others?

Well, yes and no.

If the Plaintiff's recovery at trial would have netted it more at the time of the 998 offer than the 998 offer itself, 998 does not shift post-998 fees to the Plaintiff.  If the 998 offer was $5,000, the jury verdict is $10,000, and no settlements had been paid to Plaintiff at the time the 998 was served, Plaintiff's failure to accept the 998 does not shift post-998 costs to it.  If, however, the Plaintiff had already received $10,000 in settlement at the time the $5,000 998 was made and the jury renders a $10,000 verdict that is reduced to zero, 998 will shift the post-998 costs to the Plaintiff.

Are we clear?

Crystal.

If not, Guerrero v. Rodan Termite Control sent down today by the First Appellate District is a must-read.

Interest-Based Negotiations: A Quick List of Preparation Questions

I've linked to Negotiating:  Thinking it Through from the Business Growth Blog before, but haven't quoted the Eight Preparation Questions listed there.  The more I mediate (yes, one's practice does grow) the more I'm reminded that litigators resist interest-based bargaining techniques. 

I get stuck in position-based negotiations as well.  It remains a challenge for me, after 25 years of litigation practice, not to be sucked into the attorneys' arguments about why they are right.  To help all of us in the mediation room . . .

[h]ere is a list of 8 questions you can ask yourself when you suddenly realize that you have to prepare for a negotiation. Use these to generate quick preparation for any negotiation.

1. What are my intended outcomes and interests?

This is about having your goal in mind but also about thinking about the bigger picture at the same time - if you're goal is to get to work on time, speeding to get there might seem like the right choice until the cop pulls you over.

2. What are their possible interests and outcomes?

Look at the negotiaion from their point of view. What do they really want from this?

3. What are some of the options of agreement?

Where are the points of agreement? Focusing on this beforehand will set a tone of reaching agreement rather than a tone of conflict.

4. What is my Plan B?

Once you've thought through the first three questions, what's your fall back position? Having your Plan B in mind gives you a feeling of options so if the deal goes to far against you, you are comfortable with your option B.

5. What is my worst case scenario?

Answering this question sets your "don't cross" line. You've predetermined what you're willing to give up and more than that is a deal breaker… that means you can negotiate confidently, since you know your direction.

6. What are some possible external standards?

External standard are outside measures that can move the negotiation away from personal stakes to measures from an outside authority. Examples might be interest rates, rate of exchange or time frame.

7. What is or are my reserve price / terms / limits?

Knowing what your limits are and then not not going past them results in more useful and enjoyable negotiation.

8. What is my game plan?

Map it out. What do you want and how are you going to get there?


Negotiating Coverage: You Have Insurance for This?

It happened at a settlement conference again just last week. Defense counsel said there was "no insurance" for the defense or indemnity of a professional malpractice claim.

This naturally surprises me.  Some professionals are required to have coverage or disclose its non-existence to their clients.  No such disclosure had been made in this case.

"No insurance policy?"

"She has an insurance policy; there's just no coverage."

"Why did the carrier deny coverage?"

"The carrier said there was no coverage."

"Why?"

"I don't know.  I'm not coverage counsel."

"Is there coverage counsel?"

"No.  I told you there's no coverage.  Let's get back to negotiating the settlement."

After obtaining (via fax) the policy, the demand and the denial, it turned out that there was a good reason for the carrier to deny coverage for the plaintiff's claim.  But the denial letter expressly withheld comment on the existence of coverage for the defendant's principal, who had not failed to make a timely claim for coverage, and who had not yet been sued.

Call me an activist or a "fund raising" mediator if you will, but when there's not enough money to settle a case and the parties continue to wish it could be settled, I start asking questions about sources of available funds.  

And, listen.  Every litigator must be enough of a "coverage lawyer" to evaluate the likelihood that any existing insurance policy might provide defense or indemnity for the law suit you are defending.  

So, if you are a commercial litigator -- or any type of litigator who defends your clients against claims -- you must

  • ask your clients for all of their insurance policies, even those that seem unlikely to provide coverage;
  • carefully review the precise wording of the policy's insuring agreements, paying particular attention to the language concerning the defense of claims and the deadlines for submitting those claims to the carrier;
  • research the case law in the relevant jurisdiction(s) to determine how the courts have interpreted the insuring agreements and other pertinent policy provisions contained in your clients' policies under facts similar to those alleged in the lawsuit you've been asked to defend;
  • except for some narrow additional protections provided to insureds, be aware that there is no such thing as "the law" of coverage under any particular type of policy -- all coverage flows directly from the precise language of the insuring agreement;
  • remember that in most jurisdictions, that language -- if ambiguous -- will be interpreted in favor of the insured's objectively reasonable expectations -- that means the law of coverage always favors your client's claim for coverage; 
  • understand that in most jurisdictions the rule of contra proferendum will require a court to construe any ambiguity in an insurance policy against the insurance carrier, once again meaning that the law of coverage will favor your client's claim for coverage; 
  • never accept the carrier's refusal to provide a defense without asking yourself -- or a coverage specialist -- why in the heck you should accept the carrier's word for it when you were born to contradict everything from "good morning" to "let's have lunch";
  • never conclude your client doesn't have coverage before tendering the claim; the response to the tender will outline the pertinent policy provisions in stark enough detail -- not to mention 12-point type -- and the denial in sufficiently weasley words to activate your B.S. meter;
  • if you finally accept the fact that your client's policy won't cover the defense of the litigation or indemnify your client in the event of a judgment, continue to keep the carrier informed of the litigation's progress in any event, inviting the carrier to attend all mediations and settlement conferences and to respond to all settlement demands;
  •  remember that the law of coverage changes on a daily basis; read those coverage decisions sent down by your local appellate courts and subscribe to Mealey's on coverage remembering that a really good reason for a client to sue a lawyer for malpractice is your failure to give it reasonably informed legal advice about the availability of insurance coverage; and,
  • retain coverage counsel If the cost of the lawsuit is beyond your client's means or will deprive it of capital necessary to meet its business goals for the next few years. 

UPDATE:  See Perry Itkin's post about the perils of entering into a mediated settlement agreement without knowing your policy limits.  Also note that the result in the case cited by Perry would be different in  California if the provisions governing the enforceability of mediated agreements are not met . . . at least so long as the Supreme Court does what we believe it will in Simmons v. Ghadheri.  Excerpt from Florida Mediator below:

In Leff and Physicians Financial Consultants Corporation v. Ecker, M.D., 972 So.2d 965 [Fla. 3rd DCA 2007], the plaintiff went into the mediation conference without a clear picture of what the insurance policy limits were. Notwithstanding this limited knowledge, plaintiff chose to go ahead with the mediation and entered into an agreement at the end of mediation.

The Defendants filed a motion to enforce the mediated settlement agreement [Guess why! Good guess!]. The Plaintiff argued that a “mutual mistake” allowed him to avoid the parties’ mediated settlement agreement.

Not so fast
   . . . .

Continue reading here.  There are two solutions to this problem in any jurisdiction:  (1) know your policy limits; or, (2) make your agreement to settle contingent on verifying them.  

For the seasoned attorneys in the crowd, take a look at Anderson Kill insurance recovery attorney Mark Garbowski's article at the Lexis New Attorney Hub:  Are You Covered While Doing Good?: Make Sure Your Employees Are Insured Even When Doing Pro Bono.

If you have a really really really really big insurance coverage matter, I recommend those seeking insurance coverage to call my own brilliant insurance recovery squad over at Dickstein Shapiro, particularly my beloved husband Stephen N. Goldberg.

Let Lexis-Nexis Help You Build Your Practice Skills

Lexis-Nexis isn't just about legal research anymore.  L-N is posting a broad array of practice development materials for new lawyers at its New Attorney Hub site here.  And you don't have to be an L-N subscriber to benefit.  All of the materials provided are free.

Though there aren't yet a lot of ADR skill development materials at Hub, I'm proud to say that they've included my posts Ten Settlement Conference/Mediation Traps for the Unwary and On the Job Deposition Training with their other Skill Building Materials

You can find Professional Skills, Practice Area Skills and Research and Writing Skills there.

The editors of these materials are combing the internet to provide the most up-to-date materials from some of the oldest hands in the business.  They contacted me, after all, and the one thing I do know myself is that I'm an old --- er, make that experienced -- litigator.

If the Lexis-Nexis people are tracking mentions of their Hub site in the blogosphere, I refer them to my link page here for additional materials -- particularly those included in the blogs listed in the ADR and Intellectual Property sections on that page.

Alex Kozinski: the Prurient and the Personal

Here are a few S.A.T. questions for the legal community:  

  1. how is the relationship between adult sexuality and prurient sexual interest like that between a dispute and litigation?  
  2. Is our interest in Kozinski's sexual interests itself prurient, i.e., are we inordinately interested in Kozinski's presumed "inordinate[] interest in matters of sex." ?  
  3. And what type of interest is inordinate?

"Inordinancy" is not, I think, a matter of time but of focus.  One's sexual interests might be classfied as  prurient if they are stirred by a single act, item or physical characteristic and disregard the humanity of the object of one's desire.  In feminist terms, pornography objectifies people, elevating their parts above the sum of their parts and using them to satisfy our own -- but not their -- desires.          

And how is pornography like litigation, Ms. Pynchon?

I've said this on too many occasions already.  Litigation takes the texture, depth, dimensionality, and moral ambiguity out of disputes for the purpose of achieving what Justice Kozinski himself defines as justicethe application of the law to facts without regard to the outcome in a particular case.  Kozinski wrote concisely and movingly about this business of applying the law to the facts in his Slate Diary, published in 1996 and republished on on the occasion of his public de-pantsing.  

After more than 10 years as a judge of this [Ninth Circuit Court of Appeal] I find that the flow of cases begins to resemble a moving train, with each window revealing a still life of an individual human drama. The sheer volume of cases, and the fact that we rarely see the faces of the participants--just written words on paper and, sometimes, the arguments of lawyers--makes it difficult to remember that there are human beings somewhere looking to us with hope and yearning for a decision in their favor. The law, too, is quite complex. Cases often turn on legal technicalities that bear only a tangential relationship to concepts such as fairness and equity. Justice, we tell ourselves--and I do believe this--is done if the law is applied without regard to the outcome in a particular case.

The artifacts of litigation -- usually called "briefs" and sometimes sprung into life as depositions or trial testimony -- make a fetish of one or more aspects of a complex human drama.  Litigation sucks the people out of the play, requiring both litigants and attorneys to objectify and demonize one another.  By the time the "case" is ready to be "mediated" or "settled," the people with the problem often feel as if they long ago watched the litigation train leave with someone else's story in it -- that the "still-life" Kozinski observes at a glance through the moving window has little to do with the people and a lot to do with process.  

Are we interested in knowing one another?  Would a genuine interest in the man Kozinski be more satisfying, finally, than the briefly titillating party joke we might wish to make of him?  Do we privilege the prurient or the personal?

If you'd like to know the man Kozinski -- and he is well worth knowing -- read about his fear of flying here or the joy of suburban tomato farming hereTake a journey back to Kozsinki's ancestors' Polish village of Dzurov  to share the grim irony that a "scoundrel" grandfather inadvertently saved the Kozinski clan from the fate of their Jewish neighbors, all of whom now lie in a mass grave just outside of town.  Read Kozinski on writer's block and suicide.  

If you do this, you will no longer be capable of reducing Kozinski to a ribald joke or reveling in his public embarassment.  You will recognize the humanity in him, which is the necessary pre-requisite to recognizing and forgiving the fallible humanity in all of us.     

And litigation?  Here's my unsolicited advice:  Let your clients tell their stories to one another in a joint mediation session.  Neither you nor they will thereafter be capable of reducing the "opposition" to a single demonic character trait. 

I will say it again.  Litigation is not about money.  It is about justice. 

The defense balks at paying Plaintiff at the point of a gun.  The Plaintiff resists releasing the defendant from liability until satisfied that a wrong has been righted or never really existed in the first place.  

You can accomplish justice with money.  But you can accomplish it far more easily, and with far greater satisfaction for your clients, if you allow them to once again share the depth and dimensionality of their dispute with one another; harmonizing their mutual stories of injustice and betrayal.

In the meantime, I suggest we let Kozinski -- and ourselves -- off the hook by recognizing that the sum of the parts is greater -- and in the end far more interesting -- than the temporary public revelation of the smallest part of any man.

Other coverage of note:

Thanks to Anne Reed at Deliberations (this week's ABA Journal featured blog) for pointing us to the Volokh Conspiracy on how Kozinski's Web Site got "outed" in the first place.

If you follow the Volokh links, you'll eventually find Larry Lessig's Web for Dummies Explanation on Why We Shouldn't be Chortling over How Naive Kozinski Is and Why We Should Worry about Spreading This Type of Semi-Purloined Material Around. 

Cyberspace is weird and obscure to many people. So let's translate all this a bit: Imagine the Kozinski's have a den in their house. In the den is a bunch of stuff deposited by anyone in the family -- pictures, books, videos, whatever. And imagine the den has a window, with a lock. But imagine finally the lock is badly installed, so anyone with 30 seconds of jiggling could open the window, climb into the den, and see what the judge keeps in his house. Now imagine finally some disgruntled litigant jiggers the lock, climbs into the window, and starts going through the family's stuff. He finds some stuff that he knows the local puritans won't like. He takes it, and then starts shopping it around to newspapers and the like: "Hey look," he says, "look at the sort of stuff the judge keeps in his house." 

Read the rest of Lessig's great analysis here.

    

Kozinski's Ribald Sense of Humor from the WSJ Law Blog

Susan Estrich's 'take" in her post Good Humor, excerpt below:

If everyone who ever viewed or shared pornography were disqualified from judging the line between protected speech and criminal obscenity, we all would be in trouble. The problem facing Judge Kozinski illustrates what's wrong with the prosecution, not with the judge.

Concurring Opinion's post Judges Gone Wild with this observation dug out of a very lengthy post:

Which brings us to the broader point. Judge Kozinski's actions affect the reputation of the judiciary, on which rest foundations of the state, like public respect for the rule of law. To the extent that this public disclosure undermines public confidence in the judiciary or the rule of law, it's a very bad thing. There's a reason for the outrage that's expressed when the public hears about judges' bad behavior. As Stephen Gillers told the LAT, "The phrase 'sober as a judge' resonates with the American public."

The National Law Journal's compilation of Expert Opinion on the matter including legal ethics professor Ronald Rotunda's opinion that the material on Kosinzki's site was "demeaning, infantile, pornographic, [and] offensive," which just makes me want to see what type of internet porn the good Professor prefers.

KTLA video report here (from L.A. Times website)

Regulation of Obscenity Web Page with Pertinent Supreme Court Cases on the Issue 

Naked Brunch's article UN-BANNING BOOKS How the courts of the United States came to extend First Amendment guarantees to include pornography by Jack Hafferkamp

Negotiating Life's End: the Coming Crisis and Likelihood of Litigation

One of the reasons I began this series was to explore the type of professional behavior that tends to trigger professional malpractice litigation -- and how that litigation might be avoided.   

As you may recall, my first post cited a study finding that the top three reasons for filing litigation against a medical provider were:  

so that it would not happen to anyone else . . . 91%

I wanted an explanation . . . 91%

I wanted the doctors to realize what they’d done . . . 90%

In that same study, only 66% of respondents said they'd brought suit because they wanted money.   

Other studies have found that the failure to health care professionals to effectively communicate with patients and their families give rise to more litigation than negligence or bad results in treatment.  As reported in the March/April issue of Patient Safety and Quality Healthcare

ineffective communication with patients and families, rather than quality of care, was the underlying cause of patients' and families' decisions to file suit against their caregivers (Vincent et al., 1994; Hickson et al., 1992). Other researchers found that most patients would be less angry and less likely to sue if physicians honestly and compassionately disclosed medical errors that occurred, admitted responsibility, took steps to reduce the chances of repeat errors in the future, and offered sincere apologies for the suffering that may have resulted because of the bad outcomes (Gallagher et al., 2003). Similarly, research on apologies suggests that individuals receiving a full apology that both expresses sympathy and takes responsibility by the person who wronged them are more likely to accept settlement offers and negotiate towards a resolution rather than going to trial (Robbennolt, 2003). 

See Conflict Management From the Heart:  A Day in the Life of a Medical Ombuds/Mediator by Carole S. Houk, JD, LLM, and Leigh Ana Amerson, BA here.


In Why People Sue Hospitals and Health Care Professionals in Heatlh Industry Online we learn that 40% of respondents answered "yes" to the question whether anything could have been done to prevent litigation after an adverse medical incident.  Those pre-litigation interventions were reported as follows:  

Actions That Might Have Prevented Litigation

% of Respondents

Explanation and apology

39

Correction of Mistake

27

Pay compensation

18

Correct treatment at the time

16

Admission of negligence

15

If listened to

5

Disciplinary action

4

Honesty

4

Investigation by hospital

3

Conflict Associated with End-of-Life Decisions

Someone once told me that a divorce is a hologram of the marriage -- that all of the marital dynamics that have never been resolved -- or even surfaced -- by the divorcing couple -- take shape and form in one way or another in the course of the divorce.  Not surprisingly, the "weapons" of marital dissolution are its most precious assets -- relationship and children -- and its most symbolic -- money. /*

So it is that historic family dynamics (rife with unresolved conflict) will more or less naturally play themselves out around the bed of a loved one who is -- or may  be -- dying.  

How much conflict is there?

One recent study found that conflict associated with decisions about life-sustaining treatment were rife with conflict between medical staff and the families of dying patients.  An abstract of an Conflict associated with decisions to limit life-sustaining treatment in intensive care units reported: 

MAIN RESULTS:  At least 1 health care provider in 78% of the cases described a situation coded as conflict. Conflict occurred between the staff and family members in 48% of the cases, among staff members in 48%, and among family members in 24%. In 63% of the cases, conflict arose over the decision about life-sustaining treatment itself. In 45% of the cases, conflict occurred over other tasks such as communication and pain control. Social issues caused conflict in 19% of the cases.

CONCLUSIONS: Conflict is more prevalent in the setting of intensive care decision making than has previously been demonstrated. While conflict over the treatment decision itself is most common, conflict over other issues, including social issues, is also significant. By identifying conflict and by recognizing that the treatment decision may not be the only conflict present, or even the main one, clinicians may address conflict more constructively.

It's Not About Money But it Will Become About Money if Conflict is Not Treated at the Source

I have much more to say about this but I need to get out to the Valley to see my dad who is -- amazingly (to me at any rate) -- surviving without food or water into Day Nine.

For now, I will simply remind my readers of the following:

Why the Coming Crisis and Likelihood of Litigation?

The parents' of the baby-boom are dying.  Extraordinarily high levels of conflict in health care settings are associated with dying.  Hospitals and health care professionals are not yet up to par in resolving conflict at its source.  In the absence of programs to assist the families of the dying negotiate their way through this traumatic experience, people will seek out attorneys; attorneys will, as the law does, monetize pain, suffering, and injustice. 

The research is in.  The solutions are available.

It's up to us.  

______________________________________

*/   Money is symbolic?  Yes it is.  As my longer article on the many meanings people give to money notes:

It is money’s nearly infinite plasticity that makes exchange of unlike things not only possible, but nearly effortless. Unlike barter, which famously requires a “double coincidence of wants,”  money creates a bridge to the future; permits trade at a distance; allows the exchange of durable objects for perishable goods; and, is capable of reducing nearly every human activity into a quantitative monetary value. 

Although contemporary money seems to have shed all of its qualities except its quantity,  “its oneness or fiveness or fiftyness,” we do not in fact use money as if it were fungible. We experience the value of a dollar earned differently from the way we experience one that is stolen or given to us as a gift and we spend it differently as well. 

See The Cost of a Thing is Your Life here

More Great Resources from the Bar Association Formerly Known as Stodgy

Before giving you today's list of ABA Journal resources that landed in my in-box this morning, I want to announce my appearance on the Journal's dot com front page in its "Ask the Experts" feature

If you have a question -- any question -- relating to negotiation strategy and tactics, conflict resolution, mediation advocacy, persuading the opposition that he doesn't fully understand just how $%#*^ his case is, the social psychology of conflict, or the settlement of that pesky piece of litigation that is turning moldy on the upper right hand corner of your desk, just write it into the email box here and your answer will be quickly forthcoming.

Self-promo out of the way, here's the latest on ABAJournal.com resources:

ABAJournal.com has created four new features designed for busy lawyers.

Blawg Search: We've partnered with Justia.com, the leading legal information portal, to create a search engine covering all of the 1,800-plus blogs in our directory -- including yours. It's like Google for lawyers, pinpointing in an instant the most sophisticated and up-to-date commentary by legal professionals on any topic. Use the search box at the top of any of our pages (including our homepage: www.abajournal.com), and on the search results page click on the "Blawg Results" tab. Plus you can subscribe to an RSS feed of any search to follow the results in your feed reader.

News Widget: Now you can add continuously updated ABA Journal headlines to your blog or to personalized pages like iGoogle or Netvibes with our news widget. We're posting 25 to 50 fresh stories every business day, so you're sure to deliver the latest breaking legal news to your readers. Visit our widget page to grab the free code: www.abajournal.com/widgets

Twitter Feed: Are you using Twitter, the most popular microblogging platform? Then you can integrate our headlines into your personal Twitter page. Dozens of lawyers already have. Visit our page and click "Follow": www.twitter.com/abajournal

Facebook Page: If you're a member of Facebook, one of the most popular social networking sites, you can become a fan of the ABA Journal. Our Facebook page features our latest headlines, recent covers, and special announcements. Visit our page and click "Become a Fan": http://www.facebook.com/pages/ABA-Journal/13563247155

And to celebrate winning the Webby People's Voice Award in the Law category, we're letting our readers pick which of three acceptance speeches we'll give at the June 10 ceremony. Each is just five words long -- the maximum length the Webby Awards will allow. To cast your vote, visit: http://www.abajournal.com/news/webbyspeechvote/

We hope you find that these features, and more that will be coming in the months ahead, make ABAJournal.com even more useful and informative. We love getting feedback from our readers. If you have suggestions, drop us a line: www.abajournal.com/contact

Contentious Litigation? Get a War Crimes Negotiator to Settle the Case

Is your litigation particularly contentious? 

Take a page from theBarbie- Bratz litigation which the AmLaw Daily reports was partially settled with the assistance of Pierre-Richard Prosper, a former ambassador-at-large for war crimes issues in the Bush administration. 

(Photo from the San Diego Union Tribune article Doll Wars)

The AmLaw Daily reports that Prosper was "brought into the case by federal district court Judge Stephen Larson to oversee settlement negotiations among all three parties because (according to Prosper) the "judge and the parties thought [his] international experience mediating and negotiating armed conflicts would translate here."  See Barbie and Bratz Head to Trial here (emphasis mine).  


Negotiating Justice in Community Mediation

Negotiated Resolutions in Community Mediation

Nearly every condominium complex harbors an outlaw -- the man, woman, couple or family who refuse to follow the rules.  The young couple who blasts the woofers off their stereo system at 3 a.m.  The elderly woman who doesn't clean up after her dog.  The raucous family that plays "Marco Polo" in the community pool after midnight.  

Offended and outraged, other homeowners make demands on their volunteer board who contact the (often unresponsive) management company.  The HOA board does its best.  It issues warnings to procure compliance.  To no avail.  Eventually, someone reads the CC&R's.  They learn that the Board has enforceable legal duties and the homeoweners actionable legal rights. 

Many of these disputes make their way to the Los Angeles County Bar Association's Dispute Resolution Center in West Hollywood.  And some of them make their way to me. 

Welcome to community mediation -- the non-zero sum, value-based, rights-seeking, joint session transformative dispute resolution process.  We're well trained and we're free.

But can we deliver justice?

 

Attorneys, the Law, Mediation and Justice 

Maybe it was just my G-g-g-generation, but I went to law school primarily because I was interested in the delivery of justice.  Although my primary involvement in the 20th Century 's civil rights movements was as a Vista volunteer at an activist women's center in San Diego in the early 1970's, I wasn't simply pursuing my own narrow self-interests when I applied to law school.   

As early as I can recall -- long before I'd conclude that 1950's and '60s women were oppressed -- I'd already developed a deep longing for the reconstruction of adult relationships along the lines of fairness.  This must be a typical childhood longing premised upon our predicament of being physically small and powerless.  An "unjust" world that rewards only power would not ensure our survival while a world in which everyone is valued and treated fairly would.     

Couple a child's sense of justice with televised images of "the law" aiming fire-hoses at peacefully demonstrating "Negroes" and you get a life-long commitment not simply to the "rule of law" but to the necessity for that "rule" to be premised upon justice.   

Are Negotiated and Mediated Resolutions Trumping Justice?   

These are just a few of the reasons it troubles me so when scholars suggest that mediated and negotiated resolutions to litigated disputes are unjust.  See yesterday's post here and the article that prompted it, Justice Trumps Peace (etc.) here.  If mediation is truly what its critics contend it to be -- a full-frontal assault upon the rights gained by marginalized citizens during the Civil Rights era -- I'm in serious moral trouble here. 

Consider this contention in Justice Trumps Peace

“ADR rhetoric” reinforce[s] a conservative challenge to “the law and reform discourse of the 1960s, a discourse concerned with justice and root causes, and with debates over right and wrong.” “The rights theme, consistent throughout earlier debates over legal resources,” was conspicuous by its absence in “the policy discussion on alternative dispute resolution.” . . . . 

Laura Nader . . . not[ed] that ADR’s “process of communication” ethos took necessary rough, ideological edges off claims, and fostered what she called “coercive harmony.” Nader argued that ADR was permeated with “conformist ideology,” which was employed to “suppress the realities of class, gender, and racial antagonism” endemic to American society, and as such, it comprised an “unreal law movement.” Nader contended that ADR’s emphasis on conciliation meant that critical considerations of “blame or rights” were “avoided and replaced by the rhetoric of compromise and relationship.” She concluded that “cultural notions of justice are factored out.” 

This tendency to screen-out unpleasant, divisive, but nonetheless vital social concerns supports Fiss’s characterization of ADR as a “sociologically impoverished universe,” in which critical issues of class, race and gender are subsumed to construct “a world composed exclusively of individuals.”

Can Justice be Negotiated?

Cheyney Ryan, a philosophy professor at the University of Oregon, contributed a short piece to the must-have Negotiator's Fieldbook entitled Rawls on Negotiating JusticeJohn Rawls, Ryan explains, is the seminal philosopher of justice in the 20th century.  "From the start," writes Ryan,

Rawls asked us to think of justice as  a matter of agreement.  He suggested that we think of the principles guiding a just society as the ones that individuals would agree to -- with the crucial proviso that they do not know where they themselves would end up in society, on the top or the bottom.  They would thus act from behind a "veil of ignorance . . . Given this constraint, no individual could tailor the principles of justice to his or her special talents or circumstances, which is why Rawls called this approach "justice as fairness."  Rawls suggested that the principles that would be agreed to would be ones that were deeply committed ot basic human rights and had a strong presumption in favor of economic equality.  Inequalities would only be tolerated if they most greatly benefited the least well off.

According to Ryan, Rawls concluded in his later writings that the reciprocity inherent in bargained-for resolutions and negotiation's search for mutual advantage were insufficient to ensure justice.  Rawls therefore shifted the basis of his theory from the search for rational resolutions to the implementation of reasonable ones.  "The question to ask of principles of justice," posited Rawls, was,

what were the most reasonable ones for people to agree to given the nature of our society and the nature of who we are?  Justice, thus reconceived, lost the harsh individualism that Rawls' earlier theory seemed to possess.  The stress on reasonableness meant that people taking others into account was an essential part of what justice was all about.  His theory also moved away from his earlier hyper-abstraction, insofar as we talk of what is "reasonable" invariably refers not to some hypotheitcal persons with hypotheical aims but to real people -- in this case, us, here and now.

Negotiating Justice in Community Mediation 

Condominium owners John and Betty Jones (not their real names) were being driven to distraction by their neighbors who arrived home at 2 a.m. only to commence what felt like a Pekinese rodeo in their upstairs apartment.  The indominable Kathryn Turk who convenes mediations for LACBA's Dispute Resolution Services in West Hollywood managed to procure the attendance of an HOA Board member with full authority to "settle" the case.  Unfortunately, the "outlaw" homeowner refused to attend.

John Jones had practically memorized the CC&R's governing the Board's duties and the homeowner's rights.  His wife repeatedly broke into tears as she described sleepless nights spent on the living room couch where the upstairs neighbor's early morning antics were the least disturbing.  The volunteer Board member was sympathetic but at a loss for solutions.  She'd contacted "management" and sent warnings to the miscreants, all to no avail. 

Only punitive measures would do at this point, said Jones. The CC&R's called for sanctions to be imposed on rule-breakers but lacked a means of implementation and enforcement.  The HOA representative indicated that she not only had the Board's authority to settle the matter, but to impose any necessary and reasonable rules to flesh out the CC&R's inadequate policies.

"We want monetary sanctions imposed," Jones was saying, "sanctions that can be made liens against the property just as HOA dues can be." 

"What about notice?"  I asked.  "And  a hearing?  There's nothing in the rules about the procedure for imposing sanctions."

"24 hours!" shouted John.  "If they don't comply, a $500 sanction to be made a lien against their property.  And another $500 for every day they continue to violate the noise restrictions contained in the CCR's."

Not knowing about Rawls' veil-of-ignorance-just-rule-making principle, I nevertheless wondered aloud whether Mr. and Mrs. Jones understood that the bylaws they were suggesting could be used by their scofflaw neighbors as easily as they could be pursued by the Jones.  

"Oh."

Silence.

"What set of rules do you think would be fair?" I asked.

Two hours later, we had achieved what my Con Law professor would have called "procedural due process" -- a set of rules that would likely pass Constitutional muster that came from the parties -- not from the mediator.

Whether justice and fairness are, at some level, hard-wired into us (see Brain reacts to fairness as it does to money and chocolate) or culturally controlled, it seems that Rawls' conception of "justice and fairness" based upon reasonableness and enlightened self-interest might flow more or less naturally from a mediated dispute resolution forum where the parties, rather than the mediator, are in control.

Can We Negotiate Justice?

Thanks to Geoff Sharp over at mediator blah blah for citing us to Justice Trumps Peace: the Enduring Relevance of Owen Fiss’s Against Settlement by Don Ellinghausen, Jr.  Geoff Sharp's excellent post on the issues raised (again) is here and Ellinghusen's exhaustive treatment of mediation's limitations and overblown claims here.

Agree with Fiss, Ellinghausen, Laura Nader and Carrie Menkel-Meadow or not, there shouldn't be a mediator practicing who is unaware of these serious criticisms of the mediation process.  If we're not aware of them, we can't avoid the potential for "muscle" mediation to prevent even the aspirational goal of delivering justice without regard to gender, color, power, social status, wealth and all the rest of the social markers the law has been so careful to avoid paying obeisance to.

Check it out.

Negotiating the Recession: We Can't Be Forever Blessed

The New York Times reports this morning that there were 243,353 foreclosure filings in April alone, nearly three times the total in the same month just two years ago," making it all but inevitable that  "many millions of American families will be losing their homes before long."

In The Scars of Losing a Home, Times writer Robert A. Shiller reports that following a brief moment of sympathy for such unfortunates, we will almost instinctively turn the full force of our judgment upon them.    

[I]nstead of having sympathy for these homeowners, many people blame them for their predicaments. That isn’t surprising. It’s an example of a general tendency that was documented by social psychologists decades ago.

In his 1980 book, “The Belief in a Just World: A Fundamental Delusion,” Melvin Lerner, a social psychologist, argued that people want to believe in the inherent justice of the economic system in which they live, and want to believe that people who appear to be suffering are in fact responsible for their own situations.

He provided empirical evidence, derived from experiments, that after an initial pang of sympathy, people tend to develop negative views toward others who are suffering. That negative tendency seems to be at work today.

Losing "Everything" -- How Bad is It?

When the Northridge earthquake threw me out of bed in the early morning hours of January 17, 1994, my financial life was sliding out of control.  By May, I'd be laid off from my job as an associate attorney in a prominent Los Angeles law firm and by July I'd be signing bankruptcy papers.  Foreclosure would follow.

More pertinent to the morning of the earthquake is the fact that neither my downstairs neighbor --the HOA's President -- nor many of the other owners in my 50-unit condominium complex were speaking to me.  Not only was I failing to pay my HOA dues in a timely fashion, I had the scent of failure about me. 

Neighbors in Los Angeles tend to come together only following natural disasters.  Fire, flood, earthquake, O.J.  These were the seasons of the year in which the the federal government erased my indebtedness; the bank foreclosed on my home; and, I was thrown up on consumerism's shores without any credit cards.   

On the morning of the earthquake, the shame associated with my financial distress kept  me from joining my neighbors on the sidewalk as aftershocks continued to wrench the foundations of our building.  Instead, I opened the French doors to my small balcony, pulled the  pillow and blanket from my bed and laid down on the living room floor in order to take comfort from the small talk rising up from the street below.

By June, foreclosure papers would be posted on my front door and  I would be living in the "studio" apartment good friends created for me out of the chaos of a spacious but unused basement in their small Echo Park house.  As L.A. began the slow re-construction of its streets, apartment buildings and houses, as fallen chimneys were rebuilt and freeways restored, I too would begin a recovery of my own, not only materially, but spiritually as well.    

It's All right, It's All Right, We Can't Be Forever Blessed/ **

Another story in today's Times recounts the shame white collar workers experience in their hot-house communities when they are laid off from high paying jobs.  In The Language of Loss for the Jobless  we learn that failure leaves our friends speechless and ourselves ashamed.  "Victim-blaming," writes Hoffman, 

dates to Job’s mourners. “It helps people who are still employed to believe that people who have been laid off did something wrong,” Ms. Baber said. “If you can blame them, then you can feel protected. If it’s just random — ‘they moved customer service to Dallas’ — then nothing will protect you either, and that’s scary to people.” 

Though we may not know what to say, most of us know what to do.  As the wife of one laid off executive recounts -- “Friends have kept us alive. . . and given us clothes for our kids.  One friend just found a job for my husband.” 

  Material Losses and Spiritual Gains

Our culture suffers from the burden of success.  Not only does failure tend to cause us shame, many see the inevitable losses that necessarily punctuate even the most "successful" careers as moral failings.  And let's not be coy -- often bad decisions and poor judgment cause successes that are precariously balanced and relationships that are already strained to "suddenly" collapse.    

Because we tend only to share our stories of success and not our failures, we hardly know what to do when misfortune knocks on our door.  That's why today's Times "recession" stories made me want to share my own tale of loss.  Because we too often feel as if we can only share the "success" bits of our personal family narratives. 

Here's the good news for those facing bankruptcy and foreclosure:  if you are able to find a community of people who are also recovering from life's inevitable reverses, you will eventually find that success -- with its attendant pretense of imperviousness to disaster -- is actually more alienating than its opposite.  I consider myself more than lucky to have found such a community.  One that taught me how much more important it is for me to be of service to my fellows than to reach some perceived pinnacle of success.  One that taught me that it is better to be a worker among workers than it is to be "best in show"  One that taught me that my fortune lies in neighborliness and my wealth in the quality of my relationship with my fellows.  One that taught me, finally, that it is better to weather flood, fire, earthquake, riot, and recession in a community in which I am simply one of its fallible members than it is to huddle under a blanket holding onto my fragile self-esteem while yearning to join the company of my  neighbors on the street below.  

(see criticism of Shiller's commentary, in The Mess That Greenspan made here -- The Mess is another Forbes Business and Financial Network Blog that I've enjoyed reading)

_________________

**/  Taken from Paul Simon's American Tune

We come on the ship they call the Mayflower
We come on the ship that sailed the moon
We come in the age's most uncertain hour
and sing an American tune
But it's all right, it's all right
You can't be forever blessed
Still, tomorrow's going to be another working day
And I'm trying to get some rest
That's all I'm trying to get some rest 
 

Must Read for All Women Negotiating Law Firm Life

Below is my review in The Complete Lawyer of Lauren Stiller Rikleen's must-read book Ending the Gauntlet:  Removing Barriers to Women's Success in the Law.

Concluding paragraph:

At bottom, this book calls for management practices that will benefit all attorneys while at the same time recognizing the disparate impact current practices have on women.  Women are, in effect, the "canaries in the mine shaft" of modern legal practice.  As they fall victim to management inefficiencies, they are certain to be followed by both men and women of Gen X and Y, all of whom have seen the sacrifices of their elders and are refusing to repeat their errors.


Book Review of Ending the Gauntlet - Removing Barriers to Women's Success in the Law - Get more documents

 

Negotiation Deal Breakers

My readers will recognize many of the tips included in this article published last week in the Los Angeles Daily Journal -- Bullying, Rigidity Are Surefire Negotiation Deal Breakers.  Read it by clicking on the link above or below -- to enlarge page on the document embedded below, click on right-hand arrow and scroll down to


Bullying, Rigidity Are Surefire Negotiation Deal Breakers - Get more documents

Our Sister IP ADR Blog Selected as "Top Blog" for LexisNexis Copyright Law Center

 

Many of our regular readers know that I have gathered together some of the best IP arbitrators and mediators over at the IP ADR Practice Group and the IP ADR Blog.  We keep one another up to date on the law of patent, copyright and trademark infringement and share our knowledge with one another about the various industries we have each served.  This makes our little group one of the best resources available for attorneys who need an arbitrator or mediator with specialty legal knowledge or special industry expertise.  

I'm now proud to announce that the LexisNexis Copyright Law Center has included the IP ADR Blog on its very short list of "Top Copyright Blogs" along with our friends over at  IPKat.

If the resolution of IP disputes is important to any of our industry or legal readers, we heartily recommend IP ADR, the IP ADR Blog and now, the LexisNexis Copyright Law Center

Here's how LexisNexis let us know about our addition there:  

We take pride in associating with the best talent in the legal world, so we are thrilled to include you as part of this dynamic new platform that features commentary from experts and gives visitors to the site the ability to interact with the content and one another. Also featured on the site is real-time copyright news, blogs from internal teams at LexisNexis and outside contributors, and news about attorneys, firms, and corporations, plus delivery options, including RSS feeds, podcasts and email alerts.

The selection of your blog was made by the Copyright Team responsible for the Matthew Bender Copyright publications as one of those most often visited, referred to and relied upon. . . .

Thanks LexisNexis!  We'll be nosing around the Copyright Law Center ourselves in the coming weeks.  





Negotiating Blogratitude: Best Post of the Week Anywhere in Business and Money-Related Blog Articles

Thanks again to IP attorney R. David Donoghue of the Chicago IP Litigation Blog for including my post on Trust and Compromise in the May Carnival of Trust

Now I have even more reason to be grateful.  

The Political Calculations Blog's weekly On the Moneyed Midways compilation of business and money related blog carnivals choose my post How Can I Convince My Client to Lose More than Predicted and Still Maintain My Own Credibility? as the Best Post of the Week Anywhere!

Makes a girl feel all appreciated guys! 

Thanks!!! 

And nice to find the Best of the Best aggregated for readers on a weekly basis at Political Calculations which we'll be adding to our blog roll post haste!

Negotiating Competitive Arousal: When the Cost of "Winning" is Too High

Take a look at this summary of the article When Winning Is Everything by Deepak Malhotra, Gillian Ku, and J. Keith Murnighan, now available online here as well as in the May '08 Harvard Business Review.

Malhotra and colleagues suggest that an adrenaline-fueled emotional state [which they] call  competitive arousal, often leads to bad decisions.

Negotiating litigators may want to note that all of the conditions giving rise to "competitive arousal" are the day-to-day conditions in which litigation is conducted, i.e., intense rivalry, especially in the form of one-on-one competitions; time pressure . . . ; and being in the spotlight—that is, working in the presence of an audience.

Sound familiar?  Take a look at the consequences and the potential solutions below. 

Individually, these factors can seriously impair managerial decision making; together, their consequences can be dire, as evidenced by many high-profile business disasters. It's not possible to avoid destructive competitions and bidding wars completely.

But managers can help prevent competitive arousal by anticipating potentially harmful competitive dynamics and then restructuring the deal-making process. They can also stop irrational competitive behavior from escalating by addressing the causes of competitive arousal.

When rivalry is intense, for instance, managers can

  • limit the roles of those who feel it most
  • reduce time pressure by extending or eliminating arbitrary deadlines
  • deflect the spotlight by spreading the responsibility for critical competitive decisions among team members.

Decision makers will be most successful when they focus on winning contests in which they have a real advantage—and take a step back from those in which winning exacts too high a cost.

Negotiating Irrationality

Recently, I excerpted the expressed concerns of in-house counsel about ineffective mediators.   Among the complaints was some mediators' refusal to see or acknowledge the other side's "irrationality" As Where's the Magic from the U.K. online Mediator Magazine noted:

It can be frustrating where they [the mediator] can see the irrationality of the other party, how their claims and positions are unsubstantiated, and choose to ignore it,' says Frank Aghovia, legal adviser at Exel Plc. He continues, 'It's like saying, "I know he's talking out of his backside, but can you give him what he wants anyway." He concludes that 'steadfast neutrality is irritating and wastes time.'

Reality-Testing

Helping litigants and their attorneys reassess their case is one of the mediator's greatest challenges.  The mediator intervenes only after the parties' dispute has reached stalemate.  Each party to a stalemate has negative attitudes about his adversary that are maintained and prolonged by three psychological mechanisms: selective perception, self-fulfilling prophecy, and autistic hostility.

Selective perception:  people tend to select those perceptions that tend to confirm their existing attitudes, and ignore or discount information that would disconfirm their existing attitudes.

Self-fulfilling prophecies:  people with negative attitudes about their adversary engage in conduct that provokes the adversary's "expected" response, which confirms the party's original expectation, and a vicious cycle ensues.

Autistic hostility:  Parties in litigation have stopped talking with one another about their dispute, communicating only through their attorneys.  The social scientists would say that such people are "stuck in autistic hostility, that is, their hostility is perpetuated by their refusal to communicate."

(for a full discussion of these and other conflict dynamics see CR Info's Book Summary of Social Conflict: Escalation, Stalemate and Settlement by Dean G. Pruitt and Jeffrey Z. Rubin). 

When the parties are in this frame of mind -- particularly after years of highly contentious litigation -- they genuinely believe that the other side is either completely irrational or downright evil.

So how does the mediator reality test in this climate of anger and distrust while continuing to maintain his ability to work effectively with both parties.  

Peter Robinson, co-director of the prestigious Straus Institute of Conflict Resolution in Malibu, California, tackles this problem by way of a hypothetical.  He assumes that one side believes his adversary came here from another planet via UFO.  What should a mediator -- who needs to retain the trust and confidence of both sides -- do?  

Robinson answers his own rhetorical question in this fashion:

When talking to the UFO-guy, I am totally with him.  Listening, asking questions, trying to understand whether his delusion actually has some hidden meaning that might suggest a way to resolve the dispute without asking the other party to "buy in" to the UFO story.

After giving Mr. UFO an opportunity to have his say and to experience -- perhaps for the first time ever -- another human being's willingness to temporarily suspend his disbelief -- I begin to gently "reality test."  To do so, I do not have to doubt Mr. UFO's story.  I can suggest, however, that not everyone is as understanding as I am. 

"Have you told this story to many people?" I might ask.  "And what has their response been?"  Do you have any reason to believe that a judge or jury might be more likely to believe this narrative of events more than, say, your mother, sister, cousin, wife, best friend, etc. were?

Robinson's suggested action between the rock of understanding and the hard place of consensual reality is shrewd and effective.  It neatly avoids the problem recently raised by my friend and colleague Jeff Kichaven who has likened piling rationales atop one another for the purpose of changing another's mind to raising your voice for the purpose of communicating with a deaf man.   

Harvard Business School professors Deepak Malhotra and Max H. Bazerman address the irrationality problem in another fashion in their tremendously useful book Negotiation Genius. 

"Whenever our students or clients tell us about their 'irrational' or 'crazy' counterparts," they write, "we work with them to carefully consider whether the other side is truly irrational.  Almost always, the answer is no."

Malhotra and Bazerman list the mistakes that lead us to call our negotiating partners "nuts," "delusional" or "evil" as follows:

Mistake No. 1:  They are Not Delusional, They are Uninformed. 

If you can educate or inform your bargaining partner, say Malhotra and Bazerman

about their true interests, the consequences of their actions, the strength of your BATNA, and so on - there is a strong likelihood they will make better decisions . . . [I]f someone says "no" to an offer that you know is in her best interest, do not assume she is irrational.  Instead, work to ensure that she understands why the offer is in her best interest.  She may simply have misunderstood or ignored a crucial piece of information.

Mistake No. 2:  They are Not Irrational; They Have Hidden Constraints

In negotiation, a wide variety of possible constraints exist.  The other side may be constrained by advice from her lawyers, by the fear of setting a dangerous precedent, by promises she has made to other parties [this is a particularly common constraint in IP infringement actions] by time pressure and so on.  [D]iscover these constraints . . . and . . help other parties overcome them . . . rather than dismissing others as irrational.

Mistake No. 3:  They are Not Irrational; They Have Hidden Interests

[P]eople will sometimes reject your offer because they think it is unfair, because they don't like you [or are tired of feeling as if you don't like them] or for other reasons that have nothing to do with the obvious merits of your proposal.  These people are not irrational; they are simply fulfilling needs and interests that you may not fully appreciate.  .  .  [I]nvestigate:  "What might be motivating her to act this way?  What are all of her interests?"

But What if They Really Are Irrational

If your counterpart truly is irrational -- in other words, he is determined to work against what is in his best interest -- then your options will be fewer.  You can try to push through an agreement despite his irrationality, you can try to "go around him" by negotiating with someone else with authority who seems more willing to listen to reasons . . . or you may decide to pursue your BATNA because his irrationality has eliminated all hope of creating value.

I have a friend who is, literally,  a rocket scientist.  He says that there are no problems which cannot be solved -- only problems that we don't yet understand.  This is as true in negotiation as it is in rocket science.  In both cases, the wisest course is to assume you know nothing and begin asking the type of questions that would help learn something.

 

Searching for the Bright Mediation Bulb: Criticisms from Across the Pond

Thanks to Geoff Sharp at mediator blah blah for directing us to this great U.K. Mediation resource, The Mediator Magazine which is great to poke around in a little when you're home for mother's day and mom's gone off to bed.  Here, for instance, are some well taken criticisms of mediation practice by in-house counsel from the article Where's the Magic?

Top of the list of issues which invite scorn is perceived weakness on the part of the mediator. Giving palpable nonsense and well documented fact equal air-time in the interests of appearing open-minded has backfired for a number of mediators. 'It can be frustrating where they [the mediator] can see the irrationality of the other party, how their claims and positions are unsubstantiated, and choose to ignore it,' says Frank Aghovia, legal adviser at Exel Plc. He continues, 'It's like saying, "I know he's talking out of his backside, but can you give him what he wants anyway." He concludes that 'steadfast neutrality is irritating and wastes time.'

One public sector lawyer, though generally more favourably disposed towards mediation, shares a sense of frustration with the purely facilitative model: 'If a mediator is too passive,' he says, 'there isn't going to be any realignment of expectations, there isn't going to be the refocusing of the parties on the strengths and weaknesses of their own and the other party's case. It's simply not going to happen. You're not going to facilitate the movement.'

Naturally it is all a question of degree, but frustration with a style perceived to be 'slow', 'wet', 'namby-pamby', or worse, 'like therapy' is real, and stands in the way of mediation increasing its meagre market share.

It is also evident that some mediators have failed to manage the process with sufficient vigour, fuelling comments like 'I've been at quite a few [mediations] and question what the mediator actually does.' No doubt they've had to spend all their time working with the other side, but if so, this needs to be communicated.

This lack of robustness which for many is synonymous with mediation has bred the widespread belief that mediation only works when both sides want to mediate. And where that's the case, without prejudice discussions will do the job. Until mediation's image hardens to the point where people realise that great mediators can deal with the shirty, dismissive and gratuitously rude types, mediation will remain in the shadows. . . .

These criticisms are real and require attention.  I'm uncertain of the state of "professional" mediation in the U.K., but here in California, its all over the board.  For the mediation advocate and his client, finding the right mediator for the right case at the right time is not only more art than science, it's often more guesswork than art. 

I'll be dealing with the issues raised by this U.K. article in the coming weeks.  For the full article, click on the link above.

Negotiating the Minefields of Electronic Discovery

If you need help Negotiating the Minefields of Electronic Discovery, you have my complete sympathy.  I hope this article by Stephen D. Williger, Esq.and Robin M. Wilson, Esq. from 10 RICH. J.L. & TECH. 52 (2004) helps. 

And if you're the client -- well, here's a darn good reason for settlement before you embark on searches of the C: drives of every employee you have! 

Entire article embedded below


Negotiating the Minefields of Electronic Discovery - Get more documents

Negotiating Anger: Why are They Shouting at Me????

Brilliant piece on de-escalating conflict over at Tammy Lenski's Conflict Zen this morning.  Teaser and link below:  

The friendly bailiff unlocked the small courtroom. After telling me to make myself at home, he pointed to a small red button on the wall. “If you need me, just press that button and I’ll be in here faster than you can blink and eye. It’s an emergency button.”

“Ok, thanks,” I replied, and began to unpack my briefcase.

“I mean it,” he said. “Just press the button. Maybe you should set up your chair so you’re near it.”

I gave him a long look. “You seem to want me to know about that button. Is there something else you want to tell me?”

Continue reading here.

Negotiating Diversity: What's ADR Got to Do with It?

I'm asked this morning by an ADR colleague whether we can criticize diversity without sounding like racists.  The question itself is problematic because it not only assumes a racial divide, it places "us" on the "white" side of it. 

The question arose from a recent press release by local mediator Elizabeth Moreno -- Is Mediation Losing Its Effectiveness:  Lack of Diverse Mediators.  The release describes an ADR diversity initiative being pursued by Shell Oil.  Shell, noted Moreno, is  

 introducing supplier diversity to the ADR profession [by] extend[ing] business opportunities to certified minority and women ADR neutrals. These efforts, coined as "second tier," allow Shell to influence prime or majority ADR firms, with whom they do business, to also contract with minority and women owned ADR firms within the business community.

In the upcoming months Shell will be targeting  . . . ADR services to participate in second tier efforts. Shell astutely recognizes that by embracing the concept of inclusion, the company will rise to a higher level, reflecting its belief that it "will benefit from diversity through better relationships with customers, suppliers, partners, employees, government and other stakeholders, with positive impact on the bottom line."

I'm assuming that my questioner does not agree with the "affirmative action" aspect of this program.  Having debated the affirmative action issue since I began law school at U.C. Davis where the Supreme Court Bakke decision originated, I know well how divisive this issue can be.  But it is an important issue -- an issue critical to a nation not only "conceived in liberty" but "dedicated to the proposition that all men (sic) are created equal."

So Let's Take a Look at ADR and Diversity

I'll ask the academics over at the ADR Prof Blog to correct me if I'm wrong.  

I understand the academic criticism of mediation to be this:  in the immediate post-civil rights era while greater legal protections have been afforded to women and under-represented minorities, the "people" have been channeled into a system -- mediation -- that lacks the prejudice-flattening constraints of the rule of law.  More disturbing, say critics, is the fact that this "lawless" system is largely presided over by -- excuse me if this offends anyone -- OLD WHITE MEN.

I've learned more about racial bias talking to my liberal (white) "unprejudiced" friends this election season than I have since I participated in the "second wave" women's movement in the early nineteen seventies (remember consciousness raising?)  I do not judge them, nor myself, for our necessarily limited view which just happens to be that of the dominant culture.

I know we still have a serious racial divide because when I talk to my educated and liberal African American friends they say things that shock me. Things like -- the U.S. may have started the AIDS epidemic to rid the world of Africans. OK. I get it.  There's something about their experience of America that is so radically different from mine that I think their point of view is, frankly, just a little nuts.  This is what I do know -- I will never truly be able to see the world from their point of view.

That said, I do think we can criticize people for taking advantage of "diversity" issues to forward an agenda -- or their own personal advancement -- other than forwarding diversity itself. We can criticize those who would deepen the divide to profit from it.

I think Obama is modeling the correct response to racial divide, which is one of the reasons his candidacy impresses me so.  There haven't been many public figures willing to talk about the elephant in America's living room -- racism.  Nor has anyone on the national stage in my memory ever said "your dreams do not have to come at the expense of mine."

If I could write a sentence in a circle at this point, instead of linearly as the language requires me to do, I would do so.  Here is what I understood Obama's response to the question of the racial divide in America to be.

Acknowledge it Heal it Move on Heal it Move on Acknowledge it Move On Heal it Acknowledge it

There are no periods in this sentence because this activity needs to be constant and on-going.  Because we will always be stuck in our own point of view.  Because in-group and out-group prejudice will always be with us. And because the more visible markers there are for "otherness" in others, the more prey we are to the error of dividing the world into "us" and 'them."  

The answer?  Diversity.  Vigilance.  Education. 

Toward that end, here are some ADR Diversity resources

Commonality to Balance Diversity

Mediation:  the Great Equalizer?  A Critical Theory Analysis

Toward a More Perfect Union in an Age of Diversity: A Guide to Building Stronger Communities
through Public Dialogue

Center for Dispute Resolution, whose mission is to "to promote and provide education and comprehensive approaches to dispute resolution that constructively serve the needs of our culturally diverse society."   

ACCESS ADR:  A 2004 Diversity Initiative Launched With The Support Of The JAMS Foundation And The ABA

Striving for DIVERSITY in ADR & Why it Matters: An Interview with the Hon. Timothy K. Lewis, the Chairman of the AAA's Diversity Committee [who] speaks candidly about his interest in diversity in the decision making professions, and why allowing minorities and women an opportunity to participate is so vitally important.

The Diversity Task force of the International Institute for Conflict Prevention and Resolution ("CPR") whose mission it is to "adopt businessdriven initiatives to increase the ethnic, gender, and social diversity of mediators, arbitrators, and those involved in alternative dispute resolution, both within CPR institute and on a national scale."

Compilation of mediate dot com articles on diversity in mediation 

THE GREGORY SOBEL DIVERSITY IN MEDIATION SCHOLARSHIP APPLICATION

Slouching Towards Inclusion by Carol Miller Lieber & Jamala Rogers

Diversity Resistance

The Media Diversity Institute

The Biggest Lie in the Business: It's Only About Money

A friend and former legal partner was fond of saying that the biggest lie in the business was I don't take it personally. After four years of full-time mediation, I have another "Big Lie" to add – it’s only about money.

The social scientists who sutdy these things say that the way in which we respond to adversity "often reflects the fact that [our] prestige or status has been threatened more than the fact that [our] purchasing power has been diminished." Miller, Disrespect and the Experience of Injustice, Annual Review of Psychology (2002). In other words, the corporate C.E.O., like any other kid on the block, will retaliate when he feels he has been disrespected.

Conversely, research shows that business people are reluctant to recommend legal action if they believe that they and their company have been treated respectfully. Although this is particularly true of fiduciary and special relationships such as lawyer-client and business partnerships of all kinds, it also applies to arm's length business transactions.

Every commercial interaction, we are told, "represents a social exchange and every form of social behavior represents a resource." Id. People's satisfaction with the outcome of a commercial transaction therefore "depends highly, and often primarily, on their perception of the fairness of those outcomes." Id.

When we, as litigators and counsellors, actively listen to what our clients and our adversaries are saying about the rights and responsibilities of all participants in an ethical business community, we stand the best chance of engendering mutual trust and respect among the parties. In that atmosphere, the probability of becoming embroiled in litigation decreases precipitously. When the parties believe that their concerns are being heard and respected, losses that might otherwise become lawsuits, are far more likely to be addressed as the understandable consequence of the inevitable mistakes and miscommunications that attend all human enterprises.

As much as we'd like to believe that we don't take it personally or that it's only about money, the good news for all of us is that we do and it's not.

Google, Viacom and YouTube: What's Holding Up a Settlement

Today the Silicon Alley Insider in its post Google, Viacom: We Won't Settle YouTube Fight Out Of Court asked the same question about Google and Viacom that we've been asking about J.K. Rawling and a middle school teacher -- Whuzzup with the whole settlement thing?

As Alley reports, David Eun, VP in charge of Google content partnerships told Dow Jones Newswires ``we're going all the way to the Supreme Court.  We're very clear about it.''

In the law biz we call this "posturing," and that "all the way to the Supreme Court" comment we call laughable posturing.  Alley says:

Call us dreamers, but we still think both sides could kiss and make up before this gets to the Supremes. After all, the two sides were negotiating for months before going hostile. And Sumner Redstone's other media company -- CBS -- seems quite happy with YouTube. So while both sides can argue that there are important principles at play here, we're pretty sure they can get resolved with an appropriately sized check. 

Of course it might well not be the size of a check but some other set of commercial exchanges, concessions, or synergies that will eventually settle the thing.  

These are business people for goodness sakes.  And never was a business person born who wants to establish Supreme Court precedent.  Talk about giving away your power and control.  

We welcome comments from more knowledgeable readers!

New Negotiation Resources: Preparation, Preparation; Preparation

I'll add these to my blog roll when I'm not rushing out the door.  For now, check out Jonathan Farrington's Blog post on Negotiation - Dealing with the Early Phases, a resource I have to thank the Business Growth Blog for, cited at the end of more excellent advice on Negotiating:  Thinking it through

Here's a teaser to get you to the Business Growth post:

Remember that classic scene in "Erin Brokovich" where the high powered, electric utility law team shows up in force to negotiate with the small town law firm? Ed Masry sees them coming in and gets all his staff to file into the board room so they have more "lawyers" on their side of the table… and overpowers the power brokers.

Would you like to have a system that helps you think on your feet like that?

Here is a list of 8 questions you can ask yourself when you suddenly realize that you have to prepare for a negotiation. Use these to generate quick preparation for any negotiation
.

For the list of 8, click here!

Thanks guys!  Great advice in both posts with more good negotiation resources at the end of the Business Growth Blog post.

Mediator Learns that a Jury Verdict is a Settlement by Other Means

Thanks to Geoff Sharp at mediator blah blah for alerting us to this truly excellent post over at The Consensus Building InstituteMediator as Juror:  A Day in Middlesex County Superior Court.  After recounting the facts of the case, CBI's Managing Director Patrick Field comments as follows:

[T]he case reminded me why mediators have such an important, but difficult, job in supporting justice, civil society and social capital. Many parties simply cannot find a way out of escalating conflict and assume that justice can only be served in the courts. This case was a perfect example of several time-tested conflict lessons.

Emotions get the better of us. Here were two well-educated, well-off individuals who let their anger, hurt, offense, and desire for revenge get the best of them.

Communicating is the hardest thing to do. A second phone call, an attempt to be conciliatory, or a short email asking to set a different tone didn’t happen. Somehow, the simplest thing to do—talk—became the hardest.

Sunk costs sink us further. Clearly, the plaintiff was trying to recover his sunk costs, but had passed the point of no return. From an economic standpoint, he had failed to get out when it made dollars and sense (pun intended) and was embarrassingly digging himself deeper and deeper.

Taking responsibility is harder than fighting over it. The facts, as we came to understand them, suggested that this dispute could and should have been resolved months earlier—to everyone’s benefit. Yet the parties chose to point fingers and relinquish their responsibility for resolving the dispute efficiently, fairly, and expeditiously.

Justice is sought but not necessarily served. The parties, both angry, both determined that they were right, decided to take their case all the way to jury. Each was going to get a verdict in his favor one way or another! But the reality was that several partial settlements were offered, winnowing the total amount down, and the judge retained the right to rule on legal fees. We, the jury, were left with a seemingly trivial case, wishing we could punish them both for being so foolhardy.

Serving on a jury reaffirmed to me that justice doesn’t simply emanate Solomon-style from on high. Here’s what I learned.

Justice is not divined; it is negotiated. As our jury deliberated, I realized that this was in fact a negotiation, constrained as it might be by our charge and the evidence. Was the contract valid? Did the defendant actually breach the contract? If so, how much were the damages really worth? When parties hand over their dispute to a jury, they are not avoiding a serious negotiation, they are simply leaving it in the hands of strangers.

Justice is blind. As jurors, we couldn’t ask questions. We couldn’t get at the parties’ deeper motivations, feelings, and emotions (like a mediator might). We did issue a verdict, but we did so blindly, due to our exceedingly limited information and understanding.

Juries deliver verdicts, not necessarily justice. I feel our verdict was fair and reasonable, given what we knew. My fellow jurors (all twelve) took the case seriously, considered the evidence, and did their best to arrive at logical conclusions.

However, we probably didn’t deliver much on the larger front of justice. We couldn’t help the parties find a resolution that left them better off in terms of lower costs, less bitterness, and greater self-respect. We couldn’t censure the lawyers for not doing a better job of restraining their clients’ emotions. We couldn’t issue an admonition against abusing the courts with cases that should be settled by reasonable people elsewhere. We couldn’t aid society by helping its citizens take responsibility for their actions, emotions, and disputes.

So, mediators, next time you sit with parties who are rearing to go to court, I encourage you to keep in mind that court is really settlement, formal as it may be, by other means. And to the future parties of such a suit, it would be well to remember that there is no certainty—and in fact much reason to doubt—that a judge and jury will issue a better verdict or clearer justice than you might arrive at by your own making.

Advice from Forbes.com: How to Negotiate Like a Pro

Because I'm in this Forbes Business and Financial Blog Network, I figured I should finally take a look around to see what useful advice Forbes.com might have for my readers.  And sure enough, a Forbes.com search turned up How to Negotiate Like a Pro from the Entrepreneurs column by Lisa LaMotta.  Below an excerpt and the link here.

Life is one negotiation after another, though too few of us are equipped for battle. Formidable dealmakers like Warren Buffett, Bill Clinton and sports agent Scott Boras tend to be born, not made.

Yet talk to negotiating pros from the worlds of government, finance and media and they'll admit there is at least some science to this art. Winning every point is rarely an option, of course, but if you keep a few principles in mind, you can tilt things in your favor--whether you're signing a peace treaty or just angling for a raise.

If you remember one thing about negotiating, it should be this: It's not the maneuvering once you're in the trenches, but rather the preparation before sitting down at the table that counts.

That means taking the time to define what you want, what you are willing to accept and at what point you will walk away. It also means doing enough research to know what the other side wants--and how far they are willing to go to get it.

Want to know more?  Click here!

 

Chicago IP Litigation Blog Hosts a Carnival of Trust

R. David Donoghue over at the Chicago IP Litigation Blog is hosting a new "Carnival" of Blogs that is new to me -- The Carnival of Trust.  

As David explains:

The Carnival of Trust is a monthly, traveling review of ten of the last month's best posts related to various aspects of trust in the business world. It is much like the weekly Blawg Reviews that I post links to and have hosted, but those generally contain far more than ten links. My job this month was to pick those ten posts for you and provide an introduction to each post that makes you want to click through and read more.

I'm ridiculously pleased to be included in the category of Trust in Leadership and Management along with Charles H. Green's Trust MattersGeorge Ambler's Practice of Leadership;  and Stephen Albainy-Jenei's Patent Baristas  (if they gave awards for blog template design, PB would win in my book every day of the week).  In this crowd I feel like Zelig!

Here's David's generous mention of the Settle it Now Negotiation Blog and my recent post on convincing your clients to give up more than you (their attorney) predicted while still maintaining your credibility.

On the subject of trust-based leadership, Victoria Pynchon at the Settle It Now, Negotiation Blog has an excellent guide for maintaining your client's trust during a difficult negotiation: How Can I Convince My Client to Lose More than Predicted and Still Maintain My Own Credibility? The answer is complex and multi-faceted, but it boils down to the fact that you have to get the stakeholders and decision makers face-to-face, get their buy in on resolution as a goal (in addition to winning), explore all avenues of resolution, and you have to let them explore all aspects of the dispute, even those that do not matter. The last point is a difficult one for lawyers. As a lawyer you generally want to remain focused on the settlement inputs -- money, confidentiality provisions, sale of existing product if something about the product is being changed, etc. -- but from a trust perspective it is important that the stakeholders resolve not just those issues that go into a final agreement, but any problems or concerns they have related to the dispute or the parties to the dispute.

And let me just add here -- though I'll sound like a broken record to my regular readers -- that business people seek out lawyers because they believe themselves to be victims of injustice. (see my short-short video on this topic here)

Though I, as a mediator, am always seeking business solutions to legal problems, the client's injustice problem must be addressed to maintain your credibility (and retain your client's trust.).  Every great mediator I know will address this issue with your client unbidden.  If you're using less than great mediators --  raise the issue yourself -- all competent mediators should be prepared to address the issues foremost on your client's mind right including -- Will I lose?  How much more is this going to cost me? and Am I Being Extorted or Low-Balled?

Thanks for the mention, David!  I truly am greatly honored.  But more than that, you've helped me reach greater numbers of business people with a message that I carry somewhat like an old-fashioned missionary -- go beyond positions; find the parties' interests; create value; claim as much of that value as possible; craft business solutions to a legal problems; and, frankly address your client's injustice issues.  They'll be yours for life.

I'm Ready for My Close-Up Mr. DeMille!!

My Judicate West Video Profile here and, of course, Gloria Swanson in Sunset Blvd. below

My favorite lines:

Joe Gillis: You're Norma Desmond. You used to be in silent pictures. You used to be big.
Norma Desmond: I am big. It's the pictures that got small. 

Norma Desmond: We didn't need dialogue. We had faces!

 

Thinking Like a Mediator with TCL's The Human Factor

In the new issue of The Complete Lawyer, my fellow Human Factor columnists and I talk about what new tricks we had to learn and old skills we had to re-invent when we took the journey from legal to mediation practice.  I give you my section of the column below, encouraging you to link to the Human Factor here to read what my my good friends and colleagues Gini Nelson, Stephanie West Allen and Diane Levin have to say.

My first day of mediation training progressed in somewhat the same fashion as my first few weeks in Civil Procedure. I remember struggling with the theoretical bases of jurisdiction in Pennoyer v. Neff one day only to be told the following week that Pennoyer was no longer the law. “Why,” I remember thinking, “did we even bother with Pennoyer when this Buckeye case about an exploding boiler now seems to be the law? Or would it be replaced next week as well?”

Law school, which taught me to “think like a lawyer,” was the precise opposite of my new mediation studies. Now, it seemed, I was being trained to stop “thinking like a lawyer.” Still, mediation, like the law, was full of conflicting ideologies from which it appeared I was required to choose.

It was easy for me to be evaluative: I had 25 years of legal practice in my backpack. I learned Dr. Cialdini’s “Principles of Ethical Influence”—Reciprocation, Scarcity (the rule of the rare), Authority, Commitment, Empathy, and, Consensus. These power principles helped the mediator to “make the other side see reason” when called upon to do so.

But the evaluative style was not the only prescribed route to mediation mastery. There were many who favored facilitation. The facilitative mediator first creates an atmosphere of hope and safety before helping the parties locate areas of agreement and mutual benefit. Here, the mediator is a follower or helper on the path to resolution, like the protective figures who appear early in a hero’s journey to enlightenment.

You can’t immerse yourself in mediation for long before you hear the clamor of the transformative crowd. Facilitative mediators, say the transformative folks, too often present themselves as wizards who intrude upon the parties’ conflict with their own agenda—usually “resolution be damned, let’s settle this darn thing!” The transformative mediator lets the session wheel out of control if that is where it is eager to go. Conflict is not seen as a state to be avoided or suppressed. Like a loving mother following the course of her child’s flu, the transformative mediator provides the parties with encouragement, opportunities to rest, lots of fluids and a metaphoric place to lay their heads as the conflict runs its natural course.

When I first brought this tangle of methodologies to the few master mediators I know, they all made short work of it with the scalpel of experience. “You are the technique,” they instructed. “Just stay in the process. Don’t guess. Ask questions. Listen. Don’t give up before the miracle of mediation happens.”

Now, four years into a full-time ADR practice, I am still struggling to embrace the entire dispute—the business or people problem that found its way to an attorney because of the justice issues with which it was burdened. I often feel that I’m walking a razor’s edge. I will never stop “thinking like a lawyer.” Nor will I stop pursuing this new way of thinking—one that looks for the opportunity to finesse the legal impasse by using the problem itself as an opportunity to broker a deal.

Why mediation? For me, it’s simply a broader canvass on which to paint a new picture. How mediation? In baby steps, one after the other, in just the same way I learned to be a litigator and trial attorney. How can the Human Factor help with your own life and legal practice? Stick around. Miracles are common here. We think you’ll enjoy the ride.

 

Why Take a Negotiation Class in Law School?

(pictured, Harvard law School's winning Negotiation Team)

I could write an entire book on why law students should study negotiation as well as an entire chapter on why they should study texts written for MBA students rather than law students.  The latter topic I will cover in a future post.  The former has already been written succinctly as an article -- link and excerpts below.  

From Why Take ADR Courses In Law School by Cathy Cronin-Harris from the March 2008 issue of the Just Resolutions eNewsletter.

Cathy Cronin-Harris is Co-Chair of the Advocacy Committee of the ABA Section of Dispute Resolution. She's a Senior Consultant to the International Institute for Conflict Prevention & Resolution (CPR) and teaches Negotiation at Columbia Law School. She has taught at Georgetown and Fordham Law Schools, and has been an Administrative Law Judge and litigator. She can be reached at chadr5@aol.com.

Familiarity with Negotiation Approaches

[N]egotiation is a . . . . complicated process and demands a . . . . mind set that recognizes the inherent tension in negotiation: you must engage the other side in order to get to agreement while both sides are in a seeming struggle to achieve apparently conflicting objectives. That tension demands more subtlety than pushing [your opponent] into submission.

[E]xposure to negotiation theory and practice will help you understand "when to hold 'em," "when to fold 'em" and when and how to develop other feasible options and approaches beyond just holding out or giving in.

[Negotiation] courses stress the collaborative mode of negotiation or mutual gains bargaining popularized by Fisher and Ury in Getting to Yes. Its fundamental concepts stress objective standards, creativity, option development, respect for opponents and satisfying parties - genuine underlying interests rather than their positions.

Such exposure will expand your repertoire and allow you to negotiate with agility. You'll appreciate varying approaches people take to negotiation, discover ways to lessen competitive tendencies, become more conscious of options you can use rather than relying on raw intuition, appreciate the significant human elements impacting negotiation success, and learn the value of planning. As you become familiar with the broad brush approaches, you'll be enhancing the key skills below.

a. Expanded Communication Skills

In adversarial settings, assertion skills dominate: lawyers use logic, well-developed statement and presentation skills, tightly orchestrated cross-examination questions, and tools to connect with the trier-of-fact, such as compelling language, analogies and themes, to win the day. But when you negotiate, an additional set of communication tools comes into play along with asserting. Those skills focus on enhancing dialogue to solve the problem.

It's usually a challenge for lawyers to move from assertive statements to a wider band of communication skills. So negotiators learn to use better listening skills which includes confirming understanding of the other side's statements. They use open-ended questioning rather than restricted cross-examination formats to understand and dig out relevant information. They focus on body language and other signals embedded in communications that can provide information indirectly. They also refine assertion skills by ratcheting down the tone and format of statements to express needs compellingly without rancor. So negotiation will complement any communication skills learned in adversarial settings.

But beyond improving your negotiating ability in disputes, these skills will assist you in conducting your daily practice interactions including interviewing clients, unearthing their real needs and interests, advising them of your evaluations, enlarging their view of solution potential, calming them down, and in a host of other ways both professionally and personally.

b. Enhanced Persuasive Skills

The persuasion studied in most courses emphasizes logical rational analysis. Appellate judges apply it in every case based on the lawyers' logical presentations. Needed in negotiation? By all means. But persuasion to induce another to make a deal requires more. It includes your credibility, command of the subject, astute use of reasonable demands, varied questioning, and relationship building with the other side. We also persuade by showing our willingness to be persuaded: by meeting the other's needs and concerns and exploring a variety of options that might satisfy both entities rather than only pushing our agenda. And some psychological insights come into play about framing our requirements and anticipating likely reactions so we can make our offers more acceptable. While adversarial persuasion involves many of these tools, they are used to convince an outsider that you're right. Negotiation persuasion seeks to embrace your opponent, from whom you want something for yourself, and requires persuasive approaches we ordinarily don't consider.
c. Appreciation of the Role of Perceptions

Every trial lawyer knows that perception plays a role in the court room: it's not just about facts. Trial advocacy aims, in part, to shift the judge or juries' perceptions in your favor. In negotiation, we also deal with perception change efforts since negotiators, like everyone else, bring misperceptions to the negotiation table. They make assumptions, they suffer from partial or selective perception, and they tend to view the opposing side with suspicion. So, we seek to amplify those perceptions to remove the negative conclusions the other side draws from their misperceptions which impede willingness to find solutions. We clarify our intent that may have been misperceived; we demonstrate we're not just competing which they might have assumed; and, we suggest solutions to demonstrate regard for their concerns as well as our own. We explore hypothetical outcomes to induce a broader view of settlement potential. Even in making offers, we account for perception barriers in the way we state offers and use rationales to caste new light on their justifiability. We recognize that the way we use actual leverage or power can alter the other's perceptions toward or against us. Exploring these concepts underscores the important role that perceptual awareness plays in negotiation success.

d. Appreciation of the Human Dynamic

One can't effectively negotiate or help orchestrate it as a mediator without recognizing the human emotions at play in disputes. Emotions greatly affect receptivity to settlement proposals. Anger at past events, negative reactions to offers deemed insulting, absence of control over a situation or perceived lack of respect, attention or appreciation can derail deals. On the other hand, creating a positive emotional environment by building trust, building relationships across the table, and acknowledging the other's emotional state can alleviate some of the negative feelings in negotiation. These courses will highlight the need to consider the human element whenever you deal with clients or others in conflict.

e. Expanded Problem Solving Ability

Many lawyers went to law school to help people solve problems. Then, the adversarial adjudicatory system gets ingrained in their blood. That system and the rule of law it's built upon are still the best route to justice I know, when you can't settle matters. But, to function well as a twenty-first century lawyer, you need to complement your adversarial skills with problem solving abilities that support the mutual search for solutions when conflict exists. The negotiation skills you'll garner in the consensual ADR courses will prepare you to engage in collaborative problem-solving whenever possible and apply many of its tenets and skills even in extremely competitive situations.

While I've only touched on the key benefits of gaining negotiation training by enrolling in one of the consensual ADR courses, I hope I've helped you appreciate the need to treat those elective courses as part of your personnel core curriculum. Rounding out adversarial advocacy courses with vital settlement skills will pay vast dividends in every area of law practice despite your chosen field. You'll be more confident and prepared for the challenges ahead and more successful as you join us in the near future.

The Complete Lawyer Arrives in LACBA Member Email Boxes on May 5

The Los Angeles County Bar Association will soon be bringing its members the dynamite on-line work-life balance journal The Complete Lawyer.

Even if I weren't a columnist for TCL (the Human Factor here) I'd still urge you to flip through the online "pages" of this tremendous resource.  Take a look at the following for instance.

Are You As Stressed As Other Attorneys? by Ellen Moran, Lyle Miller and Alma Dell Smith 

We’re Culturally Inclined To Separate Mind And Body by Richard Strozzi-Heckler

My own husband's favorite offering -- When You Lose Sleep, Your Work And Health Suffer Dramatically by Thomas M. Heffron ("yes, honey, I'm coming to bed!")

Possibly A Firm’s Most Effective Health Insurance by one of my co-columnists, Stephanie West Allen who has penned this article with her Brains on Purpose colleague Jeffrey Schwartz

How To Master Stress by Maynard Brusman

Ask The Coaches (about networking) by Debby Stone and Laura Biering

Fix The Leaks In The Pipeline (on minority law school enrollment) by Carl Cooper

Hourly Billing Is The Opiate Of The Profession by Ronald J. Baker

Invest In Training Programs During Tough Economic Times  by Kathleen Brady

Five Steps To Achieve A Sound Mind by Cathy Wright

Master The Fine Art Of Appreciation by Judi Craig 

Do You Think Like A Solo Practitioner?  by Susan Cartier Liebel

Women Lawyers Have Natural Allies In The Millennial Generation by Lauren Stiller Rikleen 

What’s On Your Mind? by Arnie Herz

Beware Of Bloglash by Dawn Wagenaar

. . . . and much much more,

 

including my reviews of Lauren Stiller Rikleen's brilliant Ending the Gauntlet:  Removing Barriers to Women's Success in the Law

and

Ken Cloke's challenging new book Conflict Revolution:  Mediating Evil, War, Injustice and Terrorism.

Getting the Parties to the Bargaining Table, Part II: Using Outside Settlement Counsel

In this part of the new series on getting the parties to the bargaining table, I interview former in-house Chrysler counsel and former Hogan & Hartson partner, Lew Goldfarb, who now has his own full-time outside settlement counsel firm.  

For Lew's full bio and contact information, click here.

 

  • what's the difference between outside settlement counsel and a mediator?

Settlement counsel is an advocate for one side, in my case, that's usually the defense.  While the mediator is a neutral who tries to facilitate a compromise, settlement counsel attempts to achieve better outcomes for his clients for two reasons:  (a) I have a complete understanding of the full range of my clients' interests, many of which are often not communicated to litigation counsel; and, (b) it is easier for me to learn the true motivations (if not the bottom line) of plaintiffs' counsel than it is for litigation counsel to do so.

In class actions, which are my specialty, I strive to craft a solution that responds to plaintiffs' counsel's needs while imposing minimal costs on my client. There are numerous, creative ways to settle class actions that accomplish both objectives effectively.

  • I sometimes find that the parties for whom I mediate have not confided in the litigation team all of the corporate interests that are propelling the client toward settlement. I found this to be true in litigation practice and as a mediator. Do you encounter this as outside settlement counsel and, if so, how do you serve the client's interests without stepping on the toes of litigation counsel and vice verse.

There's always a bit of a communication gap between litigation counsel and the client.  When clients hire me as settlement counsel it's in their interest to provide me with complete information in order to get them the best possible outcome, so they rarely withhold any important information fro me. In a recent case, I was not only invited to speak at several client board meetings, I was also asked to spend several days in the field on sales trucks to observe the client's franchisees that were the subject of the lawsuit.  As a mediator, I usually only see the information that the litigation counsel provides as part of his client's submission, which is probably much more selective.

  • Now that I've been mediating full time for four years, I find I'm much more prone to ask the parties interest-based questions than I was as a litigator. When I say "interest based," I mean corporate realities such as chain of command; upcoming mergers or acquisitions; a new management team; quarter- or year-end financial planning; divisional loss history; and, the like.  If you find that to be true as outside settlement counsel, what do you think accounts for corporate counsel keeping their litigation team largely in the dark about issues that might have a substantial impact on the ultimate resolution of the matter?

Since I have always approached litigation with a view toward early resolution, either as in house counsel, outside litigator or mediator, I would usually make the same inquiries regarding the client interests that you do as a mediator. My only explanation as to why corporate counsel may withhold such information from their litigators may be that they are not seeking a negotiated outcome. In that case, they may believe that their litigators will be more effective and focused without being encumbered with "interest-based" information.

  • My peers in the mediation world are fond of saying that litigators have to "churn" cases before settling them. I find that a shockingly cynical attitude.  I often found that clients were more settlement averse than their litigation counsel.  What is your experience in that regard?

I have to admit that I am more on the side of the cynics. I've had this longstanding belief that the legal profession imposes enormous economic costs on society without a commensurate benefit to the public, all in the name of providing access to the legal process. (See Goldfarb v. Virginia State Bar, 423 U.S.886 [1975]) I believe that litigators tell themselves that they were hired to litigate not settle the case. I think it's less a matter of "churning" than it is the litigators' belief believe that "early" resolution means winning a dispositive motion, even if it takes a year or more to get an outcome. (See my article "Litigate it or End it" which discusses this issue.)

While there are always legitimate corporate reasons for not settling a case, litigators are reluctant to discuss early settlement with their clients for two reasons: (1) loss of fees; and, (2) fear of showing any lack of resolve to win the case. My experience is not that clients are settlement averse, rather that litigation counsel convince their clients to hold off on settlement for one more dispositive motion.

  • How did you come to champion the use of settlement counsel? 

I honed my skills as settlement counsel while serving for 16 years in house at Chrysler. When I arrived at Chrysler in 1985, the company was engaged in costly litigation with GM over a GM/Toyota joint manufacturing venture in Calif. The General Counsel asked me to look for alternatives to the litigation, which is when I found an article by Roger Fisher of Harvard promoting the use of separate settlement counsel. Chrysler did so and settled the case within a few months. I was then placed in the role of overseeing all class action litigation and serving as settlement counsel as well. Most in house counsel are not sufficiently immersed in the litigation, however, to serve as settlement counsel or simply do not have the time.

  • As a former litigation partner in an AmLaw 100 law firm, do you wish you'd had inside settlement attorneys working side by side the litigation team? 

Because of my experience as in house counsel settling cases, I was always the partner urging my fellow litigators to evaluate settlement possibilities. For all the reasons set forth in my answers above, most large law firms do not embrace the idea of institutionalizing an in-firm settlement section. One exception was Wilmer Cutler in DC which did set up an ADR group within the firm with the idea that clients would make use of it. I don't know whether it still exists. I still think it is a great idea, although not as effective as the hiring of a completely separate firm or individual to explore settlement.

  • Doesn't it take outside settlement counsel an unnecessarily long time to "get up to speed" on a major piece of litigation -- thereby making it less cost effective than simply hiring a mediator to help the litigators settle their own cases?

Not at all.  When I take on an assignment as settlement counsel I provide the client with a budget that includes a separate breakdown for "up to speed" time. While I need to understand the merits of the client's defense I do not need to read all the briefs since I generally am not called on to argue the merits of the case. Most importantly, I must fully understand what the client's interests are and what it is willing to offer up in settlement. For better or worse, what I offer is a very low cost, low risk means of exploring and settling complex litigation. 

Thanks Lew!  I can think of a couple of complex anti-trust, securities and IP cases I could have used your services for.  I hope this interview gets the word out to attorneys feeling pressured to settle a difficult case but unable to get the other side to the bargaining table.

The Barest Sketch of a Litigation Mind-Map

When the Judge Says "This Looks Bad on the Surface" Listen Up!

. . . because the jury is about to transform your $1.7 million commercial dispute into $352.7 million verdict . . .  read all about it in this 2001 story, After $1.7 million landed in the wrong account, CoreStates insisted it could seize the money. It was A VERY COSTLY MOVE.

I give you only the article's conclusion, daring you to click on it without reading it to the end.

The overarching question of why the bank didn’t settle remains a puzzle.[The Bank's counsel] thought he gave the bank solid advice. All the lawyers who joined in the bank’s defense hold to that position: Legally, they contend, the bank was within its rights in seizing the $1.7 million.

But the case ran away from them. It got bigger and bigger and worse and worse. And there was no stopping it. One defense lawyer observed, “It went to hell in a handbasket.”

Maurice Mitts says his client is willing to call it quits for the $56 million. But First Union still isn’t willing to pay a big number. Mitts isn’t surprised.

“ ‘We know the law, we are the law, and too bad for you,’ ” Mitts said. “That’s been their attitude all along.”

Thanks to the Philadelphia law firm of Mitts Milavec, LLC for fighting the good fight and posting this dynamite legal tale.

Negotiating Happiness with Mind Maps: See Links by Clicking On "Continue Reading"

Increase Your Bargaining Power with Writs of Attachment and Execution

If you aren't using writs of attachment in contract cases where the amount due is certain, you aren't using the most powerful means of increasing your bargaining power in litigation.

Attend LACBA's Brown Bag Lunch with Judge James Chalfant at the Stanley Mosk Courthouse 111 N. Hill Street, Los Angeles on May 15, 2008.  Program Description:

Writs and Receivers: Practice tips for those who are rarely there. Judge James Chalfant will host a brown bag lunch highlighting tips and tricks for those who may not have much experience in this area. There is no cost to attend, but participation is limited to the first 12 attorneys who register. The program will be held in the judge's chambers at Stanley Mosk Courthouse, Dept 85. Please note, there is no CLE credit for this program.

Click here to register online.

Getting the Parties to the Bargaining Table, Part I

Is negotiation a political issue?

You bet.

Qureshi: Pakistan Won't Negotiate With Terrorists

(RTTNews) - Pakistan's Foreign Minister Shah Mehmood Qureshi said Monday that his government would not negotiate with "terrorists" even as it seeks open dialogue with some militant groups.

Jimmy Carter and Hamas

WASHINGTON TIMES EDITORIAL
April 16, 2008

Jimmy Carter's decision to meet with the terrorist organization Hamas is turning the former president into something of a political pariah.

New York Times "On the Issues" Foreign Policy Terrorism and Iraq

John Edwards

 On North Korea: "We should negotiate with the North Koreans. We should be tough. We should require that they stop their nuclear development program. We should have the absolute ability to verify that that has occurred."

On the Middle East: Has said that he believes "a two-state solution is ultimately the answer" but would not negotiate with Yasir Arafat. (before Arafat's death, obviously) Would send an envoy to the region.

Glenn Greenwald in Salon
Wednesday Feb. 27, 2008 
Majority of Israelis want to negotiate with Hamas

Sixty-four percent of Israelis say the government must hold direct talks with the Hamas government in Gaza toward a cease-fire and the release of captive soldier Gilad Shalit. Less than one-third (28 percent) still opposes such talks.

I could go on but you get the point.  The first decision any negotiator must make is whether he's willing to negotiate with the "opposition."  And the second is on what terms.

That decision -- and the many ways in which you can bring your opponent to the bargaining table any time you wish -- with the expectation that your negotiations will either successfully resolve your dispute or drastically limit the amount of time you spend litigating it before settlement will be the subject of this week's posts. 

Along the way, we'll talk about the many ways in which the masters of international diplomacy manage to take advantage of favorable negotiation conditions and to finesse unfavorable political climates for the purpose of getting warring parties to meet in an attempt to reach accord.. 

Stay tuned!

Negotiating from a Position of Weakness

I was cruising around the blogosphere this morning looking for links to the prime directive of all negotiations -- know your BATNA -- when I ran across this great 2007 post by Penelope Trunk of the Brazen Careerist -- How to Negotiate When You Have Nothing to Leverage.  

Penelope suggests the weakest strategy available -- exchange power for sympathy.  "If one person has a great BATNA," writes Penelope, "and the other has a terrible one, it’s not really negotiations; it’s trying to get a little something extra. It’s asking for a favor. If you approach negotiations from this perspective then you are much more likely to get a little bit of what you want."

Two of the savviest negotiators around Deepak Malhotra and Max Bazerman in their tremendously practical book Negotiation Genius have devoted an entire chapter to Penelope's problem called, not surprisingly, Negotiating from a Position of Weakness.  Their recommended strategies include the following:

  • Don't Reveal that You Are Weak

[H]aving a weak BATNA is not terribly problematic if the other side does not know that your BATNA is weak. If you have a weak BATNA, don't advertise it! 

  • Overcome Your Weakness by Leveraging Their Weakness

[W]hen both parties have a weak BATNA, it means that the [Zone of Potential Agreement] is large.  In other words, a lot of value is created when the two sides reach an agreement.  Who claims more of this value? . . . [T]he one who fares better is the one who makes the other side's weakness more salient throughout the negotiation. 

  • Identify and Leverage Your Distinct Value Proposition

[V]ery often, you do bring something to the table that distinguishes you from your competitors.  This is your distinct value proposition (DVP), and it need not be a lower price.  You may have a better product,, a higher-quality service, a good reputation, a strong brand, or a host of other assets that your [bargaining partner] values and that you can provide more effectively or cheaply than your competitors.  

  • If Your Position is Very Weak, Consider Relinquishing What Little Power You Do Have (This was Penelope's strategy in the Yahoo negotiation subject of her post). 

[I]f you can't out muscle the other side in a negotiation, you may want to stop flexing our muscles and, instead, simply ask them to help you.  When negotiators try to leverage their power, others reciprocate.  This pattern can be disastrous when you are the weaker party.  But when you make it clear that you have no intention of fighting or negotiating aggressively, others also may soften their stance.

  • Strategize on the Basis of Your Entire Negotiation Portfolio

[A]udit the implicit assumptions you make when formulating your negotiation strategy.  You may perceive yourself as being "weak" if you only measure strength as the ability to push hard in any given negotiation without losing the deal.  But you may discover that you are actually quite "strong" once you begin to think about your ability to withstand losing some deals because you are maximizing the value of your entire negotiation portfolio.

  • Increase Your Strength by Building Coalitions with Other Weak Parties

In the realm of international relations, a vivid example of the power of coalitions surfaced during the 2003 World Trade Organization negotiations in Cancun, Mexico.  Disgruntled by the continued lack of attention paid to the issues of concern to developing nations . . . twenty-one "weak" countries banded together to create the Group of 21.  This group is now in a much stronger position to negotiate for the interests of its members than any member nation would have been on its own.

  • Leverage the Power of Your Extreme Weakness-They May Need You to Survive

[I]t is often useful to tell the negotiation "bully" that an overly strong show of force can be counterproductive:  "If you push me too hard, you'll destroy me -- and lose a value-creating partner."

  • Understand -- and Attack -- the Source of Their Power

A number of Planned Parenthood clinics around the country have adopted a particularly creative strategy for fighting back [against protesters], usually referred to as the "Pledge-a-Picket" Program.  Here's how it works:  The clinic asks its supporters to pledge donations to the clinic on a per protester basis.  The more protesters that show up to picket the clinic, the more money the clinic raises in donations! . . . The Planned Parenthood of Central Texas in Waco has even posted a sign outside its clinic that read:  "Even Our Protesters Support Planned Parenthood."

Once the Planned Parenthood clinics understood that the source of their opponents' power was the ability to draw large numbers of protesters outside the clinic, they were able to think of a novel way of diminishing the benefits of doing so.

Malhotra and Bazerman conclude their chapter on Negotiating from a Position of Weakness by noting that

while being in a position of weakness is sometimes unavoidable, you will negotiate most effectively when you leverage the fundamentals -- systematic preparation and careful strategy formulation.

 

Your Potential BATNA: The Great American Jury Trial

Thanks to Stephanie West Allen at idealawg (channeled to me this morning via the Forbes Business and Financial Blog Network) for the Famous Trials Website from Socrates to Moussaoui (and yes of course O.J.'s there). 

(above, theDeath of Socrates by Jacques-Louis David)

Here's Stephanie's announcement:

Professor Douglas O. Linder of University of Missouri - Kansas City School of Law has created a Web site Famous Trials which presents one intriguing story after another. From Professor Linder's faculty page:

The Famous Trials website, the Web's largest and most visited collection of original essays, images, and primary documents pertaining to great trials, has been an ongoing project of Professor Linder's since 1996. Professor Linder has contributed book chapters, participated in video projects, and presented public speeches on the subject of historic trials.

BATNA for the uninitiated simply means a Better (or the Best) Alternative to a Negotiated Resolution, which is what trial is when your opponent can't negotiate a settlement within the range of reason.

Check it out!

How Can I Convince My Client to Lose More than Predicted and Still Maintain My Own Credibility?

The provocative comment we're following is Jay Welsh's remark that to settle most cases the Plaintiff has to accept a lot less than he wanted to recover and the defendant has to pay a lot more than he ever imagined paying.  And the response we're replying to is Canadian lawyer Michael Webster's:

When the issues have been crystallized into legal ones so well, you are in a lose/lose situation. The manager's dilemma then becomes counsel's dilemma: how do I manage to convince my client to lose more than I ever predicted and still maintain my own credibility.

The reason litigators settle law suits is because the outcome of litigation is uncertain and its pursuit expensive.  But that just states the problem.  How do you "tell" a client in the midst of expensive litigation that he's going to have to pay way more or accept way less than his attorney predicted (with appropriate disclaimers) long, long ago?

First, let me provide a checklist for success in commercial mediation:

  1. Bring the real deal-makers to the mediation or settlement conference for it is they -- not their attorneys -- who will  make the decision to pay way more or to accept way less than they had previously imagined.   
  2. Bring the parties back into the conflict as participants in its resolution again.  Businesses have commercial problems that have business solutions.  Litigation is often just the stick to force the continuation of commercial negotiations that broke down in so spectacular a way that the parties stopped talking to one another, hired lawyers, and began to fight over legal issues the parties neither care about nor understand.  The parties have now experienced how surreal their negotiation becomes when it's conducted in the courts.  They're probably ready to deal again.  Let them.  
  3. Permit the parties to discuss all aspects of the conflict whether they are relevant to the legal issues or not.  The reason one party initiated litigation against the other party is not because he wanted to create precedent.  And if precedent is what a party wants, money might but often cannot settle the matter.  
  4. Bring the experts along and let them talk to one another about the ways in which the matter might be resolved or even why their expert opinions are diametrically opposed.  
  5. Address the parties' justice issues.  People seek out lawyers for one reason and one reason only.  Because they believe themselves to be the victims of an injustice.  And if its the defendant you represent, the injustice visited upon it is the litigation itself.  I spend a significant amount of time during a mediation discussing justice issues with the parties. 
    1. they're being extorted
    2. they're being low-balled
    3. they were defrauded
    4. their trust and confidence was betrayed
    5. their competitor's market tactics have been unfair and violative of any number of state or federal laws
    6. their intellectual property was stolen
    7. etc., etc., etc.
  6. Let the mediator talk with the parties about what the justice system can do, what it should do, what it most likely cannot or will not do.  Most parties will not be happy with their attorneys if their justice issues are not addressed at the time of settlement.  And its my job to make clients happy with their attorneys.
  7. Let the mediator help the parties understand that their case has -- with no one's fault -- gotten worse rather than better over time and why.   
  8. When all else fails, blame the "system." 

Why Parties Pay More or Accept Less than They Want To

Jay Welsh is right.  If the parties have hired a mediator to settle complex commercial or mass tort litigation, they have done so because they need to pay more and accept less than they are prepared to do.  Otherwise, they'd settle without the assistance of a mediator.

This does not mean that the mediator bangs heads or twists arms.  There are hundreds of reasons why parties do not continue to trial and thousands of good excuses for corporate counsel to stop the bleeding.  They include:

  1. the witnesses on the other side performed better in pre-trial testimony than expected
  2. the Judge made pre-trial rulings that cut the heart out of your case
  3. the Supreme Court (state or federal) just over-turned a hundred years of precedent making one party's legal case far worse and the other's far better than expected
  4. it's the economy, stupid
  5. the client realizes during the course of the mediation that there's more than one way to organize the facts and apply the law -- something lawyers are trained to do and even sophisticated clients find hard to swallow.  Having had an "aha" experience during the mediation, the client realizes there's more (or less) at risk than he's been thinking and the offer/demand now on the table looks pretty darn good after all
  6. the other side becomes un-demonized during the course of the mediation, making it easier to part with money for the purpose of resolving the one thing both sides have in common -- a difficult, uncertain, expensive, dangerous lawsuit.
  7. one side simply out-negotiates the other (it happens) 
  8. one or both sides lose heart for the battle when they see that the delta between the their bottom lines is not as great as they expected it to be
  9. the parties manage to "expand the pie" (more about this later) such that the plaintiff does not have to accept that much less nor the defendant pay all that much more than each anticipated (it happens)
  10. one party genuinely develops an understanding of and empathy for the other side's position and changes a hard line attitude against settlement as a result (it happens)

 

There Are No Non-Relational Zero-Sum "Pure Money" Negotiations: Part I

Canadian Lawyer Michael Webster asks about Jay Welsh's comment (see videos) that "in a mediation the plaintiff has to settle for far less than they thought and the the defendant has to pay far more than they ever thought." 

"So," asks Webster, "this would be the lose/lose theory of mediation?"

I know when Michael's being sarcastic but decided to respond seriously by noting that Jay himself  used the phrase "lose-lose." 

I went on to say that the most valuable service I can often perform is to "break through confirmation and other biases/ ** that have interfered with case analysis and caused impasse."

Michael's reply was important:  

When the issues have been crystallized into legal ones so well, you are in a lose/lose situation. The manager's dilemma then becomes counsel's dilemma: how do I manage to convince my client to lose more than I ever predicted and still maintain my own credibility.

Though I'm a little tempted to be flip ("this is why they pay me the big bucks") Michael's question nails one of the most difficult issue attorneys must deal with in settlement negotiations.  It is certainly one of the most delicate tasks a mediator is called upon to perform.

First Let's Re-Visit Interest-Based vs. Distributive Settlement Negotiations, Asking Ourselves Whether There's Really Such a Thing as a "Pure" Money Case

My husband, with 35-years of complex commercial litigation practice under his belt is my attorney-mediator-communication weather-vane.  So I asked him over pancakes this morning, "Honey, do you think there's any such thing as a 'pure' money case?"

Two months ago, he would have said "yes," and given me that "you've changed too much" look.  I don't know why he said "no" this morning.  But here was the gist of his response.

"Every case involves someone's interests, whether it's the GC or a company executive, or even a 'little guy' down the management chain who made a decision that impacted the course of the dispute four or five years ago.  So of course there are innumerable non-monetary concerns that impact why the case is settled and when and for how much.  Then again, maybe I've just been living with you for too long."

So let me first say that there is no such thing as a non-interest based negotiation.  There are only negotiations in which we ignore the fact that party interests are at play.  

This is one of those nature/nurture mind/body duality questions.  Yes, it's "just" about money.  And yes, the money represents party interests.  It's nature and nurture, mind and body, budgetary constraints and party goals and relationships.

Here's another thing.  Although the disputing parties may never again be in relationship with one another, the people on each side of the conflict-fence are not only in daily contact, their well-being, livelihoods, self-respect, reputation, promotions, demotions, and salaries depend upon their on-going relationships with one another, which are all in play in every negotiation of every commercial dispute.

And one more thing.  Conflict cannot arise in the absence of a relationship.  Even though the disputing parties may never again be in relationship, they're sure the heck in relationship now.   And the relationship of the disputing parties from the moment conflict arises to the minute it settles has everything to do with its resolution.

There is no "zero-sum" game outside the realm of the virtual or the hypothetical.  There is no "rational" man.  People -- messy, conflicted, emotion- and interest-driven people -- are the necessary pre-requisite to conflict.  How we deal with apparent lose-lose conflicts, "manage" party expectations and deliver bad news in a way our clients can hear it in the next post.  Immediately hereafter.  

_______________________

**/   "Confirmation bias" refers to our "unwitting selectivity in the acquisition and use of evidence" in ways that are "partial to existing beliefs, expectations, or a hypothesis in hand."  See Confirmation Bias: A Ubiquitous Phenomenon in Many Guises by Raymond S. Nickerson of Tufts University.

Mediating and Arbitrating International and Complex Commercial Disputes

We continue today with our multi-part series of interviews with JAMS GC Jay Welsh in which he and  Michael McIlwrath, Senior Counsel, Litigation for GE Infrastructure - Oil & Gas, talk about mediating and arbitrating international and complex commercial disputes.  They also discuss the mediation of class actions, particularly those arising from mass torts.  

.  

 

One of the Most Experienced Guys in the Business Reveals What Makes a Great Mediator

Part III of the CPR Jay Welsh interview with Michael McIlwrath, Senior Counsel, Litigation for GE Infrastructure - Oil & Gas.

Answer:  there's not a single style

Negotiating Your Mid-Life Career Crisis with 360 Career Coach Lisa Gates

Practicing law, particularly litigation, is often frustrating, sometimes humiliating, and frequently simply dispiriting.  On the other hand, the practice of law can be thrilling, intellectually stimulating, challenging, absorbing, and a darn good way to make a good living.

When you shift the purpose of your legal practice from winning cases (litigating) to negotiating settlements (mediating) you also shift your focus from solving intellectual legal puzzles to serving individual party interests.  As a result, you give considerably more thought on a daily basis to what makes people really happy, or, at a minimum, fairly well satisfied.  

That's why you find "work life balance" and career advice in a negotiation blog -- because you cannot negotiate what you really want in exchange for what you do unless you are able to plumb the depths of your own true desire and discard any out-moded ideas about what "should" make you happy.

For these reasons I bring you a dynamite (and very funny) article by career coach Lisa Gates of 360 Alliance Coaching. If you're slogging around not knowing what to do with your early- mid- or late-legal-career-crisis, you couldn't do any better than to book a few sessions with Lisa. 

Her excellent post -- 29 Worn Out Perspectives in Need of the "Oh Really" Factor -- from LifeHack below.  

We all have places in our lives where we get stuck, augured in by a particular belief like, “work is hard,” or “children are too expensive,” or “politicians are evil.” To make matters worse, we often can’t distinguish between the truth and a disempowering belief because we attach little refrains like, “that’s just the way it is.” It’s as if our minds have become the honeymoon destination for Archie Bunker and Nurse Ratched.

If we really listen, we will hear a quality of flatness, resignation or a dissonant righteousness in our speaking. To bring choice, openness, and inquiry back into your reality try adding the challenge “oh really?” to these 29 worn out perspectives (or your own) and turn up the heat on those victim-making, life-killing, soul-sucking, war-making phrases that have been sapping your fulfillment.

1. I don’t have the time.
2. Everything on my to-do list is important and essential.
3. I can’t quit. If I do, everything will fall apart.
4. If I take time off, I’ll lose my game.
5. Nobody will hire me, I’m too old.
6. You’re supposed to get married and then have the baby.
7. Get your diploma, go to college, get a master’s, get married, get a career, have a family, grow old, die.
8. I need an MFA to get published.
9. Art is good, but if you want to make a living, you have to get a real job.
10. I am a complete loser without my [to-do list] [blackberry] [iphone] [rolodex].
11. You’re a loser if you use a rolodex.
12. I can’t delete all those emails.
13. You have to get a telephone. Everyone has a telephone.
14. Nobody will respect me if I don’t have a Ph.D.
15. I have to know how it ends before I begin.
16. You have to start at the bottom if you want to get to the top.
17. A black man can never be president.
18. My vote doesn’t count.
19. Women over 50 should not have long hair.
20. I’m not creative.
21. Investing is pointless as my age; I should have started years ago.
22. It’s all my mother’s fault.
23. It’s all your mother’s fault.
24. I don’t have any choice.
25. If I don’t make it by 30, I never will.
26. If you’re an artist, you need a career to fall back on.
27. Finding love is just not in the cards for me.
28. I’d rather travel, but I have to get a degree first.
29. There’s nothing I can do about it (the all-time favorite).

Now that you’ve disrupted the homeostasis, what other perspectives are now clamoring to be heard?

About Author: Lisa Gates is a coach and completion catalyst - the crazy glue on the soles of your sneakers that keeps you committed to your book, your project, your big idea. Committed to inspiring the leadership possibilities of livelihoods in action, Lisa has three words for all idea-crazed writers, entrepreneurs and dreamers: Someday is now. Find her at 360 Alliance Coaching.

The Best Time to Settle International Disputes? Keep Your Eye on Currency Exchange Rates

It is a truism that litigation tends to get worse rather than better over time.  This is as true in the law as it is in physics -- things fall apart.  Your client's clean and righteous narrative tarnishes over time; grows more complex and filled with contradictions.  It's a little like a political campaign.  Barack's ground-breaking race relations speech and Hillary's single tear aside, Clinton and Obama tend to look worse, not better, over time. We all do.

Whether the value of your legal "case" is up today or down tomorrow turns not only upon the most recent documents produced, pre-trial motion won or witness deposed, it also turns on those things that fall apart over time -- including currency exchange rates.   

The micro-economics of settlement timing include corporate events such as quarterly and year-end financial reporting requirements; potential mergers and acquisitions; and, how much financial bleeding your client's divisional president can take this year before worrying about demotion.  

In international disputes, currency exchange rates loom large in the macro-economics of settlement timing.  My own last really "big" case before I left practice was potentially worth a quarter billion dollars in "hard" damages -- the total projected clean-up costs for 500 toxic waste sites in every Canadian province. 

The Canadian dollar was not only weak at the time, it was weakening.  Though the question of whose currency would control was contested, my client was confident that Canadian dollars would eventually govern since clean-up costs by the American plaintiff would be paid in Canadian dollars.  I remember a time when the Canadian dollar was tumbling in value so rapidly that every time I saw opposing counsel in court I'd remind him of the day's exchange rate with a warning that "your case isn't getting any better over time." 

Settlement timing in that case was motion-driven, however, and the matter did not settle until after the entry of a pre-trial judgment in my client's favor pending appeal.

Though I was (and would continue to be) driven by pre-trial losses and victories, savvy settlement counsel would be keeping an eye on macro-economics -- which would, in any international litigation, require someone to be tracking currency exchange rates.

What is "Special" about Wage and Hour Class Action Mediation by Jay McCauley

I promised you a series of posts on mediating complex and sophisticated commercial mediation. 

Here's what I'm really most interested in doing -- starting a high level conversation among commercial litigators and commercial mediators about the best way in which we can help one another help your clients to achieve the best resolution possible to their commercial dispute and the legal problem/solution associated with it. 

I'm always looking for the smartest guy or gal in the room because. I'm just a geek who really enjoys spending time with people who are savvy, astute, original well-read, and, well-spoken.  These people tend to see things more clearly than I do and that clarity of vision often results in a way of approaching problems that generates better results in a shorter amount of time than is the norm.

One of the smartest guys in any room is AAA arbitrator and Judicate West mediator, Jay McCauley.  O.K., he's Harvard Law and I'm just a state university girl.  But pedigree doesn't matter to me.  Brilliance and creativity does.  Jay and I have recently spent a lot of time talking about the way we feel that we're sometimes talking past our attorney clients and they us.  So we have plans to write some really interesting articles that we hope will help both mediators and attorneys achieve better results more consistently when they decide to settle, rather than to try, a case.

Jay's written a lot already.  And because I'm now getting around 11,000 hits/month (!!yay!!) I've decided to simply pull up his existing articles on mediating particular commercial disputes before launching our jointly written posts.  If any of those 11,000 monthly "hits" come from commercial litigators, we'd LOVE to hear back from you on this series.  

That said, here's Jay's article on Wage and Hour Class Action Mediation.     

There is no such thing as a "cookie cutter" mediation. Nonetheless, most mediations have, among other things, the following general characteristics: 

  •  At least four participants whose interests are not naturally aligned - Plaintiff, Plaintiff's counsel, Defendant and Defendant's counsel. 
  • Little or no genuine concern that a settlement will foster future claims. 
  • Some prospect of integrative, or "value adding," resolutions. 
  • A rich body of applicable case law to serve as the empirical basis for risk-based claims valuation analysis. 
  • A virtually unrestricted free market where almost any resolution agreeable to the parties can be turned into a contract fully enforceable by the courts.

Wage & hour class action mediation, by contrast, has none of these characteristics.

  • Mediating with Only Three Participants

All fictions aside, there are three, not four, interested participants in a wage & hour mediation. They are the defendant, its counsel, and the counsel for the class. Plaintiffs themselves (including the named representatives) are literally absent from the negotiation altogether, and are typically absent physically from the mediation sessions.

Any imbalance resulting from the absence of plaintiffs themselves is, in theory, "corrected" by an institutional device unique to class actions: the fairness hearing, in which a court imposes outside boundaries on the settlement for the protection of the plaintiffs.

Nonetheless, the absence of the plaintiffs themselves is significant. The court is not, in any sense, a substitute negotiator for the plaintiffs. It simply either approves or rejects the settlement agreement, in accordance with reasonably well-established standards, after the settlement has been negotiated by plaintiffs' counsel and the defense team.

The actual negotiators have a common interest in avoiding agreements so extreme that they will be either rejected by the court, or undermined by excessive "opt-outs" from the plaintiffs themselves. But subject to these outside limits, the three players at the negotiating table have an interest in maximizing two things: the portion of the settlement funds that goes to plaintiffs' counsel as approved fees; and the portion of the settlement funds available to be returned or otherwise used by the defendants.

The upshot is this: Plaintiff's counsel seek, and usually get, one third of the settlement funds as fees; amounts unclaimed by class members revert to the defendant to the extent the court permits ; and the stated settlement amounts include the resulting social security and FICA charges the company will have to bear as a consequence of the settlement - an amount that turns out to be 13.85% of the total paid to the class members. These terms are easily arrived at because those at the negotiating table can "give" each other these benefits, without cost to themselves.

The absence of the plaintiff also eliminates one of the most common challenges a mediator has to face in "ordinary" litigation - the challenge of plaintiffs resisting economically advantageous proposals because of a desire to use the courts to obtain perceived benefits that go beyond economics: retribution for perceived wrongs; public vindication; and principled refuge in the Rule of Law.

This not to say that the issues addressed in wage & hour class action mediations are entirely economic. But the non-economic issues characteristically arise from the defense side, and tend to break down into two categories. The first category is the common "principled" resistance to a fairly rigid statutory scheme that typically strikes defendants as entirely inconsistent with the statutory purpose and with common sense. Specifically, those rationally thought to be managers cannot be treated as exempt in California if the time they spend in identified categories of non-exempt functions (e.g. sales) happens to take up more than half their time. The "player-manager" may be thought of as a manager, but there will be exposure if he is paid like a manager, and that fact is a hard-to-swallow surprise for many companies. 

  • The Defendant's Need to Deter Future Claims

    Then there is the second form of defendant resistance to otherwise attractive settlement opportunities. This one is born of a genuine dilemma: the company concludes it cannot "turn managers into foremen" without losing the critical work incentives or esprit-de-corps or "company culture" that it concludes comes with classifying class members as exempt; but to "buy off" the class action claim through settlement without also turning class members into non-exempt workers for the future would be to inspire, by that act, endless waves, every three or four years, of new wage and hour claims.

These claims would come from new employees who are not collaterally estopped or otherwise bound by the class action judgment supporting the settlement. It would also come from its current employees, class members, who have a basis to argue their release can only apply to past "wrongs," but cannot release the continuing "wrongs" that take place after the release is entered into. Such companies are sorely tested take their chances at trial to escape the dilemma. The prominence of that question is an unusual hallmark of wage & hour mediations. And much of the focus of mediations I have handled has involved finding creative solutions to this very dilemma.

  • The Absence of Integrative Bargaining Opportunities

    While there is a need to find creative techniques to subdue extraordinary needs for deterrence that wage & hour defendants will often have, there is a curious absence of opportunity to employ another form of creativity - that of finding integrative (rather than purely distributive) resolutions to the dispute. With one obvious exception , the "Jack Sprat" non-monetary exchanges that are the special joy of mediators - where parties give what's cheap to get what's dear, and thereby optimize the likelihood, as well as the quality, of the resolution - are not to be found in this arena.

    The reason is not that negotiators in this specialty are not creative, but simply that the inherent nature of class actions virtually eliminates any prospect that the form of any exchange will be anything other than money. Specifically, one stricture of class actions is that similarly situated class members be treated uniformly, and the only uniform needs the members will have is the presumptively universal need for money. As a result, the nature of class action bargaining is heavily distributive, not integrative. 
  • The Absence of a Rich Body of Case Law to Support Risk-Based Claims Valuation Analysis

    It is a bit of an irony that a field which is so tilted toward distributive bargaining is also one in which mediators are essentially deprived of a major tool used to facilitate such bargaining - a substantial body of actual outcomes at trial in analogous cases to provide a realistic assessment of the actual risk of trial, and therefore the reasonable settlement value of a release. Because the large volume of wage & hour class actions is historically new, and because so few that do exist go to trial, little such evidence of likely outcomes in fact exists.

    What girds the negotiation in the absence of that evidence? It is four things. First, the statutory scheme in this area is fairly administrable, and results are arguably more predictable for this reason even in the absence of extensive actual results.

    Second, there is an extensive and ever increasing body of evidence of actual class certification decisions, and the factors relevant to class certification decisions in wage & hour actions are more closely related to the ultimate issues at trial than they are in other actions (compare, for example, securities fraud class actions, where the class certification issues have almost nothing to do with the significant issues at trial).

    Third, some narrowing of the range of potential settlement is achieved by the fact that extreme low ball offers typically are not made, even preliminarily, because both sides know (or can be reminded) that there is a certain threshold that will not survive a fairness hearing, nor sustain the plaintiff's counsels basic need to preserve reputation in the context of a settlement record that (unlike the settlement of individual claims) is always public.

    Finally, and perhaps most importantly, parties tend to be guided by a kind of "market price" for these claims - settlements tend to fall within a fairly well defined band established by publicly available information of what other cases have settled for relative to the total potential exposure in the case.

    What is notable is that, given the fairly strict and administrable standards of liability set forth in the statutes, the market price of the claims is probably materially below the amounts that a standard risk-based discounted claims valuation analysis would yield. This probably makes sense in light of the various incentives of the participants. Defendants need attractive offers (relative to exposure) to overcome both non-economic resistance factors as well as the lack of extensive palpable evidence of trial results. Defense counsel, paid hourly, have, if anything, an economic advantage to honor the client's resistance, as well as reputational and self-fulfillment benefits to keeping at least some quota of cases to try.

Plaintiffs' counsel, particularly specialists in demand, reach a certain threshold where the economically optimal course is to declare the offered amount to be enough and free up their time to fry another fish. And that threshold, in turn, need be no greater than a respectable outcome as compared only to the settlement market price itself. The Court, for its part, is institutionally loath to second-guess the norm, and institutionally dependant on most large cases settling in any event. Finally plaintiffs, themselves, are, for all practical purposes, absent from the process. They can opt out, and thereby preserve the right to bring claims on an individual basis, but the value of individual claims is rarely enough to warrant the transaction costs.

  • Role of the Mediator

    It helps immensely for the mediator to have substantive familiarity with the rhythms and restrictions of class actions generally, and specific familiarity with the rights and duties of employers regarding wage and hour matters. That is the environment in which the mediator is applying his or her skills. But the mediator's primary contributions come from the use of more general "process skills" to anticipate, analyze and avert impasse in the negotiation process. Those skills are not unique to wage & hour mediations.

    Some taste of the actual process of analyzing and averting impasse may be provided by an actual example of an email I sent to defendant's counsel to overcome an impasse in a wage & hour class action I was mediating. The text - attached as "Attachment 1" - has been left in its raw form, with one exception: all names appearing in the original have been made generic so as to fully protect confidentiality. The case settled shortly after the email was sent.

John (Jay) McCauley is a mediator who also serves as an arbitrator on the Complex Commercial Panel of the American Arbitration Association and an Adjunct Professor at the Straus Institute for Dispute Resolution at Pepperdine University School of Law.  He is also a hearing officer for the ADR firm Judicate West.  

Website: www.mediate.com/mccauley.

E-mail: mailto:info@mccauleylaw.com

Phone number: (800) 848-5591.

Negotiate with Your Head, Not Your Heart

Thanks to Anne Reed over at Deliberations for forwarding this April 22 Psychology NewsWire, It Pays to Know Your Opponent: Success in Negotiations Improved by Perspective-Taking, But Limited by Empathy.

It Pays refers to recent work done by Kellogg School of Management Professor Adam Galinsky, who has demonstrated (with colleagues William Maddux -- (INSEAD -- Debra Gilin -- St. Mary's U. --  and Judith White -- Dartmouth) that success in negotiations depends on focusing on the head and not the heart. In other words, it is better to take the perspective of negotiation opponents rather than to empathize with them. (You may remember Galinsky as the academic responsible for demonstrating that the person who makes the first offer will (nearly) always get the larger share of the delta between the two parties' "bottom lines."  See Making the First Offer here)

Now Galinksy and friends inform us that we are far more likely to reach a negotiated resolution to a conflict if we use our heads rather than our hearts.  As It Pays reports:  

Perspective-taking, according to the study published in the April 2008 issue of Psychological Science, a publication of the Association for Psychological Science, involves understanding and anticipating an opponent's interests, thoughts, and likely behaviors, whereas empathy focuses mostly on sympathy and compassion for another.

"Perspective takers are able to step outside the constraints of their own immediate, biased frames of reference," wrote the authors. "Empathy, however, leads individuals to violate norms of equity and equality and to provide preferential treatments."

The researchers performed a total of three studies designed to assess the relationship between successful negotiations and perspective-taking and empathy tendencies. In two of the studies, the participants negotiated the sale of a gas station where a deal based solely on price was impossible: the seller's asking price was higher than the buyer's limit. However, both parties' underlying interests were compatible, and so creative deals were possible. In the first study, those participants who scored highly on the perspective-taking portion of a personality inventory were more likely to successfully reach a deal. In contrast, higher scores on empathy led dyads to be less successful at reaching a creative deal.
 

Why Enlightened Self-Interest Trumps Sympathy

Just when you were about to stereotype "negotiated resolutions" as commie-pinko limp-wristed new age aquarian left-of-liberal kum-by-ya marshmellow toaster solutions to the problems of (excuse me fellas) real men -- along comes new research once again demonstrating that negotiation requires hard heads rather than soft hearts. 

Why?

Because our competitive natures ("I need my stuff to survive") will almost always trump our collaborative inclinations ("we need each other to survive").  If this weren't so, the world wouldn't be divided into its current "pie pieces" -- the first, second and third worlds for instance.  

More particularly, because distributive non-interest based bargaining is all about getting "our share" of a fixed pie while interest-based or integrative negotiations require the parties to:  (1) learn about and attempt to satisfy their bargaining partners' often non-apparent needs and desires; and, (2) to collaborate in an effort to find ways to satisfy those needs and desires in novel and creative ways, reaching an integrative agreement becomes much more likely than reaching a purely distributive one. 

Why?

Because the integrative deal will -- by its very nature -- serve more of both parties' interests than would its distributive counter-part.  

Perspective-Taking, Sympathy and Foreclosure

I don't know my neighbors well.  They have a small family with very young children and keep pretty much to themselves.  I understand from the local grapevine, however, that they're selling their house because one of them lost their job and they can't make the mortgage payments.   

If we lived in another country or if the neighborhood belonged to certain religious sects that make it their business to take care of their own, we might all come together to help the neighbors save their house.  But we don't.

We have and express a lot of sympathy when we discuss our neighbors' plight.  "Must be hard for the kids," we say, "and the parents have worked so hard to improve the property.  It would be a shame if they lost their equity."

Our sympathy, however, does not lead us to trump our self-interest (which includes simply "keeping to ourselves") in favor of the interests of the neighbors.

If, however, we learned that the neighbors were about to sell the house to a local fraternity, you can put easy money on the neighborhood mobilizing into action to find a solution.  And once the neighborhood starts looking for an affordable solution to a neighborhood problem, the chances that the interests of the distressed family and their (temporarily) better-off neighbors will intersect and that new resources will be brought to the table ("hey, George, I know a lawyer who specializes in these things" or a banker or a politician or a journalist for the L.A. Times) increase exponentially. 

Heck, instead of hiring lawyers to stop the sale to the fraternity, we might put together an emergency neighborhood loan-fund.   Or simply help find the unemployed neighbor a new job.  There are a lot of resources in my neighborhood.  And many good-hearted people.  But I'm afraid modern American folk-ways just don't allow for a neighborhood solution to one of its member's problems.  Until, that is, our own self-interests are threatened.

So it might seem counter-intuitive to say that mentally putting ourselves into another's shoes to ascertain their interests needs and desires (perspective-taking) is more likely to create a "deal" between people than simple sympathy. 

But we didn't survive as a species because we're particularly loving.  We survived as a species because its in our best interest -- our only interest -- to cooperate with one another. 

Or, quite simply, we die.

Which reminds me that it's Earth Day.  Make a contribution to the planet and our collective and individual survival as a species today by clicking on the image below!

Outside Settlement Counsel in Class Actions

As I promised last week, we'll be providing our readers with a series of posts about the use of settlement counsel in sophisticated and complex commercial litigation.

While searching the internet for pertinent articles, I came upon an interview with a New York attorney, Lew Goldfarb, whose entire practice is devoted to settling cases for clients already represented in litigation by other law firms.  Mr. Goldfarb's credentials are impressive, his observations shrewd and his opinions about the use of settlement counsel closely match those of our colleague Jay McCauley whose article we published earlier today here.

Here's the link to Mr. Goldfarb's firm and another to the interview (from Metropolitan Corporate Counsel) with a tantalizing excerpt below:

Typically, I am retained by the defense side as part of a dual-track approach. The litigation continues on one track, while I advise the plaintiffs' lawyers that I have been retained by the defense to take a look at the possibility of settlement. At the outset, I make it clear that I have been given only a 30 day window to attempt settlement and that my involvement should not be construed as a lack of resolve to litigate the case.

Following this initial dialog, I review the strengths and weaknesses of defendant's position. Class action litigation often produces a contentious dynamic that polarizes positions based more on emotion than factual disagreements. One of my most important tasks is to identify the true elements of disagreement. When I have a good understanding of these factors, I make recommendations to my client and obtain parameters for my discussions with plaintiffs' counsel.

I then meet with the plaintiffs' counsel, preferably one who is not involved in the litigation, to focus on ways to settle the case. Plaintiffs' lawyers are usually receptive to this approach, because they are looking for ways to get relief for their clients and to get their legal fees without the costs and risks of further litigation.

In some cases I am first approached by plaintiffs' counsel who are interested in settling a case and who know me from years of litigating class actions. I will then take this overture to the corporate defendant who will decide whether to retain me to attempt a settlement. I have resolved a number of cases in this manner.

I have also found success in ending class actions by combining the resolution of a government investigation with additional relief to class members. Very often class actions follow on the heels of a government investigation. In negotiating a settlement with a government agency, it is often possible to synchronize the remedies that the government wants with those that plaintiffs' counsel is seeking and put them all into one package. This serves not only to end the government's involvement, but also to satisfy the claims of the plaintiffs, and provide a compelling argument for ending the class action. I would then go back to the plaintiffs' lawyers, demonstrate how their clients' claims have been fully satisfied, and offer them appropriate attorneys' fees.

In some cases plaintiffs' counsel demand greater relief for the class, in part, to justify higher attorneys' fees. If agreement is not reached, the client can attempt to persuade the court that the relief to the class is adequate. If the court agrees, the lawsuit becomes a catalyst case where the only issue is whether the plaintiffs' lawyers are entitled to attorneys' fees for achieving results for the class. The defendant often is in a much stronger position arguing this issue rather than the merits of the case.

Continue reading here.

What it Takes to Be a Great Mediation Advocate from Day on Torts

Thanks to Geoff Sharp for leading me to John Day's terrific series of posts on What it Takes to Be a Great Trial Lawyer particularly Part 11, The Courage to Tell the Client the Truth, excerpt below.

As information is learned in a given case, great trial lawyers also tell their client the truth. They give an opinion about whether to make, accept or reject a settlement proposal, or indicate that the proposal is so within the range of reason to make it a toss-up. They give these honest opinions whether the client likes the advice or not, and explain the basis for the opinion.

A great trial lawyer will not hesitate to tell a client that the client is making a mistake by not taking a recommendation of the lawyer, but then will follow the client's wishes so long as the course of action is legal and ethical.

In other words, great trial lawyers understand that client is the boss, and unless the client is demanding illegal or unethical action or the relationship between lawyer and client has become so impaired that the lawyer cannot adequately represent the client, the lawyer yields to the client's wishes.

The Role of Specialized Settlement Counsel by Jay McCauley

From AAA arbitrator and Judicate West mediator Jay McCauley's website:  The Role of Specialized Settlement Counsel

At bottom, virtually all litigation is a tool of negotiation. The numbers say it all: Ninety-five percent of all filed lawsuits in fact settle before trial, and upwards of ninety-nine percent perhaps should. Nonetheless, the specialized and challenging task of negotiation is normally left to the “trial lawyer” – a person whose training and orientation are focused on trial preparation, and whose efforts at negotiation are almost always secondary and often ineffectual.

The problem is not that trial lawyers don’t settle lawsuits; they almost always do. But when the mission of settlement is left to the trial lawyer, opportunities for early and optimal settlements are lost.

The solution for clients is not simply to engage trial lawyers who are sensitive to the task of negotiation and skilled in that art. Regardless of such lawyers’ negotiating skills, the reality is their task cannot be optimally accomplished while they are otherwise burdened with the "role” of being the trial lawyer.

The reason for this is basic: negotiation, by its nature, is driven by an inescapable tension – the tension between cooperation and competition. To display enough cooperation to promote early settlement, a trial lawyer almost inevitably must risk the client’s competitive position in the bargain. When a trial lawyer extends a proposed resolution to the adversary, the adversary will focus not only on the advantages of the proposal, but also on the firmness of the trial lawyers’ resolve. When a proposal is attractive enough to be tempting in itself, the fact that it is offered at all undermines the trial lawyer’s apparent resolve to fight, thereby tempting the adversary to do the wrong thing: defer or avoid serious settlement discussion.

Trial lawyers know this. And a vicious cycle therefore develops – to protect against the risk of appearing to lack resolve, they naturally tend to make their opening bids extreme. As a consequence, their adversary is characteristically left with nothing but two bad options: either to respond in kind (with an equally extreme and polarizing counter-offer) or not respond at all. Further negotiation is thereby sidetracked, while each party spends more time and treasure on “trial preparation” – i.e., extensive and expensive discovery exercises – to show further resolve and thereby bring the other side to its (apparently missing) senses.

Repeated experience tells us this vicious cycle is rampant in litigation. And an extensive body of literature from the fields of game theory and cognitive psychology tells us why: litigants are playing out the consequences of reactive devaluation – the dynamic wherein an otherwise attractive proposal becomes unattractive by virtue of its being presented by the adversary. See Lee Ross, “Reactive Devaluation in Negotiation and Conflict Resolution,” in Barriers to the Negotiated Resolution of Conflict (Kenneth Arrow et al, eds., 1995).

What, then, is the solution? Police departments bargaining for a confession from the suspect really do separate the “good cop” role from the “bad cop” role. Clients exposed to major lawsuits would do well to separate the roles as well – by engaging a specialized settlement counsel in addition to the needed trial lawyer, and commissioning the settlement counsel to bring his or her skills to bear on a single critical objective: early and optimal resolution of the dispute.

Who are settlement counsel? They are, by background, experienced trial lawyers capable quickly to become intimately familiar with the subject matter of the dispute at hand. They are also more than this: specialists in the methodology of risk-based claims valuation analysis and in the science and art of interest-based negotiation. Ideally, they are also experienced in the techniques of mediation advocacy, and familiar enough with the mediators in their community to advise and represent the client in achieving mediated resolutions in cases that warrant that treatment.

But they are not the trial lawyers for the case. By design, their mission is a short one. If they do not achieve a settlement quickly, they pass the baton to the trial lawyer, along with the full benefit of their early analysis. Their role is revealed to the adversary from the outset. It is because they are nothing more and nothing less than settlement counsel that they can afford to use some needed cooperative techniques to foster early resolution. No lack of resolve is conveyed by that effort. They can demand and measure a response in kind from the adversary, and exact a unique penalty if that response is not forthcoming: their own departure. The adversary knows from the outset that if, through recalcitrance, the mission of early settlement is not achieved, a new lawyer will appear – one who is single-mindedly focused on an entirely different mission: victory at trial.

The Case for Settlement Counsel: Negotiation is Not a Competitive Sport

(right, the must-read Google Story

If the point of litigation is winning what is the point of settlement negotiations?  Winning, right? 

Wrong.  The point of settlement negotiations is to create durable agreements that sufficiently serve the parties' interests so that they will either stop bothering one another -- for which the LawGod created iron-clad releases -- or flourish in their mutual business venture.

I mention The Google Story in this post because it contains a small narrative about a  business deal that killed its host.  

In Google years, this story arises at the beginning of time -- the year 2000.  Back then, Google was renting space by the square foot in the air-conditioned warehouses that store online company "servers." Google's stripped-down, high-powered hardware was so small (took up so few square feet) and so powerful (used so much electricity) that its lessor's electric bills drove the warehouse out of business.  The narrative doesn't suggest that Google intentionally negotiated this deal to "get the better of" its bargaining partner.  Nevertheless, a truly competitive negotiator, on hearing this story, would likely experience a little adrenalin rush -- the agreement being quite literally a "killer deal."  

I tell this story because I want to begin a series of posts about competitive and collaborative negotiation in the context of "bet the company" commercial litigation.  At the same time, I want to suggest the need for specially designated 'settlement' counsel to work alongside of (but not with) the litigation team.  The Google story will have relevance to those issues as we proceed.

If I can free up a little of the time of my friend and colleague, AAA arbitrator and Judicate West mediator Jay McCauley to help me out, you'll be hearing from him on these topics during the next several weeks as well.

For now, I'm leaving you with this 2004 article, Negotiation is not a competitive sport by Steven P. Cohen, President of The Negotiation Skills Company in Pride's Crossing, Massachusetts, together with his concluding remark.  

Competitive negotiation yields winners and losers and reduces the likelihood that losing parties will be fully committed to the resulting agreement. If the agreement falls apart, the negotiation must be deemed a failure. If parties are compelled to fulfill their part of the agreement but end up with a bad taste in their mouths, they will approach future negotiations with the winner with reluctance, paranoia, and distrust. The long-term consequences of competitive negotiation are unfavorable, yielding reduced enthusiasm and commitment as well as damaged relationships. Negotiation is about how the parties are going to bring about added value from having worked together. It is not a competitive sport.

See also Hard Bargaining:  What's Machiavelli Got to Do with It at the IP ADR Blog here.

When you lift the rock of legal practice off your back . . .

. . . you tend to escape gravity in a fury of creative activity.

Like this!  The Spring issue of the r.kv.r.y. quarterly literary journal, which has just been published and is quickly approaching it's fourth anniversary.  (see also r.kv.r.y.'s blog here!)

If you, like me, chose law as the default profession of the liberal arts major (Literature here, natch) check out our latest issue, which is full of great stuff -- more than a little of which has been written by lawyers.

Don't get me wrong -- I LOVED legal practice and am even more passionate about mediating the resolution of the type of case I litigated for 25 years -- complex commercial litigation.  

NEGOTIATING the resolution of these cases is really just the final part of my legal career -- a turn in the road that I'm more than pleased to have followed, particularly as our national recession deepens. 

Why?  Because negotiated resolutions don't depend upon court calendars, cranky and often unpredicatable Judges (my friends on the Bench excluded) or someone else's idea (12 people good and true; three arbitrators; one Judge, etc.) of what the most beneficial and fair solution to a business problem might be.

It's all of a piece, you see, because story -- as in those written by r.kv.r.y.'s contributors -- is more important to the mediated settlement of a dispute than a litigated resolution.  In mediation, we dress the "legal case" back up in all of its compelling though often messy particulars; we put the flesh and blood people back into the business problems that led them to lawyers in the first instance, permitting them do with their mutual conflict what they do best -- create a commercial solution to a business problem.  

Story. Self-determination.  Justice.

California Continues to Resist Preemptive Effect of Federal Arbitration Act

Just a quick note on a recent appellate case here holding that where the parties have agreed to conduct their arbitration in accordance with California law, the Federal Arbitration Act does not preempt state law on arbitrability.  

The case is Best Interiors, Inc. v. Millie and Severson, Inc., here.  This is a construction case.  As soon as I read it, I'll get back to you on whether there's anything of value to be said about drafting, enforcing or resisting the enforcement of arbitration clauses in construction contracts.   

Negotiating Law Firm Happiness: Partnership Compensation

I've got a little series on law firm happiness going on over at the tremendous workplace law resource Connecticut Employment Law BlogDan Schwartz, the dynamite Blog Meister behind Connecticut Employment Law had to take a blog break  while actually TRYING A CASE (yes, people still DO).  While working, he filled his excellent blog with guest posts, including my three-part series ending with partnership compensation today.  

Call me an idealist, but some of the suggestions made in my current post over at the Connecticult Employment Law blog are taken from Lauren Stiller Rikleen's exhaustive analysis of the modern law firm's ills and potential remedies in Ending the Gauntlet, my review of which will appear in this section of the Complete Lawyer's next issue so keep a look out for it!

 

Mediation Advocacy: the Self-Serving Bias

(top: we assimilate and organize data in our own favor:  click here for full size chart)

Despite our own beliefs that we've adequately analyzed the weaknesses in our own cases, we have all been told at one time or another that we are "buying our own bull%#@^."

Is there a remedy?

First the Social Science Research

According to Bargaining Impediments and Settlement Behavior, studies of self-serving bias on estimates of probable damage awards provide strong evidence that:

  • we assimilate information based on our existing biases (remember the OJ verdict);
  • even when told we're doing so, we continue to organize information in such a way that it supports our existing opinions;
  • the receipt of additional information, without more, will simply "confirm" existing biases; and,
  • to make a difference in the parties' views of the merits of their case, mediation practices must include techniques for de-biasing the parties.

The Research

Research subjects were given the identical "case" materials and randomly assigned roles as "Plaintiff" or "Defendant." The subjects were put into bargaining pairs and asked to: (1) estimate a "fair" award by a Court to the Plaintiff; and, (2) to attempt to settle the dispute.

The experimental results and their implications were reported as follows:

  • Plaintiffs' predictions of the [probable award] were, on average, $14,527 higher than defendants'.
  • Mean plaintiffs' fair settlement values were $17,709 higher than defendants'.
  • Not surprisingly, the settling parties' assessments of what a fair settlement would be and what a judge would likely award were closer together than were those who did not settle.
  • Among the 59 pairs who settled, the mean difference between the plaintiffs' and defendants' predictions of the judge's award was $9,050.
  • For the 21 pairs who did not settle, the average difference was $29,917.
  • The strong correlation between the magnitude of the bias in a bargaining pair and non- settlement supports the conclusion that the self-serving bias often prevents parties from settling disputes at the most advantageous time and for optimal mutual benefit.
  • Even when asked to tell the "other side's" story in an essay before predicting possible awards or when told about the existence of the bias, the subjects continued to evaluate the case according to their own material interests.
  • Only in one experimental setting where subjects were both informed of the bias and made to write an essay substantiating the other side's case was the effect of the bias mitigated.
  • That subjects were unable to rid themselves of the bias when informed of its existence demonstrates that it is not a deliberate strategy.

Other findings of the experiments point to biased assimilation of information as the likely psychological mechanism underlying the self-serving bias.

When subjects were presented with eight arguments favoring the side they had been assigned (plaintiff or defendant) and eight arguments favoring the other side and were asked to rate the importance of the arguments as perceived by a neutral third party, there was a strong tendency to view the arguments supporting one's own position as more convincing than those supporting the other side, suggesting that the bias operates by distorting one's interpretation of evidence.

This study suggests that litigants may not be seeking to maximize their own payoff, but are rather trying to obtain what they deem to be fair.  

Conclusions from the Experimental Data 

The application of the self-serving bias to bargaining behavior led the authors of the study to tentatively conclude that 

  • exchanges of information are not in themselves necessarily conducive to settlement, i.e., obtaining more discovery before the dispute is "ripe" for settlement may be neither cost-efficient nor an effective settlement strategy;
  • the importance of information exchanges to the settlement of a dispute can only be analyzed in terms of how that information may effect preexisting biases, which suggests that attorneys pay greater attention to their opposition's case theories when analyzing information obtained during discovery; and,
  • to act as an effective counter to the self-serving bias of both "sides," mediation practices should be, at least in part, directed at de-biasing parties rather than simply facilitating information exchange.

The Zero Sum Game: Allstate's McKinsey Documents

HERE IS THE LINK TO THE ALLSTATE MCKINSEY DOCUMENTS; YOU MUST AGREE TO VIEW THE DOCUMENTS FOR NEWS OR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES:  CLICK "ACCEPT" AND YOU WILL BE DIRECTED TO A PAGE CONTAINING ALL OF THE DOCUMENTS MENTIONED HERE

See also Tort Burger's Post on the Zero Sum Game Aspect of this Controversy here.

I have had a lot of traffic to this post and comments here and elsewhere on the internet about it and the Slabbed post it excerpts.

Because I never meant to "take sides" on a matter I know next to nothing about, I'm now including along with the Slabbed excerpt originally posted, an excerpt of a recent article from Bloomberg.com - Allstate Releases McKinsey Records (etc.) below.        

This post was originally meant to highlight Allstate's (or its consultant's) unfortunate use of the term "Zero Sum Game," when discussing claims handling procedures.  My original comment was that "those who continue to play it often get their  . . . uh . . . soft parts caught in a wringer."

The Slabbed post highlights the damage done to an admitted "Zero Sum Game Player" who is engaged in a human-harm-cost-benefit analysis.  The Pinto punitive damages award came readily to mind because the case was decided while I was in law school learning about negligence.      

For my non-attorney readers, I need to stress that it's not wrong to engage in a cost-benefit analysis for the compensation of injury under a negligence system.  In fact, this is what the law itself (and injured Plaintiff's attorneys) do, i.e., "calculate" the risk of harm + the potential severity of the injury against the cost of avoiding that harm.

People react badly when they see that type of calculation being applied to human injury or the loss of human life because those losses are considered to be "incommensurable," i.e., no amount of money can recompense someone for, say, the loss of a child. For an excerpt from my own article discussing the concept of incommensurability -- The Cost of a Thing is Your Life, click here.

I'm hoping my non-attorney readers will understand that these formal monetary calculations are routinely made by businesses and governments when making decisions about how much risk to human life is worth taking when they engage in potentially dangerous activities for the purpose of creating a significant benefit for many. 

That said, I give you again this excerpt from Slabbed's post on the McKinsey Allstate document furor -- The Herald Tribune Takes the Allstate Challenge --

In a previous post that received a notice in the Silicon Investor BB I spoke of insurers and their lawyers using the court system as instruments of institutionalized bad faith. Indeed Allstate has taken much criticism for ignoring lawful subpoenas over these documents as well as substantial fines as noted by Ms St John. This brings me to the beginning of the main story.

For more than a decade, Allstate Insurance Co. kept a secret from its auto policyholders — a national strategy to force customers to accept reduced cash payouts or face years in court.

Thousands of pages of Allstate documents reviewed by the Herald-Tribune detail how the nation’s second-largest insurer systematically cut payments to customers as a way to boost profits.

The documents describe a two-pronged strategy.

First, the company evaluates claims with a computer program designed to reduce payouts by as much as 20 percent of what the company once paid for the same injuries.

Second, Allstate pushes policyholders to accept quick settlements without the help of lawyers. Policyholders who try to fight for more money face Allstate attorneys coached to refuse to negotiate and to drag out litigation.

The approach often forces car accident victims to take what Allstate offers right away or spend years in court while their bills go unpaid — a strategy Allstate spelled out in guidelines for claims adjusters that “forces the claimant and attorney to think about the obstacles they must overcome …”

Indeed it appears we have a road map of how tort reform is being used against us. Limits on damages only make it easier for these large insurers to get away with outrageous behavior. The story continues:

It was a “Zero Sum Economic Game. Allstate gains … others must lose,” declared a consultant’s PowerPoint slide from a 1994 presentation to executives.

During the next five years of Allstate’s claims overhaul, the same consultant, New York-based McKinsey & Co., chose confrontational words to describe the new system. In PowerPoint presentations and discussion papers drawn up for Allstate executives, McKinsey used “boxing gloves” to characterize how Allstate should treat policyholders who balk at settlements. For customers who hired lawyers, McKinsey urged, “align alligators,” adding these instructions: “sit and wait.”

The documents also show:

Allstate removed much of the discretion of local claims agents to set payouts, requiring them to base their recommendations on a computer program called Colossus. Under that program, average payouts for bodily injuries dropped more than 20 percent in the first few years, internal documents show, a big step toward reaching McKinsey’s goal of “establishing a new fair market value” of such injuries.

Allstate recognized that when an injured driver hired a lawyer, the insurer lost money. In repeated presentations to Allstate executives, McKinsey coached tougher and increased legal action. By 1996, Allstate had doubled its legal force, hiring 225 more lawyers. “The bottom line is that Allstate is trying more cases than ever before,” a corporate newsletter said . . .

For full post from Slabbed click here.

Bloomberg.com's article, Allstate Releases McKinsey Records (etc.) Update No. 2 is here.

Excerpt from Bloomberg.com article below:

Allstate Corp., the second-biggest U.S. home and auto insurer, released 150,000 pages of documents sought by opposition lawyers and company critics related to McKinsey & Co.'s review of claims-handling practices.

McKinsey suggested strategies for the company to become more profitable by paying less in claims, according to videotaped evidence presented in Fayette Circuit Court in Lexington, Kentucky, in a civil case involving a 1997 car accident. Lawyers for policyholders said Allstate's previous refusal to release the documents showed the company wasn't treating its customers fairly. The insurer has said the documents include trade secrets.

``Public criticisms by people with a vested interest in creating an inaccurate picture of the company's claim practices have been based unfairly on only snippets from the documents taken out of context,'' the Northbrook, Illinois-based insurer said in a statement today. ``Because of the need to address misunderstandings resulting from the growing misplaced focus by our critics on very small pieces of the whole, we have decided to make the documents public.''

One slide the consultant prepared for Allstate was entitled ``Good Hands or Boxing Gloves,'' and recommended the insurer put on ``boxing gloves'' to deter about 10 percent of claims deemed to be exaggerated, padded, or fraudulent, according to portions of the report shown to the Kentucky jury. For more than 50 years, Allstate has advertised its employees as the ``Good Hands People,'' telling customers they will be well cared for in times of need.

Rising Claims

The strategy proposed by McKinsey would ``send a message to the attorneys of our proactive defense stance'' in cases dealing with minor impact soft tissue injuries, the consultant said in the document. Lawyers would have to ``think about the obstacles they must overcome to recover significant settlement or the benefits of a smaller, walk-away settlement.''

Allstate implemented the plan in the 1990s because studies showed more people were submitting claims even though accident rates were declining and cars were safer, Allstate lawyer Floyd Bienstock told the Kentucky jury. The McKinsey report found Allstate was overpaying bodily injury claims by 16 percent, Bienstock said.

``It was never a plan to intimidate people,'' he said.

To continue reading, click here.

Post from Washington D.C.; Lincoln on Right, Wrong, War, Peace and Yes, It's Sunday, God

I read this on the wall of the Lincoln Memorial yesterday, after standing on the steps and imagining Dr. Martin Luther King Junior's "I Have a Dream Speech" (video and text here) forty years after his assassination and said to my husband -- "don't you long for leadership like this again?"

See what Lincoln has to say about "God being on our side" and the end of negotiations in this short but stirring speech.  

At this second appearing to take the oath of the presidential office, there is less occasion for an extended address than there was at the first. Then a statement, somewhat in detail, of a course to be pursued, seemed fitting and proper. Now, at the expiration of four years, during which public declarations have been constantly called forth on every point and phase of the great contest which still absorbs the attention, and engrosses the energies of the nation, little that is new could be presented. The progress of our arms, upon which all else chiefly depends, is as well known to the public as to myself; and it is, I trust, reasonably satisfactory and encouraging to all. With high hope for the future, no prediction in regard to it is ventured.

On the occasion corresponding to this four years ago, all thoughts were anxiously directed to an impending civil war. All dreaded it--all sought to avert it. While the inaugeral [sic] address was being delivered from this place, devoted altogether to saving the Union without war, insurgent agents were in the city seeking to destroy it without war--seeking to dissole [sic] the Union, and divide effects, by negotiation. Both parties deprecated war; but one of them would make war rather than let the nation survive; and the other would accept war rather than let it perish. And the war came.

One eighth of the whole population were colored slaves, not distributed generally over the Union, but localized in the Southern part of it. These slaves constituted a peculiar and powerful interest. All knew that this interest was, somehow, the cause of the war. To strengthen, perpetuate, and extend this interest was the object for which the insurgents would rend the Union, even by war; while the government claimed no right to do more than to restrict the territorial enlargement of it. Neither party expected for the war, the magnitude, or the duration, which it has already attained. Neither anticipated that the cause of the conflict might cease with, or even before, the conflict itself should cease. Each looked for an easier triumph, and a result less fundamental and astounding. Both read the same Bible, and pray to the same God; and each invokes His aid against the other. It may seem strange that any men should dare to ask a just God's assistance in wringing their bread from the sweat of other men's faces; but let us judge not that we be not judged. The prayers of both could not be answered; that of neither has been answered fully. The Almighty has his own purposes. "Woe unto the world because of offences! for it must needs be that offences come; but woe to that man by whom the offence cometh!" If we shall suppose that American Slavery is one of those offences which, in the providence of God, must needs come, but which, having continued through His appointed time, He now wills to remove, and that He gives to both North and South, this terrible war, as the woe due to those by whom the offence came, shall we discern therein any departure from those divine attributes which the believers in a Living God always ascribe to Him? Fondly do we hope--fervently do we pray--that this mighty scourge of war may speedily pass away. Yet, if God wills that it continue, until all the wealth piled by the bond-man's two hundred and fifty years of unrequited toil shall be sunk, and until every drop of blood drawn with the lash, shall be paid by another drawn with the sword, as was said three thousand years ago, so still it must be said "the judgments of the Lord, are true and righteous altogether"

With malice toward none; with charity for all; with firmness in the right, as God gives us to see the right, let us strive on to finish the work we are in; to bind up the nation's wounds; to care for him who shall have borne the battle, and for his widow, and his orphan--to do all which may achieve and cherish a just and lasting peace, among ourselves, and with all nations.

Original Faith on the Spiritual Benefits of Forgiveness

Though I don't often avert to religion or spirituality, my own values are firmly grounded in mid-century mainstream Protestantism -- most prominent of which are compassion, tolerance, apology, forgiveness, reconciliation and the very real and ever present potential for the redemption of the human spirit.

Resentment, bitterness, anger, vindictiveness and the desire for retribution are all emotions that interfere with the expression of the forgiving side of our spirits. 

More than one friend has likened the holding of resentments against others to "drinking poison and expecting the other guy to die."  Because I have personally reaped the soul-soothing benefits of the challenging practice of apology and forgiveness, my posts on apology -- though calculated to ease business negotiations -- are as grounded in reconciliation's spiritual as well as its material value.

For those interested in following the spiritual vein of this practice, see the Original Faith Blog's series on Forgiveness -- this excerpt from Paul Martin's Spirit of Clarification post. 

To forgive is to let go of a form of anger – specifically, resentment. Even more specifically, the resentment we feel toward someone who has wronged us is a deep and long-lasting blame. Blame is based on judgment: he or she shouldn’t have done that because they should have known better; or because it was unjust; or because, in the same situation, I wouldn’t have done that…

In most cases where we struggle with the issue of how to forgive someone, the primary motive is our own peace of mind, not how to help the person who has wronged us. This is because the odds are that we, as the wronged party, remain disturbed over the incident long after the person who wronged us has moved on.

Forgiveness is related to love. To understand just how, we’d need to know just what we mean by love – a big topic. But to briefly mention one angle on this, we can easily see that forgiveness is related to self love when we realize that to forgive someone else is to promote our own mental health and spiritual peace.

I found Mr. Martin's blog when he stopped by to comment on our post concerning the male/female forgiveness quotient -- a comment well worth reading here.

Mediation Advocacy: Priming Mediator and the Opposition with a Collaborative Brand

Can you marry a blog?  If so, we're ready to propose to Deliberations, which is packed with more good advocacy tips than we can incorporate into our negotiation blog advice.  

Today, Deliberation's Anne Reed brings us the following useful information in The Brand Name Brain.  

When we're exposed to a famous logo for even a microsecond, [researchers have] concluded [that] we act out the qualities we've learned to associate with that picture. . .

[R]esearchers [asked] subjects [to] watch[] a screen explaining what they were supposed to do -- but also on the screen, too fast for them to notice, corporate logos flashed momentarily. When subjects turned to the assigned task, which logo they'd seen made a difference:

Subjects who saw the Apple logo, symbol of creativity, thought of more possible unusual uses for a brick than did subjects who saw the IBM logo, symbol of corporate sameness.
Subjects who saw the Disney logo, which we associate with earnestly pure things like Mickey Mouse and Snow White, confessed to more bad behavior (like calling in sick) than did subjects who saw the E! network logo, which we associate with celebrity gossip, honest or not.

What it means in real trials

Can lawyers use this? I say yes, but maybe not in the way you think.

There are trial lawyers out there who can use priming to underscore ideas and themes in trial, while still keeping track of where their cross-examination outlines are and whether the client understands what's going on and who's doing the jury instruction argument and whether they brought enough matching socks. . . . 

For the rest, here's a message from priming research we can all use. Jurors make decisions without knowing why.

And here's what in means to mediation advocates

Attorneys' initial contacts with the mediator are more important than many realize. As are mediation briefs.  But not to persuade the mediator of the rectitude of your position.  To "prime" the mediator to be more part of your negotiation team than your adversary's.  Of course we're neutral.  But, like research subjects and jurors, we make decisions (and form alliances) without knowing why.

What are your mediator's interests?  To settle the case, of course.  But to do so in a way that makes all parties and all attorneys satisfied with the result and with the mediator's services.  So what subliminal messages do you want to send to the mediator before negotiations begin?

  • I'm reasonable, as is my negotiation strategy
  • I understand that there are weaknesses in my case, which I'll admit to you, Ms. Mediator, for the purpose of attempting to resolve this lawsuit
  • I'm collaborative
  • I'm bringing my client, who is prepared to re-engage in the conflict, understanding that defensiveness and self-righteousness are not attitudes calculated to achieve peace in the Middle East nor to settle commercial litigation.
  • I'm having trouble with my client (for a pre-mediation telephone conference only) and would like you to help me coach him/her/it on any of the following:
    • the merits of the case
    • the dangers of proceeding to trial
    • the unredeemably evil nature of the opposition
    • the art of haggling
    • the genuine interests -- needs, desires, fears, etc. -- underlying the client's negotiation position
  • I understand a little bit about my adversary's
    • style
    • motivations
    • position and would like to help you work with him/her/it effectively.
  • I'll be prepared to make the negotiation moves necessary to settle the matter without fruitless bargaining in the nano- or strato-spheres.
  • I recognize that a handshake, a conciliatory manner and the expression of genuine empathy by my client for the party on the other side can dramatically effect negotiations and have alerted my client to the benefits of setting aside rancor, suspicion and judgment for at least a few hours on the day of the mediation.
  • if anyone is going to take the larger share of any distributive bargaining delta, it ought to be me.

Apology: the Guilt Ridden vs. the Shame Infused

(thanks to Beyond Intractability for the graphic)

We talk a lot about apology as a means of descalating conflict for the purpose of engaging in successfully mediated settlement conferences and non-mediated commercial negotiations alike. 

You can bargain with someone who is enraged at (or even merely irritable with) you, but your negotiation will be derailed over and over again as feelings interfere with business judgment. 

Although you can't have one without the other (judgment without emotion) some emotions are conducive to successful negotiations and some are corrosive. 

APOLOGY:  I'm writing a book and my blog-job is interfering with my deadline.  So I'm stealing my own material, for which I aplogize to myself and to any reader who has already read my published article on Restorative Justice -- Shame by Any Other Name Lessons for Restorative Justice from the Principles, Traditions and Practices of Alcoholics Anonymous (2005) 5 Pepp. Disp. Resol. L.J. 299 (2005). 

If you're interested in what shame and guilt have to do with moral development as a preclude to recognizing the difference between guilt-ridden and shame-infused apologies, read on.  (and yes Janis, I'm working on it!)

A SHORT PRIMER ON SHAME, GUILT AND MORAL EDUCATION

A. The Origins and Effects of Shame.

The word shame is derived from the Indo-European skem which means "to hide." Shame makes us want to hide - from ourselves, our God and our peers - making shame an existentially isolating state of mind. Feeling shame makes a person "dejection-based, passive, or helpless," causing the "ashamed person [to focus] more on devaluing or condemning his entire self" than upon his behavior. He sees himself "as fundamentally flawed, feels self-conscious about the visibility of his actions, fears scorn, and thus avoids or hides from others."

The shamed individual wants "to undo aspects of the self" whereas the guilt-ridden one wishes to undo aspects of his behavior. It is therefore not surprising that guilt tends to motivate restitution, confession, and apology, whereas shame tends to result in avoidance or anger.

The psycho-biology of the constellation of emotions we call "shame" is innate. It produces a sudden loss of muscle tone in the neck and upper body; increases skin temperature on the face, frequently resulting in a blush and causes a brief period of incoordination and apparent disorganization. No matter what behavior is in progress when shame affect is triggered, it will be made momentarily impossible. Shame interrupts, halts, takes over, inconveniences, trips up, makes incompetent anything that had previously been interesting or enjoyable. 

A state of cognitive shame follows this initial cluster of feelings. After the painful jolt of shame, we begin to search our "life scripts" for some way to integrate the shameful experience with our prior experiences, to make sense of the pain and disorientation caused by the sudden upset of a positive emotional state.

Because our earliest experiences of helplessness relate to our size, strength and intelligence, only anger and its explosive cousin, rage, allow us to prove to ourselves and others that we are powerful instead of weak, competent rather than stupid, large rather than small. Thus do many shame-suffused individuals respond to chronic shame in an attack mode, particularly those who feel "endangered" by the depths to which their self-esteem has been reduced. Such individuals experience shame as a threat to their physical well-being and lack the ability to trust and rely upon others.

Shame thus serves as a barrier to one's capacity to achieve empathy and develop conscience.

Distinguishing guilt from shame tomorrow.

Changing the Other Guy's Mind

Because I'm busy finishing a brief to change someone's mind and Greg May at the California Blog of Appeal is also engaged in making a living instead of answering my idle questions (what? they don't pay us to do this?) he sends along this link at Raymond Ward's blog the (new) legal writer which links to a site we'll all be wanting to visit 

ChangingMinds.org is a web site covering “all aspects of how we change what others think, believe, feel and do.” Go there and wander around a bit; you’ll probably learn something you didn’t know. (Hat tip: Visual Thesaurus.)

50 Ways to Leave Your Dating Service Arbitration Agreement

You just slip out the back, Jack
Make a new plan, Stan
You don’t need to be coy, Roy
Just get yourself free
Hop on the bus, Gus
You don’t need to discuss much
Just drop off the key, Lee
And get yourself free 
  

Where matchmaking service moved to compel arbitration of clients’ action alleging that  "consulting agreements" were fraudulently induced, and agreements were [within a] class of contracts regulated by state law expressly rendering nonconforming contracts void and unenforceable, agreements’ failure to expressly set forth language required under dating service statutes--Civil Code Sec. 1694, et seq.--rendered [them] and [the] arbitration provisions [contained in them] unenforceable. Duffens v. Valenti - filed March 27, 2008, Fourth District, Div. One Cite as 2008 SOS 1811

How to Get Your Opponent to the Bargaining Table

Lawyers ask me this question more often than any other.  This week's Blawg Review Host -- TechnoLawyer -- reminded me that I once wrote a very short article on the topic -- contained in the TechnoLawyer Problem Solution Guide available again at the Blawg Review No. 152 here.

Using Your Case Management Order or ADR Panel to Convene Your Mediation

There are many reasons you may not wish to initiate mediation. Many lawyers justifiably do not wish to appear overly desirous of settlement. Others are discouraged because their opponents

  • long ago indicated their client would not consider paying/accepting anything less/or more than $X, which is a non-starter;
  • say they won’t consider settlement until after some key event; or,
  • insist their client will “pay millions for defense but not a penny in tribute.”

The best way to encourage settlement discussions without any loss of face is to agree upon a mediator (or mediation services provider such as Southern California’s Judicate West) at the commencement of the case, authorizing the neutral to suggest mediation at any time without prompting by the parties. This is the general practice in most multi-party construction defect cases and there's no good reason to limit the benefits of this practice to complex litigators.

This strategy permits one party to suggest mediation to the neutral who can then initiate a negotiation session without divulging who, if anyone, sought the mediator’s assistance.
Any mediator worth her salt will be trained in and skilled at convening mediations without party pressure.

Some, but not all, mediation service providers also possess these skills. Judicate West’s case managers, for instance, are all skilled professionals with a minimum of five-year’s experience convening mediations for the parties.

At the commencement of your action, ascertain whether a neutral or ADR service provider in your locale specializes in the art of convening. A service provider like Judicate West will often know more about your opposition than you do, particularly in large legal markets like Southern California where you may well not “do business” with your opponent on more than one occasion.

Part II of Negotiating Law Firm Happiness in Connecticut Employment Law Blog

I've been guest blogging (along with many others) over at the Connecticut Employment Law Blog recently.  Yesterday, Daniel Schwartz posted Part II of my article on using conflict resolution techniques and negotiation skills to increase the peace among your partners, whether there be only two of you or more than 1,000.

Part III is coming soon so keep an eye out for it.

And best of luck with the jury Daniel!

 

 

The FAA Constrains Your Ability to Contract Your Own Arbitration Solution: Supreme Court Decides Hall v. Mattel

Here's the opinion.  Comment later.

English Professors Do It -- Negotiate that Is

The google algorithm throws these random musings on negotiation up to me on a weekly basis because "negotiate" is one of my "google alerts."  (have I said god bless google recently?)

Almost all legal writing is collaborative, so I feel this English professor's pain.  I just didn't know we shared this experience. 

From Blog en Abyme, excuses excuses by Kim Middleton, Assistant Professor of English and Director of the American Studies Program at The College of Saint Rose.

What I’ve discovered is that when you’re writing with someone, you’re negotiating and discussing all the time. Which secondary sources to use and why; how much space a particular piece of the argument should occupy; the particular ways that data should be interpreted; style; etc. And that’s all the stuff that we actually articulate. I’d venture that there is also always a secondary level of negotiation going on non-verbally: should I just take the lead on this part?; am I slowing us down?; is my expertise relevant here?. Essentially, there are all of the interpersonal elements to negotiate as well. Is it any wonder that it takes longer than writing an article alone?

Meanwhile, note to self: next time I assign a group project to students (I’m looking at you, film class!), I need to give them ample time to work through not just content, but interpersonal stuff as well. It would probably also help if I could get them to move across the street from one another, and assign one person per group to be the baker who provides snacks for each meeting. And then someone to do the group’s laundry and grocery shopping while they get their article written—I mean project done.

And yes, Professor, it does take food, drink and clean laundry to accomplish anything worthwhile as a team!  Thanks for the thoughts.  Now get back to that article right now!

Changing the Other Guy's Mind: Appellate Advocacy

See Greg May on prepration for appellate oral argument  today:

Appellate judges may have a draft opinion prepared, and may rarely change their minds due to oral argument, but — according to at least one justice I’ve spoken to — sometimes they are actually looking for the appellate advocate to give them a reason to change their mind.

So, hey Greg!!  My readers, who are looking to change their opponent's case evaluation, would like to know your techniques for:  (1)ascertaining what the appellate panel most likely wants to know; and, (2) addressing their concerns in a way that would allow the Justices to reach a decision other than the one they are leaning toward!

Attrition? We Don't Care About No Stinkin' Attrition!

I've got a series of guest posts about using conflict resolution skills to set partnership compensation over at the Connecticut Employment Law Blog while employment lawyer and blogger Daniel Schwartz is in trial.  So I've been thinking about law firm employment issues a lot lately. 

Two of the most important men in my life -- my step-son Adam Goldberg who is about to begin a law firm career -- and my husband, insurance recovery and complex commercial litigator Stephen Goldberg who just joined Dickstein Shapiro after nearly 35 years with Heller Ehrman -- keep me interested in the happiness quotient of BigLaw associates and partners.

So I'm always happy to read that lawyers somewhere are happier than they are in other places, like at Blackwell Sanders where the ABA online Journal tells us that the  Attrition Rate for Associates Has Been Cut in Half. (excerpt below).

Kansas City firm Husch Blackwell Sanders reports it has cut its attrition in half after it cut its lockstep evaluations of associates in 2001.

"It doesn't make a lot of sense to compensate, bill for and advance associates based on how many years they've shown up for work," partner Peter Sloan told the Los Angeles Times in a story about the student-led effort, Building a Better Legal Profession.

Sloan notes that the firm evaluates young lawyers based on learned skills. They also give credit for pro bono work and other initiatives. Clients are pleased with this system because they pay based on an associate's experience level rather than how many years it's been since graduation.

I'll be commenting on this in Part III of my guest column over at Connecticut Employment Law Blog in the next couple of weeks so keep an eye out for it there.   

See also How Big Law Firms Can Retain the ‘Lost Generation’ of Unhappy Associates here.

Los Angeles Superior Court Judges Alexander Williams, III and Helen Bendix Talk About Settlement Conferences, Mediation Strategy and Tactics, and the Administration of Justice

The prestigious Straus Institute for Dispute Resolution has a new web site -- HERE!!! -- and a few videos that the beginning mediation or settlement advocate shouldn't miss.

Here's Judge Williams, who sits in the downtown Los Angeles Superior Court as a full-time settlement judge.  In the first part of his video, Judge Williams talks about the differences between settlement and mediation as well as a few of his favorite topics -- CHOICE, RESPECT, JUDICIAL ECONOMY ACCESS TO JUSTICE and EFFICIENT CASE MANAGEMENT. 

In part 3 of the video, Judge Williams discusses basic mediation concepts such as interest-based and distributive bargaining; impasse-breakers; trust-building; shuttle negotiation diplomacy; mediators' proposals and the like. 

If I missed Judge Williams saying "you have to hang the meat low enough for the dog to smell it," I'll apologize to him for inattention the next time I see him.  If he didn't say it, I'll be looking for the next part of the video, where gems like that may be found. 

If you wonder "why the orange?" -- listen to part 3.

Judge Helen Bendix, the Chair of the Los Angeles Superior Court ADR Committee, talks about the contribution of the Court's ADR program to the administration of Justice.  That program has not only settled thousands of cases, but has served as the training ground for thousands of mediators in assisting litigants in negotiating the resolution of their lawsuits. 

Co-Directors of the Straus Institute, Tom Stipanowich and Peter Robinson address mediation issues for the first part of this video.  If you want to go directly to Judge Bendix's discussion, move the slide bar to the middle of part 1.  

We're Ready for Our Close-Ups, Mr. DeMille: Med-Arb Ethics Video

Along the Borderline Straus Institute Instructional Video (time 16:05)

Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) processes address a variety of client needs. In different situations, different approaches best meet the needs of particular clients. As ADR practitioners skilled at delivering a variety of processes, the question of when it is appropriate to mix approaches arises.

O.K., we're not actors but we play them in this video on ethics issue.

Jeff Kichaven

Eric van Ginkel

Me, myself and I

Video brain-boxed by Tom Stipanowich above actualized by producer-mediator Greg Stone of Teahouse Media.

Smart Bloggers Who go to Trial Expand the Pie

What's the secret of a happy law-life? 

Being right? 

No!

Delegating responsibilities

That's what Connecticut employment lawyer and blogger, Daniel Schwartz, has done while he's trying one of those employment cases that resist negotiatied resolution. 

Not only is the delegation of Dan's blogging responsibilities smart, it's pie-expanding

Though Dan's readers are likely missing his voice with their daily coffee and eggs, he's turned their loss into other bloggers' gain by asking several of his colleagues to "guest blog" while he's gone.

Yesterday, for instance, Dan kicked off guest blogger week with the Evil HR Lady's commentary on Walmart and Blogging here.  As Dan explained . . . .

I should tell you that I do know [Evil's] first name; but she has told me that she'd hunt me down if I revealed her identity. So instead, I've asked her to provide a short blurb to introduce her; here was her candid response:

Evil HR Lady works for a Fortune 500 Company making sure that as many people as possible get fired. Hence, the Evil part of her name. She blogs and takes questions here.

Nothing like an HR person with a sense of humor, right? Well, she also has a very entertaining blog that is part Ask Amy, and part Jack and Suzy Welch. . . . 

Today, Dan graciously allowed me to introduce a few mediation principles into his blog with The Division of Chores and Partnership Compensation, Part I. 

Even though I do hate the term 'win-win' as far too redolent of marshmellows roasting over a camp fire ("say, pass the Hershey's chocolate, would you?") Dan is exemplifying the essence of integrative, interest-based "win-win" problem solving for his readers. 

While he rides off on his white stead to win win win win win his client's case at trial!

Thanks for the opportunity to meet your readers, Dan.  And go get 'em!

You Have Coverage for That? Finding Your Bottom Line

How important is insurance coverage to your clients' decision to bring or defend or negotiate the resolution of a commercial dispute?  It's usually the difference between having options and being entirely out of luck.

And when that decision concerns catastrophic losses?  Unless you are an insurance coverage specialist, you make coverage decisions at your peril.

Where do you go?  To Dickstein Shapiro of course! 

Daily Journal article announcing that Steve Goldberg (yes, Mr. Thrifty himself!) has left Heller Ehrman and joined Dickstein Shapiro below.

LOS ANGELES - Longtime Heller Ehrman attorney Stephen N. Goldberg has left the firm for Dickstein Shapiro in Los Angeles, the latest in a string of departures from San Francisco-based Heller Ehrman. . . . . Goldberg  . . . . had been with Heller since 1973 and was a partner in its Los Angeles office.  . . . .

Goldberg, who practices insurance recovery and complex commercial litigation, was part of Heller Los Angeles managing partner Nancy Cohen's successful insurance practice, an area of focus for the firm, according to firmwide managing partner Robert Hubbell. . . . .

Goldberg has handled insurance coverage in areas such as product liability claims, asbestos liability, environmental damage, first-party property and business interruption losses, director and officer liability and insurer bad-faith claims. His clients have included Texaco, Johns-Manville Corp., Atlantic Richfield Corp., Millennium Hotels and GMAC Commercial Mortgage Corp., according to Heller's Web site.

Goldberg's practice is well-suited to fit with Dickstein Shapiro's strong insurance coverage practice. Dickstein opened its Los Angeles office in 2005, when it acquired insurance recovery firm Pasich & Kornfeld. Linda D. Kornfeld is now managing partner of Dickstein Shapiro's Los Angeles office, and Kirk A. Pasich serves on the firm's executive committee.

Peace in the Law Firm: What Do Women Lawyers Really Want?

(collage by artist Tamar Factor)

I'm ridiculously excited to announce that the new issue of The Complete Lawyer is out and that it focuses on women's legal careers -- see The Complete Lawyer's What Do Women Lawyers Really Want here!

Publisher Don Hutcheson has added an ADR column to his brilliant work-life-balance journal -- The Human Factor -- written by my good blogger buddies Stephanie West Allen of idealawg and Brains on Purpose, Gini Nelson of Engaging Conflicts, and Diane Levin of the Mediation Channel.  You can meet these tremendous Renaissance women attorneys in the first column in which we introduce ourselves to The Complete Lawyer's readers.

In this issue, I also review a little book about networking called The Go Giver by Bob Burg and John David Mann -- a happy prescription for a successful career for those of us who have the education, training and experience to give freely and make use of the benefits that flow from our fortunate human tendency to reciprocate favors. 

Ending the Gauntlet -- Removing Barriers to Women's Success in the Law

The "Women's" issue comes at a time when I'm hungrily devouring Lauren Stiller Rikleen's tremendously readable, inspiring and fascinating Ending the Gauntlet -- Removing Barriers to Women's Success in the Law.  I'm not even through Chapter One yet and I can tell you that this is no ordinary book about women's challenges in the legal profession.  It's a book for men and women who can still recall -- and share with future generations -- a time when law firms were more like professional partnerships than the corporate behemoths so many have become.

As Ms. Rikleen promises, her book explores the "confluence of circumstances"  that marked my generation and shaped the following generations of women in the law -- the flood of female attorneys into firm practice in the 1980's coupled with the modern law firms' explosion in size, wealth and complexity.  

To give you a small taste of Ms. Rikleen's scholarship and vision, here's a thumb-nail of her diagnosis of the ills that have beset Mid-to-BigLaw practice:  

As [law firms] have grown . . . they have failed to develop an infrastructure which could channel the energies that have led to huge financial success into a coherent management framework.  The result is a series of internal, unstructured organizational units which often have more in common with life in the frontiers of the Old West than they do with sophisticated businesses.

Sound familiar?  Either buy the book now! or wait for my lengthier review in an upcoming issue of The Complete Lawyer.

Negotiation Coaching from Down Under

Take a look at Geoff Sharp's Mediator Blah Blah post today about mediation coaching.  Here are five different ways in which a mediator can coach a party to achieve more from the negotiation than he might otherwise be able to achieve without assistance:

1. Talk[] to [the] parties about who is the best person in the group to make the offer to the other side and . . . . [which of their negotiating partners] they might want to look at when they do...

2. [P]resent[] a worst-case settlement offer first then contrast[] that with their present, and more favourable, offer.

3. [Make] their suggestion as if] they were planning . . . . 

4. Point[] out the hot buttons for the other side and assist[] a party to make symbolic offers that will have a favourable psychological impact . . . . 

5. Suggest[] and then assist[] one party to restate all the interests that have been identified in the mediation so far (with the other party's first) - then present a proposal and identify how it meets those interests [in a manner that is] mutually beneficial for all.

Thanks for the tips Geoff!

Peace in the Law Firm? The Snark Says: Fess Up

(right:  Calvin Coolidge, Zelig and Herbert Hoover)

Soon, the Complete Lawyer's Human Factor Columnists (first appearance, Vol. IV, Issue 2 /*) are going to be addressing the ways in which you can use conflict resolution techniques to create, or restore, peace in your law firm.  

Though my contribution to that particular column is slicing the law firm's money pie with an eye toward the collective good rather than the individual's advantage, I can't pass up the opportunity to note the importance of accountability -- one of mediation's core values -- covered by The Snark in -- Oops!  An Associate Did it Again (excerpt below).

FESS UP

This is the hardest plan to implement because you fear finally being discovered for being imperfect and possibly over-rated. Will you be fired? Will it go down in your "file" only to rear its head in four years when you are denied admission into the partnership and the only reason they can give is, "Back in your second year, you missed that 1 p.m. meeting with our best client, MegaCorp."

But I think in the end it is better to fess up. Just don't do it in a way that makes things even worse: no crying, sniveling or begging for mercy. And no need to shave your head or hold a press conference.

You just need to explain yourself while displaying the appropriate level of remorse blended with confidence that says, "Yes, I screwed up that once, but it was an uncommon lapse that will be rectified. I will work even harder and bill a few extra hours to make up for lost faith in my value."

Provided your mistake didn't actually cause lost revenue or client relationships, you likely will be forgiven. But don't let it happen again. You get paid way too much money to make mistakes.

BigLaw or Small, You are Not a "Cog"

I know the Snark's column is meant to be witty, sarcastic, ironic, snide, and all of that, but the demeaning reference to BigLaw associates as "Cogs" is unfortunately reflective of some young lawyers' felt reality.  (Remember Jonathan Swift's Modest Proposal -- eat the poor?  It's not a joke)

Here is my advice to every first year associate at every law firm in the country -- be it a Two-Person Enterprise or a Ginormous BigLaw Endeavor: 

NOT ONLY ARE YOU NOT A COG, YOU DO NOT WORK FOR THE LAW FIRM

You WORK for the client.  If your "boss"  or your firm is not helping you do that to the highest level of your own abilities, then he/she is simply the guy/gal you need to circumvent so that you can give your client the best legal advice and services available.

THE BUCK STOPS WITH YOU.

You are a lawyer, with a lawyer's professional responsibilities and the right to be respected for the highly educated, skilled and semi-trained professional you are. 

Don't let anyone fool you.  You are not only important, you have power.  And with power comes accountability.  

Be a mensch.  Be a star. 

Welcome to the profession.

_______________________

/*  The columnists are Gini Nelson of Engaging Conflicts, Stephanie West Allen of Idealawg and Brains on Purpose, and the mother of all mediation-bloggers, Diane Levin of the Mediation Channel.  Oh yes, and me, Zelig.

"Coerced to Settle By Attorneys"

Sometimes reading my statistics page is the best way I have of taking the pulse of my readers and diagnosing the current actual rather than the aspirational state of settlement and mediation practice.

Listen.  Only the squeakiest client or party wheel will tell you that he is feeling coerced into settling the litigation that has become a millstone around your neck.

I'm talking to attorneys here -- but settlement officers, judges and mediators should pay attention as well.  Whether you're representing the CEO of a Fortune 500 Company or the 60-year old man who slipped on the iconic darkened bananna peel in the produce section of the local Ralphs, at some point during settlement negotiations your clients are going to suspect one or more of the following:

  1. you're tired of his case and want to get rid of him
  2. you're in cahoots with opposing counsel, with whom, frankly, you have a far more enduring if not affectionate relationship than with your client
  3. you and your old buddy the mediator or settlement judge/officer have joined forces to to compel him to give up his legal rights in exchange for less money than you, his attorney, told him he was likely to recover two years ago
  4. despite his protests, you, the mediator and opposing counsel keep saying the fact most important to his case  is "irrelevant" to his chances of recovery
  5. when you talk to opposing counsel or the mediator about the case, he doesn't even recognize what you're talking about -- this is not the same case he brought to you to try two years ago
  6. he feels extorted and no one is paying any attention to that
  7. he feels like he's being sold down the river and no one is paying any attention to that
  8. he paid his you and your law firm tens of thousands, hundreds of thousands, millions or tens of millions of dollars in attorneys fees and he thinks he could have settled the case for the sum that's being offered/demanded now before he paid you to litigate this case to the settlement conference.
  9. he's really really irritated now -- angry even -- though he doesn't get angry; he gets even, and he'll have no trouble spending another few million on attorneys fees so show that lying, cheating so and so in the other caucus room a thing or two
  10. he's a successful business man and he's never been treated with so little respect before.

Now let me tell you something else.  If these thoughts are some of those which race through your clients' minds during settlement conferences, your mediator should be sufficiently alert to the changing temperatures in the room to address them. 

Why?

Because the mediator's job is not to settle the case.

What??????????????????????????

The mediator's job is to:

  1. assist you in helping your client understand the options available to him
  2. assist you in delivering bad news to your client in a way your client can hear it
  3. assist you in negotiating as good a settlement as possible for your client without making your client feel as if he has no other options
  4. assist you in resolving for your client the justice issues that your client originally brought to you to resolve
  5. assist you in helping your client recognize and set aside the emotional experience of the settlement conference for the purpose of doing a sober cost-benefit analysis
  6. assist you in helping your client recognize that legal cases change over time; sometimes getting better and sometimes getting worse, usually both in the discovery process -- this is not the case your client originally brought to you -- untarnished by the harsh adversarial systems but puts "facts" to a more exacting test than any other process in business, political or social life
  7. assist you in helping your client recognize his own fallibility, potential for error, and accountability for his part of the harm for which he is seeking recompense
  8. assist you in helping your client recognize that the other side -- evil, destructive and hateful as it may well be -- also has a few items of "truth" and "justice" on its side of the balance sheet
  9. assist you in helping your client make an informed decision without pressure from anyone whether he wishes to accept less than he wants to or would like to take his chances at trial
  10. assist you in walking away from the mediation or settlement conference with your client clapping you on the back and saying, "great work, John.  If I'm ever in need of a litigator again, rest assured it's to you I will come.  I'll tell my friends on the block or on the Board of Directors that you're the man.

How do we accomplish these ten aspirational goals together -- attorney and mediator and client?  Stay tuned.

The Jerry McGuire video above is for our clients -- with whom we do not share just how hard we are working and what a toll it takes upon us because that's what they've paid us to do -- and paid us handsomely I might add.

Chain of Custody with Electronic Documents: Another Reason I'm Glad Not to Be Practicing Law Anymore

But if you are still practicing law,

download this

great practice guide from

Merrill-Legal

Maintaining the Chain of Custody in Civil Litigation.

 

Arbitrator Not Liable for Assault During Recess

Why do you think they call it recess?

When tempers flare to the boiling point, arbitrators who fail to prevent recess assaults are immune from suit according to the New Jersey appellate court, as detailed in this Law.com article, Arbitrator is Not Liable for Attorneys Alleged Assault here.  Excerpt below:

When fists fly at an arbitration proceeding, the arbitrator isn't liable for not averting the altercation, a New Jersey appeals court says in an interpretation of the model Arbitration Act.

The judges, in Malik v. Ruttenberg, A-6615-06, reversed a trial court's refusal to dismiss a suit charging an arbitrator knew of a lawyer's dangerous propensities yet did not remove him from the case, and an assault allegedly ensued when a recess was called.

The appeals court found that decisions relating to control of the arbitral forum are within the immunity accorded by the N.J. Arbitration Act, adopted from the model act devised by the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws.

Eric Tuchman, the general counsel for the American Arbitration Association -- a defendant in the case -- says the ruling is the first in the nation to interpret the act's immunity provision.

The act has been adopted in 13 states, including New Jersey, and is under consideration in four others.

"Opinions like this really permit arbitrators and sponsoring organizations to preside over and administer cases in a way that is free and impartial," Tuchman says.

For remainder of article, click here.

Mediation Advocacy: The Story of Mediation

Compare the hilarious Bob Newhart routine above (from Mad TV) with any episode whatsoever of HBO's new series about psychoanalysis The Treatment.  

In legal/mediation terms, Bob Newhart's "treatment" -- "just stop it!" -- is akin to the mediator's refrain -- "move past it," "get over it" or simply "move on." 

Gabriel Byrne's methodology in The Treatment, on the other hand, is more akin to the process of complex commercial litigation.  The litigator, like the analyst, doesn't focus so much on the "patient's" described experience as he does upon his own interpretation of that experience.  We litigators -- like the chair-bound analyst -- too often ignore our client's actual, multi-dimensional, ambiguous and self-contradictory experience in favor of the form of their "problem"  -- the size and shape it must take to fit the "remedy" we are capable of providing.             

In either case, the patient/client too often feels like he is being treated like a child -- a child whose possession of a problem seems to give the designated authority figure the right to tell him what to do -- "just stop it" -- or to re-interpret, shape, edit or "spin" his very personal story into a "form of action" the law will recognize.  

Take a look at how unhappy Gabriel Byrne's patients are.  They're not unhappy just because of the problems they had when they first stepped through the therapist's door.  They're agonizingly unhappy because "the doctor" infantalizes and objectifies them; tells them they don't know what they're really thinking; suggests that they don't know what's best for them; and, then "hides the ball" while he lets them drift around without mooring.   

The Mediation Story 

The "mediation story" excerpted below -- like last week's litigation story -- is not the client's story but the lawyer's or the mediator's preferred narrative.  Here, we tell our clients to "get over it.  Fix the future.  Don't obsess about the past.  Just stop it!"

But some clients are not going to want to "get past it." Some want to, need to, maybe even should "right the wrong."  Others want to, need to, maybe even should put the past behind them and problem-solve the future.

What do we do? 

We listen with as little judgment and as few pre-determined "solutions" as possible.  Then, we outline for our clients what we can do to help them solve their problem with our particular skill-set.  Then we tell them about the myriad other solutions available to them.  Preferably, we have a referral list in our desk drawer so we can provide them with the names of people whose skills and solutions best suit what they want.  

What we shouldn't be doing is selling our process. 

With that wind-up, here's more from CLIENT COUNSELING, MEDIATION, AND ALTERNATIVE NARRATIVES OF DISPUTE RESOLUTION -- on the "mediation story."  How all and any of this can be incorporated into your practice in the next post on this topic.    

[The mediation] narrative profoundly differs from that of litigation. The engine that drives litigation's morality tale is that conflict resolution is a contest between parties, one of whom necessarily represents good and the other necessarily represents bad. As a result, litigation seeks to designate who has committed moral transgressions by breaching legal norms (or, from the perspective of the defendant, who wrongfully accuses others of having done so).

The Story of Mediation subverts these norms by transforming this familiar morality tale into a story of collaboration. This subversion begins through how mediation conceives of conflict itself. Implicit in the Story of Litigation is that conflict represents a breach of the norms of conduct, thereby ripping the social fabric in some way large or small. In contrast, in mediation,
conflict is a norm of conduct, a necessary byproduct of humans having distinct experiences and personalities and needs. Conflict is thus not necessarily a disruption of the moral order, and, indeed, can sometimes be productive. . . . . .

[T]he meta-narrative of mediation seeks to map the [parties'] "strivings" and "vanquishings" onto a collaborative struggle to resolve conflict. This narrative casts all participants as players in a process - collaboration - that is focused on reaching the common goal of successfully resolving or transforming a dispute. This story has moral entailments because collaboration is accepted as a social and moral good. Unlike litigation, however, this story does not generate a binary moral universe that divides the good from the bad, but, rather, a universe that values collaborative striving to achieve common ground and resolution.

This story places mediators in a role that is very different from the role played by decision-makers in litigation. Rather than being heroes of moral vindication to whom wronged parties appeal for justice, mediators promote and model collaborative striving to overcome conflict. This plays out in many accepted techniques in mediation. Mediators, for example, often seek "commitment" from participants to the process of mediation, although mediators are careful not to extend this commitment to a commitment to agree. 

This commitment to process is a proxy for a commitment to collaborate to seek to resolve conflict, thus incrementally moving participants away from contested litigation and towards collaborative problem solving. Similarly, mediators often "reframe" participants' statements in order to emphasize "common ground." This is also an effort to move parties away from a morally charged contest and into collaboration. Finally, mediators encourage and model collaboration through a positive message of optimism and progress towards resolution, even when (or, perhaps, especially when) impasse appears likely. 

Moreover, mediation approaches the narrative movement from Efforts to Restoration of Steady State in a very different way than litigation. . . . . The very language through which litigants seek redress of grievances - to "be made whole," "to pay your debt society" (with its implication that payment of the debt would return the ledger to balance), even the word "remedy" - implies Restoration.

In contrast, mediation tends to reject Restoration as a state to which the parties (and society as whole) should or even can return. Rather, mediation seeks Transformation on the part of all disputants so that conflict is resolved. It does so by embracing the notion that perceptions of the world (including perceptions of the actions of others) are unstable, thus enabling parties to appreciate alternative perspectives as a way to promote resolution of conflict. Mediation, therefore, does embody a plot that adheres to the narrative movement described by the Austere Definition, albeit in ways that are utterly alien to the morality tale of the story of litigation. The story of mediation can be characterized as follows:

  • Steady State: Whatever Each Party Views as Pre-Conflict
  • Trouble: Whatever Each Party Views as Constituting Conflict
  • Efforts: Collaborative Striving To Overcome Conflict as Modeled and Promoted by Mediator
  • Transformation of Steady State: A New Relationship Among Parties
  • Coda: Moving On

ABA Dispute Resolution Conference in Seattle in April!

The ABA Section of Dispute Resolution Presents The 10th Annual Spring Conference Pacific Currents: Sound Perspectives on ADR

April 3-5, 2008

Pacific Currents: Sound Perspectives on ADR is the premiere conference in the world for dispute resolution professionals and lawyers engaged in dispute resolution processes. This conference offers some of the best ADR CLE in the country presented by diverse and experienced faculty. With over 90 CLE programs planned, you can fulfill all of your CLE requirements over the course of a few short days.

This year’s conference also offers many dynamic and engaging plenaries.

The opening plenary entitled Hot Topics in Arbitration: The Fair Arbitration Act, Hall Street, and More will discuss the most recent developments in arbitration law, including cases pending in the Supreme Court, as well as potential arbitration-related legislation.

Linda Babcock will present the Friday morning plenary: Women Don't Ask: Negotiation and the Gender Divide. Ms. Babcock will speak about the four-phase collaborative problem-solving approach to negotiation and how lawyers and mediators can use this approach to manage the reactions and emotions that may arise on both sides of a dispute.

ABA President William Neukom will deliver a keynote speech and Tom Stipanowich, Academic Director Straus Institute for Dispute Resolution and Professor of Law, Pepperdine University, will present at the Friday Luncheon.

Saturday offers The Language Conflict: How Aggression and Violence Inform the Way We Speak presented by Kenneth Cloke and Joan Goldsmith of the Center of Dispute Resolution. This skills-building plenary will examine strategies on how to turn hostile denunciations and debates into appreciative disagreements and dialogues. Don’t miss out! Register today to attend these exciting plenaries.

I'll be presenting a seminar on Intellectual Property Mediation with the Hon. John Wagner (Fed. Magistrate, Ret.) and Christine Byrd of Irell & Manella.   

To review the conference brochure click here.

Book your hotel today! The negotiated conference room rate ends soon. Contact the Sheraton Seattle Hotel & Towers at 1-800-325-3535 or register online and reference the ABA Section of Dispute Resolution 10th Annual Conference to receive the discounted conference rate of $189.

This discounted rate is available until March 4th or until the block has been filled.

Why the Legal Blogosphere? Try Ken Adams

O.K., from time to time I draft a brief for someone.  It keeps my hand in the game and REALLY -- it's MUCH EASIER to make $$$ doing what I did for 25 years than for what I've been doing for four.  I have HIGH HOPES that my research and writing mini-career will soon be shut down by my ADR career, but in the meantime . .. . . .

Shameless plug:  Listen . . . . I'm very very very very good at negotiating the resolution of complex commercial litigation.  I should be in heavy rotation.  Try me!  I won't let you down.

What this post is really about

Not that long ago, appellate attorney Greg May asked the readers of his excellent California Blog of Appeal how they used the legal blogosphere to help their clients.  I answered, but I didn't have anything really exciting to report.  Until this morning.

Yesterday, I spent hours researching a fairly obscure contract interpretation question.  I didn't find case ONE and I'm a pretty good little first year research associate -- always was.  So what did I do?  I turned to my virtual buddy, Ken Adams (who never writes a rambling post like this one) over at the brilliant, thorough and sophisticated Adams Drafting.  My brain must have been turned off yesterday because I couldn't find anything by searching his blog either.

So I did what I told my readers over at the IP ADR blog to to yesterday -- say "please."

Voila!!  In my in-box this morning, a link to the most comprehensive, practical, brilliant (relatively lengthy) article ON MY PRECISE LEGAL QUESTION that could easily make the difference between winning a $2.5 million appeal or losing it.

Listen.  You can't find this stuff in academic articles.  And you can't find it in Witkin or CalJur or AmJur or in the case law.  You can't find it in the California Civil Code's canons of construction or maxims of jurisprudence (my favorite:  "superfluity does not vitiate").

Ken Adams is the foremost authority on contract drafting in the nation.  And I have that wisdom tucked into my back pocket the moment it finally occurs to me to go over to his blog to have a look see.  

So that's how I use the legal blogosphere.  It's my law firm.  It's my community.  It's my home. 

How much better does it get?

Thanks Ken!

Contract Negotiations: "a Sophisticated Ballet Often Ending in Mid-Pirouette"

Negotiations of the type I mediate on a regular basis are rarely the subject of appellate opinions -- at least not the part of negotiations we call the "dance." 

Having stumbled across this opinion while searching for something else, I couldn't resist the pulll of posting it here -- both for my readers' enjoyment and, frankly, using the blog as my own personal filing cabinet for some of my favorite appellate opinions (yes, I am a geek!). 

The prose below is from Judge Barbara Johnson's dissent in a transactional legal malpractice case that made its way up to and then back down from the California Supreme Court. 

Enjoy!

From Viner v. Sweet (2004) 117 Cal.App.4th 1218, 1251-1252.

Contract negotiations are fluid events. Offers and counteroffers, and counter-counter offers, and counter-counter-counteroffers, etc., typically flow back and forth across the table. It is a sophisticated ballet often ending in mid-pirouette or even mid-leap-when the contract is finally signed. But if one side of the negotiations stops the dance too soon, only because their lawyer promises them they have the very terms they told him they wanted despite the fact they don't, that side should not be foreclosed from suing their lawyer for his malpractice. It is one thing if the lawyer only misjudges when the deal is at the optimum for his clients. It is entirely different when the lawyer misrepresents the terms of the deal-as the evidence indicates happened here-and thus leads his clients to sign a bad contract. 


Under this third scenario, whether the plaintiff would or would not have been better off with “no deal” than the deal they got is simply irrelevant. Also irrelevant is whether they could have obtained the exact deal they wanted and thought they had. The real question is whether they could have gained a better deal than they ended up with, had the negotiations continued. In most instances under this third scenario, it will not prove to be quite as good a deal as they thought they had. That is, to gain some favorable contract language important to them, they may well have to give somewhat on other contract terms. But almost certainly it will be a “better net deal” than the one they mistakenly signed.


If juries are capable of deciding Lightstone would or would not have accepted terms more favorable to the Viners, they certainly can be entrusted with the determination whether Lightstone would have accepted those terms if the Viners had offered new terms on other issues, which terms were more favorable to him. Cross-examination often would prove especially revealing-as someone in Lightstone's position was exposed to a succession of questions about what changes in the Viners' position on certain contract terms might have caused him to alter his position on other terms.

For instance, had the Viners offered to reduce the price of purchasing their stock by $250,000, would Lightstone have been willing to modify the ambiguous language in 1.10 that arguably prevented them from pursuing movie and television deals with Dove authors and readers? How about if they cut the price by $500,000? How much did Dove's earnings increase because of the existence of that language in 1.10? Furthermore, beyond cross-examination of this nature, other testimony and circumstances also could point in the same direction. If the negotiations had not stopped in mid-stream because Sweet erroneously told the Viners they had already “won,” further negotiations would have been possible and would have led to a more favorable contract (perhaps to both sides) than the one they signed.

Check Out This Terrific Power Point Presentation on Commercial Mediation Ethics

(right, me and Geoff -- not the most flattering photo of either of us but proof that we blogging mediators do in fact get together in "real time" and geographical space from time to time)

Thanks to Geoff Sharp for posting Dwight Golann's and Ellen Waldman's Power Point on Commercial Mediation Ethics, courtesy of Professor Michael Moffit at the ADR Prof Blog here.

Here's Geoff's post with commentary and here's the Power Point.

Mediation Advocacy: The Litigation Narrative

In the middle of the journey of our life I came to myself within a dark wood where the straight way was lost. Dante Alighieri

When the journey turns from litigation to mediation, it's helpful to remember that we litigators are classic Hollywood hyphenates -- the writers-directors-actors of our client's story  -- and that our client has generally moved more and more into the background as the "executive" producer, i.e., the money guy with the power of the final cut. 

Since we've been building our narratives of right and wrong, good and evil, black and white for a pretty long time before mediation rolls around, it's good for us -- as authors of our clients' morality tales -- to step back for a moment and observe the inevitable structure of the litigation "story" we've been so busy writing.   

To help us do that, I'm going to walk myself and my readers through a fascinating article with an incredibly boring title -- CLIENT COUNSELING, MEDIATION, AND ALTERNATIVE NARRATIVES OF DISPUTE RESOLUTION, from the Clinical Law Review (10 Clinical L. Rev. 833 Spring 2004) by Law Professor Robert Rubinson

For full article, click on the link above.  The excerpt below concerns the standard litigation narrative that we make our living writing.  

Let's start as [legal] narrative itself starts, with the Steady State and the Trouble that upsets the Steady State: The world is in order. People are acting towards each other as they should, or at least no one is straying too far from the norm. And then . . . something happens. One party claims that another party did something to generate disorder, to make the world out of joint. In other words, Trouble disrupts the Steady State.

In a breach of contract case, the parties enter into a contract (Steady State) and then one party breaches the contract (Trouble). In a tort case, plaintiff is walking on the sidewalk (Steady State) and then slips and falls (Trouble), or plaintiff is having a beer (Steady State) and then defendant slugs plaintiff (Trouble). In a criminal case, a bank is doing what banks ordinarily do (Steady State) and then is held up by a defendant armed with a gun (Trouble).

The defendant claims either that: 1) nothing happened, and an attempt to demonstrate otherwise is itself an example of disorder and thus of Trouble, and/or 2) something did happen to generate disorder, but it was the other party that did it.

So who is right and who is wrong,  . . . . who is the real source of Trouble? The assumption that one party is right and one party is wrong is not open to question; litigation is based on a shared norm among all participants (litigants, judge, jury) that only one of the litigants is right about "what happened." Since there is only one true source of Trouble, parties expend Efforts to demonstrate to the finder of fact that their story is the "right" one. 

These Efforts are subsumed within the procedures of litigation itself. Parties are successful in their Efforts to the extent the judge (or jury) decides that the origins of Trouble are as a party claims. Thus, the end result of successful Efforts is that a judge or jury Restores the Steady State by granting relief to the party whose version of Trouble is the right one.

To recapitulate, parties first come to litigation with divergent versions of Trouble. The court's job is to finish the story the "right" way so that a party's story makes sense. A bare bones representation of this narrative scheme would be as follows:

Joe's Story Steady State [already happened]: Dave and I were talking.

  • Trouble [already happened]: Dave punched me.
  • Efforts [is happening]: I am showing and will show that Dave owes me money for my injuries.
  • Restoration of Steady State [should happen]: Dave pays me money.
  • Coda [should happen]: Justice is done.


Dave's Story Steady State [already happened]: Joe and I were talking.

  • Trouble [already happened]: Joe swung his arm to punch me. As a reflex, I hit him.
  • Efforts [is happening]: I am showing and will show that this case must be dismissed.
  • Restoration of Steady State [should happen]: This case is dismissed.
  • Coda [should happen]: Justice is done.

Once the litigation is concluded, the "true" plot of the story can now be told completely and definitively. Either Joe's right, or Dave's right, or some combination thereof is right. Such a story - its fuzziness and indeterminacy stripped away - is familiar to every first-year law student . . . . 

Even this brief tour highlights an important dimension of litigation. The engine that drives litigation is a kind of anxiety about story completion. "Facts" need to be "found." The goal of an advocate is to persuade the decision-maker that the advocate's story is the right one, and if the advocate's story is the right one, then the "ending" - that is, the Restoration or Transformation of the Steady State - flows from it. In this sense, the Efforts are a contest about who caused the Trouble, and "finding" who did determines what the proper Restoration should be.

The Mediation Narrative from Professor Rubinson's article tomorrow.

Mediation Advocacy: How to Help Your Client Help You Help Him

Help me... help you. Help me, help you.  Jerry Mcguire

Two short-short stories.  Both to acquaint you with who I was as a litigator and how I can help you as a mediator.

A Born Moralist

I was on the telephone with my client talking about a Rand Corp. statistical study that was originally prepared as answers to contention interrogatories (!!) but eventually became the centerpiece of Plaintiff's proof that my client had engaged in a massive conspiracy to drive the Plaintiff out of business.  Claimed damages soaking wet:  $250 million.

I was talking about how wrong the opposition was on so many levels -- evidentiarily, practically, legally and, yes, morally.

My client said, "I've finally figured out what you are."

"Yes?"

"You, Vickie, are a born moralist."

And I took that to be a compliment. 

Anything You Can Get Away With

Toward the end of my career all my cases seemed to hover around the quarter-billion dollar mark.  This one was an environmental coverage suit for a major petroleum company's potential liablities for 500 + toxic waste sites in every Canadian province.  This is one of the few cases in which the insurance carrier can wear a "white hat."  My client -- Lloyds of London.

This stuff is complicated.  It involves coverage across a couple of decades and up the ladder of excess policies to the billion dollar mark.  We use "coverage charts" -- often color coded -- to understand the policy profile at a glance.

At every oral argument in the trial court -- up to the winning summary judgment motion -- I arrived with a clutch of color-coded coverage charts that  supported my client's position.  On every occasion, plaintiff's counsel complained about the charts.  But he never brought competing charts with him.  The Judge -- one of the best on the Superior Court bench -- really wanted to understand the issues and get it right.  So she spent each oral argument listening to both parties while scrutinizing my coverage charts.

I genuninely believe that this is why I won.

What Does This Have to Do with Mediation Advocacy? 

Two things.

First, if you believe in the very depths of your soul that your client is right -- as I always did -- your mediation advocacy will improve if you begin to understand the principles of mediation advocacy.  It's banal, already, to say that these principles are non-adversarial.  Yet few litigators are able to shift from a litigation to a mediation model in circumstances in which making the shift would dramatically improve their mediation outcome.     

Second, hellloooooooooooooooo!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!  BRING VISUAL AIDS. 

Most attorneys are likely to settle this case at the mediation if they've brought the right stakeholders, properly prepared their strategic and tactical moves, and counseled their clients appropriately.  Yet they take their summary judgment briefs or demurrers or complaints, change the title to "Confidential Mediation Brief," make a few editorial changes -- primarily by removing references to the Judge granting their motion or providing them with relief -- send these briefs to the mediator, arrive with one (or more) bottom lines and, too often, a "prove you can settle this case" attitude toward the mediator.

This is not an indictment of the litigation bar nor even a complaint from a mediator.  This is the beginning of a series of posts about helping me help you help your client help you win the mediation.

Stay tuned.  Really.  Your mediation practice is about to go thermo-nuclear.  Take it from the "born moralist" who did whatever was (ethically) necessary to win.  Usually with pretty darn good results.

Cross-Cultural Negotiation Insights from the Kellogg School of Management

When you mediate disputes in a major urban center like Los Angeles, you do a lot of cross-cultural negotiation as a matter of course.  I've relied in the past upon the Kellogg School of Management's Leigh Thompson and am happy to report that one of her fellow professors, Jeanne Brett has devoted an entire book to the intricacies of negotiating across cultural lines. 

Excerpt below from the Wall Street Journal's LiveMint article on Professor Brett's book The Negotiation Dance below.  I link to Professor Brett's book Negotiating Globally because I haven't been able to find a link to the cited tome mentioned here.

For full article, click here.  And there's an entire page of Kellogg Negotiation Books here!

In The Negotiation Dance: Time, Culture, and Behavioral Sequences in Negotiation, Kellogg School of Management professor Jeanne Brett (with Wendi Adair, assistant professor at the University of Waterloo) presents the intricate patterns of international negotiation, providing insights designed to encourage sure-footedness.

“Negotiating cross-culturally presents many challenges,” says Brett, the DeWitt W Buchanan Jr professor of dispute resolution, “but one of the most important is how people communicate information about their preferences and priorities”.

Brett notes that negotiators from low-context cultures—those that tend to take spoken words at face value, as in the US—typically gain information about the other’s preferences by asking and answering questions. In contrast, negotiators from high-context cultures—those in which people infer additional meaning that may be implied but not directly stated—frequently keep mental tallies of offers throughout the process. This type of behaviour is common in China, India and Japan, among other places.

“It’s important for negotiators from low-context cultures to learn to read information from the offer patterns of the other side, so as not to be at a disadvantage when a negotiator is reluctant to share information directly,” notes the professor, who has authored more than 50 articles and four books, including Negotiating Globally, which won the International Association for Conflict Management’s Outstanding Book Award in 2002.

The Negotiation Dance, published in Organization Science in 2005, presents a model that Brett teaches her students to facilitate tracking offers, infer preferences and priorities and record a visual picture of the progress of the negotiation.

Negotiation, Mediation, Legal Careers, and the Rule of Law

For more hilarious law cartoons by the fabulous Charles Fincher, click here.

Yesterday, I had the distinct pleasure of speaking to, and then participating in a mock mediation with, Lisa Klerman's USC Law School Mediation Clinic students.

Among these bright, energetic, earnest law students are some who would like to make mediation a career before a period of sufferance in the rights and remedies business.  It always saddens me to be reminded that we "law elders" do not routinely make it clear to our young apprentices that the business and society of the law is as broad, exciting and varied as their own imaginations can make it.  In other words, I encourage young people to do with their law degree whatever the heck they like, including mediating disputes.  They need only understand that they are choosing an entrepreneurial rather than an institutional path.  They are breaking new ground.

What does this have to do with negotiation?  Our ability to negotiate our first post-law school employment opportunities or to end a hostage crisis is embedded in, supported by, and impossible without, a society governed by the rule of law.   

Because I don't have a lot of time to explore this topic this morning, I'm cannibalizing my own work to ground both myself and my readers in the topic "culture and the law."   We'll be returning often to this theme many times over the next several months.  

This item is from YouTube and the Law:  What it is or What it Will Be

Culture and consumers precede the law. They rarely, if ever, conform themselves to the needs, interests and desires of business. Culture and consumers govern business. Business does not govern them.

The law follows culture. As we noted over at the IP ADR Blog in
Disputing Humor: Comedy, Folkways and the Internet, "the law" is not just a set of rules, but a life condition "in which [people] are carriers of rights and duties, privileges and immunities."

No formal structure supporting the system of law need be visible. . . Law can be found any place and any time that a group gathers together to pursue an objective. The rules, open or covert, by which they govern themselves, and the methods and techniques by which these rules are enforced is the law of the group. Judged by this broad standard, most law-making is too ephemeral to be even noticed. /*

In other words, we govern ourselves more or less naturally, until a conflict within the group arises. When that happens, the group is "forced to decide between conflicting claims [and the] law arises in an overt and relatively conspicuous fashion. The challenge forces decision, and decisions make law." Id.

*/ See, Weyrauch and Bell, Autonomous Lawmaking: The Case of the "Gypsies" (1993) 103 Yale L.J. 323 (1993) quoting Thomas A. Cowan & Donald A. Strickland, The Legal Structure of a Confined Microsociety (University of California, Berkeley Working Paper No. 34, 1965). The Weyrauch book on Gypsy Law can be found here
.

Riegel v. Medtronic: An Opportunity for Industry and the Government to Do the Right Thing

What does the decision in Riegel v. Medtronic have to do with dispute resolution?  A lot if we collectively pause to commit ourselves to using this calamity/victory as an opportunity to benefit both industry and the public at the same time.  

Is that possible?  I'm a mediator for goodness sakes.  If I didn't believe that to be possible, I'd serve the world better by getting a real estate license.  

Re:  what follows:  I rarely see anyone representing a narrow set of industry interests respond to a victory of any magnitude with the humility and vision expressed by Mark Herrmann in his post from Drug and Device Law -- Much is Given, Much is Expected, excerpted below. 

The medical device industry, or at least the most innovative part of it, received major relief from product liability litigation yesterday in Riegel v. Medtronic (now online at 2008 WL 440744). As long as our clients with PMA-approved devices comply with federal law, they’re not going to be subject to much in the way of product liability. Not only that, as we pointed out only two weeks ago, so-called “parallel” (or “violation”) claims have their own conceptual problems, given the exclusive grant of enforcement authority to the FDA.

That’s not what we’re talking about right now, though. We’re stone, cold sober.

We won. What does that mean? At bottom, it means that, just as Riegel gives some of our clients the opportunity for a more litigation-free existence, that increased freedom carries with it a correspondingly increased responsibility.

Plaintiffs lawyers like to say (at least when they’re not piously denying the “regulatory effect” of tort law in briefs opposing preemption) that product liability litigation serves as an incentive to make safer products.

We defense lawyers retort that product liability litigation is horribly ineffective (given the influence of so many non-merits issues), inefficient (plaintiffs’ lawyers take 33% or more of most recoveries, and that’s not even counting defense costs), and downright counterproductive (deterring innovation, and punishing manufacturers for doing the right thing when they discover problems) compared to governmental regulation as a means of ensuring product safety.

Well, now we’re going to find out who’s really right.

In other words, the PMA medical device field is going to determine in practice whether a high regulation, low litigation environment is as effective a method of ensuring the safety of the public as we think it is – or if it’s as lousy a way of ensuring safe medical devices as the other side claims.

So, to the medical device industry – to the regulators at the FDA – and to our colleagues who practice FDCA regulatory law…. Don’t let us down, please.

Upcoming International Dispute Resolution Conferences

These items come unsolicited in my email box.  I'm not recommending, but simply sharing, them with you.

The Australasian Forum for International Arbitration (AFIA) will hold its 13th Symposium in Hong Kong, on Saturday, 8 March 2008.  Attendance is free of charge. Please see the attachment for the invitation letter as well as the registration form.  You may also visit AFIA’s website - www.afia.net.au for more information.

Juris Conferences LLLC presents RESOLVING BUSINESS DISPUTES IN TODAY’S CHINA on Friday, 18 April 2008 at the Sheraton Hotel in Stockholm, Sweden.  The Singapore International Arbitration Centre is a supporting organisation for this event.

Proud Supporter of the Rule of Law in America

I know I've steered pretty wide of negotiation recently.  But I worry about the preservation of the Rule of Law against the forces of benevolent conflict management on the one hand (see yesterday's post on harmony vs. justice here) and the stated enemies of the Rule of Law on the other (see Lawfare:  Peace without Justice is Tyranny here)

You can't negotiate with in a dictatorship.  Nor can you negotiate if you lack access to institutions of power such as Courts of Law.

I'm no academic, but I'd like to draw your attention to a recent Balkinization post on this topic -- A New Generation of Critical Legal Studies, particularly the following excerpt:  

If one takes the . . . coldly realistic view that powerful interests generally get their way (in the end), then the fact that law serves powerful interests is merely one manifestation of the ordinary course of things.

The key question is not whether law serves power (of course it does), but rather, are there any effective ways to temper or limit power? Other than the presence of competing sources of power serving to limit one another’s ambitions, our most effective social invention for constraining power is law. This is the side of law that “shapes, channels and restrains power,” . . . 

This effect is achieved by the relative autonomy of law . . . To obtain credibility with the populace, the law must regularly live up to (or appear to live up to) its claims to be just and to apply to the powerful and weak alike, and this is how law comes to restrain power, even as it also serves power. Moreover, over generations, owing to the effect of legal ideals, people (including government officials) come to genuinely believe in the law, and this belief has a constraining effect on actions.

The process by which law works is almost magical: belief in and commitment to law and to legal ideals creates a reality in which law matters.

In situations where people are pervasively cynical about the law, this magical effect does not work. Law and legal interpretation, then, are manipulated (exploiting the indeterminacy of law) without restraint to do whatever one wants with a legal imprimatur; like, for example, coming up with a twisted legal interpretation of “torture” that purports to exclude waterboarding 

. . . . . [I]f you don’t believe in the rule of law, or if you believe that supporting the rule of law tightens the chains that secure an unjust social order, then it’s hard to come to the defense of the rule of law in times like this. 

                                                  *                 *               * .  

This does not mean that one should not expose the ways in which rhetoric about the neutrality of the law conceals a particular bent and bias. . . .  

                                                   *               *               *. 

The rule of law is an essential political ideal. When confronted with bad things accomplished in the name of the law, the best response is not to undermine law as a fraud. The best response is to demonstrate that these offensive applications betray the ideals about right and justice that law espouses and claims to represent.

This is a time honored (agonizingly slow) way of advancing the state of the law. And it’s the best we have.

The elided material has to do with leftism -- which survives here primarily in academic institutions -- and Critical Legal Studies -- neither of which is of much interest to me.  If either topic is of interest to you, follow the link above to read the full Balkinization post.

How to Make Your Opponent Do What You Want Him to Do: Public Dialogue

"Even if your intention is to bring people together, you have to let them decide whether they want to be together."  Ken Cloke

You already know the answer to the question posed in this series of posts but I'll say it anyway. 

You can't possibly know what you want your opponent to do until you have the opportunity to sit down together to determine what would benefit the two of you the most.  

With that in mind, I give you three questions and one process suggested by Ken Cloke at the MBB Conference in a break-out section this past weekend.

FIRST QUESTION: What life experiences have  led you to feel so passionately about this issue?

    • telling life stories induces empathy
    • the story-teller reveals the person behind the spokesperson
    • the story reveals the secret meanings underlying the public positions as well as the motivations directing and informing behavior that might otherwise appear evil or irrational

SECOND QUESTION: Is there anything about the position you've taken that you're not 100% certain of and that you'd be open and willing to have a conversation about?

THIRD QUESTION:  Is there anything you have in common with your conversational partner or anything that you both believe in?

PROCESS: 

    • send each side out of the room to list all of the things their side did in their last exchange that undermined communication and partnership.
    • when they return, ask whether they are willing to commit to not doing that again 

Paternalism, Self-Determination and the Rule of Law

I return from the Mediators Beyond Borders Founding Congress in Colorado with much to think, and write, about.

Let me begin today by telling you a story drawn from my community mediation practice. 

The Parties vs. The Lawyers

Crystal and Keith /* are the unmarried parents of a seven year old girl, Taniyah.  They have sought the services of the West Hollywood community mediation center because they want to discuss the resolution of their custody dispute outside the presence of their attorneys.  

After introductions, Keith and Crystal push a proposed settlement agreement across the conference table.  They are shy with one another but united in their desire to reach agreement without any pressure from "The Attorneys."  

Two hours later, we are at item no. 23 -- "neither Parent nor either set of grandparents shall physically strike The Child at any time."   

"Is this a provision you agree with?" I ask.  "It means you can never slap Taniyah's hand," I add.  "Is that something you want to agree to?"

"We don't have a choice," says Crystal.  Keith nods in assent.   

I let the word "choice" hang in the air for a moment as I begin to understand why these two bright, well-educated and articulate young parents have so reluctantly given their meek and mutual approval to every previous item they said they came to the mediation center to discuss.    

The Shadow Conflict 

I put the "proposed" agreement aside.   

"Why don't you have a choice?" 

"Because Taniyah's attorney put this into the agreement," says Keith as Crystal nods in agreement, repeating Keith's remark "we don't have any choice." 

Taniyah has an attorney, I learn,  because Keith's mother -- one of Taniyah's primary caretakers -- left Taniyah at home with her nine-year old cousin, Arabelle to run an errand.  Arabelle, a curious child, led Taniyah on an expedition to her grandparents' bedroom where the two found a stash of light porn -- Playboy and the like.  That,  I'm told, is the only reason Taniyah has an attorney.   

It quickly becomes apparent that Crystal and Keith simply assume that Taniyah's attorney is a decision-maker.  I'm still considering how to approach this problem when Keith asks the question that leads to the resolution of the "shadow" dispute between the parents and Taniyah's attorney.

"How do we get our power back?"   

Justice, Mediation and the Rule of Law

I tell this lengthy story as preface to another from this weekend's Mediators Beyond Borders Founding Congress.  Yesterday, someone suggested from the podium that we should include mediation and arbitration agreements in our own contracts with our own clients.

I raised my hand. 

"Why," I asked, "do you want to restrict our clients' access to the justice system?" once again demonstrating a fractious lack of diplomacy that makes some people wonder how I could possibly be an effective mediator. /**

It wasn't a well-placed question but it is of a type I often find myself more or less compelled to shoe-horn into any conversation that assumes mediation is best for other people. 

Here's what I wish I could have said in a more diplomatic way at some more appropriate time -- taken from Conflict Resolution, Enforcement of Social Link and Substantive Justice

I invite comment!!!

A number of scholars have pointed out the danger lying in an ideology of harmony related to ADR where agreement is seen as the panacea in every conflict.

They have argued that mediation was essentially supported by [the] middle upper class and social scientists whereas people . . . involved in conflicts[, including the] working class were expecting law and rights to protect them.

Emphasizing free choice, individualism, autonomy and advantage, and assuming instrumental rather than normative and religious orientations of social action, the concept [of mediation as an ideal form of dispute resolution] seems to describe the culture of professional elites rather than of residents of these urban/ethnic neighborhoods.

As Abel has stated, "there is considerable evidence that people want authority rather than informality. They want the leverage of state power to obtain the redress they believe is theirs by right, not a compromise that purports to restore a social peace that never existed."

According to those scholars, ADR could serve as a means of control and domination in keeping and reinforcing power relations. For instance, Milner Ball has defined ADR as "another form of the deregulation movement, one that permits private actors with powerful economic interests to pursue self-interest free of community norms. "

They argue that in traditional societies . . . mediation is used [when] there is no danger of retaliation from the weaker party. The[] . . . focus on relationships [diminishes the parties' focus on] justice[;] individual satisfaction has become the main purpose of conflict resolution.

Although they are conscious of the paradoxes of Law which can either "symbolize justice or conceal repression, reduce exploitation or facilitate it, prohibit the abuse of power or disguise abuse in procedural forms, promote equality, or sustain inequality, they argue that "Without legal power, the imbalance between aggrieved individuals and corporations or government agencies cannot be redressed".

_______________________

*  I have changed the parents' names and merged two separate mediations in the interest of  confidentiality.

**  The answer to this question is as follows:  I am not mediating when I am engaged in discussion with friends and colleagues.  Just as I do not observe the rules nor use the language of the courtroom at a dinner party, I do not observe the niceties of mediation in public discourse.  It would be better if I did.  I know that.  I'm working on it and will post some insights about constructive public conversations on difficult and divisive topics in my next post. 

Money and Power: How to Make Your Opponent Do What You Want Him to Do: An Interlude

Report on Day Two of the Mediators Beyond Borders Conference later this evening.  Now, because Jens Thang from the Negotiation Guru dropped by to comment on Ken Cloke's list of ways we resist change, I'm linking to a recent N.G. article on power.  Go to Negotiation Guru here to read about each of the eight power principles identified by Jens below

  1. Power of Reward 
  2. Power of Punishment 
  3. Power of Competition 
  4. Power of Consistency 
  5. Power of Expertise 
  6. Power of Legitimacy 
  7. Power of Situation 
  8. Power of Information

 , , , , to achieve the highest level power is to have the power and not use it.

How to Make Your Opponent Do What You Want Him to Do: Part I

I'm blogging from the Stanley Hotel -- hence the Stanley Steamer -- in the Rocky Mountains -- hence the snow.  

Stephen King wrote the Shining here, not in my room, but right down the hall.  The book was Inspired by the Stanley.  Hence the picture of Jack.

What's most exciting, however, is that I'm attending the Founding Congress of Mediators Beyond Borders; seeing old friends and meeting for the first time people I've long known at a distance; and getting to know an incredibly diverse and fascinating group of people dedicated to bringning conflict resolution techniques to international conflict.

More of that later.

Before getting to the "money shot" about changing the other guy's mind, I want to share with you Ken Cloke's 12 Ways Systems Resist Change from his lecture yesterday:  Mediators as Global Citizens:  How Mediators Can Change the Planet.

I start with resistance because you can't even begin to think about change until you understand why it is you're not getting past opposition's door.  You might most readily notice in the following list the ways in which your workplace (or your government!) supports its dysfunction.  

You'll also recognize your opponent's opposition to you and perhaps even yours to him.

  1. Marginalization:  Making ideas, people, perspectives, or insights that could threaten the system appear unimportant, irrelevant, irrational, or impossible to achieve.
  2. Negative Framing:  Using language that frames new ideas and critics negatively so that nothing that threatens the system can be thought or communicated successfully.
  3. Exaggeration:  Stereotyping or exaggerating one part of an idea in order to discredit the other parts and the whole.
  4. Personalization.  Reducing ideas to individual people, then discrediting or lionizing them.
  5. Sentimentalization:  Using sentimental occasions, ideas, emotions and language to enforce conformity and silence criticism.
  6. Seduction.  Describing the potential of the existing system in ways that unrealistically promise to fulfill people's deepest dreams and desires and blame the failure to achieve them on others.
  7. Alignment:  Communicating that in order to exist, succeed, be happy or achieve influence, it is necessary to conform to the system regardless of its faults.
  8. Legitimization.  Considering only existing practices as legitimate an all others as illegitimate.
  9. Simplification.  Reducing disparate, complex, subtle, multi-faceted ideas to uniform, simplistic, superficial,  emotionally charged beliefs.
  10. False Polarization:  Limiting people's ability to choose by falsely characterizing issues as good or evil, right or wrong, either/or.
  11. Selective Repression.  Selecting individual critics as examples, bullying them for disagreeing or failing to conform and ostracizing them.
  12. Double Binds:  Creating double standards that require people to live divided lives, or make it difficult for them to act with integrity.

Change strategies tomorrow.

A Valentine to Kevin O'Keefe of LexBlog for His Birthday

I've never actually met  Kevin O'Keefe, the founder of LexBlog, but I owe him a great debt of gratitude for dropping by my old blogger site one day to say he liked a post of mine.  

The rule of reciprocity and -- more importantly -- of curiosity, made me click on Kevin's Real Lawyers Have Blogs.  The rest is my own LexBlog personal history.  First this Blog -- designed and maintained by Kevin -- and then the IP ADR Blog with my IP buddies Les Weinstein, Michael Young, John Wagner, Eric van Ginkel and coming next (!) the brilliant and talented Jay McCauley.

How Kevin Changed My Life

Listen, Kevin is one of those people whose brain is so active you have to put those nuclear material warnings around it.

 

 

 

What Kevin does for a living, however, is not designing and maintaining blogs for lawyers. 

What Kevin does for a living is to build communities, jump-start dialogue, inspire lawyers and those who serve them to reach for the higher value and the deeper meaning, and to guide and maximize entrepreneurial effort. 

THE ABSOLUTE TRUTH

A fellow blogger told me today was Kevin's birthday (thanks Stephanie!)  I only remember my own husband's day of birth because it is the same as mine.   I "penned" this post before I knew that Kevin had kindly complimented by blogging today.

Synchronicity.  Which is not surprising because Kevin's spirit now pervades the legal blogosphere.  He taught me the deep rules of blog road.  And every time a new LexBlog blog hits the runway, I can see Kevin's influence there -- his injunction to not just "join the high level conversation" going on in the blogosphere and in more journalistic venues, but to maximize every opportunity that someone else's insight presents to extend that conversation into your own niche and raise the stakes at least one level upward.

WHY KEVIN

If you want to get an idea of why Kevin is so meaningful to his bloggers, read his mission statement -- the following is an excerpt from it -- Why I Do LexBlog:

To help lawyers. A significant percentage of lawyers became a lawyer because of some principle they held - some burning light inside of them, some cause. Law school, student loans, and the practicalities of working long hours to make money and achieve what others have defined as success have just about drowned out that burning light. Blogging about something that you are passionate about, getting positive feedback from others about your blogging, and getting legal work in the area of law you are passionate about sparks that flame inside. Lawyers start to feel good about themselves. 
 

Thanks Kevin!  You're the best! 

HAPPY BIRTHDAY!!!

One Hundred Articles at Mediate.com for Valentine's Day

O.K., they're not exactly articles.  They're posts.  It's much much easier to write a post than it is to write an article (N.B. IP ADR BLOGGERS!!!) 

Maybe it's just me, but I get more miles per gallon out of reading a blog post than an article. 

Why? 

First, I'm just generally more interested in people's subjective experience than I am in people's opinions about how things are or should be. 

This is the primary difference between an article and a blog post.  An article is usually filled with facts and opinions.  Period.  If a post contains facts and opinions, it expresses them through the writer's unique set of experiences -- through the writer's subjectivity.  

You don't have to be convinced by a poster's opinion -- you get to experience it.  Then you can accept or reject it on its own termsAs an old Lit major, that's pretty much how I live in the world -- subjectively. 

As the poet Galway Kinnell once explained, if you express your personal, unique, individual experience truly enough, you become the voice of a creature on the planet speaking.  The more subjective your experience, the more universal it is.  

This is why I blog.  If you want to know why other lawyers blog, take a look at What About Clients? here and Ohio Practical Business Law Counsel here.

I'm writing this post because I'm celebrating 100 blog posts over at Mediate.com. 

I'm celebrating 100 because I like round numbers, birthdays, anniversaries and turning points. 

This year, for example, I want to net six figures.  It's nice and round and substantial.  And because I'm doing what I love to do (mediating) instead of simply what I'm good at (practicing law) six figures will be quite enough for me until I'm shuffled off to the old folks' home.  Where I'm hoping, by the way, to reach 100 in good health so I can blog about whatever it is that holds the attention and sparks the passion of someone at the century mark.

Thanks for reading.  There are about 80,000 of you a year now.  I know that's not much on an internet where Lonely Girl 15 gets 25,000 "hits" a day, but it's a lot of people interested in my little niche -- negotiating the settlement of commercial litigation -- not to mention my experience of that niche.  

Which reminds me of one of my favorite Robert Creeley poems, a lagniappe for you on my 100-Mediate.com-Posts Day.

The Conspiracy

You send me your poems,
I'll send you mine.

Things tend to awaken
even through random communication.

Let us suddenly
proclaim spring. And jeer

at the others,
all the others.

I will send a picture too
if you will send me one of you

Why You Should Read Making Mediation Your Day Job

Making enough money doing what you love to do? No?

Butcher, Baker, Candlestick Maker, Doctor, Lawyer, Native American Chief, here's the book you must buy and read immediately -- Making Mediation Your Day Job: How to Market Your ADR Business Using Mediation Principles You Already Know

First, Mediation Earth Mother, Scholar and Entrepreneur, Diane Levin's review:

Shakespeare once wrote, "This above all: to thine own self be true." These words, written 400 years ago, resonate today. They do so especially for the many professional mediators who cringe at the very thought of marketing -- with its associations with shameless self-promotion, glad-handing, and cold-calling. For many mediators, marketing just feels wrong.

Now, at long last, there's a guidebook that achieves something no other mediation marketing resource has done. It helps mediators do the impossible: become more effective marketers and remain true to themselves and their work. Dr. Tammy Lenski, a mediator and mediation marketing coach who has run her own successful practice since 1997, has created Making Mediation Your Day Job, the definitive resource for mediators who want a realistic, practical blueprint for marketing their practice.

The clue to Dr. Lenski's formula for success is in the second half of the title of the book: How to Market Your ADR Business Using Mediation Principles You Already Know. She asks readers, "Would you enjoy marketing more if your primary aim isn't selling and self-promotion? I'm betting most of you would say yes." Like the skilled practitioner she is, she reframes, inviting readers to see marketing anew, "as dialogue or as a learning conversation", something mediators already know how to do, and do well.

Using humor, anecdotes, and real-life examples drawn from her clients, her students, and her own experience, Dr. Lenski encourages her readers to step outside their comfort zone and draw upon the professional skills they already have to build opportunities. She also offers sensible productivity tips, business planning advice, and useful exercises that help mediators master marketing.

What also distinguishes this work from the numerous resources available now on mediation marketing is its emphasis on professional integrity -- on honoring the profession through a commitment to mediation excellence. Dr. Lenski reminds readers that it's not just good marketing that matters; mediators also have a duty to uphold standards of excellence and develop their professional skills. She wisely observes, "In the end, it's the quality of the work you deliver that's going to help keep the clients coming."

More than a book, Making Mediation Your Day Job functions like an honest conversation with a wise and caring friend. Dr. Lenski writes as someone who has been there and understands where and why any of us get stuck when it comes to marketing. She's there to nudge us forward, with encouragement and straight talk. Making Mediation Your Day Job offers authentic, real-world advice for mediators who want to use marketing to take their practice to the next level -- and all the while stay true to themselves and their work.

And mine -- both of which can be found on amazon.com where you'll be purchasing Dr. Lenski's book today, yes?

I just finished consuming Making Mediation Your Day Job: How to Market Your ADR Business Using Mediation Principles You Already Know.

When I say "consuming," I'm talking about the way we exhaust our appetites over a Thanksgiving dinner plate -- eager, greedy and far too quickly -- before pausing to wonder where the turkey, potatoes, gravy, green beans and yams could possibly have gone.

Teacher, trainer, and mediator, Tammy Lenski is less than candid when she says this book is about marketing our ADR Business. This book is about locating and achieving our dreams. But Dr. Lenski doesn't stop there. She goes on to provide practial advice about making our living by living our dreams.

Why such effusive praise for a short book on marketing a mediation practice? Because it's not a "how to" but a "why" and a "what," with workshop questions to help us fill in the gaping holes of our lives.

This book does what no other career or marketing guide I've ever read even seeks to accomplish. It inspires and guides. It suggests reaching for the stars with our feet firmly planted on the ground. It asks us to look inside our very own hearts; to assess our strengths and weaknesses; and, to measure the width and depth and breadth of our desires. Then it gives us the action plan we've all been waiting for. The one that helps us make ME, INC. our day job.

It would be unfair -- selfish even -- to recommend this book only to mediators. Why would we withhold this practical wisdom from the aspiring lawyers, chefs and novelists in the world? Why would we deny the entrepreneurs and financial wizards; the actors and the politicians of the benefits of Dr. Lenski's ground-breaking work? It wouldn't be nice; it wouldn't be fair; it wouldn't be right.

And in this I do not exaggerate even a little. 

Note to Board of Directors: Women Make a Positive Difference

Why diversity?  Uh . . . . because that's how life successfully evolved on planet earth?

Now a new study prepared by Ontario's Richard Ivey School of Business and the Wellesley Centers for Women concludes that corporations benefit from the presence of women on the Board of Directors in Critical Mass on Corporate Boards: Why Three or More Women Enhance Governance.

(for the same reasons noted below, we also make pretty darn good mediators and settlement officers)

We find that women do make a difference in the boardroom. Women bring a collaborative leadership style that benefits boardroom dynamics by increasing the amount of listening, social support, and win-win problem-solving. Although women are often collaborative leaders, they do not shy away from controversial issues. Many of our informants believe that women are more likely than men to ask tough questions and demand direct and detailed answers. Women also bring new issues and perspectives to the table, broadening the content of boardroom discussions to include the perspectives of multiple stakeholders. Women of color add perspectives that broaden boardroom discussions even further.

How Many Women Constitute a Critical Mass on a Corporate Board?

The number of women on a board makes a difference. While a lone woman can and often does make substantial contributions, and two women are generally more powerful than one, increasing the number of women to three or more enhances the likelihood that women’s voices and ideas are heard and that boardroom dynamics change substantially. Women who have served alone and those who have observed the situation report experiences of lone women not being listened to, being excluded from socializing and even from some decision-making discussions, being made to feel their views represent a “woman’s point of view,” and being subject to inappropriate behaviors that indicate male directors notice their gender more than their individual contributions.

Adding a second woman clearly helps. When two women sit on a board, they tend to feel more comfortable than one does alone. Each woman can assure that the other is heard, not always by agreeing with her, but rather, by picking up on the topics she raises and encouraging the group to process them fully. Two women together can develop strategies for raising difficult and controversial issues in a way that makes other board members pay attention. But with two women, women and men are still aware of gender in ways that can keep the women from working together as effectively as they might, and the men from benefiting from their contributions.

The magic seems to occur when three or more women serve on a board together. Suddenly having women in the room becomes a normal state of affairs. No longer does any one woman represent the “woman’s point of view,” because the women express different views and often disagree with each other. Women start being treated as individuals with different personalities, styles, and interests. Women’s tendencies to be more collaborative but also to be more active in asking questions and raising different issues start to become the boardroom norm. We find that having three or more women on a board can create a critical mass where women are no longer seen as outsiders and are able to influence the content and process of board discussions more substantially.

Thanks to commercial arbitrator and mediator Deborah Rothman for circulating this report among her professional women friends!

Trial Mediation and Justice -- the Judge Who Urges Settlement

Thanks to Tulane Law School Professor Alan Childress over at the Legal Profession Blog for alerting us to this item No Bias on Encouraging Settlement about a Rhode Island Supreme Court ruling that a Judge needn't recuse himself for bias if he encourages the parties to settle. 

As Georgetown Adjunct and Legal Profession Blogger Michael Frisch reports,

the plaintiff [in that case] argued that the judge's encouragement of settlement talks demonstrated bias; the court strongly disagreed. It is entirely appropriate for a judge to suggest that parties resolve their claims through mediation. . . "No less renowned a figure than Abraham Lincoln recognized the desirability of settlement when possible...it borders on the offensive for a party to claim that a justice should be recused for adhering to this policy [of encouraging settlement]."

As "amusing" as this might first be to lawyers, I don't want to let it pass us by without pausing a moment to consider the possible communication gap between Judges and lawyers -- on the one hand -- and people seeking justice -- our clients -- on the other.

People Seek the Services of Lawyers to Solve a Justice Problem

Having recently earned my LL.M and taught a semester of ADR theory and practice to law students, I can report back from the law school trenches that cynicism about justice is not limited to old dogs like me.  By their second year in law school, most aspiring attorneys have narrowed their view of justice/injustice to those wrongs the law will remedy.  See Writing on a Piece of Rice in a World of Injustice.  More troubling, they've narrowed to a vanishing point their former hopes, if any, to be part of a system that delivers justice.

When I ask defense attorneys in settlement conferences why they think their opponent filed the lawsuit against their client they answer with a single voice:  MONEY! 

"But why do you think they hired a lawyer," I persist. 

"Money," they respond again, as if I'd suddenly lost all reason.

"But why did Mr. X even think of seeking resolution in Court . . . under the law . . . why did he turn to the justice system?"

"For justice?"

Losses the Law Will Redress

People suffer losses every day of the week.  They lose their luggage in Madrid.  They don't get a raise or a year-end bonus.  They slice off the tip of their finger while chopping onions for Sunday dinner.  If they are lawyers of my generation, they got a 610, instead of a 700 on their LSAT -- thereby losing any hope of attending an Ivy League law school.  

The cynical persist.  "People have been known to sue for those losses too," they say.  

True, but they are among the very very very few.  Most people who undertake the considerable effort to find an attorney willing to take their case do so because they believe they have been treated unfairly.  They believe themselves to be victims of an injustice.  

And attorneys, not clients, are the first ones who monetize injustice for their clients.  Still, years after that injustice has been monetized, right before trial when most mediations and settlement conferences take place, the clients continue to long for justice. 

A Monetary Solution to a Justice Problem

So we should pause before we give in to the temptation to make light of the client who must have urged his lawyer to recuse the Judge for even suggesting that he not immediately be given access to justice -- a jury trial.  A client who likely feared he'd be strong-armed into accepting injustice in a Court suggested mediation.    

Our clients are speaking and we are not listening.  We are in danger of processing monetary claims rather than helping our clients come to terms with the justice issues they brought to us to resolve. 

As a mediator, I can tell you that most clients need to have monetary resolutions framed as "fair" or "just" results.  And if that is impossible, they need -- at a minimum -- to have the injustice they are suffering acknowledged by the mediator.  

As to those Judges who "encourage" mediation, I suggest that the directive be framed as an attempt to achieve, through settlement, that which it may not be possible to achieve in Court.  I would, in all events, assure the people seeking justice who appear before me, that I will be there, ready and able to try their case -- happy to serve their justice needs -- if the mediation I suggest they pursue fails to deliver the fair result they are seeking.

Sex Text Hex

Thanks to the ABA Journal for giving me the opportunity to use the word "sex" in a negotiation blog.  Alas, our wayward human hearts -- and libidos -- will never stop leading us into endless acts of mischief.  See below from Judge Shines Light on Secret Pact to Settle, Hide Text Messages.

A Michigan judge has ordered the release of documents indicating that Detroit Mayor Kwame Kilpatrick settled a police whistle-blower lawsuit to try to hide text messages showing he lied about his [sexual] relationship with his chief of staff, the Detroit Free Press reports. . . . . 

An anonymous source told the Detroit News that the settlement was triggered by Stefani’s threats to file court documents referring to text messages pointing to an affair between Kilpatrick and his former chief of staff, Christine Beatty. Both had denied an affair when they testified in the officers’ lawsuit.

Legal experts told the Detroit Free Press in a separate story that the lawyers defending the city and the mayor could come under scrutiny if they knowingly used secret pacts to conceal the crime of perjury.

For full text click here. 

Writing on a Piece of Rice in a World of Injustice

I often find myself explaining lawyers to their clients and clients to their attorneys.  Here are some typical client complaints I hear about their litigator attorneys:

  • he tells me to forget about the most important losses I've suffered
  • she keeps editing my story 
  • I don't understand why I can't . . . i.e., recover my attorneys' fees or cross-complain, etc. 
  • he wouldn't let me tell the mediator everything I wanted to
  • she didn't let me talk to the other side

And here are the typical litigator complaints I hear about clients:

  • his expectations of success or recovery are commpletely unrealistic
  • if I tell her the weaknesses of her case, she says I've become the enemy
  • I've explained the limitations of the case to him, but he just doesn't seem to understand

Translating the Law into Justice -- An Explanation for Clients

The chart above and photos below are simple ways to explain to clients the gap between the law and justice.  Sample explanation --

The dispute you're having exists in the world of injustice.  

Picture the earth.

Now picture a grain of rice somewhere on the earth.

The grain of rice represents the injustices the law will remedy. 

The earth represents the injustices the law will not. 

Square Pegs in Round Holes -- An Explanation of the "Legal Story" for Clients  

 

It feels like your attorney is "editing" or shaping or "spinning" your story of injustice because she is.  The yellow square represents the facts necessary to obtain relief in court (damages, an injunction, etc.).  It also represents the facts necessary to defeat your opponent's claim for relief.

The entire dispute -- everything that happened inside the green circle -- is generally what you, the client, want to resolve. 

 IT OFTEN INCLUDES FACTS THAT WOULD BE HARMFUL TO YOUR CASE. 

That's why your attorney doesn't let you talk in the presence of the "other side" and asks you not to discuss the dispute with your opponent anymore.  Because you might reveal something in the green area that's bad for proving your case in the yellow area.  

THE MEDIATION ZONE -- AN EXPLANATION FOR ATTORNEYS AND THEIR CLIENTS

Mediators work in the green area.  Clients almost always want to resolve all of the issues raised by the dispute, not simply the "legal" ones.  Perhaps more importantly, there are many opportunities for resolution in the green mediation zone that no one has yet seriously explored because the green zone is not the focus of the legal action.  Only the yellow legal zone is.

Mediation restores the dispute to the people who have it.  They are the only ones who know and understand that dispute in all its detail, texture, dimension and meaning.  Party interests -- their hopes, fears, desires, needs, etc. -- exist in both zones.  The good news of mediation is that the party interests outside the legal zone can often be traded for concessions that are in or out of it. 

When you have only one currency to negotiate with -- dollars -- you often reach impasse.  Why?  Because it seems so unfair to both parties that they should give in, compromise, split the baby in half, etc. just because the cost and aggravation of getting to trial is so high.

When you have more than one currency to negotiate with, however, like dollars and "face" or dollars and unexplored business opportunities or dollars and apology, or dollars and an explanation for the dispute's events that has the ring of truth, you can trump legal impasse with party interests.  

Writing on a Grain of Rice

Vendors who line beach boardwalks or the sidewalks of tourist towns often include the guy who will write your name on a grain of rice.  HERE!!!

Sometimes I feel as if my entire career as a litigator was written on a grain of rice -- that's how small the legal zone sometimes looks from here.  It's O.K., though.  Litigation isn't just a job or even just a career.  It's a calling, this business of rights and remedies, of following a rule of law instead of a strong arm or the snake-oil's charm. 

As the poet Lao Tzu wrote, 

whether a man dispassionately
Sees to the core of life
Or passionately
Sees the surface,
The core and the surface
Are essentially the same,
Words make them seem different
Only to express appearance.
If name be needed, wonder names them both:
From wonder into wonder
Existence opens. 
 

Want to Understand Your Jury Pool? Watch Campaign News

Trial attorneys, negotiators, mediators and settlement judges all share the same essential concern -- how to reach and persuade our audience.    

Trial lawyers have a product to sell -- their client's narrative -- which is always just one version of the "truth."  Negotiators are also selling -- a business proposition their bargaining partner will find attractive.  Settlement judges who have not been trained as mediators are generally selling fear -- the uncertainty!  the expense!  the delay! 

And mediators?  What's on display at our hot dog stand?  The needs and desires of the parties, certainly.  Many arrive at the mediation without having given any thought to their own true wishes at all.  We tend to go a little deeper than the negotiators, who are selling the future rather than also attempting to repair the past.  We try not to be fear mongers like some of the worst settlement head-bangers we remember from our own legal practice.  And, unlike trial lawyers, we straddle the "truth," attempting to harmonize the parties' narratives rather than selling one version as superior to the other. 

So what are we mediators really selling?  Reconciliation. Accountability. Understanding. Consensus.

And this Bears Upon Political Campaigns and Jury Trials in What Way?  

I don't subscribe to many blogs, diverting the few dozen that capture my interest to my news reader.  I do subscribe to Anne Read's Deliberations, however, because she really "gets" people's pre-dispositions -- the ones I need to understand for the purpose of helping my clients to comprehend -- appreciate even -- the other guy's point of view.     

Today, for instance, Anne reminds us that we are in the midst of a Great National Jury Seminar.  All we have to do is click on the campaign news. As usual, Anne is looking past the easy answers -- race, gender -- in favor of exploring the deeper reasons we might vote for someone of our own nationality or hair color -- shared stories.  Here, for example,

What do race and gender really mean? Most studies of jurors conclude that juror demographics don't directly affect verdicts -- with the important exception that jurors lean toward parties of their own ethnicity. (That's from Devine et al, Jury Decision Making: 45 Years of Empirical Research on Deliberating Groups, 7 Psychology, Law, & Public Policy 622 (2000)). But at the same time, we know that people of different races and genders often have shared experiences. Since experiences in turn shape attitudes, race and gender matter in ways that go beyond loyalty, but are difficult to define.

Trial lawyers have long wanted to understand this better -- and these days, so does every news organization in America. One fascinating piece of this is how individual one's group identity can be, as Newsweek explains in an article that's well worth reading in full:

Which candidate a voter identifies with is one of the most important gut-level heuristics, since it is tantamount to deciding that someone is enough like you to "understand the concerns of people like you," as pollsters put it. "If you feel a candidate is like you racially or by gender, you're more likely to believe that that candidate will support what you support," says [Harvard political scientist Pippa] Norris. But with a white woman and a black man vying for the Democratic nomination, where does that leave black women? Whom they most identify with depends on which aspect of their own identity dominates their self-image. . . . . 

Read on here (my emphasis)

We're in the People Business

So are we all just Willy Lomans, carrying our self-esteem, our hopes and dreams, our successes and failures in our sample cases -- to display -- or not -- when a customer calls?  I think we are.  And the mistake we make, when we make one, is to direct our customers' attention only to the glittering lures -- the "sales" talk -- the promises of a brighter future, a better marriage, a faster car.

If we take a deep breath from time to time and listen to ourselves instead of pontificating and persuading, we'll be reminded that we're all seeking the same thing.  Community.  Belonging.  Understanding.  Even shared sacrifice.  Every negotiation, every mediation, every trial represents a human relationship in crisis.  If we really get that, we can start working together again, in the same general direction, even when our ideas about how to accomplish that differ.  

An Unpaid Political Stream of Consciousness

Listen.  No one will gasp in surprise when I say I'm a lifelong Democrat.  Nor will my readers likely be surprised to hear me articulate my fondest election year desire -- that Hillary and Barack -- sooner rather than later -- will find a way to join experience with vision for the purpose of leading this country out of the long season of division that, let's be frank, began in the sixties and has never healed.  That they will together lead this country back to what it's truly best at -- uniting a diverse, fractious, irritable, needy, greedy, fearful, hopeful people into a single nation with a higher purpose than our own individual and narrow interests.  The United States.

If both candidates could put their campaigns -- their money; their volunteers; their momentum -- together for the purpose of healing discord and revealing a new national consensus -- we would not simply feel great about our country again, we'd actually be great again.  

Attorney Not Held to Higher Standard When Negotiating with Known Felon

Take a look at Law.com's article Settlement Agreement in Spotlight as Legal Malpractice Case Against Duane Morris Begins

The legal malpractice action subject of that article is notable for what must be a ruling of first impression -- that an attorney may not be held to a higher standard of care in negotiating a settlement agreement "simply" because he knows his client's negotiating partner is a convicted felon -- at least not unless an expert testifies that a higher degree of caution should be exercised.  

For the full report, click on the link above. 

Follow the Money: Coverage 101 and 2007 Fifty State Analysis of Coverage for Environmental Damage Liability

I was a commercial, antitrust, IP and securities litigator long before I devoted nearly a decade of my practice to environmental coverage litigation.  In the process, I learned enough about Comprehensive General Liability ("CGL") coverage to make me worry about how well I'd served my commercial clients in regard to the insurance coverage potentially available to them.  

If you are a commercial litigator -- or any type of litigator who defends your clients against claims for damages or for injunctive or other equitable relief -- you must

  1. ask your clients for all of their insurance policies, even those that seem unlikely to provide coverage; 
  2. carefully review the precise wording of the insuring agreements and research the case law in the relevant jurisdiction to determine how the courts have interpreted those insuring agreements under facts similar to those your client's case presents;
  3. except for some narrow additional protections provided to insureds, be aware that there is no such thing as "the law" of coverage under any particular type of policy -- all coverage flows directly from the precise language of the insuring agreement
    1. in most jurisdictions, that language -- if ambiguous -- is interpreted in favor of the insured's objectively reasonable expectations; and, 
    2. in most jurisdictions the rule of contra proferendum will require a court to construe any ambiguity in an insurance policy against the insurance carrier
  4. carefully review the exclusions contained in those policies and research the relevant state's case law (as well as federal cases applying state laws) interpreting those exclusions; 
  5. before concluding that there is no coverage, read available treatises as well as recent law review articles that may well suggest creative ways of distinguishing adverse authority or extending existing principles to bring your client's claims within the terms of the policy or outside of pertinent exclusions;
  6. if you have any doubt whatsoever about the existence of coverage, tender the claim to your client's carrier and let the carrier do the analysis;
  7. if the carrier denies coverage, read the reasons for denial critically and respond with any reasonable interpretation of the policy that will support a claim of coverage;
  8. if the carrier continues to deny coverage, keep the carrier informed of the progress of the litigation and invite the carrier to respond to all settlement demands and to attend all mediations and settlement conferences.

If the cost of the lawsuit is beyond your client's means or will deprive it of capital necessary to meet its business goals for the next few years, retain coverage counsel for a second opinion. 

Have I mentioned that my beloved husband is one of the best coverage attorneys in the country -- having litigated the World Trade Center coverage action on behalf of Larry Silverstein's lender GMAC?  And that I formed my opinion about his brilliance while I was representing the London Market Insurance Carriers and he was representing the policy holder?  Even if your case does not justify hiring someone like my husband to give you a second opinion, there are lots of good coverage attorneys out there who can so that you can complete your coverage "due diligence" for your client.

At last, to the 2007 Fifty State Environment Coverage Analysis

I ran across this great resource while doing a little online research.  It's a comprehensive review of the law pertaining to the interpretation and application of insurance policies to potential or actual environmental liabilities entitled Environmental Insurance Litigation 2007   --  A State by State Case Law Survey by Michael F. Aylward, Esq. of Morrison Mahoney LLP.

If your clients have been hit with demands to clean up toxic waste, this is an invaluable resource.  A specialist in the field, however, should be consulted to maximize the chances that coverage will be provided.

Have I mentioned that I'm on the Insurance Coverage Mediation Panel of Neutrals with the  International Institute of Conflict Prevention and Resolution ("CPR")?  And since I'm a former defense coverage attorney currently married to policy holder counsel, you're unlikely to find many other mediators who are both extremely knowledgeable about the law of coverage and deeply neutral!

EVALUATIVE, FACILITATIVE, TRANSFORMATIVE, DIRECTIVE, OH MY!

 

Because a reader recently suggested that "facilitative" mediators "tell the parties what to do," I decided it was time to revisit our terminology.   

Mediators!  Litigators!  Please feel free to weigh in!

FIRST, LET'S JUST GO AHEAD AND ADMIT UP FRONT THAT NEGOTIATION IS A COMPETITIVE SPORT -- the goal of which is to take the largest part of the delta between the two parties' real bottom lines.

EVALUATIVE MEDIATION

Evaluative mediators provide the parties with an evaluation of the strength and weaknesses of their legal positions, usually in separate caucus. If asked, the evaluative mediator will give his/her opinion about what verdict a jury would likely deliver.  Though I've co-mediated with sitting Judges quite a lot (the paradigm of evaluative settlement officers or mediators) I rarely see them tell the parties what to do -- see DIRECTIVE MEDIATION below.

Evaluative mediators often end a session with a mediator's proposal, i.e., the mediator chooses a number he/she believes would be acceptable to all parties (not necessarily what he/she believes the case is "worth") and tells the parties. If both parties accept, the deal is done. If either rejects, neither will know if the other party accepted.

I rarely make a mediator's proposal -- preferring to help the parties move toward resolution so long as no one is walking out.  They really do feel better making their own decisions.  That's why they've come to mediation and not arbitration.  So long as I believe the parties' differing "bottom lines" might overlap, I encourage continued discussion even when the parties are feeling exhausted and cranky. Persistence and optimism about resolution in equal measure. Sometimes the process just needs a cheerleader.

FACILIATIVE MEDIATION OR FACILITATED NEGOTIATION

Faciliatative mediators assist the parties, again often in separate caucus, to decide how the bargaining session will proceed, i.e., how high a first offer or demand should be; which party might benefit the most from making the initial offer; how many concessions the parties should consider making during the course of the negotiation; and, what reasoning might spur their opponent to make another concession.  Once again, I rarely see the mediator, settlement officer or Judge tell the parties what to do. But see DIRECTIVE MEDIATION.

TRANSFORMATIVE MEDIATION

Transformative mediators strive to empower the parties to express their true needs and desires; to shift from self-concern to understanding of the other and to move from entitlement and blame to accountability.  Transformative mediators do not direct the process of the mediation, which is always held in joint session.

Transformative mediators encourage the parties to set their own ground rules; state what their own desires and interests are; and, express themselves as fully as they wish, even if that includes persisting through angry outbursts, tears, recriminations, and the like.  

In its pure form, the mediator acts something like a therapist. Uh, huh, uh huh, anything else? Have you said everything to Jim or Julie that you want to say? Uh, huh, uh huh? Jim/Julie, what do you want to say back to Julie/Jim about that?  The purpose of transformational mediation is to resolve the conflict completely to the parties' mutual satisfaction even if that does not settle the actual dispute. See Bush and Folger, The Promise of Mediation.

DIRECTIVE MEDIATION -- Once again, I've never see Judge or mediator tell the parties to do anything other than to bring all the stakeholders and their insurance carrier representatives. I have, however, seen and done the following:  

I need $X from you to settle the case -- $Y is not going to do it. Please talk to you client/carrier and bring me back that number if you want to settle the case today.

This directive usually occurs very late in the proceeding and most often in a multi-party mediation in which a dozen or more defendants are contributing to the settlement. I also call this type of mediation FUND RAISING MEDIATION. I've never seen anyone do this better than Judge Victoria Chaney in the Complex Court in Central Civil West, Los Angeles.

My own "directive" suggestions to the parties generally concern the need for at least one party to step up to the line of impasse. If I believe the parties are bargaining in the nano-and stratospheres and are not getting within a hundred yards of where they'd really settle the case, I'll generally tell them so -- i.e.,

someone needs to step up to the line of impasse for this case to settle. If you don't do it, you'll likely lose your opportunity to resolve the matter today.

That's about as "directive" as I get, although I have been known to say I need $5,000 or $500,000 or $1 million more NOW. Or, I need you to drop your demand by $10K or $500K or $50 million NOW.

You can only do this if you have established a strong relationship of trust and confidence with both sides. Each side needs to know that you are not simply carrying the other side's bluff to them with your extra weight behind it. So directive and evaluative techniques -- I don't know their bottom line but I believe we're getting pretty close to it -- go hand-in-glove.  

INTEREST-BASED OR INTEGRATIVE MEDIATION

Ideologies aside, here's the real reason to probe party interests -- i.e., their genuine desires, expectations, fears, business needs, financial situation, lines of authority, reserves, reporting relationships, etc. -- it's the only way you can offer, with any credibility, your opinion about the "temperature" in the "other room" and the likelihood that party A might settle the case somewhere in the range of $X and party B somewhere in the range of $Y.

But as I tell my litigants -- "You only truly know what their bottom line is by negotiating in its direction."   I am often as shocked as the other side when the case settles for a number that one side said they would not accept. "As long as they are not walking out," I say, "they are willing to continue moving in your direction. Let's see where that takes us, shall we?"

DESPERATION MEDIATION:  ANYTHING THAT WORKS!!! 

  • get the Plaintiff to concretize his monetary expectations, i.e., what he might do with the money to take the Court-as-Gambling-Casino element out of the process;
  • ask the Plaintiff to imagine the offered sum sitting on the table before him -- to see it as a stack of cash or a thing or services or an improved quality of life he might purchase with it -- this makes the money real and more difficult to literally "leave on the table;"
  • assist the defendant to:
    • subtract "sunk costs" from his/her/its calculations when considering the "body blow"  that paying money to their opponent will be;
    • brain-storm about business interests that could be satisfied by using the litigation as an opportunity to make a business deal;
    • come to grips with the loss that settling the litigation will inevitably entail, dealing directly and honestly about the issues of unfairness and injustice that must often be accepted to justify paying even a reasonable sum.
  • don't let the parties leave until they've had principal-to-principal discussions -- the parties are often able to resolve a matter that their lawyers cannot because their lawyers are acting on instruction (I don't have the authority to settle for that) whereas the principals have more flexibility on often arbitrary "bottom lines" -- this also helps humanize the opponent who has been thoroughly demonized by the process of adversarial litigation (see autistic hostility)
  • LISTEN, ELICIT, EMPATHIZE, REFRAME, HARMONIZE, and  APPEAL TO MUTUALLY SHARED HIGHER PRINCIPLES

Questions?

Impeaching Witnesses in Depositions to Improve Your Bargaining Power

(click on photo at right to purchase text)

How do you achieve the best result for your client in a settlement conference or a mediation? 

By having done as much good work to support your own case and destroy your opponent's before you discuss settlement

And no, you do not need to be an $#%^@ to do so. 

Some litigators excuse themselves from cross-examining opposition witnesses at deposition because they "want to save it for trial."

O.K.

But your chances of going to trial are, at best, ten percent.  Don't you want to destroy or seriously depress your opponent's  expectations of recovery for the ninety percent chance of achieving a dynamite settlement for your clients?  One you can trace back, in writing, to your killer deposition skills?

As I've mentioned before, I've been teaching deposition skills for the National Institute of Trial Advocacy in Southern California for more than a dozen years, as well as NITA's Beginning Trial Skills Program for half a dozen years.  Here's what I learned. 

Most young attorneys -- and I mean from first through fifth years -- have not developed the skills necessary to use the most effective case-destroying device available to them --  impeaching a witness using his inconsistent statements contained in depositions, sworn documents and correspondence.

How do you use prior deposition testimony when you're taking the witness' deposition for the first time?  That's what real-time reporting is for.  You can use the morning's testimony in the afternoon or, if the deposition goes beyond a single day, you can use yesterday's testimony today and today's tomorrow.

This isn't rocket science.  You just have to master a few easy questions while at the same time overcoming any natural reluctance you have to confront the witness when he's sitting across a conference table from you.  

And yes, that does require at least a small amount of courage.  Fear of this confrontation is, I believe, at the true heart of most litigators' many rationalizations for not impeaching witnesses at the time of their deposition.  Or, at least, it was my rationalization in the early years of my practice when I was fearful of those confrontations.

As to the following advice, I likely pulled it from my NITA materials too long ago to remember, having just stumbled across it while looking for something else.  It, and a lot of other terrific advice, can be found in the book pictured above.  So all credit for the advice below goes to NITA whether it's verbatim or not.

Cross Examination Impeachment of A Witness

One of the most effective ways of impeaching a witness at trial is through the use of depositions and inconsistent statements. Unfortunately, many trial attorneys do not know how to properly impeach using depositions and inconsistent statements. 

Depositions

When a witness makes a statement in trial that is inconsistent with his or her earlier deposition testimony, you should first highlight the question that was answered differently later on.  Make sure that the trial testimony being impeached is a direct inconsistent statement with the deposition given before trial. You should then ask the following questions:

  • Do you remember having had your deposition taken on (state the date)? 
  • Do you remember that a court reporter was present at your deposition? 
  • Do you remember having been sworn in to tell the truth? 
  • Did you tell the truth on that date? 
  • (If applicable) Do you remember having your attorney present at your deposition?

After you have set the foundation for the impeachment, you ask the witness the following question:

"Do you remember having been asked the following question and your giving the following answer."

At this point, you should read the question previously asked and the answer given by the witness in the deposition.

Done.  DON'T ASK FURTHER QUESTIONS.  You have impeached the witness.  Asking further questions simply allows him/her to squirm out of it.

Use of Inconsistent Statements in Documents

A similar method may be used to impeach a person using an inconsistent statement in a document such as an affidavit, sworn statement or letter.

You should first highlight the inconsistent trial testimony that will be impeached. Next, identify and authenticate the document that will show the inconsistent statement given by that same witness. In order to establish the foundation necessary to impeach an individual with the use of an inconsistent statement, the witness should be asked the following questions:

  • Do you remember having given a statement to (person) regarding how the accident occurred? 
  • Did you give that statement freely?
  • Who was present when you gave your statement? 
  • When was the statement given?

The witness should then be shown the exhibit and asked the following question:

I show you what has been marked as Plaintiff's Exhibit "A" for identification. Is this a copy of your sworn statement?

Finally, read the relevant portion of the statement that directly contradicts the deposition testimony of the witness.

Impeachment through the use of depositions or documented inconsistent statements should be accomplished in an organized fashion and should be performed smoothly and directly. The relevant pages and sections of the deposition should be marked and highlighted beforehand so as not to fumble through pages or lose control of the witness.

There is nothing more impressive than to see an attorney properly impeach a witness through the use of inconsistent statements in documents or in a deposition. It is a very simple procedure to learn and, once mastered, will prove to be an effective means of cross-examining even the most "dangerous" witness you face.

Aren't you feeling all trial lawyerish now?  You can take on anybody.  Go get 'em tiger!!

Our Man in Iraq on the State of the Union

The Negotiation Law Blog's dear good friend, Mark Robbins, pauses in his work to make sure we didn't miss the President's reference -- in his State of the Union address -- to the work Mark is doing in Al-Hillah, Iraq.

And they saw our troops, along with Provincial Reconstruction Teams that include Foreign Service officers and other skilled public servants, coming in to ensure that improved security was followed by improvements in daily life. Our military and civilians in Iraq are performing with courage and distinction, and they have the gratitude of our whole nation.

MARK A. ROBBINS
Rule of Law Advisor
Babil PRT, Al-Hillah, Iraq 

File this post in 101-Things-to-Do-with-Your-Law-Degree and Restoring-the-Rule-of-Law-Everywhere!

Thanks, Mark.   God Speed!

Should You Raise the Spectre of "CSI" Juror Bias at a Mediation?

Listen, if corporate entities believed they couldn't overcome juror bias, they would never try a case.  How to accomplish that feat is the difficult task of every great trial attorney who represents a corporate defendant.  

Despite the research cited below, I do not suggest that plaintiffs' attorneys, as a matter of mediation strategy, suggest to corporate defendants that they will lose at trial because of juror bias.  Why?  Because it more or less enrages people, including corporate representatives, to be told that they must pay more money than they believe a case is worth because the system is unjust.     

Remember, fairness in the distribution of resources is more important to people than the absolute amount of resources distributed

The report on juror bias -- particularly so-called CSI juror bias -- below.  

The good news is that the bad news comes from one of the best jury consulting firms in town -- Jury Impact.  What's so good about that?  Jury Impact doesn't simply report bias, its people understand bias and are prepared to combat it.  Without consultants like Jury Impact's Chris St. Hilaire, however, a corporation's best alternative to trial may well be a reasonable settlement that serves its commercial rather than its justice interests.  

The Jury Impact report below:

In a question we’ve asked in several surveys, approximately 62% of prospective jurors say they would ignore the law in order to hold a corporation financially responsible, if they thought the individual was sympathetic.

While this is a general bias, among . . . “CSI jurors”  [those who watch crime/medical drama TV shows] it’s consistently worse. Approximately 72% of the “CSI ju­rors” said they would ignore the law and hold a corpora­tion responsible.

Why is this? A Hollywood producer recently gave us a pretty succinct and convincing explanation: “Look at the plotlines in these shows. Is the corporation ever the good guy? The jurors are using confirmation bias to build the storyline they want to believe…the one they’re familiar with.”

We Add Legal Frontier to Our Blog Roll

If you haven't checked out our blog roll page lately, you might want to take a look here.  These are the blogs we actually read both here and over at the IP ADR BLOG.

We just this morning added the new "Legal Frontier" blog, whose author describes himself and his blog as follows:

My name is Andrew Mitton and am the author of Legal Frontier. This blog is about the future of the legal profession. What are the trends? What are the predictions? What new technology is changing the profession? And more.

So here is a little bit about me:

Went to law school and learned how to think like a lawyer.

Clerked for a judge, worked for a law firm, worked for some large corporations.

Reviewed, negotiated, and drafted many contracts.

Arbitrated, litigated, and settled many cases.

I’ve since learned that it’s better to think like a human than to think like a lawyer.

He also said nice things about us here, which we appreciate a lot.  Thanks Andrew!

The ethic of reciprocity at work.

Need a Bankruptcy Mediator? Try Judicate West Hearing Officer and Buchalter Attorney Benjamin S. Seigel

Because I've had several people land on my Negotiation Blog looking for a bankruptcy mediator, I thought it would be a public service to introduce my readers to Buchalter bankruptcy attorney and Judicate West mediator, Benjamin Seigel.

Mr. Seigel has published several articles on the practical aspects of mediation of business disputes and has served as a mediator for the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Central District of California since 1995. He is the founder and current President of the American Mediation Association, Inc.

Seigel frequently lectures to accounting firms, financial institutions and other organizations on debtor/creditor topics, including the financial and psychological benefits of resolving disputes through mediation.

Mr. Seigel is the founding President and Director of the California Bankruptcy Forum. He is also a Director and former President of the Los Angeles Bankruptcy Forum and past Chair of the Bankruptcy Section of the Beverly Hills Bar Association. Mr. Seigel is a member of the Financial Lawyers Conference and the American Bankruptcy Institute. He served on the Debtor/Creditor Relations and Bankruptcy Committee of the California State Bar . He was the principal drafter of assignment for benefit of creditors legislation enacted in California in 1992 and 1999.

Mr. Seigel is a member of the Executive Board of the California Fashion Association. He serves on the Board of Directors of the Apparel Industries Group of City of Hope and is Chairman Emeritus of the Israel Cancer Research Fund.

Mr. Seigel received his B.S. in Chemical Engineering in 1958 from the University of Missouri, Columbia, Missouri. He earned his J.D. cum laude in 1974 from the University of West Los Angeles School of Law.

What Every Mediator Wishes Every Lawyer Knew About Negotiation

(image:  Avi dancing by Tamar Factor)

Because I cannot say it any better than this, I am simply excerpting the Conflict Research Consortium's article on Principled Negotiation

 You don't have to be an expert in this -- your mediator is. 

 To the degree you "get" this, you will form a far better negotiation team with your mediator to obtain the best deal possible for your client in any settlement or commercial negotiation. 

Promise!  

Principled negotiation is the name given to the interest-based approach to negotiation set out in the best-known conflict resolution book, Getting to Yes, first published in 1981 by Roger Fisher and William Ury.

The book advocates four fundamental principles of negotiation: 1) separate the people from the problem; 2) focus on interests, not positions; 3) invent options for mutual gain; and 4) insist on objective criteria.

Separating the people from the problem means separating relationship issues (or "people problems") from substantive issues, and dealing with them independently. People problems, Fisher, Ury and Patton observe, tend to involve problems of perception, emotion, and communication. 

Perceptions are important because they define the problem and the solution. While there is an "objective reality," that reality is interpreted differently by different people in different situations. When different parties have different understandings of their dispute effective negotiation may be very difficult to achieve. (This is what we have been calling framing problems.) Fisher, Ury and Patton suggest seven basic strategies for handling problems of perception. [go to linked article for further explanation] 

People problems also often involve difficult emotions — fear, anger, distrust and anxiety for example. These emotions get intertwined with the substantive issues in the dispute and make both harder to deal with. Fisher, Ury and Patton suggest five tactics for disentangling and defusing emotional problems in the negotiation process. [Click on the link for further explanation] 

Fisher, Ury and Patton consider communication problems to be "people problems" as well. They list three types of communication problems.

  • First, disputants may not be talking to each other. While their comments are formally addressed to the opponent, they are actually addressing some outside audience. They are grandstanding, or playing to the crowd.
  • A second communication problem arises when parties are not listening to each other. Rather than listening attentively to the opponent, parties may instead be planning their own response, or listening to their own constituency.
  • Finally, even when parties are both listening and talking to each other, misunderstandings and misinterpretations may occur. Fisher, Ury and Patton suggest techniques for minimizing communication problems. [Click on the link for a description of these techniques.]

Negotiating about interests means negotiating about things that people really want and need, not what they say that want or need. Often, these are not the same. People tend to take extreme positions that are designed to counter their opponents’ positions. If asked why they are taking that position, it often turns out that the underlying reasons--their true interests and needs--are actually compatible, not mutually exclusive.

By focusing on interests, disputing parties can more easily fulfill the third principle--invent options for mutual gain. This means negotiators should look for new solutions to the problem that will allow both sides to win, not just fight over the original positions which assume that for one side to win, the other side must lose.

The fourth rule is to insist on objective criteria for decisions. While not always available, if some outside, objective criteria for fairness can be found, this can greatly simplify the negotiation process. If union and management are struggling over a contract, they can look to see what other similar companies have agreed to use as an outside objective criteria. If people are negotiating over the price of a car or a house, they can look at what similar houses or cars have sold for. This gives both sides more guidance as to what is "fair," and makes it hard to oppose offers in this range.

We will continue with this series:  What Mediators Wish Lawyers Knew in subsequent posts and encourage our lawyer-readers to please let us know what they wish mediators knew.

How Rich are We? A Modest Response to Geoff Sharp's Mediator Salary Post

Before a wave of emotional despondency descends upon rank-and-file mediators from Geoff Sharp's revelation that median mediator income hovers around $67,000, let's get a little perspective.

First, if you are making $67,000 per year, you are the 52,428,447 richest person in the world and are in the top .87% of the wealthiest people worldwide.  See Global Rich List to end your week on a note of gratitude with a donation to the charity of your choice. 

 Chart from PayScale.

OK.  You don't compare yourself to the people living on less than one or two dollars a day, even though that's the first item on the list of your myriad blessings.  Half of the world's population -- nearly three billion people live on less than two dollars a day.

Check to charity or for a microloan written yet?

But you don't compare yourself to half the world's population.  You compare yourself to attorneys -- a profession you chose not to pursue or that you left to be happier.

The median salary for attorneys who have been in practice between one and four years is -- oh my goodness!!  -- just a couple grand less than the median income for mediators!

And remember, an attorney who has practiced between one and four years has been devoting him/herself to the law for between four and seven years -- the first three of which s/he was spending tens of thousands of dollars for a law degree and earning either precisely -- or next to -- nothing.

So.  If you've been mediating for between four and seven years and are making something between $50,000 and $100,000 per year, you are doing every bit as well as the median attorney.

Does your weekend look any brighter now?

The ABA Approves the Oxymoron of Collaborative Litigation

The ABA Ethics Committee has given the green light to collaborative law agreements -- considered unethical in Colorado -- so long as the clients give their informed consent.  See Putting a Kinder Face on Litigation.  Excerpt below:  

“When a client has given informed consent to a representation limited to col­laborative negotiation toward settlement, the lawyer’s agreement to withdraw if the collaboration fails is not an agreement that impairs her ability to represent the client, but rather is consistent with the client’s limited goals for the representation.”

The oxymoron?  Litigation is definitionally a "contentious tactic" pursued for the purpose of making someone else behave in a way they do not wish to behave == to pay money they do not want to pay; to accept less money than they are demanding for the injuries they claim to have suffered; to refrain from trespassing on your land or demonstrating on the street in front of your house or performing on a contract they contend does not require them to obey.

Why is litigation a "contentious" tactic?  Because its entire purpose is to overcome the will of another.  It is not an invitation to dinner to discuss the dispute in an attempt to find common ground.  Does litigation  sometimes lead to collaboration?  Most certainly, as do other contentious tactics such as persuasive argumentation, ingratiation, and violence -- all of which can serve to bring the parties to the bargaining table.

I am all in favor of collaborative processes for the resolution of disputes.  It's what I do for a living for heaven's sake.  But I am also an advocate for the preservation of meaning in the English language.  Collaborative litigation is a contradiction in terms.  And if you want your client's informed consent to anything, it would be best to remember that the "litigation" part of collaboration remains the iron fist inside the velvet glove.

Battleships, Litigation and Separate Caucus Mediation

When people used to ask me what it was like to practice law, I compared litigation to the childhood game of battleships ** -- a game I recall playing with great avidity.

So what does battleships have to do with yesterday's mediation? 

Until you are negotiating in the zone of possible agreement, you have no way of knowing how close you've come to resolution.

At some point, someone has to have the nerve to step up to the top or bottom of that zone.  When you finally enter the realm of reasonable possibility (not necessarily a "reasonable" settlement) you'll get a "sounding" back from the other room.  Once that happens, as in battleships, you'll have a pretty good idea of the direction in which you'll need to move to achieve agreement in the "game" of distributive bargaining.

I make every effort not to let the parties conclude a mediation session until I am absolutely convinced that their "bottom lines" do not overlap as shown in the beyondintractability.org chart above.

Remember, however, that I never want to know either party's bottom line because:  (1)  it will effect their negotiation strategy, i.e., potentially box them in; and, (2) it will effect me and I don't want to sub-consciously drive the negotiation deep into anyone's actual flotilla. (reasons one and two here) 

Is THIS All You Do All Day, Ms. Pynchon?  

That would be so boring! 

Facilitating a distributive bargaining session to resolve litigation is not actually a game of ping-pong or battleships.  Remember, nothing is ever only about moneyLawyers translate injustice into money for their clients because it is all we generally have to work with to make a bad situation right again.  Mediators translate money back into justice, fairness, or, in some cases, stark, raw, unjust reality -- take it or leave it.

I do not drive the process as a mediator.  I nurse it.  And because the process is hard on people, it did not surprise me yesterday to hear one of the attorneys tell me that he "didn't want to be sexist" but thought he might just start retaining women mediators because lately they'd been the only ones who'd been getting the job done for him.  

Patience.  Persistence.  And just a little bit of tenderness for everyone involved.  It's a tough business and all the parties and their counsel can use a kinder touch -- male or female.   

_____________

**  If you've forgotten how to play and are on an endless and tedious conference call, I recommend either this mindless computer version of the game or "stumble upon," the latter akin to gazing out the window at some pretty surprisingly interesting terrain.

 

More Commentary on the Licensing of Mediators

The word "license" is obviously a red flag in the mediation community -- so red that no one has yet picked up my thread of "best practices and standards." 

Frankly, I worry a little more about best practices and standards than licensing.  But I'm going to digest the opinions of others before further comment.

The comments below are by Canadian mediator Colm Brannigan, who also passes along this article -- Lawyers as Dispute Resolution Professionals -- published by the Law Society of British Columbia.

I will start by asking why do we have an almost knee-jerk reaction to criticism of “let’s make a rule or regulation”? If anything speaks to the co-option of ADR by the legal community this is it!

In Ontario, regulation of mediators is not on the horizon unless the power of this article is far beyond what I expect. We have just gone through a decade plus process of how to regulate independent paralegals. The end result is regulation by our Law Society. I suspect many mediators (including lawyer-mediators (I hate these hyphenated descriptions)) would not like mediation to be so regulated. In fact the law society has specifically exempted mediation from their description of “providing legal services” as long as you are not actually providing such services!

Several of our ADR organizations have “certification” procedures, insurance requirements etc. I have really mixed feelings about the certification/regulation debate even though I sit on a certification skills evaluation committee.

In practice as a lawyer before becoming a mediator, I have met “name” mediators who would easily qualify under any certification/regulation regime and yet are terrible mediators, if that’s indeed what they practice. On the other hand, there are those without formal academic qualifications who are wonderful.

How do we “protect the public” (and is it our “job” to do so?) without raising the entry level to such a height that we will become exclusive and elitist? Should there be different criteria for different types of practice? In effect we have this through court and other rosters.

Surely support by “professional” groups of their members combined with training/education of practitioners and the public is a more acceptable option? Through greater education, we can help the public ask the right questions – insurance, training, experience. Why go beyond this?

ADR is a movement as well as a profession. The more we certify/regulate, the more we become a profession, and get further away from being “Alternative”!

What are we trying to achieve? Protection of the public is noble, but “always” aligns with professional self-interest!

I open to being convinced otherwise!

I attach an interesting paper form the law Society of British Columbia!

One comment on the article is the obvious confusion between “mediation” and “custody assessment.” 

It's About Fairness, Dummy!

(right:  is the key to settlement really money?)

This is the dialogue I often have when attorneys (and some mediators!) suggest to me that the settlement of litigation is "only" about money.

V[ickie]:   "Why do people seek out your services?"

A[ttorney]:  "Because [i.e.,] they've been ripped off or injured or sued; someone used their intellectual property without permission, interfered with their business; lied to them about the scope of the software license; refused to pay their covered claims . . . . etc. etc. etc."

V:  "But why did they seek you out?  Why do people hire lawyers?  Why do people turn to the justice system?  

A:  "Because they want justice?"

V:  "Yes!  they are looking for fairness; not money."

Still, the skeptics fix me with a suspicious eye and say, "well let's just see about that."

Listen, all too often the people who monetize justice -- who translate what is unfair into a monetary sum -- are the very people who seek me out to help them depress their clients' unrealistic monetary expectations.  Part of my business is to re-translate money back into fairness.

So it is always with pleasure that I point my readers to that which confirms my existing world-view (a cognitive bias that I will not resist this morning).

Take a look at yesterday's L.A. Times article, "Why People Believe Weird Things about Money" by Michael Shermer, author of The Mind of the Market:  Compassionate Apes, Competitive Humans, and Lessons from Evolutionary Economics. 

The executive summary?  It's not about money -- it's about fairness.  Excerpt below:

Consider one more experimental example to prove the point: the ultimatum game. You are given $100 to split between yourself and your game partner. Whatever division of the money you propose, if your partner accepts it, you each get to keep your share. If, however, your partner rejects it, neither of you gets any money.

How much should you offer? Why not suggest a $90-$10 split? If your game partner is a rational, self-interested money-maximizer -- the very embodiment of Homo economicus -- he isn't going to turn down a free 10 bucks, is he? He is. Research shows that proposals that offer much less than a $70-$30 split are usually rejected.

Why? Because they aren't fair. Says who? Says the moral emotion of "reciprocal altruism," which evolved over the Paleolithic eons to demand fairness on the part of our potential exchange partners. "I'll scratch your back if you'll scratch mine" only works if I know you will respond with something approaching parity. The moral sense of fairness is hard-wired into our brains and is an emotion shared by most people and primates tested for it, including people from non-Western cultures and those living close to how our Paleolithic ancestors lived.

When it comes to money, as in most other aspects of life, reason and rationality are trumped by emotions and feelings.

The Time Has Come for Licensing and Best Practices

I've long been saying it will take a tragedy following services provided by unqualified mediators before the States will move in to set standards and require licensing.  Here's the first breath that will stir the leaves of change in Sacramento.

Unqualified mediators prey on broken families by Linda Diebelof the Toronto Star.
 
When Miriam and Andrew Grenville's 20-year marriage ended in 2006, they agreed on one thing – protecting their children from collateral damage was their utmost priority.

A Toronto-area family's problems with the mediator they'd hired to work on their daughter's messy divorce reached a nadir when her 6-year-old son came home with a bizarre story.

During a supervised visit with his father in a restaurant, the mediator told the waitress she was the little boy's "mommy."

"He was very distressed, very, because he didn't know what was going on," said a female family member, asking to remain anonymous because their case is still before the courts.

The family was aghast but initially didn't complain. They were afraid to fire the mediator, whom they paid more than $15,000, because they feared a negative report in family court.

"Everybody told us, `Don't make the mediator mad'," she said.

When they finally did try to file a complaint they found they had nowhere to turn: mediators aren't regulated in Ontario.

Instead, anybody can hang a shingle and plunge into a highly sensitive area of working with divorcing couples and their children at a time when most are financially and emotionally vulnerable.

For the remainder of the article, click here.

Listen, this is an access to justice issue, not simply a problem that the legal profession -- particularly those legal professionals who are mediators -- can ignore. 

"I don't do family law" or "I don't work with the kind of mid- to low-income people who can be taken advantage of in this manner," is no excuse.

This is an issue that we must now all join together in an attempt to vigorously address, retaining flexibility and creativity in the profession while at the same time preventing the practice of mediation by the unscrupulous.

I ask my readers to please weigh in on this issue.  I do not have the time to spearhead this effort but will offer my services as a team member to immediately begin addressing the ways in which we can impose standards and retain independence.

Fellow bloggers? 

Geoff?  (welcome back!)  Diane?  StephanieGini?  Colm (pre-blogger)?  LesMikeJohn? EricPhyllis? Jan?  CarriePaulaKristinaJoshDinaChristopherJohnTammy? ColinLeo? the Indisputably bloggers?

For responses from other bloggers that are not included in the comments below, see the following:

Chris Annunziata's Thoughtful Opposition to Licensing here -- primarily arguing that licensure would not prevent abuse; and, would bring the weight of inefficient and intrusive state bureaucracies into the process.  (But don't trust my summary; click on the link to get it direct from the horse's mouth)

Why Happy Lawyers are Happy: From the Declaration of Independence to Neuroimmunity

My brilliant and talented step-son who is beginning legal practice this coming Monday is worried about career satisfaction.  When I suggested that he read my "Why Lawyers are Unhappy" article, he said, "I'd far prefer to read an article about why lawyers are happy."

Since we've been unhappy-lawyered to death recently, and because I don't want Adam to be unhappy just because everyone says he should be, this post is dedicated to him -- Adam Goldberg, Esq 

The Pursuit of Happiness

We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness. 

We all read this in the fifth grade, right?  Again in high school History and Civics, one more time in college history, philosophy or political science and, if we took the sparsely attended jurisprudence course in law school, we read it again there.

I have to admit, however, that I never knew what it meant until I listened to one of those Teaching Company courses on American History.  

Eudaimonia

We know that the founders didn't have week-end spa retreats, golfing getaways, or new BMW's in mind when they included in the preamble to the Declaration of Independence the right of all "men" to pursue happiness.  So what did these men of the American Enlightenment mean?

They meant eudaimonia, an Aristotelian concept defined "not by honor, or wealth, or power,

but by rational activity in accordance with virtue over a complete life.

This type of activity

manifests the virtues of character, including, honesty, pride, friendliness, and wittiness; the intellectual virtues, such as rationality in judgment; and non-sacrificial (i.e. mutually beneficial) friendships and scientific knowledge (knowledge of things that are fundamental and/or unchanging is the best).

Eustress

You don't need to be a workaholic or stress adrenaline addict to understand the concept of "good stress."

The term eustress was coined by the neuroimmune biologist Hans Selye in the early 1970's.  This type of stress is a happily adaptive response to what some people call "problems" and others call "challenges."  In response to "challenging" problems -- difficulties or barriers people believe they have the freedom and power to address -- 

the body releases adrenaline and noradrenaline. Both of these hormones result in heightened perception, increased motivation and even increased physical strength. Eustress extends the person's capacity to function (intellectually, physically, emotionally and behaviourally). 

This "good stress" acts both as a motivator to creative problem-solving and as its bio-chemical reward.  Eustress is simply the scientific-biological explanation for the Aristotelian value and goal of "eudaimonia," which the founding fathers wrote into the Declaration of Independence. 

As the "Happy Mind" web site suggests in its post on Eudaimonia and The Pursuit of Happiness:

If we can rediscover the concept of eudaimonia, and adapt it to suit our modern values, perhaps we can find a way to achieve longer-term happiness. A modern concept of eudaimonia, for example, might include the need to take account of the effect of one’s actions on the environment, as well as on other people in one’s community. It might take the form of political engagement, or artistic creativity, or volunteer work. By focussing on the effect of our actions on those around us and on the world in general, rather than on our own happiness, perhaps we can learn to be eudaimon, and to be happy.

Eudaimonious Lawyers

At last, we come to the point.  What makes of legal practice a fulfilling, creative, generous, happy -- even exhilarating -- life.

  • if you're understandably anxious about any of the following, you are about to experience eudaimonia because you will be meeting and managing a great challenge
    • answering, by way of legal research and strategic thinking, a difficult legal question that will benefit your client
    • drafting your first motion asking a Judge to make the other side do something that will achieve a greater degree of justice for your client
    • standing in front of a Judge (or panel of Justices!) delivering your first oral argument in pursuit of something your client needs or in opposition to something that will impede your client's progress toward a just resolution of his dispute
    • taking your first deposition in an effort to learn what you need to know to further your client's interests
    • defending your first deposition in an effort to prevent your client from being brow-beaten, manipulated, or, misunderstood
    • advising your first client (or mom or dad or sister) about their legal rights knowing that without your advice they could easily be taken advantage of or prevented from doing something that they are entitled -- indeed, have a right -- to do
  • when you experience the following, you will also be experiencing eudaiomonia.
    • providing pro bono legal services to someone who has never had access to the American system of justice; never experienced the feeling of protection and support that a legal advocate can provide
    • pursuing a moral or political cause of great importance to you and millions of others by using your knowledge of the legal system to accomplish a small or large objective on the path toward the vindication of, say, universal human rights
    • being called "counselor" for the first time by people in positions of power, at which point you may well realize that you have been placed in a privileged position in human society and political life whereby you will automatically be accorded respect both by your peers and by anyone who presumes to be better than you
    • hearing a client say "thank you so much, I wouldn't have known what to do or what my future might be or how badly I might have been harmed without you"
  • The happy activities that are latticed into legal practice every bit as much as fear and frustration
    • the pure sport of the legal research treasure hunt -- an endeavor that allows you to exercise your god-given intelligence and creativity to solve the puzzle, detect the crime, negotiate the deal, or actually win the entire case  
    • the moment the factual and legal strategy finally comes together 
    • the thrill of victory -- which would be no thrill at all unless there was a genuine chance of failure
    • the privilege of spending your working life among people who are bright, talented, creative, vital, ambitious, seemingly fearless and therefore a lot of fun to be around
    • the opportunity to match your wits against those of the smartest guys in the room
    • the opportunity to exercise nearly every strength and overcome almost every weakness of character you have -- including the challenges of speaking up for yourself and your clients; adhering to your principles when your clients or superiors ask you to engage in activities you believe to be unprofessional, unethical, or even illegal; finding the balance between fearful and over-bearing; learning grace under pressure; developing leadership skills; exercising your inner-entrepreneur; negotiating the best deal available with some of the most powerful companies and  prestigious attorneys in the land
    • ending your working day tired but knowing you've done a good to great job in a  profession never lets you sleep on your laurels or turn in less than your best effort

And perhaps last but not least, never being bored for long.

This is not a job. It's not even a career. It's a calling. You will push yourself harder than you can imagine. In the near term, your victories will be more internal than external; more a process of learning your trade than of setting the world afire. Eventually, however, you will count yourself as one of the lucky ones who are clued in early to society's temple secrets. With a blank screen of life to be filled, you could hardly be better prepared to achieve your dreams while helping others to achieve theirs.   

I wouldn't trade a single disappointment, failure, momentary loss of courage or even a lengthy period of lost purpose to have been part of any other professional practice.  I am proud of what I have accomplished and grateful for what I have learned.

Welcome to the profession!  Do well.  Do good.  Be happy.

Live and Free Vioxx Settlement Forum Conference

Thanks to Drug & Device Law for pointing us to the CSPAN video of a recent forum on the VIOXX settlement here.

This American Enterprise Institute forum will not be beneficial to plaintiffs who are searching for advice on whether to accept the settlement themselves. I refer those people back to their attorneys. 

Here's a link to a Yahoo discussion group for Plaintiffs making the decision whether to accept the offer.

For reporters who are following this story at depth, the video includes a sophisticated presentation by Jones Day attorney Mark Herrmann about settlement strategy from Merck's point of view; a provocative presentation by Professor George M. Cohen -- who calls the settlement proposal an illegal antitrust conspiracy -- and a scholarly presentation by Professor Nagareda on the public policy issues raised by the settlement of mass tort claims.  

For attorneys who have been retained to provide their clients with a second opinion, Professor Cohen's presentation will be a useful addition to their own research and independent conclusions.  Attorney Andy Birchfield -- the only forum speaker with first hand knowledge of the negotiations leading to the settlement proposal -- may be of the greatest interest as he walks counsel for Plaintiffs through the structure, purpose and effect of the proposed settlement program.  

Speakers in this forum include:

The incredibly well-spoken Mark Herrmann of Jones Day and the Drug & Device Law Blog. 

Mark modestly fails to mention in his Blog post concerning this video that he is one of the speakers on this panel. 

Herrmann discusses the following questions:

  1. did Merck's settlement strategy make sense; and,
  2. will this settlement buy Merck peace.

 

 

George M. Cohen, University of Virginia Law School Professor who discusses ethical issues pertaining to the "settlement program proposal."  

Professor Cohen not only concludes that attorneys recommending this proposal to their clients are violating professional ethics, but asserts that it constitutes an illegal antitrust "conspiracy" as well. 

 

 

 

Vanderbilt Law School Professor Richard Nagareda, author of the book Mass Torts in a World of Settlement

Professor Nagareda discusses the settlement from a dispute resolution public policy standpoint. 

As a contract between Merck on the one hand and the "lawyers who have a large market share" on the other, Professor Nagareda suggests that the settlement proposal is more an artifact of the law flowing from the Supreme Court's AmChem opinion than of any legal "connivance" among the Plaintiffs' attorneys or between them and Merck.

This settlement proposal, he says, is a valuable and creative peace-making transaction for mass claims.   

Andrew Birchfield, an attorney at Beasley Allen and co-lead counsel on the Plaintiffs’ Steering Committee for the federal Vioxx litigation addresses the negotiations themselves and the structure of the settlement.

Andy says that in approaching settlement Merck required global peace -- that there couldn't be a "second round" because Merck had seen how disastrous open-ended liabilities could be for a corporation.

The plaintiffs' attorneys, says Birchfield, negotiated a settlement agreement designed to serve the best interests of each individual client no matter how strong or weak each of their cases might be.

Attorney Ted Frank of the American Enterprise Institute who once represented Merck in the Vioxx litgation. 

Frank talks about the law and economics of the settlement proposal, focusing on the weakest link of Plaintiffs' cases -- causation.

 

See also the Blog of the Legal Times coverage of this forum here.

The Limitations of Legal Practice are Highly Exaggerated: Our Lawyer in Iraq Reports from His New Post

 I'm finally here in Al Hillah, Babil Province, Iraq.

The journey went from DC through London, included a night in Amman, Jordan and one week at the U.S. embassy in the Green Zone in Baghdad.

I took a C17 between Amman and Baghdad and a Blackhawk between Baghdad and Hillah.

The two footlockers I shipped from DC were waiting for me when I got here.

Yes, I told him not to go but his mom said, "if that's what makes you happy dear."

God speed!


 

Best Law Blog News of the New Year: Professor Menkel-Meadow to Guest Blog at Concurring Opinions

(pictured, Professor Carrie Menkel-Meadow)

Let's face it.  There is not a lot of seriously thoughtful, informed and scholarly discussion of mediation going on. 

But now there's some really really good news.  One of the most sophisticated scholars in the discipline -- Professor Carrie Menkel-Meadow -- will be a Concurring Opinions Guest Blogger during the month of January.

I'm hoping Professor Menkel-Meadow will contract the Blog Bug and start her own -- thus raising to credibly scholarly heights the blog-versation concerning the social and economic justice issues raised by all ADR practices.

Welcome welcome welcome to the bloggerhood!!

 

 

What it Takes to Settle a Case is What it Takes to Be a Great Trial Lawyer

Getting Your Ducks in a Row

Check out Day on Torts for What it Takes to be a Great Trial Lawyer.

Why are these abilities the same as those required to settle a case on the most favorable terms? 

Because trial is the Best Alternative to a Negotiated Agreement. 

If you don't have your trial ducks in a row and can't convince the other side that you're prepared to try the case -- and try it to a highly favorable judgment in your client's favor -- you've got -- sorry to use the term -- squat for bargaining power.

"Show me the salesman," said a savvy and seasoned defendant recently, "and I'll tell you what I'm willing to pay him for his case."

And while we're talking sales -- why is it that no one ever brings demonstrative exhibits to a mediation?

Hand me a visual diagram of the parties and the facts (including the facts that are bad for you).  The chart or diagram should "connect the dots" in the way that is best for your client. 

During the mediation, repeatedly refer me to that diagram.  

When I was litigating insurance coverage cases with hundreds of millions of dollars at stake, I arrived at every oral argument with a color-coded coverage chart representing my client's position on the issue at hand -- like whether the policy holder was required to horizontally exhaust coverage before any of the excess carrier limits would be exposed.

For reasons I never understood, opposing counsel chronically complained about this last-minute demonstrative exhibit motion practice of mine but never brought competing charts into the courtroom. 

Because the Judge -- one of the best on the L.A. Bench -- needed the coverage chart to make sense of the oral arguments, she always denied Plaintiff's request  to disregard them.  More importantly, she spent nearly the entire course of both parties' presentations checking my coverage chart to understand their position -- which position the chart contradicted.    

This is not rocket science.

I genuinely believe that I won a series of successive motions, culminating in a successful summary judgment motion, against a formidable adversary because of those darn color-coded charts.

Though I'm deeply committed to maximizing the value to be obtained in any settlement for both parties, like that Judge, I am subject to persuasion, fallible human being that I am. 

Take advantage of me.  It's your job!

See e.g., Visual Persuasion in the Law and this series of books by Frank D. Rothschild on Power Point for Lawyers and others. 

The Lawyers Speak: What Counsel Look for in a Mediator

Take a look at the answers Colm Brannigan has gotten on LinkedIn to his New Year's question:  What Qualities Do Counsel Look for in a Mediator here.

This is a topic about which there should be an on-going conversation between lawyers and mediators.  We have the identical goal -- to maximize the value available to all parties to settle intractable litigation.  Collaborating on the best ways to reach that goal is in all of our best interests.  Let's keep the conversation going and thanks to Colm for beginning the new year in this fashion.

Excerpt from one of the fine answers to this question -- by Sheppard Mullin attorney Jim Burgess below and link to Colm's website here.

First, a good mediator will be tenacious in pursuit of a final settlement. Such tenacity entails thorough preparation, spending sufficient time during mediation (even going over if necessary) and scheduling follow up if the case does not settle during the mediation session. I had a mediation once that started in the morning, lasted all night and ended (successfully) the next morning.

Second, a good mediator must be intelligent and able to learn. Technical knowledge may be needed in certain cases, but it is not essential in most cases. I assume that whatever knowledge the mediator needs I can provide. So, another quality is that I need a mediator who is intelligent and able to adapt to new information.

Third, a good mediator must have significant experience with the litigation and settlement process. Such real world experience enables the mediator to read people in terms of what is driving the litigation. But, there is no substitute for understanding that the settlement process is a little like the grieving process (denial, anger, bargaining, depression and acceptance). The process must play out for both sides and a good mediator will steward the parties through that process. There is nothing worse than having a mediator try to short circuit the process by jumping to a discussion of money. I have found that former judges often have the experience needed to be successful mediators.

Fourth, the mediator must be honest. I do not appreciate having the mediator regurgitate the other side's position if it is patently ridiculous. By the time I get to mediation, I will understand the strengths and weaknesses in my case. But, I need to trust the mediator. My clients will not trust a mediator who does not give an honest or intelligent evaluation. Also, a mediator must be careful not to give an evaluation either too soon or which is overly negative. By the time the mediator actually expresses an opinion (if at all), the mediator should fully understand the mood of the room and how that opinion will be received. The only point of giving an evaluation is to facilitate settlement.

Finally, the main advantage of mediation is that it allows the attorney to preserve his or her integrity and relationship with his client while the client makes a decision to settle. A good mediator will not embarass either counsel, will not undermine the attorney-client relationship and will work with counsel to get a final result (since that is the whole point of participating in mediation in the first place). Joint meetings and opening statements are rarely productive and often make settlement more difficult.

Thanks for taking the time to share these insights with Colm and the rest of the LinkedIn legal community Jim!

The NYTimes Dissects Lawyer Unhappiness with a Note on Following Your Dreams

If you haven't seen it referenced by a hundred law blogs already, here's your link to the New York Times article The Falling-Down Professions, parsing not only legal, but also physician unhappiness.

Of all the fool's gold mentioned there (property, power and prestige) the article does contain one note of true value that attorneys might be missing in their practices:

Especially among young people, professional status is now inextricably linked to ideas of flexibility and creativity, concepts alien to seemingly everyone but art students even a generation ago.

“There used to be this idea of having a separate work self and home self,” . . . [Richard Florida, the author of “The Rise of the Creative Class: And How It’s Transforming Work, Leisure, Community and Everyday Life”]  “Now they just want to be themselves. It’s almost as if they’re interviewing places to see if they fit them.”

The Choices We Make

In 1975, I was fresh out of college and typing in a typing pool in Midtown Manhattan.  I still believed my sixties values at the time -- you know -- that meaningful employment was more important than money.  I was -- not surprisingly -- just about as opinionated then as I am today and precisely as willing to share those opinions with anyone, regardless of hierarchy.    

So it is that I recall a conversation I had with a young lawyer whose typing I did.  He was relatively fresh out of Berkeley (Boalt) Law School.  He wanted to be an historian, but the Ph.D's at the time were mostly driving cabs.  He'd already left Sullivan & Cromwell for a captive midtown Manhattan law firm because S&C had given him such tasks as color-coding a map of the United States with the insurance programs available in each one.  He'd even saved it.  Pulled it from his top desk drawer.   A momento of the life he'd avoided.

But he wasn't finding happiness at this smaller firm with more hands-on work either .

He was about to marry the young woman he was living with when it seemed time to marry and they were looking for a house in the suburbs.  They were thinking of having a baby.

Here's the cheeky part:  "don't do it," I urged him.  "You'll be chained to this unhappy job for the next quarter-century."  

Why did I believe this strongly enough to confront my superior in this way? 

Because my entire generation had rebelled against just this type of life.  We believed in following our dreams.  We had the audacity to believe we could be happy.

The "Ending" You'd Predicted, Pretty Much

This young attorney's children are all grown-up now.  And he wouldn't, of course, trade them for anything in the world.  He finally left practice in his fifties, after his children graduated from college, to pursue that doctoral degree in history.  

Shortly after -- before he had the Ph.D in hand -- his doctor gave him bad news.  He has (still in his fifties) a particularly fast-growing and deadly cancer.

So . . . . Listen . . . .

Follow your dreams.  

Along the way, if you don't put it off, love will come and commitments will be made.  Children will follow with the joys and sacrifices they entail.  If you are robustly participating in your own life, these events will take place. You will be successful and you will fail. 

Your failures will be your greatest teachers.  And sometimes, those failures will be sufficiently dramatic to release you from the bondage of the fool's gold we all haplessly follow from time to time -- status and  stuff instead of satisfaction.  

That, at any rate, is how my life has rolled out and the lives of my friends and colleagues.

Take the long view.  Then commit to the present with passion.  

(I've written elsewhere why sometimes lawyers are unhappy -- here and here for instance -- but I promise some "why we're happy" posts in the New Year!)

Make it Rain, Make it Rain, Make it Rain

We know it's short notice, but if you can make it to the Ritz Carlton in San Francisco on January 15 (and shouldn't any excuse do?) don't miss the Lexis/Nexis Women in the Legal Profession Summit -- Rainmaking, Negotiating and Collaborative Development.

Ruth Kahn (Steptoe) and Marcia Pope (Pillsbury) are making the following high-powered conference happen to start your new year developing or growing the practice of your dreams!

 

In 2006, The New York Times® reported that only 17% of partners at major law firms nationwide were women—and according to a National Association for Law Placement study, less than 5% were managing partners. In a recent survey, less than 15% of general counsel at Fortune 500 companies were women, according to the ABA. These statistics raise the question: Is the glass ceiling giving way in the legal industry?

[note that we also recently learned that women in the same practice and geographical areas also charge less than men!]

At the LexisNexis Women in the Legal Profession Summit: Rainmaking, Negotiating and Collaborative Development, you’ll hear about the techniques and approaches that successful female attorneys have employed to overcome the odds and achieve equal status in their firms or legal departments. And you’ll hear from in-house speakers from Chevron, The Clorox Company, Starbucks Coffee, LexisNexis Examen and Union Bank of California. You’ll get:

  • Techniques for overcoming gender bias and improving the inclusion of women in practice 
  • Strategies for leveraging your strengths to create leadership and rainmaking opportunities 
  • A better understanding of what work/life balance is and ways to achieve it 
  • Insight into how others perceive your communication style and what you can do to translate it into effective negotiating skills 
  • Strategies for attaining partnership and for succeeding once you get there 
  • Insight from a corporate roundtable on how the panelists got where they are today 
  • And much more

From impressive speakers, including:

  • Linda Marks, director of training and consulting, Center for WorkLife Law University of California, Hastings College of Law 
  • Laurie Stein, Esq., senior vice president & general counsel, The Clorox Company 
  • Patricia Gillette, Esq., Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP 
  • Silvia Garrigo, Esq., senior counsel, Chevron Corporation 
  • Dawn Patrice Ross, Esq., senior vice president, Union Bank of California 
  • Tina Bondy, Esq., corporate counsel, Coffee Master, Starbucks Coffee Company 
  • Hon. Rebecca Westerfield (Ret.), JAMS

Led in their discussions by two extraordinary co-chairs:

  • Ruth Kahn, Esq., Steptoe & Johnson LLP 
  • Marcia Pope, Esq., Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP

In addition, a luncheon and a cocktail reception will provide opportunities for discussion of issues and strategies with colleagues and experts.

 

 

Do Good Looking People Negotiate Better Deals?

Both the Wall Street Journal Law Blog (Do Looks Matter in the Law?) and the ABA Journal (Good-Looking Lawyers Make More Money) are reporting -- the WSJ beside a photo of the none-too-beautiful but apparently universally "sexy" Matt Damon -- that good looking people -- even those in the legal profession -- make more money than their less comely peers

One of my favorite blogs, Deliberations, also covered this topic from the angle of jury persuasion in How to Be Better Looking here.

We've also covered this topic as thoroughly as we believe it deserves in the Power of Beauty here.

The executive summary?

Physical beauty creates a "halo effect" that leads us to believe that our better looking peers are smarter and more talented, generous and good-natured than the rest of us.  

The Lesson?

If we live life joyously and authentically, we will possess the qualities people automatically ascribe to the "beautiful" among us.  More imporatantly, we will have become beautiful by being the kind of person people imagine -- say -- Angelina Jolie or Matt Damon to be.

Be Nice; Then Follow the Money

If I were allowed to give only two pieces of gratuitous advice to every lawyer and business person in 2008, they would have to be as follows:

1.  if you think an insurance policy * will not  indemnify you or your client against a particular loss or provide a defense to a legal action, you haven't thought deeply enough unless you have, at a minimum:

    • researched the law pertaining to the pertinent policy language in the jurisdiction in which the loss occurred or suit was brought;
    • painstakingly compared the law in that jurisdiction to the precise language contained in the insurance policy;
    • researched the most recent case law in that jurisdiction pertaining to burdens of proof on potentially applicable exclusions and exceptions thereto
    • distinguished apparently negative case law that is actually dictum;
    • creatively considered all of the ways in which you might bring the loss or potential liability within the terms of the policy, focusing on the fact that nearly every jurisdiction will require the court to interpret the policy broadly in favor of the "insured's objectively reasonable expectations of coverage" and will -- unless you have the bargaining power of Exxon -- construe all ambiguities against the carrier;  
    • investigated and determined whether you or your client are named as "additional insureds" by the policy of another; and,
    • consulted with a policy holder insurance recovery specialist -- I understand that this attorney  -- Stephen N. Goldberg of Heller Ehrman -- who represented GMAC in the World Trade Center coverage action is one of the best in the country.   

2.  treat others as you would expect to be treated yourself (this is the conflict avoidance part)

OBJECT LESSON OF THE DAY

In yesterday's Kingman Daily Miner (Northern Arizona) we read City settles e-mail suit for $40K

Two points worth noting for the health of any small city's fisc.

First, as Kingman resident and Plaintiff Travin Pennington is reported to have said, "communication and accountability, could have prevented a bill for [] attorneys' fees that exceeded $40,000 following a seven-month battle with the city for e-mail records."

The Back Story?

In June, Pennington filed public records requests for thousands of pages of e-mail from then-City Manager Paul Beecher and two other employees. He said Beecher took him into the city hall parking lot, and instead of asking how to resolve the issue, Beecher allegedly made some comments that pushed Pennington to "the tipping point."

"I said, 'this guy's out of control. I'm going to take this guy to task,'" Pennington told the Miner. And he did. After the city failed to disclose more than 8,000 pages of e-mail whose contents the city claimed were personal, Pennington filed a lawsuit in the Mohave County Superior Court.

The Conflict Avoidance Point?  Be civil; be responsible; be accountable; and if you fail, be willing to course correct.

But when civility, responsibility and accountability haven't worked, check your insurance coverage. 

The Kingman story continues:

The city's insurance policy will cover much of the costs of the lawsuit, including the city's own attorneys' fees, which topped $32,000, according to City Attorney Carl Cooper.

Good work on the City's part in tracking down the necessary insurance coverage!

Resolution:  Cutting the baby in half.

Pennington's attorneys offered $48,337.65 - 75 percent of the $64,448.50 in the plaintiff's total fees. The city came back with a $32,225 offer, and the two parties settled in the middle, at $40,281.30.

We mediators do try to generate solutions other than the one arising from the descriptive (not prescriptive) rule that any zero-sum negotiation will resolve half way between the first two reasonable offers.

The good news:  you don't need a mediator to achieve this result.  Even your fifth grader is capable of adding two numbers and dividing them by two.
_________________________

Types of insurance include Automobile; Aviation; Boiler; Builder's risk; Business; Casualty; Credit; Mortgage; Crime; Crop; Workers'compensation; Directors and Officers Liability; Disability; Errors and Omissions; Expatriate; Fraternal; Financial loss; Fire; Hazard; Health; Kidnap and Ransom; Homeowners; Renters; Environmental Liability; Professional Liability; Locked Funds; Marine; Nuclear Incident; Pet; Political risk; Pollution; Prize Indemnity; Property; Protected Self-Insurance; Purchase Insurance; Stop-loss; Surety Bond; Terrorism; Title; Travel; Volcano; and, Workers' Compensation. 

Thanks to Wikipedia for this ridiculously comprehensive list (see lay explanations there; always consult an attorney -- and if you are one -- always consult a coverage specialist).

My Favorite ADR Blog Gets a Spiffy New Home

Nobody will be offended if I say that Diane Levin is my favorite ADR Blogger of them all

Why?

Because she's everyone's favorite ADR blogger.  And not just because she writes the best; has the most eclectically "on message" posts; is the most responsible member of the ADR Blog Possee (yes, she's the ADR Blog Neighborhood Watch Captain); always finds the most apt images to illustrate any point she's making; and, is a mediator's mediator.  No, it's genuinely because she's just so darn nice!!

So it is with great pleasure (and a surprising lack of envy!) that I direct you to Diane's terrific new blog site -- The Mediation Channel -- that looks ridiculously easy to navigate and slick without being, you know, all shark-skin suit-ish.

No Jerks Allowed: The Complete Lawyer Vol. 4, No. 1 Goes Live

ImageChef.com - Custom comment codes for MySpace, Hi5, Friendster and more

Now . . . . now . . . . now . . . . now?

Yes, indeed, folks, NOW is the time to take the wrapper off the Complete Lawyer Vol. 4, No. 1:  No Jerks Allowed!

Listen, this is one classy legal journal.  Glossy but deep.  I'm ridiculously honored to have a place in this issue -- though who could reject the only "I was a jerk" . . . ahem . . . a jerk-in-recovery . . . confessional?

Kudos to Don Hucheson and his great staff for putting this issue together.  I'm in the middle of putting up the winter issue of the r.kv.r.y. literary journal and I know, deep down in the marrow of my tired old bones, just how time-consuming a project getting an on-line journal up and running can be!

Focus on the Behavior, Not the Person

To avoid re-typing, but not re-peating, myself, I urge each one of us to take a look inside when we talk about bullying behavior, quoting the following comment I first made on Bob Sutton's fine blog below:

As the single "confessional" of bad workplace behavior to appear in the Complete Lawyer issue on workplace bullies, I note the following:

As the Stanford Prison and Stanley Milgram's "Authority" experiments long ago proved, we are all capable of -- and in certain circumstances inclined to -- bullying behavior.

When we demonize others (i.e., tag them s "jerks," "bullies," "A-holes," and "sociopaths") we exempt ourselves from potential wrongdoing, create a class of evil "others" and unwittingly further enable people and their organizations to deny bad behavior by decent people.

If, instead of ridicule and demonization, we can "out" the bully in each of us, those who are ashamed of themselves instead of guilt-ridden about their behavior, will be better able to admit their wrongdoing, make amends, move toward reconciliation with their fellows and re-join the rest of the fallible human beings amongst us.

I suppose you could say that I am an jerk in recovery. As such, I make it a part of my daily "program" to "take my part" in any rancorous dispute, promptly apologize and make amends for any harm I have caused without seeking (but nevertheless hoping for) forgiveness.

I make every effort to practice "restraint of tongue and pen" but forgive myself my human fallibility when I fail and move forward.

For more on the profound differences between guilt and shame, take a look at my article on restorative justice, "
Shame by Any Other Name." 

 

Mediating Past Impasse: Humility and Diagnostic Questions

It is the last Friday before the New Year and the Mediation is entering Hour Five.  I am cajoling, wheedling, blandishing, coaxing.  Mr. Lee's attorney is doing a little begging himself.  But we are unconvincing.    

Mr. Lee wants to settle the case.  Every smoke signal he has sent up during the day indicates that he has sufficient resources -- and more importantly -- the committed desire, to settle this troublesome lawsuit for a figure that is very close to that which the Plaintiffs have signaled they would be willing to accept.

And yet . . . . . . Mr. Lee is back-sliding.  We importune and he gives us less authority than we had an hour ago.  

We are failing to persuade.  And we are out of arguments.  The settlement proposal now on the table makes economic sense. It's good for business.  Trial is approaching.  The chances are less than even.  Everyone is taking a loss.  If it's wrong or unfair, it's no worse than a random car wreck.  One of life's bad accidents, best left in the past.  Trial is worse than uncertain, it portends a bad -- and avoidable -- result.    

Still.  The money is coming off the table.  I am missing something.

"I'm missing something," I say. 

Mr. Lee looks at me with interest for the first time in hours.

"What are you missing?" he asks.

"I don't know.  I only know you want to settle the case and that I'm not helping you do that right now.  Can you tell me what I can do differently or better?"

Mr. Lee returns to an old theme -- a horse I'd assumed we'd beaten to death several hours ago -- the reason his co-defendant should be contributing more than it has resolutely refused to do. 

Finally it occurs to me that Mr. Lee does not believe I am negotiating hard enough for him.

"Do you think I'm not negotiating hard enough with your co-defendant?"

He lights up.  "Yes."

"O.K.  If you give me a counter, I'll work harder to get more money from Mr. Co-Defendant," I say, realizing that I haven't been pressing Co-Defendant as hard as I could be.  

My mediator friends are cringing.  "Don't press!!" I hear them saying, "explore."  

Back to Plaintiffs' caucus.  "We're at impasse because Mr. Lee insists his his Co-Defendant knew the facts that all the documents show it didn't." 

Plaintiff lights up.  "That's true," he says, offering a detailed and credible account that contradicts the written record but dovetails with Mr. Lee's account.  

Hour Six.  Case settled with another small, but significant contribution by Co-Defendant.

New Year's Resolution:  Ask more diagnostic questions.  Citation?  Leigh Thompson's Mind and Heart of the Negotiator, page 77:

"[L]eft to their own devices, negotiators fail to ask diagnostic questions.  For example, only about 7 percent of negotiators seek information about the other party's preferences during negotiation, when it would be dramatically helpful to know such information."

What were Mr. Lee's "preferences" here?  That I press his co-defendant to put more money of its own on the table.  Did Mr. Lee need more money?  No.  But his preference that I exert a greater effort on his behalf was so strong that my failure to do so caused him to retaliate -- against me -- by giving me less authority in hour five than he'd given me in hour four.  I genuinely believed I'd done the best I could do.  I was wrong.  By how much?  Not much.  The point is, there was more value to be gained and I had given up.  

New Year's Resolution:  Proceed with Humility.  Citation?  Sri Chinmoy, i.e., the Oneness of the Eastern Heart and the Western Mind.

The moment we use the term 'help', a kind of egocentric idea enters into us. If we help someone, that means we are in a superior position. When we help, we feel that we are one step ahead or one step higher than the ones that we are helping. But if we serve someone, then we offer our capacity with humility, on the strength of our loving concern and oneness. So let us use the proper term, 'service'.

Make the DMZ an International Peace Park? More Hope for the New Year

(Tony Karp's photo:  DMZ 1964 from the Techno-Impressionist Journal

Hear All About the Greening of the Korean DMZ with Doug Noll and Hal Healy at 11:00 a.m. (PST) on New Year's Eve Day . 

I've been working a little over the holidays.  You know, the work I got my ticket punched for in 1980; and, for all the complaining you hear from lawyers, the work that is by far the easiest (read:  most certain) way to make a living of them all:  practicing law.

Don't worry, legal practice will never again be my day job.  Still, I'd been seriously thinking . . . . what have I been thinking for the past three years????  I LOVE this legal research treasure hunt and the war-game strategizing that goes along with it.  And it pays by the hour, not just the time I spend "on stage."

To answer that question this morning, a power greater than me -- things as they are *-- delivered this into my mailbox.

The Korean De-Militarized Zone splits North and South Korea by a band of land that has been untouched by humankind for 53 years. During that time, nature has restored the DMZ to a pristine state of wilderness and has seen the resurgence of many endangered plant and animal species. What would happen if the DMZ were transformed from a symbol of war and strife to one of peace, sustainability, and ecological preservation? More importantly, what if preservation of the DMZ as a national park becomes part of the common ground that can resolve the many differences between the two Koreas? Hall Healy, vice-president of the DMZ Forum, has dedicated himself to making the Korean DMZ a symbol of hope, peace, and environmental beauty. Join us in a conversation about an amazing unsung project that could finally bring peace to the Korean Peninsula. 

_____________________

My dad, never one of my major spiritual guides, taught me this when I was in middle school:  "Things as they are giveth and things as they are taketh away, blessed be things as they are."  Thanks Dad! 

Lawyers Appreciate Year-End Appreciation Memes

Stephanie West Allen at Idealawg and Julie Fleming Brown at Life at the Bar launched their Second Annual Lawyers Appreciate Meme Tag yesterday, asking tagged attorney bloggers to post on professional appreciation.

Stephanie tagged me, Gini Nelson at Engaging Conflicts, and Diane Levin of Online Guide to Mediation.

The idea is simple  Legal bloggers end the year with a note of gratitude by writing a post on what lawyers appreciate and passing the meme baton along to lawyers whose blogs you appreciate.  

I'm going "off ADR campus" this year to tag lawyer-bloggers Anne Reed at  Deliberations; Diana Skaggs at the Louisville Divorce Law Journal and Law School Professor Antoinette Sedillo Lopez at the Best Practices for Legal Education Blog.

Why I Appreciate Gratitude Meme Tag Games

"Gratitude lists" are one of those self-help techniques at which I used to scoff.  That was in the Pynchon Cynical Age, which lasted far too long past adolescence.  During what I'll call late adulthood, I learned the following about gratitude lists:

  1. they bring you back to reality when you're about to whine about how much more other people are making than you; how unlucky you are to have been "raised by wolverines" (h/t to Nathan Lane); how much better you could be doing if you were (pick one) younger, older, slimmer, prettier, male, female, caucasion, African American; European; better schooled; better loved; more athletic; less prone to anger, accomodation, submission, etc., etc., etc.
  2. they remind you how frankly embarrassing it is to complain about life circumstances when you have the privilege of practicing law.
    • incoming anecdote -- I once took a few minutes in a group session to complain about life with my law partners at a time when I was making more money in a single year than my parents -- at my age -- had made in their lifetimes.  After I'd completed my tale of woe du jour, a willowly young Latino woman stood up and said she "really related" to what I was saying because the previous year when she'd been making a documentary about her South American villiage, it was destroyed by the eruption of a nearby volcano.
    • Point taken -- If I've not being grateful, I'm not paying attention
  3. gratitude lists are most beneficial when you least want to make them, i.e., when you'd really rather nurture a sense of injustice.  Today, whenever I'm in danger of doing that, I recall the documentary film maker and my self regard transforms itself into the desire to be of service to others.  

The Year-End Appreciation Meme Temporarily Releases Litigators from the Bondage of Complaint

  1. whether we litigators were contentious and complaining before we started practice, we had no choice but to complain after we began litigating -- since all litigation literally commences with a "Complaint."  
  2. when people used to ask me what it was like to litigate, this is what I said:  every morning someone who is being paid extremely well gets up with the sole purpose of making me wrong; of proving that I am stupid, disingenuous, ill-tempered, dishonest, of bad faith or just generally evil.  I, in turn, get up with the same purpose.    
  3. Gratitude meme tags release us, ever so briefly, from the emotional and spiritual assaults of the daily giving and receiving of complaints.

Gratitude Meme Tags Allow Me to Work Collaboratively with Other Legal Bloggers

This benefit of the meme tag needs no explanation.  I can only say that legal bloggers do all of us an extraordinary service every working day.  They freely share, without expectation or hope of recompense, the increasingly complex and arcane knowledge they have gathered and learned at depth.  I used to mistrust Witkin, as I was taught by my first mentors to do.  Today, I confidently turn to the legal blogosphere to obtain legal niche theory and practice from some of the best minds working today.

You just can't beat that.

Happy holidays and a great New Year to every legal blogger sharing his or her expertise with the rest of us without any reward other than the occasional inspirational year-end meme tag.

Some Vioxx Attorneys Seek Judicial Relief from Ethical Conundrum

Claiming that the $4.85 billion Vioxx Settlement improperly "allows [defendant] Merck to dictate the advice a lawyer will offer" to clients, some Vioxx plaintiffs' attorneys have asked the federal judge overseeing the deal to "keep some of their clients outside the settlement while still allowing other clients to accept it."

Under the global settlement agreement reached by lead counsel in New Orleans last month, "if the lawyers want any of their clients to receive money from the settlement, they must recommend the deal to all their clients." 

Those attorneys resisting the requirement are saying not only that the provision "would prevent them from offering the best independent judgment for each client" but that "[a]greeing to the provision might open them to future lawsuits from disgruntled clients."

All quotations above are from Alex Berenson's New York Times article, Some Lawyers Seek Changes in Vioxx Settlement. 

Previous commentary on the ethics of this provision by legal bloggers, including our own thoughts here, can be found at the Legal Ethics Forum here, the Wall Street Journal Law Blog here, FindLaw here; the Mass Tort Litigation Blog here;  Drug and Device Law here (but please don't call them for comment); Texas Lawyer here; and, Pharmalot here.

Have you ever seen such high level free legal advice in your lifetime?  And it's not even redundant.  So, no, Concurring Opinions, I don't think we've saturated the legal blogosphere.  I think everyone is just taking a deep breath to sort through the talent and find their niche.

In the meantime, have we stopped being troubled by the advertisement of pharmaceuticals direct to consumer (image above) as if they were laundry soap? 

The Complete Lawyer to Out Workplace Bullies

ImageChef.com - Custom comment codes for MySpace, Hi5, Friendster and more

UPDATE:  THAT WAS ME SHAKING THE PACKAGES UNDER THE CHRISTMAS TREE WHEN I DIRECTED MY READERS TO THE JANUARY '08 ISSUE OF THE COMPLETE LAWYER ON WORKPLACE BULLYING.

Assuming everyone is far more patient than I am (instant gratification takes too long) your patience will be amply rewarded if you don't open links to the incomplete Complete Lawyer of 2008 until the first week of January.

Apologies to Don Hutcheson and crew who put out the best looking online legal journal on the block!

The upcoming issue of the Complete Lawyer (Vol. IV, Issue 1) will be outting the bullies among us . . . . but, please don't open until after Christmas.  

My article Why Lawyers Are Unhappy… And Make Others Unhappy, Too is a personal confessional of workplace misbehavior. In fact, it's just about as personal as you can get without committing professional suicide.  But hey!  Somebody had to fess up and when you're  the jerk in the workplace, it's you who is usually the last to know.  As my regular readers know, however, there is a happy ending to this one.

I feature my own article first here only because I can.  The other authors addressing the issue of workplace bullying should be front and center because they are luminaries in their fields.  Take a look at:  

The No Asshole Rule by Robert Sutton, Professor of Management Science and Engineering at Stanford University

 

 

 

How to Spot and Deal with Jerks by Julie Fleming Brown, author of the renowned Life at the Bar blog

 

 

 

Create a Blueprint for a Bullying Free Workplace by Gary Namie, North America's foremost authority on Workplace Bullying

 

 

 

Defining and Legislating Bullying by Garry Mathiason, vice chair of Littler Mendelson, and, according to the National Law Journal, one of the 100 most influential attorneys in the nation

 

 

 

Yes, There are Ways to Reform Workplace Jerks by Employment Practices Specialist Allison West

 

 

 

In this crowd, I feel like Zelig!

 

Settlement Offer as to Claim No. 1 Admissible to Prove or Disprove Claim No. 2

Another reminder of the narrow scope of Evidence Code section 1152's protections has just come come down from California's Second District Court of Appeal in Zhou v. Unisource Worldwide, Inc. here

Before discussing the Zhou holding, we remind our readers that in California, at any rate, the differences in protections between mediated settlement communications (absolute protection from disclosure) and non-mediated settlement communications (limited protection) make it imperative that counsel clearly specify, in writing,  whether the settlement conference they are about to attend is a  "mediated" conference -- and hence protected by Evidence Code section 1119 -- or a "non-mediated" conference -- and hence protected only by Evidence Code section 1152.

Federal Practitioners should see the footnote below and read Irvine, California IP attorney Sheila Swaroop's excellent ABTL Newsletter article The Surprising Uses of Prior Settlement Negotiations under FRE 408 here.

Though I'm aware of no case law on the topic, I'll go so far as to say that an attorney's failure to make this distinction will likely be found to fall below the applicable standard of care in the event the client suffers harm as a result.  

The Zhou Holding

Briefly, Plaintiff, who was injured in two separate automobile accidents, sent the insurance carrier an offer to compromise -- which was just barely brought within section 1152's protections -- for Accident No. 2.  During the trial of Accident No. 1, the defense proferred into evidence the settlement offer made for Accident No. 2 to prove the invalidity of the claim arising from Accident No. 1. 

In holding that the trial court erroneously excluded that correspondence from evidence, the Court of Appeal explained:

[I]n this case Zhou’s letters to State Farm regarding his purported injuries
from the March 1, 2004 accident were not offered to disprove the merits of the claim under negotiation, but rather “to show the invalidity of a different claim.” *

The entire case is well worth reading as a refresher if you're about to send a settlement demand, attend an MSC or pursue mediation.

_____________________

*   The Court also cites federal law to the same effect -- Broadcort Capital Corp. v. Summa Medical Corp. (10th Cir. 1992) 972 F.2d 1183, 1194 [federal rule barring admission of evidence relating to settlement discussions does not preclude evidence of settlement of different dispute; “the evidence was not admitted to prove the validity or amount of the ‘claim under negotiation’”]; Towerridge, Inc. v. T.A.O., Inc. (10th Cir. 1997) 111 F.3d 758, 770 [“[r]ule 408 does not require the
exclusion of evidence regarding the settlement of a claim different from the one litigated”].)

"Trying" Your Case to the Insurance Adjuster in Mediation

(photo courtesy of xetark)

Thanks to Geoff Sharp at Mediator Blah Blah for hipping us to How to Build a Mediation Presentation That Will Make an Insurance Adjuster’s Sphincter Tighten by Bob Gerchen, jury consultant and author.  Excerpt below.

CONSIDER YOUR AUDIENCE 

In a mediation. . . [w]e're not playing to jurors. We’re playing to the person who holds the purse strings. The insurance adjuster. Does an insurance adjuster care that your young client was Phi Beta Kappa? Not likely. Is an insurance adjuster emotionally affected because your client’s legs were burned off him while he sat half in and half out of the SUV that had just rolled over on him? Doubtful.

Insurance adjusters have seen the worst of the worst. They see horrific injuries every day. They see “perfect” plaintiffs every day. It doesn’t move them. What do insurance adjusters care about?

Insurance adjusters care about one thing more than anything in the world, even more than money.

Risk.

When an insurance adjuster is listening to and watching a mediation presentation by a plaintiff, she is asking herself, “What is my downside here? What is my risk level?” And she is constantly weighing the risks of going to trial versus the costs of settling with money that the insurance company would prefer to hold on to for a little longer.

YOUR OBJECTIVE: COMMUNICATE THE RISK

When you start putting together your mediation presentation, instead of asking, “What’s great about my case?” ask yourself, “If I were the adjuster, what about this case would freak me out?”

THE ELEMENTS OF THE SPHINCTER-TIGHTENING PRESENTATION

Their Witnesses and Documents

The first answer is bad defense witnesses. . . . As much as possible, tell the story using defense witnesses. Pull out the parts of depositions that show blazing incompetence, indifference or best yet, bad motive. As much as possible, include documents generated by the defense to bolster your case.

Adjusters don’t typically see witness testimony before trial. If they’ve got some awful witnesses, make the adjuster painfully aware of it. Start and end with their horrible witnesses. 

                                               *                        *                         *
 

WHAT ABOUT MY PLAINTIFF?

[T]he plaintiff should be a coda, just a quick notice to the defense that they won’t be able to score big on “your guy.”

The big dollars don’t lie in the beauty of your plaintiff’s life and the tragedy of his loss. The big dollars lie in the adjuster’s uneasiness about the risk. And if you can get the adjuster’s sphincter to tighten, her hands may well loosen.

Negotiating Associate Life in the AmLaw 100: Writing Writing Writing

(photo Dear Santa by caro wanders)

O.K.  So you're not really going to ever be a trial lawyer unless you leave that job like you said you would after paying off your student loans.  Don't be seduced by the $$$ if you want to keep that promise.  Keep your fingers off the year-end bonus and drive the Toyota for a while longer.  Even though your friends are beginning to drive Porsches.  

While you're paying off the student loans by working 60-70 hours a week, you're unlikely to be doing anything they do on Boston Legal -- like appear in Court or even "first chair" a deposition for a couple of years.

What you're going to be doing is writing, mostly.  Thinking creatively.  Brainstorming.  Strategizing.  Researching. 

If that's not a lot of fun, take the first train out of AmLaw One Hundred Station to save yourself years of semi-smoldering unhappiness.

That's the 20-20 hindsight at any rate.

So here's what you'll need for your first and second years -- some more really good writing advice, which I stumbled over today while procrastinating that post about negotiating the purchase of the flat screen TV and last night's mid-life (who do you know who's lived to 110?) crisis at the Twisted Sister concert on the Sunset Strip.

WRITING ADVICE from creative here.  And, once again, How to Write:  A Memo from a Curmudgeon which bears reading by all lawyers from time to time -- once a year is best. 

There's other good stuff on the Language in Common site, like the  "Dear Bosses" memo from creative that I've posted before.  Although its the bosses, not the first year associates, who should read this, you might work up the courage to say a few of these things in a nice way to make the management/labor thing more tolerable until you become management and learn it's just a shift  from one set of irritations to another.  And harder, really, being management, than being labor.

But I know you won't believe that for another twenty years, when I'll be scooting around town on my Segway, waving happily to all the other boomers in retirement.

But seriously.  I pretty happily practiced law for 25 years and even miss it from time to time.  Especially the winning part.   I'm into collaboration now.  But I'll never regret the losing cases and motions because it wouldn't have been much fun winning unless my chances had been less than even, now, would it?

But please.  Enjoy the winter holidays.  And have a GREAT 2008!

(photo:  Segway tour by Bill Tracey)

Settle It Now Joins the Forbes.com Business and Finance Network

(Notting Hill Gate by Paolo Margari)

What is that advertisement at the top of Victoria Pynchon's Negotiation Law Blog?

It's the first of several ads to be delivered on this site by Forbes.com.

Why is she junking up her blog with advertising; does she need the $$$ that badly?  . 

It's true that I will earn some income (a few dollars a month?  a couple of hundred?  I have no idea). 

But I'm not in it for the ad revenue.  

Why then?

Believe it or not, this blog is not merely a marketing device.  It is also an attempt to spread the good news of collaborative problem solving and interest-based negotiation to whomever those skills might help in their business and personal lives.  

Learning interest-based negotiation and mediation skills radically changed the quality of my life, my work and my personal relationships.  I don't just want to share that, I'll go all the way to say I have a mission to share that. 

O.K., But What Does This Have to Do With Advertising from Forbes.com

I'm joining the Forbes.com Business and Financial Network to bring the Settle It Now Negotiation Blog to as many people as might find it useful, most particularly business people and attorneys.

Forbes.com's homepage has -- drum roll please -- 20 million visitors a month. 

I have 5,000-6,000 visitors a month. 

I'd like to have more.

I'm truly hoping that the Forbes.com network will provide a greater array of information and advice to my existing five to six thousand monthly visitors and that the addition of my blog to the network will get the central message of this blog to more people.

What is your blog's central message anyway?

Here it is.  

A community thrives on collaboration and reciprocity.  All communities -- local and global -- thrive on collaboration and reciprocity.  And individuals living in collaborative and reciprocal communities are happier and healthier than those who don't.

The rest is implementation.  And practice.

So, let's see how this Forbes.com community can further that goal. 

Hop on board!  The train is getting ready to leave the station. 

But don't worry about being left behind.  We're a local so you can jump on any time you're ready!! 

Rounding Up Power and Persuasion

(Power by Michael Nagel)

Thanks to Personal Injury Law Roundup No. 39 for mentioning our piece on the persuasive power of the WGA Strike Video.

Although I mediated many cases as a litigator and trial lawyer, it wasn't until I began serving as a mediator that I realized how much trial attorneys and mediators have in common.  

Yes, yes, I know -- trial lawyers are trained assassins and mediators are neutral facilitators of negotiated resolutions.  And yet we both use the power of persuasion to assist us in "selling" our wares to our respective audiences -- trial lawyers to juries and mediators to the disputants and their counsel.

I'm a regular reader of trial blogs for this reason and hope that trial attorneys and mediators will continue having a dialogue about those matters that are of common interest to them.

Nice roundup guys and thanks again for including me! 

We Don't Need No Stinkin' ADR Providers?

It wasn't actually John Huston's Treasure of the Sierra Madre, but Mel Brook's Blazing Saddles -- where he parodies the scene above -- in which the bandits famously said "we don't need no stinkin' badges." 

Are we just as confused about the role played by mediation providers?

This is what you hear from litigators:

I don't hire a mediation provider, I hire a mediator.

This is what you hear from mediators:

People don't hire me because I'm on the JAMS or ADR Services or Judicate West panels.  People hire me because they know me.

And yet, we are on ADR provider panels and they do provide us with business just as we provide them with our "book." 

I'm not going to deconstruct the misconceptions here, only to provide you with an excerpt from the address given by Elizabeth Birch transcribed here -- Meditation Providers No Longer Add Value -- courtesy of Geoff Sharp and The Political News You Need to Know

 

It provides just a few of the reasons you might want to call my ADR provider, and that of my colleagues Jay McCauley, Michael Young, and John Wagner, at Judicate West, the next time you want to schedule a mediation or arbitration. 

 

 

Administration

Now, here is the nub of the problem. Many of you feel that you don’t need your mediations administered … “I can do that myself. Why should I let a Mediation Provider take some of the mediation money, if I can do it myself?”

Continue Reading

The Angriest Lawyers on the Block: a Rorschach Test

From the Simple Justice Blog -- a Rorschah test.

And while we're on the topic of funny lawyer ads, see the ABA Journal's article Funny Lawyer Ads are No Joke in New York by Martha Neil, teh Journal's online legal affairs writer here.

Indisputably's Michael Moffit on Mediator Ethics

Michael Moffitt, Associate Professor at the University of Oregon School of Law and Indisputably.org blogger recently posted his thoughts about the difference between the Mediation Ethics we are taught and the Mediation Ethics we Need here

The full post is well worth reading.  Most applicable to my own practial ethics needs, however, is the following post excerpt.

None of the existing or proposed ethical codes, he writes,  

address the relatively common and always difficult situations in which more than one ethical principle is implicated, and in which no course of action perfectly protects all of the mediation principles involved.

One party appears to have an imperfect understanding of some aspect of a deal, the other party is credibly indicating an intention to withdraw from the mediation, the conversation up to this point suggests that the issues appearing in the legal complaint are only one component of what’s going on and what each party cares about, the case is proceeding under brutal external time constraints, the media are making regular requests for updates, and the mediator isn’t sure what the best next steps might be.

That’s not just an ethical question, but there are ethical questions embedded in there. And nothing in most articulations of mediation ethical standards even acknowledges, much less guides, the balancing I must do.

Amen, brother and thanks for joining the conversation about ethics.

Mediator Diane Levin on the Mysterious Math of Adding and Dividing by Two

Friend Diane Levin of the Online Guide to Mediation writes:

I think the question you raise here, requires a cognitive psychologist to answer. Having said that, I've seen this phenomenon [of the negotiation ending half way between the first two offers] myself. I suspect it's because the notion of "splitting the difference" or "meet me halfway" is so deeply ingrained in us.

Perhaps on some level this result "feels fair" to parties -- not surprising when 
even envious monkeys can spot a bum deal.


When the "Fair" Result Doesn't Result

However, I don't think it's fair to assume that this applies in all cases. I don't believe it holds true in mediations between an attorney and his/her client on one side and an unrepresented party on the other, when you're more likely to get out-of-the-ballpark initial demands from the unrepresented party (the "it's what my third cousin who's going to law school said I could get" phenomenon), or when either or both parties are unprepared to negotiate and have no objective criteria on which to base their dollar demands. Then the end result is wildly different from what you've described. And those are the cases that can break your heart.

For example, consider a not-so-untypical employment discrimination case between an unrepresented complainant and an employer with their lawyers. The complainant's first demand is $900,000 -- about $896,000 shy of what would have been a reasonable starting demand. The counteroffer is $500. The complainant's next move is to $50,000. The counteroffer is $750. In the next exchange of numbers, the complainant moves to $35,000, followed by a counteroffer of $900, which astonishingly settles the case.

Mathematical formulae are all very well, but they don't take into account all the variables that can come into play at the table. I've long stopped trying to predict what clients will do -- I just strap on my seatbelt and get ready for the ride.

I'm curious to hear what the experts on human behavior have to say on this. And I'm very much looking forward to the next installment in this series, Vickie.

THANKS DIANE!!  You can see Diane's thoughts on all things mediation at the Online Guide to Mediation.

 

Money mediation redux

Still riffing off of Geoff Sharp's Money Mediation #1 (where's two big guy?)

I keep telling friends that the following formula is descriptive, not prescriptive, and yet, I don't think I really know what I'm talking about.  

The formula?  In a pure distributive bargain, the case will settle half-way in between the first two reasonable offers.

The belief?  I believe the key phrase here is "reasonable," which is not surprising since the entire practice of the law seems to be precariously balanced atop that single word.

The observation?  For the past three and one-half years of mediation practice I have performed this math equation (I know it's only arithmetic) at the moment I believe the first two reasonable offers have been put on the table.  Often I'll go back to earlier offers -- ones I considered unreasonable.  I generally find that the arithmetic works there too.  Add the offer and the counter.  Divide by two.

I do sometimes say "you seem to be heading toward $X" when the parties are claiming impasse and I'm not buying it.  They seem surprised that I somehow know what they're thinking.

(twilight zone music here)

The Question.   What's the deal with this little formula, taught to me as holy writ by the Mediating the Litigated case people. 

Is it some sort of golden mean or cognitive bias (aha! woke you up Michael Webster in Canada!) 

If any of the following people were to give an answer to this question, I'd be deliriously happy, which just goes to show you just how much I'm procrastinating writing chapter three:

Diane Levin

Geoff Sharp (the "coalface" perspective)

Anyone at Indisputably.

Richard Rueben (who in any event owes me a phone call) at U. of Mo. (my social psych guru)

Legal Assistant or Partner, Monster.com Has Solid Advice for Negotiating Your Compensation

For the complete article 3 Steps to Making Smarter Counteroffers :  Get the Compensation Package You Deserve by Michael Chaffers click here.

#1: Get Prepared

Before the negotiation begins, take the time to [do your] research . . . Establish a reasonable range for [compensation], a typical benefits package and common additional compensation (e.g., stock options, annual bonus, performance bonus). This work makes it possible for you to know the ballpark in which any satisfactory agreement has to fall.

Then, from those general points, determine the most favorable compensation package for you. You should be able to justify that package given the field in which you work (since compensation differs across industries) and your experience, expertise and credentials.

Make sure that this package addresses the real needs you have -- you will likely have trouble asking for more later if you overlook something. This package is your counteroffer.

#2: Be Firm

[S]elect[] a reasonable and appropriate counteroffer -- one based on the data you gathered in your research -- and stay[] there until the other side offers a persuasive reason for you to move.

By "persuasive," I mean an argument based on additional data or information that justifies a different figure or package than you had developed. . . . . An example of an unpersuasive argument would be "Your figure is too high. We can't do that."

#3: Be Wise

Keep the big picture in mind. Your goal in the negotiation is to reach an agreement that satisfies your interests -- not to win a battle between positions. If your counteroffer is not moving you closer to an agreement, do not hunker down and defend it to the death.

Instead, think of another proposal that addresses your needs and concerns and is supported by data, and put that out as another offer. Use your energy to generate solutions, not to fight battles.

WantYour Case Decided by a Really Cranky Arbitrator? Litigate Your Case in an Arizona Superior Court

(photo:  Inside H Block 4 by Still Burning)

Want an angry tax attorney serving as the arbitrator on your personal injury case?  Then head on down to Arizona where the Ninth Circuit has just held that he can be forced  by State law to serve as your neutral for $75 per day -- all without violating the U.S. Constitution.

The indentured tax attorney?  Mark V. Scheehle, to whom you might throw a little tax planning work out of collegial fellow feeling.

The facts below.  Link to Scheehle v. Justices of the Supreme Court here.

Arizona law requires that each superior court, by rule of court, provide for the arbitration of cases in which the amount in controversy does not exceed $65,000. Ariz. Rev. Stat. § 12- 133. At the time this action was filed, the Local Rules of Practice for the Superior Court of Maricopa County required that all attorneys who reside in the county and have been active members of the Arizona Bar for five years serve as arbitrators.

Attorneys who served as arbitrators under the Appointment System were paid a flat fee of $75 for each day in which they actually conducted an arbitration hearing.  

Scheehle has been a member of the Arizona Bar since 1981, and a certified tax specialist since 1988. In September 1996, Scheehle was appointed as the arbitrator in a motor vehicle personal injury action. He served as an arbitrator and submitted a report to the Maricopa Superior Court in December 1997.

In July 1997, Scheehle was appointed as the arbitrator in a second motor vehicle personal injury suit and accepted the appointment. In October 1997, while still serving as the arbitrator in the second action, Scheehle was appointed as the arbitrator in a third personal injury action.

Scheehle decided to challenge the authority of the Arizona courts to require that he serve as an arbitrator. He returned the file to the Presiding Arbitration Judge of the Maricopa County Superior Court with a letter declining to serve as an arbitrator. He also expressed his unwillingness to serve as an arbitrator in any subsequent case, and his belief that the Appointment System was unconstitutional and violated Arizona law.

The judge responded by holding a telephone conference at which Scheehle placed his objections on the record. The judge further encouraged Scheehle to apply for relief for good cause shown from the particular assignment, but Scheehle declined, choosing to challenge the Appointment System as a whole.

Scheehle was allowed to file a brief in support of his position. In January 1998, the Presiding Arbitration Judge entered an order rejecting Scheehle’s arguments and imposing a $900 sanction on Scheehle for refusing the arbitrator appointment.

money money money money money money money money money money money money money

Take a look at Geoff Sharp's post on the so-called pure money case and then please please please send me your stories on meaning-making about money in the course of mediated or non-mediated negotiations.

 (see our previous posts on the subjective experience of money here and here)

What do I mean by "meaning making"?

Let me give you an example of the type of story I'm looking for. 

I was mediating a personal injury case and we'd reached impasse.  The Plaintiff was having trouble understanding how the amounts of money being discussed could possibly adequately compensate her for her injury -- a self-report of daily 3-hour headaches.      

After much discussion I sat down with my calculator and "translated" the final offer of settlement into an hourly wage for two years worth of headaches "if suffering were your full-time job." 

The resulting "hourly income" was pretty substantial when viewed as an hourly payment for pain.  This way of presenting defendant's offer broke the impasse.  

Why? 

Before we translated the total settlement offer (minus costs and fees) into a compensation scheme familiar to the Plaintiff -- an hourly wage -- she  had no metric against which to value that offer.  The money wasn't real until she understood it in terms of earnings.  

I've heard many other stories like this but my appetite for them is insatiable.  Whenever a mediator or lawyer tells me a story like this, I am always inspired and heartened.  Their telling also helps me become better at facilitating "pure money" negotiations. I'm hoping they will also be useful to my readers.

Thanks to the Wise Law blog for picking up on the beginning of what I hope will be an expanding conversation among mediators and litigators about "pure money" negotiations.

More Educated Tea Leaf Reading on Hall & Associates by Professor Sarah Cole at Indisputably.org

In her recent post Supreme Court Orders Additional Briefing in Hall Street, Moritz Law School Professor Professor Sarah Cole at Indisputably Dot Org worries that the Supreme Court might punt the issue squarely placed before it in Hall & Associates -- whether parties to an arbitration agreement may expand judicial review of arbitration awards -- and decide the issue on a narrow common law ground, thus creating more, rather than less, uncertainty for parties wishing to design the best conflict resolution vehicle for their particular dispute. 

(sorry for the run-on sentence grammarians)

The heart of Professor Cole's concerns is quoted below.  The questions from the Supreme Court giving rise to those concerns may be found in the linked post above.

(our earlier posts on the case -- which we referred to as the "Mattel" -- are here and here)

It may be that the[ Court is] considering whether substantive judicial review provisions contained in an agreement among parties transforms what the parties think is arbitration into a procedure governed by common law (contract law) rather than the FAA.

If that is the case, then the question becomes whether parties can ask courts to review their contracts on grounds that courts normally don’t use to review contracts. Then, the district court judge would have to look at whether he or she had authority to grant the parties’ request — in past cases, courts have used their inherent authority to grant or deny such non-traditional requests.

But, because courts’ inherent authority is discretionary, courts might reject the parties’ requests. That level of uncertainty might doom these kinds of agreements.

Collaboration and Persuasion, Not Railroading, the By Word of the Vioxx Judges

(photo of Rofecoxib from the Molecular Expressions Website)

Let me just say I'm prejudiced on this topic before we begin yet another discussion of the Vioxx settlement -- this one focusing on the stellar and collaborative case management skills of the jurists responsible for managing these cases through litigation, trial and settlement.

Having litigated complex commercial litigation in both State and Federal Courts, primarily in Los Angeles but also in other cities and states as well -- I don't believe there is any Court anywhere with a better group of Judges than those who preside over the Los Angeles Superior Court's Complex Case program in Central Civil West.

I was a true-believer of the benefits of the Complex Court on the first day my nine-figure environmental insurance coverage dispute was reassigned from a downtown courtroom to the Hon. Carolyn B. Kuhl, presently the Presiding Judge of "Complex."  

My respect for the Complex Court only grew when I became Judge Victoria Chaney's superannuated law extern while pursuing my LL.M degree in Conflict Resolution at the Straus Institute. 

So it is no surprise that Judge Chaney was one of those Judges who were highly instrumental in pressing the parties to resolve one of the most sophisticated mass tort cases ever -- and not by "twisting arms" or "banging heads," but by the art of case management, collaboration and principled persuasion.    

Kudos are also owed to Susan Todd, staff writer for the Star-Ledger, who wrote the following account of the settlement negotiations from the Judges' perspective.  Ms. Todd's article, Behind the scenes of the Vioxx settlement can be read in full here.  Below is an excerpt from yesterday's paper.

By December 2006, there had been enough [Vioxx jury] trials for both sides to recognize the strengths and weaknesses of their arguments, [New Jersey Superior Court Judge Carol] Higbee said.

Both sides had spent a lot of money, but the litigation was still progressing too slowly.

That month, [U.S. District Judge Eldon] Fallon, Higbee and [Ass't Supervising Complex Court Judge Victoria] Chaney met in New Orleans. Over dinner, they prepared for a meeting the next morning with attorneys from both sides. It was time, the judges had decided, for the lawyers to discuss a resolution.

The judges urged the lawyers to begin talking. They asked for monthly meetings and regular progress reports. They emphasized, among other things, the need to move the cases along.

"We were simply not going to be able to continue this slow progress," Higbee said. "It would go on forever."

Six months later, in June, the judges notified the team of plaintiff attorneys they intended to meet with Merck's legal team, Higbee said. The pace of the litigation weighed on the judges.

"Trying the cases one at a time was no longer going to be an option," Higbee said. "We never thought we would try all the cases, but there was a chance we would try another 500 cases."

The judges told Merck's lawyers they would have to start spreading the cases out among more judges, which would diminish the chance of getting a settlement. "The chance of a fair resolution was much more likely," Higbee said, "while there was a control of the litigation by the three judges."

The Judges' Management Strategy Plus the Three-Year Statute of Limitations, Pushed the Negotiations Along

Kent Jarrell, an outside spokesman for Merck's legal team, said the possibility of the lawsuits being spread out among additional judges was "a factor" that pushed the negotiations along. But Jarrell said the three-year statute of limitations, which arrived at the end of September, also was a big factor.

The statute of limitations on filing new cases gave Merck a clear definition of the litigation's magnitude, and that would prove to be a key factor in Merck's ability to formulate a settlement.

The settlement negotiations, which grew more serious during the summer months and into the fall, culminated in the early morning hours of Nov. 9.

"Both sides had a similar goal -- to settle as much of the litigation as possible and to pay people with the strongest cases, the most serious injuries, the most money," the judge said.

Higbee believes the settlement will ultimately succeed. "I'm anticipating they will get more than 85 percent of the cases," she said.

Gini Nelson on Mediator Ethics: First, Do No Harm; Then, Do Good?

Gini Nelson is the founder and author of the Engaging Conflicts Blog.  Gini  received her law degree from George Washington University Law School in 1983 after teaching Social Problems at the University of Kansas while completing her MA in sociology.

Gini's practice  includes mediation and settlement facilitation.

Gini, who posted her response to my request for comments on mediation ethics on her own blog here, did so before I noticed and after I make a few edits here.  Any flaws in this version must therefore be laid at my door. 

Gini's pure unmolested thinking can be found here.  Gini's slightly edited thoughts (for style only) are in italics below.

As a starting point, I echo the physicians' ancient ethical code as First, do no harm.

When we look at short lists of ethical obligations, this bedrock principle appears to undergird all of them -- most of which emphasize client determination and transparency. This list should be short and it should be clear.

The obligation to do no harm, however, must be distinguished from the aspirational goal of "doing good."  

I am concerned about the blurring of lines between the two.

Is it our ethical duty, for instance, to advance the field of mediation, as much as we might aspire to do so?

Let's Take Pro Bono Services as an Example of an Aspirational Goal

I, for one, oppose mandatory "pro bono" services, whether the professionals being hauled into servitude are mediators, lawyers, physicians, accountants or interior decorators (as much as the world would benefit were it as aesthetically pleasing as, say, every shop window in Paris).

At least in New Mexico, however, we are not ethically required to provide pro bono services.  We are only asked to aspire to provide them.

This professional aspirational goal leaves it up to the individual attorney to consider what she can afford in terms of time, money and energy when considering whether to provide her services for free.  Despite the clarity with which this principle is expressed in New Mexico's Code of Professional Responsibility, I've sat in meetings with a combination of practicing attorneys, practicing mediators, state bar staff, court staff, and a judge where everyone was in complete accord on a mediator's ethical obligation to provide pro bono services.

Why the Problem?

When the people responsible for establishing and implementing court-annexed mediation programs misunderstand an aspiration as an ethical obligation, they feel free to incorporate mandatory pro bono mediation services in those programs.  In New Mexico, most state and city, government and judicial ADR programs require their mediators to provide their services free of charge. 

I understand the budgetary constraints these programs work with.  At the same time, I believe a confusion of the professional aspiration to "do good" with the ethical obligation to "do no harm" provides principled justification for program designers to expect mediators to work for free.

This, of course, harms the solo practitioner who can seldom afford to provide the same scale of pro bono services that larger or richer offices can handle.  Perhpas more importantly, it constitutes a continuing harm on the entire mediation field by demeaning the value of its practitioners' services.

This confusion also perhaps helps fuel some of the intolerance of other forms of practice that Diane writes about here.

Diane Levin on Mediator Ethics

Diane Levin of the Award-Winning Online Guide to Mediation and the World Directory of ADR Blogs and principal of Partnering Solutions responds to our request for comment on the Rules of Ethics governing the work of mediators as follows:  

The JAMS standards that you link to are similar but not identical to the standards of conduct promulgated by numerous other organizations and professional associations for mediators. As a practitioner in Massachusetts, I adhere to a combination of several standards that apply to my work.

Sources of Ethical Standards for Mediators

First, there are the Model Standards of Conduct for Mediators approved and adopted by the American Arbitration Association, the American Bar Association, and the Association for Conflict Resolution in 2005. 

In brief, they include self-determination by parties; impartiality of the neutral; avoidance of conflicts of interest; competence of the neutral; confidentiality; responsibility for the quality of the process; truthfulness in advertising and solicitation; accuracy of information regarding fees and other charges; and, the advancement of mediation practice.

Responsibility to Improve the Profession

That last duty I'd like to underscore, since it's one that I increasingly see mediators ignore or, worse, spurn. It calls upon mediators to advance the practice of mediation by, among other things, fostering diversity, mentoring new mediators, and -- here's the important one:

A mediator should demonstrate respect for differing points of view within the field, seek to learn from other mediators and work together with other mediators to improve the profession and better serve people in conflict.

(Emphasis mine.)

To me that means not only respecting the various models of mediation practice that abound, but to resist the temptation to label some mediators as superior or inferior to other mediators on the basis of practice area or profession of origin. We've got to stop putting each other down, folks.

Uniform Rules of Dispute Resolution

I also mediate within the Massachusetts courts which require neutrals to observe the Uniform Rules on Dispute Resolution.  Rule 9 of the Uniform Rules spells out a mediator's ethical duties which include impartiality; freedom from conflicts of interest; informed consent; disclosure of fees; confidentiality; truthfulness in advertising and solicitation; responsibility to non-participating third parties (children in a divorce case, for example, or the public and public safety in a dispute involving a public construction project); and, requirements for withdrawal.

Some points to note about these rules.

Rule 9(c), Informed Consent, prohibits mediators from providing legal advice and coercing the parties to settle.

I think this is critical, since the prohibition on providing legal advice underscores that the mediator's role is to facilitate negotiation and decision-making, not to serve as advocate. I also agree with its prohibition on coercion, which strips the parties of the power and the right to make their own decisions free from pressure by the mediator or the agenda of the court -- both of which may have an interest in obtaining the settlement of as many cases as possible.

This places the needs of the parties front and center, not as mere afterthought.

In addition, I'm a member of the Massachusetts Council for Family Mediation, which has its own rules of conduct for its members, which resemble but are not identical to the rules discussed above.

These rules require mediators to clarify for parties the difference between mediation and other processes such as litigation, arbitration, negotiation through lawyers, and therapy; and that they encourage parties to seek professional advice such as legal, financial, therapeutic, or marriage counseling.

A substantial number of my family mediation clients are not represented by counsel. Because it's easy for unrepresented parties to be confused about the mediator's role, I take great care to emphasize that my role is to mediate -- and that I will not be their lawyer, will not and cannot represent them, and will not provide legal advice -- and take care to explain the difference between a mediator and a lawyer. I would do this even if the Massachusetts Rules of Professional Conduct, Rule 2.4, "Lawyer Serving as Third Party Neutral", didn't require me to do it.

All of these various bodies of ethical rules and duties guide my conduct at the mediation table, Vickie.

But there's another ethical duty that I honor.

I don't think you'll find it formally recorded in our professional canon, but it's this: connect with other mediators.

I am fortunate to have a network of trusted friends and colleagues (and of course bloggers) in the mediation profession to whom I turn when an ethical dilemma confronts me. We need each other.

It's one reason why ABA Section on Dispute Resolution's Model Standards of Conduct Standard IX, Advancement of Mediation Practice, resonates so strongly with me. Not only do we benefit as individuals, but we benefit collectively when we work together to improve our practice.

Vioxx, Justice and Hypothetical John Doe

(above:  National Geographic's Odds of Dying chart from inkycircus)

I'm a student of the social psychology of conflict.  Of in-groups and out-groups.  Of choosing sides and aligning interests.  Of polarization and cognitive biases. 

But I just never get it when a newspaper reporter -- even someone living as rarefied a journalist's life as New York Times reporter Joe Nocera -- sheds crocodile tears for BigPharma.

Call me crazy.  Call me neutral.  But the recently settled Vioxx cases never struck me as low-merit, extortionate rip-offs nor as slam dunk victories for injured consumers or their survivors.

Why?  For all the reasons Joe notes -- it's extremely difficult to prove that one assault on a person's physical well-being (the use of a potentially life-endangering drug) is a more likely explanation for stroke, heart attack or death than the thousands of other reasons we all eventually die -- obesity, smoking, genetic pre-disposition, exposure to toxic chemicals in the workplace, stress and the like.     

John Doe's Alleged Vioxx-Related Heart Attack

In negotiating the settlement of litigation, I find it best when people actually engaged in the dispute are in the room because it tends to focus the parties on the intricacies, texture, dimensionality and simple messiness of real life.

With that in mind, I'll use a hypothetical to put a little flesh and blood into the debate.  More precisely, I'm going to use a hypothetical John Doe who had a heart attack about ten months after he started taking Vioxx.    

What Merck Did and Failed to Do

As Nocera acknowledges in his article Forget Fair, It's Litigation as Usual,  Merck did not behave with the high level of caution the consuming public would expect of a drug manufacturer creating and marketing a product we ingest to help make us better.  I mean, no one was taking Vioxx as a recreational drug, right?  Here's what Nocera says about Merck's marketing of Vioxx.

[Merck] caught a serious case of blockbuster fever in the 1990s. In its effort to crank out drugs with $1 billion or more in annual sales — the definition of a blockbuster drug — it over-reached. . . . 

Merck spent hundreds of millions of dollars marketing Vioxx, largely through direct-to-consumer advertising, portraying it as some kind of miracle pain reliever. So instead of having a few hundred thousand users in the short time it was on the market, it had 20 million. Its annual sales grew to $2.5 billion a year.

Even before the drug was approved by the Food and Drug Administration, there were rumblings in the scientific community that Vioxx might increase the risk of heart attacks or strokes. It’s not quite right to say that Merck completely ignored those potential problems — but the company certainly tried to avert its eyes.

. . . At Merck . . . “there was a kind of studied ignorance” of the possibility that Vioxx could increase the chances of a heart attack — even after one study, called Vigor, suggested that the drug could quadruple the heart attack risk. Only in 2004, when another study confirmed the increased risk, did Merck finally react — by taking the drug off the market.

(emphasis mine).

So Merck was making billions of dollars on a drug that probably should not have been marketed to the general public.  Merck ignored the medical research -- some of which showed the drug could quadruple the risk of heart attack -- until yet another study confirmed the increased risk.

Nevertheless, Nocera worries about a judicial system railroading Merck into creating a fund for people who are able to demonstrate that the drug likely caused stroke, heart attack or death.   

John Doe's Bereaved Family Seeks to Recover for Their Devastating Loss  

As Nocera notes, you can never really be certain what caused your cancer or heart attack.  No one will ever know for sure why your brother had a stroke at 35 when everyone else in your family lived into their nineties. We all have medical histories that make us vulnerable to one or more life-threatening conditions that will eventually kill us off.  As the National Geographic recently noted in the chart reproduced above, our odds of death from any and all causes are 100%.

We'd die if we lived in a bubble.

Continue Reading

The Ethical Standards that Guide Mediator Conduct

At the close of yesterday's seminar on mediation ethics for lawyers, I was asked what ethical standards guided my own practice.  Other than "neutrality" and maintaining confidences, I'm sorry to say that the question caught me short.

As promised to teleseminar participants, I provide JAMS suggested Mediator Ethics below together with a link to the JAMS article explaining each ethical standard here.

GUIDELINES

I. A MEDIATOR SHOULD ENSURE THAT ALL PARTIES ARE INFORMED ABOUT THE MEDIATOR'S ROLE AND NATURE OF THE MEDIATION PROCESS, AND THAT ALL PARTIES UNDERSTAND THE TERMS OF SETTLEMENT. 

II. A MEDIATOR SHOULD PROTECT THE VOLUNTARY PARTICIPATION OF EACH PARTY. 

III. A MEDIATOR SHOULD BE COMPETENT TO MEDIATE THE PARTICULAR MATTER. 

IV. A MEDIATOR SHOULD MAINTAIN THE CONFIDENTIALITY OF THE PROCESS. 

V. A MEDIATOR SHOULD CONDUCT THE PROCESS IMPARTIALLY. 

VI. A MEDIATOR SHOULD REFRAIN FROM PROVIDING LEGAL ADVICE.

VII. A MEDIATOR SHOULD WITHDRAW UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES.

VIII. A MEDIATOR SHOULD AVOID MARKETING THAT IS MISLEADING AND SHOULD NOT GUARANTEE RESULTS.

[(c) copyright JAMS 2003.  For more info from JAMS, visit www.jamsadr.com or call 1.800.352.5267]

I ask my mediation blog buddies Geoff Sharp, Diane Levin, Paula Lowhon, Phyllis Pollack, Jan SchauGini Nelson, all of the generous academics at Indisputably, and Chris Annunziata for additions to the list or comments about it.

Three Can Keep a Secret if Two of Them are Dead: Confidentiality and Ethics in Mediated Negotiations

(photo Money! by David Beyer)

"Three can keep a secret if two of them are dead."  Benjamin Franklin

Do you know whether your settlement conference can be considered a mediation?

Do you know whether mediation confidentiality rules will prevent you from enforcing terms of an agreement that have not been included in the deal points hastily scrawled at mediation's end?

Do you know what type of confidentiality protections govern settlement negotiations that are not "mediated"?

Do you know you could be prevented from proving you were fraudulently induced to enter into an agreement if it was negotiated during a mediation?  

If your answer to ANY of these questions is "no," you should take a look at the Power Point Presentation on Mediation Confidentiality that I recently gave as an MCLE teleseminar. 

I've included in this presentation the speakers' notes so that you'll be able to obtain almost as much benefit from the Power Point as did the "live" participants.  

POWER POINT PRESENTATION WITH SPEAKER'S NOTES

I mention several great resources in the presentation including

I also have an entire page of resources, together with a form mediated settlement agreement here.


 

Vioxx Settlement: Ethical Dilemma or Common Attorney-Client Conflict?

(image links to ABC News article on New York's own recent lawsuit against Merck)

In his provocative Los Angeles Times article Vioxx deal may cause pain, staff writer Daniel Costello asks whether the contingent settlement agreement we've written about here, here and here raises an ethical dilemma for Plaintiffs' attorneys.

(and for a well-informed and thorough analysis of the settlement, see the Mass Tort Litigation Blog article on the issue here)

As Costello reports: 

The highly unusual agreement not only requires 85% of plaintiffs to agree before it can be finalized but also might unduly force some claimants to settle or risk losing their lawyer.

That's because the deal includes highly unusual restrictions on plaintiffs' lawyers. The settlement requires them to recommend the deal to all of their clients or none. In addition, lawyers must stop representing any clients who turn it down as long as they don't violate ethics rules.

The agreement was hammered out by Merck and a committee of top trial lawyers who represent Vioxx claimants. Lawyers for both sides said it was a good deal because it provided immediate and fair compensation instead of lengthy trials with uncertain outcomes. Merck requested the all-or-nothing conditions because it feared lawyers would settle weaker cases and cherry-pick stronger ones for trial and possible higher payouts.

Stephen Gillers, a professor of ethics at NYU School of Law, wins the compelling legal metaphor of the year award for suggesting that

Clients are not inventory that lawyers can just shed when they become inconvenient. It's forbidden.

Local trial attorney Tom Girardi, however, who took at least one 'bellwether' Vioxx case to a jury verdict before Assistant Supervising Complex Court Judge Victoria Chaney in Los Angeles earlier this year, notes that it is 

always the clients' decision to accept a settlement or not, and lawyers aren't going to do anything that's unethical [and that] those considering [whether to accept the offer] should know these are not easy cases to try in court.

So is a Mass Tort Injustice on the Horizon?  Not Likely. 

The law -- and the contract between attorney and client -- gives both the right to withdraw from the attorney-client relationship for any or no reason.  Generally, however, the relationship continues unless the same type of "irreconcilable differences" that permit husband and wife to divorce, arise between counsel and client.    

One of the most common reasons for the dissolution of the attorney-client relationship is a disagreement over settlement.  The attorney is not, of course, the client's indentured servant and the client is neither chattel nor "inventory."   

If the attorney believes the client has been offered a settlement that is a better alternative to further litigation and trial, he would dishonor his ethical obligation if he didn't say so.  If the client disagrees and their difference of opinion cannot be resolved, they separate.  

The only ethical requirements on the part of the attorney in this circumstance are:  (1)  not to abandon the client or separate at a time when it would cause harm, i.e., bowing out on the eve of trial; and, (2) not putting the attorney's own interests above those of the client.

This is where that pesky contingency fee comes in. 

Any attorney who has a one-third to fifty percent financial interest in a settlement reached or judgment entered in his client's case will often appear to have a financial interest that conflicts with his client's.  This apparent conflict, however, is actually more of a guard against unnecessary litigation than the defense lawyers' practice of charging their clients an hourly fee. 

A contingency attorney lives or dies by his ability to assess the risk of victory or loss and maximize the value of the threat of further litigation and trial to the defendant.  

When the contingency fee intersects with mass tort practice, however, common daily  practice is writ so large that the tension between attorney and client that accompanies all personal injury litigation can be made to look like injustice -- clients as inventory and attorneys as self-serving monsters.

Let's Talk About the Risks in the Real World

Tom Girardi, after trying a brilliant case to the jury in Judge Chaney's courtroom, lost to Merck.  In closing, Merck's attorney argued to the jury that Tom's client was "all in" based upon his testimony about the number of Vioxx tablets he'd taken. 

Clients, however, just like any other fallible human beings, "forget" or dissemble.  Whatever the Plaintiff's "true" recollection, the pharmacy records proved otherwise.  He had not only not taken the number of Vioxx tablets prescribed -- his recollection of how many he took was not even close.  

Can the Vioxx attorneys predict victory?  No.  Can Merck?  Nope.  Did both sides take their best shot at trying a couple of dozen cases at enormous expense.  I think so.

Is there an ethical problem here?  Not likely. These are some of the best personal injury trial attorneys in the country.  And they don't get that reputation by settling their clients' claims for less than they're worth.  

Practice Tip: Strategic Use of Offers for Judgment

(right:  Belushi as Brando as Vito Corleone)

Even if you don't practice in New Jersey, take a look at Make an Offer Your Adversary Can't Refuse from an August issue of the New Jersey Law Journal written by Gibbons Law Firm attorneys Paul F. Cullum III and Jason R. Tuvel

Here in California, we call an "offer for judgment" a "998." 

"Have you served a 998?" is a question I often ask the parties during mediation when we appear to be reaching impasse.  The usual answer is "we haven't done enough discovery" or "we've been waiting for the mediation [to fail] before serving it."  

As Cullum and Tuvel correctly note, it's a mistake not to use this hammer as early in the litigation as possible.  I'll add to their excellent advice that it's very good to serve the offer prior to mediation -- not after

It's ammunition I can add to the "parade of horribles" for the other side.

Apparently, there's a new decision in New Jersey called Palmer that clarifies the previously open question whether you could serve multiple offers of judgment during the course of the litigation.  I must admit that I don't know the answer to the question here in California (readers?) but provide you with the Practice Tip of the Week from Cullum and Tuvel.

Nice article guys. Thanks for adding to the collective wisdom.  

The Palmer decision provides tremendous guidance to both attorneys and litigants with respect to case management and strategy. For example, if an attorney has not had the opportunity to complete discovery, but has analyzed the case enough to make an informative estimate on damages, an attorney can advise his client to file and serve an offer of judgment as soon as possible to get an early trigger date for fee-shifting purposes under the Rule.

Thereafter, once discovery has concluded or been more thoroughly explored, a subsequent offer(s) can be made that is more likely to invoke a settlement.

In the alternative, a subsequent offer may have only slightly modified a prior offer, and therefore the offeror will stand a good chance of collecting fees on the earlier offer which will cover more of the offeror’s expenses because it has never exinguished in lieu of the Palmer decision.

Good strategy that should be applied for tactical advantage in any jurisdiction that permits it.

And a hearty congratulations to the Gibbons Law Firm for joining the AmLaw 200 for the first time in June of this year!

Knowing and Using Your Cognitive Biases to Negotiate a Better Deal

 Here's the power point for the first session of today's "Settle to Win" Seminar and the notes I used to give the talk

Because these materials are the basis for a speech and not the speech itself, they may be a bit confusing.  I'm providing them for those who attended the seminar.  If you didn't, please understand that not everything discussed appears in these materials.  

The entire day of speakers (a pretty high powered group) will soon be available in audio from the Pincus CLE company here.

Today's ABA Law School Negotiation Competition

. . . with the usual groveling thanks to charles fincher of lawcomix for the generous giving of permission to use his brilliant and hilarious cartoons . . . . 

. . . to be fair, the final round contestants were all ridiculously well-prepared, articulate, bright, thorough and just generally the kind of young people you'd hoped would one day be in charge of the world . . .

. . . it's just that the ABA rules apparently require them to be very very very very very NICE . . . .  

How Tough was the Vioxx Negotiation? "Each lawyer had a greased football and was running like a wild monkey"

(right:  wild monkey)

Catch the thorough and fascinating Law.com report on the Vioxx settlement here.

And yes, only a Plaintiffs' trial lawyer from New Orleans can get away with similes like that!

Settlement negotiations began last December and have proceeded fitfully since, reportedly spurred on by Fallon and other judges. The final stretch began Thursday morning at the New Orleans offices of Russ Herman, liaison counsel for the plaintiffs, and wrapped up Friday morning around 5 a.m.

Herman says the primary lawyers for the plaintiffs included Chris Seeger of Seeger Weiss, Birchfield of Beasley Allen, and Arnold Levin of Levin, Fishbein, Sedrad & Berma. Merck was represented by Doug Marvin of Williams & Connolly, John Beisner of O'Melveny & Myers, and Adam Hoeflich of Bartlitt Beck. "It was a true, hard-fought rough and tough negotiation on a very high, professional plane," Herman told Legal Times, ALM's Washington weekly.

(left:  football without the grease)


Herman says a general deal was struck 10 days ago. "But the devil's in the details and they can break down at any point," says Herman. "Nobody raised their voice. Or made threats. But people's positions were very hard. It was like each lawyer had a greased football and was running like a wild monkey."

 

Reading Tea Leaves: U.S. Justices Speak on Judicial Review of Arbitration Awards

(photo:  Reading the tea leaves by Joel Carranza)

In Judiciary's Role in Arbitration Weighed, AP reports on the tea leaves that lawyers and business people will be reading for the next several months as we await the Supreme Court's ruling on this issue --  may the parties to an arbitration agreement contract for  judicial review of any resulting arbitration award.  

While asking my arbitration expert posse Jay McCauley, Les WeinsteinEric van Ginkel and Jack McCrory to please weigh in here, I'll provide you with my semi-tutored two cents.

Because the central policy issue supporting arbitration under the Federal Arbitration Act is to allow contracting parties to control their own destiny, I'd wager the Supremes will permit them to do what they want to do here, i.e., allow federal courts to review any arbitration award the parties want them to.

Here are the tea leaves: 

  • Chief Justice John Roberts suggested expanded judicial review is appropriate, noting the two sides negotiated an agreement with court review as an option. But Roberts also questioned whether federal law allows the expanded review the agreement between Mattel and the property owner calls for.
  • Justices Anthony Kennedy and John Paul Stevens pointed to court review as a tool that can be used in business disputes to encourage the use of arbitration. 
  • Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg suggested the property owner is seeking more latitude than the law allows for judicial review of arbitration cases.
  • Justice David Souter told the lawyer representing Hall Street Associates that "you want to get rid of" the section of the arbitration law that specifies limited circumstances under which courts can step in and overrule an arbitrator's decision. 

    The case is Hall Street v. Mattel, 06-989

For a thorough analysis of the issues raised, see  Hall Street:  Contract vs. Statute at Ross' Arbitration blog.

By the way, I get alerted to articles like this on a daily basis here -- Laywers U.S.A.  It's been my best and easiest source for breaking legal news for quite some time now and it appears in my in-box on a daily basis.  For curmedugeons like Mr. Thrifty who say they don't have time to read ANYTHING online, it takes about 60 seconds to scan the news items.  Then one second to delete if there's nothing there of interest to you.  I highly recommend it and give a long belated "thanks" here to the people at Lawyers U.S.A.


SoCal Call for Help: Fire Victim Assistance and the Resources to Do So from MoFo

"Helping Handbook" for California Fire Disaster Victims Available

Produced by Morrison & Foerster, LLP, the Helping Handbook: For Individuals and Small Businesses Affected by the 2007 Southern California Wildfires is being co-sponsored and distributed by the Los Angeles County Bar Association.

The Helping Handbook provides an overview of some of the legal issues that individual and small businesses may face as a result of the 2007 fires that swept Southern California. A great help to those affected by the wildfires, the Helping Handbook was designed to illustrate some of the legal issues that individuals and small businesses may need to consider, to provide general insights into the basics of each issue, and to point out the appropriate avenue of assistance.

Recipients of this message are encouraged to communicate the availability of this handbook to those who may be affected by the wildfire disaster.

The handbook can be accessed by the public online at www.lacba.org or at the link above. 

For more information about what the Association is doing to assist in this time of need or for information on how you can help, please visit the LACBA Disaster Resource page or call (213) 896-6560.

If the fire has given rise to disputes of the type that do not need lawyers to resolve, contact the Los Angeles County Bar Association Dispute Resolution Services.  Community mediation of local disputes is provided gratis to individuals and small businesses alike.

Why I Don't Want to Know Your Bottom Line: Reason Two

A couple of days ago I said I don't want to know your bottom line because I cannot guarantee it will not effect my own neutrality

Listen, here's the toughest part of being a mediator -- making a conscious effort not to pursue the weakest party for the purpose of settling the litigation. 

You tell me your bottom line and you throw temptation in my path, temptation that I'd rather avoid.  Keep your counsel on this one with any mediator. 

We're neutral.  We're not saints.

That's Rule No. One.

What's Rule No. Two?

The second reason for not telling your mediator your bottom line is to avoid letting any number influence you and your own client.  

The single best predictor of the outcome of a negotiation is how much money you believe the other side has to settle the case.  (skip the statistics in this article on the effect on negotiation outcomes of the first five minutes of a negotiation session and go directly to the Conclusion section on page 13)

Depending upon the size of your case or the passion of your commitment to a particular client, you've already spent a few sleep-interrupted nights trying to figure out just what in the heck the other side is thinking.

The other side has also spent a few daytime hours sending you overt or covert smoke signals for the purpose of influencing your estimate of their ability to settle the case anywhere near a dollar figure you'd be willing to settle it for.

Because of our "blind spot" to biases you may well have already formed an impression of what the other side will pay that influences you without your knowing it.  You concretize (get stuck in) that blind spot if you commit to any number before the day of the negotiation.    

Though you should know your BATNA (basics here) to avoid accepting a bad deal in the heat of the moment, I'd recommend you have at least two or three reasonable numbers with principled reasons for deploying them.  Then you can rock and roll to the music that gets played on the day of the settlement negotiation -- a session that often brings surprises that benefit you, i.e., a negotiating partner more eager to settle than you'd anticipated for instance.  

If you bring a single hard and fast bottom line number with you to the day of the negotiation, you may well narrow your window of opportunities based upon the other side's intentional or unintentional signals concerning their willingness to pay something between $X and $Y.  

It's not rocket science, but it is an art.

Girardi Troubled by 25-Year Old Confidentiality Agreement in Priest Molestation Case

(left, Los Angeles trial lawyer Thomas Girardi)

The subject of private judging and maintaining confidentiality in settlement agreements was in the news again today, this time in the Los Angeles Times article "Prying into Judicial Secrecy."

The article announces a significant new study by UCLA Law School and the Rand Corporation on the effect of private judging and confidential settlement agreements on the civil justice system.

But what really caught my attention was Tom Girardi's reported comment that he was "troubled" by a confidentiality agreement he signed 25 years ago on behalf of a boy who alleged he was molested by a Catholic priest.  As the Times reported:

Girardi said he had doubts about [his] client's claims at the time [but that] when the massive pedophilia scandal in the Catholic Church came to public light, [he] said he learned that the priest had molested 17 kids. 

"My confidentiality agreement probably had negative consequences" for all of these kids, Girardi acknowledged.

Both of these candid statements are both necessary and courageous.  They demonstrate that even the best of us sometimes doubt our own clients' claims and that we might sometimes inadvertently harm others while doing the job we're ethically obliged to do -- "zealously representing" our clients.  

The last time I saw Tom was during the Vioxx trial Judge Chaney's courtroom.  I'd brought my dad down to court -- now 83 and failing physically and mentally.  At the break, Girardi stopped by to shake Dad's hand and say a few generous things about his tenure as Commissioner in the downtown Superior Court.  I'll never forget this kindness, particularly the memory of the tears that coursed down Dad's face to have someone of Girardi's reputation call him "Your Honor" again.  

Thanks Tom.

Bueno de Mesquita's Negotiation Science: If Only Lawyers Could Do the Math

(right:  Bueno de Mesquita's "Logic of Political Survival")

Because I am always looking for the most efficient and effective means of resolving disputes, I am often drawn to what's new in social science.  Political science too often goes under my radar, as does mathematics -- the number one reason people go to law school -- because they can't do math.

The book at right was brought to my attention by this highlighted text in Good Magazine: 

In the foreboding world view of rational choice, everyone is a raging dirtbag.

What made me decide to introduce my readers to the father of "rational choice" theory, Bruce Bueno de Mesquita, however, was the application of his theory to international political problems such as the reduction of conflict between Israel and Palestine (quoted below).   

I'll have to admit that his claim to "produce a settlement [in litigation] that is 40 percent better than what the attorneys think is the best that can be achieved” -- also caught my attention.  Of such smaller conflicts is my attention consumed by.

So, I give you a little Bueno de Mesquita from Good Magazine's article The New Nostradamus

In my view, it is a mistake to look for [peacemaking] strategies that build mutual trust [between the Israelis and the Palestinians] because it ain’t going to happen. Neither side has any reason to trust the other, for good reason. . . . 

Land for peace is an inherently flawed concept because it has a fundamental commitment problem. If I give you land on your promise of peace in the future, after you have the land, as the Israelis well know, it is very costly to take it back if you renege. You have an incentive to say, ‘You made a good step, it’s a gesture in the right direction, but I thought you were giving me more than this. I can’t give you peace just for this, it’s not enough.’

Conversely, if we have peace for land—you disarm, put down your weapons, and get rid of the threats to me and I will then give you the land—the reverse is true: I have no commitment to follow through. Once you’ve laid down your weapons, you have no threat. 

The "rational" solution?

 In a peaceful world, what do the Palestinians anticipate will be their main source of economic viability? Tourism. This is what their own documents say. And, of course, the Israelis make a lot of money from tourism, and that revenue is very easy to track. As a starting point requiring no trust, no mutual cooperation, I would suggest that all tourist revenue be [divided by] a fixed formula based on the current population of the region, which is roughly 40 percent Palestinian, 60 percent Israeli. The money would go automatically to each side. Now, when there is violence, tourists don’t come. So the tourist revenue is automatically responsive to the level of violence on either side for both sides. You have an accounting firm that both sides agree to, you let the U.N. do it, whatever. It’s completely self-enforcing, it requires no cooperation except the initial agreement by the Israelis that they are going to turn this part of the revenue over, on a fixed formula based on population, to some international agency, and that’s that.

It actually gets much more controversial and interesting than this -- the "kicker" to the headline in Good Magazine reads:

Can a fringe branch of mathematics forecast the future? A special adviser to the CIA, Fortune 500 companies, and the U.S. Department of Defense certainly thinks so

If that intrigues you, you'll want to read the entire article here.

Why I Don't Want to Know Your Bottom Line: Reason No. One

(photo by Robert Levy whose work is available at istockphoto.com here)

"Please don't tell me your bottom line," I say to attorneys who are new to my mediation practice. 

It's rare to be asked "why."   Recently, however, an attorney told me that one of my ADR colleagues always commences mediations by expressly asking for her bottom line.  

"It's just like trial," I said, "or taking depositions, both of which I teach for the National Institute of Trial Advocacy

It drives the new lawyer students a little crazy to get conflicting advice from the seasoned litigators and trial lawyers who critique their work.  But really, it's their first lesson in rubber-hitting-the-road legal practice.  At the end of the day, whatever works best for them is the correct way of doing it." 

That said, I went on to explain why I don't want to know the parties' bottom lines. 

"Because it will influence me whether I think it will or not." 

As Diane Levin notes in her recent post think you're neutral? Bias hard to detect in ourselves, because neutrality is the foundation of our practice, it behooves us to recognize our biases. 

More importantly, it's best for us to remember that we won't be able to identify those biases that are most deeply ingrained in us.  

Here are two of Diane's links to greater coverage of this topic:   

From The Situationist: "I'm Objective, You're Biased", which looks at "bias blind spots"--the extent to which many of us readily spot bias in others while remaining blind to our own.

And from ScientificAmerican.com,"
Not-so-deliberate: The decisive power of what you don't know you know", which looks at the ways in which "even seemingly rational, straightforward, conscious decisions about arbitrary matters can easily be biased by inputs coming in below our radar of awareness."

Thanks for the links and the summaries Diane!

Ethics Credits and 20% Discount on Winning Settlement Techniques

(above, the incomparable Charles Fincher at LawComix.com)

November 13, 2007 Winning Settlement Techniques Seminar

9-4:30 at the Wilshire Grand Downtown Los Angeles

Head's up!!  If you read this blog, you are officially a "friend or colleague of the speakers" and are entitled to a 20% discount on our day-long Winning Settlement Techniques Seminar with Judges Chaney and Williams; former Federal Magistrate John Leo Wagner, Patent Arbitrator and Mediator Les Weinstein, Arbitrator and Law School Professor Jay McCauley and, last but not least, your faithful blogger, Victoria Pynchon.

Your blog-reader coupon code is S3SETL.  Enter in the coupon code when you register on-line and receive 20% off the registration price.

Register here now.

Settlement Techniques that Give You the Winning Edge  

Novice and seasoned litigators will learn to maximize the value of their litigation positions by learning winning settlement techniques from a panel of seasoned ADR experts.

Experienced mediators and Judges teach the latest settlement techniques, such as distributive (splitting the settlement “pie”) and integrative or interest-based (expanding the settlement “pie”) bargaining. Topics also include the dynamics of conflict resolution, settlement best practices, negotiating techniques, settling complex and patent litigation cases, and international disputes. Don’t miss this chance to hear from those who truly know -- how you can best maximize your client’s settlement opportunities and outcomes.

What You Will Learn if You Attend This Seminar

• The ten social psychological insights that will minimize your own self- defeating negotiation behavior and maximize your opponents’ bargaining weaknesses

• The ten basic rules of “distributive” or “fixed sum” bargaining that will give you the “edge” in all future settlement negotiations

• The ten ways to “expand the fixed sum pie” by exploring and exploiting the client interests underlying your own and your opponents’ legal positions

• The ten ways to get your case settled to your clients’ best advantage at Mandatory Settlement Conferences for both routine and “bet the company” cases

• The Top Ten Errors Made by Parties When Attempting to Settle Disputes that their Contracts Require Them to Arbitrate

• The Ten Rules of Cross-cultural negotiation in International Arbitration

• The Ten Laws Critical to the Enforcement of Mediated Settlement Agreements

• The Ten Mediation/Settlement Conference Traps for the Unwary

Instructors

Hon. Victoria Chaney--Assistant Supervising Judge, Complex Litigation, Los Angeles Superior Court

Hon. John Leo Wagner--ADR Neutral/Hearing Officer, Judicate West

Hon. Alexander Williams, III – Judge, Los Angeles Superior Court, presiding over the full-time Settlement Court

Les J. Weinstein--AAA Arbitrator and Mediator, Patent and Antitrust Attorney

Jay McCauley--Hearing Officer, Dispute Resolution Provider, Judicate West

Victoria Pynchon--Complex Commercial Mediator, Settle it Now 


November 13, 2007 - Los Angeles

Check-in: 8:30 - 9:00 a.m.

Seminar: 9:00 a.m. - 4:30 p.m. (Lunch on your own)

Wilshire Grand Hotel

930 Wilshire Blvd.

Los Angeles , CA



Pincus Communications certifies that this seminar has been approved for 6.0 MCLE credits and ethics credits will be given.

Aggressive First Offers and the Nash Equilibrium

Recently, in response to my Power Point Presentation on Cognitive Biases (the one labeled Social Psychology Insights) I mentioned that aggressive first offers "anchor" the bargaining range in favor of the first offeror.

Our correspondent and resident blog expert on cognitive biases, Michael Webster of the BizOpNews Due Diligence Blog, responded as follows:

Hmm, anchoring to support aggressive opening bids? Doubtful, despite the academic literature -which in my opinion has little contact with real negotiation.

And nothing about coordination versus nash equilibrium reasoning? Big oversight, in my opinion.

Because I respect (and generally defer to) Michael's opinion, but because I disagree with him this time, I include here my response and open the discussion to our readers.  To help our readers, I'd like to ask Michael, if he has the time, to provide us with his thoughts about the coordination v. nash equilibrium reasoning that is absent from my Power Point Presentation (an absence I'd like to rectify before giving this presentation on the 13th of November)

Response to Michael:

 For once in my blogging-career, Michael, I'm going to differ with you but ask for help on the coordination v. Nash equilibrium reasoning. 

It's difficult to "observe" the effects of anchoring and framing outside of a controlled environment. You need to have a kind of duplicate bridge experience where the bargaining partners are all negotiating the same deal to determine the effects of framing and anchoring. Research shows we'll all deny that we've been effected.

I have, however, participated in these types of role plays with "teams" of seasoned attorney negotiators.

In fact, it was the first of these experiences, on my first day of mediation training through the Straus Institute here in Malibu (at Pepperdine where the fires were yesterday -- terrible) that I experienced the power of anchoring first hand.

All twenty attorney teams negotiated a buy-sell contract for about 45-minutes. When we returned to the classroom, we all put our negotiated deals on the blackboard together with the first offer made.

I'd been taught as a young attorney NEVER to make the first offer -- folk practice where I come from, i.e., California.  In the role play, without exception, the negotiator who made the first offer in the hypothetical bargaining session got the best deal -- often by many magnitudes.

THIS is the moment when I decided I wanted to return to school to learn more about this and everything else having to do with negotiation -- rules of persuasion, the effect of cognitive biases, etc.

Since that time, what I've read in the academic literature on controlled negotiation studies, not only on students but on judges and attorneys and business people, has concluded that he who makes the first offer sets the bargaining range and gets the best deal.

As to Personal Bargaining Experience.

Since I've been mediating full time, I've helped lawyers negotiate hundreds of deals. Still, it's difficult for me to say whether the first offer had a substantial anchoring effect because I don't know how the negotiation would have turned out had the other side made the first offer or if the first offer had not been more or less aggressive.

More importantly, a REAL negotiation to settle a REAL dispute is so multi-determined that I can't imagine being able to opine on which of the many factors was determinative (assuming one factor could ever be determinative) of the final deal.  

Every deal in my business results from a combination of the vitality of the parties' legal and factual positions; their financial and personal or business interests; the personalities of the attorneys and the disputants; the willingness of the disputants to share information that will increase the number of options available; the negotiation and "people" skills of the mediator; and, numerous other factors that I often am never advised of, i.e., at the end of one difficult negotiation session, I learned for the first time that two of the three parties had been negotiating the sale of one of their businesses while I was negotiating the settlement of an unfair competition lawsuit.

We weren't even negotiating the same matter!

Insights?

Insights from Social Psychology to Help You "Win" Your Next Negotiation

My fellow panelists (Superior Court Judges Chaney and Williams; former Federal Magistrate John Leo Wagner; Patent Infringement and Competition Arbitrator and Mediator Les J. Weinstein; and, Complex Commercial Arbitrator and Mediator Jay McCauley) have all been working hard in preparation for our November 13, 2007 Winning Settlement Strategies Seminar (.pdf flyer here and complete program description here).

I'm posting my power point presentation on the Social Pysch Insights that Can Help You "Win" Your Next Negotiation for the benefit of anyone who is interested in attending the seminar and for those who cannot.  

Remember, this is just one of six presentations by an extremely talented and experienced group of Judges, former Judge[s] and attorney-mediators and arbitrators.

Stay tuned for more great ideas and fresh perspectives to help you get the best settlement you've ever achieved.  Really! 

Ten Settlement Conference/Mediation Traps for the Unwary

1. Leaving stakeholders at home

Who's a "Stakeholder"? 

Anyone who can green- or red-light the final agreement.

Why Can't They Simply Be Available By Telephone?

For the same reason you don't want your jury to "call in."  A settlement negotiation is part process, part presentation, part drama, and, part human interaction. 

Those who don't participate will never understand the principled reasons for the settlement achieved by day's end.  I cannot tell you how distressed many (particularly young) attorneys are when the "partner in charge" or client questions their wisdom (or sanity!) for recommending a settlement that no one but those in the room could possibly understand in all of its texture and dimensionality.

Leave stakeholders home at your risk.  Not only might you blow a significant chunk of change on the mediator's fee, you risk losing a day's worth of time for yourself and your client "representative."  Perhaps more importantly, this particular settlement opportunity may never present itself again. 

2. Leaving too soon

"Americans" (and I use the term loosely for anyone, citizen or not, who buys retail) become uncomfortable after two or three bargaining "moves," i.e., offer, counter-offer, counter-counter, "I'm outta here."

Unfortunately, lawyers have readily at hand the legal version of a weapon of mass destruction -- the threat of which is usually phrased as "see you in court, buster."

Until the mediator or settlement judge tells you that she/he is convinced the parties' aren't already secretly in agreement, i.e., willing to accept a settlement within the other's "bottom line," you risk losing the best deal you're likely going to get by leaving the negotiation too early.

3. Failing to take clues from the mediator/settlement conference judge

Just as you will always know more about your bargaining position and the business interests underlying it than the mediator does, the mediator will always know more about your opponent's bargaining position and ability to settle the lawsuit than you do.

Remember, the mediator is honor bound not to disclose information that is highly beneficial to your bargaining position.  Unless you've hired a disreputable or simply unreliable mediator (and you know who they are after you've hired them once) don't ignore the mediator's suggestions that a little patience with the process might result in a big reward for your client.  

4. Failing to strategically use joint and separate caucuses

To everything there is a season . . . . 

Rigidly adhering to any negotiation or settlement conference format reduces your ability to strategically use whispered confidences in the hallway; candid conversations between counsel without their clients; meetings between the mediator and a difficult client without his/her/ attorney; discussions between the mediator and one or more of the attorneys without their clients; and, meetings between the disputants without anyone else's presence.

There are dozens of different permutations and combinations of attorney-client-mediator dyads, triads and the like. 

Think about it.  Each different relationship draws out of us someone slightly different.  We're more or less comfortable, deferential, authoritative, subject to persuasion or persuasive depending upon our "audience."  

During the course of the mediation, the mediator learns about these dynamics and is able to use them toward what should be the mediator's goal -- to serve as many of the parties' interests as possible in an agreed upon settlement by day's end. 

Not only should you listen to the mediator about these dynamics, you should hip the mediator to those you likely understand better than she/he ever will.

The mediator is your team mate.  Don't miss the opportunity to call as many game "plays" during the day as possible.

5. Letting the Judge or Mediator Act the Bully

It's always easier to get what you want by talking about the reasons you desire or need it than by bullying the other side into accepting what you want

A judge or mediator who is bullying you or your client to settle simply hasn't gotten the knack of asking questions and creating opportunities.  He/she is still too used to wielding power.  If it's important enough to spend your day mediating, it's important enough to tell the Judge or mediator that you or your client are feeling bullied and would prefer to explain your interests and positions than to be pressured to accept a deal you're not comfortable with.

If the Judge/mediator is unable to shift from power to collaboration, try to get as much out of the negotiation as possible and find yourself a new mediator for the next settlement conference.  

6. Believing that any competent judge or mediator can help you achieve the best settlement.

Face it, you wouldn't hire a personal injury lawyer to try your complex insurance coverage action.  Nor would you hire a Skadden Arps attorney to handle a motion to increase your spousal or child support.

Mediators are not all-purpose "peace-makers" or negotiators.  As Colin Powell has said, the most important factor in an international diplomatic negotiation is to "be inside the other guy's decision cycle."

What does that mean?  In a personal injury case, it means understanding the claims adjusters' levels of authority and pressures to bring back to the office a settlement that is in line with similar cases -- better than those of his or her colleagues if at all possible.  In a commercial case, it often means satisfying not only General Counsel, but the CEO or CFO or even the shareholders.  

It's not so much the law the mediator needs to know, as it is the culture  in which the law is being applied.  

Listen.  I've been retained for the sole reason that I'm a woman.  I'm not wild about this because I bring 25+ years of high-level commercial corporate legal experience to a mediation and am much much more valuable as a commercial mediator than I am as any random woman with a little skill in law or mediation.  But it's ok because I am a woman and there are times when that's important to the settlement of the matter.  There are some things that you just need a woman for.  And some you need a man or an African-American or a Korean or an expert on the construction of toilet seats for.  You should be thinking about all of these variables.

Most of all, you should choose a mediator or settlement judge who you believe is most "inside the other guy's decision cycle."  Would Colin Powell steer you wrong?  Well . . . . about something other than the War in Iraq?   

7. Sidelining Your Client on the Day of Mediation

If you've been practicing for more than, say, five years, you know that your client never tells you everything that is important to its case.  If you had the luxury of trying cases to a jury early in your career like I did, you learn this most quickly at trial.  Usually when you receive a copy of a subpoena of someone you've never heard of.

"Harold," I said as a first year associate second-chairing the third trial day, "who is Jean McCarthy at the Sutter Mill Nursing Home?" 

Harold, the Plaintiff, who was retired because of his injuries, hadn't worked at all for the last five years and had already given moving testimony to the jury about how difficult his life had been.

"Uh," Harold responded, "she's my . . . .  uh . . . boss."

"What??????????!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!????????????????"

"Well, I've been doing odd jobs for the Nursing Home for the last several years."

Don't miss the opportunity to let the mediator have a little chat with your client and learn both the good and the bad of your case -- some of which you may well not yet (or ever) be privy to. 

8. Failing to use the Mediator to Help You Bring Reality to Your Client.

This differs from Trap No. 7 but has some of the same causes.  When your client explains his/her case to you, he/she presents it in the very best light.  Your side of the case rarely gets better over time.  Your client, however, has not had the same opportunity to see the "dark side" of the case as you have during discovery.  Your clients often feel as if you're betraying them if you point out the differences between your view of the case on Day 1 and your view of the case on Day 632.  Let the mediator help you out with that. 

9. Failing to Maximize the Mediator's Strategic Skills

The mediator is your partner.  And you are his/hers.  Take the time to learn and maximize your unique skill-sets and knowledge to the highest advantage.

10. Negotiating in the Nano- and strato- spheres.

Spending a significant amount of time negotiating numbers that are far out of the range of potential agreement is not only a waste of everyone's valuable time, it strains the parties' patience and often results in impasse even when the parties' "zones of potential agreement" overlap.

One of the parties has to have the courage to step up to the line of potential impasse at some point in the mediation.  The person who does so first will always gain the bargaining advantage as a result.

Live Blogging from London with Attorney Mediator Justin Patten

Yes, we did talk mediation marketing and who should make the first offer over a wonderful lunch today at the London Law Society, but we also covered childcare, American politics (oh, do let's change the subject) and the dreadful exchange rate (oh, do let's change the subject).

Thank you to commercial attorney and mediator Justin Patten of Human Law for escorting us about and giving good advice about visiting the Royal Hall of Justice, which we did, peaking in on what appeared to be a criminal appellate argument (3 red-robed Justices & prisoner in the "dock") and one final argument in a civil case (one red-robed judge).  

Unfortunately, I failed to catch Jeremy Phillips of IP Kat or Andrew Mills of Freeth Cartwright and the IMPACT blog on camera after a day-long seminar on Intellectual Property Litigation and Dispute Resolution, about which more later.

Off to see Spamalot. 

Settlement Techniques that Give You the Winning Edge

 

 

Deal Yourself a Winning Hand

November 13

Los Angeles

 

 (photo:  Four Aces by Ian Grainger)

Novice and seasoned litigators will learn to maximize the value of their litigation positions by learning winning settlement techniques from a panel of seasoned ADR experts.

Experienced mediators and Judges teach the latest settlement techniques, such as distributive (splitting the settlement “pie”) and integrative or interest-based (expanding the settlement “pie”) bargaining.

Topics also include the dynamics of conflict resolution, settlement best practices, negotiating techniques, settling complex and patent litigation cases, and international disputes. Don’t miss this chance to hear from those who truly know -- how you can best maximize your client’s settlement opportunities and outcomes.

Speakers:  Los Angeles Superior Court Judges Alexander Williams, III (full-time settlement Judge) and Victoria Chaney (Assistant Supervising Judge of the Complex Court); former Federal Magistrate John Leo Wagner (also at Judicate West), AAA Arbitrator, Mediator and Registered Patent Attorney Les J. Weinstein, and Straus Institute Professors and Judicate West Neutrals Jay McCauley and Victoria Pynchon.

For more of what you'll learn, click here.

Flyer and Order Form Here


Fees Individual: $349 per person
Group: $324 per person for 2 or more from the same company pre-registering at the same time.
Government employee/Non-Profit* Rate: $299
Students: $199 (current students only)

Advice to Young Lawyers: Be a Lean Mean Writing Machine

(photo:  On the Road manuscript by Thomas Hawk)

If you're hanging out a shingle after graduation (see Carolyn Elefant's brilliantly useful MyShingle here) just getting the clerk to accept your pleadings is probably your greatest concern.

But if you've entered the ranks of the AmLaw100, you're about to make or break your career on your writing skills.  

Maximize your "distinct value proposition" this weekend by reading Ross Guberman's Legal Times article 14 Tips to Become a Lighter Tighter Writer, posted on Law.com today. 

The good news/bad news according to Guberman is you have a job/now you're able to lose it. 

Why? 

At most law firms, associates think writing is their greatest strength, while the partners think writing is the associates' greatest weakness.

Chalk this up to a generation gap if you like, but the partner you're writing for has the power to put you on the type of case you want to be litigating with the people you like working with.  

And this has what to do with negotiation?

You negotiate every day of your working life for plum assignments, week-ends off (maybe next year), bonuses, salary, and access to power. 

We cannot mention often enough negotiation's bottom line -- your bargaining partner's Better Alternative to a Negotiated Agreement ("BATNA").  What does your preferred bargaining partner (the firm shareholder with the right practice and the most firm power?) want and need? 

A great writer on his/her team. 

When it comes time to for you seek favors, concessions and bonuses, your "target" partner's BATNA is using or cultivating an associate who is better than you.  If you're the best writer in the first year associate ranks, the concessions you seek should always be a better alternative to losing you.  

And no, the Kerouac'ian stream of consciousness, wonderful as it is, will not work here.

Go get 'em tiger!

More Statistics on the Differences between Arbitration and Litigation Procedures, Cost, Duration and Outcome

(photo:  Amanda Graham's Outlier)

I have Christina Doucet at the National Arbitration Forum to thank for summarizing some of the most recent statistical literature available on differences between procedure, cost, duration, outcome and party satisfaction of litigated and arbitrated consumer and employee disputes.

Time and Cost Differences Between Arbitration and Litigation

  • Employment claims take 650 to 720 days to be resolved in court, according to the National Center for State Courts. 
  • The median time to resolve an employee dispute by arbitration is 104 days 
  • the median cost of resolving employment disputes by arbitration is $870.

Sources: Consumer and Employment Arbitration in California: A Review of Website Data Posted Pursuant to Section 1281.96 of the Code of Civil Procedure California Dispute Resolution Institute, August 2004 http://www.mediate.com/cdri/cdri_print_Aug_6.pdf   and Examining the Work of State Courts, (1999-2000) National Center for State Courts http://www.ncsconline.org/D_Research/csp/1999-2000_Files/1999-2000_Tort-Contract_Section.pdf

Outcome Differences Between Arbitration and Litigation:  Arbitration & litigation final awards are essentially the same as court judgments

  • median monetary awards for successful claimants are greater in arbitration than in court—$100,000 in arbitration compared with $95,554 in court.

Continue Reading

More on Perceived Biases Among Employment Arbitrators

Yesterday, I promised to provide a little "pro" arbitration wisdom in response to my speaking partner's "con" since that's our ALFA Seminar topic here in beautiful Half Moon Bay.

And yet it's 4 a.m. before I realize I can't sleep because I've been mediating too long to seriously launch one side of any debate.  Everything and everyone has become so much more three-dimensional, multi-layered, and textured as a result of three full-time years of ADR practice.

So let me share the first of my non-scripted thoughts on the matter.   

I'm Unwilling to Prejudge the Court's, the Arbitrator's or the Jury's Biases.  

If you read yesterday's post, you'll recall that several of the anti-arbitration arguments were based upon the presumption that the arbitrator will more likely than not be biased in favor of the plaintiff because:  

  1. Arbitrators have a vested interest in their case load persisting, whereas the courts are interested in purging their dockets, thus making early termination in court more likely than in arbitration.
  2. Arbitrators' [presumed] self-interest in maintaining and expanding their own ADR practices encourages a "split the baby" mentality and reluctance to terminate the case short of a full hearing.
  3. The "repeat" player bias will favor the Plaintiffs' bar who the arbitrator will see far more often than counsel for any particular employer.

Having spent  25+ years with attorneys, judges, mediators and arbitrators, I simply can't assume bias.  A few bad apples aside, the men and women of the legal profession are among the most ethically-minded of any professional or business people I have known -- by many, many, many degrees of magnitude. 

Continue Reading

Radiohead's "Set Your Own Price" Marketing Strategy

Negotiation is marketing is sales is negotiation is marketing . . . 

So what's Radiohead got to do with it?  According to the Church of the Customer, greater access to consumer information and, of course, generating demand. 

See excerpt below and link to full article here.

Of more benefit to them now is building a database of buyers, bypassing the information black hole of so many retail channels. That's the value exchange.

And in a few months, Radiohead will partner with a label, which will manufacture a CD of the album. If the album is great (always a non-quantitative variable when it comes to art), it will have already created demand for the totem version of the album.

If scarcity isn't your primary method for generating demand, then getting your product or service into as many hands, mouths and minds possible is. The ideas, products or services that spread the most usually win.

Today and more so tomorrow, that means letting go of the control you're accustomed to.

 

Fortune 500 GC Says Litigate, Don't Arbitrate, Employment Disputes

(photo:  Employees Only by Michelle Thompson

While most of the arbitration news of the week is about the unfair advantage given to corporate "repeat players" in the arbitration of disputes, Senior Legal counsel for DHL counsels employers to abandon arbitration's ship and swim back into litigation's pacific waters.  

Though I'm the "pro" arbitration speaker with DHL in-house counsel Joshua Frank at this week's ALFA Labor & Employment Practice Group Seminar in Half Moon Bay, I don't have strong feelings one way or the other (preferring, as you can imagine, the negotiated, to the adjudicated, resolution).

Mr. Frank's reasons for suggesting that the Courts are a better forum for employers and arbitration better for employees?

    Continue Reading

Long Live the Death of the Reasonable Man

(left:  the "reasonable man?")

According to Saturday's New York Times Talking Business column Can We Turn Off Our Emotions When Investing?, few of us could make the boast ascribed to Los Angeles lawyer Charles T. Munger when asked the secret to being a great investor.

"I'm rational," he said. 

Lawyers, Economists and "Reasonable Men"

Both law and economics have long assumed a hypothetically objectively "reasonable man" or investor.

I can still recall the precise moment during my first year of law school when all of my core courses came together under the rubric "reasonable."  The potential tortfeasor was liable to his victim only if he failed to behave "reasonably" -- a standard also imposed upon the plaintiff lest she be found contributorily or comparatively negligent.  In actions for the breach of an agreement, the contracting parties were required to demonstrate that their performance expectations were objectively reasonable.   Even the ancient law of property rights required that covenants and restrictions not unreasonably burden the use or transferability of real estate. 

The dry rules of civil procedure were also governed by standards of reasonableness.  They assumed the giving of reasonable notice when civil actions were filed and required that pleadings contain reasonably detailed allegations of wrongdoing.  Finally, every generation of television watching Americans knows that an accused could be convicted of a crime only if his guilt were proven "beyond a reasonable doubt." 

We lawyers were thus trained to be reasonable, rational people, unaffected by passion and prejudice, unemotional.  

That's a good thing right? 

Not if we believe we're acting reasonably and rationally when we're not.  

Continue Reading

Middle East Envoy and Chief Clinton Peace Advisor Gives 12-Steps for Effective Negotiations

The negotiator's equivalent of "don't make a federal case out of it" is "what do you think you're doing, brokering a negotiated peace in the Middle East?"

Well (thanks -- again! -- to Geoff Sharp) we bring you negotiation tips from a guy who has brokered Middle East peace treaties -- Dennis Ross (Diplomacy: Talking Sense)  former Middle East envoy and chief peace negotiator for both the Clinton and Bush senior administrations.

(Ross' new book:  Statecraft and How to Restore America's Standing in the World, right)

Here, Ross gives us a twelve step list for effective negotiations (please go to the article itself for the detail; it's well worth the read):

  1. Know what you want, know what you can live with.
  2. Know everything there is to know about the decision maker(s) on the other side. 
  3. Build a relationship of trust with the key decision maker. 
  4. Keep in mind the other side's need for an explanation.
  5. To gain the hardest concessions, prove you understand what is important to the other side. 
  6. Tough Love is also required. 
  7. Employ the good-cop, bad-cop approach carefully. 
  8. Understand the value and limitations of deadlines. 
  9. Take only calculated risks. 
  10. Never lie, never bluff 
  11. Don't paper over differences. 
  12. Summarize agreements at the end of every meeting.

On YouTube, Litigation Can Kill You: What Does Mediation Have to Do with It?

(right:  Carmela Soprano Files for Divorce)

I spent a great deal of time yesterday editing a video (my abysmal webcam and video editing skills live at Geoff Sharp's Mediation vBlog this morning do not beging to do justice to the intelligence and insight of Milan Slama, a community and business mediator who is the subject of the interview).

In the process, I "grazed" around YouTube (see my YouTube page here) to see what kinds of mediation and litigation videos people have uploaded. 

I'm sorry to report that most of them are in these varieties:  

  • the "mediate because you really don't have access to justice" variety  here and here -- delay; expense;  "out of control nightmare";
  • the angry "mediation (or litigation) doesn't work" genre -- here and here
  • the crazed litigant gunman here and here (the "adversarial process -- or even a patent application -- can kill you" narrative)' 
  • the "only lawyer you can afford is drunk" variety and, finally, to lighten the mood,
  • the "we're Italian; we don't believe in divorce" Tony Soprano-style here.  

At Geoff Sharp's MediationvBlog however, you'll see some pretty high level discussions about both the benefits and the challenges of both mediation and litigation for attorneys, mediators, judges and, lest we forget, clients. 

There are a few words on negotiation tactics and strategy there as well.

Check it out.

 

  

Aribitration Rises in Los Angeles Because of Mediation

 

Left, international commercial arbitrator, Eric Van Ginkel.

Right, AAA patent / commercial arbitrator, Les Weinstein.

 

 

 

The Los Angeles Legal Pad has been talking to our friend Michael Powell over at the AAA about the sixteen percent increase in the arbitrations in the greater Los Angeles area last year.

When asked "why the jump," Powell explained:  

The only thing we can put our fingers on is the increase in mediation.  We think all the attention put on ADR in California has made a difference in companies that are drafting contracts and including arbitration clauses.

The increase, Powell was reported as saying, was especially prevalent in the entertainment and health care industries.  

Settle It Now Awards Diversity of the Year Honor to Heller Ehrman

I have heard from a "diverse attorney legal search firm" about this post (see comment below). 

Though this post was and is meant to be tongue-in-cheek and although the presence of under-represented "minorities" (including women) in law firm practice is a very serious subject, I note from a survey posted on Mr. Jordan's web site here  that Heller earned a "B" on its African American Greenlining Associate "Report Card." 

(above:  diversity and rocket science)

I'm certain my husband's law firm, Heller Ehrman, won't care that I've just now invented and awarded to Heller, Settle It Now's Diversity of the Year Award.

Heller does care however that the Human Rights Campaign has bestowed upon it the HRC's top rating for the second year in a row.  Heller's announcement below:

Heller Receives Top Diversity Rating For Second Year in a Row

(SAN FRANCISCO) September 18, 2007 – Heller Ehrman LLP announced that the firm has achieved the top rating in the Human Rights Campaign’s (HRC) Corporate Equality Index.

Now in its sixth year, the survey is an annual listing that measures how equitably companies are treating their gay, lesbian, bisexual and transgender (GLBT) employees, consumers and investors. Heller Ehrman was among 195 major U.S.-based companies, 30 of which were law firms, earning a rating of 100 percent. This is the second consecutive year the firm has achieved a 100 percent rating.

“We take very seriously our long-standing commitment to promoting a work environment that celebrates the diversity of all individuals,” said Judith C. Miles, managing director of people at Heller Ehrman. “We are very proud to earn this recognition from the Human Rights Campaign for the second year in a row.”

The Index was released today by the HRC as part of a report showing that a record number of the largest U.S. companies are expanding benefits and protections for their GLBT employees and consumers. The number of companies achieving a 100 percent rating is up from 138 in 2006. When the index was first released in 2002, only 13 companies, employing 690,000 workers, received the top rating. For a copy of the Index and HRC’s report, visit www.hrc.org/cei.

“More businesses than ever before have recognized the value of a diverse and dedicated workforce,” said Human Rights Campaign President Joe Solmonese. “More importantly, these employers understand that discrimination against GLBT workers will ultimately hurt their ability to compete in the global marketplace.”

The 2007 analysis covers 519 surveyed companies and measures the extent to which employers protect their GLBT employees. The Index rated companies on a scale of 0 to 100 percent on several factors, including non-discrimination policies, diversity training and benefits for domestic partners and transgender employees. . . . .

The firm has also played a major role in litigation concerning the GLBT community. For example:

    • Heller Ehrman represented law schools and law professors in bringing a challenge to the constitutionality of the Solomon Amendment, which threatens universities and colleges with loss of all federal funds if they exclude military recruiters from campus or refuse to assist them in their recruiting efforts. Heller Ehrman was lead counsel when the case was argued before the U.S. Supreme Court.
    • Heller Ehrman has been involved in a nationwide effort in supporting same-sex marriage with litigation in California, Washington and New York. Cases in California and New York relate to the same-sex marriages performed by Gavin Newsom, the Mayor of San Francisco, and Jason West, the Mayor of New Paltz, New York. In Washington state Heller Ehrman wrote an amicus brief on behalf of a group of historians in the same-sex marriage case, Andersen v. King County.
    • Heller Ehrman brought a class action lawsuit against a telecommunications company challenging the company’s anti-gay employment policies and practices that had been in place since 1970. A landmark settlement of the case resulted in significant monetary compensation for class members and changes in the employment practices at issue.

CONGRATULATIONS HELLER. 

I'm pretty sure I have some old Hellerware -- t-shirts, flip flops, beach bags, polo shirts, hoodies and the like that I can bronze for formal presentation of the Settle It Now Diversity of the Year Award. 

Stay tuned!


Remembering 9/11 Reminds Us that Justice is Not Just About Money

(image, right, from the Plaintiffs' Counsel's 9/ll Families United to Bankrupt Terrorism web page) 

We were just talking yesterday about our courts' obligation to provide that which the entire civil justice system hasn't been providing for [almost] my entire legal career:  a swift adversarial process to resolve disputes and make public the way in which we, as a society, adjust the civil rights and duties of our citizens.

The justice system's inability to deliver on that essential obligation is once again highlighted by the upcoming 9/11 victim trials discussed in today's New York Times article, "Settlements Do Not Deter 9/11 Plaintiffs Seeking Trial."  As the Times reports, relatives of some victims who were killed in the planes hijacked on 9/11 say

they would continue fighting in court to address their questions about how Islamic terrorists bypassed airport security, commandeered four jets and killed thousands of people.

It's Not Just About Money

This is consistent with my experience as a mediator.  It becomes too easy for all of us to believe that those who seek recompense for civil harms are "just in it for the money."  (See the link to my post on incommensurability here and the subjective experience of money here).

When settling cases like this, impasse often occurs when the monetary terms are sufficient but no one has yet explained, for instance, why their mother died in the nursing home for no apparent reason.  People want answers. 

One of th[e] relatives, Mike Low, whose 28-year-old daughter, Sara, was a flight attendant on American Airlines Flight 11, the first plane to strike the World Trade Center . . . 

“The frustrating thing is not having a trial date,” he said yesterday. “The wheels of justice turn excruciatingly slow. It doesn’t change my mind any. My desire and goal is to try to find some answers. I want to know why Abdulaziz Alomari and Mohamed Atta were allowed to walk on planes in Portland, Me., with prohibited weapons. I want somebody to tell me why that happened.”

And Then There's that Thing Called "Apology"

Recently, I received a call from a fellow mediator in the midst of a settlement conference asking whether he could guarantee that if the defendant apologized during the mediation, his apology could not, under any circumstances, ever be used against him in a criminal trial. 

I'd written several articles on mediation confidentiality so he was just getting a second opinion before going out on a limb.

"Guarantee?"  I asked.

"Guarantee," he replied.  "The plaintiff is satisfied with the monetary terms of the settlement but insists she'll go to trial unless he apologizes."

"I certainly wouldn't guarantee it," I replied, "but would you like me to help you brainstorm some work-arounds?"

This mediator, one of the great ones at my ADR firm Judicate West, didn't need the brainstorming help.  He did what we mediators often do.  He "channelled" the apology from the defendant to the plaintiff in the defendant's absence.  And it worked.

When Apology Isn't Enough:  Public Accountability

There are times when a private apology isn't enough.  Sometimes people need to see civil wrongdoers made publicly accountable in a court of law.  The Times article again.

Several of the families have said in interviews that their motives were not just economic. They have said that they wanted accountability from those they considered responsible for the attacks — including the two airlines; the airport security companies; Boeing, which manufactured the aircraft; and the Port Authority of New York and New Jersey, which owned the World Trade Center.

Carl Tobias, a law professor at the University of Richmond, said . . . [he thinks]  the dynamics here may be different from what I would call more garden variety kind of tort litigation,” he said. “It doesn’t seem this is entirely driven by money, though it may be for some people. People want to tell their stories and want to find out as much as they can in court.”

There Are No "Garden Variety" Kinds of Tort Litigation

Professor Tobias' opinion is right, as far as it goes, but it is not, unfortunately, "right on the money."

Every mediator who helps people settle injury cases (or commercial cases for that matter) knows that there is no garden variety case.  Not to the parties.  No dispute is is ever "entirely driven by money," except, perhaps, ones brought by a sociopaths or vexatious litigants or driven by  unscrupulous lawyers who, as someone once said, "ride their clients like mules for the money."  And even then something other than money, some pathology,  is driving those people's mad obsession with things monetary.

Counsel for the Plaintiffs, [Donald] Migliori, summed up by saying that:

he expected that some families, especially those who had relatives who died in the planes that struck the twin towers, would insist on a trial.

The terms of the settlements were sealed. But Mr. Migliori said the families felt vindicated. He said they “had reached a point where they were satisfied that the mix of their motivations — from compensation to accountability, to answers — was satisfied.”

The first trial, brought by the relatives of Dr. Paul Ambrose, a passenger on American Flight 77, which crashed into the Pentagon is scheduled to go to trial at the beginning of November.

Two Interviews, Two Great (Blush) Mediators

This month brings us interviews with two mediators -- Geoff Sharp -- who talks about his mediation practice and yours truly, who talks about, what else, business and practice development while wearing my literary writer and editor's hat.  

Gini Nelson has included in this month's Engaging Conflicts newsletter an interview with one of my mediation mentors, New Zealand's Geoff Sharp who writes the brilliantly witty and incredibly honest ADR blog Mediator blah blah.  

To whet the appetites of my mediator readers, here's a snippet of Geoff's advice about being a mediation chameleon.

Gini: Do you have a “conflict resolution hero,” and if so, who and why?

Geoff: Yes I do. It is the chameleon.   I have always thought that mediators are natural chameleons. Good mediators can’t have egos, or at least they can’t bring them into the room, and they must to some extent mould themselves on the day to the environment they find  . . . To me that is all to do with being self aware, reflective and having very good antennae to know what and how one should present. If not the chameleon it is a little pig out at our bit of dirt just north of Wellington here in New Zealand. This little black kune pig lives with about five horses in a field. I think it thinks it’s a horse. It regularly intervenes when there is a problem between horses. It is a bit like George Orwell’s Animal Farm!

To read the rest of Gini's interview with Geoff, click here.

The second interview is with "completion catalyst" Lisa Gates of the Intrinsic Life Design blog.  Lisa and I stumbled across one another on the List of Magical Women Bloggers.  She's a career coach for writers who describes her work in this way:

I am the crazy glue on the soles of your sneakers that keeps you committed to your book, your project, your Big Idea. I'm the kick in the pants you wish you had nine months ago when you birthed that Big Idea in the first place. I'm equal parts left-brain, right-brain and I have three words for all you lurking, burning, idea-crazed writers, entrepreneurs and dreamers: Someday is now.

Because I'm the editor of a literary journal and a writer when I'm not mediating or blogging, and because Lisa liked my journal (thanks Lisa!) she interviewed me about pursuing ones writing dreams, which the journal surely is for me.

Because mediators are also pursuing a dream, I provide a little bit of the interview with Lisa here.  If this excerpt interests you at all, you can find the entire interview on Lisa's blog here.

Lisa:  How do you market or carve out your niche in the literary journal landscape?

Vickie:  You just start networking. I was innocent. I downloaded Yahoo's free internet-design program, taught myself to use it and am continuing to use it to this day. I think the website costs me about $20/month and the ad in Poets & Writers costs $60 every other month. I just do it.

That's what I've learned since '04 about everything in life. You just start the thing. You take a single step in the direction of a dream and another the next day, and the one after that. Things begin to grow. People start to hear about you or tell their friends or post something on a blog like you're doing. You become a kind of attractor. I'm not new age so you'll have to understand that what I'm about to say is truly metaphoric and not a concrete belief.

I think the power of intention coupled with action creates a kind of force that becomes bigger than you are, and everything you've ever done aligns with that intention and becomes part of the engine of the dream.

I think both Geoff and I would say, whatever your dream, go for it!

9/11 Hijack Victims' Families Settle in the Wake of Ruling that Would Allow Cockpit Recording to Go to the Jury

(right, Plaintiffs' attorney Don Migliori)

I'm going to make a modest proposal in response to the "eve of trial" settlement of fourteen 9/11 lawsuits in the wake of a critical ruling from the United States District Court. 

That ruling? 

 A "cockpit recording that captured the sounds of passengers trying to retake control of United Airlines Flight 93 before it crashed into a field in Pennsylvania," would be permitted to go to the jury.  See today's NYT article More 9/11 Lawsuits are Settled.

It's no surprise to hear Donald Migliori, a lawyer for the plaintiffs, say that

Judge Alvin K. Hellerstein’s ruling on the recording last week had moved settlement talks forward. He said it became clear that jurors would hear evidence that passengers were aware the plane had been hijacked and had reacted heroically.

Here's the proposal. 

The courts should be deciding these issues early in the case.  How much discovery had to be done (???any???) and how many motions filed before this Court was willing to go out on a limb and say, "gee, evidence that passengers on the doomed flights knew their plane was being hijacked is relevant (or not!) or too inflammatory (or not!) to the just resolution of the claims brought by families of the passengers?"  

Here in California, we have established a Complex Court system in which wide latitude has been given to the Judges to raise just these kinds of issues early in the litigation unconstrained by procedural rules that might prevent sound case management. 

As California Appellate Court Justice Ruvolo recently emphasized  

The judiciary needs to engage now in a vigorous debate to determine whether the current approach to civil justice is efficacious . . . We must . . . consider possible reforms needed to ensure prompt, and fair, trial dates, and cost-efficient pretrial and trial procedures for cases where ADR has been unsuccessful or is inappropriate."

My own clients have, most unfortunately, been victims of a Judge's inability to effectively manage his/her caseload and unwillingness to make any ruling before its time, which, for some jurists, means when they absolutely have to in motions in limine filed immediately before trial or in evidentiary rulings during trial.

Only some of these in limine and evidentiary rulings require the context of the actual trial to make sense and permit a reasoned ruling.  The cockpit tape, however, seems a good example of a decision that, if made early in the litigation, could have led to the swift resolution of these cases rather than a last minute settlement before trial a full six years after the event giving rise to suit.

To those judges engaging in the often daunting and time-consuming activity of actively managing their case loads with too few resources to do so, we praise you.  Those who are not know who they are.  

WARNING WAR STORY AHEAD

Once, long ago, when our client was the defendant in two identical lawsuits in two federal courts in different states, we filed motions in both courts to consolidate them in our local court.  Frankly, we wouldn't have minded that greatly had they been consolidated in the foreign venue, as long as we could move forward with the litigation.  

We were not happy, however, to wait two years for a ruling.

Because you never want to ruffle a court's feathers when your motion is pending, we spent a fair amount of time and mental energy deciding what might be the best course to pry a ruling out of the court.  Finally, my colleague suggested we file a "Motion to Rule."  Because the motion did not, we believed, exist, my colleague called it THE THING.  

We filed it, deferentially, in both courts and still didn't get a ruling.  Eventually, the case settled.  Today, we might have asked our opponents to mediate or even arbitrate so that we could at least have the opportunity to a business dispute that was costly to both parties.

So, my modest proposal.  Case management.  Early rulings on motions that, if resolved, could assist the parties to do early that which they are now likely only to do late -- negotiate a resolution.

Settlement of the Week: Consumer Securities Advocate Lerach to Plead Guilty Under Brokered Deal

(photo:  Lerach in action from SF Gate article on HP lawsuit)

We learn from today's New York Times that "securities lawyer William S. Lerach is expected to plead guilty today to a criminal conspiracy charge in connection with a[n alleged] class-action scheme involving his former firm, now known as Milberg Weiss . . . " 

I've heard Mr. Lerach speak on several occasions.  His  passionate defense of the rights of small investors has, it's true, earned him a great fortune.  I have never doubted, however, his integrity or the depth of his commitment to bring corporate wrongdoers to justice.  I'm certain that I am not alone in wishing him well.

I note that his plea agreement protects those who worked with and for him and does not require him to cooperate in the government's efforts to pursue others who have also worked for the benefit of the "little guy."  

As the Times reports:

Mr. Lerach, who has long been under investigation by federal authorities, is expected to enter his plea in United States District Court in Los Angeles. Under the plea deal, he faces one to two years in prison, and will also pay a significant fine . . . 

Mr. Lerach’s plea comes amid a seven-year investigation into whether he and other senior lawyers at Milberg Weiss conspired to pay kickbacks to individuals who agreed to serve as named plaintiffs in class-action lawsuits.

One person with knowledge of the plea deal said that Mr. Lerach would plead guilty to being aware of one such incident. . . . . 

For years, Mr. Lerach and his former firm aggressively filed class-action lawsuits, particularly in the securities area. Being the first to organize and file suits also put them in position to get a sizable share of any legal fees produced by the cases.

Mr. Lerach, who did not return a telephone call to his office, long championed the class-action system as an equalizer for small investors and other plaintiffs seeking redress of corporate wrongdoing. . . . .

Under the plea agreement, Mr. Lerach is not required to cooperate with the government in any further inquiries into the matter . . . The agreement terms, they said, also call for the law firm from which Mr. Lerach recently resigned, Coughlin Stoia Geller Rudman & Robbins, to face no liability or risk. . . . .

For the remainder of the article, click here.

 

Our Readers Write: Jury Trials - an Art or a Game of Chance

How many trial attorneys talk publicly about adverse jury verdicts.  Not many.  

Of course, in my field -- commercial litigation - not many of us can call ourselves trial attorneys with a straight face.  We're litigators, which means we want and try to win before trial and reconsider our settlement posture if the light at the end of the tunnel is the train of trial.    

We'd like to be Perry Mason (or, depending upon your generation, Denny Crane or the deliciously evil class action attorney Patty Hughes played by Glenn Close in Damages). 

But we're not.  We take depositions, scan and code hundreds of thousands to millions of documents, fight the discovery wars, make motions on the pleadings and pin our hopes on the silver bullet summary judgment motion.

So here's a short lesson and some good advice -- Jury Trials, An Art or a Game of Chance - from the men and women who actually try cases at the Florida law firm of Levin Popantanio Thomas Mitchell Echsner & Proctor.  

Read the entire article, but here are the bare bones that form the basis of today's good settlement advice.  In this first injury trial, the paralyzed plaintiff won

an $8 million . . . verdict, [which] was reversed on appeal . . . 

The [second trial resulted in] a defense verdict [which was also] reversed on appeal . . . 

The [last] trial resulted in a $31 million plaintiff’s verdict.

Who tried this case three times?  Trial attorneys who have, since the firm's founding in 1955, won

more than seventy-five jury verdicts in the amount of $1 million or more, including twelve jury verdicts in excess of $10 million, and two in excess of $450 million. Additionally, the law firm’s total settlements have exceeded one billion dollars. 

With this and all their other substantial trial experience under their belts, these trial attorneys conclude: 

[A] trial attorney should always inform his/her client that a prediction on the outcome of a jury trial is simply an educated guess, and that the client needs to be prepared for widely divergent results. There is always an element of jury uncertainty. Any time a client agrees to have his/her case tried before a jury, the client needs to understand that in some ways it is simply a game of chance.

Id. (emphasis added).  Couldn't say it better myself (and yes, I did try cases to juries when I was a plaintiffs' injury lawyer in the early '80s, as well as some, but far fewer commercial trials scattered throughout the remainder of my legal career). 

Thanks for candor guys.  Much appreciated.

 

Happy First Birthday to the National Arbitration Forum's Law and Policy Update

The National Arbitration Forum's excellent and timely Law and Policy Update celebrates its first birthday today, and what a year it has been for changes in the arbitration landscape.  If not for NAF, I would never have been able to keep up.  

You know, we used to have to pay for stuff like this, back in the old days when publishing required paper and stamps and mail people with heavy bags on their shoulders stumping down the street on a hot summer's day. 

Now organizations like NAF make your life easier gratis.  How great is that????

Subscribe today!

 

The Most Sophisticated Settlement Judges and Mediators Teach You to Win Your Next Negotiation

(image from Should I Join a Law School Study Group?)

Listen Up!!  This may sound foolish but I had the best study group in my law school (all of us graduated in the top 10%).  Why?  Because I naturally gravitate toward the smartest people in the room and then boldly ask them to join my study group or be a member of my law firm or speak on a panel or write an article with me.

Gee, legal practice is actually just one life-long study group when you think about it, no?

In any event, I loved my study partners and people I practiced with (o.k., there were a few exceptions) and continue to seek out the best and the brightest from whom I can learn and work at the same time.  

That is the very very long introduction to our upcoming Pincus Communications SeminarSettlement Techniques that Give You the Winning Edge.

Who Will You Be Learning From?

How about two of the best and most sophisticated settlement and trial judges in the entire Los Angeles Superior Court system:  full time settlement Judge Alexander Williams, III and Complex Court Assistant Supervising Judge Victoria Chaney?

But that's not all.  Joining us will also be former Federal Magistrate and Judicate West mediator, the Hon. John Leo Wagner (Ret.); former Paul Hastings partner, AAA arbitrator and Judicate West mediator, Jay McCauley; and, Les J. Weinstein, registered patent attorney and antitrust guru (an AAA arbitrator and complex commmercial and IP mediator).

These are the people at whose feet I sit to improve my game and my skill set is pretty darn good if I do keep saying so myself.  

What You Will Learn if You Attend This Seminar

  • The ten social psychological insights that will minimize your own self-defeating negotiation behavior and maximize your opponents’ bargaining weaknesses 
  • The ten basic rules of “distributive” or “fixed sum” bargaining that will give you the “edge” in all future settlement negotiations 
  • The ten ways to “expand the fixed sum pie” by exploring and exploiting the client interests underlying your own and your opponents’ legal positions 
  • The ten ways to get your case settled to your clients’ best advantage at Mandatory Settlement Conferences for both routine and “bet the company” cases 
  • The Top Ten Errors Made by Parties When Attempting to Settle Disputes that their Contracts Require Them to Arbitrate 
  • The Ten Rules of Cross-cultural negotiation in International Arbitration 
  • The Ten Laws Critical to the Enforcement of Mediated Settlement Agreements 
  • The Ten Mediation/Settlement Conference Traps for the Unwary

THE ACTUAL "GOODS"

9:00 – 10:00 a.m. The social-psychological dynamics of conflict resolution taught by attorney-mediator and high-profile ADR blogger, Victoria Pynchon, J.D. LL.M (conflict resolution). Victoria is an Adjunct Professor at the Straus Institute for Dispute Resolution and a neutral with the Southern California ADR firm, Judicate West and the International Institute for Conflict Prevention and Resolution.

10:00 – 11:00 a.m. Settling Disputes in the Arbitral Forum by AAA commercial arbitrator and former Paul Hastings Janofsky & Walker litigator, Jay McCauley. Mr. McCauley is an Adjunct Professor of Arbitration Law at the Straus Institute for Dispute Resolution and a neutral with the American Arbitration Association and the Southern California ADR firm, Judicate West.

11:00 – 11:15 a.m. BREAK

11:15 – 12:15 p.m. Mediating the settlement of intellectual property and technology related litigation with cautionary tales from the antitrust trenches taught by patent infringement and competition law litigator, arbitrator and mediator, Les Weinstein, of Sheldon Mak Rose & Anderson. Mr. Weinstein is an arbitrator with the American Arbitration Association.

12:15 – 1:15 p.m. Lunch on your own

1:15 – 2:15 p.m. Mandatory Settlement Conferences (MSC) “best practices” taught by Judge Alexander Williams, III, Los Angeles Superior Court Settlement Department and Adjunct Professor of Clinical Practice at the Straus Institute for Dispute Resolution

2:15 – 3:15 p.m. The Machiavellian Negotiator taught by former Federal Magistrate John Leo Wagner, who was formerly head of Irell & Manella LLP’s ADR Practice Group. Judge Wagner is a neutral with Judicate West..

3:15 – 3:30 p.m. BREAK

3:30 – 4:30 p.m. Settling Sophisticated, Multi-party Commercial Litigation in the Complex Court, taught by Judge Victoria Chaney, Complex Court Assistant Supervising Judge

More Advice for FirstYear Associates: Summary Judgment Motions

Because it's the beginning of the new "school" year and the beginning of many first year attorneys' first law jobs, I'm providing as much advice as possible to help ease former law students into their new professional careers.

EMPATHIC ASIDE:  If you're feeling like EVERYTHING is taking you WAY too long, I share with you the fact that my own first two weeks of practice were consumed by 10-hour days drafting a simple motion to amend a complaint on the eve of trial -- a motion that, two years later, I could draft in my sleep. 

Fear not.  We've all been first year's and we all understand.  If your superior doesn't, you might wish to remind him that though you're one of the hardest working new associates in rock 'n roll, you are doing for the first time tasks he's been doing for a lifetime.  

THE GOOD ADVICE 

Today I bring you good advice on writing summary judgment motions from a series of posts on that topic by a defense employment litigator, George Lenard, with the St. Louis, Missouri firm of Harris, Dowell, Fisher and Harris.   The blog entry is from George's Employment Blawg and it covers the practicalities of strategically planning for, preparing, and drafting summary judgment motions.

The only thoughts I have to add to George's are deposition-related since I teach deposition skills to young lawyers once or twice a year and hence am always thinking about their questions and challenges.  

The winning summary judgment motion is the foremost reason that you need to make a clear factual record containing party admissions in the depositions that you take.

  • too many attorneys of all levels of experience treat the deposition as purely a discovery device, thereby losing the true benefit of this "discovery" procedure, i.e., it is often your sole opportunity to obtain the admissions necessary to prevail before trial.
  • how do you get a clear admission?  PLANNING, PLANNING, PLANNING
    • you need to know what you need the witness to say to prevail in the summary judgment motion before you take the deposition
    • you must therefore have done the necessary prep work on the summary judgment motion before taking the deposition
    • once you know what you need the witness to say, you must "set him up" to say it. 
    • how do you do that?
      • learn how to use documents skillfully to elicit admissions -- this requires not only ease with authenticating and establishing the business records exception to the hearsay rule for those documents but also . . . .
      • the ability to ask leading cross-examination questions (one question, one fact) about those documents
        • i.e., this is the employment agreement you signed, correct?  that's  your signature at the bottom, is it not?  your signature indicates that you read and understood the terms of this employment agreement  at the time you signed it, correct? (directing the witness' attention to the relevant clause).  You were telling the truth when you signed your name there, correct?  You had in fact read and understood the agreements terms, isn't that so?  Turning to paragraph 6, yes, please do take all the time you need to read it.  Have you read all of paragraph 6?  O.K.  You read and understood this paragraph when you signed the agreement, isn't that right?  And this paragraph provides that, quote, employee agrees that his employment can be terminated for any or no reason at any time unquote.  That's one of the terms you agreed to correct?
      • then, of course, you'll have to move on to the "meat" of the case, which generally requires you to counter the assertion that the "at will" provisions of the employment agreement are irrelevant because the employee was fired for whistle blowing, or left her company's employ because of a hostile environment or in respone to sexual harassment. 
      • this, of course, is trickier and more difficult but you must plan a line of cross-examination with the goal of eliciting the admissions you need to prevail on a summary judgment motion in an extremely fact intensive area of the law.

Once again, I remind my readers that favorable negotiated settlements often depend far more upon the credible threat you present to your opponent than any of your own negotiating skills or those of your mediator.  There are many techniques for successfully bargaining from a position of weakness.  We will be writing about those techniques over the next few weeks. But we'd really rather see you bargaining from a position of strength, which is why we're providing these first-year  tutorials on building the best factual and legal case at the earliest possible opportunity to speed your client to its probable sole litigation destination -- settlement.

C'MON, BE A REAL LAWYER:  USE THE WITNESS' DOCUMENTS AGAINST HIM IN DEPOSITION

And here's more on using a witness' documents against him.  This is cross-examination at its finest -- the witness either admits the damning "spin" in the "testimony" being given by the cross-examiner or he looks evasive at best, like a liar at worst.  This cross-examination from one of the Vioxx trials is from the Illinois Trial Practice Blog care of this week's Blawg Review (the Labor Day Special Historical Edition). 

SPEAKING OF THE VIOXX TRIALS .... my good friend and colleague Judge Victoria Chaney of the Los Angeles Complex Court who presided over the first Los Angeles Vioxx trial will be speaking with me, Judge Alexander Williams, III (full time Superior Court settlement Judge), arbitrator and mediator Jay McCauley (formerly of Paul, Hastings), the Hon. John Leo Wanger, Ret. (former U.S. Magistrate and fomer partner at Irell & Manella) and registered patent attorney and arbitrator-mediator, Les Weinstein of Sheldon Mack and the AAA here in Los Angeles on November 13 -- Settlement Techniques that Give You the Winning Edge.

 

My Boss is an Asshole and Other First-Year Associate Laments

Welcome to the firm!  Now fasten your seat belts because it's going to be a bumpy ride. 

Your supervising partner might look like Dumbledore, but he's much more likely to feel like Voldemort (photo and wikipedia entry right). 

That's why we're beginning the new legal year with . . .

WRITING THE LEGAL RESEARCH MEMO:  ADVICE FOR FIRST YEAR ASSOCIATES 

Forget everything you've ever learned about legal research and writing.  Here's the answer to any question that begins with the words "can we . . . "  

YES.  

I once worked for a partner who asked every first year and new lateral associate whether our client could successfully plead a federal civil rights cause of action in case B, Q or X.  Not only were these cases highly unlikely to support such a cause of action, this question was never posed in any case where the facts detailed might.   

The research-question-posing lawyer was then the managing partner of an AmLaw 100 firm and a former Justice Department attorney who had worked under Robert Kennedy. Only this latter fact made any of us suspect that the question might conceivably be genuine and not simply a hazing ritual for the firm’s new young associates.

But what, you ask, if the answer is an unequivocal “no.” 

Herewith are a few ways of surviving the mysterious to malicious legal research assignment posed by Lord . . . uh . . . I mean Mister Voldemort.

The best way to insure your ability to provide even an equivocal “yes” is to ask the supervising partner what s/he is trying to accomplish by alleging this cause of action before commencing your legal research.

Knowing the answer to this question will permit you to suggest an alternative means of  accomplishing the same objective if you absolutely positively cannot say "yes."  

Other acceptable alternatives to “yes” or “here’s another great way of accomplishing the same goal” include:

  1. It would be a stretch, but there are several cases suggesting that we might survive a demurrer. 
  2. It will be tough to survive a demurrer but if we argue x, y and z, I believe we can avoid sanctions if our opponent seeks them.   
  3. All of the American case law says we cannot allege this cause of action based on the facts you provided to me, but I checked the British authorities (or recent law review articles) and we can argue that the X line of case authority should be abandoned in favor of the British Rule (or Professor Tribe’s new theory of recovery).   
  4. I took the liberty of ordering the file and reading all of the pre-litigation correspondence between the parties. There are some additional facts [that you didn’t tell me about] contained there that would allow us to bring this cause of action. 
  5. If x, y or z, happened, we would be able to assert this cause of action. Have you asked the client whether any of these events occurred? Would you like me to make the call?

There are hundreds of ways to skin your partner’s cat and only one way to irritate, annoy, frustrate or – in extreme but not unheard of circumstances – enrage him. What is that one way?  To say, "no, I'm sorry, but you cannot do what you want to do and here are the 25 reasons why.”

What does this have to do with negotiation?  If you want your BATNA (Better Alternative to a Negotiated Agreement) to be better than finding other employment, you'll become expert at resolving the seemingly impossible problems posed to you by your superiors this year.  

Don't worry, it won't be all that long before you're the new Voldemort on the block.  In the meantime, welcome to the profession.  Mostly, it's challenging, rewarding and very often just plain fun.

FOR THE BOSSES AMONG YOU HERE'S AN HILARIOUS DOWNLOADABLE .PDF MUST READ MEMO FROM "CREATIVE" TO "THE SUITS" ON WHY THEY QUIT THEIR JOBS courtesy of the Bullshit Observer's post Dear Bosses, Here's Why We Quit Our Jobs.

POINT-COUNTERPOINT: ADR PROS AND CONS

It's not too late to join us and ALFA International for its Labor & Employment Practice Group Seminar entitled "Employer of the Year" or "the Office":  Which One Are You? at the Half Moon Bay Ritz-Carlton on October 3-5, 2007.

HOW COULD YOU RESIST? (photo:  Half Moon Bay Ritz-Carlton at right)

I'll be speaking with Joshua Frank, Senior Legal Counsel to DHL (moderated by James M. Peterson of San Diego's Higgs, Fletcher & Mack, LLP) on the Pro's and Con's of Employment Arbitration

You'll have to get up early for this one -- it's scheduled from 8:45-10:00 a.m. on October 3 -- but we promise you a lively debate and fresh perspectives on an issue that might make corporate and litigation counsel want to rip those arbitration clauses out of their and their clients' employment agreements.  Then again, you might just decide to rewrite those ADR Clauses altogether so that you get the best possible dispute resolution mechanism for your and your clients' work-force. 

Either way, the time is ripe for reconsidering and revising the way in which you and your clients handle disputes with their employees.

JOIN US!! 

 

Cal Supremes Forbid Discovery of Reinsurance Information to Assist Settlement Efforts in Clergy Abuse Cases

(right:  12 Angry Men because this post will end up being about depositions, settlement and trial and not simply -- yawn -- reinsurance)

Business Insurance reported yesterday that the California Supreme Court has Shield[ed] Reinsurance Details in Abuse Case.  As B.I. wrote,

In Catholic Mutual Relief Society et al. vs. The Superior Court . . . , victims sought to learn whether the nonprofit entity, which administers self-insurance funds for more than 300 archdioceses and other Roman Catholic entities in the United States and Canada, could meet its policy obligation should they enter into a settlement with the Archdiocese of San Diego.

In 2004, a Los Angeles County trial court judge said the victims could seek reinsurance information . . . A state Court of Appeal . . . rul[ed] that California law authorizing limited discovery of a defendant’s insurance coverage does not authorize pretrial discovery of reinsurance agreements with a “nonparty” liability insurer.

On Monday, the California Supreme Court agreed. It found that discovery of reinsurance is allowed when a reinsurer’s policy functions “in the same way as a liability policy (fronting arrangement), or where the reinsurance agreement is itself the subject matter of the litigation at hand.”

I'd just been musing on this issue (really! -- listen, only nerds blog) because I think attorneys should use discovery as much as possible to settle litigation as to try it. 

Conducting Discovery to Settle the Case

I'm just back from vacation so I haven't yet read this Supreme Court opinion.  I have, however, fought the reinsurance issue more times than I care to remember.  I also once sought to discover the extent of a privately owned corporation's ability to pay a sizable judgment only to be thwarted by the rule that discovery must be relevant to the subject matter of the action (etc.)

Still, I recommend that counsel find creative ways to learn facts that will assist them in settling the case during depositions (where "background" questions receive less scrutiny than interrogatories).

What information pertinent to settlement is useful to obtain other than the ability to fund an award?  Plenty! but since I'm still on Hawaiian time and in an Hawaiian mind, I'll provide only a few -- let your own imagination make far longer lists than the following.

  1. The identity of those making the settlement decision is question number one, not only to assure that you have the proper parties at your first settlement conference, but also because -- as McElhaney recently suggested -- you want to "hip" corporate deciders to some of the dangers of proceeding that the company's attorneys might not have mentioned (or couldn't stress strongly enough).  
  2. Where the corporate entity is split into operating divisions, which division is going to take the "hit" if the case settles.
  3. Whether there are any corporate acquisitions or mergers on the horizon -- or any major upheavals in management -- that might suggest that the executive team green-lighting the litigation is on its way out and less litigation-friendly management about to come on the scene.
  4. Whether other litigation on this same issue, product, financial practice, etc. is pending, making the possibility of bad precedent an issue for any eventual settlement "team."

How can you obtain answers to these questions during a deposition when none of them are relevant to the subject matter of the action or likely to lead to the discovery of admissible evidence?  The same way you do everything else in your legal practice -- with chutzpah, imagination, creativity, preparation and sheer good luck.  

I'd innocently sprinkle most of these questions into the background portion of the deposition when opposing counsel is generally less attentive than during "substantive" questioning.  You can also get away with "it's just background, counsel" when s/he begins to awake with his/her morning latte.  If it's a big case with less experienced attorneys assigned to less important depositions, I'd first ask these questions of low level corporate representatives who might be, shall we say, under-represented. 

Then there's always simple dumb luck.  When I was a first year taking one of my first depositions, opposing counsel fell asleep after lunch!  He was snoring while his client innocently waited for me to continue questioning him as if this were a normal event!

I genuinely didn't know what to do. Could I legitimately and ethically continue to question my opponent's client in his "absence"?  I suppose a more experienced or aggressive attorney might have done so.  But because it just didn't seem right to me, I woke him up before continuing with my line of questioning. 

Some defenders, however, might just as well be asleep.  As I teach my NITA students, you can do that which you can (ethically) get away with in a deposition.  And that is quite a lot if you are a skillful poker player who doesn't let on that the questions you're asking might be strategically beneficial even though entirely irrelevant to the substance of the litigation.

It's the beginning of a new "school" year.  Go get 'em!

Settlement of the Week: Legal Secretary vs. O.J. Attorney's Law Firm

Robert Shaprio, one of the members of O.J. Simpson's "Dream Team" has settled a whistle-blower wrongful termination case on his law firm's behalf with his former secretary who claimed she was fired for exposing wrongful billing practices.

[Shapiro had earlier been dismissed from the lawsuit and was not, therefore, an individual party to the resolution].

Shapiro's secretary was represented by an old colleague of ours, Patricio T.D. Barrera, now of the law firm Marcin Berrera, LLP.

The case was reported by the National Law Journal's Los Angeles Legal Pad here and by CBS News here.

As CBS News reported:

Lawyers for James and the Christensen law firm appeared before Los Angeles Superior Court Judge John Shepard Wiley Monday, saying both sides agreed to all terms and that the defense will prepare the final document for signatures.

Wiley said he was pleased to hear of the agreement in principle. "To try this case would have been nasty," Wiley said. "Neither side would have had a pleasant experience." The judge said the settlement avoids the uncertainty James and the Christensen law firm would have faced had the case gone to a jury, which was scheduled for trial Sept. 11. He urged the lawyers to put the settlement in final form soon before any last minute disagreements develop.

"Let's get this in the can," Wiley said.

Outside the courtroom, James' lawyer, Patricio T. Barrera, said the terms are confidential and therefore his client, who was present in court, cannot comment.

Negotiating Your First Law Job: Which Offer to Accept

(right:  Working Mother Identifies the 50 Best Law Firms for Women)

The interview season is over and you have three job offers.

One is from BigLaw in Manhattan, a dazzling, dizzying opportunity coupled with a salary that (you believe) would end all of the financial insecurity you've experienced after 7 years of part-time jobs; student loans; and, macaroni and cheese dinners.  

The other offer is from the Justice Department in Washington, D.C. where you've been promised early trial experience and your own case load during your first year.  The salary is livable but you've got enormous student loans to pay back.  Still, you've always wanted to stand in a courtroom, look Jack Nicholson in the eyes and say, "I want the truth!!"  

Your last job offer is from a mid-size firm in your own home town.  You really like the people you met with there and you can see yourself spending an entire adult life with them.  Getting married, raising a family.  The local schools are good and the chance to build your own "book of business" is better here than in D.C., Manhattan, Los Angeles, Chicago or San Francisco.  You'd be a big fish in a little pond, not to mention remaining close to your extended family.

What to Do?

We have no specific advice.  We do want to alert you to Bazerman's and Malhotra's chapter on cognitive biases in their new book, Negotiation Genius, and particularly their section on

THE VIVIDNESS BIAS

(note to readers:  whenever the word "McKinsey" appears, think Skadden, or whatever law firm would most  dazzle your professors and classmates if you told them you'd been offered a job there).

Apparently, many Harvard MBA students change jobs very quickly after accepting their first position.  Why?  One important reason is the effect of the "vividness bias."   They explain:

Specifically, [the student job seekers] pay too much attention to the vivid features of their offers and overlook less vivid features that could have a greater impact on their satisfaction.  This is a potential trap even for seasoned negotiators.

M & B go on to conduct a little thought experiment, imagining their students talking about their job offers and, more particularly, the following attributes of those offers:

  • great medical benefits
  • proximity to extended family
  • high degree of happiness apparent in the offeror's employees
  • opportunity to travel to Europe on a regular basis
  • $140K starting salary
  • employees have a significant degree of control over work assignments
  • the office space is comfortable; the environment inviting
  • the offer is from McKinsey
  • I would not have to travel too much

You know what's coming next. 

Which of these statements will travel most quickly through the MBA student grapevine, conveying the highest degree of prestige upon the  job-seeker.

For all of our knowledge and sophistication, we're pretty simple creatures.  Bazerman and Malhotra believe that "the answers to these questions are the high salary ($140,000) and the offer from McKinsey (a top consulting firm)."  They continue:

These two items are not only the easiest to communicate quickly, but also the easiest for others to evaluate.  Students who receive these offers will notice the impressed reactions of their peers when such information is shared, and these reactions will make the information more prominent in their mind[s].  As conversation after conversation focuses on these two factors, other aspects of the offer will be overshadowed or entirely sidelined.

One result:  students accept -- and soon quit -- high paying jobs with prestigious firms because they over-weighted vivid or prestigious attributes of their offers and under-weighted  other issues that would affect their professional and personal satisfaction, such as office location, collegiality, and travel.

Malhotra and Bazerman's suggested solution to counter the vividness bias is to create a scoring system that assigns "weights" to job attributes.  They suggest that a professional job seeker "who does not have at least five to ten issues ranked and weighted in her scoring system is probably not thinking rationally enough about all of the important issues in her job negotiations."

When performing this rigorous, logical, left-brained analysis of your job offers, remember what we recently learned from the Neuromarketing Blog's recent post on the new (must read) book -- The Best of the Brain

the left hemisphere of the brain tends to screen creative thoughts from the right hemisphere. Too much screening, and creativity is stifled; too little, and useless ideas can’t be eliminated. Creativity also requires topical knowledge and a detailed examination of the problem. While there’s no simple path to creative thinking for most of us, Kraft concludes by recommending that relaxing and stepping back from the problem are often helpful in letting the brain do its work. 

To conclude our series on job hunting for lawyers, I leave you with the the following list of dangers and pit-falls based upon my own experiences and those of my colleagues, all of whom have been practicing law for at least twenty-five years.

  • property, power and prestige are the most dangerous siren-songs to follow (seethe Cost of a Thing is Your Life);
  • if you're one of those people who believes you can take a BigLaw job, save your excess salary and then move "down" to a more congenial firm, just make sure you have the mental toughness to do so -- I have seen many lawyers "trapped" by the lifestyle this salary can afford them -- I know dozens who have been miserably stuck there for years if not decades;
  • your mom and dad really will continue to love you no matter what you do; you do not have to take an impressive job to prove to them that the kid who could never keep his room clean is all grown up now and a credit to his family; and,
  • money can't buy it (Annie Lenox)

Congratulations on the job offers

Choose wisely and well.  It's a great profession; one you and your family can be proud of of; and one you will never ever completely master -- meaning it will continue to astonish, trouble, bedevil and reward you for the rest of your life.

Negotiating Your First Law Job: Listen to Your Head and Follow Your Heart

(photo:  Tempus Ex Machina by Gisela Giardino based on Dali what makes you tick by Phillipe Halsman)

I'm sending my law student (and job seeking lateral lawyer) readers over to Health Bolt Blog this morning to read 26 Reasons What You Think is Right is Wrong -- a list of cognitive biases that interfere with "rational" decision-making.

While it's great to know about these biases, it's good to remember when job-seeking that you cannot make any decision whatsoever without emotions.  In the absence of emotion, the brain scientists tell us, we would spend our lives making pro and con lists without ever coming to a decision, a kind of existential hell depicted so well by philosopher and playright Jean Paul Sartre.

Because my Advice to Young Lawyers column is a repository for unsolicited advice I try not to give to my step-"children" (who are starting their professional careers this year) here's a little of my own experience to highlight the heart/head conundrum.

When interviewing with BigLaw during my second year in law school, I answered one of Mr. Big Firm's questions (during a call-back interview) in the following manner:

Mr. Big Firm:  "Hmmmmm, I see here Ms. Pynchon, that you're in the top ten percent of your law school class.  Why aren't you a member of the Law Review?" 

Ms. Pynchon:  Because I don't like to write [!!???!!!!???]

Mr. Big Firm:  Well, writing is pretty much all you'll be doing your first several years at Blank, Blank and Blank . . . . .

O.K., this was either the stupidest (not to mention most inaccurate) response ever given during a job interview or I was being driven by my true desire, which was to have courtroom (and preferably trial) experience during my first year of practice.  Unfortunately, my class standing made employment in the AmLaw100 highly likely unless I sabotaged my interviews -- which you can see I did.

The result?  I started practice with a two-man personal injury law firm and appeared in court to try my first one-day court trial the day after being sworn in to practice law in the great State of California. 

Everyone, by the way, all of my mentors, professors, and, advisors, urged me not to start my practice with a small Sacramento P.I. firm because I'd never ever be able to move "up" from there to the kind of practice I was supposed to desire (and you know what that is).

Turns out, I had more fun practicing law (and no billable hours!) during those first three years of my practice than I'd ever have again.  Also turns out that my courtroom, appellate and trial experience made me very attractive to future AmLaw100 employers because none of their associates had any courtroom, let alone trial and appellate experience, by their fourth year as I did when I decided I wanted to switch from P.I. to commercial litigation.

Lesson learned?  Only you know what's "best" for you.  It can never be a mistake to follow your own dreams.

No First Year Billabe Hours? An Idea Whose Time Has Come

Someday, first-year associates who can command salaries of $160K a year, will get hip to the jive and negotiate the deal now being offered (as far as we know) only by Atlanta-based Ford & Harrison -- real world training without billing requirements for their first year of practice.

Listen up young lawyers!  These firms are willing to pay you close to $200K/year to land your talent.  You have negotiating power.  Go for it.

The Ford & Harrison initiative, however, stops just short of perfection, suggesting that some first-year hours might be billed to the client.  I say, throw it all out!  Teach these youngsters how to draft a motion, take a deposition, even try a case during their first year without billing any of their time (law firms will find a way to make up for the loss in first year billables, I'm certain of it).

This is what clients are demanding (see the ABA Law Journal article on the new On-Ramp Program, which I'll find & link to as soon as the sun hides behind a cloud on this picture-perfect Hawaiian beach day again).  For excerpt, see the extended entry here.

Way to go F&H!!  You'll have the happiest and best-trained second year associates in the entire world!  Excerpt and link below.

Firm Kills Billable Hour for First-Year Associates from the National Law Journal  

The billable hour: demanding, disparaged and now dead -- at least at one Atlanta-based law firm.

Ford & Harrison, a 190-attorney labor and employment firm, has tossed out billable-hour requirements for first-year associates. The program aims to close the practical-skills gap of law school education and increase value to clients. The firm also hopes it will enable associates to handle meatier matters more quickly.

Overall, Ford & Harrison's leaders expect the new program to help retain beginning lawyers and appease clients.

"Everyone sits around and complains about the problems," said C. Lash Harrison, managing partner of the law firm. "I figured, what the heck, maybe we can try something."

The idea is for associates to spend their time observing depositions and witness interviews and attending hearings and litigation strategy meetings. While the firm has no specific expectations of associates meeting the 1,900 billable hours it previously required from new attorneys, it does anticipate that some of the work they undertake during their first 15 or so months will be valuable enough to bill.

Laurie Hartman, assistant dean for the Office of Career Services at Emory University School of Law, said that she was not aware of any other sizeable law firms that had completely done away with billables for new associates.

"It's a great idea," she said, adding that the program would help students to differentiate Ford & Harrison from other law firms.

Continue Reading

Improving the Workplace: Don't De-Motivate Your Colleagues and Employees

(right:  the country's favorite bad boss)

Diane Levin introduced her readers to a great video over at the ej4 Learning Center some time ago but I just got around to watching it today. 

In the course of this short video, you'll see every bad boss you've ever had as well as (grit your teeth but bear it!) every bad boss behavior you've ever been guilty of.

A must-see:  Impedership Versus Leadership

What does this have to do with negotiation?  First off, you'll find yourself negotiating salary increases a lot less often if you have a happy workforce.    

Thanks Diane!!

Advice for Young Lawyers: E-Mail Authentication & Hearsay Exceptions

Many thanks to Beatrice O'Donnell and Thomas A. Lincoln for so thoroughly covering the email authentication and hearsay exception waterfront in Law.com today.

This is a question I get a lot from my NITA Depo and Trial Skills students.  This is a much more sophisticated answer than I've ever given so NITA STUDENTS HEAD'S UP on this one.

Here's an except with a link to the article, Authenticating Email Discovery as Evidence.

Just because I've become a Jedi negotiator does not mean I do not continue to love the adversarial process -- and I'm just geeky enough for evidence to have been my favorite class (and highest law school grade).  Thanks Professor Wydick.  

ESTABLISHING EMAIL AUTHENTICITY UNDER THE FEDERAL RULES OF EVIDENCE

The bar for establishing authenticity is not high under Federal Rule of Evidence 901. In the 3rd U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals, a court need only be able to legitimately infer that a document is genuine to find it to be "authentic." . . .

Some e-mails can be self-authenticated under Rule 902(7). Business labels, including signature blocks, that evidence the company from which an e-mail was sent, or even the name of a company in an e-mail address, might be sufficient proof of authenticity on their own.

Other circumstances, such as the distinctive characteristics of an author's e-mail address or the subject matter and style of the e-mail itself, may also be sufficient to establish authenticity.

BE PREPARED TO AUTHENTICATE EVERY STEP IN THE EMAIL CHAIN

An e-mail often has attached to it the e-mail or series of e-mails to which it is responding, creating an e-mail "chain," also known as a "string" or "thread." Some courts have found that each e-mail in a chain is a separate communication, subject to separate authentication and admissibility requirements. A lawyer should thus be prepared to authenticate every step of a chain. 

THE HEARSAY EXCEPTION IN EMAIL EVIDENCE 

The second major hurdle for getting an e-mail into evidence is the hearsay rule. By definition, hearsay is an out-of-court statement "offered in evidence to prove the matter asserted." The first way, therefore, to overcome a hearsay challenge to the admission of an e-mail is to claim that it's not hearsay at all.

An e-mail that is an admission by a party-opponent is "not hearsay." If your opponent is an individual, this is a simple test. In the corporate setting, however, damaging admissions may be authored by lower-level employees who do not have the authority to be making such statements. In order for the e-mail to qualify as a party admission, the author needs not only to be acting in the scope of his or her employment but also to have the proper authority.

Party-opponent admissions would also include statements by "a party's agent" concerning matters within the scope of the agency, i.e., "vicarious admissions." In addition, if your opponent's e-mails contain statements of others without reservation, e.g., when a party forwarded e-mails received from others, the e-mails may be introduced in evidence as "adoptive admissions" . . . This kind of statement has indicia of reliability because "the party has manifested an adoption or belief in its truth."

IT AIN'T AS EASY AS YOU THINK:  APPLYING THE BUSINESS RECORDS EXCEPTION TO THE HEARSAY RULE

Many practitioners would consider e-mails as classic examples of business records for corporate entities that routinely use e-mail for both internal and external communication. Under Federal Rule of Evidence 803(6), however, only "if it was the regular practice of that business activity" to make that record can a document come into evidence under the exception.

An e-mail might fit this "business records" exception if the company -- not just the individual, but the company itself -- has a reliable practice of sending, receiving and storing that kind of e-mail. A company might have that kind of practice if it takes and records purchase orders via e-mail. Notably, an e-mail that fits into the "business records" exception may also be self-authenticating, under Rule 902(11), if its authenticity is supported by an affidavit.

Many e-mails, however, do not meet the "business records" exception because they are merely chatter, statements that are made casually and not as a matter of obligation or even routine. An e-mail sent at an employee's sole discretion is not likely to have the necessary indicia of reliability and trustworthiness to be admitted as a "business record."

If an employee sends off a quick e-mail to a colleague commenting on the substance of a meeting with a business partner, it may not be admissible. By contrast, minutes of the same meeting kept by the same employee and circulated to all in attendance, in e-mail form, at the request of management could qualify under the "business records" exception.

Although there is not yet a well-established line of cases on this issue, courts appear concerned that if they allow e-mails into evidence as "business records" too easily, people will begin to use the convenience of e-mails to write self-serving internal communications.

AND HOW ABOUT THOSE BLACKBERRY COMMUNICATIONS?

With the advent of handheld devices as well as the ubiquity of laptop computers, e-mails may actually be admitted into evidence on the basis of "present sense impressions," or even as "excited utterances," as in Lorraine. People are often using e-mail to comment on events as they are transpiring, even during meetings.

If one can show that an e-mail was written while perceiving an event or immediately thereafter, or while under the stress caused by a startling event, it might meet the "present sense impression" or "excited utterance" standards of rules 803(1) and 803(2).

Of course, these standards are difficult to meet because contemporaneousness or near-immediacy is necessary. An e-mail might still meet the "present sense impression" standard if written 10 minutes after an event, but many e-mails are written hours or days later. 

The special problems posed by e-mails do not change the rules of impeachment. A lawyer's ability to cross-examine a witness with a prior inconsistent statement does not change merely because the statement is contained in an e-mail.

AND FOR THE UNDER 30 SET:  TEXT MESSAGES!

Text messages, instant messaging, chat rooms or "team rooms" (in which all materials concerning a project are preserved electronically for the entire project team to access) all present unique evidentiary challenges.

Practitioners need to be proactive in their efforts to ensure that key pieces of evidence can be admitted at trial. From the time of the initial review of documents through discovery, lawyers need to focus on how to get in or keep out such evidence.

Beatrice O’Donnell is a senior partner in the trial practice group of Duane Morris. She practices in the areas of product and professional liability, as well as commercial and insurance litigation. O’Donnell has tried to verdict more than 80 major civil jury trials in both state and federal courts, and has tried hundreds of arbitrations and mediations. She has been both national and regional coordinating counsel for a number of pharmaceutical and other clients facing mass tort litigation. Thomas A. Lincoln is an associate with the trial practice group of the firm.

Thomas A. Lincoln practices in the areas of products liability, consumer fraud, and commercial litigation, including complex litigation such as multidistrict litigation proceedings and class actions, representing both defendants and plaintiffs. Mr. Lincoln is admitted to practice in Pennsylvania. He is a 1999 graduate of New York University School of Law and a graduate, with honors, of Swarthmore College

Another Reason to Negotiate Settlement: Jurors Blog Their Own Misconduct

(below:  Dustin Hoffman puzzling over his jury in Grisham's Runaway Jury - directed by Gary Fleder  Memorable movie quote:  You think your average juror is King Solomon? No, he's a roofer with a mortgage. He wants to go home and sit in his Barcalounger and let the cable TV wash over him. And this man doesn't give a single, solitary droplet of shit about truth, justice or your American way)

Concurring Opinions covers juror blogs today by, among other things, quoting a foreman's juror blog as follows.  

Today was the last day of jury duty. I served as foreman of the jury. By the end of the case I thoroughly disliked the defending attorney. He had abused, postured and bullied his way through the entire trial, and had treated the witnesses for the prosecution, who were solid citizens doing their jobs, with disrespect and contempt. I was concerned that his histrionics were going to affect some of the less sophisticated among the jury to the degree that it would be hard to reach a decision on matters that were more or less clear. Just prior to the closing statements I decided to see what effect I might be able to have on the outcome given the limited set of tools available to me...

[I] . . . paid special attention to the participation of an elderly woman of color who felt out of place among so many white men, and a quiet Hispanic man who had also been swayed by the theater of the defense. Within an hour we had a conviction on both counts, and on all of the sub clauses of the counts. At the end of it we all felt that we had done the right thing, which I think we did.

I have either rarely, or perhaps never attempted such a conscious manipulation of my presentation of self as an adult. The fact that nobody knew me was an asset.

Of course, if you've attended as many jury focus groups as you've tried cases to a jury, you already know this.  Know what?  Just how unpredictable and uncontrollable that 12-headed creature the jury can be.  

I don't mean to bury the lede (I'll make this the subject of a full post later) but I was talking to an old friend and jury consultant, Chris St. Hilaire of Jury Impact today (both of whom I highly recommend) about the dwindling jury trial and the use of  professionally prepared mediation presentations and mediation focus groups. 

Much much more about this later.

Quiet the Voices. Then Follow Your Bliss. Gini Nelson's Interview with Victoria Pynchon

Right:  Steve (Goldberg):  Insurance Policyholder Coverage Counsel Extraordinaire and My Actual Bliss on "Our" Birthday -- May 1.

I am quite immodestly posting here Gini Nelson's Engaging Conflicts newsletter which contains an interview with me about my shift from litigation to mediation.

Because I recently taught the Deposition Seminar sponsored by the National Institute of Trial Advocacy, I have young lawyers and the challenges that face them on my mind. 

I'm therefore reprinting here that part of the interview reflecting the career questions so often asked by young lawyers -- is litigation the right career path for me. 

Though my own answer is, of course, unique to me, I think every litigator will find something of their own professional struggle briefly recounted here.

Gini: What is the best advice that you have been given? And what advice would you give a budding conflict specialist?

Vickie: Joseph Campbell, the brilliant and recently departed student and professor of comparative religions and mythology, long ago gave me advice I needed but was not ready to apply – follow your bliss.

I didn’t know what my bliss was and couldn’t find it. I had to spend a lifetime quieting a lot of other voices that were vying for my attention before I was ready. Voices that told me to prove to my dad how brilliant and successful I could be; that told me to compete and “succeed” by running the fastest and the farthest whenever anyone shot off a starting gun in my vicinity; that told me I needed property, (perceived) power and prestige to accept myself in all my human fallibility.

It took more than twenty-five years for me to realize the bankruptcy of those thoughts and to experience the results of that way of living.

Then a new voice entered my head and it spoke very very very clearly. “Why don’t you mediate?” it asked.

Two weeks later I took Pepperdine’s 42-hour Mediating the Litigated Case. A month after that, I enrolled in the Straus Institute’s LL.M Dispute Resolution program. And here I am. Following my bliss.

So I guess my answer to this question now that I have written my way to it is this – quiet the voices. Then follow your bliss.

Influences and mentors mentioned in the interivew:

Joseph Campbell (and I owe this to my 12th grade English teacher -- Mr. Higbee -- who assigned us Hero with a Thousand Faces when we were barely sophisticated enough to read it)

Peter Robinson of the Straus Institute of Dispute Resolution

Kenneth ClokeCenter for Dispute Resolution & Founder/President of Mediators without Borders

The Present and Future Tense: More Electronic Settlement Software

Stephanie West Allen of Idealawg asks, "If you have the mediator, why do you need the software? while Diane Levin of Online Guide to Mediation blogs on Tractis, a web-based platform to revolutionize the negotiation, management, and execution of contracts in e-commerce here.

 

Grandmother didn't just possess this wringer washer; she used it when I was a child.  And the clothesline at the right is the type planted in my suburban backyard in the early '60s - the one I used to hang the laundry on with clothespins when I was a child.

 

And this is the manual typewriter on which I learned the QWERTY keyboard in my junior year of highschool in 1968.  

And this (right) is the mimeograph machine we used to print flyers to announce our consciousness-raising groups in the early 1970's.  

It's not exactly walking 10 miles to school in the snow.  But, you know, I'm a HUGE FAN of progress.

So, I say -- bring Artificial Intelligence on!

win win win win win win win

For a real win-win, see the Professional Women's Network of Southern California Blog, subscribe to the feed, and join us in September for our first working meeting.

All is revealed at http://www.womenlawnet.blogspot.com  

Surveillance Cameras, Sippy Cups and The Joy of Cross Examination

I just finished teaching the second NITA Deposition Skills Program in Southern California this year.  What a pleasure it always is to teach and watch the students learn a skill that law school surely doesn't bother teaching and few law firms have the luxury to pass along to newly minted attorneys eager for real-world experience.

More on the many lessons I always learn from my students when my energy returns. 

Cruising google reader before getting some well-deserved shut-eye, I found the following which reminded me of our final NITA depo segment on cross-examination. 

From the X-Curmugdeon Blog,

The story started out in the blogosphere. Monica Emmerson, a former Secret Service agent, posted a little account on a website for city parents, where she said she'd been harassed by TSA agents on a recent trip, causing her to miss her flight and generally riling up her family.

A blogger, Bill Adler, saw the note, then called Emmerson to get her story, which he posted on his blog, where it was soon picked up by other bloggers. It was a great story--Big Brother; David versus Goliath; police state versus helpless woman. In her account, Emmerson said that as she went through security with her young son, the TSA screener seized her boy's sippy cup and told her she'd have to empty it out of any liquids if she wanted to keep it for the trip. Then, while trying to comply, she accidentally spilled the cup when her son started crying, after which security was called and Emmerson was forced to clean up the spill in front of watchful police.

This is where cross-examination comes in. In court, everyone has a good story. But all stories have two sides, and sometimes one is decidedly better than the other.

In this instance, there was a video, which TSA decided to release.

Here's how it would go in court:

Curmudgeonly lawyer: Now, Ms. Emmerson, you testified a moment ago, under oath, that you accidentally spilled your son's sippy cup, is that right?

Emmerson: That's correct, it was an accident.

CL: And after you accidentally spilled the sippy cup, security officers moved in and detained you without any provocation, correct?

E: Correct.

CL: Now, Ms. Emmerson, were you aware that the security area at the airport was under video surveillance?

E: (Confidently smiling at jurors) No, but I'm not surprised.

CL: And if such video existed, it would support the story you just told to the jury under oath, is that right?

E: (Squirming slightly) Yes, that's right.

CL: Your honor, we request permission to show Defense Exhibit 1, a video excerpt. [After the inevitable objection is overruled by a Judge who's now awake and amused at what's likely to happen next, the video plays.]

CL: Now, Ms. Emmerson, isn't it a fact that the video just seen by the jury clearly shows you screwing off the top of the sippy cup and deliberately dumping the contents on the floor in the middle of the security screening area?

E: Well, I don't think that's what it shows.

CL: So, your idea of accidentally spilling from a sippy cup is to screw off the top and dump it on the floor, is that right? (This question is accompanied by exaggerated movements of opening a sippy cup and dumping its contents on the floor.)

At this point, it doesn't matter what she says. The jurors are all nodding, the judge is smiling--finally a moment of drama in the courtroom--and the few spectators are murmuring. A good lawyer then says "no further questions" and sits down.

The Perils of Class Arbitration

(photo by  Ken Douglas)

For some of the reasons your clients might not want to include arbitration clauses in their consumer contracts, see the Metropolitan Corporate Counsel Article on Class Arbitration by P. Christine Deruelle and Robert Clayton Roesch of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP.

Excerpt on the Perils of Class Arbitration below: 

 
First, the scope of review available for an arbitrator's ruling is significantly limited. . .

Second, the conventional time and cost-savings of arbitration may be lost in class proceedings, since each of the interim phases related to class- and merits- arbitral awards will carry with them potential burdens relating to discovery, briefing, hearings, and time, money and effort spent in obtaining judicial review at each of the various phases, which will not necessarily be present in individual arbitrations.

Third, the parties' arbitrator selection process will likely be guided by different factors in a class arbitration proceeding than in an individual arbitration, since the fate of all of the class claims will be decided by a single arbitrator or panel.

Fourth, the specter of class arbitration disposes of the presumption of privacy and confidentiality in arbitration.


Part II of this two-part article will address potential means for companies and practitioners to attempt to avoid these and other pitfalls of class arbitration.

Don't let this summary lead you to believe that this article is not extensive, thorough and deep.  If this is a topic of interest to you, this is one of the best articles on the topic I've seen.  Do click on the above link and take a peek.

Blawg World 2007 TechnoLawyer Problem Solution Guide

TechnoLawyer has released TWO-TWO-TWO-EBOOKS IN ONE! (above).

The first EBook, BlawgWorld 2007, contains the best posts chosen by some of the world's top legal bloggers. Though I won't include this blog as one of the "World's Best," I am honored to appear among such Blawg heavyweights as Between Lawyers hosted by long time legal bloggers, Denise (Bag and Baggage) Howell, Dennis (DennisKennedy.Blog) Kennedy, Tom (Inter Alia) Mighell, Marty (The Trademark Blog) Schwimmer and Ernest (Ernie the Attorney) Svenson; Gerry Riskin's Amazing Firms Amazing Practices, Justin Patten's Human Law, Evan Schaeffer's Legal Underground, Arnie Herz's Legal Sanity, J. Craig Williams' May It Please the Court, and John Wallbillich's Wired GC.

The second EBook, TechnoLawyer's Problem Solution Guide, is a compendium of common questions and innovative answers to your most daunting legal-technical questions.

Though I contributed to both EBooks, I'm giving you here my answer to the "problem" -- how do you convene a mediation when the other side doesn't want to talk settlement.  My favorite post -- Rationalizing Numbers, is contained in the E-Book and posted at the IP ADR Blog today.

I urge you to download this free E-Book and puruse it at your leisure over during the course of the following year beore all of today's technology gets replaced by tomorrow's . . . at which point another TechnoLawyer/Blawg World EBook will appear on the web. Isn't that GREAT?

That said, here's the answer to

HOW DO YOU CONVENE A MEDIATION WHEN THE OTHER SIDE DOESN'T WANT TO TALK SETTLEMENT?

There are many reasons you may not wish to initiate mediation. Many lawyers justifiably do not wish to appear overly desirous of settlement. Others are discouraged because their opponents: (a) long ago indicated their client would not consider paying/accepting anything less/or more than $X, which is a non-starter; (b) say they won’t consider settlement until after some key event; or, (c) insist their client will “pay millions for defense but not a penny in tribute.”

The best way to encourage settlement discussions without any loss of face is to agree upon a mediator (or mediation services provider such as Southern California’s Judicate West) at the commencement of the case, authorizing the neutral to suggest mediation at any time without prompting by the parties. This is the general practice in most multi-party construction defect cases, but there’s no principled reason to limit the benefits of this practice to complex litigators.

This strategy permits one party to suggest mediation to the neutral who can then initiate a negotiation session without divulging who, if anyone, sought the mediator’s assistance. Any mediator worth her salt will be trained in and skilled at convening mediations without party pressure.

Some, but not all, mediation service providers also possess these skills. Judicate West’s case managers, for instance, are all skilled professionals with a minimum of five-years experience convening mediations for the parties.

At the commencement of your action, ascertain whether a neutral or ADR service provider in your locale specializes in the art of convening. A service provider like Judicate West will often know more about your opposition than you do, particularly in large legal markets like Southern California where you may well not “do business” with your opponent on more than one occasion. 

The Non-Defensive Defendant: Class Action Settlements in the News

What Does a Class Action Lawyer See (right)?  CLIENTS!

The AP reports a proposed class action settlement (pending judicial approval) of $10.5 million.  If you read between the lines of the report, you'll see that this was apparently a good deal for the defendants.  

Why?  Because the Board of Directors charged with encouraging their employees to place their pension funds in risky investments (ENRON ring a bell?) did not simply hunker down in a defensive posture when sued, but instead provided the company's former employees with "numerous enhancements" to their pension benefits. 

According Plaintiffs' counsel Steven Krasner, "[t]hose benefits were very substantial  If you add the $10.5 million to that, they did a pretty decent job to make people whole."   

The defendants' public statement was the usual -- "[i]t's always more efficient to resolve the issues in a case rather than follow through the courts" -- according to spokesman Al Butkus.

Though the public generally sees a statement like this to be corporate %$^#, as we all know, it also happens to be the actual verifiable truth.

The Strategic Defensive Use of the California Consumer Legal Remedies Act

The California Consumer Legal Remedies Act, by the way, is a good face-saving device to bring your clients into strict compliance with consumer demands, thereby sharply reducing the settlement value of the class action or 17200 suit that invariably follows.

The CLRA requires a pre-suit demand by the plaintiffs, thereby giving the defense an opportunity to mend its ways. 

In my own litigation experience, compliance with a CLRA demand to change the way a product or service is advertised is a relatively pain-free way to drastically reduce your clients' damage exposure.  My client did this in response to an accusation that its advertising was misleading.  Though we disagreed, the client nevertheless changed its advertising to reveal the allegedly concealed transaction fee.   

As a result, Plaintiffs' counsel accepted an unprecedented injunction-only remedy coupled with a few hundred thousand dollars in attorneys fees to settle the case -- a far better deal than the dozens of other defendants in this national class action were able to achieve.

Why? 

First, because our compliance with the CLRA demand made our client look like a good guy -- ruining the Plaintiffs' "spin" that all defendants were evil profit hungry businesses preying upon innocent victims (cf. the new Glenn Close series Damaged).  

Second, because the Plaintiffs' attorneys (who are, remember, people) were favorably impressed and kindly disposed to us after we complied with their demand rather than simply burying them in paperwork -- well, we did also bury them in paper by strictly complying with their document demands, but that's litigation -- speak softy, carry a stick and remember the rule of reciprocity.  

AP item here.

Class Action Settlements: Appearance is Not Always Reality

ImageChef.com - Custom comment codes for MySpace, Hi5, Friendster and more

Here's one of those stories (Judge Criticizes Fee in Lawsuits) that people cite as good reason to hate lawyers (someone, by the way, recently said, you love your own lawyer and hate everyone elses').

This article, by Joseph Neff at McClatchy Newspapers, recounts a harshly criticized class action settlement that netted the attorneys nearly one million dollars in fees and the "injured consumers" $2,402.

Now, I've both prosecuted and defended class actions in my own legal career -- enough to do so competently, but not enough to know what I can't do.  I settled one of the few class-actions I defended for injunctive relief only (promises never to do the alleged bad deed again) together with a few hundred thousand dollars in attorney fees.

The Judge who approved this settlement is notorious for his refusal to approve class compromises that excessively reward the attorneys and inadequately compensate the class.  He is, for instance, a harsh critic of "coupon-only" settlements, i.e., settlements giving the class coupons to purchase the offenders' goods - settlements that act more as free advertising for the product than compensation for the plaintiffs.

Still . . . . if the class action is only marginally viable, it makes sense for the defendant (and the Court) to satisfy the attorneys with  an award of fees without making the defendant spend millions of dollars to compensate a class whose injuries or right to proceed is highly questionable.

Why the below referenced settlement met with the court's scathing criticism, we'll probably never know.  The big disparity in numbers coupled with the court's "outrage" (it's amazing how easily "outrage" comes to attorneys and judges, by the way) makes headlines.  The eventual resolution of the matter rarely does.

Link to the story and excerpt below:

RALEIGH, N.C. --An N.C. judge has harshly criticized the settlement of a class action lawsuit in which a Wilmington lawyer and colleagues received $950,000 in fees while injured consumers across the country were reimbursed a total of $2,402.

Superior Court Judge Ben Tennille decried the excessive fees and the lack of effort made to reach customers who had been overcharged for wheel alignments at Sears automotive centers. Tennille, who specializes in complex business cases, criticized Sears and the lawyers for trying to hide the settlement results from him.

"Their efforts to keep the results secret are understandable," Tennille wrote in his May decision. "The shocking incongruity between class benefit and the fees ... leave the appearance of collusion and cannot help but to tarnish the public perception of the legal profession."

Sears is appealing Tennille's decision and declined to discuss the case.

Gary Shipman, a Wilmington lawyer who led the class action lawsuit, attacked Tennille's order as wrong on the law and filled with factual errors. Shipman complained that Tennille issued his ruling out of the blue, two years after the last hearing in the case. And Shipman said the judge did not have jurisdiction and therefore did not have the power to make decisions in the case.

Read remainder of story here.

A Lawyer "Get's It" -- It's All About the Client, Not the Law

(photo by Scott Liddell; MogueFile

From this month's ABA Journal eReport, a refreshing article on client-centered legal practice -- The Chicken or the Client -- by Gerald Hecht of Hecht & Associates in Danbury, Connecticut.

And, yes, it is spiritual. 

Excerpt below:  

As a general practitioner, I help “real people with real problems,” and I have adopted that slogan as my professional credo. And it is a great answer to the inquiry “What kind of law do you practice?”

Grappling with the client, and not the chicken, enables the attorney to deal with the divorcing mother of three, the debt-ridden restaurateur and the juvenile offender. Another lawyer once told me, “We all know what the law is—the hard part is finding out what the client is.”

The public does understand this: but they just prefer to be entertained by that old razzle-dazzle (like the lawyer in the musical Chicago) and ignore the realities of the profession. It is said that people hate lawyers as a group but love their own lawyers.

For me and my practice, the proof of that is in the telephone. It rings. People want advice. People send money for that advice. It’s a nice system.

I have learned that the system is geared for the lawyer to assist the client, salve their wounds, remediate the problem and to obtain a goal. It’s almost spiritual.

Attorney-Mediator Linda Bulmash Negotiates in a Minute

(photo:  Time Spiral by Alexandre Duret-Lutz)

We seem to be in "five rule land."  Today's five "One Minute Negotiation Tips" (courtesy of the Los Angeles County Bar Association) come from attorney-mediator (and good friend) WINNERS OUTWIT AND OUTCHARM THEIR COUNTERPARTS 

Her five tips below:

WINNERS OUTWIT AND OUTCHARM THEIR COUNTERPARTS

"Civility is not a sign of weakness!" President John F. Kennedy

1. Negotiation is not a contest. In other words getting as much as you can does not mean beating the other person. You seldom have so much leverage that they will agree to a deal that gives them nothing.

2. WIIFM (What’s In It For Me?) Your counterpart is continually asking “What’s in it for me?” Never assume your counterpart knows what he or she has to gain from a settlement. Take time to not only find out what you want but spend time identifying what they want. Then make sure you spell out the benefits to them of your proposal.

3. Show respect for and acceptance of their position: Take the chip off your shoulder before starting the negotiation. Never attack another person's ego and self-worth; if you do, they will be more resistant to even the most beneficial settlement terms.

4. Be Persistent. No matter how great the differences, the final outcome often is not apparent until after extended discussions. Be persistent -- do not give up until you have examined all possibilities.

5. Always consider "worth" analysis. "Cost/benefit" considerations are not the only driving force in a negotiation. Each issue in a negotiation has a different value/worth to each participant. You can often give your counterpart things that will satisfy their "worth" needs, without giving up an essential deal point for yourself. Examples of this could be that timing of payments would be “worth” enough to lower the demand.

Making Money Talk

(photo by T.W. CollinsI must tell you that I have not read this new book on negotiation, but it looks intriguing and I intend to order a copy for myself.  It's entitled:  Making Money Talk:  How to Mediate Insured Claims and Other Monetary Disputes by J. Anderson Little

Brief review:

Making Money Talk is a valuable contribution to the conflict field. Andy Little correctly identifies the weakness in traditional needs-based mediation for quite a wide variety of cases, yet shows how the basic value of a facilitative, client-centered, process-oriented, communication-focused approach is still essential to money cases. This guide is well written and presented--it's a pleasure to read."  Bernie Mayer, Professor, Werner Institute for Negotiation and Dispute Resolution, Creighton University, Omaha, NE

The publishers say:

Learn how to effectively deal with the peculiar problems of traditional bargaining that you face when negotiating the settlement of civil litigation cases. This new guide written by an experienced litigator and mediator will help you understand why negotiations of insured claims are difficult to get started, why they become increasingly emotional as the parties engage in round after round of proposals and counter proposals, and how they can be settled with models and techniques that have been tested in thousands of civil trial court mediations.

With these proven models and techniques--essential for the novice or seasoned professional--you will:

  • gain a better understanding of the dynamics of money negotiations
  • be able to identify the recurring problems of traditional bargaining
  • learn facilitative tools and models to use when positional bargaining is unavoidable

In addition, this resource provides litigators, negotiators and insurance claims representatives with the strategies necessary to prepare for settlement negotiations and avoid the many pitfalls that exist in the negotiation and settlement of civil litigation. If you're involved in a negotiation that involves a monetary settlement, this book is an invaluable tool to help you reach a favorable goal. 

$42.00 regular price; $35.00 [ABA] Section of Dispute Resolution member price

 

Everything Old is New Again: Attorneys Negotiate Pre-Filing Settlements

(Everything Old is New Again from All That Jazz; my favorite line from this movie:  [stand-up comedian):   This chick, man [referring to Kubler-Ross] without the sole benefit of dying herself, has broken down the process of dying into five stages: anger, denial, bargaining, depression and acceptance. Sounds like a Jewish law firm. 'Good morning, Angerdenialbargainingdepressionacceptance!'. )  

Meet Early, Settle Often is music to our ears here at the Settle It Now Negotiation Law Blog. 

The "new idea" is called "structured negotiation" (a lot like a multi-part construction dispute mediation) and the big news is that lawyers are doing it for themselves.

Now I don't really like to talk about how we used to walk to work in three feet of snow (no compuers, no word processing, no faxes, restricted access to copy machines, no Lexis/Westlaw) but we really did negotiate our own settlements on a weekly basis without filing suit first. 

No mediators.  Look Ma! no hands.

As Ken Cloke says, "mediation is a profession in pursuit of its own suicide," i.e., we really do want you to have and use these skills to negotiate your own settlements.  Really, we do.  

So I'm pleased to give you a link this morning to a Law.com article, California Attorneys Meet Early, Settle Often.  Excerpt below: 

Linda Dardarian and Elaine "Lainey" Feingold are in the midst of a long winning streak in disability access cases -- and so are their opponents.

In eight years, the San Francisco Bay Area plaintiffs lawyers have settled more than two dozen disputes without filing suit or even bringing in a mediator.  . .

When Dardarian and Feingold send demand letters to organizations they claim are violating disability access laws, they offer to avoid litigation by sitting down with a small group of defense lawyers and technical experts and working out an agreement, a format known as structured negotiation. The letters generally mention the legal basis for a claim of attorney fees, as well, Dardarian said.

From square one, the plaintiffs lawyers' success depends on carefully balancing cooperation with the looming threat of litigation. . .

"A lot depends on the trust you have with people and the way in which they approach you," she said.

Stewart said she knew Dardarian and Feingold were "credible, capable" lawyers from previous dealings with the two. More importantly, though, their demand letter laid out their claims and their desire to find a resolution.

"How can you say, 'No, we won't talk to you?' It's stupid, in most circumstances," said Stewart, who turned over the dispute to Julia Friedlander, the MTA's general counsel, and Deputy City Attorney Christiane Hayashi.

The Supremes' "Mistrust of Lawyer-Driven Litigation"

(photo by Michael Galkovsky)

We continue to sort through the end of the Supreme Court's term, as well as the business community's reaction to it. 

Why do we care?  Because you settle litigation when the risk of loss and the cost of proceeding is greater than the deal being offered to call the whole thing off. 

As I've said a bazillion times before, I prefer  negotiating a business deal to resolve a legal problem to predicting litigation outcomes -- the latter a dicey proposition at best.  In ADR terms, I have a strong preference for "facilitative" over "evaluative" mediation practice.  

Still, I'll never stop being lawyer, litigator and trial attorney.  I will never be completely immune to legal developments suggesting that the tide is turning for one "side" or the other.

Today we hear Roy Englert Jr. of Robbins, Russell, Englert, Orseck & Untereiner quoted in Law.com's end-of-term article High Court Reveals a Mind for Business.  Excerpt below.

The first big sign that Alito and Roberts were solid votes for business came on Feb. 20, when they voted with the majority -- and against Scalia and Thomas -- on the issue of punitive damages. In Philip Morris USA v. Williams, brought by the widow of a cigarette smoker, the Court ruled that jurors could not base an award in an individual case on the harm that tobacco companies did to others. Scalia and Thomas joined Ginsburg and Justice John Paul Stevens in dissent.

For Alito, as well as many of the other justices who have joined him or led him in business cases this term, suspicion of the plaintiffs bar might be one factor driving the pro-business trend.

"The entire Supreme Court has a mistrust of lawyer-driven litigation," Englert told a Washington Legal Foundation forum June 27. "The Court has inflicted a world of hurt on the plaintiffs bar. ... The justices don't see real, injured people. They see lawyers trying to extort settlements."

In Bell Atlantic v. Twombly, for example, Justice David Souter spoke repeatedly of the problem of "discovery abuse" by plaintiffs that "will push cost-conscious defendants to settle even anemic cases before reaching those proceedings." The decision, which got few headlines but may have broad practical effect, spells out higher requirements for what must be included in initial pleadings that businesses hope will weed out baseless class actions and other litigation.

In another case this term, the Court also showed a mistrust of juries in deciding complex business cases. In Credit Suisse v. Billing, the Court said securities law should trump antitrust law, in part because the Securities and Exchange Commission had more competence than jurors in assessing possible antitrust violation in initial public offerings. But consumer groups worry that agencies such as the SEC are often too protective of the businesses they regulate.

In the Credit Suisse ruling, Justice Stephen Breyer wrote with concern: "Antitrust plaintiffs may bring lawsuits throughout the nation in dozens of different courts with different nonexpert judges and different nonexpert juries."



What Will the Jury Think? Case Evaluation Before the Settlement Conference

We don't often get to hear what jurors actually do and say during deliberations.  Even when you poll them after the verdict comes in, you often can't trust that you're getting the straight skinny.

I was talking to an old friend recently about the way jury verdicts can act as reparations of one sort or another if the issues raised by trial are racial or gender or nationality-based.  I've also written elsewhere about the effect of past racial injustices on the settlement of a wrongful cemetery practices case.

My friend was good enough to reduce his jury experience to writing.  I provide it here for you without commentary. 

I was chosen for jury duty while working for a Bank in corporate communications in San Francisco's financial district.  So I arrived at the courthouse in a suit and tie and probably looked and sounded pretty conservative.

I was chosen as one of the twelve jurors to decide a personal injury lawsuit.  The plaintiff was a wiry little black guy suing a big shipping corporation.  A restraining rope had snapped while he was loading cargo onto a ship at the docks somewhere along the Bay early one morning.  It caused him to slip and fall and badly hurt his hip.

On the witness stand, the Plaintiff revealed that he and his fellow workers were in the habit of taking a few healthy nips from a bottle of liquor as they drove to their 6 A.M. shifts.  It seemed that he and his fellows were generally somewhat drunk nearly every morning as work began.

The defense attorney made it pretty clear that though the snapping of this important rope hadn't been the Plaintiff's fault, that he wouldn't have injured himself, wouldn't have fallen at all, if he'd been sober.    

The jurors were almost all white and most were staunchly middle class.  During deliberations, two of the jurors harangued the rest of us about the contempt they held for anyone who got drunk in the morning.  A couple of other jurors were really down on the guy and talked about him as if he were just dirt.

(below:  Berkeley in the Sixties)

Now, I know it isn't cool to drink the way he did, and I wasn't a long-haired kid anymore, learning to play the blues and romanticizing the Black experience as I had during my days at Berkeley in the sixties.  But I couldn't help empathizing with the guy.

Continue Reading

Another Arbitration Provision Bites the Dust

Greg May at the California Blog of Appeal writes Great Lawyers Can Write Unenforceable Arbitration Agreements. 

A little over a month ago, the Ninth Circuit ruled in Davis v. O’Melveny & Myers, case no. 04-56039 (9th Cir. May 14, 2007) that the arbitration provision in the employment contract of a prominent, powerful L.A.-based law firm was unenforceable. Not just unenforceable, but “shock the conscience” unenforceable. .  .  

Just as you’re asking yourself, “If a high-powered law firm can’t draft an enforceable arbitration provision for its own contracts, then who can?” comes Gatton v. T-Mobile USA, Inc., case no. A112082 (June 22, 2007), in which the arbitration provision in T-Mobile’s customer agreement gets similar treatment in California state court. The First District Court of Appeal holds that T-Mobile’s arbitration provision in its customer agreements is unenforceable because of the minimal degree of procedural unconscionability arising from its adhesive nature and the “high degree of unconscionability arising from the class action waiver.”

I’m going to go out on a limb and say that T-Mobile probably had pretty good lawyers draft its agreement, and that the lawyers who drafted the provision for O’Melveny were no slouches, either. Who will fall next?

The Blawg Days of Summer

(Photo: Home Office by Daniel K. Gebhart).
Diane Levin at the Online Guide to Mediation admonishes us to

grab []our sunscreen and head for the beach at the summer-themed Blawg Review #114, hosted by lawyer and mediator Stephanie West Allen collaborating with Julie Fleming-Brown, an executive coach for lawyers.Stephanie publishes two blogs, Idealawg, sharing fresh discoveries about innovations and ideas to inspire the practice of law, and Brains on Purpose, which covers topics at the intersection of neuroscience and conflict resolution.

Julie publishes the well respected Life at the Bar, helping lawyers find satisfying and meaningful careers. And Blawg Review is the weekly review of the best in legal blogging, hosted each week at a different blog.

The Wages of Litigation: Discovery of RAM Data

Check out California Court Orders Preservation of RAM Data by Duane Morris' eDiscovery Team members Sharon L. Caffrey and Sandra A. Jeskie.  Excerpt below.

In early June, the federal court for the Central District of California, in Columbia Pictures Indus. v. Bunnell, Case No. CV 06-1093, issued a ruling requiring a company to store its random access memory ("RAM") data.

The ruling came during ongoing litigation stemming from a lawsuit filed by the Motion Picture Association of America ("MPAA"), alleging claims of contributory copyright infringement against TorrentSpy, a popular free file sharing service.

The RAM data preservation requirement appears to be an issue of first impression for the courts. The court's order requiring preservation and production of the transient contents of computer memory greatly expands the current legal duty to preserve electronic data.

Although the ruling is presently on appeal, if upheld, the effect of broad implementation of this ruling would not only result in e-discovery anarchy, but it could also result in serious computer performance deficiencies and increasing the already rising cost of doing business electronically.

The storage requirements necessary to meet the court's order would be extraordinary and therefore extremely expensive.

The ruling may also have a chilling effect on web users who now have even less comfort that personally identifiable information will remain private.

 

"You're Not Going to Grade Us on Our Writing Are You?"

Having recently been (somewhat justifiably) skewered by the law students taking my ADR Employment Class for bluntly telling them that they couldn't write, I must admit that the following reprint, called to my attention by Digg, helped soothe the wounds of student evaluations. 

But before reprinting an excerpt from the Times article:  What Corporate America Can't Build, a Sentence, I have to tell you what I told my Business Law students when I was teaching undergrads in the mid-'80's.  If you can't write a coherent essay, how could I possibly grade your understanding of the subject?  In fact, you come to understand the subject in the process of writing about it coherently.  They didn't like it either.

My justification.  The New York Times.  

What Corporate America Can't Build: A Sentence
By SAM DILLON

BLOOMINGTON, Ill. - R. Craig Hogan, a former university professor who heads an online school for business writing here, received an anguished e-mail message recently from a prospective student.

"i need help," said the message, which was devoid of punctuation. "i am writing a essay on writing i work for this company and my boss want me to help improve the workers writing skills can yall help me with some information thank you".

Hundreds of inquiries from managers and executives seeking to improve their own or their workers' writing pop into Dr. Hogan's computer in-basket each month, he says, describing a number that has surged as e-mail has replaced the phone for much workplace communication. Millions of employees must write more frequently on the job than previously. And many are making a hash of it.

"E-mail is a party to which English teachers have not been invited," Dr. Hogan said. "It has companies tearing their hair out."

A recent survey of 120 American corporations reached a similar conclusion. The study, by the National Commission on Writing, a panel established by the College Board, concluded that a third of employees in the nation's blue-chip companies wrote poorly and that businesses were spending as much as $3.1 billion annually on remedial training.

Continue Reading

Mediation Confidentiality Trumps Malpractice . . . Barely

by Michael D. Young, whose recently posted Mediation Gone Wild Document Repository Web Pages you absolutely MUST SEE!

Once again, the trial courts are trying to mess up mediation confidentiality by judicially creating (legislating?) exceptions to the confidentiality statutes. When faced with a public policy that competes with California's strong public policy favoring mediation confidentiality, the trial courts too often seem to tip the balance the wrong way by inventing unwritten exceptions to the law. Luckily, in the recently-penned decision in Wimsatt v. Superior Court (Kausch) (Cal. App. No. B196903), the appellate court fixed things up...although it was clearly not happy about it.

Wimsatt involves a legal malpractice action against a prominent plaintiff's personal injury firm. In the trial court, the former client and malpractice plaintiff claimed that the law firm "breached its fiduciary duty by significantly lowering [the client's] settlement demand without his knowledge or consent." The client claimed he first learned of this fact from the confidential mediation brief that was provided to the mediator. You can see the public policy conflict already, can't you?

In the malpractice action, the client reasonably enough wants to obtain and introduce the smoking gun mediation brief, the one on which his entire case rests. However, as California practitioners should know by now, there is a slight problem with the plaintiff's wish: Evidence Code Sections 1115 et seq., and in particular Section 1119. California is serious, and rightfully so, about protecting the very cornerstone of mediation -- confidentiality. Under Section 1119, no mediation communications, including mediation briefs, are admissible in court. This has been reaffirmed time and time again by the Supreme Court (go reread Foxgate and Rojas if you don't believe me).

So what happened in the Wimsatt case? According to the opinion, in the underlying personal injury lawsuit, the client's lawyer made a comment to the personal injury defense counsel that it might be more appropriate to discuss settlement in the $1.5 million range rather than the $3.5 million range they had been discussing before. Because of this comment, claimed the client, he was forced to settle his personal injury case at mediation for an amount that was much less than the case was worth. Despite agreeing to the mediated settlement, the client brought a malpractice claim against his attorneys claiming he could have done better if only....

Continue Reading

Are We Really Litigation Crazy?

(right:  Andy Warhol’s Green Car Crash (Green Burning Car I) sold for $71,720,000 at Christies in May of this year, bringing the total price for ten Warhols sold in the same evening to $136.7 million)

When I read articles like Clyde Haberman's The City’s New Motto: ‘See You in Court’ I want to understand and not simply condemn any one of the following (no matter how easy it may be):

  1. the lawyer who worked 30 to 40 hours — nearly $10,000 in billable time — to fight a $65 parking ticket. 
  2. former Supreme Court nominee Robert H. Bork who wants $1 million from the Yale Club in Manhattan as compensation for the pain he suffered after falling at the dais before a scheduled speech.
  3. an immigrant from Mali who is seeking $100 million against the City of New York for the death of his wife and 4 children "in a terrible fire in the Bronx three months ago."

I am not even going to posit the possibility that Bork suffered genuine injuries; the lawyer  "took on City Hall" for the principle of the thing; and, the loss of five lives might just be worth the price paid for ten Warhols at Christies in May of this year.   

What interests me, as always, is why.  

Why Do People Bring Lawsuits? 

Fortunately, we do not need to speculate or call in the usual suspects of greedy lawyers, the over-reaching victims of minor injuries or the evil-doing citizens we (too often?) assume lurk among us.

Nera Economic Consulting, along with the Rand Institute, neither known for their love of the plaintiffs' trial bar, recently published an article sufficiently scholarly to carry the dry-as-bones title, The Propensity to Sue: Why Do People Seek Legal Actions?   The answers to the question -- why do we sue - in order of importance - are:

  •  When we believe someone else is to blame for our injuries, we are nearly five times as likely to make a claim against another.  The good news is that we do not sue, even for catastrophic injuries, if we do not believe someone else was at fault.  As Rand and Nera report:

For a person who sustained a severe injury in an accident, such as life threatening impairment, there is a 10% probability of claiming if he blames no one else for his or her injury. The probability increases to 61% if the person perceives that some other individual, company or organization caused this severe injury. 

  • Nevertheless, the severity of the injury (measured by bruises and fractures) does positively relate to the rate at which claims are made.  Rand and Nera again:

The predicted claiming rate is 12% for a minor injury, 16% for a moderate injury (including crushes and fractures), and 35% for a serious injury (including life threatening and long-term impairment). Measuring severity in terms of days from work [also] has a persistent, statistically significant impact on claiming rate.

  • People tend to make claims for injuries more often in automobile accidents than for any other type of injury-causing event.  "The odds ratio of claiming in a case of car accidents," we are told, "is almost 11 times more likely than any other type of accident." 

Whether these suit-filing rates and reasons suggest a nation-gone-mad with litigation is for the more scholarly researchers to determine.  I report this data here only because I'm a trained skeptic of the anecdotal to explain personal or societal pathology.

(and for the reference of readers who don't know who in the world I am, I spent my litigation and trial career primarily representing corporate commercial interests -- not injured plaintiffs)

Blame the Lawyer or Organize a Strategic Team? Norman Pearlstine, Floyd Abrams and the Art of War

It's common to blame your lawyer when dispute management goes awry in the executive suite, even when the client is former Time, Inc. EOC, Norman Pearlstine (book here and Senate testimony here) and the attorney is "[o]ne of America's most ferocious defenders of the First Amendment, Floyd Abrams."

In today's NYTimes, Adam Liptak reviews Pearlstine's public charge that Abrams "gave [Time] less good advice than [it] deserved" in responding to subpoenas issued by the Special Prosecutor during his investigation into the disclosure of CIA operative Valerie Plame Wilson's identity.  (For the full article, see Editor’s Charge: His Lawyer Fell Short).

Though not agreeing with Pearlstine's evaluation of Abrams' motives -- that he was "more focused on overturning Norman Pearlstine Branzburg  v. Hayes . . . reject[ing] First Amendment protection for confidential sources, 'than on pragmatic ways in which [Time] might fashion a compromise'  - Liptak concurs with Pearlstine's "broader point" that  

Time, like The Times, seems to have misplayed its hand. While it is impossible to know if the two news organizations and their reporters could have found a way to respond to [congressional subpoenas] short of a constitutional battle royale, it seems pretty clear that they could have tried harder to look for a compromise. . . . Time’s fundamental misstep was its astonishing failure to approach Mr. Rove for permission to cooperate in the investigation."

Zealous Advocates and Negotiation Pros

No matter how complicated a game of football subject to Monday morning quarter-backing might be, it pales in comparison to the immensely complex and sophisticated commercial and legal strategies that must be planned, launched and managed in response to a Congressional subpoena (and yes we have grappled with the monster for our pro bono clients).  

But the purpose of this comment is not to call into question either Mr. Abrams' legal advice or Mr. Liptak's belief that the decision not to approach Mr. Rove for permission to cooperate in the investigation constituted an "astonishing failure."

Rather, we ask ourselves and our readers again whether there ought not be a representational "balance of powers" when the legal, professional, societal, political and commercial stakes are so high.

We lawyers do like to represent ourselves as Jacks of all trades -- negotiating a settlement here; drafting a compelling appellate brief there; cross-examining a witness within an inch of his life today and strategizing a long-term legal and commercial strategy in response to a thermo-nuclear patent infringement action the following week.

But, really.  We're just not all 100% top-of-the-class, flat-out brilliant at everything. 

When a client wants a zealous advocate, willing to burn the enemy's crops for a litigation advantage, he's not likely to also get Mr. International Diplomacy in the bargain.  One General Counsel once told me that her (Fortune 50) Company didn't let the litigators and trial attorneys "in" on the overall plan, particularly settlement strategy, because they wanted them to be combat-ready at all times.

The Interdisciplinary Approach to Bet-the-Company Litigation

Once again we're recommending an interdisciplinary response to litigation, particularly when the enterprise's survival or the survival of its fundamental principles are at stake.

Whether or not you'll want to hire an outside settlement team, you'll definitely need a strategic planning in-house negotiation guru to do that which "one of America's most ferocious defenders of the First Amendment" shouldn't be expected to do.

We will say it again and again.  Litigation is a business negotiation being conducted in the courts.  The litigators need to be focused on the law; the parties' positions; legal strategy; and, most importantly, that which they do supremely well for a living -- WINNING.

Business, however, is not a legal negotiation being conducted in commerce.  It is a multi-faceted enterprise with commercial (as well as societal and political) interests that can be advanced or deterred by the quality of its management.

When you need a negotiator to approach the likes of Carl Rove, you do not ask Floyd Abrams to do it.  You find a lawyer or a political ally who is skilled at working Washington relationships.  No matter how masterful the litigator, s/he is not in charge of the war, only one of its many battles.

CEO's who blame the lawyers on their watch for strategic missteps are missing the point.  Lawyers are commercial foot soldiers -- some skilled at flying B-52's; others at triaging the wounded; and a few, very few, at planning the grand strategy to take a City or withdraw from it with honor.

The lawyer, no matter his credentials, is a member of the team and should be deployed by the CEO as best suits his or her skill, education, experience, talent and drive.

As Sun Tzu instructs in The Art of War,

A sovereign of high character and intelligence must be able to know the right man, should place the responsibility on him, and expect results.

"Winning" the Negotiation:Mediation as Poker Game

(photo by Christopher Chappalear)

Check out Bob Steinberg's article in the San Francisco Daily Journal, Influencing the Mediator

Bob's article -- the tip of a trend -- stresses "winning" the mediation by canny, savvy, sophisticated and sometimes just flat-out tricky negotiating tactics. 

Like what?   Like squeezing the mediator into a small room at a round table with your team to undermine his authority on your side while at the same time proffering a large rectangular table to the opposition in the hope that the mediator will sit at its head, thereby increasing his influence upon your opponent (assuming, that is, you decide you want the mediator influencing your opponent and aren't concerned that the buddy-buddy atmosphere you're creating won't lead to disclosures you'll later wish you hadn't made).

I know Bob and like him.  He's shrewd and frighteningly intelligent.  I wouldn't play poker with him or black jack because I know he's capable of actually counting the cards.  He probably knows more about negotiation than most litigators of similarly seasoned years because, as a transactional attorney, he surely negotiated and closed more deals in a single year than his adversarial counterparts did in a decade.  

And just as some clients choose their litigators to fit the fight (an unreasonable obstreperous fight-ready trial lawyer for case A and a cordial, collegial sort for case B) lawyers will want to choose their mediators to fit the type of work they believe that mediator will do best.     

Still, I have reservations about Bob's proposals (which are increasingly being made by many attorneys and mediators) including:

  • the benefit that might be lost by continuing to treat your adversary like . . . . well . . . an adversary, rather than as someone with whom a creative business deal might be struck if the attorneys and the mediator would loosen up their control long enough to let the business people do what they do best -- plan for a successful future by drilling down into both parties' commercial interests in an innovative way (cf. Sun Microsystems' Jonathan Schwartz's motto -- Innovate, Don't Litigate); and, 
  • the likely dreadful set of unanticipated consequences that too often flow from attempting to control an inherently unpredictable and multi-determined process -- one with so much greater depth, texture, nuance and possiblity than any poker game could ever possess.

There is certainly a time for measured responses, poker faces, cozying up to the mediator or letting him (or her!) know who's really the boss.  I don't believe, however, that flat-out game-playing and "psyching out" the other side will result in the type of agreements you and your clients are looking for -- not only creative ones, but also durable ones. 

Go ahead, let the client take the lead once in awhile.  Jim Smith didn't become the head of a division of Lockheed or Joe Richmond the President of Software, Inc. by changing the size of the conference table.  

And before abandoning this topic, let me leave you with a recent observation by Schwartz about leadership at Sun Microsystems from an interview entitled The Education of Jonathan Schwartz by Stephen Shankland of CNET News.com. 

[a] leader has courage, and courage is the courage to innovate, the courage to collaborate, the courage to act with integrity--because that actually does take some courage--and the courage to do so with pace. You've got to be willing to brook the criticism and the critique from those who don't see the world the way you do. When people look back at who is Sun, they are not looking me; they are looking at 35,000 people.

[As the leader of Sun Microsystems] I want to do a good job of building a leadership culture . . .  I don't want there to be one voice [from Sun] to the marketplace, but I want that somewhere in that cacophony [of other Sun voices] to be a very clear and consistent message: here is what we're all about, here is what we can do and here is how we are going to march forward.

Rock on.

State and Federal Mediation Protections in "Bad Faith" Hearings

(photo:  Silence is Golden by Memme)

Just when you say the mediation privilege would prevent the parties from disclosing such matters as settlement authority and the activities of party representatives, along comes an out-of-state federal opinion that makes you glad you live and practice in California.

Although the District Court in Bauerlein v. Equity Residential Properties Management Corp.Slip Copy, 2007 WL 1521606D.Ariz.,2007.May 22, 2007 refused to award the costs of an unsuccessful mediation against parties whose representatives left the mediation "early" there was nary a word spoken about confidentiality of the proceedings.

Arizona and Federal Protections for Confidential Mediation Communications  

It's not that Arizona doesn't have such a privilege.  We understand that A.R.S. § 12-2238 recognizes as privileged and confidential "[c]ommunications made, materials created for or used and acts occurring during a mediation." (emphasis added).

Nor do the federal courts lack protections for mediation communications.  Under 28 U.S.C.A. § 652(d), mediations conducted pursuant to federal court ADR programs are required to be protected by local rules, which "provide for the confidentiality of the alternative dispute resolution processes and to prohibit disclosure of confidential dispute resolution communications." 

Therefore, whether protected by federal or state law, you would have expected that the parties accused of conducting themselves in "bad faith' would have objected to the introduction into evidence of one or all of the following mediation communications and activities:  

  • the identity of carrier representatives attending;
  • when and why those representatives left the mediation; 
  • the mediator's or the parties' explanation of the reason for the representatives departures, i.e., because there was a "vast divergence of the estimates of the value of the claims"
  • why one party put no money whatsoever on the table (because it was essentially judgment proof as a Taiwanese corporation without any U.S. holdings")
  • the mediator's statement to at least one of the carrier representatives that the case would not settle "based on the parties' individual evaluations of the claims because they were too far apart and had too divergent estimates of the value of their claims"
  • the mediator's approval of the carrier representatives leaving the mediation so long as counsel was left with authority to settle the claims.

Mediator Predictions

I don't know what shocks me more.  That these disclosures were made with no objection or that the mediator "predicted" the case would not settle before the parties "officially" reached impasse.  These predictions invariably affect the negotiations and should be made rarely if at all.  

Just as importantly, attorneys mediating their disputes should familiarize themselves with the laws applicable to the confidentiality of the proceedings -- particularly when they're in federal court where the applicable law is not as certain as it is in the state courts.  See the following commentaries on the federal Northern District of California Olam opinion (largely disapproved in California) here and here.   

It's my experience that most attorneys are completely unaware of the scope and nature of the mediation privilege under which they are operating.  If we don't want this inexpensive "alternative" procedure to become a breeding ground for litigation over party mediation tactics, then we should make sure we learn, and follow, the applicable mediation protections, privileges and guidelines less we stumble into disclosures that need not be made.   See Disputing Irony, a Systematic Look at Litigation about Mediation

Mediation and Negotiation "Bad Faith" from Our Justice Survey

 

Attorneys routinely claim that their negotiating partners are acting in "bad faith."  But what does that mean?

In our recent Negotiation and Justice Survey, we asked our attorney, negotiator and mediator respondents (78 of them) to define bad faith in negotiations.  Having no authority to settle, refusing to listen to the other side, and failing to bring the decision makers to the negotiation are the most commonly cited instances of "bad faith" tactics in negotiation or mediation.

In response to our own formulations of potential bad faith negotiation tactics, the results were as follows:

A party lies about facts important to resolution                                      83%
A party lies about its "bottom line."                                                           23%
A party withholds information important to a "fair" deal.                      51%
A party refuses to compromise (with good reason)                              4.5%
A party refuses to compromise (without good reason)                       59.76%
A party doesn't compromise enough                                                        3.4% 

Here are all of the "unique" responses: 

  1. stonewalling or frustrating the process unnecessarily 
  2. acting out of a desire to punish the other or vindicate one's self
  3. using the process for discovery
  4. proceeding with no intention of exploring opportunities for settlement
  5. taking advantage of a power imbalance which the mediator does not address and ameliorate
  6. consciously taking advantage of the mediator's bias
  7. negotiating unreasonably or intractably
  8. prolonging the process by engaging in irrelevant conversation so that all parties are not given equal time
  9. using hardball tactics meant to corner or trick the other party into submission
  10. arriving unprepared and refusing to acknowledge it (2 separate comments)
  11. threatening to engage in future unfair practices 
  12. being unwilling to go through the entire process
  13. asserting and maintaining an unreasonable position
  14. failing to show up 
  15. refusing to listen (5 separate comments)
  16. refusing to provide necessary documents 
  17. arriving with no settlement authority or without decision makers (6 separate responses) 
  18. misrepresenting or mischaracterizing the client's case to one's own client
  19. refusing to discuss interests
  20. persisting in discussing positions
  21. trying to bully the mediator or the other party

Sanctions for "Bad Faith" Failure to Attend Mediation?

ImageChef.com - Create custom images

Thanks to Diana Skaggs of the Kentucky Divorce Law Journal for alerting us to the Kentucky Law Blog's post Court of Appeal Affirms Trial Court's Award of Mediation Fees for Party Failing to Attend

Here in California, and I suspect in many other states, the Court cannot sanction "bad faith" negotiations because all of the parties' communications at a mediation are confidential.

I've often had attorneys ask me, however, whether they can bring to the Court's attention the fact that a claims adjuster, for instance, did not "show" at the mediation.  Can't they seek sanctions for that "bad faith" they ask.    

This is the question the Ky Law Blog asks and answers today under Louisiana law as interpreted in a nonpublished appellate opinion, Sullivan v. Anderson.  In that case, writes attorney and blogger Michael Stevens,

the defendant's attorney . . . arranged for the date, time, location, and mediator and notifed the pro se litigant who did nothing.

[A]ffirming [the trial court] . . . a Jefferson Circuit Court . . . held that although a party was not obligated to attend the "agreed" upon mediation, he was obligated to notify the other side he would not attend so as not to waste the mediator's time. . . [The appellate court opined]


We agree with [the pro per plaintiff] Sullivan and the trial court that Sullivan was not obligated to attend the mediation since it was not ordered by the court. However, [defense counsel] did not have any reason to know that the parties had not agreed on mediation since Sullivan did not inform her that he did not agree to the arranged mediator and mediation date. [*]

 A Kentucky court “may invoke its inherent power to impose attorney's fees and related expenses on a party as a sanction for bad faith conduct, regardless of the existence of statutory authority or remedial rules.” (citations omitted).

The Parade of "Bad Faith" Mediation Horribles

Mr. Stevens justifiably marches out the following parade of horribles that this opinion could lead to, such as awards of sanctions when:   

    • the insurance defense lawyer shows up at mediation without the adjuster or the insured and rel[ies] upon the adjuster's attendance by telephone[;]
    • the adjuster in attendance . . . not hav[ing] settlement authority extending to the policy limits[;]
    • the adjuster ha[ving] to leave early[; and,]
    • the adjuster with higher authority [not being] available by phone, or . . . delays in contacting the adjuster by telephone[.]

Are Sanctions Available in California for "Bad Faith" Mediation Practices?

California's mediation privilege is codified in Evidence Code sections 1115 et seq.  As most California practitioners are well aware, our Supreme Court has strictly construed these provisions.     

Because Evidence Code section 1120 expressly exempts any "agreement to mediate a dispute" from the protections of section 1119, a California court could presumably sanction a party for failing to appear at an agreed upon (or court ordered) mediation.  

Here in California, however, an award of such sanctions presumably could not include all or part of the mediator's fee because our Supreme Court has held that a party may not be ordered to pay a private mediator in the first instance.     

Moreoever, a party''s mediation conduct, such as a defendant's failure to bring a claims adjuster or the plaintiff's attorneys failure to bring his client, would not likely subject either party to sanctions.  

Section  1119(c) prohibits a party from disclosing "[a]ll . . . negotiations . . by and between the participants in the course of a mediation or a mediation consultation."  Interpreting this section broadly and strictly as our Supreme Court requires would likely result in the denial of sanctions because the choice of individuals to represent party interests is an integral part of the "negotiation" between the parties.  **     

Finally, section 1119(a) most certainly forecloses an award of sanctions based upon offers made or not made during -- or authority possessed or not possessed at -- a mediation.  Those facts could only be learned as a result of something "said . . . for the purpose of, in the course of, or pursuant to a mediation" and therefore fall squarely within section 1119(a).    

_________________

**  We find this one of the strangest and most illogical formulations we've heard from any appellate court anytime, anywhere -- a dangerous one at that -- and contrary to the law of contracts.  Since when does an agreement exist when party A proposes X to party B, who does not respond?  Since when is an agreement formed when party B neither accepts nor rejects it?   

*** The American Heritage Dictionary (2000) defines the verb "to negotiate" to mean and include, inter alia, "[t]o arrange or settle by discussion and mutual agreement: negotiate a contract."    

And You Were Thinking of Enforcing that Confidentiality Agreement?

Discussions about maintaining settlement agreements in confidence always come late in the day (or evening!)  The parties are tired, the major deal points are decided.  Then someone raises confidentiality. 

For people and small businesses who are not familiar with boiler-plate confidentiality provisions, the discussion of who they can and cannot tell about the settlement of their lawsuit is always a difficult one and sometimes threatens to derail the settlement altogether.

I've often heard counsel say, "whattaya gonna do if someone breaches it?  It's meaningless, really," as they talk their clients into accepting a deal point no one had ever discussed with them before. 

"Sure, you can tell your husband," they say, but  not your employees, next door neighbor or third cousins."

I have to say that in 25 years of legal and three years of neutral practice, I've never seen anyone try to enforce the confidentiality provision contained in a settlement agreement.  Because I generally don't study that which I don't need to use, I've never looked into the question of enforcement or damages for breach.

On a slow day, I read my blog's statistics and check out who's checking me out.  Today I noticed a new law firm stumbling over my site -- ulmer berne llp of Cincinnati, Ohio.   When purusing law firm's web sites, I generally check out the articles buried there and sometimes bring them into the light of day for the benefit of the rest of us.

Today I found Jennifer Snyder Heis' excellent article on the enforcement of confidentiality clauses in settlement agreements and the damages, if any, that might be awarded for their breach. 

The article is entitled Confidentiality of Settlement Agreements.  It's worth a read before you head off to a settlement conference if you think you might be asking (or refusing to provide) a provision that the parties keep the settlement in confidence.

Thanks Jennifer.

N.I.T.A. Deposition Seminar Funnel Technique

From time to time I publish advice and "cheat sheets" for young lawyers who are just beginning practice.  This last week-end, I once again had the privilege of teaching some of the brightest young lawyers in the country how to take a deposition.

I've been teaching this workshop for the National Institute of Trial Advocacy since the mid-nineties.  The day before the workshop every year, I think, why did I sign up to teach this again?

And the first day of the workshop I answer, because these young lawyers learn with the speed that children heal.  They come in not knowing how to ask a simple question and leave three days later running a competent line of cross-examination.

I give you the "funnel technique" and will soon provide extra tips for your first or fifth or tenth deposition.

For more posts on taking depositions, click hereherehere and here.

Have a great career.  Many complain but, really, its a stimulating, character-building, multi-dimensional board game with real stakes.  You never master it.  That's the good of it.  There's always a challenge.

Cheating: Billable Hours

From time to time we take a look at social psychology and evolutionary biology because ADR practitioners must be good students and careful readers of predictable human behavior and ways to encourage change.

What better place to begin than with ourselves.  In this week's Blawg Review, Enrico Shaefer's Greatest American Lawyer gathers together the week's 411 on self-reported billing irregularities. 

I know this topic is compelling to lawyers because I've had more "hits" to the Bar & Grill Singers' "I'm Billing Time"  video (their song/my video) than for any other post.

Here it is again.  

On to disreputable billable hour violations . . . .

We're Hard Wired to Detect Cheating

In their article Evolutionary Psychology: A Primer, Leda Cosmides & John Tooby report on research finding that our reasoning abilities are more finely attuned to detect cheating than any other type of misbehavior.  Before discussing violations of social norms, Cosmide and Tooby explain the most fundamental norm in human behavior -- reciprocal altruism in social exchanges. 

The evolutionary analysis of social exchange parallels the economist's concept of trade. Sometimes known as "reciprocal altruism", social exchange is an "I'll scratch your back if you scratch mine" principle. . . [S]ocial exchange cannot evolve in a species or be stably sustained in a social group unless the [participant's] cognitive [abilities permit] a potential cooperator to detect individuals who cheat, so that they can be excluded from future interactions in which they would exploit cooperators.

Who are the cheaters?  Individuals who "accept[] a benefit without satisfying the requirements that  . . . [the] benefit  was made contingent upon."  You know, the people who earn a little extra by padding their billable time by two or three hours a week.  Benefit without satisfying its conditions.  Work for hire.

How Good Are We at Detecting Cheating?  Very, Very Good

The researchers designed an experiment to test whether we have a specialized "cognitive architecture" that permits us to detect "logical violations of conditional rules."  The result?  In response to a relatively simple logical problem-solving exercise designed to test this type of reasoning, Cosmides and Tooby found that fewer than 25% of subjects spontaneously detected the violation. 

What about our logical reasoning skills when it comes to detecting cheating or bluffing?  In these circumstances, we become very smart very fast.  The authors explain:

People who ordinarily cannot detect violations of if-then rules can do so easily and accurately when that violation represents cheating in a situation of social exchange . . . This is a situation in which one is entitled to a benefit only if one has fulfilled a requirement (e.g., "If you are to eat those cookies, then you must first fix your bed"; "If a man eats cassava root, then he must have a tattoo on his chest"; or, more generally, "If you take benefit B, then you must satisfy requirement R").

Cheating is accepting the benefit specified without satisfying the condition that provision of that benefit was made contingent upon (e.g., eating the cookies without having first fixed your bed).

When asked to look for violations of social contracts of this kind, the adaptively correct answer is immediately obvious to almost all subjects, who commonly experience a "pop out" effect.

Whenever the content of a problem asks subjects to look for cheaters in a social exchange -- even when the situation described is culturally unfamiliar and even bizarre -- subjects experience the problem as simple to solve, and their performance jumps dramatically.

In general, 65-80% of subjects get it right, the highest performance ever found for a task of this kind. 

No wonder we like to play Texas Hold'em.

And no wonder we get an uneasy feeling whenever we begin to sense that our opponent (or attorney!) is cheating us.  We just know it.

As I've often opined before, this is why the collective wisdom of juries as fact-finders will always trump panels of expert advisors.  They just know who's bluffing and who's not and they don't let a lot of legal or technical mumbo-jumbo interfere with their B.S. Detectors.  

Another Benefit of Getting Your Case Before a Mediator

After mediating full-time for three years, I realize it's not just how astute and perceptive I can be in reading people (there goes another of my own self-satisfied bubbles).  A mediator is simply in a unique position in an adversarial system.  We get to use our hard-wired bluffing skill because everyone talks to us more or less openly for several hours, which is longer than we really need to get a sense of who's bluffing and who's not.

Still, in order to detect this particular violation of the social contract, you do need a mediator more skilled at listening than s/he is at solving intricate logical puzzles.  Ideally, you look for both.   Education.  Training.  Experience.  But it's likely the mediator's ability to set everything else aside and simply listen as the parties explain themselves that separates the masters from the amateurs. 

How and why we too often override our gut feelings in this regard, permitting ourselves to be bilked and scammed, is the subject of Michael Webster's Blogs, which I highly recommend you make part of your skimming.  (who has time to actually read?)

And, oh yes.  It would be best not to cheat your clients.  Biting the hand that feeds you and all that.  Better to look him or her in the eye with a clear conscience and sleep soundly than make that 2200 hour bonus this year.

World Trade Center Coverage Litigation Settles

From today's New York Times article Insurers Agree to Pay Billions at Ground Zero 

The Spitzer administration announced the settlement of all insurance claims at ground zero yesterday, ensuring that $4.55 billion will be available for rebuilding the World Trade Center site.

The agreement, which the insurers described as the largest single insurance settlement ever undertaken by the industry, ended a protracted legal battle with insurers over payouts related to the terrorist attack.

New York State and Port Authority officials said yesterday that the deal removed any uncertainty over how much money would be available for rebuilding and would enable them to obtain private financing for the $9 billion project.

You wouldn't think there'd be a legal practice/personal story to go along with this settlement, but because this is the kind of work I did (insurance coverage litigation) during my last decade in practice, and because I met my husband litigating my last major coverage case (Lloyds of London adv. Imperial Oil, Exxon's Canadian subsidiary) this coverage litigation is a very personal story for me. 

How's that for a narcissistic world view?

The Legal Practice Angle

On Labor Day 2001, Steve, my beloved, moved to Heller Ehrman's Los Angeles office after 30-plus years at Heller in San Francisco. Five days before September 11.

We both had the same practice problem.  These cases -- the Imperial Oil case and soon the WTC coverage litigation -- consume your legal practice for years.  When they're over, you often think you'll never work again.  It's a little like being an actor in Hollywood.  Sure, you were nominated for an Academy Award for The Devil Wears Prada, but will Meryl Streep get another decent role ever again?

So Steve was wringing his hands about where his next case would come from.  When your practice depends upon catastrophic events accompanied by ambiguous insurance policies (they're all ambiguous) you don't want to wish too hard for new work.  

By Labor Day '01, I'd moved on to antitrust litigation against the entire Southern California workers compensation industry and was busy learning the intricacies of claims adjustment for workers comp claims.  My practice had always been more eclectic than Steve's so it was a little easier for me to pick up new work when THE BIG ONE settled.

You can see the rest coming.  Steve's daughter called the morning of September 11 and said "America's under attack."  The most chilling and difficult to comprehend string of words I've heard since a friend called at 3 a.m. in June of '68 to say "Kennedy's been shot."  

The towers came down and the coverage litigation commenced a few weeks later.  Steve and I spent our first year of unwedded bliss one week together and one week apart as he shuttled back and forth to New York for the conferences and court appearances; the depositions; and finally the mediation.  Because Steve represented Silverstein's lender (a mere $850 million) his client settled out early and we were able to get used to living together on consecutive weeks.

I neither worry about nor wish for Steve to obtain new coverage litigation anymore.  I started my neutral practice in '04.  Just as there is enough conflict in the world to keep every mediator employed full time through the next century, there will sadly be enough major catastrophic events to keep Steve employed through retirement.

And then neither of us will have to follow the "number of occurrences" case law ever again!  See also the Insurance Scrawl on the "number of occurrences" issue here.  Report on the Jury Verdict here.

 

Keeping Track of Your Time with Jott

Ask any lawyer what's the worst thing about legal practice and 9 times out of 10 the answer will be, "keeping track of my time."  

So a huge "thank you" to Tammy Lenski at Mediator Tech for hipping us to the best new way to keep track of time:  Jott.  

Others may use Jott to remind them to pick up a gallon of milk on the way home, but I'd suggest using it as your time-tracker.

The service is free.  You call the Jott telephone number (on speed dial), say "me" to its automated voice and dictate your 30-second (or less) message.

"The Larson matter.  I drafted the Complaint on May 16.  2.4 hours." 

Jott will send your message, transcribed, to your email box or, if you've got an assistant, to his.  

Done.  Thanks Jott!

Oh yes.  You can also use it to remind yourself to  pick up the milk on your way home.


 

When Attorneys Become the Common Enemy

ImageChef.com - Create custom images

The Enemy of My Enemy is My Friend

Mr. and Ms. Keene (names changed) entered the community mediation conference room and cautiously took their places next to one another at the scarred wooden table.  Though slightly wary, their greetings were warm.  He touched her lightly on the arm.  She pulled away, but smiled back.  

After the preliminaries were out of the way -- introductions, "rules of the road," the signing of a confidentiality agreement -- Mr. Keene launched into a low-key but passionate tirade about . . . . . .

               THE ATTORNEYS . . . . . .

a topic upon which there was complete agreement.

The attorneys had been

  • disrespectful, retiring to chambers with the judge while the parties sat outside the closed door listening to their attorneys' laughter;
  • unresponsive to telephone calls; and,
  • high-handed in responding to the Keenes' repeated requests to deviate from certain "standard" or "accepted" custody arrangements in favor of arrangements they knew were best for them and their child.  

I apologized for the way we attorneys sometimes act as if the dispute is our own; as if our relationship with Judge and opposing counsel is more important or compelling or fun than our interest in our clients; and, as if we know more about what's good for our clients' business (be it the business of running a family or a Fortune 500 company) than our clients do.  

By the time Mr. and Mrs. Keene arrived at the door of the Community Dispute Resolution Center, they were not simply exhausted and angry, they were nearly entirely disempowered.

"How do we 'de-power' our lawyers?" they asked.

"By taking your power back," I responded, alert again to my own inclinations to give unsolicited advice or raise problems only I might think the parties have. 

I've seen attorneys unite disputants before.  Early in my career, I observed the bitter progress of a case involving hundreds of millions of dollars in lost profits and a fight for the control of intellectual property worth more than a billion dollars.  After the parties had turned one another into the tax and custom authorities, they met without their white shoe attorneys, settled the case, and sued counsel for malpractice.

The Keenes left the mediation with an agreement in hand and their self-respect restored.   

I do not fault their attorneys.  I do not know what transpired before I arrived on the scene. 

I only know that at some point, the attorneys lost "control" of their clients by asserting too much of it. 

 

9th Circuit: "No" to O'Melveny Dispute Resolution Plan

ImageChef.com - Create custom images

When it comes to employment arbitration agreements, it seems like the more bases you try to cover, the less likely a Court is to enforce them.    

Even the highly respected Los Angeles-based international law firm of O'Melveny & Myers has proved itself unable to draft an employment arbitration agreement that satisfies California's procedural and substantive conscionability requirements.    

Just today, the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeal in Davis v. O'Melveny & Myers  held that the law firm's attempt to impose an arbitration agreement upon existing employees with a three-month notice period was both procedurally and substantively unconscionable.  (For a criticism of the opinion, click here).

In finding that O'Melveny's attempted imposition of the agreement on its employees was procedurally unconscionable, the Court stressed the firm's "overwhelming bargaining power" and the "take-it-or-leave-it" basis upon which the agreement was proffered.  Although the Court distinguished provisions that might permit an employee to negotiate a different deal, given its characterization of  O'Melveny's bargaining power, we don't imagine this Court would have read such a clause as anything other than illusory.      

As the Ninth Circuit stressed, however, a procedurally unconscionable agreement must be "analyzed in proportion to evidence of substantive unconscionability."  It thereupon went on to find four provisions substantively unconscionable:  the “notice,” confidentiality and, “business justification” provisions, as well as the limitation on initiation of administrative actions.

The challenged notice provision required the aggrieved employee to "give . . . notice of a Claim [within the year it arose] along with a demand for mediation" or it would be "lost forever."  Quoting Richards v. CH2M Hill, Inc., the Court held this provision substantively unconscionable because it would deprive the employee of the right to assert the "continuing violation doctrine available in FEHA suits" a benefit that flows only to the employer.  

The challenged confidentiality provision -- prohibiting mention of the mediation or arbitration "to anyone not directly involved" - was also found to be unduly favorable O'Melveny.  As the Court explained:

Such restrictions would prevent an employee from contacting other employees to assist in litigating (or arbitrating) an employee’s case. An inability to mention even the existence of a claim to current or former O’Melveny employees would handicap if not stifle an employee’s ability to investigate and engage in discovery. The restrictions would also place O’Melveny “in a far superior legal posture” by preventing plaintiffs from accessing precedent while allowing O’Melveny to learn how to negotiate and litigate its contracts in the future. Id. Strict confidentiality of all “pleadings, papers, orders, hearings, trials, or awards in the arbitration” could also prevent others from building cases. . . It might even chill enforcement  of Cal. Labor Code § 232.5, which forbids employers from keeping employees from disclosing certain “working conditions” and from retaliating against employees who do so.

The challenged exemption for alleged breaches of  confidentiality was also found to be unenforceable.  "As written," held the Court, the provision permitting a "non-mutual exception allowing [O'Melveny] a judicial remedy to protect confidential information" was “one-sided and thus substantively unconscionable.” 

Finally, the Court held that the agreement's preclusion of employee complaints to agencies charged with the well-being of California's citizens such as the Department of Labor, was contrary to public policy and therefore substantively unconscionable as a matter of law.  

There you have it.  One of the best law firms in the country was unable to draft an employment arbitration agreement that could pass public policy muster.  

Would anyone else like to give it a try?

At the Intersection of Justice and Winning

ImageChef.com - Create custom images
While our brothers and sisters (at least one of whom, Omar Kahdr, was fifteen years old when first imprisoned) continue to suffer agonies beyond imagining at the off-shore U.S. gulag at Guantanamo, I decided to conduct an extremely unscientific survey at the intersection of Justice and Winning.

Before discussing some of those survey results (deadline extended -- take the survey NOW!) I remind my readers of the differences between distributive justice ("how much of the pie should I fairly get") and procedural justice ("how is my share of the pie fairly determined?").  See my earlier post on the several kinds of justice that scholars of dispute resolution study here.

Would We Rather Have Justice or a Bigger Piece of Pie?

One of the survey's goals is to find out what attorneys and mediators believe they would rather have --most of the pie or a fair means of dividing it.  

Responses on this topic continue to run neck and neck.  If forced to choose between winning in an unfair process or losing in a fair one, 53% of our mediators and attorneys would choose winning over fairness.  

What Our Respondents Think Justice Is

What do our respondents mean when they use the terms "fair" or "just"?  The survey permits a limited, but telling, range of "justice" options.  Our respondents were asked to check as many of the  "following factors that  indicate . . . the negotiation or mediation process was 'fair' or 'just.'"   

I list here only those that received more than 50% of the "vote."

The mediator

     "listened carefully to all parties"  . . . . . . . . . . . . 91%

     "appeared to understand party positions" . . . .84%

     "appeared to understand party needs" . . . . . .  84%

     "was impartial" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83%

     "suggested resolution options impartially" . . . 69%

The parties

     "listened to one another"  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66%

     "were honest in what they disclosed" . . . . . . . . 64%

     "understood one another" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53%

To sum up, more than fifty percent of the (primarily mediator) respondents, if forced to choose, would rather "win" than have an attentive impartial mediator who understood party positions and needs and suggested resolution options impartially. 

More troublingly, if the choice comes down to winning or losing, most of our respondents would prefer to be dishonest or to have dishonesty mar the proceedings, than to honestly lose.

Think Locally, Act Globally

This is no idle survey.  When casting my own vote, I forced myself to think about how I really behave "locally" as opposed to the way I think I should behave.  If the cashier gives me more change than I deserve, I always give it back.  But if I don't discover her error until I get home, I'm unlikely to drive back. 

If we can extrapolate from this "local" practice, I am honest when it is convenient to be so and not so much when it is not.  

Which likely explains why a country of laws and, more particularly, why we as lawyers, have let the Guantanamo situation exist and persist.  It's not because we don't care.  It's because we're busy.   

Nor do I think that if any of us thought about it longer than it takes to fill out a survey, we would jettison procedural fairness for a result that is best for ourselves (be it the largest slice of the pie or the illusion of safety in a dangerous world).

Which takes us full circle to the pained recognition that we have allowed injustice to flourish at Guantanamo and elswhere on our watch.

Now what?  I recently said to someone, "I feel like standing naked in front of the White House with my hair on fire demanding representation and a fair process for the detainees.  But because I blog, I'm blogging about it." 

It's a start.  But it's not enough.

What do YOU think we should be doing? 

 

Mysterious Metallic Ball Falls from Space into Paris Hilton's Lap

 

OK, so the part about Paris Hilton was pure tabloid (sorry, Paris, just kidding) but look! the mysterious metallic ball part is true!  Though like most headline-catching mysteries, not all that interesting after you get past the excited utterance.

Justice, however, should be neither hype nor mystery.

There are only two days left for you to take the Negotiation Justice survey here.

Litigators:  tell your mediators what protections and benefits you're looking for in a mediation.

Mediators:  ask your lawyer friends to take the survey.

And, oh yes, the people whose disputes we resolve.  Clients.  Yes, that's you.  The people who hire lawyers.  Tell us all what it is you're really looking for.  We promise we'll undertake a great effort to serve you better.

Preview from the Justice Survey     

If you had to choose, would you prefer to lose in a fair process or win in an unfair process?

Win even if the process was unfair 54%

Lose so long as the process was fair 46%

Agree?  Disagree?  Take the survey and let us know!

The Qualities Mediators Think Attorneys are Seeking

Dear Readers,

I haven't received nearly enough attorney and/or disputant responses to the Mediation Negotiation Survey, but I can share with you some preliminary thoughts, primarily of mediators, about the qualities they think you're looking for.

Patience, by the way, is in the lead as the most-cited essential mediator quality.  

Are they right?  Take the Negotiation and Mediation Justice Survey to let them know now!

In Answer to What Qualities a Good Mediator Should Have, individual responses include:

  1. Neither be naive nor cynical. 
  2. Will re-focus us on what is important 
  3. Skills to enhance communication between and with the parties and their counsels. 
  4. intelligence
  5. knowledge of the law and the court system
  6. experience in the area in dispute and experience as a mediator in that area 
  7. Will not intimidate the parties
  8. Will NOT NOT NOT NOT talk to one party before the other party arrives if the mediation is to be conducted with both parties present. 
  9. The understanding that the "truth" or whether someone is lying is unknowable in some or many instances. 
  10. ability to listen 
  11. patience 
  12. patience
  13. integrity
  14. teachable
  15. open-minded 
  16. patience
  17. ability to manage the process 
  18. Resilience.
  19. Accessibility. 
  20. Will listen for what isn't said and will be a good coach. 
  21. trustworthy 
  22. Patience.
  23. Intelligence.
  24. A calm manner which encourages an appropriate hearing atmosphere. 
  25. Will make sure both parties understand the cost (time, money and other) of not settling. 
  26. sense of humor
  27. perspective
  28. sense of the bigger picture in the workplace/business in /about which the dispute occurred
  29. ability to tease out any unspoken back- story between the parties and any goals additional to the outcome of the mediation for the parties
  30. ability not to impart a sense that he/she is rushing for a plane
  31. communicate that he/she is totally engaged even after the mediation ends, if called for. 
  32. Flexibility. 
  33. empathy
  34. great facilitator
  35. fair, fair and fair
  36. sense of appropriate humor
  37. act professional not personal
  38. move along the process and keep control of the process
  39. ability to deal with difficult personalities 
  40. Is able to facilitate the discussion and feed back what he/she is hearing from both parties

Our Readers Respond: ADR Part of the "Big Poker Game"

The question whether mediation should be "fair" or "just" elicited the following thoughtful response from one of our attorney readers, who, as you can tell from the context, primarily represents plaintiffs seeking to recover commercial debts allegedly owed by individuals and small businesses. 

Distributive Fairness

"I only think a settlement is 'fair,' says our reader, "when it incorporates the mathematical calculation of prospective damages multiplied by a risk factor of litigation (i.e. 80% chance of winning $100K, means an $80K settlement is fair)."

A mediated resolution that is "fair" under this definition only results, he continues,

 when the other side "does the math" - most defense counsel just bluster and try to throw up "what if" roadblocks that derail a serious discussion about resolving the whole dispute. They don't do the math, and even if they did, there is enough disagreement over the "odds" that the process is far from transparent.

Distributive Injustice 

"Perhaps," says our correspondent,

we have a different interpretation of what "fairness" is.  I have plenty of situations where I sue on [a] debt [where,] by the time the . . . . [contractual] interest and attorneys' fees get worked in . . . , a $5,000 debt becomes $12,000 judgment and no [one] in the world thinks this is fair. But most eventually "settle" . . . not because they want to, or believe that the . . . settlement is "fair", but because the option of coming up with [the funds] to hire an attorney, and then eventually lose, is less attractive than trying to pay on a monthly basis.

In this case, is the settlement  fair?

From my client's perspective, it will get paid more than 100% of its initial principal due, and this type of settlement completely negates the possibility of zero recovery for the creditor if the debtor is judgment proof. .   .  

[Many defendants are]  willing to pay to get out of the case for "peace of mind" and pay
more than what they thought was fair.

Fair resolutions only work when everyone is willing to play fairly - and because everyone (especially litigation attorneys) feels that dispute resolution is a zero sum game, the little tactics we use in litigation skew the process so ADR really becomes a big poker game. And when people hide information, and outside factors to the dispute loom larger than the dispute itself, it becomes less about fairness and more about force. 

Avoid Litigation with Adams' Drafting

Having spent nearly my entire career litigating the terms of ambiguous contracts, I'm not certain careful drafting is the only answer, but its certainly one way to avoid the dreaded process server pounding on your door.   

As I used to tell my clients, litigation and trial are the legal equivalents of heart transplant surgery.  Pricey and potentially life-threatening.  Careful contract planning and drafting is the yearly medical physical -- prudent and worth its weight in top-flight litigators and dazzling trial lawyers.  

It is for this reason that I refer my readers to "AdamsDrafting," a first-class transactional blog and website I stumbled upon this morning.

Ken Adams, who will be here in Los Angeles in June has apparently made a career of spreading the wisdom of quality writing in the drafting of contracts.  Because it looks like he's the Shakespeare of the trade, I'm recommending that you subscribe to the RSS feed of AdamsDrafting Blog and avail yourself of Mr. Adams' wisdom when he appears in your town.

I'm not worried that Adams will put contract litigators and mediators out of business -- there's no way you can anticipate and provide against everything.  But you can avoid the repetititve pitfalls like the one Mr. Adams describes here.

Thanks for sharing the wisdom Ken!

Construction Defect Litigators: Let Your Voice Be Heard in National Mediation Survey

I don't have the statistics but know from experience that construction defect litigators mediate their cases to settlement more often than, say, general commercial litigators (my background).

Earlier in the week, I posted a "Negotiation and Mediation Justice Survey" in this blog whose purpose is manifold.

  1. although justice and fairness issues are repeatedly raised in my mediation practice -- "s/he's extorting me" or "s/he victimized me," most of the mediators I've casually asked say "we're not in the 'justice' business, we're in the business of finally resolving disputes."
  2. SO I WANT TO KNOW WHAT LAWYERS WHO ARE REGULAR ADR USERS REALLY THINK ABOUT JUSTICE/FAIRNESS ISSUES IN NEGOTIATIONS AND MEDIATIONS.

Your Views on Optimal Mediator Practices.

As I was devising the survey, I decided to take the opportunity to get a good sampling of mediator and attorney attitudes toward standards of mediation practice.  

So I put in some questions on the mediator qualities I've been told attorneys are looking for as well as those that I believe to be important, with an open-ended question to include anything I'd missed.

Here's the Problem

I've got wayyyyyyyyyyyyyy TOO MANY mediator responses and way too few attorney responses. 

I really need to hear from YOU -- THE CONSUMER OF MEDIATION SERVICES.

Already, the results are surprising.  I will share them with my readers (and with anyone who takes and identifies themselves at the end of the survey -- you may take it anonymously) in a couple of weeks.

I'm also writing a law review article (this is no idle threat, I have one published and one about to be published) on negotiation and mediation justice issues that will include your responses.

So I'm asking all Construction Defect Attorneys to let me know what they want and need from mediators in the hope that we can begin to have a national conversation between mediators and litigators about where we're meeting one another's expectations and where we're not.

It will be good for all of us.  Please take the survey!

Employment Lawyers: Let Your Voice Be Heard in the National Mediation Justice Survey

I don't have the statistics but know from experience that employment and family law attorneys mediate cases more often than any other specialty with the possible exception of construction defect litigators.

Earlier in the week, I posted a "Negotiation and Mediation Justice Survey" in this blog whose purpose is manifold.

  1. although justice and fairness issues are repeatedly raised in my mediation practice -- "s/he's extorting me" or "s/he victimized me," most of the mediators I've casually asked say "we're not in the 'justice' business, we're in the business of finally resolving disputes."
  2. SO I WANT TO KNOW WHAT LAWYERS WHO ARE REGULAR ADR USERS REALLY THINK ABOUT JUSTICE/FAIRNESS ISSUES IN NEGOTIATIONS AND MEDIATIONS.

As I was devising the survey, I decided to take the opportunity to get a good sampling of mediator and attorney attitudes toward standards of mediation practice.  

So I put in some questions on the mediator qualities I've been told attorneys are looking for as well as those that I believe to be important, with an open-ended question to include anything I'd missed.

Here's the Problem

I've got wayyyyyyyyyyyyyy TOO MANY mediator responses and way too few attorney responses. 

I really need to hear from YOU -- THE CONSUMER OF MEDIATION SERVICES.

Already, the results are surprising.  I will share them with my readers (and with anyone who takes and identifies themselves at the end of the survey -- you may take it anonymously) in a couple of weeks.

I'm also writing a law review article (this is no idle threat, I have one published and one about to be published) on negotiation and mediation justice issues that will include your responses.

So I'm asking all Employment Attorneys to let me know what they want and need from mediators in the hope that we can begin to have a national conversation between mediators and litigators about where we're meeting one another's expectations and where we're not.

It will be good for all of us.  Please take the survey!

Jury Trials, Jazz and Rock 'n' Roll

Our thanks to David W. Dresnick  of the Arbitration Mediation Group for passing along the recent New York Times article on the Vanishing Jury Trial -- Cases Keep Flowing in But the Jury Pool is Idle
By Adam Liptak, April 30, 2007 New York Times.

This excerpt was of the most interest to me & the most surprising:

The jury trial is a distinctively American tradition in a cultural sense, too. Almost all civil jury trials in the world take place here, and 90 percent of the criminal ones. But that tradition, which Prof. Paul Butler of George Washington University calls "as fundamental a part of our culture as jazz or rock 'n' roll," is dying.

(emphasis mine)

David Dresnick also generously passes along Knocking Heads Together from the February 3, 2007 issue of the Economist.  Excerpt below: 

Knocking heads together

Why go to court when you can settle cheaply, quickly and fairly elsewhere?

THE Bank of Credit and Commerce International's lawsuit against the Bank of England lasted 13 years and cost some £lO0m ($196m) in legal fees. The Bank of England's governor disgustedly described it as "the most expensive fishing exercise in history". The presiding judge, Mr. Justice Tomlinson, called it a "farce".

Had the parties agreed to mediation it would have taken probably a day and cost just a few thousand pounds. According to the London-based Centre for Effective Dis¬pute Resolution (CEDR), one of Europe's biggest mediation bodies, of the 3,000 or so commercial disputes that are subjected to mediation in London every year around 70-80 % reach a settlement within one or two days, with a further 10-15% settling a few weeks later.

Litigation used to be the natural way of settling disputes, especially in advanced countries. Then clogged courts and ever costlier lawsuits made arbitration look bet¬ter, especially in cross-border commercial disputes. But it often proves no cheaper, fairer or even quicker.

In America, from filing a complaint to arbitration decision takes, on average, 16.7 months. So out-of court alternative dispute resolution (ADR) procedures, such as mediation, are now in vogue. The late Sir Michael Kerr, former president of the London Court of Interna¬tional Arbitration, was a leading convert.


"In the same way’s I have had my mind changed about litigation in favor of arbitration, my long devotion to arbitration is now being eroded," he said.

for more, click here.

Arbitrator May Use Successive Awards to Finally Decide All Issues

Thank you to our friend Alicia Freundlich, a Straus LL.M candidate, for passing along this case summary copied verbatim from the Newsletter of the Business Law Section of the State Bar of California.  

(right)  More serious balloon popping by the ever popular Charles Fincher of LawComix.com, who every so graciously lets me use these fabulous lawyer cartoons for free.  Do support him by paying cold hard cash for a signed copy, or better yet, a custom-made print for your favorite partner, judge, client, administrator, legal assistant, or associate.

COURT UPHOLDS ARBITRATOR’S ABILITY TO USE “MULTIPLE INCREMENTAL OR SUCCESSIVE AWARD PROCESS” AS A MEANS OF FINALLY DECIDING ALL ISSUES

Roehl v. Ritchie

2007 DJDAR 1480, 2007 Cal App LEXIS 125  (Ct. App. 4TH Dist. 1/31/2007)


This case arose from a dispute between the sons of a decedent and his second wife over distribution of the estate. The dispute was arbitrated and the arbitrator issued an award on March 1, 2004 concerning most of the issues in controversy. Among other things, he ruled that the wife had a 75% interest in the decedent’s home and that the sons had a 25% interest, which should be distributed to them because the wife was still living in the home.. The arbitrator indicated that the home was valued at $575,000 based on a November 2003 appraisal which covered the home and some other assets. He ruled that the appraisal would be the basis for distribution “unless the trustee determines that changes will be needed…if…in light of new developments since [November 2003], a somewhat different distribution of assets would benefit the estate” and he offered to work with the trustee to ”review any questions he may have concerning the orders and findings made by the arbitrator”.


The wife died one week after the award was issued. The wife’s niece, her successor in interest, successfully moved to confirm the award and that decision was affirmed on appeal in an unpublished decision. While the appeal was pending, the trustee petitioned the arbitrator for instructions on several issues, including whether to value the home as of the time of the award or as of the time of the distribution of the estate assets. In October 2005, the arbitrator issued a second award in which he, inter alia, valued the home at $1,050,000. Because this would lead to a larger distribution to the sons, the wife’s niece opposed confirmation of the award on the ground that this was a correction or amendment of the original award and thus beyond the arbitrator’s power because it occurred long after the time allowed to correct or amend.

The trial court confirmed the award, the niece appealed, and the Court of Appeal affirmed. It ruled that the arbitrator, by allowing for an opportunity by the trustee to amend the valuation, plainly left the matter of the value of the home up for future consideration if the trustee determined that changes were needed.

Note: It can sometimes be difficult for a party to discern whether an arbitrator is correcting an award, amending it, or issuing an incremental or successive award and that is what happened in this case. Code of Civil Procedure 1284 provides that a party must apply to the arbitrator for correction of an award no later than ten days after service of a signed copy of the award on the applicant, other parties must object within ten days after the application is delivered or mailed to them, and the arbitrator must issue any corrected award not later than thirty days after service of a signed copy of the award on the applicant.

But, in Delaney v. Dahl, 99 Cal App 4th 647, 659 (2002), the Court of Appeal held that an arbitrator may amend the award at any time prior to confirmation of the award so long as the amendment is consistent with other findings on the merits of the controversy and does not cause demonstrable prejudice to the interests of a party. And in Hightower v Superior Court, 86 Cal App 4th 1415, 1431 (2001), the Court of Appeal affirmed an arbitrator’s ability to use “a multiple incremental or successive award process as a means, in an appropriate case, of finally deciding all submitted issues”.

(emphasis my own)



Please Take Our Justice Survey

 

by clicking on THIS LINK HERE, NOT ON THE TITLE LINK.

MY GREAT GOOD BLOGGING FRIEND DINA LYNCH AT MEDIATION MENSCH AND ADR PRACTICE BUILDER ASKS OF THIS SURVEY: 

 

 "SHOULD I TAKE THE SURVEY AS A MEDIATOR OR A CLIENT/LAWYER?"

THANKS FOR HELPING ME SEE THE CONFUSION DINA!

HERE ARE THE FUNDAMENTAL QUESTIONS UNDERLYING THE SURVEY:

Are we as mediators in the business of delivering justice or simply final resolution?  

Do the attorneys and/or clients who use our services WANT US to be in the business of delivering justice (or enabling it?) when we help them resolve a dispute?

HERE'S THE ANSWER TO DINA'S QUESTION:

You can't really take the survey as a mediator.  You need to take it as a lawyer serving clients or as the client itself.

THE QUESTIONS ARE NOT ASPIRATIONAL, i.e., would you REALLY rather WIN at any cost or LOSE fairly?

That's a genuine question.

The answers can be anonymous.

It's not an easy question to answer truthfully. 

Try your best to put yourself back into a situation where you really wanted to prevail. 

Now answer the survey!  Here's the link to the survey again. 

We'll post the results here next week. 

California Justice Ruvolo Asks: Should the Courts Stay in the ADR Business?

The year's must-read California Litigation Journal article is Justice Ignazio Ruvolo's "It's Time to Re-examine the State of Civil Litigation in California."  You have to be a member to read the issue on-line (here Crisis in the Courts?) but if you're not, find a friend who is and steal her copy. 

Justice Ruvolo begins his concise history of the state of California's courts by suggesting that "if your bar number has fewer than six digits, then you doubtlessly witnessed firsthand the crisis that was the progenitor of the current state of civil litigation in California."

He not only proceeds to swiftly chronicle the way we got to mega-firms, six-figure first year associate salaries, and partner-free-agency, but also to question whether the Courts are doing the public a disservice by continuing to provide ADR services.  A few thought-provoking excerpts below:

If the courts intend to stay in the ADR business for all time, some complain that they are not now competing with private ADR very successfully.  One reason for this non-competitiveness is inadequate funding . . . . [C]ourts cannot afford to provide uniform training for mediators or to pay for mediation services and must rely on voluntary panels which compete with fee-generating private ADR for the time of neutrals.  Some believe that the courts must necessarily impose a level of procedural uniformity for court-sponsored ADR that is inimical to the creativity and flexibility that is at the heart of successful mediation.

Of perhaps greater concern is the growing view that ADR-related activities by the trial courts are diverting money and resources away from the judiciary's core role:  that of providing adjudicative processes to litigants . . .

Since ADR has truly become part of the legal system's culture, perhaps then the courts could safely leave ADR largely to the private sector.  If the judiciary limits its role in ADR it will have the associated benefit of freeing judicial resources needed to shore up the court's adjudicative services.  Case management, as it relates to ADR, might focus on locating those cases in the civil justice system that are suited for non-traditional resolution but which lack the financial resources to employ ADR.  These are the cases that should be the beneficiaries of court-sponsored ADR.

(emphasis mine)

Continue Reading

What Does Cross-Discipline Have to Do With It?

Among the benefits of the "meme tag" game is cross-disciplinary learning.  See Switch! - Cross-Disciplinary Learning at the Eide Neurolearning Blog, the one degree of separation between us and the Thinking Blogger Award. 

And check out the Creative Generalist while you're at it.

First, the excerpt from Eide Neurolearning:

The best way to have fun in science is to do something you are not trained for. - Seymour Benzer

Any student of creativity or innovation knows that changing disciplines seems to be a way of keeping 'fresh' and getting new ideas. Louis Pasteur got his start in crystallography, but then started solving problems in fermentation when a student of his brought him a factory problem. When a devastation of silkworms happened in Europe, they called Pasteur who exclaimed, "But I know nothing of silkworms." Nevertheless, he ended up solving the problem of silkworms by crossing over into the fields of microbiology and immunology.

In Root-Berstein's study of innovators, he found '[i]n every case that I have been able to examine, researchers who continued to be productive past middle age changed fields regularly. In effect they periodically returned to the state of a novice by taking up a new subject. They broke out of the patterns of work and thought to which they had become accustomed.'

For the remainder of the Eide's post, scroll down to Switch! here.

A Brief Comment on the Era of Legal Specialization

Attorneys entered the realm of specialization about twenty years ago.  Because novel legal problems are generally resolved for entire industries in fifteen or twenty years (i.e., how a Comprehensive General Liability Policy should be interpreted in response to a claim against an oil company for production-related environmental contamination) attorney-specialists are forced to change specialties at least once, if not two or three times during their working lives.

At one of the intersections between the end of one specialty (environmental insurance coverage) and my search for another, I began defending consumer class actions.  Although I'd once prosecuted a  commercial class action against a Japanese car manufacturer, that one case was the only experience I had in litigating class actions.      

In addition to not knowing what I should do in negotiating a settlement of my client's "fair share" of potential liability I also had no idea what I shouldn't do.  As a result, the settlement I negotiated was better than any achieved by the dozens of other similar companies who were my co-defendants.  

One afternoon, I received a call from senior counsel to the defendant who'd had the greatest potential liability exposure and who likely paid the most to settle the case. 

"How in the world did you get them to agree to an injunction-only settlement?" she asked.  "I've never seen anybody do that before."

"Thanks," I said.  "I guess I managed to do it because I didn't know that I couldn't."  

What Does Being a Generalist Have to Do with Negotiation and Mediation?

As I recently said in a moment of naked self-promotion, it's good to have a mediator who is "inside the other guy's decision cycle," i.e., someone familiar with the industry and the legal specialty involved.     

"The day of the generalist mediator is over," I'm told, just as I was told the "day of the legal generalist is over" sometime in the late '80s. 

But here's the exception to the rule.  Negotiator or mediator, the parties will teach you the critical facts and the lawyers will hip you to the law necessary to resolve the dispute even if you don't know bupkus about either.   

Often, the more you know, the less likely you will be open to innovative solutions to intractable problems.

I suppose the best of both worlds would be to practice (and negotiate) in your specialty while at the same time maintaining what Buddhists call a "beginner's mind." 

"In the beginner's mind there are many possibilities, but in the expert's there are few." - Shunryo Suzuki-Roshi from the Beginners Mind Blog.

No matter how much you know or think you know, set aside your pre-conceptions and pre-judgments as much as you are able.  Avoid "we've always done it this way" thinking.  Then, whether you're in a new field or an old one, you will surprise yourself and your bargaining partner with the high degree of creativity you are able to bring to the same old problems.

Did I also say it's lots more fun to do something new everyday?  And that conflict resolution -- whether you're judge or jury, advocate or negotiator, mediator or arbitrator -- is waaayyyyyyyyyyyyyy too hard unless you're having fun doing it.

And then I looked that mediator in the eyes . . .

Though the April 30, 2007 BUSINESS WEEK doesn't say much new on the old "vanishing trial" issue, I found the comment in the final paragraph amusing . . .


As court battles become more rare, some experts fear the effects on the law David Berg, a longtime Houston trial lawyer, sees a future devoid of the courtroom dramas that have long captured the American imagination. In a manual on trial technique that he published last year, Berg wrote that he feared that "the great war stories of the next generation of trial lawyers would begin, 'And then, I looked that mediator in the eyes and I said....'"

Thanks to the Los Angeles Arbitration and Mediation Group for passing this along.

Burnout: And You Know Who You Are

I'm posting I'm Billing Time Again along with an excerpt from Chuck Newton's Third Wave Law Firm Blog, Happiness Equals Reality Divided by Expectations

According to the New York Bar Association, turnover rates among mid-level associates in this city’s law firms is 36 percent. The whole system is predicated on burnout.

In 1981, Maslach, now vice-provost at the University of California, Berkeley, famously co-developed a detailed survey, known as the Maslach Burnout Inventory, to measure the syndrome. Her theory is that any one of the following six problems can fry us to a crisp: working too much; working in an unjust environment; working with little social support; working with little agency or control; working in the service of values we loathe; working for insufficient reward (whether the currency is money, prestige, or positive feedback).

It seems to me the first two of the six problems will most probably result in burnout in big law leading some to try a Third Wave practice. However, the working with little social support, little agency or control is probably more conducive for Third Wave burnout.

Farber often calls burnout “the gap between expectation and reward." I can tell you that in a Third Wave practice this gap is greatly cut.

"The great paradox of efficiency is that the more we speed up, the more acute our frustrations when we’re forced to slow down. Is it not possible that these ambient frustrations function as chronic stressors, and—in some subtle but crucial way—contribute to feeling worn out? Americans, Gleick writes, spend an estimated 3 billion minutes a year waiting on hold with the software industry; they race to airports only to wait for hours; they start to jitter inside elevators if the doors take more than four seconds to close. (Elevator engineers even have a term for how long it takes—door dwell—before people start jamming their fingers on the door close button, which is usually a placebo, a function already disabled by litigation-conscious building managers.)

'Gridlocked and tarmacked are metonyms of our era,” Gleick writes. “To be gridlocked or tarmacked is to be stuck in place, our fastest engines idling all around us, as time passes and blood pressures rise.

If one of the surest recipes for burnout, as Michael Leiter has said, is the sensation of inefficiency—particularly if we’re still expending energy and seeing little in return—then there may be something about the modern office that conspires to burn us out. In 2005, a psychiatrist at King’s College London did a study in which one group was asked to take an IQ test while doing nothing, and a second group to take an IQ test while distracted by e-mails and ringing telephones. The uninterrupted group did better by an average of ten points, which wasn’t much of a surprise. What was a surprise is that the e-mailers also did worse, by an average of six points, than a group in a similar study that had been tested while stoned."

Maryland Encourages Lawyers to Emphasize ADR

 

 

 

by Justin Kelly, ADRWorld.com

Maryland's highest court has approved an amendment to the state's Rules of Procedure that encourages lawyers to inform clients of alternative dispute resolution options when a new case is likely to be headed to court.

[T] Hon. Joseph F. Murphy, Jr. . . . said that the change would "highlight for counsel what they should be doing if ADR could work in their case," explaining . . . . the comment . . . that "where ADR is appropriate, lawyers should advise their clients of that fact." 

                                               *                             *                          *

Rule 2.1, which addresses the lawyer's role as a counselor, states, "In representing a client, a lawyer should exercise independent judgment and render candid advice. In rendering advice, a lawyer may refer not only to law but to other considerations such as moral, economic, social and political factors that may be relevant to the client's situation."

                                          *                                  *                                        *

The amendment adds the following new sentence to Comment 5: "[W]hen a matter is likely to involve litigation, and in the opinion of the lawyer, one or more forms of alternative dispute resolution are reasonable alternatives to litigation, the lawyer should advise the client about those reasonable alternatives." 

"The amended Comment is intended to encourage informed discourse between the lawyer and client whenever ADR may be an appropriate option," the Reporter's Note says.

An earlier proposal to amend Comment 5 had suggested requiring lawyers to inform clients about ADR options. But a mandatory requirement was dropped out of concern that it would lead to litigation by clients against their attorneys.

Murphy noted that Comment 5 says that attorneys "should advise," instead of "shall advise," and that this was a "compromise." He said that as revised, Comment 5 imposes no "automatic" requirement to inform clients about ADR options.

Some other states have ADR-related provisions in their rules of professional conduct. Vermont has the "shall advise" language, while Alaska, Colorado, Hawaii, Massachusetts, Tennessee, and Virginia have the "should advise" language.

The change in Comment 5 will take effect July 1, 2007.

Challenges to Mediated Settlement Agreements: Duress and Undue Influence

 

While Joe Francis sits in jail for misbehaving during a mediation, we take a moment to contemplate mediation's first principles:  voluntariness and self-determination.  

In their exhaustive review of appellate mediation case law Disputing Irony:  A Systematic Look at Litigation about Mediation (Spring 2006) 11 Harv. Negot. L. Rev. 43, James R. Coben and Peter N. Thompson discuss the law to date on duress and undue influence.

As Coben and Thompson stress, 

To make a successful duress defense the proponent must establish that a wrongful threat by the adverse party deprived the proponent of free choice, resulting in an unfair agreement benefiting the adverse party. As with other contractual defenses, the standard is quite difficult to meet in a mediation context. A mediation party was successful in claiming duress in only one of the thirty-six opinions [reported during the prior five year period].

That as many as seven of the thirty-six cases reviewed were directed at alleged mediator coercion is troubling, particularly in light of Magistrate Brazil's opinion in Olam v. Congress Mortgage Co. * which makes pursuing any claim of duress or undue influence seem a foolhardy mission.  As Coben and Thompson note, although the plaintiff in Olam

was sixty-five years old, suffered from high blood pressure, headaches and abdominal pains, and testified that she was in pain, weak and dizzy, and that she was pressured by her lawyer, the defendants and their counsel, the court found that this agreement obtained at 1:00 A.M. after fifteen hours of mediation was not obtained by undue influence. 

Coben and Thompson revisited the issue of duress under the rubric of mediator misconduct, citing ten opinions where a party charged the mediator with exerting undue pressure to obtain agreement.  Most of these charges will look familiar to lawyers, who might ask themselves what they look like to the man or woman on the street:

  • the gist of the complaint in several cases was the mediator's recitation of a list of "horribles" that the parties would suffer if they did not settle and had to experience the dreaded civil trial (called "reality-testing" by the authors)
  • one claim was based upon the alleged coercive statement by the mediator that if the party  "didn't sign the agreement [he] would ruin [the mediator's] record of being always able to settle the case."
  • another claim (this one successful) was based upon the mediator's alleged threat "to tell the judge that she was the cause of the settlement failure, speculat[ion] that the court would rule against her, and [pr]offered opinions about the potential legal costs[, as well as] how refusing to settle would affect her pensions.

We are bound to see more claims of mediator misconduct, duress and coercion.  The problem is clear.  We'll discuss potential solutions in future posts.     

* Note that the District Court's order requiring the mediator to testify would likely not stand up under the current law in California.  See In re Marriage of Kieturakis (2006) 138 Cal.App.4th 56. 

More New Law on the Enforcement of Mediated Settlement Agreements

Appellate opinions concerning the enforceability of mediated settlement agreements are coming fast and furious.

If you haven't prepared your form term sheets and memoranda of understanding by now,  you might end up litigating the settlement whose purpose it was to stop the litigation. 

Oh the irony!    

Today's case Irvine v. Regents of University of California (4th Dist. 2007) was decided on a narrow procedural ground, leaving at large the questions of fraud, duress and mistake alleged by the Plaintiff as a bar to enforcement of her mediated settlement agreement.

The narrow issue here was whether a party could be excused from meeting the deadlines imposed by California Rule of Court 3.1385 simply by asserting that the challegned settlement agreement was uneforceable. 

The Irvine Court, reversing the trial court's Rule 3.1385 dismissal, answered the question in the affirmative, explaining: 

The only decision before the court at a rule 3.1385 hearing is whether to dismiss the case or restore it to the civil active list. By alleging a dispute over whether the parties reached a binding settlement, plaintiff demonstrated good cause to restore the case to the civil active list. In reaching this conclusion, we have not considered whether any of plaintiff's contentions have merit.

There you have it.  Now the parties will be litigating the compromise they reached to avoid litigation.  Don't let this happen to you.  Start (but do not finish) here, where I have provided articles and case law bearing upon the enforceability of mediated settlement agreements. 

If you want your agreements to be durable take the time to read the case law, check the statutory provisions and, yes, even read the Rules, like 3.1385 here, which requires that an action be dismissed within 45 days after the Court receives notice of settlement unless good cause is shown why the case should not be dismissed.

 

Maybe We Should Re-Think That Coverage Decision

(The ultimate digression:  starting a post with a digression:  This beautiful blog was created, and is "hosted," by LexBlog, the only legal blog outfit in town worth talking to when you decide to drop blogger, typepad and the like and go professional).

That said (I don't say it enough -- thanks Kevin!) I learn from LexBlog's Blog today that Chubb Insurance has apparently reconsidered denying coverage to its attorney-blogging insureds.  And if I was going to reconsider a coverage decision, you bet your boots it would be my attorney-insureds that would make me re-consider the most quickly.

Here's Kevin's report: 

[Chubb] now says law firms publishing blogs will be covered by their malpractice policy so long as lawyers are not answering specific questions in a way that could be construed to be legal advice.

That from James Rhyner, worldwide lawyers professional manager for Chubb Specialty Insurance, in speaking with Lisa Berman, reporting for the New Jersey Law Journal (pdf of story).

Chubb does insure this new form of communication -- and will continue to do so within select parameters.

Ryhner also acknowledged, as reported by Berman, "[T]hat there have been no malpractice suits against blogging lawyers in the United States over bad legal advice. But he cites a U.K. suit involving Lloyd's of London that he is monitoring.

Truth, Justice and the American Way

Thirty years ago (more or less) my law school trial advocacy professor taught me this:

Trial is not about ascertaining the truth.  Nor is it about justice.  It is simply one way to finally resolve a dispute.

I have to admit that my legal career was probably more marked than others by the belief that I was working on the side of truth and justice.  

But then, I was working small. 

Did the word "sudden" mean "quick" or only "gradual" and "unexpected" within the meaning of the pollution exclusion contained in a policy of comprehensive general liability insurance? 

Was it misleading to omit the exchange rate from advertising for the transmission of money to foreign countries? 

Could you negligently conspire to drive a medical provider out of business? (answered affirmatively, believe it or not, by the trial court).

Now that my view of the adversarial system is one of mediator and sometimes arbitrator,  what the "truth" is seems murky again, the way it did when I was clerking for a federal district court judge during law school.

So this post is the beginning of a series of posts about "justice" and fact-finding.  A series that will follow the path of my interest and discovery.  A series that raises questions that might never be answered.

To begin the exploration, I borrow freely from the excellent article by Professor Lisa Blomgren Bingham  When We Hold No Truths to Be Self-Evident:  Truth, Belief, Trust and the Decline in Trials.  This article, from a 2006 Symposium Issue for the Journal of Dispute Resolution, can be found on Westlaw and Lexis-Nexis and likely elsewhere on the internet.  I do not, unfortunately, have a free link to the article itself. 

We start with JUSTICE.

Distributive Justice

Distributive justice has its roots in social equity theory. It posits that social behavior occurs in response to the distribution of outcomes. Distributive justice emphasizes fairness in the allocation of outcomes. Thus, in mediation research, distributive justice suggests that satisfaction is a function of outcome, specifically the fact and content of a settlement or resolution. In theory, participants are more satisfied when they believe that the settlement is fair and favorable. There is a substantial body of empirical research that supports the distributive justice model as an explanation of satisfaction. The research suggests that distributive justice is a better explanation for satisfaction related to conflicts over resource allocation, such as wage disputes than other cases in which fairness matters. 


Procedural Justice

Procedural justice refers to participants' perceptions about the fairness of the rules and procedures that regulate a process. In contrast to distributive justice, which suggests that satisfaction is a function of outcome (the content of the decision or resolution), procedural justice suggests that satisfaction is a function of the process (the steps taken to reach that decision). Among the traditional principles of procedural justice are impartiality, voice or opportunity to be heard, and grounds for decisions. 

Procedural issues such as neutrality of the process and decision-maker, treatment of the participants with dignity and respect, and the trustworthiness of the decision-making authority are important to enhancing perceptions of procedural justice. Extensive literature supports procedural justice theories of satisfaction in a variety of contexts involving both courts and dispute resolution. In general, research suggests that if organizational processes and procedures are perceived to be fair, participants will be more satisfied, more willing to accept the resolution of that procedure, and more likely to form positive attitudes about the organization.

Interactional Justice

Beginning in the 1980s, organizational justice researchers developed the notion of interactional justice, defined as the quality of interpersonal treatment received during the enactment of organizational procedures. In general, interactional justice reflects concerns about the fairness of the non-procedurally dictated aspects of interaction. Research has identified two components of interactional justice: interpersonal justice and informational justice. These two components overlap considerably. However, empirical research suggests that they should be considered separately as each has differential and independent effects upon perceptions of justice. 

Informational Justice

Informational justice focuses on the enactment of decision-making procedures. Research suggests that explanations about the procedures used to determine outcomes enhance perceptions of informational justice. Explanations provide the information needed to evaluate the structural aspects of the process and how it is enacted. However, for explanations to be perceived as fair they must be recognized as sincere and communicated without ulterior motives, be based on sound reasoning with logically relevant information, and be determined by legitimate rather than arbitrary factors.  

Interpersonal Justice

Interpersonal justice reflects the degree to which people are treated with politeness, dignity, and respect by authorities. The experience of interpersonal justice can alter reactions to decisions, because sensitivity can make people feel better about an unfavorable outcome. Interpersonal treatment includes interpersonal communication,  truthfulness, respect, propriety of questions, and justification, and honesty, courtesy, timely feedback, and respect for rights. 

What all of this means in the "lay" terms of this blog, will be the subject of later posts, all labeled, "Truth, Justice and the American Way"  if the topic is of interest to you and you'd like to follow it (and comment upon it!)

 

Building Your Practice with Geoff Sharp's "Don't Be Average" Chart

Geoff Sharp kindly passes along his dad's advice not to be average and to always be in mid-career in his brilliant article on Starting a Mediation Practice here. (chart is Geoff's own)

My dad's career advice?  Never be a civil servant or wear a hat.  Huh???  Some dads give sound career advice and others zen koans to chew on for the rest of your life.  We love them equally because, well, because they're our dads!

Somedays, however, thinking of this little chart is all that keeps my internal energizer bunny rev'ving.

Have a great weekend.

Leaving BigLaw to Hang Out Your Own Shingle

 

(left:  courage)

 

 

In Lessons From a Large-Firm Partner Who Set Up His Own Shop ... and lived (well) to tell about it, Mark P. Zimmett tells the nitty-gritty of every BigLaw associate's and partner's ultimate fantasy -- solid, sophisticated legal work with your own name on the firm stationary.

For the full tale, see Mark's American Lawyer article here.  Excerpt below.    


Many partners in large firms dream of chucking it all and setting up their own practice. However, many also fear that without their firm's name recognition and resources, they will miss out on major matters. A seat at the table is no big deal in a penny-ante game.

But you can leave a big firm and keep a big practice. Today, one can handle sophisticated high-stakes legal work in a small firm. Add profits that can rival those at top 10 Am Law firms and control over your professional (and personal) life, and striking out on your own becomes an appealing alternative.

Getting started is relatively easy. As a friend described it: "Starting your own firm is only slightly more complicated than setting up the corner newsstand." True enough, but the real risks are realized along the way; like bungee-jumping with a family on your back, strapping on the harness is the easy part.

I hung out my shingle on Nov. 1, 1990, and hung out everything else with it.

For a local example, check out the excellent work being done by Lee and Tran formerly of Morgan Lewis, Quinn Emanuel, Skadden Arps, and Wilson Sonsini.

Live by Suit; Die by Suit: DMCA Notices Violate the DMCA?

 

(left:  old tech)

As if the DMCA weren't already the Full Employment for BigLaw Act of 2007, we have a new DMCA cause of action -- improper take down notices.

Read today's Wall Street Journal Law Blog report on the new suit against Viacom, the latest in the YouTube wars.  This one was filed by "fair use" activist groups claiming that Viacom's demands to YouTube that it remove parodies of Viacom/Comedy Central programming themselves violate the DMCA.  

I will continue to be a broken record (a broken download?) on litigation about online content.

There are an infinite number of business solutions to the business problems (opportunities) created by Web 2.0.  As always, there are only a few, and frustratingly chimeral, legal solutions.  

I'll urge anyone within shouting distance of BigMedia to read 3D Negotiation by Lax and Sebenius, whose "brainest guys in the universe" credentials go like this:

David Lax and James Sebenius . . . combine decades of high-level, practical experience negotiating in the corporate, financial, and diplomatic realms with academic expertise that helped develop much of the modern field of negotiation.

Professor Sebenius is the first Gordon Donaldson Professor at Harvard Business School and a member of the Executive Committee that oversees the activities of the Program on Negotiation at Harvard Law School. David Lax, described by Forbes magazine as a "new negotiation theorist" on the cutting edge of his field, served as a professor at Harvard Business School from 1981-1989.

Lax and Sebenius co-founded the Negotiation Roundtable, a working research group sponsored by Harvard Business School and the Kennedy School of Government, and Sebenius currently serves as its Director.

This isn't "win win" negotiation strategy.  This is the way to outwit the entire legal system and most of your commercial competitors.  Why?  Because a business deal creates its own legal world -- the new one that precedent couldn't possibly have predicted.

But there's no reason to rely on me.  Check out 3-D & draw your own conclusions.   

                   

 

                                (right:  new tech)

Advice to Young Lawyers: The Usual Deposition Stipulations

(right:  practice, practice, practice)

Take a look at Steven Archer's article on the Dangers of the Usual Stipulation for the reasons why the "usual" proposed stipulation is filled with traps for the unwary. 

Mr. Archer thoughtfully provides what he believes is a bullet-proof stip, which I'm providing below (with my contribution limited to reducing his stipulation to bullet points).

Mr. Archer is a partner with the highly esteemed national law firm of Robins, Kaplan, Miller and Ciresi.   

Thanks to the always helpful Illinois Trial Practice Blog for introducing us to this helpful article in its own post -- Beware the Usual Stipulations

That said, here are the matters Mr. Archer recommends be included in all stipulations entered into at the close of every deposition.

I propose that we agree to

  • relieve the reporter of his/her statutory duty to maintain custody of the original transcript.
  • after it has been transcribed, the reporter shall send the original transcript [by UPS, FedEx, DHL, or the equivalent] to the witness at [witness’s office or residence address].
  • the witness shall have 30 days within which to read and review the transcript, make any changes that he/she deems appropriate and list any such changes on the errata page provided by the reporter.
  • upon completion of the review and listing the changes, if any, the witness shall then sign the transcript under penalty of perjury where indicated at the end of the transcript.
  • the reporter shall provide a preposted and preaddressed envelope so that the witness may then send the reviewed, corrected, and executed original transcript and errata page to [counsel].
  • [counsel] will maintain custody of the original executed transcript and will agree to produce it and lodge it with the court at the time of trial or for any motion for which it may be required upon reasonable request.
  • [counsel] will also advise all other counsel in writing of any changes, corrections, additions, or deletions made by the witness at the time of the review of the transcript and will provide all counsel with a copy of the errata and signature pages within 10 days of counsel’s receipt of the original executed transcript from the witness.
  • should the original executed transcript not be reviewed, corrected (if necessary), or signed by the witness within that time frame, or should the original executed transcript later become lost or otherwise unavailable, the parties agree that a certified copy may be used for all purposes, as if it were a duly executed and corrected original transcript.

As Archer notes, don't try to memorize this.  Just copy it and stick it in your briefcase.  We're all tired at the end of a long deposition day and it's no time to strut your stuff by proving to opposing counsel that you've memorized the $#^%& thing. 

Better yet, for each case agree upon the deposition stipulation ahead of time and ask the court reporter to attach the fully executed copy to the transcript.  This is particularly helpful in big cases where many associates and partners are taking depositions on the same case.

Google, YouTube, Viacom and the Future

 

(left:  mountain sues lake for copyright infringement)

Re: today's New York Times coverage of the $1 billion Viacom lawsuit against Google under the Digital Millennium Copyright Act.

I can't be the first one to ask these questions, but here goes:

  1. why don't the media giants recognize that when I post a scene from A Few Good Men in a blog read primarily by attorneys (a damn good media market) it's free advertising to a new generation of lawyers who were in elementary school when FGM was released in 1992.  This goes in spades for equally good (or better) lawyer movies like The Verdict, screenplay by the brilliant David Mamet with Paul Newman doing some of the best acting in is entire career.  Today's young lawyers were in their bassinets when this one was released in 1982.  And where do they learn about the old movies they may want to see?  From the internet. 
  2. haven't these guys read The Long Tail? (see extended entry for a wikipedia primer on long tail or "niche" marketing).
  3. don't they know that most young people (say, everyone under 30) believe that content should be free.  That by yanking movie clips or sound bites from YouTube they are alienating huge numbers of potential viewers under 30?  
  4. wouldn't Viacom be better off spending $100,000 per month devising a way to use YouTube's media-delivery system to its own benefit rather than paying people that same sum to track down its "pirated" YouTube content and execute it there?    

There's an old saying that "what you resist persists."  The internet, YouTube, google, blogs, mp3 players, ripping, burning and copying are here to stay. 

The means of production (and co-production) is in the hands of the people.

Still, large concentrations of capital remain (and will always remain) in the hands of corporate giants. 

This is not David and Goliath because David just wants to listen to his music, man.  The people who want to "monetize" David's listening (and recording) enjoyment will always find a way to do so.  That's their job.

The people will continue to create and share.  Mix and burn.  Copy and compile.  

Not that I mind Big Media wasting their money trying to stop the tide of progress. 

It's just that I'd rather they use it to make better movies.

For a far more sophisticated viewpoint than my own, take a look at the MIT Convergence Culture Consortium blog on CBS' Use of YouTube for "Cross Platform Distribution" of March Madness, noting: 

Not surprisingly, the blogosphere points to the irony of Viacom's suing YouTube while CBS is finding effective and profitable ways to work with the video sharing site. David A. Utter with WebProNews points out that the first CBS March Madness clip on YouTube prominently displays UPS advertising and indicates the potential for major profit for the network and YouTube as well. Utter says, "Why Viacom misses the potential of YouTube while their former brethren at CBS embrace it would be a question we would like to see Viacom answer if their YouTube/Google lawsuit ever comes to trial."

Continue Reading

Managers, Supervisors and Discrminatory Motive

Diane Pfadenhauer of Strategic HR Lawyer recently asked the question

Can the Employer be Liable for Discrimination if the Person Who Terminated the Employee Harbored no Discriminatory Motive?


The answer?  Only the US Supreme Court will know.  Excerpt from Ms. Pfadenhauer's excellent employment blog below:

One of the more interesting cases that the US Supreme Court will hear this year (BCI Coca-Cola Bottling Co v. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission) surrounds a human resources manager who terminated an employee based almost exclusively on information from the employee's supervisor. According the the EEOC, the supervisor allegedly had a history of treating black employees more adversely when compared to others and had a history of making racially disparaging remarks in the workplace. The human resources manager, who harbored no discriminatory motive, relied on the word of the supervisor when terminating the employee. In addition, the HR manager did not know that the employee was black.

Abraham Lincoln's Advice to Young Lawyers

Hat tip to Elliott Wilcox' Winning Trial Advocacy Techniques for hipping us to Abraham Lincoln's Advice to Young Lawyers, including the best advice for success in any field -- "always bear in mind that your own resolution to succeed, is more important than any other one thing."

The most common complaint I hear from young attorneys at all levels is the lack of mentoring available to them.  Since the internet is their domain, I ask those attorneys over thirty-five to pick up this "Advice to Young Lawyers" meme tag and run with it.  

In particular, I ask the following attorney-bloggers to share their best advice with our young readers --Arnie Herz of Legal Sanity, Evan Shaeffer of the Legal Underground, George M. Wallace of Fool in the Forest, Wilson Sonsini's Cathy Kirkman of the Silicon Valley Media Law Blog, and, Diana Skaggs of the Divorce Law Journal.

Thanks folks!  Please pass the baton along to your favorite, most wise, attorney bloggers.

The Real Reason I Quit Practice: Electronic Discovery

 

 

OK, so I didn't quit practice just because of the new electronic discovery rules.  I can say, however, that I'm mighty glad I don't have to deal with this.

Duane Morris, which acquired my firm after I left it, graciously includes me on their legal update mailing list.  Today, they supply this helpful roadmap for navigating the new rules, an excerpt of which you can find below:

 

 

 

Electronic Discovery: Know What You Have Before Your Adversary Does -- Understanding “What, Where & How” in the New Technological Landscape

Federal Rule 26(f)(2) and (3), as well as many similar local federal court rules and state court rules, requires parties to begin the discovery process by identifying and resolving “any issues relating to the disclosure or discovery of electronically stored information, including the form or forms in which it should be produced.”

The incorporation of ESI into the text of the rule alters profoundly the “what, where and how” of discovery. In order to avoid pitfalls and maximize the benefit of an early conference (whether required by court rule or simply initiated as good practice), one should understand the new “what, where and how” of e-discovery.

Click here for the full Duane Morris E-Discovery Alert.

My Amygdala Made Me Do It: Neuroscience and the Law

The New York Times Sunday Magazine cover story this coming week -- The Brain on the Stand -- covers a lot of territory on the use (and potential abuse) of neuroscience in the legal system.     

While the scientists debate whether  knowledge gleaned from sophisticated brain imagery demonstrates that our brain activity  controls our  behavior or simply reflects it, those of us concerned with decision making have much to learn from it.         

Because my work is pretty much exclusively devoted to finding mutually beneficial resolutions to hotly contested litigation, neuroscience insights into how and why we make decisions -- and how we might make them better -- have been invaluable in my practice.    

In this article, author Jeffrey Rosen describes the results of one neuroscientific experiment suggesting that dampening our emotional reactions to the regretably common "insulting first offer" might keep us in the negotiation process long enough to let our more rational responses prevail.     

He explains:

'A remarkable technique called transcranial magnetic stimulation, for example, has been used to stimulate or inhibit specific regions of the brain. It can temporarily alter how we think and feel.

Using T.M.S., Ernst Fehr and Daria Knoch of the University of Zurich temporarily disrupted each side of the dorsolateral prefrontal cortex in test subjects. They asked their subjects to participate in an experiment that economists call the ultimatum game.

One person is given $20 and told to divide it with a partner. If the partner rejects the proposed amount as too low, neither person gets any money.

Subjects whose prefrontal cortexes were functioning properly tended to reject offers of $4 or less: they would rather get no money than accept an offer that struck them as insulting and unfair.

[remember -- even monkeys would rather earn no "salary" than let their "CEO" monkey make five times as much as they do -- so this is animal behavior]

But subjects whose right prefrontal cortexes were suppressed by T.M.S. tended to accept the $4 offer. Although the offer still struck them as insulting, they were able to suppress their indignation and to pursue the selfishly rational conclusion that a low offer is better than nothing.

I do not cite this research to suggest that we should be satisfied with "insulting and unfair" proposals.  I cite it only for the thoughtful consideration of litigants and business people everywhere. 

It is perfectly 'rational" to respond to an insulting offer by rejecting it.  Being alert to our tendency to allow emotions to reign in response might give us the breathing room we need to calm our clients and continue to pursue a settlement negotiations that could well lead to resolutions that are neither insulting nor unfair.

The article is invaluable reading for anyone wanting to answer the question -- what in the world could the other side be thinking?  A question that can only be answered when the parties sit down together with a commitment to seeing the negotiation through.  

And if you're not already on speaking terms with your amygdala, click here for a fuller (lay) explanation of its effect on decision making.

Advice for Young Lawyers: Deposition: Hearsay in Business Records

 

No, just because it's in a business record doesn't mean everything that record says can come into evidence.  

Single hearsay

Ledger says employee Jones was paid $500 in cash on June 5, 2005.

Double hearsay

Note in employer's file (maintained in the regular course of business & brought within exception to hearsay rule) says "Darlene says she paid employee Jones $500 in cash on June 5, 2005." 

Why does double hearsay matter in a deposition? 

Because if you don't know its double hearsay, you might not track down "Darlene" or find another way to prove that employee Jones was paid $500 in cash on June 5, 2005.  

Advice for Young Lawyers: Using Documents at Deposition

Nothing throws more fear into the heart of a young litigator than using documents at a deposition.

Here's the good news.  It's easy if you know the rules and follow the steps.

Here are the steps.

  1. Mark them
  2. Authenticate them
  3. Lay the foundation for the business records exception to the hearsay rule
  4. Lay the foundation for any available hearsay exception for hearsay statements contained in the business record itself;
  5. Question the witness about the documents
    • to refresh his/her recollection
    • to impeach his/her testimony
    • to obtain an explanation of the meaning of language contained in them
    • to forward your case and tell your client's story

Feel free to bring "cheat sheets" with you to the deposition, remembering that you can rarely save your face and your ass at the same time.

MARK IT

  • Scratch an exhibit number on the document (or post-it) if it hasn't previously been marked
  • Hand copies to opposing counsel and to the court reporter
  • Say, "the Court Reporter will mark as Exhibit Q, correspondence from X to Y dated June 16, 2003, carrying Bates Stamp number 325490."
  • Pause as the reporter affixes an exhibit number to the document and hands it to the witness
  • Say to the witness, "do you now have exhibit Q before you?"

AUTHENTICATE IT

Q.     "Please identify Exhibit Q for the record."

A.     "It's a letter I wrote to Mr. Jones."

Q.     "Is that your signature at the bottom of the second page?"

A.     "Yes it is."

Q.     Is this a true and correct copy of the letter you wrote to Mr. Jones on such and such a date?

A.     Yes, it is.

OR

A.     "It's a letter I received from Mr. Green."

Q.     "Is that Mr. Green's signature on page three of Ex. Q?"

A.     "Yes."

Q.     "How are you able to recognize it?"

A.     "Because I . . . corresponded with him regularly or I've seen him sign his name on several occasions and I recognize this to be his signature."

Q.     "Is this a true and correct copy of a letter from Mr. Green that you received on or about such and such a date?"

A.     "Yes it is."

ESTABLISH THE BUSINESS RECORDS EXCEPTION TO THE HEARSAY RULE

Q.     You were employed by ABC Company in 2002?  

A.     Yes I was.

Q.     The Court reporter has marked and placed before you Exhibit Y, carrying Bates Stamp range 20056-98.   Can you identify Ex. Y for the record.

A.     Yes.  It appears to be a copy of ABC Company's ledger book.  

Q.     What is the function of the ledger book?

A.     We use it to record all of our sales and payments.

Q.     Are the entries in Ex. Y made at or near the time of the recorded sales and payments.

A.     Yes

Q.   Are the entries made as part of the regular business of ABC Co?

A.     Yes.

Q.     Is Ex. Y, the ledger book, kept in the ordinary course of ABC's business?

A.     Yes.

Q.     How is it that you're familiar with the ledger book?

A.     "It's prepared . . . . by me (or under my supervision)" or "as part of my job duties, I review the ledger on a monthly basis" or "I've occasionally seen the ledger and am aware that it is maintained by Mr. Brown, who works in the accounting department" or any other way in which the witness is familiar with the document.

You've now accomplished that which, I'm afraid to say, 90% of the attorneys taking depositions fail to accomplish every day.  If you don't get any other useful testimony from this witness, you will have created a record that will permit you to use these documents as evidence in summary judgment motions and at trial.  

We will cover in a subsequent post the following two steps -- laying the foundation for hearsay exceptions to hearsay statements contained in business records and using the document itself to forward your case. 

Advice for Young Lawyers -- On the Job Deposition Training

Thousands of young attorneys will sit down to take their first deposition every year the same way I did, with roughly the same amount of dread and exactly the same amount of training. 

A lot and none whatsoever.

So that someone might benefit from my own painful experience more than twenty-five years ago, I give you my earliest deposition mistakes.

Within my first month of practice, I was assigned an "easy" first deposition.  We represented an injured plaintiff who broke her arm in a skating rink accident.  

I was charged with taking the deposition of the young man who'd caused her to fall.  No documents.  Just the facts m'aam.

Here's what I learned the hard way.

You don't have to rephrase a question in response to an objection.

I did this dozens of times in a two-hour period.  At lunch, one of the grizzled old Sacramento P.I. defense attorneys grabbed me around the shoulders so hard I felt like I might break.   

"Just wait for the answer," he whispered in my ear.  "You don't need to re-phrase the question.  If the witness doesn't answer, ask the court reporter to read it back.  Say, 'do you have the question in mind?  Yes?  Would you answer it please?'" 

I fell all over myself thanking this kind man who growled in response, "I just wanna get outta here before Christmas."

The court reporter doesn't really "strike" anything from the record.

This is someone else's painful story.  I was defending a deposition that was obviously the examiner's first time.  Every time he rephrased a question mid-phrase, he'd turn to the court reporter and say, "strike that." 

Then he waited for her to do something.  When she didn't, a confused look would cross his face and he'd return to his questioning.  He must have done this a dozen times during the first hour.

Each time, the reporter just smiled that inscrutable court reporter smile, benevolent, knowing and, as I thought during most of my first year of practice, thinking, "what an idiot!"  

After several of these lengthy pauses, the reporter took pity on the poor attorney, put her hand gently on his arm and whispered, sotto voce, "I'll explain at the break."

There is no usual stipulation.  

At the end of the many depositions I'd seen before I first took my own, I watched attorneys look across the conference table and ask, "the usual stipulations?"  

So that's what I did in my first deposition.

"The usual stipulations counsel?"

Defense counsel eyed me with the admixture of pity and contempt seasoned lawyers reserve for new admittees.  This is the moment during which they decide whether to bat you around the deposition room like a cat toy or exercise mercy. 

"Why don't you put the usual stipulation on the record, counsel," he said, choosing option no. 1.  Not a question.  A declarative sentence.  An injunction.  A challenge.

Even then, a terrified newbie, I wasn't entirely a fool.  Never underestimate the power of youth and femininity.  If I could have batted my eyelashes I would have. 

What I did say, sweetly and with great deference, was this, "No, please.  You know them far better than I.  I'll let you put them on the record."

Score one for the first year attorney, who then went back to her boss to ask what the %$^# the usual stipulaitons were.

And for a break with your third Grande Latte of the day, check out this video of a first DAY lawyer defending a phony deposition in a phony sexual harassment action -- videotaped to great hilarity by his employer.  He handled himself pretty darn well under the circumstances! 

Continue Reading

Attorney-Client Pre-Dispute Arbitration Clause Valid?

I am not certain I would read the recent EC&J v. Kessel case as broadly as did the The Institute for Conflict Management's ADR Blogger, but I haven't had time to carefully read the opinion myself (which I will do, and report to you within the week). 

So that you're alert to the opinion, I refer you to the ICM's ADR post, Court Rules Pre-Dispute Arbitration Clauses Valid in Fee Disputes.

The ICM blogger explains: 

A California appeals court has opened the door to the enforcement of pre-dispute arbitration agreements between attorneys and their clients, ruling that once a client waives the right to non-binding arbitration under the state’s Mandatory Fee Arbitration Act, a court may compel binding arbitration based on the agreement of the parties.


California’s Second Appellate District rejected the notion that language in the MFAA requiring a post-dispute binding agreement to arbitrate bars enforcement of a pre-dispute binding arbitration agreement, ruling that the statutory language only prohibits enforcement of pre-dispute arbitration agreements governed by the MFAA ( Ervin, Cohen & Jessup, LLP v. Steven H. Kassel et al., No. 191761, 2/14/2007).

For the remainder of the article, click here and for the opinion itself, click here.

Settling Lawsuits, Making Business Deals, Developing Business and Small Talk

Jack Welch shares a golf-cart with former President Bill Clinton 

We've mentioned the benefits of small talk for settling lawsuits before. 

In a recent post entitled What Am I Supposed to Know About  (thanks to mediator blah blah for directing our attention there) professional firm management guru David Maister, praises the marketing value of small talk.  In this post, he suggests that we might  want to be conversant with the following topics to hold up our end of a conversation at a dinner party or on the golf links with potential clients. 

  • Local politics
  • National Politics
  • International affairs not directly involving your own country
  • The latest tech gadgets
  • The latest fiction best-sellers
  • The latest non-fiction best-sellers
  • What’s hot on television
  • The latest art exhibition to open in your town
  • The popular music charts
  • Yo-yo Ma’s latest album
  • What’s good on Broadway this season
  • The latest movies
  • Local sports teams
  • Sports events not involving local teams
  • Latest theories of child-rearing

I'm tired already.  It's hard enough to keep up with what actually interests me let alone with what doesn't interest me in the least.  

Does that mean that my more eclectically knowledgeable mediator peers will be better able to settle lawsuits and develop business?  I don't think so.  Why?   Because they're really just not that into you. 

So here's the super-secret intergalactic decoder-ring mystery of small talk revealed.  Ready?  

 ASK QUESTIONS.

You don't need to know anything about sports, local politics, literature, brain surgery, travel in Cambodia, statistical analysis, Islam, the movies, Anna Nicole Smith or the British monarchy.

In fact, the LESS you know, the better.

WHY?

Because the less you know, the more interest you'll take in your fellows.  Show an interest in what your clients, potential clients and negotiating partners are interested in and you will make friends for life.

Eventually, these people will get around to asking what it is that you do, thinking it must be something pretty wonderful because you're one of the few people who appear to be smart and forward-looking enough to be so deeply interested in how fascinating they are. 

I tell students to whom I teach the art of taking pre-trial testimony, that this is the same principle as the one you use to pick up men in bars -- a talent I have not used in at least 20 years, having turned this dark art into a power for the good.

As we've previously noted, small talk settles lawsuits and greases the wheels of commerce.

The lawyer who gets credit for that new case from the Fortune 50 company is not alas, the lawyer doing the actual work.  It's the lawyer with the monthly golf date with general counsel or the CEO. And what that lawyer talks about on the links is not what she knows about the principle products of Paraguay or any other topic of general or specific interest.  What she talks about is whatever is of current interest in the GC or the CEO.

And the only way to know that, is to take a genuine interest in others and ask a lot of questions.

Raising Funds to Settle the Suit: Insurance Coverage for Business Torts

In the Fall of 2006, Loeb & Loeb attorney Peter S. Selvin, a member of the Board of Governors of the Los Angeles chapter of the Association for Business Trial Lawyers ("ABTL") wrote a thorough and timely article on the availability of insurance coverage to settle business tort litigation, a short excerpt of which we publish here with a link to the full article.    


Lawsuits involving business or commercial disputes often trigger the coverage provisions of standard form Commercial General Liability ("CGL") policies.

In lawsuits involving claims of infringement, misappropriation or the violation of the right of privacy, the key portion of a CGL policy is the "personal injury" or "advertising injury" coverage found in Coverage B of the current CGL policy form [Insurance Services Office Commercial General Liability Insurance Policy Form, Section I Coverage B (2001)]. That language provides as follows:

a. We will pay those sums that the insured becomes legally obligated to pay as damages because of "personal and advertising injury" to which this insurance applies. We will have the right and duty to defend any "suit" seeking those damages…

b. This insurance applies to "personal and advertising injury" caused by an offense arising out of your business but only if the offense was committed in the "coverage territory" during the policy period.

This article explores the scope of, and recent developments concerning, this aspect of CGL coverage. Practitioners should note that coverage for business torts may also be provided under Coverage A of CGL policies. See, e.g., Ericsson, Inc. v. St. Paul Fire & Marine Ins. Co., 423 F. Supp. 2d 587 (N.D. Tex. 2006) (class action claims against cell phone manufacturer for injuries caused by radio frequency radiation fall within Coverage A for "bodily injury"); Prime TV, LLC v. Travelers Ins. Co., 223 F. Supp. 2d 744 (M.D. N.C. 2002) (insurer required to defend insured in class action suit because sending unsolicited faxes constituted "property damage").

Click here for remainder of article

What's Anger Got to Do With It? Ford and Punitive Damages

 

Thanks to the Wall Street Journal Law Blog for turning us on to the New York Times article When Lawyers and Juries Mete Out Punishment.

First, as a follow-up to our "Few Good Men" post yesterday (see screenplay here) we quote the quotable Mr. Sorkin again as an introduciton to the cross-examination question that launched a $246 million punitive damage award:

 

 

KAFFEE
What possible good could come from putting Jessep on the stand?

JO
He told Kendrick to order the Code Red.

KAFFEE
He did?! Why didn't you say so!? That's qreat! And of course you have proof of that.

JO
I--

KAFFEE
Ah, I keep forgetting: You were sick the day they taught law at law school.

JO
You put him on the stand and you get it from him!

KAFFEE
Yes. No problem. We get it from him.
(to SAM)
Colonel, isn't it true that you ordered the Code Red on Santiago?

SAM
Look, we're all a little--

KAFFEE
I'm sorry, your time's run out. What do we have for the losers, Judge? Well, for our defendants it's a lifetime at exotic Fort Levenworth. And for defense counsel Kaffee? That's right--It's-- A Court- Martial. Yes, Johnny, after falsely accusing a marine officer of conspiracy, Lt. Kaffee will have a long and prosperous career teaching typewriter maintenance at the Rocco Columbo School for Women. Thank you for playing "Should We or Should-We-Not Follow the Advice of the Galacticly Stupid". 

It's hard being a trial lawyer.  Very hard.  So I'm not going to accuse the attorney who asked the question at the heart of the New York Times piece of being "galacticly stupid."  Nor, however, am I going to charge the jury with being "inflamed by passion and prejudice."  Maybe just inflamed by passion.  Which is what we ask from juries, isn't it?  That they get angry at injustice.  With all due deliberation and based on the evidence.  That they take a cold hard look at certain business practices, draw the conclusion that those practices caused the party before them to suffer unbearable injuries and then award as punitive damages an amount to "deter" that business practice.  

And if the jury makes a mistake?  Well, fortunately, we're only just beginning to ask that question about the more important decisions juries make every day -- whether to sentence men and women to lengthy prison sentences, or even to death, for causing injuries as severe as those suffered when products go bad.      

With that, I give you the New York Times on the final question to the husband of the woman paralyzed when her Ford Explorer rolled over.
 

The witness was Barry Wilson, whose wife, Benetta, was paralyzed when her Ford Explorer rolled over. Mr. Wilson had cut back on his work hours to care for her. He showered her and catheterized her, and he woke several times each night to move her, to avoid bedsores.

Mr. Sonnett saw an opening, and he ended his examination with a flourish.

“The silver lining,” he said to Mr. Wilson, “to the extent that there could be one, it has brought you and Benetta and the family closer together?”

Mr. Wilson did not see the upside. “I don’t think it’s a benefit or a plus in any way,” he said.

It was the silver-lining question, an appeals court later ruled, that “may well have inflamed the passions of the jury.” In their lawsuit, the couple said Ford had made the Explorer dangerously prone to rolling over and then outfitted it with a weak roof. The jury agreed, hitting Ford twice. First, it awarded $123 million to compensate the Wilsons. Benetta Buell-Wilson had been an athletic graduate student, and now she lives in constant and increasing pain.

For the recent Supreme Court decision striking down the $79+ million punitive award against Philip Morris, see the Southern California Law Blog report here. 

For a little history on cigarette advertising, we give you Philip Morris ads on the original I Love Lucy television series.

The Art of Cross-Examination Hollywood Style

. . . if you're one of my NITA students, please take the Negotiation and Mediation Justice Survey here (3 minutes max I promise!)

The lengthy cross-examination was written by the man who brought you The West Wing, Aaron Sorkin.  Do not attempt this in a court of law without a screenwriter by your side.

And just in case you think you're uniquely insecure, the brilliant Mr. Sorkin, who added, "you can't handle the truth" to the small pantheon of justifiably immortal movie lines has this to say about the process of writing:

"I love writing but hate starting. The page is awfully white and it says, 'You may have fooled some of the people some of the time but those days are over, giftless. I'm not your agent and I'm not your mommy, I'm a white piece of paper, you wanna dance with me?' and I really, really don't. I'll go peaceable-like."

THE SET UP

KAFFEE Colonel, when you learned of Santiago's letter to the NIS, you had a meeting with your two senior officers, is that right?

JESSEP Yes.

KAFFEE The Executive Officer, Lt. Jonathan Kendrick, and the Company Commander, Captain Matthew Markinson.

JESSEP Yes.

KAFFEE Yes sir. Colonel, at the time of this meeting, you gave Lt. Kendrick an order, is that right?

JESSEP I told Kendrick to tell his men that Santiago wasn't to be touched.

KAFFEE And did you give an order to Captain Markinson as well?

JESSEP I ordered Markinscn to have Santiago transferred off the base immediately.

KAFFEE Why?

JESSEP I felt that his life might be in danger once word of the letter got out.

KAFFEE Grave danger?

JESSEP Is there another kind?

KAFFEE holds up a document from his table.

KAFFEE We have the transfer order that you and Markinson co-signed, ordering that Santiago be lifted on a flight leaving Guantanamo at six the next morning. Was that the first flight off the base?

JESSEP The six a.m. flight was the first flight off the base.

THE SEEMINGLY INNOCENT LINE OF QUESTIONING SET-UP

KAFFEE gets a document from his table.

KAFFEE (continuing) After Dawson and Downey's arrest on the night of the sixth, Santiago's barracks room was sealed off and its contents inventoried. (reading) Pairs of camouflage pants, 6 camouflage shirts, 2 pairs of boots, 1 pair of brown shoes, 1 pair of tennis shoes, 8 khaki tee- shirts, 2 belts, 1 sweater--

ROSS Please the Court, is there a question anywhere in our future?

RANDOLPH Lt. Kaffee, I have to--

KAFFEE I'm wondering why Santiago wasn't packed.

Continue Reading

Bringing It All Back Home

ImageChef.com - Create custom images ImageChef.com - Create custom images

As we noted yesterday, counsel know all too well that their clients arrive at mediation with "an unwarranted faith in the righteousness of [their] position" and that their obligation is to "bring rationality, objectivity and experience to bear on the matter."

Easier said than done, right? 

To help your mediator help you, I offer the following 5 & 5 on the why's of client hopes and the how's of diminished expectations.  

Five Reasons Why Your Clients Have Unwarranted Faith in the Righteousness of their Cause

    1. when she first told you her version of the facts, she left a few things out -- like how her  partner caught her cooking the books before he "breached" the partnership agreement by refusing to let her back on the business premises.     
    2. you're a zealous advocate -- not only are you paid to be -- your ethical responsibilities require it.  Despite all of your efforts to describe the perils of litigation, your client only really paid attention during the parts where you told her how great her case was. 
    3. your client hasn't spoken with his business partner, supplier, importer, competitor, licensee, etc. since the dispute arose two or three years ago.  There's been no opportunity for the parties to reality test their positions with the only other party who actually knows what happened. The social psychologists called this state one of  "autistic hostility."  
    4. as much as you try to anticipate the opposition's arguments, your job is to win.  It's impossible not to spend the bulk of your time justifying your client's actions and excusing his errors.
    5. to work as hard as you do on your client's behalf, you must believe in the merits of her case.

Five Ways Your Mediator Can Help You "Depress" Your Clients' Unreasonable Expectations

  1. let the mediator know you need some help with your client.  Call him ahead of time if he doesn't call you to discuss the nuances of the mediation session itself.  You can be candid without giving away the store. 
  2. let the mediator be the "fall guy," taking the "hit" for delivering this bad news -- while you, one of the best attorneys in town, were busily developing a great case, the other side's attorney was doing precisely the same thing.
  3. allow the mediator to develop as strong a personal relationship with your client as possible and permit her to ask probing questions that will gently reveal the problems with your case that have developed over the course of time. 
  4. be willing to break away from your client for separate session cacucuses with the mediator to discuss how things are going in the attorney-client dynamic so that course-change is possible.
  5. let the mediator know that your client is going to need more time to digest bad news -- if your mediator doesn't offer, ask him to arrange for the offer/demand to remain on the table for a  pre-determined amount of time and ask him to follow up with both parties during that period of time.

Remember:  there's no such thing as impasse, only a recess in the settlement discussions.  

Malpractice, ADR and Client Expectations

ImageChef.com - Create custom images

Way back in 1997, John Blumberg of the Blumberg Law Offices in Long Beach California asked in a Daily Journal article whether lawyers had a duty to give ADR advice.

Alternative dispute resolution, wrote Blumberg, 

has reached such a level of acceptance and availability that failure of an attorney to consider its possibilities or to inform the client of its existence may amount to legal malpractice. This is not to say that every case must be settled. It is to say, however, that an attorney's duty to a client includes "the obligation to attempt to effectuate a reasonable settlement of the . . . action where the general standards of professional care [require] that the most reasonable manner of disposing of the action was by settlement." Lysick v. Walcom (1968) 258 Cal.App.2d 136. 

Even a client's opposition to settlement, wrote Blumberg,

 does not excuse an attorney's duty to consider and advise the client about settlement. After all, the lawyer's superior skill and knowledge is what the client is paying for. Lucas v. Hamm (1961) 56 Cal.2d 583, 591.

It is not uncommon, noted Blumberg

for the client to have an unwarranted faith in the righteousness of his or her position. The lawyer's obligation is to bring rationality, objectivity and experience to bear on the matter

The most compelling point in this still timely and cogent advice on ADR is the one about the client's "unwarranted faith in the righteousness of his or her position."

Often, attorneys bring their clients to mediators to help them restore the "rationality, objectivity and experience" the client needs to hear without damaging the attorney-client relationship.  Many mediators have written about this process before me.  Tomorrow, I'll give you the ten greatest barriers to getting your client back into a realistic risk-management state of mind and the ten ways you can seek the mediators help in achieving that goal while continuing to maximize the settlment value of your case.

 

More Movies for Lawyers

ImageChef.com - Create custom images  

The Verdict - screenplay by David Mamet

[the church has offered a check for $210,000 to settle the case]

Frank Galvin: How did you settle on the amount?

Bishop Brophy: We thought it was just.

Frank Galvin: You thought it was just?

Bishop Brophy: Yes.

Frank Galvin: Because it struck me, um, how neatly 'three' went into this figure: 210,000. That means I would keep seventy.

Bishop Brophy: That was our insurance company's recommendation.

Frank Galvin: Yes, that would be.

Bishop Brophy: Nothing we can do can make that woman well.

Frank Galvin: And no one will know the truth.

Bishop Brophy: What is the truth?

Frank Galvin: That that poor girl put her trust into the... into the hands of two men who took her life. She's in a coma. Her life is gone. She has no home, no family. She's tied to a machine. She has no friends. And the people who should care for her - her doctors... and you and me - have been bought off to look the other way. We've been paid to look the other way. I came here to take your money. I brought snapshots to show you so I could get your money. I can't do it; I can't take it. 'Cause if I take the money I'm lost. I'll just be a... rich ambulance chaser. I can't do it. I can't take it. 

The Movies: Trial Tactics and Strategy

Advice for Young Lawyers: Depositions

I practiced law for 25 years before becoming a mediator.  For a dozen of those years, I taught deposition skills for the National Institute of Trial Advocacy.

To save the young people around me from receiving any more unwanted advice from their elders, I decided to start "data dumping" my quarter century of litigation experience in this blog from time to time.  

You'll (perhaps) be pleased to hear that today I'm not even giving my own advice but passing along that of Illinois trial lawyer Evan Schaeffer -- be prepared or the dangers of "winging" it at depositions.  

It's not so much an exhortation to work harder, but smarter that makes me refer you to Shaeffer today.  Take a look at the good questions he suggests every attorney ask herself before the deponent is sworn in and then think about Shaeffer's limitations -- in Illinois, you apparently have only three hours to take anyone's deposition.  

And we can all recall those times when someone green spent that three hours on the deponent's background ("and after that were you promoted to Eagle Scout?") 

Mediation and Negotiation: Give Them a Little Time

I'm always a little surprised that parties to a pre-trial settlement conference or mediation have any expectation that they might be able to resolve a dispute of years standing in half a day, or even a single day.  That they often do settle their differences in so short a time is pretty amazing when you consider the time and effort (and resulting polarization) that have gone into the litigation of that dispute. 

Mediators and settlement judges often feel as if they're fighting the clock because the parties are impatient with the process and primed to storm out of the room if they feel the other side is not negotiating in "good faith." 

Attorneys often cynically say that all we mediators do is "keep the parties in the room."  I'm certain I won't be the first to acknowledge that this task is not only one of our main objectives, sometimes it's the toughest work we will do that day, making creative problem solving; "expanding the distributive bargaining pie," reality testing and re-framing the parties' options seem like child's play.

From the mediator's seat, I have one modest request for counsel and their clients -- have a little patience with the process.

More often than not, the business people need time to digest new insights, reassess their positions and perhaps even check their books and records again before making a sound business decision. None of us do the rest of us a favor by demanding that people make hard decisions under the pressure of time.

Remember that readiness to make a business decision is as emotional as any other major life decision. I have seen some business people take a day or two to mourn their losses before they are ready to accept them.

I have also seen actual tears well up in the eyes of the most hardened businessmen when they realize that trial will not save them -- that a "just outcome" (i.e."I will prevail at trial and recover all of my losses") is as unlikely as winning the lottery.  This is the false promise of litigation.  It keeps alive the parties' hope that they will be completely vindicated and their adversaries punished at trial.  

Although all competitive business people, trial lawyers and commercial litigators have their Conan the Barbarian moments, the "pleasure" of victory -- as voiced here by California Governor Schwarzenegger -- remains a greater fantasy than the one about a body-builder from Austria ascending to high political office in the United States. 

Anything's possible.  But consider the likelihoods.  

And now, Arnold!! 

Insurance Coverage and Settlement Negotiations

It continues to surprise me how many lawyers and business people fail to  immediately identify every possible source of defense and indemnity funds in their risk management department when they are first sued.  It's even more surprising when counsel and clients still haven't searched out all potential coverage by the time the case is before the Court for a Mandatory Settlement Conference or scheduled for a mediation. 

As environmental insurance coverage counsel, I and my colleagues spent years litigating the issue whether the term "sudden" as used in a CGL policy's polution exclusion meant "quick" or only unexpected.  (you can find the Shell v. Winterthur case deciding this issue, among others, reprinted on the Gordon & Reese website).

The lesson?  Don't think your policy doesn't cover the lawsuit just served on you just because its terms don't appear to cover your potential loss.  Take it to the creative people who nearly convinced California's courts that "sudden" does not have a temporal meaning.

That said, Perkins Coie has been running an excellent series of articles on its web site called  "Top Ten Issues to Consider When You Are Sued." (not if?)  The second article in the series identifies the types of insurance policies that might, at a minimum, pay your attorneys fees even if they will not make indemnity payments at the end of the day.

If I were a business person (or a litigator who doesn't have a thorough understanding of coverage issues) I'd definitely bookmark the Perkins Coie article, which you can find here.

Nobody Does it Better: Diane Levin and Blawg Review No. 94

From What About Clients? Blog

If you want to see both exemplary blawging and a great ad for blogging all around, see Diane Levin's "Mediation Channel" Blawg Review #94, collecting last week's best posts. A Boston lawyer and mediator, Diane Levin publishes Online Guide to Mediation. Diane's been a model for me and many others who blog/blawg and, like WAC?, she seeks to reach bloggers, lawyers and business people outside of the often-insular U.S. She's thoughtful, skillful, outspoken and (gulp) fun.

Diane gives new meaning to the words collaboration, reciprocity, generosity, wisdom, wit and top 'o the bell curve smarts.  It's rare to find all these qualities in a single human being.  And did I say she's tireless?

Check it out!!

Women Leaving BigLaw Life

We're Outta Here -- Why Women are Leaving Big Firms

Yes, of course I have something to say about this but it will have to wait until I have a little more time to ponder, reflect, and check my instantaneous knee-jerk reactions for the more durable responses that come with patient reflection.

Someone said to me the other day that the best advice he ever received was to pause.  Good advice for those of us for whom instant gratification takes too long.

In the meantime, check out Denise Howell's Bag and Baggage response to the article here. 

You might also want to browse this 2006 Report on the retention and promotion of women in the law and buy Lauren Rikleen's essential Ending the Gauntlet -- Removing Barriers to Women's Success in the Law.

If you're practicing in Southern California and need mentorship, contact the  Women Lawyers Association of Los Angeles and the Women's Law Network of Southern CaliforniaThe Women's Law Network Blog is also a great resource whether you practice here in beautiful SoCal or not.

Finally, see the Bowditch Institute for Women's Success, another project of the prodigiously talented and energetic Ms. Rikleen.

There's no reason on earth why we can't change this if we truly desire to have both a balanced life and a BigLaw job.  You'll notice that the article says these law firms need us and that the men are none too happy with the imbalance either. 

 

 

 

Talking to Ourselves

Sometimes we mediators get caught in a conversation with ourselves and, in the process, get farther and farther away from what the attorneys who seek our assistance need from us.

Diane Levin has a series of articles on this topic, Bridging the Divide Between Lawyers and Mediators, which is a must read for all of us.  

I'm linking to her series here, as well as to some of the trial attorney and other blogs that think deeply and well about the mediation process and have much to teach us mediators.

Time prevents the full list this morning but I'll supplement this post this afternoon.

What triggered this thinking was Tampa Bay personal injury attorney Bob Carroll's excellent blog at injuryboard.com, The Litigation Process.

Diana Skaggs' Louisville Divorce Law Journal pays more attention to alternate dispute resolution than any practicing attorney blog I'm aware of.  Her insights are spot-on, her knowledge broad and her wisdom, well, wise.  Check it out!

Do not pass go!  Click the link here to the truly brilliant, multi-authored  Trial Lawyer Resource Center Trial Tips from Trial Lawyers Blog.  The blog's self-description is a vast understatement -- something we don't generally expect from trial lawyers:

Trial Tips from Trial Lawyers You've found the blog where a number of the USA's top trial attorneys join together with litigation experts to lend their expertise on topics that matter in your trial practice. Gain insight in case selection, work up, trial strategy, evidence, and post settlement issues. Contributors will reqularly share their real life experiences and knowledge to help you represent injured consumers.  

And it's not just the settlement/mediation tips that will grab your attention.  Trial lawyers put the passion, wit, loss, longing, love and fury back into the dry legalisms of their clients' claims.  Because that's what we mediators do as well, you'll find cruising the Trial Lawyer Resource Center an endless source of inspiration.

Appointed Forever: New Bar & Grill Singers Video

For all of you federal practitioners out there and for my step-son, Adam, who's clerking for the Ninth Circuit in Hawaii this year (good gig!)

The Bar and Grill Singers do this for charity so please do go to their web site (here) and buy their CD's to benefit legal services in Central Texas.

Hi Adam!!

(for the I'm Billing Time Video click Here

 

Temperature Rising -- Is This Really a Business Plan?

The Yearly Gasp 

$158,000 for a Pacific Standard Time first year associate if s/he hits the 2,000 hour billable requirement?  (New York is $160K, but that's New York). 

And the likelihood of these brilliant and heavily indebted young people staying at any BigLawFirm, Inc. job for more than two or three years is, what?  One in ten?

Has all of BigLaw decided that they'll simply train  one another's associates -- that if Heller can't keep them, MoFo or O'Melveny will pick them up?  That no one at the top will laterally hire associates not trained by Cravath, Latham, Gibson, etc.? 

It's a one for all and all for one sort of thing?  I never knew there could be so much happy collaboration and reciprocity among the BigLaw competitors.  

Or is somebody playing chicken?

I refer you once again to my thoughts on the matter at "Outsourcing First Year Associate Jobs."

But seriously folks.  What's up?

p.s. will Chicago follow?

The Cost of a Thing is Your Life

The Cost of a Thing is the Amount of Life Which is Required to Be

Exchanged for It, Now or in the Long Run [1] -- Part One  

I.          INTRODUCTION

When a decision-maker says, “it’s only about money,” he means that the choice to be made is purely rational and that strong emotions – feelings – will play no role in the analytic process to follow. When lawyers say a case is “only about money,” they are not only saying that emotional factors will not influence their decisions. They are often also saying that Plaintiffs’ expressions of injustice are insincere – otherwise they would not accept money in exchange for losses that cannot be reduced to monetary value such as the loss of life or emotional suffering. 

Whenever any of us attempt to arrive at a monetary value for anything we buy, barter or exchange, we, like the lawyers and decision-makers above, are engaged in the process of commensuration in which qualities are transformed into quantities. In the case of a legal conflict, commensuration takes place not only in reducing physical and emotional loss into monetary values, but also by contracting the conflict itself into certain rigid categories of redressable wrongs we call “causes of action.” In both cases, the texture, context and idiosyncratic particularities of a conflict are reduced to a common metric of an actionable claim compensable in monetary damages. [2] 

While the process of commensuration allows us to more easily grasp, represent and compare differences in an effort to “manage uncertainty, impose control, and secure legitimacy,” [3] we often thereby give up our recourse to “[e]veryday experience, practical reasoning, and empathic identification, [all of which] become increasingly irrelevant bases for judgment. [4]   In simplifying matters for ease of analysis, we inevitably strip away context, ignore differences, and reduce the “relevant” facts to categories that reproduce past experience for the purpose of equating the thing to be valued with a supposedly objective metric. [5]  

Setting the personal relational and historical account of the conflict aside, lawyers seek from their clients only those facts that will satisfy the “elements” of causes of action for negligence or other breaches of society’s civil legal standards, after which a judge or jury will be asked to value the loss suffered in the form of monetary damages . 


[1]               Henry David Thoreau, WALDEN at 44.

[2]               Stevens, Mitchell and Espeland, Wendy Nelson, COMMENSURATION AS A SOCIAL PROCESS (1998)24 Annual Review of Sociology 313-43.

[3]               Id.

[4]font size="2">               Id. 

[5]               Id.; see also Even, William E. and Macpherson, David A. THE WAGE AND EMPLOYMENT DYNAMICS OF MINIMUM WAGE WORKERS (2003) 69 Southern Economic Journal 676 for examples of the way in which the profound differences in the labor we perform and the products that labor produce are abstracted and reduced to “manageable” categories for the purpose of determining the minimum acceptable wage that our fellows should be required to accept. A quick review of census and other statistical employment data reveals that the identical minimum wage is generally paid to the college student who passes your bag of burgers through McDonald’s take out window; the middle-aged mother of three who changes your sheets and linens at the local Holiday Inn; the retired high school chemistry teacher who tends to the needs of your elderly father at the local assisted living facility; the young actor bagging your groceries at the Bristol Farms; the Viet Nam veteran flipping burgers at an all-night Dennys; the night watchman guarding your downtown office building; the seamstress who embroiders designs on the back pockets of your $200 jeans; and, the cashier calculating the cost a 5,000 mile tune-up for your new BMW.

Continue Reading

The Google Unhappiness Index

I was talking to a lawyer friend of mine recently who noted that her husband's trade magazine (he's a cinematographer) doesn't have ads for the 1,001 non-cinematographer things its readers could do with their cinematography skills.  Lawyers' journals, she noted, are filled with ads for alternate careers.  

In a moment of "productive procrastination" (blogging) I conducted my own completely unreliable and unscientific survey of professionals' relative degrees of unhappiness.  I did this by googling the term "unhappy" along with the names of the professions that came most readily to my mind.     

No surprise, there are more than twenty five hundred entries for unhappy lawyers.  No other profession even comes close.

Philosophers, who make a living deeply pondering difficult questions like "what is the meaning of a life that inevitably ends in death" have only 901 "unhappy" entries.  Doctors, who surely see their fair share of unbearable human suffering, google in at 776.  Artists, whose ability to make a living is dodgy at best, have only 716 entries and actors, whose lives are controlled by forces as fickle as the weather, come onstage at 602. 

There are unhappy executives it seems, but only at 658 entries, after which the fall in unhappiness listings tumbles precipitiously.  There are 389 unhappy managers, 284 unhappy accountants, 141 unhappy professors, 127 unhappy bankers, 70 unhappy dentists (with all that drilling?), 58 unhappy entrepreneurs, 29 unhappy journalists, 28 unhappy chefs, 27 unhappy librarians, 19 unhappy surgeons, 4 unhappy psychiatrists, one unhappy social worker and no unhappy cinematographers!

I won't "do the math" to determine whether the Google Unhappiness Index is related in any way to income.  Obviously, it's not.  After all, there are only 643 entries for unhappy prisoners!  But I suppose they don't have much access to the internet.

If I've missed one of your favorite professions, please pass its Google Unhappiness Index rating along to me.

And don't despair.  A new member of the Secret Society of Happy Lawyers -- Lawsanga -- has checked in with an acronym for happiness success -- check it out!

And do also check out this extraordinary resource -- How Harmful is Happiness? 

Mock Trials, Diversity, Negotiation and New Orleans

Mock Trials and Diverse Teams

I judged a collegiate mock trial competition yesterday at the Anderson School of Management,  UCLA.  

I had the great good pleasure of watching Berkeley's and UCLA's teams mix it up -- both astonishingly talented and UCLA's a recent National Champion.  

I'm hoping that these talented students' rhetorical, critical thinking, performing arts and persuasion skills will be put to beneficial use in a future with fewer and fewer actual trials for anyone to try.  

Not only were these young people ridiculously impressive, each team was a self-selected meritocracy blind to gender, race, and nationality in all ways other than personal style -- which is what trial advocacy is all about -- style.  

Of course we have monumental civil rights advocate, Martin Luther King, Jr. largely to thank for this.  The man whose holiday it is today.

We Have Much Work to Do

I know there's much work to do, particularly since I mediate, from time to time, employment discrimination cases.  We shouldn't forget the distance we have travelled nor rest on some presumed laurels for our efforts.  

As late as the early nineties, Columbia Law School Professor Patricia J. Williams in her groundbreaking legal memoir The Alchemy of Race and Rights had this to say about the impetus for her book.  

I don't know how to find something to write about in the panic of this deadly world.  There is more in the news than even my depression can consume.  Then I see it.  A concise, modular, yet totally engaging item on the MacNeil/Lehrer News Hour: Harvard Law School cannot find one black woman on the entire planet who is good enough to teach there, because we're all too stupid.  (Well, that's not precisely what was said.  It was more like they couldn't find anyone smart enough.  To be fair, what Associate Dean Louis Kaplow actually said was that Harvard would have to "lower its standards," which of course Harvard simply cannot do.)

"We have gone so far beyond that," I am thinking, before Professor Williams reminds me that I do not need to be race conscious because society doesn't define me by the color of my skin.  

Continue Reading

The Secret Society of Happy Lawyers

Check out Stephanie West Allen's Idealawg post on the Secret Society of Happy Lawyers.

I searched for an image this morning to accompany the post by typing "happy lawyers" into the google image search engine and found -- a single unhappy emoticon! 

I found the image to the right by typing, simply, "happiness," for which there are about 334,000 images.  334,000 to 1.

Clearly, happy lawyers (see Lawyers with a Life) is an idea whose time is still to come.

But that's no reason not to make it happen!  For the seventh generation.

For more on this topic click here (Idealawg) here (Evan Shaeffer's Legal Underground) here (Settle It Now Blogspothere (Melissa Kluger's Precedent, the New Rules of Law and Stylehere (Lawyer, Woman, Motherhere(Women's Law Network) here (Settle It Now Negotiation Blog) here (Wired GC) here (Stay of Executionhere (Basquette Case) and here (the Chicago Sun Times). 

Continue Reading

New Improved "I'm Billing Time"

The brilliant Bar and Grill Singers wrote the lyrics and sang the Billing Time song to Cyndi Lauper's Time after Time.

Only lawyers tend to find this funny.  But they generally think it's hilarious. 

If you're one of those whose day brightens because of I'm Billing Time, go to the Bar and Grill Singers website (link above) and buy this, and other CD's. 

All profits will go to the Volunteer Legal Services of Central Texas.  

Court May Not Order Parties to Attend and Pay for Mediation in a Complex Case

The California Court of Appeal for the Fourth District held in Jeld-Wen v. Superior Court today that parties may not be ordered to attend and pay for the private mediation of complex litigation.

After a thorough review of the law applicable to the appointment (and pay) of referees for the purpose of settlement conferences and discovery disputes, the Fourth District held

While trial courts may try to cajole the parties in complex actions into stipulating to private mediation (see Super. Ct. San Diego County, Local Rules, rule 2.3.7), they cannot be forced or coerced over the threat of sanctions into attending and paying for private mediation as this is antithetical to the entire concept of mediation. In any event, we suspect that in a large majority of complex cases most parties will agree to private mediation; as such, we foresee no apocalyptic consequences from this decision.

The case is worth reading for its coverage of the differences between mandatory settlement conferences and mediation, as well as the scope of the Court's authority to require the parties to pay a retired judge or mediator for the proceedings.

 

Pop Music in Legal Opinions

From a comment to the Wall Street Journal Law Blog Post on the Boss 

Top 10 most frequently cited popular music artists in legal writing.

Bob Dylan……..186
The Beatles………74
Bruce Springsteen…69
Paul Simon……….59
Woody Guthrie…….43
Rolling Stones……39
Grateful Dead…….32
Simon & Garfunkel…30
Joni Mitchell…….28
R.E.M……………27

Source: Alex B. Long

to see more of diego manuel's work, click on the image to the right

Link to Robert Ambrogi's Year End Plea for Civility

Attorney and award winning blogger Robert Ambrogi concludes his own "must read" lawyers-appreciate essay on Civility among litigators as follows: 

Lawyers should take this [civil] approach in cases of every kind. It's not about gamesmanship. It's about helping your clients achieve a fair result that they will be able to live with and work with for the longer term. Among lawyers, the first step towards achieving fair results for your clients is to treat your peers in the same way -- with fairness and civility.

Robert's essay bears reading in its entirety folks.  Then it should be read again with an eye toward  forwarding it to the adversary you've been (uncivilly) battling with during the year. 

Perhaps you can append your own personal note with the link saying something like this -- "let's begin the new year on a more friendly footing."

You might even (gasp!) offer an actual apology for any incivilities on your side of the street during 2006.  

I can hear counsel now, saying, "but they'll use it against me!"  If things have deteriorated to the point where your opponent would use a heartfelt call to greater colleagiality against you, things are seriously out of hand.    

Continue Reading

Lawyers Appreciate Integrity

Julie Fleming Brown of Life at the Bar and Stephanie West Allen of Idealawg are ending the year with a flurry of appreciation in the legal blogosphere. They each sent an e-mail to three bloggers asking them to write a post to their blogs beginning with the words: "Lawyers Appreciate . . .then pass the  baton on to three more bloggers. The countdown will last until the last day of the year." 

My contribution follows, after "tapping" the following bloggers to join in -- Between Lawyers, Workplaces that Work, and Florida Arbitration Law

Thanks Julie and Stephanie for the great idea. 

That said. 

Lawyers appreciate integrity.  

Wikipedia, which lawyers appreciate for its admirable effort to be inclusive, comprehensive, multi-vocal and "true," defines integrity in its popular sense as:

holding true to one's values [or] being one's word; doing what you said you would do (by when)/(how) you said you would do it. Integrity is knowing what is important to you and living your actions accordingly. .  .  Integrity is how you allow others to see you. 

Continue Reading

Ultimatum

Copyright Charles Fincher at Scribble-in-Law, www.LawComix.com

You can buy this (signed!) and many other hilarious legal comics at the site that I've linked to above. 

What is it about Texas Lawyers and Art?  See Billing Time. 

Whatever it is, we're grateful for the laugh of recognition.  We all take ourselves too seriously and need to have our balloons popped like this at least once a week.

Why have I never seen any of these before?

I'm going to be late for a mediation because I stayed too long on the Scribble-in-Law site.

Thanks Charles!!

Videos on Your Website? An Idea Whose Time May Come?

I stumble across these things. 

Here's a law firm in Philadelphia, the Beasley Law Firm that showcases its lawyers and touts its services in short video clips on nearly every web page.

In light of the new generation's prediliction to obtain its news, products and entertainment on the web, the Beasley firm might just be ahead of the curve.

           If you're not awash in a web of legal referrals like most of us are, it might be nice to hear and see an attorney before you pick up the phone and call or get into your car to drive on over.

What do you think?  You might want to take at our earlier post on the Women's Law Network Blog concerning the young Pittsburgh bankruptcy lawyer -- legally blonde -- who's building her business on MySpace.

It's a new world folks!

Ethical Negotiation is NOT an Oxymoron

 

Check out this tele-seminar on Legal Ethics in Negotiation -- a fascinating topic and one that deserves greater attention. 

The seminar will take place at 1:00 pm ET on Thursday, December 21, 2006. The telephone-based program will last 60 minutes and is approved for one hour of ethics CLE credit in Kentucky. 

Click on the link above and here for Ben Cowgill's stellar Legal Ethics Newsletter. 

Money Money Money Money Money Money Money

(money money money money money it makes the world go round)

As the comments to recent reports of associate year-end bonuses attest (see the Wall Street Journal Law Blog) it's the comparison of economic rewards rather than amount of income itself that makes workers unhappy with their lot.      .    

The research cited below doesn't explain this behavioral tic but it does normalize it.

                                                                              Liza, Cabaret, singing Money

This is the Capuchin monkey, many of whom have been trained to work for "money" by researchers. (where's PETA when you need them?)  

As Forbes Online reported earlier this year in Primate Economics, these monkeys refuse to work if they see another "earning" an  unequal share of the rewards. 

What does the capuchin consider "unequal?" 

Apparently the capuchin will more or less happily "work" for another "CEO" monkey until the CEO begins to "earn" five times as much food as the "worker" does for the employee's labor.    

When that critical inequity is reached, the laborer rebels and refuses to work, leaving both monkeys without "income."

It's not just quantity that triggers the primate response to the provision of unequal rewards.  The capuchin also digs his heels in and refuses to go to the office if a co-worker is seen to be receiving better quality compensation.

After training the monkeys to trade pebbles for slices of cucumber, the capuchin happily played the game.  Once one was given a more desireable grape while the other continued to receive only cucumbers, the cucumber recipient became agitated, threw his pebbles out of his cage and eventually refused to perform any further tasks for the researchers whatsoever.  

The obvious take away?

People are less concerned about absolute levels of wages or standards of living, compared with how they are doing relative to others. Rewards in a market economy [must be shared, but] the essential flaw in systems like communism [is that] people are expected to share resources without regard to how much work they do. If you cooperate, you have to watch what the other person is getting,"  say the scientists.  You need to have some level of reciprocity.

Outsourcing BigFirm Associate Jobs

 

( see also Outsourcing law firm jobs

The angry associate response to Milbank Tweed's $30 to $65K year-end bonus announcement (see also Cravath complaints) has been followed by another BigLaw announcement that has the legal world reeling.

After the first of the year, the 650 member international law firm of Marley, Scrooge and Jones will begin outsourcing the work done by its first through third year associates.  See How Important is the Quality of Labor and How is it Achieved in the December 1 issue of Harvard Business School Working Knowledge.

"I don't know what took us so long," said managing partner Bertram Jones of MS&J.  "We've been in denial for years about the new reality -- associates simply don't stay with us for more than two or three years.  After you factor in recruiting trips, the cost of summer associate programs, signing bonuses for federal clerkships, full pay for "Bar Exam Summer" and the rising cost of bar exam courses for our first years, we don't really begin to recoup our investment until our associates are third years, at which point fifty percent of them have moved on."

But what about those high billing rates for BigLaw's young associates, don't they make up for the original investment?

"Not really," says Robert Marley, III.  "A first year associate's time is generally cut in half before it can go on a client's bill.  We also spend an enormous amount of our senior associates' and junior shareholders' (non-billable) time training these young people how to practice law.  You can't in good conscience charge the client $400 an hour for an attorney's OJT.  Even if we could, the clients just won't pay it anymore."

But outsourcing?

Ebenezer Scrooge, IV, partner in charge of associate training says, "listen, the menial tasks most of these young people perform -- document reviews, fly-specking thousands of pages of transactional documents, doing the occasional research memo can be done just as well in Bombay.  I mean, Mumbai."

So how will BigLaw re-populate its ranks?

Scrooge, a baby-boomer, says.  "Believe it or not, given our own life styles and the prep school and Ivy League educations we provided for our children, we won't be able to afford to retire until our late seventies.  That's another good fifteen to twenty-five years for many of us.  The term 're-populate' is not in our vocabulary."

When asked how the new outsourcing program will affect mid-level and senior associates, Jones smiled for the first time during our interview.

Continue Reading

Apologies in the News

E! Online reports in Michael Richards' Mea Culpa Mediation that the former Seinfeld star and local comedian will meet with the African-American comedy club patrons "whose heckling triggered the racist rant heard round the world."

The men's attorney, Gloria Allred, said a local judge will facilitate a meeting to help the parties resolve the dispute, apparently to open with a "personal apology for [Mr. Richard's] behavior."   

The value of apology in resolving litigation or preventing suit in the first instance remains a matter of controversy among ADR professionals and scholars alike.  

The most thorough and thoughtful article I have read on the issue is Apology Subverted:  The Commodification of Apology.  The article's author, Lee Taft, argues that apology loses its moral force if used as a bargaining chip, particularly where the transgressor is protected from liability for his admission of wrongdoing.

See also Marlynn Wei's 2006 article, Doctors, Apologies and the Law, an Analysis and Critique of Apology Laws from the Yale Law School Student Scholarship Series and Erin O'Hara's Apologies and Thick Trust -- What Spouse Abusers and Negligent Doctors Might Have in Common , which I've blogged about earlier here and here.   

Mediator Predictions

Thanks to Geoff Sharp at mediator blah blah . . . for turning us on to this Ohio State Journal of Dispute Resolution article entitled Will this Case Settle?  An Exploration of Mediators' Predictions.

Written by Harvard Law School Assistant Professor, Michael L. Moffitt, this is the best exploration of the perils of evaluative or "predictive" mediation practice I have ever seen. 

The most provocative issue addressed by Moffitt is the mediator's choice to send false signals. 

Moffitt gives four possible reasons a mediator would misrepresent his own evaluation of the likelihood of settlement:  (1)  a simple aversion to delivering unwelcome news; (2) desire for personal gain, i.e., by predicting settlement too early, the mediator could seek to extend the mediation when billing by the hour rather than the day; (3) desire to "do one's job" of being optimstic, i.e., the mediator who believes that his role is to be a "cheerleader" for resolution would predict settlement even if he thought the case were unlikely to settle; and, (4) belief that predicting success will influence the parties.

I have a lot to say about this but no time to say it today.  I invite comments from my readers on both "sides" of the medition table -- mediation advocates (litigators) and mediators.  Better yet, how about hearing from that too often silent or muffled party, the client.

Mentor Kenneth Cloke

I talk about Ken in this blog a lot because I am lucky enough to be one of the many mediators and ADR professionals who he mentors, casually, graciously, generously and without reservation.  We all deserve at least one person like this in our professional lives.

Here is an interview with Ken in attorney Stephanie West Allen's fascinating idealawg.

A teaser of the interview with a link to idealawg below.

Legal Highlight #6: Kenneth Cloke


Kenneth Cloke is the sixth Legal Highlight. He is Director of Center for Dispute Resolution, and his newest book is The Crossroads of Conflict: A Journey into the Heart of Dispute Resolution. (Review of Cloke's book.) 

1) Think about your recent experience in the legal profession and of a specific incident or event that made you feel extremely satisfied or proud. Give a brief description of the incident or event. The reasons I felt satisfied or proud were . . .

My recent experiences have produced contradictory feelings. There are things we should all feel proud of about the legal profession and, unfortunately, things we should all be ashamed of. I think we need to be conscious of both. I am, for example, proud of the lawyers who have opposed the extra-legal proceedings and use of what can only be called torture at Guantanamo, and ashamed that there are lawyers who still attempt to justify such proceedings.
 

Click here for the full interview.

 

Unhappy Lawyers and the Cooperative Hard Wire

Why are We Unhappy?

Maybe it's Because We're Hard Wired to Cooperate

By and large, we're liberal arts majors, right? Theater, film, literature, and art history people. Political scientists, philosophers and sociologists. We like mental puzzles. Not the teasers that undid most of us in math class. No, we like problems that require us to be good at analogies and story telling. To sharpen our Hardy Boys or Nancy Drew detective skills. We're good at figuring out who killed Colonel Mustard in the drawing room. We're born litigators.

And the fighting part? Most of us complain. But it's part of the job so we roll up our sleeves and throw our natural competitive spirit at it. Still, all that good feeling about solving the complicated antitrust problem usually comes to a grinding halt just about the time the opposing brief comes in. I'll admit it if no one else will. I wince when I read these responsive briefs. I mean, I sit at my desk shaking my head and looking at the damn thing sideways as if it would be easier to take if I snuck up on it slowly. Then I pray that they've cited the wrong case, failed to shepardize their most compelling authority, been guilty of the shamelessly misleading ellipsis.

When friends ask me what it is I do during the day if I’m not giving closing arguments to a jury every week like William Shatner does on Boston Legal, I explain it this way: Every morning when I get up, someone else is also preparing for their day. And those people will be dedicating a large part of that day to making me look bad. To finding my mistakes and undermining my opinions. To suggesting that I am -- or directly accusing me of being -- a liar.

"Gee," they respond, "that sounds terrible," before I go on to assure them that I actually enjoy winning and, hey! if you want to win, you've got to suck up a fair amount of losing. At which point they understandably walk away figuring I deserve my lot.

We're Hardwired to Cooperate

So I don't know if it's good news I have to share with you or not. For those pursuing a more cooperative or collaborative legal process, I hope the news is good. Here it is. Neuropsychiatrists who have been taking MRI images of their students' brains during collaboration have discovered that the act of cooperating with another person makes the brain light up with joy. 

Sources:  Emory Brain Imaging Studies Reveal Biological Basis for Human Cooperation; Gintis, Bowles, Boyd & Fahr, Explaning Altruistic Behavior in Humans (2003) 24 Evolution and Human Behavior 153;  Stevens & Hauser,  Why Be Nice?  Psychological Constraints on the Evolution of Cooperation, Trends in Cognitive Sciences;  

Continue Reading

Is Litigation a Better Alternative to a Negotiated Agreement?

I was thinking immodestly about what a great deal my own mediation fees were the other day.  A deposition transcript alone, I was thinking, must cost only a little less than my half day fee.  Casting about the internet for a good source on the cost of a deposition, I ran across attorney-mediator Thomas A. Cohen's article, Anatomy of a Lawsuit, which he has graciously given me permission to re-print for you here.

Even the most savvy business executive could benefit from reading this step-by-step guide to the great American pass time, litigation.  

ANATOMY OF A LAWSUIT

by Thomas A. Cohen

So. You want your piece of the American dream. You want to do the dance sensation that is sweeping the nation. You want your ship to come in. In short, you want to file a lawsuit. Here’s what you can expect: the steps involved, the costs, and the likely result.

We will assume that you have cleared the first hurdles: you are aggrieved; the law can furnish relief; and there appears to be some reasonable chance of winning and collecting the judgment. We will also assume that you can assert jurisdiction over the defendant in either State or Federal court.

A lawsuit begins when your attorney drafts a complaint. This is a written pleading which identifies the legal and factual contentions involved, and sets forth what a party proposes to prove at trial so that his opponent will know what contentions he must be prepared to meet. The complexity of the complaint varies with the complexity of the issues to be tried. At the simplest level, certain disputes are so run of the mill that a Judicial Council form complaint may be filled out by checking certain boxes and filling in a few sentences of narrative. For example, a form complaint may be used for the collection of a written promissory note. In contrast, a class action alleging that Hollywood studios have conspired to deprive writers of profits from feature films (an actual pending suit) requires significant detail covering many pages.

The complaint is filed with the court and then served with a summons on the defendant. The filing fee in California Superior Court is $185; in federal court it is $120. The summons and complaint generally must be served by personal delivery to the defendant. Simple local service of process costs from $25 to $50. A summons is a one page form which is completed and signed by the attorney, and filed with the court. When properly served, it requires the defendant to file a written response within a given number of days. In California a defendant has 30 days to file a written response. Failure to file a response results in a default judgment against the defendant. If unchallenged, this default judgment is as valid as a jury verdict. Thus, the penalty for failing to respond to a lawsuit can be severe, and it is the rare solvent defendant who ignores a properly served complaint.

Generally, a defendant responds to a complaint with a pleading called an answer. This document, which must be filed with the court, can often be very simple. While not available in all cases, a general denial of all allegations will often suffice. Each defendant must pay a filing fee in the same amount as the plaintiff’s fee. The defendant is not limited to filing an answer. Instead, or in addition, he may file a motion to dismiss/demurrer, or a cross complaint/counterclaim. Different terms are used in state and federal court, but the essence of the pleading is the same.

Continue Reading